unfoldingWord_en_tn/tn_GEN.tsv

7128 lines
1.8 MiB
Plaintext
Raw Normal View History

Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note
front:intro d9wn 0 # Introduction to Genesis\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of Genesis\n\n1. From the Creation to the Tower of Babel\n- The account of the creation of the heavens and the earth (1:14:26)\n- The account of Adam (5:16:8)\n- The account of Noah (6:911:9)\n- The account of Shem (11:1011:26)\n- The account of Terah (11:2711:32)\n1. The accounts of the Patriarchs\n- The account of Abraham (12:1-25:11)\n- The account of Ishmael (25:1225:18)\n- The account of Isaac, focusing on Jacob (25:1935:29)\n- The account of Esau (36:137:1)\n- The account of Jacob, focusing on Joseph (37:250:26)\n\n### What is Genesis about?\n\nGenesis begins with the early years of creation. It tells about God creating heaven, earth, and the first humans. It also tells about the first time humans sinned. This caused humans to be separated from God and to eventually die. Genesis 1-11 briefly tells about other important events that occurred over many hundreds of years. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])\n\nGenesis is also about the beginning of Gods people. Genesis 12-50 tells about how God remained faithful to Abraham and his descendants. Abrahams descendants became known as the Hebrews and later as the Israelites. These people would worship Yahweh and be his people.\n\nGenesis ends with Abrahams descendants living in Egypt with the hope of returning one day to the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\n“Genesis” means “beginning,” so translators should express this idea in their title. Titles such as “The Beginning of Things” may be suitable. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote Genesis?\n\nThe writers of both the Old and New Testaments presented Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Genesis. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What are the covenants mentioned in Genesis?\n\nA covenant is a formal, binding agreement between two parties that one or both parties must fulfill.\n\nGod made three covenants in Genesis. In the covenant with Adam, God promised to bless Adam and cause him to prosper. Adam was not allowed to eat fruit from the tree of knowledge of good and evil. God promised that Adam would die if he disobeyed what he commanded.\n\nIn the covenant with Noah, God promised to never again destroy the world with a flood.\n\nIn the covenant with Abraham, God promised to make Abrahams descendants into a great nation. He also promised to protect them and to give them a land of their own.\n\n### What was Gods purpose for the book of Genesis?\n\nThe book of Genesis says that God created a very good world. However, the world became cursed because human beings began to sin. But Genesis shows that God continues to have complete control over the world.\n\nGenesis also describes the start of Gods plan to bless the whole world again. This is shown when God makes a covenant with Abraham. With this covenant, God chose Abraham and his descendants to be his people. God promised to bless the world through Abrahams descendants.\n\n### What was the custom for inheritance as described by Genesis?\n\nThere are several passages in Genesis that show the customs of a father who is about to die passing on a blessing to his son. Abraham blessed his son, Isaac, and made him the ancestor of the people of Israel. However, Ishmael, Abrahams other son, did not receive that same divine blessing. Likewise, Isaacs older son Esau did not receive the blessing. Isaacs younger son, Jacob, received it instead. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])\n\nAlso, it was the custom for a man to divide among his sons his material wealth and land. All his sons received equal portions except the oldest son. The firstborn son r
1:intro zb6f 0 # Genesis 01 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter presents the first account of God creating the world. There is a pattern to this account: “God said … God saw that it was good … This was evening and morning, the first day.” Translators should preserve this pattern in their versions.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The universe\n\nThis account of creation is told within the framework of ancient Hebrew ideas about the universe: the earth was resting with water around it and below it. Over the earth was something like a vast dome, called “an expanse between the waters” (1:6), on top of which was more water. Translators should try to keep these original images in their work, even though readers in their project language might have a completely different idea of what the universe is like.\n\n### Evening and morning\n\nGenesis 1 presents the ancient Hebrew idea of a day: it begins with sunset, lasts through the night and continues through the daylight hours until the next sunset. This pattern should be preserved in translation, even if readers in the project language define “day” differently.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “In the beginning”\n\nSome languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.\n\n### “God said, Let there be”\n\nThis expression occurs often in this chapter. It can be difficult to translate, because God is not shown as talking to a particular person. If God is talking to a thing, it is something not yet in existence. Translators should find the most natural way in the project language to signal the idea that God spoke things into existence; he created the world and the things in it by simply commanding that they should exist.
2023-02-02 01:27:06 +00:00
1:1 uiu4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְּ⁠רֵאשִׁ֖ית 1 “At the beginning {of time/everything}” or “{Everything} began when”. Many Bible scholars think that verse 1 records Gods first act in creating the universe. This is also the traditional, historically held view and fits with the narrative structure of the Hebrew text. It also fits with the wider context of Scriptures which states that God created everything out of nothing at the very beginning of the world (Psalm 33:6, 9; Hebrews 11:3). Also, some languages must use a verb (“began”) in verse 1 rather than a noun (“beginning”). Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1:1 b730 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 Translate the title “God” in a way that refers to the Supreme Being who created everything, who has complete power, who knows everything and is present everywhere. He is the only true God and has always existed. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
1:1 hmtj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms בָּרָ֣א 1 “made”. In the Hebrew Bible, the verb “create” refers to an activity that only God does, and it often implies (as it does here) that he made something out of nothing. Also, the forms of the verbs in the Hebrew text (and the conjunctions) show that chapter 1 is a narrative that tells about true history and events in the order that things actually happened. Make sure that your translation does the same thing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
1:1 bcu7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms אֵ֥ת הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֖יִם 1 “the sky”. This phrase refers here to the region where all the stars and planets would later exist. Keep that in mind as you translate this term. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
1:1 wgq2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וְ⁠אֵ֥ת הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 This phrase refers to the planet earth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
1:2 qfra וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֗רֶץ 1 “Now {at first after that,} the earth” or “{At first after that,} the earth”. The author pauses here to describe what the earth was like after God first created it (verse 1). Some languages use a conjunction like “Now” to introduce that information; other languages do not use a conjunction here. Do what is natural in your language. Also, be consistent here with how you translated “the earth” in verse 1.
1:2 btmf הָיְתָ֥ה תֹ֨הוּ֙ וָ⁠בֹ֔הוּ 1 It is not clear what the earth looked like at that time, but it did not have its present shape and order. Also, the Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean (1) “was formless/shapeless and empty/desolate,” or “did not have {its present} form, and there was nothing {living} on it {yet},” (2) “completely empty/desolate,” which is a hendiadys. However, it is best to keep both terms separate in your translation (as in the first interpretation).
1:2 f7a1 וְ⁠חֹ֖שֶׁךְ עַל פְּנֵ֣י תְה֑וֹם 1 “It was {totally/completely} dark, there was deep {water} {everywhere},” or “There was deep {water} {everywhere} {that was covered/surrounded} in/by {complete/total} darkness,” For some languages it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
1:2 rp8q וְ⁠ר֣וּחַ אֱלֹהִ֔ים מְרַחֶ֖פֶת 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean (1) “and Gods Spirit was hovering/moving” (2) “and a wind from God was blowing” (3) “and a powerful wind was blowing”. The first interpretation is most likely, since the Hebrew verb “hovering” does not describe what wind does.
1:2 yq4r עַל פְּנֵ֥י הַ⁠מָּֽיִם 1 “over the surface of the water.” or “above the waters/water.” Throughout this chapter, the word “waters” is in the plural in the Hebrew text. For some languages it is more natural to use the singular “water”. Do what is best in your language in each context.
1:3 kxuq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “Then God commanded,” What God says in verse 3 is a command. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to make that explicit in this quote margin. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
1:3 o0zd יְהִ֣י א֑וֹר 1 “Let light exist.” or “I command there to be light.” or “I command light to start shining!” This is a command, not permission or a suggestion. It is a direct quote of what God actually said, and it is usually put between quotation marks in a translation. If you use an exclamation mark with this command in your translation, make sure it does not mean or imply that God was angry. Also, the way you translate “light” should refer to what shines from a source of light; it does not refer here to the source itself.
1:3 nj3u וַֽ⁠יְהִי אֽוֹר 1 “And/So {immediately} there was light.” or “And {so/immediately} light started shining.” Light began to shine immediately as a result of Gods command.
1:4 ceam rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠יַּ֧רְא אֱלֹהִ֛ים 1 “And he saw/observed” or “God/He saw/observed”. Notice that Hebrew frequently uses a conjunction such as “And” or “Then” at the beginning of a sentence. Some languages do not use conjunctions as frequently as Hebrew uses conjunctions. Do what is accurate and natural in your language in each context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1:4 bnvs rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms אֶת הָ⁠א֖וֹר כִּי ט֑וֹב 1 “that the light {was} good/excellent.” In the Bible, “good” is an important theme. Throughout chapter 1, it especially means that what God created was high quality, complete, and had no defects; in other words, it had all the characteristics and functions that God intended it to have. It also includes the idea that what God created was untainted by sin and reflected his good character (Psalm 19:1; Romans 1:20). The focus here is not on how pleased or satisfied God was. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
1:4 wtmd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יַּבְדֵּ֣ל אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 “Then he”. In order to produce an accurate and natural translation, it is important in each context to make sure that nouns (such as “God”) and pronouns (such as “he”) are used properly in your language. In the Hebrew text, “God” is repeated frequently in chapter 1 to emphasize him and show that he is in focus. For some languages it is more natural to say “God” only once at the beginning of each paragraph or section, and then use pronouns to refer to him the rest of the time (or most of the time). Throughout chapter 1, do what is best in your language each time that God is referred to. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1:4 q3jo וַ⁠יַּבְדֵּ֣ל בֵּ֥ין הָ⁠א֖וֹר וּ⁠בֵ֥ין הַ⁠חֹֽשֶׁךְ 1 “separated/divided the light from the darkness {so that each had its own time}.” or “caused the light to have its own time and the darkness to have its own time.” or “separated the light from the darkness {so that it would be light for a number of hours, and then dark for a number of hours}.”
1:5 c9yz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א אֱלֹהִ֤ים 1 “Then God/he called/named” or “God/He called/named”. Some languages omit the connecting word “And” or “Then” here. Consider what is the best way in your language to connect this sentence with the previous one. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1:5 cc8r לָ⁠אוֹר֙ י֔וֹם 1 “the light Daytime.” Notice that in this context the word “Day” refers only to the time when the sun is shining, not to the 24-hour time period that makes up a complete day. Make sure that this is clear in your translation. Throughout chapter 1, some translations use quote marks around the names that God gives the different things he created. Do what is best in your language.
1:5 if7a וְ⁠לַ⁠חֹ֖שֶׁךְ קָ֣רָא לָ֑יְלָה 1 “and the darkness he called/named Nighttime.” or “and he called/named the darkness Nighttime.” In the Hebrew text, “the darkness” is first in this clause to emphasize the contrast between the light and the darkness. Consider what is the best way to translate this clause in your language.
1:5 xxe6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential וַֽ⁠יְהִי עֶ֥רֶב וַֽ⁠יְהִי בֹ֖קֶר 1 “Then evening came and {then/later} morning came,” The evening and the morning are the parts of a 24-hour day that separate the hours of daytime (light) from the hours of nighttime (darkness): Evening came at the end of each daytime after God finished his work of creating. Then after about 12 hours of nighttime, morning came, which began the next 12 hours of daytime when God did more work. Make sure your translation does not sound like morning came immediately after evening. Some languages have a one-word conjunction that means “and then” or “and later” and would fit well here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
1:5 xmx5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal י֥וֹם אֶחָֽד 1 “{and that was} day one.” or “{and that was} {the end of} the first day.” Here “day” refers to a full 24-hour day. Also, the Hebrew text uses a cardinal number (“one”) here, but then uses ordinal numbers (“second”, “third”, and so on) for the rest of the days of the creation week. Some languages need to use an ordinal number (“first”) here too. Other languages use cardinal numbers throughout (“day one”, “day two”, and so on). Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1:6 nesq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 “Then God commanded,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 3. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
1:6 gqae יְהִ֥י רָקִ֖יעַ 1 “Let there be a large/vast space” or “I command there to be a {large/vast} expanse/space” or “I command a large/vast space to form/exist”. The Hebrew word for “expanse” here describes a large space that is “spread out.” It was not solid, but rather it was open and empty and could be seen through and flown through (verse 20). It was probably also curved, following the spherical shape of the earth. See how you translated “Let there be” in verse 3.
1:6 mscz בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 “in the middle of the water,” See how you translated “waters” in verse 2.
1:6 c6kn מַ֖יִם לָ⁠מָֽיִם 1 “and let it separate/divide the water {above it} from the water {below it}.” or “so that it separates/divides the waters/water into two separate/different places.”
1:7 i8t2 וַ⁠יַּ֣עַשׂ אֱלֹהִים֮ 1 “In that way God/he made/created” or “That is how God/he made/created”. Verse 7 explains what Gods command in verse 6 caused to happen, and it repeats some of the same words and phrases. Make sure that your translation of these verses does not sound like God created the expanse twice.
1:7 dgya אֶת הָ⁠רָקִיעַ֒ 1 “a large/vast space”
1:7 c752 וַ⁠יַּבְדֵּ֗ל 1 “and divided” or “and used it to separate/divide”
1:7 pidk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns בֵּ֤ין הַ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙ אֲשֶׁר֙ מִ⁠תַּ֣חַת לָ⁠רָקִ֔יעַ וּ⁠בֵ֣ין הַ⁠מַּ֔יִם אֲשֶׁ֖ר מֵ⁠עַ֣ל לָ⁠רָקִ֑יעַ 1 “the water that {was} below the expanse/space from the water that {was} above it.” or “the water that {was} under/below it from the water that {was} above it.” For some languages it is more natural to use a pronoun (“it”) here to refer to the expanse, since it was just mentioned earlier in the verse. Each language has its own system of when to use nouns or pronouns to refer to people, places, and things. In each context, do what is clear and natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1:7 xfx7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַֽ⁠יְהִי כֵֽן 1 “That is the way it happened.” or “Everything was/happened {exactly} as he commanded {it to be/happen}.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:8 igd0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֧א אֱלֹהִ֛ים 1 “and God/he called/named” or “God/He called/named”. Consider whether it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here (with or without a conjunction), or to continue the sentence that began at the end of verse 7. Also see how you translated this phrase in verse 5. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1:8 hh8a לָֽ⁠רָקִ֖יעַ 1 “the large/vast space”. See how you translated this phrase in verses 6 and 7.
1:8 n336 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms שָׁמָ֑יִם 1 “Sky.” This word probably refers here to the atmosphere above the earths surface where clouds are and where birds fly, as well as the space where the sun, moon, and stars are now. See how you translated this term in verse 1. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
1:8 su1z וַֽ⁠יְהִי עֶ֥רֶב וַֽ⁠יְהִי בֹ֖קֶר 1 “Then evening came and {then/later} morning came,” See how you translated this sentence in verse 5, and see the note about that there.
1:8 adzz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal י֥וֹם שֵׁנִֽי 1 “{and that was} {the end of} the second day.” or “{and} the second day ended.” or “{and that was} {the end of} day two.” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to use an ordinal number (“second”) here or a cardinal number (“two”). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1:9 yc3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֗ים 1 “Then God commanded,” See how you translated this phrase in verses 3 and 6. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
1:9 yetc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִקָּו֨וּ הַ⁠מַּ֜יִם מִ⁠תַּ֤חַת הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֨יִם֙ 1 “Let the water {that is} under the heavens/sky gather/come together” or “I command the water {that is} below the heavens/sky to gather/come together”. Consider whether it is better here in your language to use a passive form of the verb (“be gathered”) or an active form (“gather” or “come”). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1:9 as42 אֶל מָק֣וֹם אֶחָ֔ד 1 “in one place/area” or “into one area”
1:9 g8i2 וְ⁠תֵרָאֶ֖ה הַ⁠יַּבָּשָׁ֑ה 1 “so that there is dry ground/land.” or “so that dry ground/land can be seen.” or “so that land is uncovered and dries off.” The water had been covering the land, so when the water receded from it, the land became exposed and dried off. Make sure that the way you translate “dry ground” does not sound like the land was dry while it was under the water.
1:9 gign וַֽ⁠יְהִי כֵֽן 1 “And that is {exactly} what happened.” or “And it was/happened {exactly} as God commanded {it to be/happen}.” See how you translated this sentence in verse 7. It may be necessary to translate it in different ways, depending on the context.
1:10 eh2f וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א אֱלֹהִ֤ים 1 “Then God/he called/named”
1:10 khag לַ⁠יַּבָּשָׁה֙ 1 “the dry land” or “the ground/land that had dried off”
1:10 teai אֶ֔רֶץ 1 “Ground,” This is the same Hebrew word that is translated as “earth” in verse 1, but here it refers to the dry land or ground (in contrast to the water), and not to the entire planet.
1:10 c5av rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וּ⁠לְ⁠מִקְוֵ֥ה הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם קָרָ֣א 1 “and the waters/water that he had gathered together he called/named” or “and he called/named the gathered waters” or “and he called/named the waters/water that had gathered/come together”. See how you translated a sentence in verse 5 that is similar in structure to this sentence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
1:10 sb47 יַמִּ֑ים 1 “Oceans.” or “Sea/Ocean.” At that time there was probably just one very large body of water and one very large land mass on the earth (as verse 9 indicates). So a singular noun that refers to the largest body of water, such as “Ocean” or “Sea”, could be used here in your translation.
1:10 gnuy rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יַּ֥רְא אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “And he saw/observed” or “God/He saw/observed”. Decide whether it is more natural in your language to use a noun (“God”) or a pronoun (“he”) in this context. See how you translated this phrase in verse 4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1:10 hk8y כִּי טֽוֹב 1 “that {what he had made was} good/excellent.” or “that {the land and the seas/ocean were} good/excellent.” Some languages cannot use a pronoun (“it”) here, but have to specify what was good. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated the word “good” in verse 4, and see the note about that there.
1:11 jq0c rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֗ים 1 “Then God commanded,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
1:11 lnyu תַּֽדְשֵׁ֤א הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ 1 “I command the land/ground to” or “The land/ground must now”. Notice that when God commands the land to do something, it obeys him. See how you translated “Land” in verse 10.
1:11 zrl6 תַּֽדְשֵׁ֤א דֶּ֔שֶׁא 1 “grow/produce {green} plants,” or “be covered with {green} plants,” The Hebrew word for “vegetation” refers generally here to any kind of green plant and includes the plants and trees that are mentioned next in this verse.
1:11 sdob עֵ֚שֶׂב מַזְרִ֣יעַ זֶ֔רַע 1 “{including} {every kind/type of} plant that produces/has seeds” or “{including} {all kinds/types of} plants that produce/have seeds”. This phrase refers to many different kinds of plants, not just one plant or one seed. Make sure that is clear in your translation. Also, these kinds of plants have soft stems and include vegetable plants, herbs and other plants that produce edible seeds, such as rice, corn, and wheat.
1:11 cv1n עֵ֣ץ פְּרִ֞י עֹ֤שֶׂה פְּרִי֙ לְ⁠מִינ֔⁠וֹ 1 “{and} fruit trees that bear/produce fruit, {each} according to its {own} kind/type,” or “{and} {every kind/type of} fruit tree that bears/produces/has its own kind/type of fruit” or “{and} {all kinds/types of} fruit trees that bear/produce/have their own kind/type of fruit”. The phrase “according to its kind” emphasizes that each different kind of tree produces its own kind of fruit and seeds, which grow and become only that kind of tree. For example, apple trees always produce apples with apple seeds, never peaches or cherries, or any other kind of fruit or seeds.
1:11 o8kh אֲשֶׁ֥ר זַרְע⁠וֹ ב֖⁠וֹ 1 “that {has} seeds inside,” or “with seeds inside,” or “with its {own kind/type of} seeds inside it,”
1:11 k8cn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “throughout the earth.” or “all over the earth.” For some languages it is clearer and more natural to put this phrase earlier in this verse and say, “Let the land sprout vegetation on/throughout the earth...” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
1:11 virt וַֽ⁠יְהִי כֵֽן 1 “And that is {exactly} what happened:” or “And it/everything happened {exactly} as God commanded {it to happen}:” Either a period or a colon can be used here, but a colon more clearly shows that verse 12 gives the details of what happened. This is different from verse 7, where the details of what happened come before “And it was so”, and from verse 9, where no additional details are given.
1:12 jikr וַ⁠תּוֹצֵ֨א הָ⁠אָ֜רֶץ דֶּ֠שֶׁא 1 “The land sprouted/produced vegetation/plants,” or “The land started growing/producing {green} plants,” Verse 12 explains what Gods command in verse 11 caused to happen, and it repeats some of the same words and phrases. Make sure that your translation of these verses does not sound like God created the plants twice.
1:12 rh5y עֵ֣שֶׂב מַזְרִ֤יעַ זֶ֨רַע֙ לְ⁠מִינֵ֔⁠הוּ 1 “{including} plants that produce/have seeds, {each} according to its {own} kind/type,” or “{including} {every kind/type of} plant that produces/has seeds that grow into the same kind/type of plant,” or “{including} {all kinds/types of} plants that produce/have their own kind/type of seeds,”
1:12 cy8d וְ⁠עֵ֧ץ עֹֽשֶׂה פְּרִ֛י אֲשֶׁ֥ר זַרְע⁠וֹ ב֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠מִינֵ֑⁠הוּ 1 “and trees that bear/produce fruit with seeds inside, {each} according to its {own} kind.” or “and {every kind/type of} tree that produces/has fruit with seeds that grow into the same kind/type of tree.” or “and {all kinds/types of} trees that {produce/have} their own kind/type of seed-bearing fruit.”
1:12 o8er rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠יַּ֥רְא אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “And he saw/observed” or “God/He saw/observed”. Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to begin this sentence with a conjunction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1:12 k58u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּי טֽוֹב 1 “that {what he had made/created was} good/excellent.” or “that {all the plants and trees were} good/excellent.” See how you translated this clause in verse 10. Some languages have to specify what was good. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:13 b3dy וַֽ⁠יְהִי עֶ֥רֶב וַֽ⁠יְהִי בֹ֖קֶר 1 “Then evening came and {then/later} morning came,” See how you translated this sentence in verses 5 and 8.
1:13 xcdg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal י֥וֹם שְׁלִישִֽׁי 1 “{and that was} {the end of} the third day.” or “{and} the third day {ended}.” or “{and that was} {the end of} day three.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1:14 h9x6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֗ים 1 “Then God commanded,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
1:14 f6qj יְהִ֤י מְאֹרֹת֙ 1 “Let lights/lamps appear/exist” or “I command there to be sources of light” or “Let there be things/objects that give/shine light”. These lights refer to the sun, moon and stars that give off light. But it is important to keep this general in your translation (like the Hebrew text does) and not specify the names of these lights.
1:14 snjr בִּ⁠רְקִ֣יעַ הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם 1 “in the expanse/space of/called the heavens/sky” or “in the open space of the heavens/sky” or “in the heavens/sky”. The expanse is the same thing as the heavens (verse 8), so some translations leave “the expanse of” implied here. Do what is best in your language.
1:14 as7i לְ⁠הַבְדִּ֕יל 1 “to divide/distinguish” or “that separate/divide”
1:14 ik3v בֵּ֥ין הַ⁠יּ֖וֹם וּ⁠בֵ֣ין הַ⁠לָּ֑יְלָה 1 “the day{time} from the night{time}.” See how you translated “Day{time}” and “Night{time}” in verse 5.
1:14 iva1 וְ⁠הָי֤וּ לְ⁠אֹתֹת֙ 1 “Let those lights/lamps also be” or “They must/will also serve/function as” or “I also command those lights/lamps to serve/function as”
1:14 kwpn לְ⁠אֹתֹת֙ וּ⁠לְ⁠מ֣וֹעֲדִ֔ים 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean (1) “signs/markers {of special/important events}, and {they must/will} mark” or “mark/indicate when important things happen, and {they must/will} mark” (2) “signs/markers that mark/indicate/show”. The word “signs” means that the lights can mark certain times of the year. Following the first interpretation, the lights are to also mark special events (such as the star that signaled Jesus birth and the darkened sun at Jesus death).
1:14 zf63 וּ⁠לְ⁠מ֣וֹעֲדִ֔ים וּ⁠לְ⁠יָמִ֖ים וְ⁠שָׁנִֽים 1 “seasons, days and years.” or “when seasons, days and years begin {and end}.” The sun and moon show the passing of time. For example, the 30-day month is determined by the phases of the moon, and the 365-day year is determined by the time it takes for the earth to travel around the sun. Seasons are regular times of the year, such as seed-planting and harvesting times, and the seasons of spring, summer, fall and winter (Genesis 8:22), as well as the special festivals which God appointed for his people to meet with him. You could put some of that information in a footnote.
1:15 qfvm וְ⁠הָי֤וּ לִ⁠מְאוֹרֹת֙ 1 “And they must/will be” or “They must/will serve/function as” or “Their purpose is to serve/function as”
1:15 kh55 לִ⁠מְאוֹרֹת֙ 1 “sources of light”
1:15 szsy בִּ⁠רְקִ֣יעַ הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם 1 “in the expanse/space called the heavens/sky” or “in the open space of the heavens/sky” or “in the heavens/sky”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 14.
1:15 jf98 לְ⁠הָאִ֖יר עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “to/that shine {light} on the earth.” or “so that they provide/give light to/for the earth.” See how you translated “the earth” in verses 1-2.
1:15 c4rf וַֽ⁠יְהִי כֵֽן 1 “And that is {exactly} what happened.” or “And it was/happened {exactly} as he commanded {it to be/happen}.”
1:16 slgo וַ⁠יַּ֣עַשׂ אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 “In that way God/he made/created” or “That is how God/he made/created”. Verses 16-18 explain what Gods commands in verses 14-15 caused to happen. Make sure your translation of these verses does not sound like he created the lights twice. See how you translated “So God made” in verse 7.
1:16 axyb אֶת שְׁנֵ֥י הַ⁠מְּאֹרֹ֖ת הַ⁠גְּדֹלִ֑ים 1 “the two bright/big lights,” This phrase refers to the sun and the moon, which are the two brightest objects in the earths sky. However, the author intentionally does not use their names, so you should not include their names in your translation either.
1:16 udou אֶת הַ⁠מָּא֤וֹר הַ⁠גָּדֹל֙ 1 “the stronger/brighter light”. The focus is on the relative brightness or strength of the lights, not on their size.
1:16 vq3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification לְ⁠מֶמְשֶׁ֣לֶת הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם 1 “to dominate/govern the day,” or “to shine during the day,” The word “rule” is a figure of speech that means each light has the greatest effect during a particular time period because it is the brightest light that is shining then. For some languages, nonliving objects like the sun and the moon cannot “rule” because only people can do that. Do what is accurate and natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1:16 slw4 וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠מָּא֤וֹר הַ⁠קָּטֹן֙ 1 “and the weaker/dimmer light”
1:16 kas2 לְ⁠מֶמְשֶׁ֣לֶת הַ⁠לַּ֔יְלָה 1 “to dominate/govern the night,” or “to shine during the night,” Be consistent here with how you translated “rule” previously in this verse.
1:16 vlll rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis וְ⁠אֵ֖ת הַ⁠כּוֹכָבִֽים 1 “and {he also made/created} the stars.” or “{That is} also {when he made/created} the stars.” The verb “made” that is used earlier in the verse is implied here. Translate this in a way that is clear and natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1:17 dg7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֥ן אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “God/He”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to God in this context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1:17 wi1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֥ן אֹתָ֛⁠ם 1 “placed/put them” or “placed/put the lights”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to the lights in this context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1:17 zkp6 בִּ⁠רְקִ֣יעַ הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם 1 “in the expanse/space called the heavens/sky” or “in the open space of the heavens/sky” or “in the heavens/sky”. See how you translated this phrase in verses 14 and 15.
1:17 e0pl לְ⁠הָאִ֖יר עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “to shine light on the earth,” or “to provide/give light to/for the earth,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 15.
1:18 iq2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וְ⁠לִ⁠מְשֹׁל֙ בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם וּ⁠בַ⁠לַּ֔יְלָה 1 “and to govern/dominate the day{time} and/or the night{time},” or “and to shine during the day{time} and/or during the night{time},” Make sure that your translation of the word “day” refers here to the daytime hours, not an entire 24-hour day. Also see how you translated “rule” in 1:16. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1:18 x9y4 וּֽ⁠לֲ⁠הַבְדִּ֔יל בֵּ֥ין הָ⁠א֖וֹר וּ⁠בֵ֣ין הַ⁠חֹ֑שֶׁךְ 1 “and to divide/distinguish the light from the darkness.” or “and to separate/distinguish the time of light from the time of darkness.” Consider again how you translated “separate” in verses 4, 6-7, 14 and 18.
1:18 ji6r וַ⁠יַּ֥רְא אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “And he saw/observed” or “God/He saw/observed”
1:18 h52g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּי טֽוֹב 1 “that {what he had made/created was} good/excellent.” or “that {the lights in the heavens/sky were} good/excellent.” Some languages need to specify what was good. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:19 c1co וַֽ⁠יְהִי עֶ֥רֶב וַֽ⁠יְהִי בֹ֖קֶר 1 “Then evening came and {then/later} morning came,”
1:19 zl7w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal י֥וֹם רְבִיעִֽי 1 “{and that was} {the end of} the fourth day.” or “and the fourth day ended.” or “{and that was} {the end of} day four.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1:20 qr92 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 “Then God commanded,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
1:20 rlrq יִשְׁרְצ֣וּ הַ⁠מַּ֔יִם שֶׁ֖רֶץ נֶ֣פֶשׁ חַיָּ֑ה 1 “I command the water to be full of large numbers/groups of living creatures,” or “I command there to be large numbers/groups of {water} animals that live everywhere in the water,”
1:20 szof וְ⁠עוֹף֙ יְעוֹפֵ֣ף 1 “and let there be birds that fly” or “I also command there to be birds that fly” or “Also let there be winged creatures that fly”. The Hebrew word for “birds” can also be more general and refer to “winged/flying creatures,” which includes birds, bats, flying insects and even flying reptiles that are now extinct. Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1:20 obps עַל הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ עַל פְּנֵ֖י רְקִ֥יעַ הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם 1 “above the earth, through the sky/air.” or “across/in/through the sky above the earth.”
1:21 hu94 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּבְרָ֣א אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 “That is how God/he created/made” or “In that way God/he created/made”. See how you translated “created” in verse 1. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1:21 ywwv אֶת הַ⁠תַּנִּינִ֖ם הַ⁠גְּדֹלִ֑ים 1 “the huge/gigantic sea/ocean animals”. These include whales, sharks, giant squid, crocodiles, and leviathans (Psalm 74:13-14, Isaiah 27:1), which were probably swimming reptiles that are now extinct.
1:21 uwve וְ⁠אֵ֣ת כָּל נֶ֣פֶשׁ הַֽ⁠חַיָּ֣ה הָֽ⁠רֹמֶ֡שֶׂת 1 “and every {kind/type of fish and every other} creature/animal that moves/lives” or “and all the {fish and other} {kinds/types of} creatures/animals that move/live”
1:21 cfhy אֲשֶׁר֩ שָׁרְצ֨וּ הַ⁠מַּ֜יִם 1 “throughout the water/ocean in large numbers/groups,” or “in the water and fills it,” or “all over the place in the water/ocean,”
1:21 yks1 לְ⁠מִֽינֵ⁠הֶ֗ם 1 “{each} according to its {own} kind/type,” or “{each} that produces/has its own kind/type {of offspring/young},” This phrase emphasizes that each different kind of creature has its own distinct kind of offspring/young. For example, whales always give birth to whales, and never give birth to cats or cows, or any other kind of creature.
1:21 w4mh וְ⁠אֵ֣ת 2 “and {how he created/made}” or “{That is} also {how he created/made}”. For some languages it is more natural to begin a new sentence here, so that the previous sentence is not too long. Do what is best in your language.
1:21 ug9b כָּל ע֤וֹף כָּנָף֙ 1 “every {kind/type of} bird” or “all {the different kinds/types of} birds” or “every {kind/type of} winged creature”. See how you translated “birds” in verse 20.
1:21 wumv לְ⁠מִינֵ֔⁠הוּ 1 “{each} according to its {own} kind/type.” or “{each} that produces/has its own kind/type {of young}.” See how you translated this phrase earlier in this verse.
1:21 c8r3 וַ⁠יַּ֥רְא אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “And He saw/observed” or “God/He saw/observed”
1:21 fhzc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּי טֽוֹב 1 “that {what he had created/made was} good/excellent.” or “that {the water animals and the birds were} good/excellent.” Some languages need to specify what was good. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:22 tv0s rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יְבָ֧רֶךְ אֹתָ֛⁠ם אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “Then God caused them {all} to prosper/flourish” or “Then God blessed the water creatures/animals and the birds”. For some languages it is necessary to specify who “them” refers to. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1:22 yiar rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “by saying {to them},” or “and said {first to the water animals},” God blesses the water animals first. If that is not clear, you could make that explicit here in the quote margin or at the beginning of what God says. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:22 v2ge rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person פְּר֣וּ 1 “Reproduce” or “You water animals must/will produce/have many babies/young”. God speaks directly to the water animals using the second person (“you”), then later in the verse speaks about the birds in the third person (“the birds”). For some languages it is necessary to use either second person for both or third person for both, to prevent confusion. Do what is natural and clear in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1:22 ee4u rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal וּ⁠רְב֗וּ 1 “so that you {and your offspring/descendants} {will} multiply/increase {greatly} {in number}” or “so that you {and your offspring/descendants} {will} become {very} numerous/many” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
1:22 s7t9 וּ⁠מִלְא֤וּ 1 “and live all over the place in” or “and live throughout”
1:22 pfl8 אֶת הַ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙ בַּ⁠יַּמִּ֔ים 1 “the water in/of the sea/ocean” or “the ocean/water”. For some languages, “water in the seas” is too repetitive, so it is more natural here to just say “seas/sea” or “ocean” or “water”. Do what is best in your language.
1:22 wysn וְ⁠הָ⁠ע֖וֹף יִ֥רֶב 1 “And the birds must/will {also}” or “{You} birds must/will {also}”. Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
1:22 syh0 וּ⁠רְב֗וּ 1 “increase {greatly} in number” or “become {very} numerous/many”. See how you translated “multiply” earlier in this verse.
1:22 q4ey בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “throughout the earth.” or “{and live} all over the earth.”
1:23 jdl5 וַֽ⁠יְהִי עֶ֥רֶב וַֽ⁠יְהִי בֹ֖קֶר 1 “Then evening came and {then/later} morning came,”
1:23 jti5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal י֥וֹם חֲמִישִֽׁי 1 “{and that was} {the end of} the fifth day.” or “and the fifth day ended.” or “{and that was} {the end of} day five.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1:24 k7ok וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֗ים 1 “Then God commanded,”
1:24 ymte תּוֹצֵ֨א הָ⁠אָ֜רֶץ 1 “I command the land/ground to” or “The land/ground must now”. See how you translated a similar command to the land in verse 11.
1:24 tgpy תּוֹצֵ֨א 1 “produce/yield”
1:24 wf0h נֶ֤פֶשׁ חַיָּה֙ 1 “{every kind/type of} living creature/animal” or “{all kinds/types of} creatures/animals,” This is a general term that refers to all the different kinds of creatures/animals that breathe, including the three large categories of animals mentioned below in this verse.
1:24 se25 לְ⁠מִינָ֔⁠הּ 1 “{each} that bears/has its own kind/type of offspring/young,” or “{each} bearing/having its own kind/type of offspring/young,” This phrase means that every kind of animal that God created always produces young that are the same kind of animal as their parents. See how you translated this phrase in verse 21, and see the note about that there.
1:24 lpze בְּהֵמָ֥ה 1 “{including} domestic/farm/tame animals,” This term probably includes animals such as horses, camels, cattle, sheep, and goats that people raise for food or use for farming or other work. This is in contrast to animals that normally live in the wild.
1:24 jqx2 וָ⁠רֶ֛מֶשׂ 1 “{every} {kind/type of} creature/animal that crawls” or “{all kinds/types of} creatures/animals that crawl”
1:24 f3l5 וְ⁠חַֽיְתוֹ אֶ֖רֶץ 1 “and {every} {other} {kind/type of} {wild/untamed} creature/animal {that lives} on the earth/land,” or “and {all} the {other} {kinds/types of} {wild/untamed} animals {that live} on the earth/land,” This phrase refers in general to animals that are normally not raised by people but live in the wild.
1:24 w60r לְ⁠מִינָ֑⁠הּ 1 “{each} that bears/has its own kind/type of offspring/young.” or “{each} having its own kind/type of offspring/young.” See how you translated this phrase earlier in this verse.
1:24 voaz וַֽ⁠יְהִי כֵֽן 1 “And that is {exactly} what happened.” or “It/Everything happened {exactly} as he commanded {it to happen}.”
1:25 lj0c וַ⁠יַּ֣עַשׂ אֱלֹהִים֩ 1 “That is how God made/created” or “In that way God made/created”
1:25 jdcq אֶת חַיַּ֨ת הָ⁠אָ֜רֶץ 1 “{every kind/type of} wild/untamed creature/animal,” or “{all the different kinds/types of} wild/untamed creatures/animals,” See how you translated “{every} creature of the earth” in verse 24.
1:25 zrau לְ⁠מִינָ֗⁠הּ 1 “{each} that bears/has its own kind/type of offspring/young,” or “{each} having its own kind/type of offspring/young,”
1:25 bffi וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙ 1 “and {every kind/type of} domestic/farm/tame animal,” or “and {all} the domestic/farm/tame animals,” See how you translated “livestock” in verse 24.
1:25 h946 לְ⁠מִינָ֗⁠הּ 2 “{each} that bears/has its {own} kind/type of offspring/young,” or “{each} having its {own} kind/type of offspring/young,”
1:25 j9e3 וְ⁠אֵ֛ת כָּל רֶ֥מֶשׂ הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֖ה 1 “and every {kind/type of} creature/animal that crawls on/along the ground,” or “and all {different kinds/types of} creatures/animals that crawl on/along the ground,” See how you translated “crawling creature” in verse 24.
1:25 ifc3 לְ⁠מִינָ֗⁠הּ 1 “{each} that bears/has its own kind/type of offspring/young.” or “{each} having its {own} kind/type of offspring/young,” Consider again how you translated this phrase in verses 11, 12, 21, 24 and 25. It may be necessary to translate this phrase in different ways, depending on the context.
1:25 ts6r וַ⁠יַּ֥רְא אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “And he saw/observed” or “God/He saw/observed”
1:25 epq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּי טֽוֹב 1 “that {what he had made/created was} good/excellent.” or “that {all the creatures/animals that he had made/created were} good/excellent.” Some languages need to specify what was good. Consider again how you translated “And God saw that...good” in verses 10, 12, 18, 21, 25. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:26 bpc0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 “Then God said {to himself},” Here God is not commanding anything to happen, but is getting ready to personally create mankind himself (the details are given in Gen 2:7, 21-22). Some languages have to specify who is being spoken to. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
1:26 blpi נַֽעֲשֶׂ֥ה 1 “{Now} we should/will make/create”. Most Bible scholars think that the plural pronouns (“us”, “our”) in this verse refer to God and reflect the fact that he is three Persons in one God. So it is best to keep these pronouns plural in your translation. Also, many translations capitalize the first letter of all pronouns that refer to God in order to show him honor and respect. Your translation team needs to decide whether or not you will do that, too. Be consistent with your decision as you translate the Bible.
1:26 bahl אָדָ֛ם 1 “mankind/humankind” or “human beings”. The Hebrew word for “man” is used here (and in verse 27) as a collective noun that refers to human beings in general, including male and female.
1:26 ulnl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet בְּ⁠צַלְמֵ֖⁠נוּ כִּ⁠דְמוּתֵ֑⁠נוּ 1 “to be like us and act like us,” or “to be like us, so that they are similar to us in many ways,” These two phrases have similar meanings and emphasize that God made mankind to be like himself in many ways. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1:26 mq1c וְ⁠יִרְדּוּ֩ בִ⁠דְגַ֨ת 1 “and let us put them in charge of” or “We will give them authority to rule/oversee/manage”
1:26 bgn6 בִ⁠דְגַ֨ת הַ⁠יָּ֜ם 1 “the fish of/in the sea/ocean,”
1:26 fiz0 וּ⁠בְ⁠ע֣וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֗יִם 1 “the birds {that fly} in the sky/air,” Some translations leave out the phrase “of the sky” because it is strongly implied and may not sound natural in their languages. However, if it is natural in your language, it is best to include this phrase, because the author repeatedly contrasts three large categories of animals in this section: creatures that live on the ground, creatures that swim in the water, and creatures that fly in the sky.
1:26 qqil וּ⁠בַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙ 1 “the domestic/farm/tame animals,” Consider again how you translated “livestock” in verses 24-26.
1:26 vthy וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “and the entire earth,” This refers to the planet earth and everything on it, including water, soil, metals, minerals, and other resources, as well as all the plants and animals.
1:26 x3kc וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל הָ⁠רֶ֖מֶשׂ הָֽ⁠רֹמֵ֥שׂ עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “including every creature/animal that moves/lives on the earth.” or “and/including all the creatures/animals that move/live on the earth.” For some languages it is not natural to repeat “and” or “over” with each item in this list. Consider what is the best way to translate a list like this in your language.
1:27 zl1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠יִּבְרָ֨א אֱלֹהִ֤ים 1 “So God created/made”. In this verse God does what he said he was going to do (verse 26). Make sure your translation does not sound like God created mankind twice. Also see how you translated “created” in verses 1 and 21. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1:27 f5z8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms אֶת הָֽ⁠אָדָם֙ 1 “mankind/humankind” or “human beings”. Be consistent here with how you translated this term in verse 26. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
1:27 yyg0 בְּ⁠צַלְמ֔⁠וֹ 1 “in his own image.” or “to be like himself.” or “to be similar to himself {in many ways}.” God made mankind to be like himself in some ways (not all ways) and to represent him in the world and show people what he is like. For example, God gave human beings an eternal spirit and the ability to have a relationship with him. He also gave us emotions, an understanding of right and wrong, and the ability to reason and make choices, to create new things and to have authority over the rest of creation. You could include some of that information in a footnote.
1:27 f9uj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism בְּ⁠צֶ֥לֶם אֱלֹהִ֖ים בָּרָ֣א אֹת֑⁠וֹ 1 “{Yes/Indeed,} he created/made them in his image” or “{Indeed} God/he created/made them to be like himself” or “{Yes,} God/he created/made them to be similar to himself {in many ways}”. The pronoun “him” refers to the collective noun “man”, which in this case refers to human beings in general, not just one person. Also, this clause is the second half of a chiasm (an inverted parallelism) that repeats the first part of verse 27 in reverse order, to emphasize that it was in Gods image that human beings were created. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1:27 n054 זָכָ֥ר וּ⁠נְקֵבָ֖ה בָּרָ֥א אֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 “He {also} created/made them {to be} male or female.” The phrase “male and female” comes first in the Hebrew text in order to emphasize it. Do what is accurate and natural in your language. Also make sure your translation of this verse does not sound like God is both male and female.
1:28 n52a וַ⁠יְבָ֣רֶךְ אֹתָ⁠ם֮ אֱלֹהִים֒ 1 “Then God showed his favor to them” or “Then God caused them to prosper/flourish”. See how you translated “blessed” in verse 22.
1:28 mnzd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר לָ⁠הֶ֜ם אֱלֹהִ֗ים 1 “and said,” or “by saying to them,” or “by saying,” or “He said,” Make sure it is clear in your translation of this quote margin that what God says next is the way that he blessed mankind, not something he said separately from that. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
1:28 lyey פְּר֥וּ 1 “Bear/Have many children” or “You will bear/have many children”. See how you translated “Be fruitful and multiply” in verse 22. It may be necessary to translate the phrase in different ways, depending on the context.
1:28 xie5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal וּ⁠רְב֛וּ 1 “so that you {and your descendants} {will} multiply/increase {greatly} {in number}” or “so that you {and your descendants} {will} become {very} numerous/many” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
1:28 lpep וּ⁠מִלְא֥וּ אֶת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 “and live all over the earth” or “and inhabit the whole earth” or “Fill the earth”. For some languages, it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
1:28 g9jo וְ⁠כִבְשֻׁ֑⁠הָ 1 “and take control/care of it.” or “and bring it under your control.”
1:28 c3f8 וּ⁠רְד֞וּ בִּ⁠דְגַ֤ת 1 “You must rule over” or “You are in charge of” or “I am giving you authority to rule/oversee/manage”. See how you translated “rule” in verse 26.
1:28 prup בִּ⁠דְגַ֤ת הַ⁠יָּם֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠ע֣וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם 1 “the fish in the ocean, the birds {that fly} in the sky/air,” See how you translated these phrases in verse 26.
1:28 ytrg וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל חַיָּ֖ה הָֽ⁠רֹמֶ֥שֶׂת עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “and every creature/animal that moves/lives on the earth/land.” or “and all the creatures/animals that move/live on the earth/land.” This phrase refers generally here to every kind of creature that lives on land.
1:29 sqcf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֗ים 1 “Then God/he {also} said {to them},” or “Then God/he continued/added,” God is still speaking to the human beings, so it may be necessary to add “also” to this quote margin. Some languages need to specify who is being spoken to. Other languages may leave this quote margin implied, since the same subject (God) is talking to the same people. However, the repeated quote margin in the Hebrew text could show that God paused before continuing or that he is changing the topic, or to emphasize what he says next. So if it is natural to keep the quote margin here in your language, that is best. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
1:29 a4r5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms הִנֵּה֩ 1 “Look/Listen,” or “Listen to this,” or “I want you to know that”. This word means that what God says next is important and should be given special attention. Consider what is the best way to translate this term in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
1:29 uvuf נָתַ֨תִּי לָ⁠כֶ֜ם 1 “I am {now} giving to you {as/for food}” or “I have provided {as food} for you” or “I am {now} providing {as food} for you”
1:29 oakn אֶת כָּל עֵ֣שֶׂב זֹרֵ֣עַ זֶ֗רַע אֲשֶׁר֙ עַל 1 “every {kind/type of} seed-bearing plant that grows” or “every {kind/type of} plant with seeds that grows” or “all the {different kinds/types of} plants that yield/produce seeds and grow”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verses 11 and 12.
1:29 nq9g עַל פְּנֵ֣י כָל הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “anywhere on/throughout the earth,”
1:29 nn9g וְ⁠אֶת כָּל הָ⁠עֵ֛ץ אֲשֶׁר פְרִי עֵ֖ץ 1 “as well as every {kind/type of} tree that {bears/produces}” or “and all the {different kinds/types of} trees that {bear/produce}”
1:29 zjwv בּ֥⁠וֹ פְרִי עֵ֖ץ זֹרֵ֣עַ זָ֑רַע 1 “fruit with seeds inside it.” or “seed-bearing fruit.” See how you translated a similar phrase in verses 11 and 12.
1:29 ird8 לָ⁠כֶ֥ם יִֽהְיֶ֖ה לְ⁠אָכְלָֽה 1 “All of them are yours to eat from.” or “You may eat from any/all of those plants.”
1:30 dc8o וּֽ⁠לְ⁠כָל 1 “In the same way,”
1:30 h154 וּֽ⁠לְ⁠כָל חַיַּ֣ת הָ֠⁠אָרֶץ 1 “to every {kind/type of} {wild/untamed} creature/animal {that lives} on the earth/land,” or “to all the {wild/untamed} creatures/animals {that live} on the earth/land,” or “all the wild animals,” See how you translated a similar phrase in verses 24 and 25.
1:30 cxyb וּ⁠לְ⁠כָל ע֨וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֜יִם 1 “and every {kind/type of} bird {that flies} in the sky,” or “and all the birds {that fly} in the sky,”
1:30 n7vq וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹ֣ל רוֹמֵ֣שׂ עַל הָ⁠אָ֗רֶץ אֲשֶׁר בּ⁠וֹ֙ נֶ֣פֶשׁ חַיָּ֔ה 1 “and every {other} {kind/type of} {creature/animal} that moves/lives on the earth/land and has the breath of life,” or “and all the {other} creatures/animals that move/live on the earth/land and breathe {air} to live,” See how you translated “that moves on the earth” in verse 28.
1:30 hifc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֶת כָּל יֶ֥רֶק עֵ֖שֶׂב לְ⁠אָכְלָ֑ה 1 “{I give} every {kind/type of} green plant for/as food.” or “{I have given/provided} all the green plants for/as food.” For some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this phrase near the beginning of this verse and say, “In the same way, {I give} every {type of} green plant for food to all the {wild} animals {that live} on the earth, and all the birds {that fly} in the sky, and all the {other} animals {that live} on the land and breathe {air}.” Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “plant” in verses 11, 12, 29. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
1:30 ivkg וַֽ⁠יְהִי כֵֽן 1 “And that is how it was.” or “And it/everything was {exactly} as he/God said {it should/would be}.” Consider again how you translated this sentence in verses 7, 9, 11, 15, 24 and 30. It may be necessary to translate it in different ways, depending on the context. For example, here in verse 30 this phrase follows a statement God made, which is different from the other contexts where it follows a command.
1:31 hhg6 וַ⁠יַּ֤רְא אֱלֹהִים֙ 1 “Then God observed/considered” or “Then God looked at”. See how you translated “God saw the light” in verse 4.
1:31 c85e אֶת כָּל אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשָׂ֔ה 1 “everything that he had made/created,” This refers to everything that God made during the entire week of Creation, not just on the sixth day. Consider again how you translated “made” (or “make”) in verses 7, 16, 25, 26 and 31. Compare that to how you translated a word that has a similar meaning (“created”) in verses 1, 21 and 27.
1:31 w4pz וְ⁠הִנֵּה 1 “and indeed” or “and he saw/observed that”. This word calls attention to what God is looking at and helps emphasize that what he saw was very good.
1:31 uixn ט֖וֹב מְאֹ֑ד 1 “{it was} {all} very good/excellent.” Consider again how you translated “good/excellent” in verses 4, 10, 12, 18, 21, 25 and 31.
1:31 pjit וַֽ⁠יְהִי עֶ֥רֶב וַֽ⁠יְהִי בֹ֖קֶר 1 “Then evening came and {then/later} morning came,” Consider again how you translated these phrases in verses 5, 8, 13, 19, 23 and 31, and see the note about that at verse 5.
1:31 vsiy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal י֥וֹם הַ⁠שִּׁשִּֽׁי 1 “{and that was} {the end of} the sixth day.” or “and the sixth day ended.” or “{and that was} {the end of} day six.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2:intro nfp7 0 # Genesis 02 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nGen. 2:1-3 ends the first creation account, begun in the previous chapter. The second creation account, beginning in 2:4, is very different, using a more natural, story-telling style instead of following a set formula using repeated phrases. Translators should try to imitate this difference in their versions.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The second creation account in Gen. 2:4-25\n\nGen. 2:4-25 presents an account of creation from a different viewpoint than the one given in Gen. 1:1-2:3. This second account should be regarded as filling out the first account, not as conflicting with it.\n\n### Yahweh, the name of God\n\n“Yahweh,” the personal name of God in the Old Testament, appears for the first time in this chapter. Translators must decide how to represent it in their versions. For 2,000 years, it has been traditional for many Christians to represent it with the term “the Lord.” Indeed, it is demanded by Roman Catholics for their Bible versions to continue doing this. Of course, the disadvantage of using “the Lord” is that this is a title for God, not a personal name. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]])\n\nTranslators who are not producing versions for Roman Catholics can consider transliterating the name “Yahweh,” approximating the name as best as their project languages allow.\n\nOr translators can consider using expressions for the supreme god that might exist in their project languages, such as, “The Great One,” “The Ruler of All,” “The One who Never Sleeps,” etc. Of course, these are descriptive titles, not personal names, so they suffer from the same disadvantages that “the Lord” has.\n\nTranslators can also consider pairing a transliteration of “Yahweh” with a meaningful title for the supreme god in the project language. Whatever solution is found should be followed consistently when the name “Yahweh” occurs in the Scriptures.\n\n### The Garden of Eden\n\nThis was not a vegetable garden or cultivated field. Instead, it was probably a large area of land with fruit trees and other plants bearing leaves, etc., that were good to eat. A river flowed out from the Garden of Eden, giving the impression that the Garden was a holy place; in the ancient Near East, temples had gardens and waterways. In Rev. 22:1-2, the throne of God in the New Jerusalem is pictured with a river flowing out from it. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
2023-02-02 01:27:06 +00:00
2:1 alnx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יְכֻלּ֛וּ הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֥יִם וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 “So {it was that} the heavens and the earth were completed/finished {by God},” or “That is how {God} finished {creating/making} the heavens and the earth,” Verse one is a summary statement that looks back at what God did in chapter one. Make sure that is clear in your language. Also consider whether it is better in your language to use an active or passive clause here, and see how you translated “heavens and earth” in Gen 1:1. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:1 eaz5 וְ⁠כָל צְבָאָֽ⁠ם 1 “including all the many things that are in them.” or “along with everything in them.” This phrase refers to everything in the heavens and on the earth that God had created, as described in chapter one.
2:2 lmmc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal וַ⁠יְכַ֤ל בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 “By the seventh day” or “By day seven”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that God had completed his work by the seventh day and did not work on that day. Also consider again how you translated ordinal numbers in Gen 1:5, 8, 13, 19, 23, 31; 2:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2:2 zkij rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יְכַ֤ל אֱלֹהִים֙ 1 “God/he had completed/finished” or “God/he was finished with”. Decide whether it is better in your language to refer to God with a title (“God”) or a pronoun (“he”) in this context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2:2 qp74 מְלַאכְתּ֖⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשָׂ֑ה 1 “his/the work he had been doing,”
2:2 lqw7 וַ⁠יִּשְׁבֹּת֙ בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י מִ⁠כָּל 1 “so he rested/ceased on that day from all” or “so on the seventh day he no longer did”. God “rested” in the sense that he stopped his work and did not work on that day. It does not mean he was tired or had lost his strength. Rest is an important theme in the Bible, so you should try to be consistent in how you translate this term here and in other passages such as Exodus 23:12, 31:17 and Hebrews 4:4, 10. Part of this theme includes the Hebrew word for “Sabbath” which has the same root word as the verb for “rest” and is often translated “resting day”.
2:2 mtu9 מְלַאכְתּ֖⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשָׂ֑ה 1 “the work that he had been doing.” or “that work.”
2:3 g6t5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠יְבָ֤רֶךְ אֱלֹהִים֙ 1 “Then God/he” or “God/He”. For some languages it is more natural to begin verse 3 without a conjunction. Other languages use a conjunction here like Hebrew does. Do what is natural in your language.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
2:3 aq2s וַ⁠יְבָ֤רֶךְ אֶת י֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 “established/designated the seventh day {as a day} to bless {people}” or “honored the seventh day”
2:3 frsr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וַ⁠יְקַדֵּ֖שׁ אֹת֑⁠וֹ 1 “and made it a holy/sacred day,” or “and set it apart as a day especially devoted/dedicated to him,” or “by setting it apart as a special day/time {for people/them} {to rest and worship him},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
2:3 zlsb כִּ֣י ב֤⁠וֹ 1 “because on/during that day” or “{He did that} because on/during that day”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
2:3 kcwq שָׁבַת֙ מִ⁠כָּל מְלַאכְתּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “he ceased from all his/the work” or “he did not do any more work” or “he no longer did the work”. See how you translated a similar clause in verse 2.
2:3 oxs3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֲשֶׁר בָּרָ֥א אֱלֹהִ֖ים לַ⁠עֲשֽׂוֹת 1 “of creating that he had been doing.” or “that he had been doing, creating {everything}.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2:4 m6ic אֵ֣לֶּה 1 “These {are more details about}” or “This {is more about}” or “What follows {gives/tells more details about}”. This phrase refers forward to Gen 2:5-24 and begins a new section. Chapter one of Genesis gives an overview of what God did each day of creation week, including that he created human beings on day six. Chapter two gives more details about how God created Adam and Eve, who were his most important creations. Each chapter emphasizes different parts of the same history; they are not two different histories. Make sure that is clear in your translation.
2:4 ptfh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive תוֹלְד֧וֹת הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֛יִם וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ בְּ⁠הִבָּֽרְאָ֑⁠ם 1 “the history of the heavens and the earth when they were created {by God},” or “what happened when {God} created the heavens and the earth.” or “the history of what {God} did when he created the heavens and the earth:” The Hebrew text uses a passive construction here to emphasize the heavens and the earth. Decide the best way to do that in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:4 i0br בְּ⁠י֗וֹם עֲשׂ֛וֹת 1 “during the days/time when” or “During the days/time when”. Consider whether or not it is clearer or more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here that continues into verse 5.
2:4 igt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “Yahweh {who is} God” or “God {whose name is} Yahweh”. This phrase is a combination of Gods personal name “Yahweh” with his title “God”. Both are used together when he is especially in focus. This pattern of using a personal name and a title together is also used for people in the Old Testament when they are being emphasized, for example, “Ahab king of Israel” and “Ruth the Moabite”. Many translations have “LORD God” in place of “Yahweh God” throughout the Old Testament. This follows the Jewish custom of substituting the Hebrew title “Adonai” (which means “my Lord”) for “Yahweh” (which means “he is”) when they read the Scriptures aloud. More recently, translation teams are putting “Yahweh” back in the Bible text (especially in the Old Testament, but also in the New Testament), and they include a footnote to explain the term. (Some translation teams consider using “Jehovah” instead of “Yahweh”. However that is not a name from the Bible, but is formed by taking the consonants from “Yahweh” and combining them with the vowels from “Adonai”.) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
2:4 h1ao rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-chiasm עֲשׂ֛וֹת אֶ֥רֶץ וְ⁠שָׁמָֽיִם 1 “made/created the earth and the heavens”. This clause forms a chiasm with “the heavens and the earth...created” in the first part of this verse. Try to keep the same phrase order in your translation. See how you translated “the heavens” and “the earth” in Gen 1:1 and 2:1. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-chiasm]])
2:5 yi7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וְ⁠כֹ֣ל 1 “And/Now {for a while,}” or “{For a while,}” or “{for a while,}” Consider whether it is better in your translation to begin a new sentence here or continue the sentence from the end of verse 4. Verses 5-6 give background information about what things were like before God created mankind (verse 7). Some languages use a conjunction like “Now” to introduce background information, while other languages do not use a conjunction. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
2:5 v2iu וְ⁠כֹ֣ל שִׂ֣יחַ הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֗ה טֶ֚רֶם יִֽהְיֶ֣ה בָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “there were not yet any shrubs/bushes {growing} in the fields on the earth,” or “no wild shrubs/bushes had started growing on the earth yet,”
2:5 gyov וְ⁠כָל עֵ֥שֶׂב הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֖ה טֶ֣רֶם יִצְמָ֑ח 1 “nor had any {other} plants started growing yet,” or “and there were not any {other} plants that had sprouted yet,” See how you translated “plants” in Gen 1:11-12, 29-30.
2:5 iiqn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns כִּי֩ יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהִים֙ 1 “because Yahweh/he” or “{That was} because God”. The Hebrew text repeats “Yahweh God” frequently in chapter 2 (starting in verse 4) to emphasize God. For some languages, it is not natural to repeat “Yahweh God” so often in the same paragraph, and it could even give the wrong meaning that there was more than one Yahweh God. For languages like that, it may be best to use “Yahweh God” only once at the beginning of a section or paragraph, then use “Yahweh”, “God”, or “he” in the rest of the section, depending on the context. Consider what is the most accurate and natural way to refer to Yahweh God at each point in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2:5 dsr2 לֹ֨א הִמְטִ֜יר עַל הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “had not {yet} caused it to rain on the earth,” or “had not {yet} sent/caused rain to water the earth,” See how you translated “earth” in Gen 1:1 and 2:1.
2:5 jour וְ⁠אָדָ֣ם אַ֔יִן 1 “and there were no human beings {yet}” or “and mankind/humans did not exist {yet}”
2:5 mdd4 לַֽ⁠עֲבֹ֖ד אֶת הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָֽה 1 “to cultivate/farm the land/soil.” Working the ground includes tasks such as clearing the ground, preparing the soil, planting seeds, and watering the plants. See how you translated “ground” in Gen 1:25. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
2:6 vsou rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-phrases-words וְ⁠אֵ֖ד 1 “But {during/at that time} mist/water/groundwater” or “{During/At that time} mist/springs”. The Hebrew word for “mist” refers to water in some form, such as water vapor, springs, or streams of water. Also, some translations begin verse 6 without “But”. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-phrases-words]])
2:6 ytxq יַֽעֲלֶ֣ה 1 “seeped up” or “kept coming/seeping up” or “would come/seep up”. This verb describes a repeated or continuous action.
2:6 t93l מִן הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “from the ground” or “from underground”
2:6 srec וְ⁠הִשְׁקָ֖ה 1 “and irrigated” or “and spread over” or “supplied water to”
2:6 qd1o אֶֽת כָּל פְּנֵֽי הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָֽה 1 “the entire/whole surface of the land/earth.” or “the ground everywhere.”
2:7 lope וַ⁠יִּיצֶר֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהִ֜ים 1 “Then Yahweh {who is} God”. The phrase “Yahweh God” is used here to emphasize that he is the one who created mankind. So it is best to keep that here in your translation, unless that would communicate wrong meaning. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 2:4-5.
2:7 fjjv וַ⁠יִּיצֶר֩ 1 “shaped” or “crafted”. This word describes what an expert craftsmen would do, and implies artistic skills and design.
2:7 dbat אֶת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֗ם 1 “a man” or “the {first} man”. The definite article “the” is used here because this refers to a specific man, the first male human. For many languages it is more natural to use an indefinite article (“a”) to introduce him here, or to not use an article at all. Do what is best in your language.
2:7 pmfi עָפָר֙ 1 “{out of} dirt/mud/clay”. The word used here in the Hebrew text is usually translated “dust” (as in Gen 13:16, 28:14), but it can also be translated “dirt” (as in Gen 26:15) or “mortar/mud/clay” (as in Leviticus 14:42). The dirt would have been damp enough to be formed or shaped.
2:7 g3a2 מִן הָ֣⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה 1 “from the earth,” See how you translated “ground” in Gen 1:25 and 2:5-6. You may need to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
2:7 xkca וַ⁠יִּפַּ֥ח 1 “and he/Yahweh blew/exhaled” or “Then he/Yahweh blew/exhaled”. For some languages, it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
2:7 qzjs rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns בְּ⁠אַפָּ֖י⁠ו נִשְׁמַ֣ת חַיִּ֑ים 1 “into the mans nostrils/nose the/his breath that would make him live,” or “his breath into the mans nostrils/nose to make him live,” This refers to Gods breath. As you translate the pronouns “he” and “his” in this verse, make sure it is clear in your language who is being referred to. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2:7 vf52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַֽ⁠יְהִ֥י הָֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם 1 “so that he” or “and then the man”. Consider what is the most natural way in your language to refer to the man throughout verse 7. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2:7 pfm4 וַֽ⁠יְהִ֥י לְ⁠נֶ֥פֶשׁ חַיָּֽה 1 “became a living person.” or “became alive.” or “came to life.” or “started to live.”
2:8 z5wl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וַ⁠יִּטַּ֞ע יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהִ֛ים 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean (1) “Now Yahweh God had {previously/already} planted” or “{Before that,} Yahweh God had planted”. This interpretation fits the context of chapter one, which says that God had made all the trees and plants on day three (Gen 1:11-12), three days before he created man (Gen 1:26-27; 2:7). Following this view, verses 8-14 give background information for what happens in verses 15-24. (2) “Then Yahweh God planted”. According to this interpretation, God made the Garden of Eden on day six after he created man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2:8 npa8 גַּן 1 “a {large} garden” or “a {large} farm/park”. The man lived in this garden and there were animals and many trees and other plants in it too, so it was fairly large. Make sure your translation of this term does not refer to something that is too small.
2:8 msch בְ⁠עֵ֖דֶן מִ⁠קֶּ֑דֶם 1 “in {the land/region of/called} Eden, {which was} in/to the east,” or “in the eastern part of {the land/region of/called} Eden,” In this context, “in the east” can refer to (1) the eastern part of the region of Eden (2) a region east of where Moses lived when he wrote this. It is best, if possible, to keep your translation of this phrase general here (like the Hebrew text).
2:8 zpxl וַ⁠יָּ֣שֶׂם שָׁ֔ם אֶת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם 1 “and that is where he put the man” or “and in that garden he put the man” or “That is where he put the man”. Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
2:8 uvlv אֲשֶׁ֥ר יָצָֽר 1 “whom he had shaped/crafted.” or “whom he had created/made.” See how you translated “formed” in verse 7.
2:9 wihv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יַּצְמַ֞ח יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהִים֙ 1 “{There} Yahweh/he”. See how you translated “Yahweh God” in verse 5, and see the note about that there. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2:9 gfbt וַ⁠יַּצְמַ֞ח מִן הָ֣⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה כָּל עֵ֛ץ נֶחְמָ֥ד 1 “had made/caused to grow from the ground every {kind/type of} tree that is pleasant/beautiful/delightful” or “had made/caused all {kinds/types of} trees to grow from the ground that are pleasant/beautiful”. See how you translated “every tree” in Gen 1:29.
2:9 zqug לְ⁠מַרְאֶ֖ה 1 “to the eyes” or “to look at” or “in appearance”
2:9 kslw וְ⁠ט֣וֹב 1 “and {that produce/have/grow fruit that is} good” or “and {whose fruit is} good
2:9 rc1t לְ⁠מַאֲכָ֑ל 1 “for eating,” or “to eat,”
2:9 urhf וְ⁠עֵ֤ץ הַֽ⁠חַיִּים֙ בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ הַ⁠גָּ֔ן 1 “including the tree whose fruit gives people {eternal} life, {which was} in the middle of the garden,” or “In the middle of the garden was the tree whose fruit makes people live {forever},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
2:9 vor6 וְ⁠עֵ֤ץ 2 “along with the tree” or “as well as the tree”
2:9 vdwn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וְ⁠עֵ֕ץ הַ⁠דַּ֖עַת ט֥וֹב וָ⁠רָֽע 1 “whose fruit enables people to know/discern {what is} good/right and {what is} evil/wrong.” The word “good” refers here to all that is morally right and pleasing to God, and “evil” refers to what is morally wrong and against his will. Keep that in mind as you translate these terms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
2:10 af8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וְ⁠נָהָרּ֙ יֹצֵ֣א 1 “Now a river was flowing” or “A river was flowing” or “There was a river flowing”. Verse 10 gives more background information that began in verse 8. Many translations omit the conjunction “And” or “Now” here. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
2:10 pp02 מֵ⁠עֵ֔דֶן 1 “from/through {the land/region of} Eden”. The garden was inside the land of Eden, so as the river flowed through Eden, it watered the garden.
2:10 rcms לְ⁠הַשְׁק֖וֹת 1 ”to irrigate” or “to provide water for” or “that watered/irrigated” or “that provided water for”. See how you translated “watered” in verse 6.
2:10 wxka אֶת הַ⁠גָּ֑ן 1 “the farm/park,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 8.
2:10 gpkv וּ⁠מִ⁠שָּׁם֙ 1 “and from the garden” or “From there/Eden”. For some languages it is better to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
2:10 h8ke יִפָּרֵ֔ד וְ⁠הָיָ֖ה לְ⁠אַרְבָּעָ֥ה רָאשִֽׁים 1 Verse 10 is ambiguous in the Hebrew text. It could mean (1) “the/that river divided into four {smaller} waters/rivers.” This interpretation means that the river in Eden was the source river that watered the garden and then divided downstream into the four smaller rivers. (2) “there were four {smaller} source rivers that joined together and formed the larger river.” This interpretation means that the four rivers were source headwaters that flowed downstream and joined to form the larger river in Eden. If possible, leave your translation ambiguous here (like the Hebrew text does), so that either interpretation is possible.
2:11 ty1t שֵׁ֥ם הָֽ⁠אֶחָ֖ד פִּישׁ֑וֹן 1 “The name of the first {river} {is/was}” or “The first {river} is/was named/called” or “The first {river} is/was”. Most translations use past tense in verse 10, but then use present tense throughout verses 11-14. It may be best to use past tense throughout verses 10-14, especially since the rivers and places that are named in these verses no longer existed when Genesis was written, because the Flood completely changed the entire surface of the earth; after the Flood, the names of some of those rivers and places were given to new rivers and places.
2:11 fhgs rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names פִּישׁ֑וֹן 1 “the Pishon {River}.” Consider whether or not it is natural in your language to use the article (“the”) with the name of a river. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2:11 k73q ה֣וּא הַ⁠סֹּבֵ֗ב 1 “It meanders/meandered through” or “which flows/flowed around through”. The word “winds” or “meanders” means that the river changed direction from time to time. Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here, or to continue the previous sentence.
2:11 kdfc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֵ֚ת כָּל אֶ֣רֶץ הַֽ⁠חֲוִילָ֔ה 1 “the entire/whole region of/called Havilah,” Be consistent in how you translate “land of” throughout this section. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2:11 lg1b אֲשֶׁר שָׁ֖ם הַ⁠זָּהָֽב 1 “{a place} where {there is/was} {much} gold.” or “which has/had {a lot of} gold.”
2:12 v48n וּֽ⁠זֲהַ֛ב הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ הַ⁠הִ֖וא 1 “In fact, the gold from that land/region” or “Indeed, the gold {that is found} in that land/region”. This sentence emphasizes the previous statement about the gold, and gives more information about it.
2:12 ks18 ט֑וֹב 1 “{is/was} {very} pure.” or “{is/was} {very} high quality.”
2:12 qhx1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הַ⁠בְּדֹ֖לַח 1 “{A kind/type of fragrant/sweet-smelling resin called} bdellium” or “A {kind/type of} fragrant/sweet-smelling resin/perfume”. The meaning of this Hebrew word is not certain. In many translations it is transliterated, that is, spelled the way the Hebrew word is pronounced. It may refer to (1) a fragrant/sweet-smelling tree resin that was used to make perfume; (2) a type of stone or crystal, or possibly pearl. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2:12 ul5j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠אֶ֥בֶן הַ⁠שֹּֽׁהַם 1 “and {valuable} onyx gemstones” or “and {valuable} stones/gemstones called onyx” or “and {valuable} gemstones”. It is not certain what kind of stone this was, but most Bible scholars think it was onyx, which is a kind of quartz that is often black, but also occurs in many other colors, and can have stripes or bands of white (or other colors) running through it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
2:12 cp1z שָׁ֥ם 1 “{are/were} {also} {found} there.” or “{are/were} {also} in that land/region.” Make sure the verb tense you choose here fits with the way you translated verse 11.
2:13 fnx5 וְ⁠שֵֽׁם הַ⁠נָּהָ֥ר הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֖י גִּיח֑וֹן 1 “The name of the second river {is/was}” or “The second river is/was named/called” or “The second river is/was” . See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 11.
2:13 tdei גִּיח֑וֹן 1 “the Gihon {River}.”
2:13 spk8 ה֣וּא הַ⁠סּוֹבֵ֔ב 1 “It meanders/meandered through” or “which flows/flowed around through”. Consider whether it is better here in your language to begin a new sentence or to continue the previous sentence. See how you translated this phrase in verse 11.
2:13 fgb5 אֵ֖ת כָּל אֶ֥רֶץ כּֽוּשׁ 1 “the entire/whole region of/called Cush.” See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 11.
2:14 a2na וְ⁠שֵׁ֨ם הַ⁠נָּהָ֤ר הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁי֙ חִדֶּ֔קֶל 1 “The name of the third river {is/was}” or “The third river is/was named/called” or “The third river is/was”
2:14 eo4t חִדֶּ֔קֶל 1 “the Tigris {River}.”
2:14 go4b ה֥וּא הַֽ⁠הֹלֵ֖ךְ קִדְמַ֣ת 1 “It flows/flowed {in an area} east of” or “which flows/flowed {in an area} east of “ or “which was located east of”. The word “east” refers to where the river was located, not the direction it was flowing.
2:14 h2lk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אַשּׁ֑וּר 1 “{the land/region of/called} Asshur/Assyria.” This Hebrew name is pronounced “ash-shur” and is spelled “Asshur”, “Ashur”, or “Assyria” in English, depending on the context. This was a region of land, because at that time there were no cities. Most translations have “Assyria” here. Consider again how you translated “the land of” in verses 11 and 13. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2:14 wu7c וְ⁠הַ⁠נָּהָ֥ר הָֽ⁠רְבִיעִ֖י פְרָֽת 1 “{The name of} the fourth river {is/was}” or “The fourth river {is/was named/called}” or “and the fourth river {is/was}”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verses 11, 13-14. Also consider again whether it is best in your language to use present tense or past tense in verses 10-14.
2:14 u87b פְרָֽת 1 “the Euphrates {River}.” Consider again how you translated the names of rivers in verses 11, 13-14.
2:15 qijo rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וַ⁠יִּקַּ֛ח יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֑ם וַ⁠יַּנִּחֵ֣⁠הוּ 1 “Now Yahweh God had {already} put the man” or “After Yahweh God put the man”. In verse 8 it says that God had already put the man in the garden, so the way you translate verse 15 should not sound like he did it again. This information is repeated here to continue the story from verse 8. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2:15 rosi rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְ⁠גַן עֵ֔דֶן 1 “in the garden in {the land/region of/called} Eden” or “in Eden Garden”. Notice that “Garden” is capitalized when it is part of a name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2:15 iaic לְ⁠עָבְדָ֖⁠הּ 1 “to cultivate/farm it” or “so that he would cultivate/farm it”. See how you translated “work” in verse 5.
2:15 hyvl וּ⁠לְ⁠שָׁמְרָֽ⁠הּ 1 “and maintain it.” or “and take care of it.”
2:16 qqer rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יְצַו֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 “Then Yahweh/he” or “he”. Consider whether it is better in your language here to begin a new sentence or to continue the sentence from verse 15. Also consider what is the best way to refer to “Yahweh God” here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2:16 vi2s rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יְצַו֙ הָֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “commanded the man,” or “commanded him,” Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
2:16 vzb0 מִ⁠כֹּ֥ל עֵֽץ הַ⁠גָּ֖ן אָכֹ֥ל תֹּאכֵֽל 1 “You may eat as much {fruit} as you want {to eat} from every/any tree in the garden,” or “You are permitted to eat whatever fruit that you want {to eat} from every/any tree in the garden,”
2:17 vfsb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions וּ⁠מֵ⁠עֵ֗ץ לֹ֥א תֹאכַ֖ל 1 “except you must/may not eat” or “except for one: you must/may not eat” or “except I forbid you to eat”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that God is not contradicting himself here, but rather he is giving an exception to what he said in verse 16. To make that clear, you could say (starting with the beginning of Gods words in verse 16), “Out of all the trees in the garden, there is only one tree that you must/may not eat from: the tree of the knowledge of good and evil. If you eat fruit from that tree, on that {same} day you will certainly/definitely die.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
2:17 kwtv וּ⁠מֵ⁠עֵ֗ץ 1 “{any fruit} from the tree” or “{the fruit that grows} on the tree”
2:17 eja9 וּ⁠מֵ⁠עֵ֗ץ הַ⁠דַּ֨עַת֙ ט֣וֹב וָ⁠רָ֔ע 1 “whose fruit enables people to know/discern {what is} good/right and {what is} evil/wrong,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 9.
2:17 w7aq כִּ֗י בְּ⁠י֛וֹם אֲכָלְ⁠ךָ֥ מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ 1 “because on the {same} day you eat {fruit} from that tree” or “If you eat {any fruit} from that tree, on that {same} day” or “because as soon as you eat {fruit} from that tree”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
2:17 z028 מ֥וֹת תָּמֽוּת 1 “you will certainly/definitely die.”
2:18 mxit וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהִ֔ים לֹא ט֛וֹב 1 “Then/Next Yahweh {who is} God declared, {It is} not good”
2:18 c2tk ט֛וֹב הֱי֥וֹת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם לְ⁠בַדּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “that the man is alone.” or “{for} the man to live by himself.”
2:18 bthk אֶֽעֱשֶׂהּ 1 “{So} I will make/create”
2:18 ap1y לּ֥⁠וֹ עֵ֖זֶר כְּ⁠נֶגְדּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “a helper/companion who is {just/exactly} right for him.” or “someone who is suitable/right for him and will help him.” or “a suitable companion to help him.”
2:19 l58r rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וַ⁠יִּצֶר֩ 1 “Now {previously,}” or “Now {before that,}” or “{Before that,}” The first sentence of verse 19 is a flashback of what happened before the events in verses 15-18 (which were first recorded in Gen 1:20-21, 24-25). Consider what is the best way to begin this sentence in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
2:19 ghp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהִ֜ים 1 “Yahweh“ or “he”. Consider whether it is better in your language to use a noun phrase (“Yahweh God” or “Yahweh”) or a pronoun (“he”) here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2:19 ukcz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וַ⁠יִּצֶר֩ מִן הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֗ה 1 “had formed/shaped {out of some dust/dirt} from the ground” or “had used {dust/dirt} from the ground to form/shape”. Translate this phrase in a way that makes it clear that this is background information that had already happened. Also see how you translated “formed” in verses 7-8 and “dust from the ground” in verse 7. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2:19 kk7t כָּל חַיַּ֤ת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶה֙ 1 “every {kind/type of} creature/animal that lives in the fields/wild” or “all {the different kinds/types of} animals that live in the fields” or “all {the different kinds/types of} wild animals”. Consider how you translated a similar phrase (“every living creature of the earth”) in Gen 1:24, 30.
2:19 y8bl וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל ע֣וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם 1 “and every {kind/type of} bird {that flies} in the sky.” or “and all {the different kinds/types of} birds {that fly} in the sky.” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 1:30.
2:19 qvln rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֵא֙ 1 “So/Then he brought/took them {all}”. This sentence continues the storyline. Consider how your language continues a story after giving background information. Also consider whether “brought” or “took” fits best here in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
2:19 p3x2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶל הָ֣⁠אָדָ֔ם 1 “to Adam”. Every translation team needs to decide when to use Adams name for the first time in the book of Genesis. The Hebrew word “adam” means “man” and is also Adams name; the choice that is not followed here in your translation could be put in a footnote. Some translations first use Adams name here in verse 19, when he is naming the animals. Many translations start using his name at the end of verse 20. Still other translations wait until 3:20 when he names Eve, and a few other translations begin in 3:9, 17 or 21. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2:19 apte לִ⁠רְא֖וֹת 1 “to watch/hear” or “to find out”
2:19 rgyf מַה יִּקְרָא ל֑⁠וֹ 1 “what he would name each one,” or “what names he would give/assign to them,” These names were labels for what kind of animals they were, such as “dog” or “horse”, not personal names like “David” or “Mary”.
2:19 by9q וְ⁠כֹל֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִקְרָא ל֧⁠וֹ הָֽ⁠אָדָ֛ם 1 “and whatever Adam called/named” or “Whatever name the man gave/assigned to”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
2:19 k24r נֶ֥פֶשׁ חַיָּ֖ה 1 “each {kind/type of} living creature,” or “each {kind/type of} animal,”
2:19 waxk ה֥וּא שְׁמֽ⁠וֹ 1 “that {became} its name.” or “that {became} the name of/for that kind/type of animal.”
2:20 rs26 וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א הָֽ⁠אָדָ֜ם 1 “So the man” or “The man” or “Adam”. For a note about when to first use Adams name, see verse 19.
2:20 gin1 וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א שֵׁמ֗וֹת לְ⁠כָל 1 “assigned names to” or “named”
2:20 naq9 לְ⁠כָל הַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙ 1 “all the {different kinds/types of} livestock” or “all the {different kinds/types of} domestic/tame animals”. See how you translated “livestock” in Gen 1:24-26.
2:20 e137 וּ⁠לְ⁠ע֣וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם 1 “and to {all} the {different kinds/types of} birds {that fly} in the sky”
2:20 e3uy וּ⁠לְ⁠כֹ֖ל חַיַּ֣ת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֑ה 1 “and to all the {other} {different kinds/types of} creatures/animals that live in the fields/wild,” or “and to all the wild animals,” See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 19.
2:20 gmpu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠לְ⁠אָדָ֕ם לֹֽא מָצָ֥א עֵ֖זֶר כְּ⁠נֶגְדּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “but he did/could not find a suitable helper for himself {among them}.” or “but none of them was a helper/companion who was {just/exactly) right for him.” or “but none of them was a suitable companion to help him.” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to use an active or passive construction here. Also see how you translated “a suitable helper” in verse 18. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:21 stgv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּפֵּל֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהִ֧ים תַּרְדֵּמָ֛ה עַל הָ⁠אָדָ֖ם 1 “So/Then Yahweh God caused the man to fall/go into a deep/sound sleep.” or “So/Then Yahweh God caused the man to sleep {very} deeply/soundly.” Many languages have a similar idiom for “caused a deep sleep to fall on” that works well here. Consider what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2:21 ti50 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּישָׁ֑ן 1 “Then {while} the man was sleeping/asleep,” Consider whether it is best in your language to use a pronoun or a noun here to refer to the man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2:21 xamp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּקַּ֗ח 1 “he/God took {out}”. Consider whether to use a pronoun or noun here to refer to God. Make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to at each point in this verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2:21 l63g אַחַת֙ מִ⁠צַּלְעֹתָ֔י⁠ו 1 This phrase is ambiguous in the Hebrew text. It could mean (1) “one of the mans ribs {from his body/side}” or “a rib {from the mans body/side}” (2} “part of the mans side {from his body}”
2:21 k98y וַ⁠יִּסְגֹּ֥ר בָּשָׂ֖ר תַּחְתֶּֽ⁠נָּה 1 “and filled in the place/hole where it had been with flesh {and healed it}.” or “and replaced it with flesh {and healed him}.” In this context, the term “flesh” probably includes muscles and skin.
2:22 wmbd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּבֶן֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהִ֧ים 1 “Next he” or “After that he”. For many languages it is more natural here to use a pronoun to refer to Yahweh God. Do what is best in your language. After you finish translating a chapter or section, it is a good practice to read that section aloud and listen for what is the best way to refer to God and others at each place in the text. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2:22 m5wn וַ⁠יִּבֶן֩ אֶֽת הַ⁠צֵּלָ֛ע אֲשֶׁר לָקַ֥ח מִן הָֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם לְ⁠אִשָּׁ֑ה 1 “made/constructed a woman from the rib which he had taken out of the man{s body},” or “used the rib which he taken from the man to make/construct a woman from it,” See how you translated “rib” in verse 21 and see the note about that there.
2:22 w6xw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יְבִאֶ֖⁠הָ אֶל הָֽ⁠אָדָֽם 1 “and he took her to the man.” or “Then he brought/took her to the man.” See how you translated “brought” in verse 19. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
2:23 b3g6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֮ הָֽ⁠אָדָם֒ 1 “Then the man said/exclaimed,” or “{When the man saw her,} he said/exclaimed,” or “{When the man woke up and saw the woman,} he said/exclaimed,” Remember to only make implied information explicit in your translation if it helps people understand the text better, or if it is necessary to prevent wrong meaning or bad grammar in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:23 cus9 זֹ֣את הַ⁠פַּ֗עַם 1 “Now there is a person who” or “At last here is a person {like me} who” or “Finally/Ahh! Here is someone {like me} who”
2:23 dbqq זֹ֣את עֶ֚צֶם מֵֽ⁠עֲצָמַ֔⁠י וּ⁠בָשָׂ֖ר מִ⁠בְּשָׂרִ֑⁠י 1 “{has} bones and flesh from me!” or “was made out of my own bones and flesh!”
2:23 pbw7 לְ⁠זֹאת֙ יִקָּרֵ֣א אִשָּׁ֔ה 1 “I will call her woman, ” There is a play-on-words here because the Hebrew word for woman (“ishsha”) is similar to the Hebrew word for man (“ish”). You could put that information in a footnote.
2:23 dsb8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כִּ֥י מֵ⁠אִ֖ישׁ לֻֽקֳחָה זֹּֽאת 1 “because she was taken {by God} from {the body of} a man.” or “because {it was} from {the body of} a man {that} {God} took her.” Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:24 oti6 עַל כֵּן֙ 1 “Because of that,” or “That is why” or “Since the woman was created from the mans body,”
2:24 u45s יַֽעֲזָב אִ֔ישׁ 1 “a/every man {who marries} will/must leave” or “{when a man gets married,} he must move away from”
2:24 peuh אֶת אָבִ֖י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶת אִמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “{the home of} his father and mother,”
2:24 k1xp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠דָבַ֣ק בְּ⁠אִשְׁתּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “and he must unite/join with his wife,” or “and he must live in close relationship with his wife,” This idiom means that the man is committed to his wife and has a close physical relationship with her, too. Consider what is the best way to translate this in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2:24 fqua rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual וְ⁠הָי֖וּ 1 “so that they”. Some languages have a special dual pronoun for “they” that fits well here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
2:24 lhdy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠הָי֖וּ לְ⁠בָשָׂ֥ר אֶחָֽד 1 “become completely one/united.” or “they will become united in body {and spirit}.” or “will become united like one person.” The phrase “one flesh” is an idiom that emphasizes the close physical and spiritual unity between a husband and wife. Other languages may have a similar idiom. Consider how to best communicate this in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2:25 rovf וַ⁠יִּֽהְי֤וּ שְׁנֵי⁠הֶם֙ עֲרוּמִּ֔ים הָֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם וְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “Now {at/during that time} both the man and his wife were naked,” or “{At/During that time} the man and his wife did not wear any clothes,”
2:25 m37h וְ⁠לֹ֖א יִתְבֹּשָֽׁשׁוּ 1 “but {yet} they were not ashamed {about it}.” or “but {yet} they did not feel ashamed/embarrassed {about being naked}.” Some languages have an idiom for this clause that fits well here. Do what is best in your language.
3:intro j7i3 0 # Genesis 03 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter continues the second creation account that began in Gen. 2:4. But a new section of this account begins in 3:1. The ULT reads, “Now the serpent was more shrewd than any other beast of the field which Yahweh God had made,” because this is how the Scriptures introduce the serpent into the account. However, many languages prefer different ways to introduce new characters or things into stories, for example, “One of the wild animals made by God was the serpent” or “This is about the serpent, one of the wild animals that God had made.”\n\nScholars typically refer to the events of this chapter as “the fall” or “the fall of man” because sin is introduced into creation. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Curses\n\nIn this chapter, God curses the man, the woman, and the serpent for their sins. In general, cursing is calling down Gods punishment on someone or something. In this chapter, however, it is God himself who is doing the cursing. Of course, he does not call down punishment on the man, the woman, and the serpent from someone else. Instead, he is promising that he himself will punish them. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])\n\n### Serpent\nMost scholars believe that the serpent is Satan, even though his name is not used in this chapter. There are other places in Scripture where the serpent is used as an image for Satan. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2023-02-02 01:27:06 +00:00
3:1 k1xo וְ⁠הַ⁠נָּחָשׁ֙ 1 “Now the snake”. The conjunction “Now” introduces background information about the serpent. See how you translated this conjunction in Gen 2:5, 8, 19. (See: grammar-connecttime-background)
3:1 c6pe הָיָ֣ה עָר֔וּם מִ⁠כֹּל֙ חַיַּ֣ת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֔ה 1 “was more {deceptive and} clever/cunning than any of the {other} creatures/animals that live in the fields/wild” or “was the craftiest of all the animals”. Make sure that your translation of “crafty” means that the snake had evil intent and was clever in a way that was not good. See how you translated “living thing of the field” in Gen 2:19-20.
3:1 xal9 אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָׂ֖ה יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 “that Yahweh {who is} God had made/created.” or “that God {whose name is Yahweh) had made/created.” Make sure your translation of this phrase refers to the animals that God had made, not the fields. Also see how you translated “Yahweh God” in chapter 2, beginning in verse 4.
3:1 jqok rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “{One day} he” or “{One day} the serpent/snake”. If you use a pronoun (“he”) here in your translation, make sure it refers to the serpent, not God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
3:1 cbwr rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אֶל הָ֣⁠אִשָּׁ֔ה 1 “asked the woman,” or “{came/went to the woman and} asked her,” The snake asked a question, so some languages have to be more specific and say “asked” in the quote margin. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
3:1 za8o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אַ֚ף כִּֽי אָמַ֣ר אֱלֹהִ֔ים לֹ֣א תֹֽאכְל֔וּ 1 “Did God really/actually command you to not eat” or “Is it true that God commanded you not to eat”. Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3:1 iqz3 מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל עֵ֥ץ הַ⁠גָּֽן 1 “{fruit} from any of the trees (that is/are} in the garden?” or “{any fruit} from the trees in the garden?” See how you translated “garden” in Genesis 2, beginning in verse 8.
3:2 gevr rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֥אמֶר הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֖ה אֶל הַ⁠נָּחָ֑שׁ 1 “The woman answered the serpent/snake,” or “The woman responded to him,” or “The woman replied,” Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
3:2 kllk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive נֹאכֵֽל 1 “{No,} {he/God said that} we may eat” or “{No,} we have permission {from God/him} to eat” or “{No,} God/he has given us permission to eat”. The woman is not including the snake when she says “we” here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
3:2 gy6f מִ⁠פְּרִ֥י 1 “the fruit of/from” or “fruit from”. See how you translated “fruit” in Gen 1:11-12, 29.
3:2 fmke עֵֽץ הַ⁠גָּ֖ן 1 “{any/all of} the trees {that are} in the garden,” or “{any} tree in the garden,”
3:3 t2wx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge וּ⁠מִ⁠פְּרִ֣י הָ⁠עֵץ֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּ⁠תוֹךְ הַ⁠גָּן֒ 1 “except fruit from the tree that is in the middle/center of the garden.” or “except there is one tree that we must/may not eat fruit from, which is in the middle/center of the garden.” For some languages it is necessary to put the exception clause first and say, “{No,} it is only the tree in the middle of the garden that {God said} we must/may not eat any fruit from, but the fruit of/from {all the rest of} the trees in the garden we may eat.” Notice that if you follow this example, you must combine verses 2 and 3 and put the verse numbers “2-3” in front of the combination. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
3:3 nz0q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אָמַ֣ר אֱלֹהִ֗ים לֹ֤א תֹֽאכְלוּ֙ מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ 1 “God/he told/commanded {us}, Do not eat fruit from that tree,” or “God/He told/commanded {us} to not eat {any of} that fruit,” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3:3 anrc וְ⁠לֹ֥א תִגְּע֖וּ בּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “and do not even touch it,” or “or even touch it,”
3:3 ztft rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes פֶּן תְּמֻתֽוּ⁠ן 1 “because if you do {eat it or touch it}, you will die!” or “because if we do {eat it or touch it}, we will die!” Make sure the way you translate this clause fits with whether you translated the first part of the sentence as a direct (“you”) or indirect (“we”) quote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3:4 j40v וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר הַ⁠נָּחָ֖שׁ 1 “But the snake”. See how you translated “serpent” in verses 1-2.
3:4 sz1c rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֶל הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֑ה 1 “said/replied to her,” or “replied,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
3:4 k0j2 לֹֽא מ֖וֹת תְּמֻתֽוּ⁠ן 1 “{That is not true.} You will not die.” or “Its not true that you will die.”
3:5 ngb0 כִּ֚י יֹדֵ֣עַ אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 “Actually, God/he knows” or “The reason God said that is he knows”. The connecting word “For” introduces an explanation here. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language.
3:5 tr2j כִּ֗י בְּ⁠יוֹם֙ 1 “that as soon as”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 2:17.
3:5 p329 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-dual אֲכָלְ⁠כֶ֣ם מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ 1 “you eat {fruit} from that tree,” or “you eat some of that fruit,” The pronouns “you” and “your” are plural in this verse and refer to the man and the woman. Some languages have a special dual pronoun for this. Consider again how you translated “you” and “your” in verses 1-5. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-dual]])
3:5 uld2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠נִפְקְח֖וּ עֵֽינֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “your mind/understanding will be opened/expanded,” or “you will gain/have new understanding,” or “you will understand/know new things,” Consider whether your language has an idiom like “your eyes will be opened” that would fit well here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3:5 o0j1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-grammar-connect-logic-result וִ⁠הְיִיתֶם֙ 1 “and {as a result}” or “so that”. The following clause is the result of their eyes being opened. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3:5 npzf וִ⁠הְיִיתֶם֙ כֵּֽ⁠אלֹהִ֔ים יֹדְעֵ֖י ט֥וֹב וָ⁠רָֽע 1 “you will be like God/him because you will know {what is} good/right and {what is} evil/wrong.” or “you will know {what is} good/right and {what is} evil/wrong just like God does.” The Hebrew word “Elohim” in this clause is ambiguous. It can mean (1) “God”, as it does everywhere else in the first 30 chapters of Genesis; (2) “gods” or “divine beings”; (3) “angels”. See how you translated “good and evil” in Gen 2:9, 17.
3:6 d6rz וַ⁠תֵּ֣רֶא הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֡ה כִּ֣י 1 “The woman saw/observed that”
3:6 gpz2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche הָ⁠עֵ֨ץ 1 “the tree {produced fruit that}” or “{the fruit of} that tree” or “the tree{s fruit}”. The word “tree” refers here to the fruit that is produced by that tree. Make sure that is clear in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
3:6 b6yp טוֹב֩ לְ⁠מַאֲכָ֜ל 1 “{was/looked} good/delicious to eat”
3:6 aigt וְ⁠כִ֧י תַֽאֲוָה ה֣וּא לָ⁠עֵינַ֗יִם 1 “and that the tree {itself} was/looked {very} beautiful,”
3:6 tkg3 וְ⁠נֶחְמָ֤ד הָ⁠עֵץ֙ לְ⁠הַשְׂכִּ֔יל 1 “and {she thought/believed} that {the fruit from} the tree would make her wise/wiser.” or “She {also} desired/wanted {to eat} the fruit so that it would make her wise/wiser.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
3:6 jrei וַ⁠תִּקַּ֥ח מִ⁠פִּרְי֖⁠וֹ וַ⁠תֹּאכַ֑ל 1 “So/Then she took/picked some of the fruit {from/off the tree} and ate {it}.”
3:6 zi7t וַ⁠תִּתֵּ֧ן גַּם 1 “She also gave {some of the fruit}”
3:6 j06c לְ⁠אִישָׁ֛⁠הּ עִמָּ֖⁠הּ 1 “to her husband, {who was} {there} with her,”
3:6 vgh6 וַ⁠יֹּאכַֽל 1 “and he ate {it/some} {too}.” or “and he {also} ate {it/some}.”
3:7 p8bu וַ⁠תִּפָּקַ֨חְנָה֙ 1 “Immediately/Suddenly”. An immediate result of their sin was that they realized they were naked, which they had not been aware of before.
3:7 on9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠תִּפָּקַ֨חְנָה֙ עֵינֵ֣י שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 “it was as if their eyes/minds were opened/enlightened,” or “they both gained/had new understanding,” or “they both understood new things,” See how you translated the idiom “eyes...opened” in verse 5. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3:7 d586 וַ⁠יֵּ֣דְע֔וּ 1 “so that they realized” or “so that they became aware”
3:7 qm2z כִּ֥י עֵֽירֻמִּ֖ם הֵ֑ם 1 “that their bodies {were} naked/uncovered {and felt ashamed/embarrassed}.”
3:7 pb3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual וַֽ⁠יִּתְפְּרוּ֙ 1 “So they fastened/joined {together}”. The word for “sewed” implies here that some type of needle and thread were used. For example, they may have used a thin, sharpened stick for the needle, and plant fibers for the thread. If necessary, you could use a more general term such as “fastened/joined together” or “connected”. Also, some languages have dual pronouns that can be used in verses 7-8 for “they” and “themselves”. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
3:7 e5t5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown עֲלֵ֣ה תְאֵנָ֔ה 1 “{some} fig {tree} leaves” or “{some} {large} leaves from a fig tree”. Historical facts should not be changed in a translation, including the historical fact that Adam and Eve used fig tree leaves to make aprons. If fig trees are not known in your language area, you could say “{large} leaves from a tree called fig {tree}”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3:7 h1a6 וַ⁠יַּעֲשׂ֥וּ לָ⁠הֶ֖ם חֲגֹרֹֽת 1 “and used/wore them like/as aprons/skirts/loincloths {to cover their nakedness/bodies}.” or “and wore them around their waists {to cover their nakedness/bodies}.” or “and used them to make clothes for themselves.” These aprons/skirts probably covered them from the waist down to somewhere around the knees.
3:8 ibyk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁמְע֞וּ 1 “Then/Later the man and his wife heard”. For some languages it may be clearer and more natural to put the noun phrase “the man and his wife” here and then use a pronoun (“they”) later in this sentence. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
3:8 kd3q אֶת ק֨וֹל יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהִ֛ים מִתְהַלֵּ֥ךְ 1 “the sound of Yahweh God{s footsteps} as he walked” or “Yahweh Gods voice as he walked”. This phrase can refer to the sound of Gods footsteps or to the sound of his voice. Either meaning fits the context well and is followed by many translations.
3:8 g02y בַּ⁠גָּ֖ן 1 “{around} in the garden” or “through the garden”
3:8 dipk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לְ⁠ר֣וּחַ הַ⁠יּ֑וֹם 1 “{late in the afternoon} in/during the breezy/cool {time} of the day,” or “{late that afternoon/day} when there was a cool breeze blowing,” This idiom refers to the late afternoon or early evening when there is a breeze blowing and it is cooler. For some languages it is more natural to put this time phrase at the beginning of the sentence. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3:8 x1fb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּתְחַבֵּ֨א הָֽ⁠אָדָ֜ם וְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֗⁠וֹ 1 “but/so they”. If you use “the man and his wife” earlier in this verse in your translation, consider whether a pronoun should be used here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
3:8 v4eu וַ⁠יִּתְחַבֵּ֨א 1 “hid {themselves}” or “{tried to} hide {themselves}”
3:8 q6cw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns מִ⁠פְּנֵי֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 “from Yahweh God” or “from his presence/sight” or “from him”. Consider what is the best way to refer to Yahweh here in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
3:8 jcb8 בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ עֵ֥ץ 1 “in the midst of the trees” or “behind some trees”
3:8 k6j3 עֵ֥ץ הַ⁠גָּֽן 1 “in the garden.” or “there.” Since the garden is already mentioned earlier in verse 8, it may be more natural to be general here and say “there”. Do what is best in your language.
3:9 e4nw וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֛א יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “Then/But Yahweh God”. See how you translated this name for God in verses 1 and 8.
3:9 ek33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֛א אֶל הָֽ⁠אָדָ֑ם וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר ל֖⁠וֹ 1 “called {out} to the man and asked him,” or “called {out} to Adam,” See the note at Gen 2:19 about when to start using Adams name. Also consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
3:9 a04v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular אַיֶּֽ⁠כָּה 1 “{Adam,} where are you?” Notice that the word “you” is singular here because God is only addressing the man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
3:10 e1lo rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “He/Adam answered {him},” or “The man replied,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
3:10 mb7t אֶת קֹלְ⁠ךָ֥ שָׁמַ֖עְתִּי 1 “I heard the sound of you {walking}” or “I heard your voice” or “I heard the sound of your footsteps/voice {as you walked}”. See how you translated “sound” in verse 8.
3:10 tr9j בַּ⁠גָּ֑ן 1 “through the garden,”
3:10 aoxc וָ⁠אִירָ֛א כִּֽי עֵירֹ֥ם אָנֹ֖כִי וָ⁠אֵחָבֵֽא 1 “but I was naked, so I was/felt afraid and I hid {from you}.” or “but I was naked and afraid {that you would see me}, so I hid.”
3:11 hsb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “So Yahweh God asked {him},” Make sure your translation of “he” refers to Yahweh here, not the man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
3:11 uf06 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular מִ֚י הִגִּ֣יד לְ⁠ךָ֔ כִּ֥י עֵירֹ֖ם אָ֑תָּה 1 “What made you realize/know that you were naked?” or “How did you find out that you were naked?” The pronoun “you” is still singular here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
3:11 hetm הֲ⁠מִן הָ⁠עֵ֗ץ אָכָֽלְתָּ 1 “Did you {disobey me and} eat {fruit} from the tree”
3:11 gi9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אֲשֶׁ֧ר צִוִּיתִ֛י⁠ךָ לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֥י אֲכָל מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ 1 “that I commanded you, Do not eat from it?” For some languages it is more natural to use a direct quote here for Yahwehs words. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3:12 hp6r וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר הָֽ⁠אָדָ֑ם 1 “But the man said/replied {to him},” or “The man answered {him},”
3:12 et6h הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר נָתַ֣תָּה עִמָּדִ֔⁠י הִ֛וא 1 “The woman whom you put here {to be/live} with me, she {is the one who}” or “It was the woman you gave to me who”. The pronoun “she” is emphatic in the Hebrew text. That, along with the position of “The woman” at the beginning of the sentence, shows that the man is strongly emphasizing his blame on the woman. Translate this clause in your language in a way that will show that emphasis.
3:12 au82 נָֽתְנָה לִּ֥⁠י מִן הָ⁠עֵ֖ץ 1 “gave me {some fruit} from that tree,” or “gave me some of the/that fruit,” See how you translated “fruit” in verses 1-6.
3:12 z2ws וָ⁠אֹכֵֽל 1 “so I ate {it}.” or “That is why I ate {it/some}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
3:13 lvw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהִ֛ים לָ⁠אִשָּׁ֖ה 1 “So Yahweh God asked the woman,” Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
3:13 vvhk מַה זֹּ֣את עָשִׂ֑ית 1 “What have you done?” or “What did you do?” or “Tell me what you have done.” God already knew the answer to this question, but he is giving the woman a chance to confess and explain what she did. Gods question probably also implies that he is displeased with what has happened.
3:13 rhhc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר֙ הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֔ה 1 “But the woman said/replied {to him},” or “The woman said/replied,” or “She replied,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
3:13 n1zl הַ⁠נָּחָ֥שׁ 1 “The snake” or “It was the serpent/snake that”. This phrase is emphasized in the Hebrew text.
3:13 w0b8 הִשִּׁיאַ֖⁠נִי 1 “tricked me,” or “lied to me,”
3:13 bews וָ⁠אֹכֵֽל 1 “so I ate {some of the/that fruit}.” or “That is why I ate {it/some}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
3:14 ux98 וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֩ יְהֹוָ֨ה אֱלֹהִ֥ים אֶֽל הַ⁠נָּחָשׁ֮ 1 “So Yahweh God said to the snake,”
3:14 ie75 כִּ֣י עָשִׂ֣יתָ זֹּאת֒ 1 “Because/Since you did that,” or “Because/Since you deceived/tricked the woman,”
3:14 dfy7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms אָר֤וּר אַתָּה֙ 1 “you are cursed {by me}” or “I am cursing you” or “I will cause you to suffer” or “I will punish you”. In this context, “cursed” involves God punishing the serpent and its descendants by causing them to suffer by crawling along the ground on their bellies and having a hostile relationship with human beings. Make sure that the way you translate this term does not imply the use of magic. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
3:14 qu53 מִ⁠כָּל 1 “more {severely/harshly} than”. When Adam and Eve sinned and God judged them, the curse and punishment of death and decay also affected everything that was under their authority, including the animals. Here in Gen 3:14, God puts a more severe curse on the serpent (and his descendants) than he put on the rest of the animals.
3:14 q1h8 מִ⁠כָּל הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֔ה 1 “all the domestic/tame animals”. See how you translated “livestock” in Gen 1:24-26; 2:20.
3:14 d3v1 וּ⁠מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל חַיַּ֣ת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֑ה 1 “and more {severely/harshly} than all the creatures/animals of/in the fields/wild.” or “and more {severely/harshly} than all the wild animals.” See how you translated “every living thing of the field” in verse 1.
3:14 obw6 עַל גְּחֹנְ⁠ךָ֣ תֵלֵ֔ךְ 1 “{As a result,} you will/must move/crawl {on/along the ground} on your belly/stomach,”
3:14 aocs וְ⁠עָפָ֥ר תֹּאכַ֖ל 1 “and you will/must eat dust/dirt {with your food}”. Make sure your translation of this clause does not imply that dust or dirt is all the snake will eat. Rather it could mean that dirt will get into his mouth when he eats his food, or it could be an idiom that refers to the fact that as he slithers along, his mouth will always be close to the dirt on the ground (a position of humility). Also see how you translated “dust” in Gen 2:7.
3:14 g32q כָּל יְמֵ֥י חַיֶּֽי⁠ךָ 1 “your entire life.” or “for as long as you live.”
3:15 rtnx וְ⁠אֵיבָ֣ה אָשִׁ֗ית 1 “Besides that, I will”
3:15 ivt7 וְ⁠אֵיבָ֣ה אָשִׁ֗ית בֵּֽינְ⁠ךָ֙ וּ⁠בֵ֣ין הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֔ה וּ⁠בֵ֥ין זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠בֵ֣ין זַרְעָ֑⁠הּ 1 “cause you and the woman to be enemies {with each other}, and your offspring/descendants and her offspring/descendants to also be enemies.” or “I will cause you and your descendants to be enemies with the woman and her descendants.”
3:15 yfon ה֚וּא 1 “{In fact,} her offspring/descendant” or “{In fact,} one of her descendants”. The pronoun “He” is ambiguous here. It could refer to (1) the womans descendant (Jesus) who would one day come to earth as the Messiah/Christ. (2) the womans descendants who will constantly be enemies of the snakes descendants. If you follow the first interpretation, this would be the first prophecy in the Bible about the Messiah/Christ (“the Anointed One” or “the Promised Savior King”) who would come to earth and destroy Satans power (Hebrews 2:14). You could include that information in a footnote.
3:15 e3wq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure יְשׁוּפְ⁠ךָ֣ רֹ֔אשׁ וְ⁠אַתָּ֖ה תְּשׁוּפֶ֥⁠נּוּ עָקֵֽב 1 “will strike/crush your head, and you will strike/bite/bruise his heel.” This is figurative language that Satan will harm the Messiah, but the Messiah will destroy him. For some languages it is better to switch the order of these clauses and say, “{In fact,} you will strike/bite/bruise the heel of one of her descendants, but he will strike/crush your head.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
3:16 chez rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֶֽל הָ⁠אִשָּׁ֣ה אָמַ֗ר 1 “{Then} he/God said to the woman,” or “{Then} Yahweh God {turned} to the woman and said {to her},” In the Hebrew text, “to the woman” comes first in this sentence, to emphasize her. Do what is natural in your language. Also consider what is the best way to refer to God here in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
3:16 vgi1 הַרְבָּ֤ה אַרְבֶּה֙ עִצְּבוֹנֵ֣⁠ךְ 1 “I will greatly increase how much you suffer” or “I will cause you to have/experience much/severe pain” or “I will cause it to be very painful”
3:16 d5br וְ⁠הֵֽרֹנֵ֔⁠ךְ 1 “when you bear children;” or “when you give birth;”
3:16 icn7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism בְּ⁠עֶ֖צֶב תֵּֽלְדִ֣י בָנִ֑ים 1 “{yes/indeed,} you will suffer much pain when you give birth.” or “{yes/indeed,} bearing children will be very painful for you.” This clause is the second part of a parallelism, which emphasizes the pain and suffering that women will experience when they bear children. If possible, it is best to keep both parts of the parallelism in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
3:16 jbk6 וְ⁠אֶל אִישֵׁ⁠ךְ֙ תְּשׁ֣וּקָתֵ֔⁠ךְ וְ⁠ה֖וּא 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here, because the conjunctions and the idiom “your desire will be for your husband” are all ambiguous in this context. The text can mean (1) “Yet/But you will {still} desire/long {to be with} your husband, and....”, which is similar to what “desire” means in Song of Songs 7:10. (2) “Besides that, you will desire/want {to control} your husband, but....”, which is similar to what “desire” means in Gen 4:7. The interpretation that is not followed in your translation could be put in a footnote.
3:16 friw וְ⁠ה֖וּא יִמְשָׁל בָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 “he will have authority over you.” or “he will control you.” or “he will lord it over you.” See how you translated “rule over” in Gen 1:18. It may be necessary to translate this term differently here because of the negative context of the curse and the consequences of sin.
3:17 sq0d וּ⁠לְ⁠אָדָ֣ם אָמַ֗ר 1 “Then/Next he/God said to the man,” or “Then/Next Yahweh God {turned} to Adam and said {to him},” In the Hebrew text, “to the man” is emphasized. See how you translated a similar case (“to the woman”) in verse 16. For a note about when to start using Adams name in your translation see Gen 2:19.
3:17 p69t כִּֽי שָׁמַעְתָּ֮ 1 “Since/Because you {disobeyed me and}”
3:17 dyjb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שָׁמַעְתָּ֮ לְ⁠ק֣וֹל אִשְׁתֶּ⁠ךָ֒ 1 “did what your wife said/suggested” or “did/followed what your wife told you to do”. This phrase means that Adam heard what his wife said to him and then did what she said. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:17 nelk וַ⁠תֹּ֨אכַל֙ מִן הָ⁠עֵ֔ץ 1 “and ate {fruit} from the tree”
3:17 x2ur rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אֲשֶׁ֤ר צִוִּיתִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר לֹ֥א תֹאכַ֖ל מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ 1 “that I commanded/told you, Do not eat {any fruit} from it, ” or “that I commanded you to not eat {any fruit} from.” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. Also see how you translated this command in verse 3. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
3:17 ggfr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֲרוּרָ֤ה הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָה֙ בַּֽ⁠עֲבוּרֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 “the ground is cursed {by me} because of what you did.” or “I have cursed the ground because you sinned.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to break up this long sentence and say, “You did what your wife said and ate {fruit} from the tree that I commanded you not to eat {any fruit} from. Because of what you did, I have cursed the ground.” Also see how you translated “cursed” in verse 14. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
3:17 wdns rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result בְּ⁠עִצָּבוֹן֙ תֹּֽאכֲלֶ֔⁠נָּה 1 “{As a result,} {only} by painful toil will you eat {any food} from it” or “{As a result,} you will have to work {very} hard and suffer {to grow/get enough food} to eat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
3:17 o4tu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כֹּ֖ל יְמֵ֥י חַיֶּֽי⁠ךָ 1 “every day of your life.” or “for your entire life.” or “for as long as you live.” You could put this clause before the previous clause and say, “{As a result,} for as long as you live, you will have to work {very} hard and suffer...” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
3:18 gzbg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְ⁠ק֥וֹץ וְ⁠דַרְדַּ֖ר תַּצְמִ֣יחַֽ 1 “In fact, the ground will produce/grow thorn {plants} and thistle {plants} {and other weeds}” or “In fact, thornbushes and thistle plants {and other weeds} will grow from the ground”. The thorn and thistle plants represent all types of weeds, which are useless, and possibly harmful, plants. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
3:18 z3ub לָ֑⁠ךְ וְ⁠אָכַלְתָּ֖ אֶת עֵ֥שֶׂב הַ⁠שָּׂדֶֽה 1 The Hebrew text here can mean (1) “{and make it difficult} for you to grow {enough} crops in the/your fields for food.” or “so that you will have to work very hard in your fields to grow/produce {enough} crops/food to eat.” (2) “so that {your crops will not grow well and} you will {have to} eat {wild} plants that grow in the {open} fields {to survive}.” That difference of interpretation is caused because the Hebrew word “fields” can refer to land that people cultivate or to uncultivated land where wild plants grow.
3:19 gcpa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠זֵעַ֤ת אַפֶּ֨י⁠ךָ֙ תֹּ֣אכַל 1 “By the sweat of your face/brow/forehead” or “You will have to {work hard and} sweat a lot in order to”. The phrase “by the sweat of your nose/brow” is an idiom that refers to hard physical labor. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3:19 ewn7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom תֹּ֣אכַל לֶ֔חֶם 1 “{grow/produce/have} {enough} food to eat,” Bread was one of the main food staples for that time and culture, so the Hebrew word for “bread” is used here as an idiom that refers to all food, not just bread. Consider whether your language does something similar, using one type of food (such as bread, rice or potatoes) to refer to all food in general. Or you could use a general term like “food”, especially if bread is rare or expensive in your language area. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3:19 n8ba עַ֤ד שֽׁוּבְ⁠ךָ֙ אֶל הָ֣⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה 1 “until you {die and} again become dust/dirt,”
3:19 ek0a כִּ֥י מִמֶּ֖⁠נָּה לֻקָּ֑חְתָּ 1 “which you were taken/made from {by me}.” or “which I took/created you from.” or “which I made/created you out of.”
3:19 d4o3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases כִּֽי 1 “Yes/Indeed,” or “Thats right,” This sentence rephrases and emphasizes what God just said. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
3:19 nwc3 עָפָ֣ר אַ֔תָּה 1 “your bodies {were created/made} {by me} from dust/dirt” or “{I created/made} you out of dust/dirt”
3:19 qlcr וְ⁠אֶל עָפָ֖ר תָּשֽׁוּב 1 “so dust/dirt is what you will become again {after you die}.”
3:20 fqoa וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֧א הָֽ⁠אָדָ֛ם 1 “Then Adam”. Some translations use Adams name here because he is naming Eve. See what you did in verse 17.
3:20 wmrp וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֧א שֵׁ֥ם אִשְׁתּ֖⁠וֹ 1 “called/named his wife” or “gave his wife the name”
3:20 czch rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names חַוָּ֑ה 1 “Eve, {which means “living/live,”}” If you include the meaning of Eves name in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it is similar to the word in the following clause that has the same meaning (“living”), so that it is clear why Eve was given that name. The meaning of names is important in the Hebrew language, and this translation issue occurs frequently in the book of Genesis. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3:20 alel כִּ֛י 1 “{He did that} because”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
3:20 q3ny הִ֥וא הָֽיְתָ֖ה אֵ֥ם 1 “she would be the mother/ancestor”
3:20 kvu6 אֵ֥ם כָּל חָֽי 1 “of all the people who would ever live.” or “of everyone who would ever live.”
3:21 idfq וַ⁠יַּעַשׂ֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהִ֜ים כָּתְנ֥וֹת ע֖וֹר 1 “Then Yahweh God made {some} garments/clothes out of animal skins/hides” or “Then Yahweh God used {some} animal skins/hides to make {some} garments/clothes”
3:21 yd2w לְ⁠אָדָ֧ם וּ⁠לְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֛⁠וֹ 1 “for Adam and his wife {Eve},” or “for the man and his wife,”
3:21 nedp וַ⁠יַּלְבִּשֵֽׁ⁠ם 1 “and he dressed them.” or “and he put the garments/clothes on them.”
3:22 zmrj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהִ֗ים 1 “Then he”. Consider whether it is best in your language to use Yahwehs name or a pronoun in this context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
3:22 a1dr וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר 1 said/thought,” or “said/thought {to himself}”. See how you translated a similar quote margin in Gen 1:26, where “said” has the same meaning.
3:22 tgmz הֵ֤ן 1 “Look/Listen,” This word expresses emotion and calls attention to what God says next. See how you translated this term in Gen 1:29.
3:22 m45e הָֽ⁠אָדָם֙ 1 “the man {and his wife}” or “man{kind}” or “human beings”. Throughout verses 22-24 “the man” represents mankind, which included both the man and the woman at this point. Make sure your translation communicates that clearly in those verses and does not just refer to Adam.
3:22 jtzi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive הָיָה֙ כְּ⁠אַחַ֣ד מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ 1 “have become like one of us” or “have become like us”. The pronoun “us” is inclusive because God is talking to himself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
3:22 u2uz לָ⁠דַ֖עַת ט֣וֹב וָ⁠רָ֑ע 1 “so that they know {what is} good and {what is} evil.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 5, and a similar phrase in Gen 2:9.
3:22 z722 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠עַתָּ֣ה פֶּן יִשְׁלַ֣ח 1 “So now they must not be permitted {by us} to” or “So we must not allow/permit them to” or “So now we must do something so that they do/can not”. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3:22 jc4x יִשְׁלַ֣ח יָד֗⁠וֹ וְ⁠לָקַח֙ גַּ֚ם מֵ⁠עֵ֣ץ הַֽ⁠חַיִּ֔ים וְ⁠אָכַ֖ל 1 “also take/pick and eat fruit from the tree of {eternal} life,” or “also eat fruit from the tree that gives people {eternal} life,” See how you translated “took/picked fruit” in verse 6, and how you translated “the tree of life” in Gen 2:9.
3:22 ekrd וָ⁠חַ֥י לְ⁠עֹלָֽם 1 “and {then/so} live forever!” or “which will/would make them live forever!”
3:23 qkuv וַֽ⁠יְשַׁלְּחֵ֛⁠הוּ יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “Then Yahweh God” or “So {then} Yahweh God”. Consider again how you translated “Yahweh God” in Genesis 2 and 3, and see the note about this at Gen 2:4.
3:23 x97q וַֽ⁠יְשַׁלְּחֵ֛⁠הוּ מִ⁠גַּן 1 “forced them to leave” or “expelled/banished the man {and his wife} from”. Notice that in verses 22-24, “the man”, “him”, and “he” refer to mankind, that is, the man and the woman. Make sure it is clear in your translation here that both of them were sent out of the garden, not just the man. Some languages have dual pronouns that are used for “they” and “them” in verses 22-24.
3:23 kl96 מִ⁠גַּן עֵ֑דֶן 1 “the garden in {the land/region of/called} Eden” or “Eden Garden”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 2:15.
3:23 hhh0 לַֽ⁠עֲבֹד֙ אֶת הָ֣⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה 1 “to work/farm/cultivate the ground/land/soil”. See how you translated “work the ground” in Gen 2:5 and “work it” in 2:15.
3:23 d3re אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֻקַּ֖ח מִ⁠שָּֽׁם 1 “which they had been taken/created from {by him/God}.” or “which God/he had taken/made them from.” It does not refer to the exact ground that he was made from. See how you translated “taken from” in verse 19.
3:24 jily וַ⁠יְגָ֖רֶשׁ 1 “Then after” or “After”
3:24 j8r9 וַ⁠יְגָ֖רֶשׁ אֶת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֑ם 1 “he/Yahweh/God drove/forced the man {and his wife} out {of the garden},” or “he/Yahweh/God expelled/banished them {from the garden},”
3:24 v4dm וַ⁠יַּשְׁכֵּן֩ 1 “then he stationed” or “he placed/stationed”
3:24 zcdx מִ⁠קֶּ֨דֶם לְ⁠גַן עֵ֜דֶן 1 “on/to the east {side} of the garden {at its entrance}” or “{at the entrance} of/to the garden, {which was} on its east side”. It is implied that the entrance to the garden is where the cherubim were placed to keep everyone from ever entering the garden again. Consider again how you translated “garden” in Gen 2:8-10, 15-16; 3:1-3, 8, 10, 23-24.
3:24 n3sj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֶת הַ⁠כְּרֻבִ֗ים 1 “{some} {powerful} cherubim {angels}” or “{some} {powerful beings called} cherubim {angels}”. Most translations transliterate or borrow this term from Hebrew throughout the Bible. Cherubim are a special category of very powerful angels. Each one has four faces: a human face, a lions face, a bulls face and an eagles face (Ezekiel 1:10; 10:14). Each of them also has multiple wings. You could include some of that information in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
3:24 gndv וְ⁠אֵ֨ת לַ֤הַט הַ⁠חֶ֨רֶב֙ 1 “and a blazing/fiery/burning sword” or “and a sword made of flames”. A sword is a weapon that has a very long, sharp (often two-sided) blade that is longer than a knife, machete, or dagger and is attached to a hilt or handle. This sword may have had flames coming from it, or this may have been fire in the shape of a sword.
3:24 i7zi הַ⁠מִּתְהַפֶּ֔כֶת 1 “that was turning/swinging around in all directions” or “that was swinging/flashing back and forth”. It seems that the sword was swinging by itself since there is no mention of anyone holding it.
3:24 orao לִ⁠שְׁמֹ֕ר אֶת דֶּ֖רֶךְ 1 “to keep everyone away from the way/path {that leads/goes} to” or “so that no one could get/go near”
3:24 ar1o עֵ֥ץ הַֽ⁠חַיִּֽים 1 “the tree of {eternal} life.” or “the tree whose fruit gives people {eternal} life.” or “the tree whose fruit makes people live {forever}.” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 2:9 and 3:22.
4:intro a2f7 0 # Genesis 04 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nMost of the text in this chapter is prose, but 4:23-24 is poetry. If the translator should put these two verses into poetic form, or at least into elegant speech, different from the rest of the chapter.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Vengeance\n\nThe theme of vengeance is important in this chapter. Ancient Hebrew society allowed for people to seek revenge if a relative was murdered. After Cain murdered his brother Abel, he thought that he would be helpless against this danger because he had been driven away from Gods protection. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])\n\nThe theme of vengeance continues with the words of Lamech, who had killed someone for injuring him:\n“I have killed a man for wounding me, a young man for bruising me. If Cain is avenged seven times as much, truly Lamech will be avenged seventy-seven times as much” (Gen. 4:23b-24).
2023-02-02 01:27:06 +00:00
4:1 cibb וְ⁠הָ֣⁠אָדָ֔ם 1 “Then Adam” or “Then the man {Adam}”. For a note about when to begin referring to the man as Adam, see Gen 2:19.
4:1 k9i4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism יָדַ֖ע אֶת חַוָּ֣ה אִשְׁתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “had {marital} relations with his wife Eve,” or “slept with his wife Eve,” or “was intimate with his wife Eve,” This phrase is a Hebrew idiom that means Adam had marital/sexual relations with Eve. Many languages have a similar idiom. Make sure you translate this in a way that is polite and will not offend or embarrass people, especially when read aloud. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
4:1 j28k וַ⁠תַּ֨הַר֙ 1 “so that she” or “with the result that she”
4:1 um2r וַ⁠תַּ֨הַר֙ וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד 1 “became pregnant and {later} gave birth to”. Translate this term in a way that will not embarrass people, especially when read aloud.
4:1 a1ox אֶת קַ֔יִן 1 “{a son they named} Cain, {which means “obtained/acquired.”}” You could include the meaning of Cains name in your translation or in a footnote. See what you did for a similar case in Gen 3:20.
4:1 y3qd וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “because she said/exclaimed,” or “{They named him that} because she/Eve had said/exclaimed,” This sentence explains how Cain got his name. Make sure that is clear in your translation. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
4:1 ww1b קָנִ֥יתִי 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean (1) “I have obtained/acquired” (2) “I have produced/created”. If you include the meaning of Cains name earlier in this verse in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it matches your choice here, so that it is clear why he was given that name.
4:1 gohm אִ֖ישׁ 1 “a male child” or “a boy/son” or “a baby boy”. For some languages it is confusing to refer to a newborn baby as a man. Do what is clear and natural in your language.
4:1 tfqh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֶת יְהוָֽה 1 “with {help from} Yahweh!” or “with Yahweh{s help}!” For some languages it is more natural to put this phrase earlier in this sentence and say, “With Yahwehs help I have obtained/acquired a son!” or “Yahweh has enabled/helped me to obtain/get a son!” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
4:2 gqfn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠תֹּ֣סֶף 1 “Then she/Eve” or “After that she/Eve”. Consider whether it is better in your language to use a pronoun or a noun to refer to Eve here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4:2 i71z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship וַ⁠תֹּ֣סֶף לָ⁠לֶ֔דֶת אֶת אָחִ֖י⁠ו 1 “also gave birth to his/Cains brother” or “gave birth to another baby boy, {who was} his/Cains brother”. The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. Cain and Abel may have been twins, or Abel may have been born sometime later after Eve became pregnant again. If possible, translate verse 2 in a way that allows for either interpretation. Also, if your language has a specific term for “younger brother”, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
4:2 wid6 אֶת הָ֑בֶל 1 “{whom they named} Abel.” or “{whose name was} Abel.”
4:2 xfso rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וַֽ⁠יְהִי הֶ֨בֶל֙ 1 “Now {when the boys had grown up,} Abel” or “{When they grew up,} Abel”. This sentence introduces background information for what happens next. Consider what is the best way to begin this sentence in your language. Also, It is implied here that the boys had grown up to be adults. If necessary, you could make that explicit in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
4:2 aikd וַֽ⁠יְהִי רֹ֣עֵה צֹ֔אן 1 “became/was a keeper/herder of flocks/sheep,” or “became/was a shepherd,” or “raised sheep {and goats},” A flock can be a large group of sheep or goats, or a mixture of both.
4:2 vsb1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠קַ֕יִן 1 “whereas/but Cain”. Consider what is the best way in your language to contrast Cain and his work with Abel and his work. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
4:2 dd6k הָיָ֖ה עֹבֵ֥ד אֲדָמָֽה 1 “became/was a worker/tiller/farmer of the ground/soil.” or “became/was a {crop} farmer.” or “grew {food} crops.” Cain raised crops, not animals. See how you translated a similar phrase (“work the ground”) in Gen 2:5.
4:3 bwql rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַֽ⁠יְהִ֖י מִ⁠קֵּ֣ץ יָמִ֑ים וַ⁠יָּבֵ֨א 1 “Then one day it happened that” or “As time went on/by, one day”. These phrases introduce an important new event. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
4:3 mhjm וַ⁠יָּבֵ֨א קַ֜יִן 1 “Cain offered/gave”
4:3 b29m מִ⁠פְּרִ֧י 1 “some of the crops” or “some of the edible plants”. The word “fruit” is general here and refers to any edible plant or crop that grows as the result of being cultivated. Make sure that is clear in your translation.
4:3 zn5b מִ⁠פְּרִ֧י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֛ה 1 “{that he had harvested} from his farmland/fields” or “{that he had raised/grown} in his fields”
4:3 of0f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms מִנְחָ֖ה לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה 1 “to Yahweh as an offering/gift/sacrifice {to honor/worship him}.” The term “offering” refers to something that is given. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
4:4 mq9z וְ⁠הֶ֨בֶל הֵבִ֥יא גַם 1 “Abel also brought/offered/gave {an offering/gift/sacrifice} {to Yahweh}, {but what he offered/gave was}” or “But Abel offered/gave {to Yahweh}”. There is a contrast between Abel and Cain and between their offerings.
4:4 r4og מִ⁠בְּכֹר֥וֹת צֹאנ֖⁠וֹ 1 “some of the firstborn {animals} from his flock{s}/sheep”. See how you translated “flocks” in verse 2.
4:4 oxhr וּ⁠מֵֽ⁠חֶלְבֵ⁠הֶ֑ן 1 “and/including some of the fat portions of the meat.” or “and/including some of their best parts.” or “and/including the fattest/best parts of the animals/meat.” In that culture, fat was considered one of the best parts of an animal to eat. If that is different from how fat is viewed in your language area, that information could be put in a footnote.
4:4 v9sn וַ⁠יִּ֣שַׁע יְהוָ֔ה אֶל 1 “Yahweh was pleased/happy with” or “Yahweh accepted”
4:4 jlf3 הֶ֖בֶל וְ⁠אֶל מִנְחָתֽ⁠וֹ 1 “Abel and his gift/sacrifice.” or “Abel and what he offered/gave {to him}.”
4:5 bwyu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠אֶל שָׁעָ֑ה 1 “But he/Yahweh” or “However, he/Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4:5 zedh וְ⁠אֶל קַ֥יִן לֹ֣א שָׁעָ֑ה 1 “was not pleased/happy with Cain” or “did not accept Cain”. See how you translated “looked {favorably} on” in verse 4.
4:5 hxcc וְ⁠אֶל מִנְחָת֖⁠וֹ 1 “and/or his gift/sacrifice.” or “and/or what he offered/gave {to him}.”
4:5 ai77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּ֤חַר לְ⁠קַ֨יִן֙ מְאֹ֔ד 1 “So Cain was/became/felt extremely angry,” Many languages have a similar idiom that fits well here. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4:5 m590 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַֽ⁠יִּפְּל֖וּ פָּנָֽי⁠ו 1 “and his face showed that he was angry/upset.” or “and he frowned/scowled.” or “and his face showed it.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4:6 eymy rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל קָ֑יִן 1 “Then Yahweh asked Cain/him,” The way you translate this quote margin should fit with the way that you translated the following three rhetorical questions. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
4:6 qa15 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֚⁠מָּה חָ֣רָה לָ֔⁠ךְ וְ⁠לָ֖⁠מָּה נָפְל֥וּ פָנֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 “Why are you so angry? And why are you frowning/scowling?” or “There is no need/reason for you to be angry and frowning/scowling.” God is using these rhetorical questions to correct Cain. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. Also see how you translated the idioms “burned with...anger” and “face fell” in verse 5. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4:7 lltt אִם תֵּיטִיב֙ 1 “If you do {what is} right,”
4:7 ltx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֤וֹא שְׂאֵ֔ת 1 “{you know that} you will be accepted {by me}.” or “{you know that} I will be pleased with you {and your offering/gift} {too}.” or “I will accept you {and your offering/gift} {too}.” God uses this rhetorical question here to remind Cain of something that he already knew. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4:7 hj95 וְ⁠אִם֙ לֹ֣א תֵיטִ֔יב 1 “But if you dont do {what is} right,” or “But if you do what is wrong,”
4:7 re3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification חַטָּ֣את רֹבֵ֑ץ 1 “{then} sin {is like a fierce/dangerous animal that} is crouching/waiting” or “{then} sin will be crouching/waiting {like a fierce/wild animal}”. In verse 7 sin is personified, that is, it is treated as if it were alive, like a lion or some other fierce animal that wants to attack Cain. Some languages can do the same thing. Other languages cannot do that and must say something like: “then you are in great danger of being tempted to sin, but you must resist and not give in.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
4:7 sy1l לַ⁠פֶּ֖תַח 1 “outside your door {to attack you},” or “outside the door {of your heart} {to attack/tempt you},”
4:7 t750 וְ⁠אֵלֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ תְּשׁ֣וּקָת֔⁠וֹ 1 “It/Sin desires/wants {to control/destroy} you,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
4:7 r8yc וְ⁠אַתָּ֖ה תִּמְשָׁל בּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “but you must master/control it {so that you do not sin}.” or “but you must keep/prevent it {from controlling/destroying you}.” or “but you must keep/prevent it {from doing that}.”
4:8 hfxs וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר 1 “But {after that,}” or “Later”. After God spoke to Cain, we do not know how long Cain waited before he spoke to Abel; it may have been a few hours or a few days.
4:8 dhvy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר קַ֖יִן אֶל הֶ֣בֶל אָחִ֑י⁠ו 1 “Cain talked to/with his brother Abel.” That is what the Hebrew text has. Instead of that text, some ancient manuscripts (including the Samaritan Pentateuch, Septuagint, Latin Vulgate and Syriac) and many modern translations have: “Then Cain said to Abel his brother, “Lets go out to the field {and work} {together}.” ” or “Then Cain invited/asked his brother Abel to go out to the field with him {to work}.” Some translation teams follow the way this verse is translated in a well-known translation, such as in the national language or in a neighboring language. Decide what to do in your translation. The textual variant that you do not use in your translation could be put in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
4:8 bkk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ בִּ⁠הְיוֹתָ֣⁠ם בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֔ה 1 “Then/So {they went out} to the field {to work} {together}, and/but while they were there,” For some languages it is necessary to make explicit that Cain and Abel actually went to the field. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:8 dvqb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יָּ֥קָם קַ֛יִן אֶל 1 “Cain attacked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4:8 ms2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns הֶ֣בֶל אָחִ֑י⁠ו 1 “his {own} brother Abel” or “his {own} brother” or “him”. The Hebrew text keeps repeating the phrase “Abel his brother” to emphasize the seriousness of Cains crime. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. See how you translated “brother” in verse 2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4:8 k1e4 וַ⁠יַּהַרְגֵֽ⁠הוּ 1 “and murdered him.”
4:9 ylt7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל קַ֔יִן 1 “Then/Later Yahweh asked Cain,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
4:9 lg3y אֵ֖י הֶ֣בֶל אָחִ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “Where {is} your brother Abel?” See how you translated “Abel...brother” in verse 8.
4:9 e118 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “He/Cain”. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin this sentence with a conjunction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
4:9 atio rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “said/replied {to him},” or “answered {him},” or “responded/retorted,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
4:9 pi34 לֹ֣א יָדַ֔עְתִּי 1 “How should I know?”
4:9 d7iw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠שֹׁמֵ֥ר אָחִ֖⁠י אָנֹֽכִי 1 “Am I my brothers guardian/caretaker?” or “Am I in charge of my brother?” or “Is it my job/responsibility to take care of my brother?” or “Its not my job/responsibility to keep track of my brother!” Cain uses this rhetorical question to support the lie that he just told. His response to God is rude and disrespectful. Consider whether or not a rhetorical question communicates that here in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4:10 n5ej rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “Then Yahweh asked/exclaimed,” Make sure that your translation of this phrase refers to Yahweh, not Cain. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
4:10 flvm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מֶ֣ה עָשִׂ֑יתָ 1 “What you have done is very horrible/terrible!” or “You have done a horrible/terrible thing!” God uses this rhetorical question to condemn what Cain had done. Consider whether or not a rhetorical question works well here in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4:10 qix1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ק֚וֹל דְּמֵ֣י אָחִ֔י⁠ךָ צֹעֲקִ֥ים אֵלַ֖⁠י מִן הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָֽה 1 “Your brothers blood is calling out to me from the ground {to avenge him}!” or “Your brothers blood on the ground is like a voice/person calling out to me {for justice/revenge}!” or “I see your brothers blood on the ground, and/so I must judge/punish you {for killing/murdering him}!” In the Hebrew text, blood is personified, as if it had a voice or could cry out like a person does. If it is not possible to do that in your language, you could say that his brothers blood is “like a voice...”, or you could translate this sentence without personification. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
4:11 ayem וְ⁠עַתָּ֖ה 1 “Therefore” or “Because of what you did,”
4:11 nr1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠עַתָּ֖ה אָר֣וּר אָ֑תָּה 1 “from now on you are cursed {by me}” or “now I am cursing you”. See how you translated “you are cursed {by me}” in Gen 3:14. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:11 kzep rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִן הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָה֙ 1 “{so that you will not be able to grow food} from the ground/soil,” or “{so that you are banned/banished} from {working/farming} the ground/soil,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:11 af4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification אֲשֶׁ֣ר פָּצְתָ֣ה אֶת פִּ֔י⁠הָ לָ⁠קַ֛חַת אֶת דְּמֵ֥י אָחִ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “which is covered/soaked with blood from your brother” or “which is where your brothers blood spilled/poured out”. In the Hebrew text, “the ground” is personified as if it had a mouth to open. If that is not possible in your language, you could follow one of the alternates above. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
4:11 rubj מִ⁠יָּדֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “when/after you killed/murdered him.”
4:12 ikp7 כִּ֤י 1 “Whenever” or “{As a result,} whenever”
4:12 vpbv תַֽעֲבֹד֙ אֶת הָ֣⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה 1 “you {try to} cultivate/farm the ground/soil,” See how you translated “work the ground” in Gen 2:5 and 3:23; also see similar phrases in 4:2, 11.
4:12 caed לֹֽא תֹסֵ֥ף תֵּת כֹּחָ֖⁠הּ לָ֑⁠ךְ 1 “it will no longer produce/grow good crops for you.” or “it will not produce/grow enough food/harvest for you anymore.”
4:12 azf9 תִּֽהְיֶ֥ה 1 “{From now on,} you will” or “and you will {also}”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
4:12 ptn2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys נָ֥ע וָ⁠נָ֖ד תִּֽהְיֶ֥ה בָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “be a fugitive/outcast who wanders around on the earth {without a permanent home}.” or “be a wandering/homeless fugitive/outcast on the earth.” or “{be rejected/shunned by people so that you} have no permanent home and have to move from place to place.” The phrase “a fugitive and a wanderer” forms a hendiadys. Consider what is the best way to translate that phrase in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
4:13 k174 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר קַ֖יִן אֶל יְהוָ֑ה 1 “But Cain replied to Yahweh/him,” or “Cain said/replied,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
4:13 au2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns גָּד֥וֹל עֲוֺנִ֖⁠י 1 “Your punishment of me will cause me more suffering” or “You are punishing me more {severely/harshly}” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
4:13 onrj מִ⁠נְּשֹֽׂא 1 “than I am able to”
4:13 vjkj מִ⁠נְּשֹֽׂא 1 “endure.” or “live/cope with.”
4:14 tmvv הֵן֩ 1 “Look/Listen,” This term emphasizes what Cain says next. See how you translated this term in Gen 1:29 and 3:22. It may be necessary to translate it in different ways, depending on the context.
4:14 evll גֵּרַ֨שְׁתָּ אֹתִ֜⁠י הַ⁠יּ֗וֹם 1 “today you are forcing me away” or “you have now banished/prevented me”. See how you translated “drove/expelled” in Gen 3:24.
4:14 xrxp מֵ⁠עַל֙ פְּנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה 1 “from {farming/working/cultivating} the ground/land/soil,”
4:14 kjbr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וּ⁠מִ⁠פָּנֶ֖י⁠ךָ אֶסָּתֵ֑ר 1 “and I will be separated from you.” or “and I will be far away from you.” or “and you will no longer bless me.” This clause is probably an idiom that means Cain will be cursed and no longer blessed by God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4:14 jhqn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys וְ⁠הָיִ֜יתִי נָ֤ע וָ⁠נָד֙ בָּ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “I will be a fugitive/outcast who wanders around on the earth {without a permanent home},” or “I will be a wandering/homeless fugitive/outcast on the earth,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 12. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
4:14 kszf וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה 1 “and” or “so that”
4:14 v3gz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole כָל מֹצְאִ֖⁠י 1 “anyone who” or “whoever”. Cain uses hyperbole here to emphasize his strong emotion. If possible, keep this hyperbole in your translation because it helps communicate how fearful Cain was feeling. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
4:14 jeon מֹצְאִ֖⁠י יַֽהַרְגֵֽ⁠נִי 1 “sees/meets me will kill me!”
4:15 sfnn וַ⁠יֹּ֧אמֶר יְהוָ֗ה 1 “So/But Yahweh” or “Yahweh”
4:15 kucp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֧אמֶר ל֣⁠וֹ 1 “said/replied to him/Cain,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
4:15 fsei rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants לָ⁠כֵן֙ 1 “In that case,” or “So then,” That is what the Hebrew text has. Instead of that text, some ancient translations (such as the Septuagint) and many modern translations have: “Not so/true.” or “That will not happen {because}”. The textual variant that you do not use in your translation could be put in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
4:15 kb8d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כָּל הֹרֵ֣ג קַ֔יִן יֻקָּ֑ם 1 “{I will warn everyone that} if anyone kills Cain/you, I will take vengeance/revenge on him {for you}” or “{I will make it clear to everyone that} I will take vengeance/revenge on anyone who kills you” What God says here implies that he will do something to prevent people from killing Cain; he is not just talking about punishing them if they kill him. If necessary, you could make that explicit in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:15 eesx שִׁבְעָתַ֖יִם 1 “{and punish him} seven times more {severely} {than I am punishing you}!”
4:15 y2v3 וַ⁠יָּ֨שֶׂם יְהוָ֤ה לְ⁠קַ֨יִן֙ א֔וֹת 1 “Then Yahweh/he put a {special/distinguishing} sign/symbol on Cain” or “Then Yahweh/he marked Cain with a {special/distinguishing} mark/symbol”. We do not know exactly how Yahweh marked Cain, so keep your translation of this clause general (like the Hebrew text is).
4:15 cqhr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֥י הַכּוֹת אֹת֖⁠וֹ כָּל מֹצְאֽ⁠וֹ 1 “so that anyone who saw/met him would not kill him.” or “to warn everyone who saw/met him not to kill him.” The phrase “strike him” is used here as an idiom that means “kill him”. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4:16 mmsm וַ⁠יֵּ֥צֵא קַ֖יִן 1 “After that, Cain”
4:16 gpvr וַ⁠יֵּ֥צֵא מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֣י 1 “went/traveled away from” or “left”
4:16 s73l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 “Yahweh” or “the place where Yahweh had been talking to him”. Yahweh is everywhere, so this probably means that after talking to Yahweh, Cain left that place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4:16 iydu וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב 1 “and settled” or “started living”
4:16 ksys rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּ⁠אֶֽרֶץ נ֖וֹד 1 “in the land/region of/called Nod, {which means “wandering,”}” or “in Nod Land,” The original readers of the Hebrew text knew that the name “Nod” means “wandering”. Usually translators transliterate (copy or borrow) the name from the Hebrew text, and they might also include the meaning of the name in the text or in a footnote. If you do that here, the meaning should be similar to how you translated “wanderer” in verses 12 and 14. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4:16 glwo קִדְמַת עֵֽדֶן 1 “{which was} east of {the land/region of/called} Eden.” or “{which was} east of Eden {Land}.” Consider again how you translated “{the land/region of} Eden” and “the Garden of Eden” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 2:8, 10, 15; 3:23-24; 4:16.
4:17 tgil rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠יֵּ֤דַע קַ֨יִן֙ אֶת אִשְׁתּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “Then Cain had {marital} relations with his wife,” or “Then Cain slept with his wife,” See how you translated this idiom in Gen 4:1. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
4:17 rr2c וַ⁠תַּ֖הַר וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד 1 “so that she became pregnant and gave birth to”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 4:1.
4:17 i17s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶת חֲנ֑וֹךְ 1 “{a son named} Enoch.” or “{a son they named} Enoch.” or “{a son whose name was} Enoch.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:17 ekhu וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ 1 “And/Now {at/during that time,}” or “{At that time}”. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin this sentence with a conjunction.
4:17 a43z וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ בֹּ֣נֶה עִ֔יר 1 Cain was building a city,” Make sure that your translation of this phrase refers to Cain, not Enoch.
4:17 isn9 וַ⁠יִּקְרָא֙ שֵׁ֣ם הָ⁠עִ֔יר 1 “so he called/named the/that city”
4:17 ocqy כְּ⁠שֵׁ֖ם בְּנ֥⁠וֹ חֲנֽוֹךְ 1 “after his son Enoch.” or “Enoch, after his son.” or “Enoch, the same name as his son.”
4:18 d1x6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠יִּוָּלֵ֤ד לַֽ⁠חֲנוֹךְ֙ 1 “Later on, Enoch fathered/had” or “When Enoch {grew up,} he fathered/had” or “Enoch was the father of”. In this record of Cains descendants, It is implied that many years have gone by between each descendant growing up, getting married, and having his own children. Decide the best way to translate this genealogical record in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
4:18 yll5 אֶת עִירָ֔ד 1 “{a son named} Irad,” or “{a son whose name was} Irad,”
4:18 zgh0 וְ⁠עִירָ֕ד יָלַ֖ד 1 “Then Irad fathered/had” or “When Irad {grew up,} he fathered/had” or “Irad was the father of”. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence with each new generation that is mentioned in this verse.
4:18 lb2t אֶת מְחֽוּיָאֵ֑ל 1 “{a son named} Mehujael,” or “{a son whose name was} Mehujael,”
4:18 hdkq וּ⁠מְחִיּיָאֵ֗ל יָלַד֙ 1 “Then Mehujael fathered/had” or “When Mehujael {grew up,} he fathered/had” or “Mehujael was the father of”
4:18 r4oo אֶת מְת֣וּשָׁאֵ֔ל 1 “{a son named} Methushael,” or “{a son whose name was} Methushael,”
4:18 bw8i וּ⁠מְתוּשָׁאֵ֖ל יָלַ֥ד 1 “Then Methushael fathered/had” or “When Methushael {grew up,} he fathered/had” or “Methushael was the father of”
4:18 a3xs אֶת לָֽמֶךְ 1 “{a son named} Lamech.” or “{a son whose name was} Lamech.”
4:19 fyfs וַ⁠יִּֽקַּֽח לֶ֖מֶךְ 1 “Then Lamech {grew up, and he}” or “When Lamech {grew up,} he”
4:19 sx75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּֽקַּֽח ל֥⁠וֹ שְׁתֵּ֣י נָשִׁ֑ים 1 “chose two women to be his wives.” or “married two wives/women.” In this context, the phrase “took for himself” is an idiom that means “married”. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4:19 div9 שֵׁ֤ם הָֽ⁠אַחַת֙ עָדָ֔ה 1 “His first wifes name was Adah,” or “His first wife was named Adah,”
4:19 nogk וְ⁠שֵׁ֥ם הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֖ית צִלָּֽה 1 “and his second wifes name was Zillah.” or “and his second/other wife was named Zillah.”
4:20 gfmj וַ⁠תֵּ֥לֶד עָדָ֖ה 1 “Adah gave birth to” or “Adah had”
4:20 baqx אֶת יָבָ֑ל 1 “{a son named} Jabal.” or “{a son whose name was} Jabal.”
4:20 w051 ה֣וּא הָיָ֔ה 1 “He/who was/became” or “He/who {grew up and} became”. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here.
4:20 twss rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֲבִ֕י יֹשֵׁ֥ב 1 the ancestor/first of {all} those/people who”. The phrase “father of” is used here as an idiom that means Jabal was the first person to do these things. He invented this way of living, and many people after him followed his example. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4:20 lmj0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown יֹשֵׁ֥ב אֹ֖הֶל 1 “are tent dwellers” or “live in portable shelters”. A tent is a portable living place that has walls made of cloth or animal skins and is held up by poles. Tents are used by people who need to take their home with them as they move from place to place, often to find food and water for themselves and their livestock. If people in your language area are not familiar with tents, you could include some of the above information in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
4:20 ifog וּ⁠מִקְנֶֽה 1 “and raise livestock/animals {for a living}.” The term “livestock” includes all kinds of domestic animals, such as cows, sheep, goats, camels, and donkeys. See how you translated “livestock” in Gen 1:24-26; 2:20, 3:14.
4:21 g37o rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship וְ⁠שֵׁ֥ם אָחִ֖י⁠ו יוּבָ֑ל 1 “His/Jabals brothers name was Jubal.” or “Jabal had a brother named Jubal.” Jubal was probably younger than Jabal. See how you translated “brother” in verse 2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
4:21 wc9b ה֣וּא הָיָ֔ה 1 “He/who was/became” or “He/Jubal {grew up and} was/became”
4:21 dbuc אֲבִ֕י כָּל תֹּפֵ֥שׂ 1 “the ancestor/first of all {those/people} who”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 20.
4:21 thhz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown תֹּפֵ֥שׂ כִּנּ֖וֹר וְ⁠עוּגָֽב 1 “play {musical instruments called} harps/lyres and flutes/pipes.” or “play stringed instruments and wind instruments.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
4:22 jy3l וְ⁠צִלָּ֣ה 1 “Zillah{, who was Lamechs other wife,}” or “{Lamechs other wife} Zillah”
4:22 jm2j גַם יָֽלְדָה֙ 1 “also {became pregnant and} gave birth to {a son, and they named him}”
4:22 nipn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת תּ֣וּבַל קַ֔יִן 1 “Tubal-Cain” or “Tubal-cain” or “Tubalcain”. Be consistent with how you spell this name both times in verse 22. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4:22 t53i לֹטֵ֕שׁ 1 “who/He was {the first person to} forge/make” or “He {was the first blacksmith and} forged/made” or “He {was the ancestor/first of all those/people who} forge/make”. It is probably implied from verses 20-21 that Tubal Cain, like his brothers, was the father/ancestor or first of all those who had his skill.
4:22 dn66 כָּל חֹרֵ֥שׁ נְחֹ֖שֶׁת וּ⁠בַרְזֶ֑ל 1 “all kinds of tools {and other things} out of bronze/brass and iron.” or “all kinds of bronze/brass and iron things/tools.” The word “tools” that is used here in the Hebrew text is general and can include farming tools and weapons and other things that are made out of metal.
4:22 dmz0 וַֽ⁠אֲח֥וֹת תּֽוּבַל קַ֖יִן נַֽעֲמָֽה 1 “Tubal Cain had a sister {named} Naamah.” or “Tubal Cain had a sister {whose name was} Naamah.”
4:23 apyu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר לֶ֜מֶךְ 1 “{One time,} Lamech said {proudly}” or “{One day,} Lamech bragged/boasted”. Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce this new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
4:23 gae9 לְ⁠נָשָׁ֗י⁠ו עָדָ֤ה וְ⁠צִלָּה֙ 1 “to his {two} wives, “Adah and Zillah,” Be consistent with how you spelled these names in verses 19-20, 22-23.
4:23 lbpd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שְׁמַ֣עַן קוֹלִ֔⁠י 1 “listen to what I have to say.” or “listen to what I am going to tell you.” The phrase “my voice” refers here to the words being said. Consider what is the best way to translate this figure of speech in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4:23 uqtr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism נְשֵׁ֣י לֶ֔מֶךְ הַאְזֵ֖נָּה אִמְרָתִ֑⁠י 1 “My wives, listen to this:” or “My wives, listen to me carefully.” This clause forms a parallelism with the previous clause and emphasizes what Lamech says next. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
4:23 m97i כִּ֣י אִ֤ישׁ הָרַ֨גְתִּי֙ לְ⁠פִצְעִ֔⁠י וְ⁠יֶ֖לֶד לְ⁠חַבֻּרָתִֽ⁠י 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean: (1) “I killed a man for wounding me; {he was} a young man who bruised/injured me!” or “I killed a young man for wounding/injuring me! In fact, I killed that man for {just} bruising me!” (2) “I killed a man for wounding me, and also a young man for bruising/injuring me.” or “A man wounded me, so I killed him. A young man injured me, so I killed him too!” In the first interpretation, Lamech refers to one man he killed. In the second interpretation, he refers to two men he killed.
4:24 q45d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כִּ֥י שִׁבְעָתַ֖יִם יֻקַּם קָ֑יִן וְ⁠לֶ֖מֶךְ 1 “Since {God has promised} to avenge Cain seven times, then” or “Cain is avenged {by God} seven times, but” or “God will avenge Cain seven times, but”. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:24 g912 וְ⁠לֶ֖מֶךְ שִׁבְעִ֥ים וְ⁠שִׁבְעָֽה 1 “I, Lamech avenge myself seventy-seven times!” or “I avenge myself 77 times!” Lamech is bragging in verses 23 and 24 about how severely he avenges himself. He is not saying that God will avenge him more than he will avenge Cain. Be consistent with how you spelled the name “Lamech” in verses 18-19, 23-24.
4:25 rw9r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠יֵּ֨דַע אָדָ֥ם עוֹד֙ אֶת אִשְׁתּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “Then Adam slept with his wife {Eve} again,” or “Again Adam had {marital} relations with his wife {Eve},” See how you translated the idiom “knew” in 4:1, 17. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
4:25 tlhj rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד 1 “so that she” or “with the result that she” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
4:25 s7kh וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד בֵּ֔ן 1 “{conceived and} had a son,” or “{became pregnant and} gave birth to a son,”
4:25 uyxx וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ 1 “and she named him” or “and she gave him the name”. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 3:20.
4:25 zfdp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names שֵׁ֑ת 1 “Seth, {which means “appointed/granted/given,”}” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
4:25 yiax rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּ֣י 1 “{She named him that} because {when he was born,} {she had said/exclaimed},” What follows is a direct quote of what Eve had said that gave Seth his name. Make sure that is clear in your language. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:25 pmzd שָֽׁת לִ֤⁠י אֱלֹהִים֙ 1 “God has granted/given to me”. If you include the meaning of Seths name in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it matches the way you translate “appointed” here, so that it is clear why he was given that name.
4:25 dc3s זֶ֣רַע אַחֵ֔ר 1 “another child”
4:25 k147 תַּ֣חַת הֶ֔בֶל 1 “to replace Abel,” or “to take the place of Abel,”
4:25 d8wl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּ֥י הֲרָג֖⁠וֹ קָֽיִן 1 “whom Cain killed/murdered.” For some language it is necessary to put this phrase first in this clause (so that events are in the order that they happened) and say, “Since Cain killed Abel, God granted me another child to replace him.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
4:26 oqgu וּ⁠לְ⁠שֵׁ֤ת גַּם יֻלַּד בֵּ֔ן 1 “{Later on,} Seth also fathered/had a son,” The word order in the Hebrew text here emphasizes Seth. Do what is natural in your language.
4:26 zd7h וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ אֱנ֑וֹשׁ 1 “and he named him Enosh.” or “whom he named Enosh.”
4:26 tq3j אָ֣ז 1 “At/During that time” or “That is when”
4:26 o4hk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הוּחַ֔ל לִ⁠קְרֹ֖א בְּ⁠שֵׁ֥ם יְהוָֽה 1 “people began to address God by his name Yahweh as they worshiped him.” or “people began to worship/praise Yahweh by name.” or “people first called Yahweh by name in their prayers and worship.” The phrase “call on the name of Yahweh” is an idiom that refers to prayers, worship, and praise in which people addressed God directly by his personal name Yahweh. It also implies that they were trusting in him to help and guide them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5:intro v62r 0 # Genesis 05 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter provides the first of many lists of descendants in the Bible. This is not a simple list, because the author makes comments about each person. Translators should format this text in the way that is clearest in the project language. Many may choose to introduce each new person in a separate paragraph, as the ULT and UST do.
2023-02-02 01:27:06 +00:00
5:1 r7au זֶ֣ה 1 “Here {is}” or “What follows {is}”
5:1 nf58 סֵ֔פֶר 1 “the written {family} record/history” or “the {family} record”
5:1 hbea סֵ֔פֶר תּוֹלְדֹ֖ת אָדָ֑ם 1 “of/about Adam and his descendants:” or “of/about Adams family-line/genealogy:”
5:1 ztgp בְּ⁠י֗וֹם בְּרֹ֤א אֱלֹהִים֙ אָדָ֔ם עָשָׂ֥ה אֹתֽ⁠וֹ 1 “On the day {that/when} God created/made human beings, he made them”. See how you translated “created” in Gen 1:1, 27; 2:4, and “man” in Gen 1:26-27.
5:1 c3vh בִּ⁠דְמ֥וּת אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “in his own likeness.” or “to be like himself.” God created mankind to be like himself in certain ways, not to be exactly like him in every way (Gen 1:26-27).
5:2 sfms זָכָ֥ר וּ⁠נְקֵבָ֖ה בְּרָאָ֑⁠ם 1 “He {also} created them {to be} male and female,” See how you translated this clause in Gen 1:27.
5:2 xoeq וַ⁠יְבָ֣רֶךְ אֹתָ֗⁠ם 1 “He blessed them” or “He said/promised that he would make them prosper/flourish”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also see how you translated “blessed” in Gen 1:22, 28. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
5:2 md6q וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֤א אֶת שְׁמָ⁠ם֙ 1 “and called/named them”. See how you translated the phrase “called...name” in Gen 4:17, 25, 26.
5:2 bpym אָדָ֔ם 1 “human beings”. Be consistent here with how you translated this term in verse one.
5:2 ocap rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בְּ⁠י֖וֹם הִבָּֽרְאָֽ⁠ם 1 “on the {same} day {that} they were created {by him}.” or “on the {same} day {that} he created them.” Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. For some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this clause earlier in this verse and say, “and on the {same} day {that} he created them, he blessed them and called/named them human beings.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
5:3 mu3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers וַֽ⁠יְחִ֣י אָדָ֗ם שְׁלֹשִׁ֤ים וּ⁠מְאַת֙ שָׁנָ֔ה וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “When Adam had lived 130 years, he fathered/had {a son}” or “When Adam was 130 years old, he fathered/had {a son}”. Each translation team needs to decide how they are going to write large numbers in the Bible. Many teams use numerals, for example, “130” here in verse 3, especially if the target language has a complicated counting system. Other teams prefer to use words, for example, “one hundred thirty” here. Be consistent in what you do throughout your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
5:3 i5yo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet בִּ⁠דְמוּת֖⁠וֹ כְּ⁠צַלְמ֑⁠וֹ 1 “who was {a human being} like himself and looked like him,” or “who was like him in many ways,” These two phrases have similar meanings and emphasize that Seth was similar to Adam in many ways. See how you translated similar phrases in Gen 1:26. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
5:3 d878 וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ שֵֽׁת 1 “and he/Adam named him Seth.” or “Adam named his/that son Seth.” For some languages it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
5:4 m5uq וַ⁠יִּֽהְי֣וּ יְמֵי אָדָ֗ם אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת שֵׁ֔ת 1 “After he/Adam fathered/had Seth, Adam/he lived” or “After Seths birth, Adam lived” or “After Seth was born, Adam lived”
5:4 dt93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure שְׁמֹנֶ֥ה מֵאֹ֖ת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “{another} 800 years,” or “800 {more} years,” For some languages, it may be more natural to change the clause order of this sentence and say, “Adam lived 800 {more} years after Seth was born,...” Do what is best in your language throughout this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
5:4 w4va וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Adam {also} fathered/had” or “He/Adam was {also} the father of”. This clause probably refers to all the other children that Adam had, including those who were born before and after Seth was born. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
5:4 znml בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “{other} sons, as well as daughters.”
5:5 exxg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠יִּֽהְי֞וּ כָּל יְמֵ֤י אָדָם֙ אֲשֶׁר חַ֔י 1 “So Adam/he lived a total of 930 years,” or “All together Adam/he lived 930 years,” Make sure that the name “Adam” is spelled consistently in your translation of verses 1, 3-5. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
5:5 vx22 וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת 1 “and {then} he died.” or “before he died.”
5:6 e8ow rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וַֽ⁠יְחִי שֵׁ֕ת וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד 1 “When/After Seth had lived 105 years,” or “When/After Seth was 105 years old,” The events in verse 6 happened before Adam died (verse 5). So if you use a conjunction here, make sure your translation does not sound like verse 6 happened after Adam died. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
5:6 ac8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת אֱנֽוֹשׁ 1 “he fathered/had {a son named} Enosh.” or “he fathered/had {a son he/they named} Enosh.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Enosh.” You could make it explicit in your translation or in a footnote that Enosh was a son. The same thing is true for the rest of the children who were born in this chapter (who were all sons). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:7 zq5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַֽ⁠יְחִי שֵׁ֗ת אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת אֱנ֔וֹשׁ 1 “After he/Seth had Enosh, Seth/he lived” or “After Enoshs birth, Seth lived” or “After Enosh was born, Seth lived”. In fact, throughout chapter 5, make sure it is clear in your translation whom each pronoun refers to. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
5:7 axao NO OrigLQuote AVAILABLE!!! 1 “{another} 807 years,” or “807 {more} years,”
5:7 m6hy וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Seth {also} fathered/had” or “He/Seth was {also} the father of”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated this phrase and the following one in verse 4.
5:7 qh3m בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “{other} sons, as well as daughters.”
5:8 cpt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠יִּֽהְיוּ֙ כָּל יְמֵי שֵׁ֔ת 1 “So Seth/he lived a total of 912 years,” or “All together Seth/he lived 912 years,” Be consistent with how you spell the name “Seth” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 4:25-26; 5:3-4, 6-8. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
5:8 wfwj וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת 1 “and {then} he died.” or “before he died.”
5:9 hpxy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וַֽ⁠יְחִ֥י אֱנ֖וֹשׁ תִּשְׁעִ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד 1 “When/After Enosh had lived 90 years,” or “When/After Enosh was 90 years old,” See how you translated the beginning of a similar new paragraph in this genealogy at verse 6. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
5:9 ealf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת קֵינָֽן 1 “he fathered/had {a son named} Kenan.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Kenan.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:10 qcro rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַֽ⁠יְחִ֣י אֱנ֗וֹשׁ אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת קֵינָ֔ן 1 “After he/Enosh had Kenan, Enosh/he lived” or “After Kenans birth, Enosh lived” or “After Kenan was born, Enosh lived”. See how you translated a similar sentence in verse 7, and see the notes about that there. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
5:10 vyfp NO OrigLQuote AVAILABLE!!! 1 “{another} 815 years,” or “815 {more} years,”
5:10 a9fp וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Enosh {also} fathered/had” or “He/Enosh was {also} the father of”
5:10 o420 בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “{other} sons, as well as daughters.”
5:11 t6cg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠יִּֽהְיוּ֙ כָּל יְמֵ֣י אֱנ֔וֹשׁ 1 “So Enosh/he lived a total of 905 years,” or “All together Enosh/he lived 905 years,” Make sure that the name “Enosh” is spelled consistently in your translation of verses 6-7, 9-11. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
5:11 ajtj וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת 1 “and {then} he died.” or “before he died.”
5:12 q01x וַֽ⁠יְחִ֥י קֵינָ֖ן שִׁבְעִ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד 1 “When/After Kenan had lived 70 years,” or “When/After Kenan was 70 years old,”
5:12 s14a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת מַֽהֲלַלְאֵֽל 1 “he fathered/had {a son named} Mahalalel.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Mahalalel.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:13 x4dz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יְחִ֣י קֵינָ֗ן אַחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת מַֽהֲלַלְאֵ֔ל 1 “After he/Kenan had Mahalalel, Kenan/he lived” or “After Mahalalels birth, Kenan lived” or “After Mahalalel was born, Kenan lived” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
5:13 ml02 NO OrigLQuote AVAILABLE!!! 1 “{another} 840 years,” or “840 {more} years,”
5:13 pdi2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Kenan {also} fathered/had” or “He/Kenan was {also} the father of”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Kenan at this point in the paragraph. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
5:13 wayv בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “{other} sons, as well as daughters.”
5:14 iukx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠יִּֽהְיוּ֙ כָּל יְמֵ֣י קֵינָ֔ן 1 “So Kenan/he lived a total of 910 years,” or “All together Kenan/he lived 910 years,” Make sure that the name “Kenan” is spelled consistently in your translation of verses 9-10, 12-14. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
5:14 qzt5 וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת 1 “and {then} he died.” or “before he died.”
5:15 ibht וַֽ⁠יְחִ֣י מַֽהֲלַלְאֵ֔ל וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד 1 “When/After Mahalalel had lived 65 years,” or “When/After Mahalalel was 65 years old,”
5:15 xypc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת יָֽרֶד 1 “he fathered/had {a son named} Jared.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Jared.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:16 pue9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַֽ⁠יְחִ֣י מַֽהֲלַלְאֵ֗ל אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת יֶ֔רֶד 1 “After he/Mahalalel fathered/had Jared, Mahalalel/he lived” or “After Jareds birth, Mahalalel lived” or “After Jared was born, Mahalalel lived” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
5:16 v7b5 NO OrigLQuote AVAILABLE!!! 1 “{another} 830 years,” or “830 {more} years,”
5:16 duud וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Mahalalel {also} fathered/had” or “He/Mahalalel was {also} the father of”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
5:16 w3p0 בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “{other} sons, as well as daughters.”
5:17 y3k1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠יִּהְיוּ֙ כָּל יְמֵ֣י מַהֲלַלְאֵ֔ל 1 “So Mahalalel/he lived a total of 895 years,” or “All together Mahalalel/he lived 895 years,” Make sure that the name “Mahalalel” is spelled consistently in your translation of verses 12-13, 15-17. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
5:17 k21r וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת 1 “and {then} he died.” or “before he died.”
5:18 k5fo וַֽ⁠יְחִי יֶ֕רֶד וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד 1 “When/After Jared had lived 162 years,” or “When/After Jared was 162 years old,”
5:18 hnj8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת חֲנֽוֹךְ 1 “he fathered/had {a son named} Enoch.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Enoch.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:19 ttlq וַֽ⁠יְחִי יֶ֗רֶד אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת חֲנ֔וֹךְ 1 “After he/Jared fathered/had Enoch, Jared/he lived” or “After Enochs birth, Jared lived” or “After Enoch was born, Jared lived”
5:19 dml1 NO OrigLQuote AVAILABLE!!! 1 “{another} 800 years,” or “800 {more} years,”
5:19 qvdm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Jared {also} fathered/had” or “He/Jared was {also} the father of”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Jared at this point in the paragraph. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
5:19 b7tx בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “{other} sons, as well as daughters.”
5:20 y9dd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠יִּֽהְיוּ֙ כָּל יְמֵי יֶ֔רֶד 1 “So Jared/he lived a total of 962 years,” or “All together Jared/he lived 962 years,” Make sure that the name “Jared” is spelled consistently in your translation of verses 15-16, 18-20. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
5:20 dsut וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת 1 “and {then} he died.” or “before he died.”
5:21 yd7b וַֽ⁠יְחִ֣י חֲנ֔וֹךְ וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד 1 “When/After Enoch had lived 65 years,” or “When/After Enoch was 65 years old,”
5:21 q122 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת מְתוּשָֽׁלַח 1 “he fathered/had {a son named} Methuselah.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Methuselah.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:22 aw7m וַ⁠יִּתְהַלֵּ֨ךְ אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת מְתוּשֶׁ֔לַח 1 “After he/Enoch had Methuselah,” or “After Methuselah was born,” or “After Methselahs birth,”
5:22 jft2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּתְהַלֵּ֨ךְ חֲנ֜וֹךְ אֶת הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֗ים 1 “Enoch walked/lived {closely/faithfully} with God” or “Enoch lived {in a close/faithful relationship} with God”. The phrase “walked with” is used here as an idiom that means “lived in a close relationship with”. Consider whether or not you have a similar idiom in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5:22 t5cg NO OrigLQuote AVAILABLE!!! 1 “{another} 300 years,” or “for 300 {more} years,”
5:22 nvyk וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Enoch {also} fathered/had” or “He was {also} the father of”
5:22 w372 בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “{other} sons, as well as daughters.”
5:23 q9fs וַ⁠יְהִ֖י כָּל יְמֵ֣י חֲנ֑וֹךְ 1 “So Enoch/he lived a total of 365 years.” or “All together Enoch/he lived 365 years.” Make sure that the name “Enoch” is spelled consistently in your translation of verses 18-19, 21-24.
5:24 ovax וַ⁠יִּתְהַלֵּ֥ךְ חֲנ֖וֹךְ אֶת הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים וְ⁠אֵינֶ֕⁠נּוּ 1 “{All his life} Enoch/he walked/lived {in a close/faithful relationship} with God, and {then}” or “Then while he was {still} living {in a close relationship} with God,”
5:24 h09o וְ⁠אֵינֶ֕⁠נּוּ 1 ”{suddenly} he was not {on earth} {anymore},” or “{suddenly} he was no longer {on earth},” or “he {suddenly} disappeared {from earth},”
5:24 qhcv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּֽי לָקַ֥ח אֹת֖⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִֽים 1 “because God had taken him away {to be with him}.” It may be more natural to put this clause before the previous clause and say, “ … God took him away {to be with him}, so he was {suddenly} no longer {on earth}.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
5:25 e0io וַ⁠יְחִ֣י מְתוּשֶׁ֔לַח וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד 1 “When/After Methuselah had lived 187 years,” or “When/After Methuselah was 187 years old,” Consider again how you translated verses in this chapter that are similar in structure to this verse; see verses 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 25, and part of verses 3 and 28, and see the note about this at verse 6.
5:25 umwj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת לָֽמֶךְ 1 “he fathered/had {a son named} Lamech.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Lamech.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:26 y4u9 וַֽ⁠יְחִ֣י מְתוּשֶׁ֗לַח אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת לֶ֔מֶךְ 1 “After he/Methuselah had Lamech, Methuselah/he lived” or “After Lamechs birth, Methuselah lived” or “After Lamech was born, Methuselah lived”
5:26 xyho NO OrigLQuote AVAILABLE!!! 1 “{another} 782 years,” or “782 {more} years,”
5:26 jiwj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Methuselah {also} fathered/had” or “He was {also} the father of”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Methuselah at this point in the paragraph. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
5:26 dbig בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “{other} sons, as well as daughters.”
5:27 d46p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠יִּהְיוּ֙ כָּל יְמֵ֣י מְתוּשֶׁ֔לַח 1 “So Methuselah/he lived a total of 969 years,” or “So all together Methuselah/he lived 969 years,” Make sure that the name “Methuselah” is spelled consistently in your translation of verses 21-22, 25-27. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
5:27 bmrx וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת 1 “and {then} he died.” or “before he died.”
5:28 mhbp וַֽ⁠יְחִי לֶ֕מֶךְ וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד 1 “When/After Lamech had lived 182 years,” or “When/After Lamech was 182 years old,”
5:28 ndwx וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד בֵּֽן 1 “he had a son,”
5:29 ao6m וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֧א אֶת שְׁמ֛⁠וֹ 1 “and he named him” or “whom he named”
5:29 fqyr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נֹ֖חַ 1 “Noah, {which means “comfort/relief/rest,”}” If you include the meaning of Noahs name in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it matches what Lamech says about him in the following quote, so it is clear why he was given that name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
5:29 d1z6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “{because} he said,” or “{He/Lamech named him that because} he had said {about him},” What Lamech says next is the reason that he named his son Noah. Make sure that is clear in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:29 ivc5 זֶ֞֠ה יְנַחֲמֵ֤⁠נוּ 1 “This {son} will relieve us” or “This {son} will give us rest/relief”
5:29 gzo5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet מִֽ⁠מַּעֲשֵׂ֨⁠נוּ֙ וּ⁠מֵ⁠עִצְּב֣וֹן יָדֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 “from the {difficult} labor and toil/work we have to do with our hands” or “from the difficult/agonizing labor/work that we have to do/suffer”. These two phrases have similar meanings and emphasize how difficult the work was. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
5:29 omyc מִן הָ֣⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֵֽרְרָ֖⁠הּ יְהוָֽה 1 “because Yahweh has cursed the ground.” or “as we farm/cultivate the ground that Yahweh has cursed.”
5:30 d607 וַֽ⁠יְחִי לֶ֗מֶךְ אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת נֹ֔חַ 1 “After he/Lamech fathered Noah, Lamech/he lived” or “After Noahs birth, Lamech lived” or “After Noah was born, Lamech lived”. Consider again how you translated verses in this chapter that are similar in structure to this verse; see verses 7, 10, 13, 16, 19, 26, 30, and part of verses 4 and 22.
5:30 gfzu NO OrigLQuote AVAILABLE!!! 1 “{another} 595 years,” or “595 {more} years,”
5:30 gczp וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Lamech {also} fathered/had” or “He was {also} the father of”
5:30 r87u בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “{other} sons, as well as daughters.”
5:31 i74z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ כָּל יְמֵי לֶ֔מֶךְ 1 “So Lamech/he lived a total of 777 years,” or “All together Lamech/he lived 777 years,” Consider again how you translated verses that are similar to verse 31; see verses 8, 11, 14, 17, 20, 27, 31, and the first half of verses 5 and 23. Also make sure that the name “Lamech” is spelled consistently in your translation of verses 25-26, 28-31, and also in 4:18-19, 23-24 for a different person who has the same name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
5:31 ojma וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת 1 “and {then} he died.” or “before he died.”
5:32 uzva rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וַֽ⁠יְהִי נֹ֕חַ בֶּן חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה וַ⁠יּ֣וֹלֶד 1 “After Noah was 500 years old,” Noahs sons were not triplets, but were born in different years after Noah was 500 years old. The way you translate this verse should allow for that meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
5:32 yohb וַ⁠יּ֣וֹלֶד נֹ֔חַ 1 “he fathered/had”. Consider again how you translated “fathered” in this chapter; see verses 4, 6-7, 9-10, 12-13, 15-16, 18-19, 25-26, 28, 30, 32.
5:32 nl9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶת שֵׁ֖ם אֶת חָ֥ם וְ⁠אֶת יָֽפֶת 1 “{sons named} Shem, Ham, and Japheth.” or “{sons he/they named} Shem, Ham, and Japheth.” or “{sons whose names were} Shem, Ham, and Japheth.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6:intro ak78 0 # Genesis 06 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nBeginning in 6:22, the author gives statements summarizing events he tells about again in the text that follows. In the next chapter, the author sometimes gives summary statements that introduce events for the first time. If these statements, and the surrounding events, are not carefully translated, readers can believe that the same events happened twice or three times instead of only one time. Translators should be careful not to give this impression.
2023-02-02 01:27:06 +00:00
6:1 pmgg rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ 1 “Now”. The events in Gen 6:1-2 started happening long before the events in 5:32, so the way your translation begins this verse should allow for that meaning and not begin with a sequence word like “Then”, which would have the wrong meaning here. Many translations omit the conjunction here. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
6:1 as12 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ כִּֽי 1 “it happened that when/as” or “it happened that”. This phrase introduces and emphasizes important background information which the following narrative builds on. It also creates suspense so that readers and listeners wonder what will happen next. Some translations leave this phrase out, but that loses some of the suspense. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
6:1 mezb הָֽ⁠אָדָ֔ם 1 “human beings” or “people”. See how you translated this term in Gen 5:1-2.
6:1 fo85 הֵחֵ֣ל לָ⁠רֹ֖ב 1 “began to multiply/increase {in number}” or “began to be more/very numerous”
6:1 ps4y עַל פְּנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֑ה 1 “all over the earth” or “throughout the earth/world”
6:1 r0sl וּ⁠בָנ֖וֹת יֻלְּד֥וּ לָ⁠הֶֽם 1 “and they were having daughters,”
6:2 vn76 וַ⁠יִּרְא֤וּ 1 “then/Then {when those daughters/girls grew up,}” or “{When those daughters/girls grew up,}” Verses 1 and 2 are one long sentence in the Hebrew text. For many languages it is necessary to divide it into two or more shorter sentences. For example, depending on how you began verse one, you could begin verse 2 with a new sentence. Do what is best in your language.
6:2 w4mk בְנֵי הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙ 1 “{some} angels” or “{some} supernatural beings”. The meaning of Gen 6:2 is not certain and is heavily debated, so it is probably best to translate it fairly literally and possibly include a footnote about what it means. If it is not translated literally, the literal text should be put in a footnote. There are three main views of who “the sons of God” and “the daughters of mankind” refer to: (1) nonhuman, god-like beings (supernatural beings), such as angels (as in Job 1:6, 38:7) or demons who took human form and married the daughters of human beings; 1 Peter 3:1920; 2 Peter 2:4 [HYPERLINK: https://www.esv.org/2%20Pet.%202%3A4/], and Jude 6 [HYPERLINK: https://www.esv.org/Jude%206/] may be referring to this passage. (2) male descendants of Seth (the righteous, chosen family line) who married female descendants of Cain (the unrighteous family line). (3) sons of powerful men, such as judges or rulers (as in Exodus 22:8, Psalm 82:1, 6) who married the daughters of common, poor people.
6:2 znk3 וַ⁠יִּרְא֤וּ אֶת בְּנ֣וֹת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֔ם כִּ֥י טֹבֹ֖ת הֵ֑נָּה 1 “saw that the daughters of human beings {were} beautiful,” or “saw that those young women {were} beautiful,” or “saw that they {were} {very} beautiful,”
6:2 qnty וַ⁠יִּקְח֤וּ לָ⁠הֶם֙ נָשִׁ֔ים מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר בָּחָֽרוּ 1 “so they married any {of them} that they wanted to.” or “So they chose any/all {of them} that they wanted and married them.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, see how you translated “took/married” in Gen 4:19.
6:3 fdyv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֗ה 1 “Then/So Yahweh said {to himself},” Only make implied information explicit in your translation if it is necessary to prevent wrong meaning or if your languages grammar requires it, so that your translation is easier to read and understand. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6:3 n5w7 רוּחִ֤⁠י 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean (1) “My Spirit” or “I”, which is a way of God referring to himself (Gen 1:2 is similar). (2) “My spirit”, which could refer to Gods breath that gives life (as in Gen 2:7). If the text is not translated literally, the literal text should be put in a footnote.
6:3 lxhr לֹֽא יָד֨וֹן 1 “will no longer”
6:3 wl9y יָד֨וֹן בָֽ⁠אָדָם֙ 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean (1) “strive/contend with” or “put up with” mans rebellion (2) “remain/live with/in”. The interpretation that is not used in your translation could be put in a footnote.
6:3 v8nl בָֽ⁠אָדָם֙ 1 “human beings” or “people”
6:3 h89k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לְ⁠עֹלָ֔ם 1 “always,” It may be more natural to put this term earlier in this sentence and say, “My Spirit will not always strive with mankind,” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
6:3 nsna rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠שַׁ⁠גַּ֖ם ה֣וּא בָשָׂ֑ר 1 “because they {are} certainly/very sinful/corrupt.” or “because they {are} only/mere {sinful/corrupt} mortals.” The word “flesh” is used here as an idiom that means human beings are “mortal” (that is, their bodies will die) and that they are “sinful/corrupt”. The two meanings are interrelated since it is because of sin that their bodies die. In this context, the focus is on their corrupt behavior, which is the reason God will send a flood soon. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
6:3 q0ao וְ⁠הָי֣וּ 1 “So”. Many translations leave this word out. Do what is natural in your language.
6:3 u5p6 וְ⁠הָי֣וּ יָמָ֔י⁠ו מֵאָ֥ה וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֖ים שָׁנָֽה 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean (1) ”they will have 120 years {to repent}.” or “I will give them 120 years {to repent}.” (2) “{from now on,} they/people will have/live {no longer than} 120 years.” The first interpretation seems to best fit the context of God announcing his plan to judge mankind for their sin (verse 7). This would mean that Noah was 480 years old when God said this (about 20 years before he started having sons; Gen 5:32), since the flood came when he was 600 years old (Gen 7:6); you could put some of that information in a footnote. The second interpretation does not fit with the fact that after God said this, many people lived much longer than 120 years, so it does not seem likely that length of life was his meaning here.
6:4 ynoy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַ⁠נְּפִלִ֞ים 1 “{People called} the Nephilim” or “Giants”. Most translations transliterate (borrow or copy) the Hebrew word “Nephilim” here. The word means “fallen ones” and probably refers to their fallen (sinful) spiritual state. The Nephilim were the descendants of the sons of God and the daughters of mankind. The only other place in the Bible that the Nephilim are mentioned is centuries later in Numbers 13:32-33, where they are identified as evil giants. Based on that, some translations translate “the Nephilim” as “giants” here in Gen 6:4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6:4 mfas הָי֣וּ בָ⁠אָרֶץ֮ 1 “lived on the earth” or “were living on the earth”
6:4 x5nq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בַּ⁠יָּמִ֣ים הָ⁠הֵם֒ וְ⁠גַ֣ם אַֽחֲרֵי 1 “during that time and also later on,” It may be more natural to put this time phrase first in verse 4 and say, “During that time there were Nephilim/giants living on the earth, when...” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
6:4 brcd כֵ֗ן אֲשֶׁ֨ר 1 “{That was/happened} when”. Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language.
6:4 dopz בְּנֵ֤י הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙ 1 “angels” or “supernatural beings”. Be consistent here with how you translated this phrase in verse 2, and see the important note about that there.
6:4 pirs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism יָבֹ֜אוּ אֶל 1 “slept with” or “had {marital/sexual} relations with”. Translate this idiom in a way that is polite and will not shame or embarrass people when this verse is read aloud in public. See how you translated a similar idiom (“knew”) in Gen 4:1, 17, 25. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
6:4 m59u בְּנ֣וֹת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֔ם 1 “the daughters of human beings,” or “human women,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 2.
6:4 bb42 וְ⁠יָלְד֖וּ 1 “and those women”
6:4 si43 וְ⁠יָלְד֖וּ לָ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “gave birth to children for them.” or “had children.”
6:4 e4oo rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns הֵ֧מָּה הַ⁠גִּבֹּרִ֛ים 1 “The Nephilim {were}” or “Those/Their children {grew up and} {were/became} {the Nephilim who were}” Make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
6:4 yujd הַ⁠גִּבֹּרִ֛ים 1 “the powerful men/warriors” or “heroes”
6:4 ps8j אֲשֶׁ֥ר מֵ⁠עוֹלָ֖ם 1 “who lived a long time ago,” or “who lived many years ago,”
6:4 xhsv אַנְשֵׁ֥י הַ⁠שֵּֽׁם 1 “{who/and were} famous men.” For some languages it may be more natural to put this phrase earlier in this sentence and say, “They {were} the mighty men of renown who...” or “They {were} the famous mighty men who....”
6:5 utlu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא יְהוָ֔ה 1 “Yahweh knew” or “Yahweh was aware”. The verb “saw” is used here as an idiom. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom that would fit well here. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
6:5 ommt כִּ֥י רַבָּ֛ה רָעַ֥ת הָ⁠אָדָ֖ם בָּ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “how wicked/evil mankind/people had become on the earth,” or “that the people on the earth had become very wicked/evil,”
6:5 wy3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠כָל יֵ֨צֶר֙ מַחְשְׁבֹ֣ת לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “and that every intention/desire they had in their hearts/minds” or “and that everything they thought about and desired/wanted”. In Hebrew culture the heart is considered the center of thoughts and desires. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
6:5 efx7 רַ֥ק רַ֖ע 1 “{was} completely evil”
6:5 wfz7 כָּל הַ⁠יּֽוֹם 1 “all the time.” or “constantly.”
6:6 kp4z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּנָּ֣חֶם יְהוָ֔ה 1 “As a result, Yahweh/he” or “Yahweh/he” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
6:6 zgyu וַ⁠יִּנָּ֣חֶם 1 “regretted”
6:6 a0zs rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns כִּֽי עָשָׂ֥ה אֶת הָֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם 1 “that he had made/created people/them” or “that he had made/created human beings”. See how you translated “mankind” in verses 1, 3, and 5, and consider whether or not it is best to use a pronoun (“them”) here in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
6:6 xh9g בָּ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “{to live} on the earth,”
6:6 lbxh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּתְעַצֵּ֖ב אֶל לִבּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “and his heart was filled with pain/sadness/grief.” or “and he was/felt extremely/very sad/grieved.” Consider whether your language has a similar idiom that would fit well here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
6:7 mt6s וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֗ה 1 “Then/So Yahweh/he said {to himself},” See how you translated this phrase in verse 3. Also make sure that the way you begin verse 7 fits well with the way you begin verse 6.
6:7 wbhw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֶמְחֶ֨ה 1 “I will wash away” or “I will blot out” or “I will completely wipe/destroy”. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom that would fit well here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
6:7 ymf2 אֶת הָ⁠אָדָ֤ם אֲשֶׁר בָּרָ֨אתִי֙ מֵ⁠עַל֙ פְּנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֔ה 1 “{all} the human beings whom I created, from the surface of the earth,” or “from the earth {all} the people whom I created,” or “all the human beings I made on the earth,”
6:7 l6r9 מֵֽ⁠אָדָם֙ עַד בְּהֵמָ֔ה 1 “{In fact,} {I will destroy} {not just/only} {all} the people, but also {all} the animals,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
6:7 ilp6 עַד רֶ֖מֶשׂ 1 “and/including the creatures that crawl/move {on/along the ground}”
6:7 cmz9 וְ⁠עַד ע֣וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם 1 “and {all} the birds {that fly} in the sky/air,” or “and {all} the birds”
6:7 tgkj כִּ֥י נִחַ֖מְתִּי 1 “because I am sad/grieved” or “because I regret”. See how you translated “was sorry” or “regretted” in verse 6.
6:7 acg2 כִּ֥י עֲשִׂיתִֽ⁠ם 1 “that I {ever} made/created them.”
6:8 k0ja rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠נֹ֕חַ מָ֥צָא חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 “But Noah pleased God.” or “But/However Yahweh was pleased with Noah.” The idiom “find favor” means to please someone. And the idiom “in the eyes of” refers to someones opinion about something or someone. Consider whether your language has similar idioms that work well here or whether it is better to translate this sentence without an idiom. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
6:9 u5k8 אֵ֚לֶּה תּוֹלְדֹ֣ת נֹ֔חַ 1 “This/Here is {more of} the account/record/history of/about Noah and his descendants/family:” or “What follows tells {more} about Noah and his descendants/family:” Some of Noahs history has already been given in Gen 5:29, 32, and 6:8. What follows tells more about him.
6:9 gw44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns נֹ֗חַ אִ֥ישׁ 1 “He {was}”. Consider whether it is better in your language to use a noun or a pronoun here to refer to Noah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
6:9 zk74 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms אִ֥ישׁ צַדִּ֛יק 1 “an upright/good man.” or “a man who did what was right.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
6:9 w0cg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom תָּמִ֥ים הָיָ֖ה בְּ⁠דֹֽרֹתָ֑י⁠ו 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean (1) “He {alone} was blameless/faultless {in Gods eyes} among his contemporaries.” or “Out of all the people living at that time, Noah/he was the only one {whom God considered} blameless.” (2) “He had a blameless/spotless reputation among his contemporaries. or “His contemporaries considered him to be a man of integrity.” The phrase “without blemish” is often used in the Bible to describe animals that have no defects. Here it is used as an idiom that means Noah was “blameless/faultless” in an ethical or moral sense, or that he had good integrity, but it does not mean that he was sinless. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom that would work well here. Also the word “generation” refers to people who live during the same time period. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
6:9 ky2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֶת הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים הִֽתְהַלֶּךְ נֹֽחַ 1 “{and} he walked {closely/faithfully} with God.” or “{and} he lived in a close/faithful relationship with God.” Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated this idiom in Gen 5:22, 24. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
6:10 vdjy וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד נֹ֖חַ 1 “Eventually Noah/he fathered/had {his}” or “And {as mentioned before,} Noah/he had”. The fact that Noah fathered/had these three sons was already mentioned in Gen 5:32. Make sure that the way you begin this verse in your translation does not sound like he fathered these sons a second time.
6:10 d1np שְׁלֹשָׁ֣ה בָנִ֑ים אֶת שֵׁ֖ם אֶת חָ֥ם וְ⁠אֶת יָֽפֶת 1 “three sons, {namely} Shem, Ham, and Japheth.” or “three sons, {whose names were} Shem, Ham, and Japheth.”
6:11 f221 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠תִּשָּׁחֵ֥ת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 “Now {the people of/on} the earth”. The phrase “the earth” is often used in the Bible to refer to the people who live on the earth. Consider whether your language can do the same thing, or whether it is necessary to make that implied information explicit. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
6:11 kwgx וַ⁠תִּשָּׁחֵ֥ת 1 “had become corrupt/wicked”
6:11 cnh5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 “in Gods sight/opinion,” or “according to Gods standards,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
6:11 rpln rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וַ⁠תִּמָּלֵ֥א הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ חָמָֽס 1 “and they had filled the earth with {their} violence/lawlessness.” or “and all over the earth they were doing violent/lawless things.” This clause forms a parallelism with the previous clause in order to emphasize how evil the people on the earth had become. The two clauses are different enough from each other that, if possible, it is best to keep both parts of the parallelism in your translation. Also be consistent with how you translated “the earth” earlier in this verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
6:12 czxe וַ⁠יַּ֧רְא אֱלֹהִ֛ים 1 “God saw”. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin this sentence with a conjunction.
6:12 xmkj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ וְ⁠הִנֵּ֣ה נִשְׁחָ֑תָה 1 “that {everyone on} the earth was indeed/very corrupt/wicked,” or “how corrupt/wicked {everyone on} the earth had become,” See how you translated “corrupt” and “the earth” in verse 11. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
6:12 hi89 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche כִּֽי כָּל בָּשָׂ֛ר עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “because all the people on the earth” or “because everyone {living} on earth”. The phrase “all flesh” refers here to all people and probably implies that people are mortal (verse 3). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
6:12 ldf8 הִשְׁחִ֧ית אֶת דַּרְכּ֖⁠וֹ 1 “were living corrupt/wicked lives.” or “were {continually} doing wicked/evil things.” or “were {continually} acting/behaving in evil ways.”
6:13 j1na וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֜ים לְ⁠נֹ֗חַ 1 “So/Then God/he said to Noah,”
6:13 wv74 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche קֵ֤ץ כָּל בָּשָׂר֙ בָּ֣א לְ⁠פָנַ֔⁠י 1 “I have decided to put an end to all human beings,” or “I am going to destroy all flesh/people,” Be consistent here with how you translated “flesh” in verse 12. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
6:13 dx95 כִּֽי מָלְאָ֥ה הָ⁠אָ֛רֶץ חָמָ֖ס מִ⁠פְּנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “because they have filled the earth with {their} violence/lawlessness.” or “because all over the earth they are doing violent/lawless things.” See how you translated “violence” in verse 11.
6:13 uymq וְ⁠הִנְ⁠נִ֥י 1 “Now listen,” or “In fact,” This phrase draws extra attention to what God says next. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language.
6:13 nnog וְ⁠הִנְ⁠נִ֥י מַשְׁחִיתָ֖⁠ם 1 “I am going to destroy them” or “I plan to destroy them” or “I will destroy”
6:13 dukx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonym אֶת הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “as well as {everything else on} the earth.” or “and {everything else on} the earth {too}.” This phrase includes everything on the earth, not just the people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonym]])
6:14 i9zf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result עֲשֵׂ֤ה 1 “{Therefore/Consequently} {you must} make/build” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
6:14 altn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate תֵּבַ֣ת 1 “a {very} large boat/houseboat”. The term “ark” is general and refers to a chest/box that is closed on all sides, including the top. In this case, the ark was a very large boat that people and many animals lived in for a year. It had no motor, no oars, no sail and no rudder. Since this was a unique, one-of-a-kind boat that may already be well-known as the “ark” in the receptor language area, some translations transliterate (copy or borrow) the word “ark” throughout Genesis. Decide what is best for your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
6:14 tpc0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 “for you/yourself {and your family}” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6:14 jqp0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown תֵּבַ֣ת עֲצֵי גֹ֔פֶר 1 ”from gopher/cypress wood {which is good for building boats}.” or “out of the best wood {for building boats}.” It is not certain what kind of wood this was, so many translations transliterate (copy or borrow) the Hebrew word “gopher”. Some Bible scholars think it was cypress wood. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
6:14 l2wm קִנִּ֖ים תַּֽעֲשֶׂ֣ה אֶת הַ⁠תֵּבָ֑ה 1 “Build/Construct the ark/boat with compartments/stalls {inside},” or “Make/Build rooms inside the ark/boat,”
6:14 kfop וְ⁠כָֽפַרְתָּ֥ אֹתָ֛⁠הּ מִ⁠בַּ֥יִת וּ⁠מִ⁠ח֖וּץ 1 “and {completely} seal/coat it inside and outside”
6:14 ch1i בַּ⁠כֹּֽפֶר 1 “with pitch/tar {to keep water out}.” or “with pitch/tar {to keep the boat from leaking}.” The Hebrew word “covering” is general and does not specify what kind of waterproofing material is being used. However, many translations are more specific than that here and refer to “pitch” or “tar” or some other material made from tree resin or sap that can seal a boat well and keep it from leaking.
6:15 qrn8 וְ⁠זֶ֕ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר תַּֽעֲשֶׂ֖ה אֹתָ֑⁠הּ 1 “Build the ark/boat with these dimensions/measurements:” or “You must make/build the ark/boat like this:”
6:15 e4re rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance שְׁלֹ֧שׁ מֵא֣וֹת אַמָּ֗ה אֹ֚רֶךְ הַ⁠תֵּבָ֔ה חֲמִשִּׁ֤ים אַמָּה֙ רָחְבָּ֔⁠הּ וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים אַמָּ֖ה קוֹמָתָֽ⁠הּ 1 “It {must be} 140 meters long, 23/twenty-three meters wide, and 14/fourteen meters high.” or “It {must be} 450 feet long, 75/seventy-five feet wide, and 45/forty-five feet high.” A cubit was about half a meter (18 inches) long, which was the distance from a mans elbow to the tip of his middle finger. You can (1) translate cubits into meters or feet, and put the literal text in a footnote; or (2) keep “cubits” in the main text (so that the numbers 300, 50 and 30 are kept) and put what that equals in meters or feet in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
6:16 f4nj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance צֹ֣הַר תַּֽעֲשֶׂ֣ה לַ⁠תֵּבָ֗ה וְ⁠אֶל אַמָּה֙ תְּכַלֶ֣⁠נָּה מִ⁠לְ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה 1 “Make/Build a window/skylight for the ark/boat by finishing {the sides/walls of} the ark/boat to within one cubit below the top/roof {of the ark/boat}.” or “Make/Build a half-meter high window/opening between the top of the walls/sides of the ark and its roof {all the way around}, {to let light and air in}.” The meaning of the Hebrew text is not completely certain here, but God was probably telling Noah to make a one-cubit high window or opening at the top of the outside walls of the ark, just below the roof, all the way around the ark, to let light and air into the ark. See the note about “cubit” in verse 15. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
6:16 xcyu rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וּ⁠פֶ֥תַח הַ⁠תֵּבָ֖ה בְּ⁠צִדָּ֣⁠הּ תָּשִׂ֑ים 1 “Also put/build a door in the side of the ark/boat.” or “Put/Build a door for the ark/boat in its side.” Some translations begin this sentence without a conjunction (“And” or “Also”). Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
6:16 pt7i תַּחְתִּיִּ֛ם שְׁנִיִּ֥ם וּ⁠שְׁלִשִׁ֖ים תַּֽעֲשֶֽׂ⁠הָ 1 “Make/Build a lower {deck/level}, a middle {deck/level}, and an upper {deck/level} {on the inside}.” or “{and} make/build a lower, second/middle, and third/upper story/floor {on the inside}.” or “{and} make/build three {complete} levels/floors {on the inside}.” Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here.
6:17 gjxs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns וַ⁠אֲנִ֗י הִנְ⁠נִי֩ 1 “Behold/Listen, I myself” or “Listen {carefully} to me: I”. In the Hebrew text, the pronoun “I” is emphatic, both by its form and by its position at the beginning of the sentence. Consider what is the best way to communicate that emphasis in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
6:17 ipl7 מֵבִ֨יא עַל הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “am going to bring/send a flood on/over the {whole/entire} earth” or “am going to flood the {whole/entire} earth {with water}”
6:17 lkym לְ⁠שַׁחֵ֣ת 1 “{in order} to destroy” or “which will destroy”. See how you translated “destroy” in verse 13.
6:17 cskc כָּל בָּשָׂ֗ר 1 “all the creatures/beings” or “every creature” or “every living thing”. This phrase is general here and includes people and animals, so you may need to translate the phrase differently here from what you did earlier in verses 12-13 (where the focus seems to be on people).
6:17 wwec אֲשֶׁר בּ⁠וֹ֙ ר֣וּחַ חַיִּ֔ים 1 “that breathe/breathes {air}”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 1:30.
6:17 jqbz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure מִ⁠תַּ֖חַת הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם 1 “from under the sky.” It may be clearer to put this phrase earlier in this sentence and say, “to destroy every living thing under the heavens/sky that has the breath of life in it.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
6:17 o6ky כֹּ֥ל אֲשֶׁר בָּ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 “{As a result,} every {living} thing/being that {is/lives} on land“
6:17 f07y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יִגְוָֽע 1 “will breathe out {its last breath}!” or “will die/perish!” The verb “expire” (which could also be translated “exhale” or “breathe out”) is used here as an idiom that means “die”. Consider whether your language has a similar or different idiom that would work well here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
6:18 dkie rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠הֲקִמֹתִ֥י 1 “But/However I will make/institute” or “But/However I will set up”. The word “establish” means to deliberately and formally put something into effect. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
6:18 s3cm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms אֶת בְּרִיתִ֖⁠י אִתָּ֑⁠ךְ 1 “a covenant between me and you,” or “a {special/peace} agreement between me and you,” This covenant is made up of the unconditional, unbreakable promises that God made to Noah (and all mankind and all other living things) in Genesis 8:2-9:17. The word “testament” is another word for “covenant,” so the way you translate “covenant” here could be similar to the way you translate the titles “Old Testament” and “New Testament.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
6:18 edeh וּ⁠בָאתָ֙ אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָ֔ה 1 “so you must enter the ark/boat,” or “so you must get on board the ark/boat,”
6:18 sxiu אַתָּ֕ה וּ⁠בָנֶ֛י⁠ךָ וְ⁠אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֥ וּ⁠נְשֵֽׁי בָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ אִתָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 “and {take} your sons, your wife, and your sons wives with you.” or “and {take} with you your wife, your sons, and their wives.”
6:19 g341 וּ⁠מִ⁠כָּל הָ֠⁠חַי מִֽ⁠כָּל בָּשָׂ֞ר שְׁנַ֧יִם מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל תָּבִ֥יא אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָ֖ה 1 “Also, from every {kind of} living creature, {yes,} from every {kind of} animal, you must bring/take two/pairs of each {kind} into the ark/boat” or “You must also bring/take into the ark/boat two/pairs of every {kind of} living creature, including every {kind of} animal,”
6:19 e4sw לְ⁠הַחֲיֹ֣ת אִתָּ֑⁠ךְ 1 “{in order} to keep {them} alive with you.” or “so that they stay alive with you.”
6:19 ew4s זָכָ֥ר וּ⁠נְקֵבָ֖ה יִֽהְיֽוּ 1 “They must be male and female {pairs}.” or “Each pair must have/include a/one male and a/one female.” or “Make sure that there are male and female {pairs} {of each kind}.”
6:20 tuxp מֵ⁠הָ⁠ע֣וֹף לְ⁠מִינֵ֗⁠הוּ 1 “{Males and females} from/of every kind of bird,”
6:20 li2p וּ⁠מִן הַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙ לְ⁠מִינָ֔⁠הּ 1 “and from/of {every} kind of animal,”
6:20 tymx מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל רֶ֥מֶשׂ הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֖ה לְ⁠מִינֵ֑⁠הוּ 1 “including every kind of creature that moves/lives on the ground/land,” This phrase emphasizes that the birds and animals mentioned in the first half of this verse lived on land.
6:20 aqyo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure שְׁנַ֧יִם מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל יָבֹ֥אוּ אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “two/pairs of every kind {of animal} will come to you” or “two/pairs of each kind {of animal} will come to you”. For some languages it is more natural to change the order of clauses in this sentence and say, “Two/Pairs of every kind of bird and every kind of animal, including every kind of creature that moves on the ground, will come to you” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
6:20 gcv1 לְ⁠הַֽחֲיֽוֹת 1 “to keep {them} alive {on/in the ark/boat}.” or “{into the ark} so that they stay alive.” or “so that you keep them alive {in the ark/boat}.”
6:21 hpvn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular וְ⁠אַתָּ֣ה 1 “You” or “You {and your family}”. Although the pronoun “you” is singular in the Hebrew text in verse 21, it could be translated as plural, since Gods instructions apply to Noah and his family, not just Noah. Or you could make his family explicit. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
6:21 wvi8 קַח 1 “must {also} {gather and} take/bring” or “must {also} gather”
6:21 kcf9 מִ⁠כָּל מַֽאֲכָל֙ 1 “every {kind of} food” or “all the different kinds of food”
6:21 foah אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֵֽאָכֵ֔ל 1 “that people and animals eat” or “that you and {all} the animals/creatures will need”
6:21 p7aq וְ⁠אָסַפְתָּ֖ אֵלֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “and store/stockpile/put it {on the ark/boat} with you,”
6:21 klow וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה לְ⁠אָכְלָֽה 1 “This/That will be the food supply” or “so that there will be {enough} food”. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here.
6:21 b77w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular לְ⁠ךָ֛ 1 “for you {and your family}”. Consider again how you translated the pronoun “you” in this verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
6:21 e3n9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠לָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 “and for {all} the animals.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
6:22 gvtb וַ⁠יַּ֖עַשׂ נֹ֑חַ 1 “So, {that is what} Noah did;” or “Noah did {all of that}”. Some translations begin verse 22 without a conjunction. Do what is best in your language.
6:22 jpgk כְּ֠⁠כֹל אֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֥ה אֹת֛⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִ֖ים כֵּ֥ן עָשָֽׂה 1 “he did everything just/exactly as God had commanded/told him {to do}.”
7:intro n23k 0 # Genesis 07 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nIn this chapter, the author continues his pattern of statements that summarize events already described, and of repeating events that have already happened. Again, careful translation is necessary so that readers do not think that the same events happened more than one time in the story. Special attention in this regard should be given to 7:5,10,13, and 17.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Clean animals and birds\n\nNoah sacrificed to Yahweh some of the “clean” animals and birds that he had with him (8:20). These were animals and birds that the Hebrew people would later consider to be fit to eat and to sacrifice to God. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])\n\n### Water underneath and over the earth\n\nThe flood is presented as occurring because of rain pouring out of the sky and because of seawater rising from under the earth. This is because the ancient Hebrews pictured the earth as resting on top of the sea. They also pictured the sky as containing water above the earth that poured down through windows in the sky when God allowed it to rain. Translators should not try to change this picture in order to suit what readers believe about the world. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
2023-02-02 01:27:06 +00:00
7:1 k23r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ 1 “Then {after they had finished building the boat,} Yahweh” or “{When/After the ark/boat was finished,} Yahweh”. For some languages it may be necessary to make it explicit that the boat was completed before Yahweh told Noah to enter it. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:1 aoii rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר לְ⁠נֹ֔חַ 1 “told/commanded Noah,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
7:1 hvzy בֹּֽא אַתָּ֥ה וְ⁠כָל בֵּיתְ⁠ךָ֖ אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָ֑ה 1 “Enter/Board the ark/boat, along with your entire family,” or “You and your entire household/family must go/get into the ark/boat,” See how you translated “ark/boat” in Gen 6:14-16.
7:1 el0w כִּֽי רָאִ֛יתִי 1 “because I have found” or “because I see/know”
7:1 cg2s אֹתְ⁠ךָ֥ צַדִּ֥יק 1 “that you {alone} {are}” or “that you {are} {the only one who is}”. In the Hebrew text, the pronoun “you” is emphasized to show that Noah was the only one who was righteous.
7:1 ec16 צַדִּ֥יק 1 “upright” or “living righteously/rightly” or “living the right way”. See how you translated “righteous” in Gen 6:9.
7:1 ifig לְ⁠פָנַ֖⁠י 1 “in my sight/eyes/opinion” or “according to my standards”
7:1 jbhc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בַּ⁠דּ֥וֹר הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 “among the people living today.” For some languages it may be more natural to put this phrase earlier in this verse and say, “...you {are} {the only one} among the people living today {who is} righteous in my sight.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
7:2 plj4 מִ⁠כֹּ֣ל הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֣ה הַ⁠טְּהוֹרָ֗ה 1 “From every {kind of} pure animal” or “From every {kind of} animal that is acceptable to sacrifice”. It may be necessary to include a footnote that explains the concept of clean and unclean animals: In the Bible a “clean animal” was an animal that was acceptable to be sacrificed to God or to be eaten, and an “unclean animal” was one that could not be sacrificed or eaten; it does not refer to how clean the animal was physically. Later Moses wrote down the laws about clean and unclean animals in the book of Leviticus.
7:2 f83c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular תִּֽקַּח לְ⁠ךָ֛ 1 “bring with you”. The pronoun “you” is singular in the Hebrew text, but could be translated as a plural to include Noahs family. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
7:2 mvwj שִׁבְעָ֥ה שִׁבְעָ֖ה אִ֣ישׁ וְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “seven male and female pairs”. See how you translated “male and female” in Gen 6:19.
7:2 lwul וּ⁠מִן הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֡ה אֲ֠שֶׁר לֹ֣א טְהֹרָ֥ה 1 “and from {every kind of} unclean/impure animal” or “and from {every kind of} animal that is not acceptable to sacrifice”
7:2 wv9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure שְׁנַ֖יִם אִ֥ישׁ וְ⁠אִשְׁתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “{take} a/one male and female pair,” For some languages it may be better to change the order of the phrases in this sentence and say, “Take with you seven male and female pairs of every {kind of} clean/pure animal, and {one} male and female pair of {every kind of} unclean/impure animal,” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
7:3 oyjz גַּ֣ם 1 “{and} also” or “In addition,” or “Also,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
7:3 jjfy מֵ⁠ע֧וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֛יִם 1 “from {every kind/type of} bird {that flies} in the sky/air” or “from {every kind/type of} bird”
7:3 yls2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure שִׁבְעָ֥ה שִׁבְעָ֖ה זָכָ֣ר וּ⁠נְקֵבָ֑ה 1 “{take} seven male and female pairs”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 2. Also, for some languages it may be better to put this phrase earlier in this sentence and say, “Also {take} seven male and female pairs of {every kind of} bird {that flies} in the sky/air,...” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
7:3 y6qa לְ⁠חַיּ֥וֹת זֶ֖רַע 1 “so that {later} their offspring will live” or “so that {later} they will have offspring that will live”
7:3 pazh עַל פְּנֵ֥י כָל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “{and spread} all over the earth,” or “and/to repopulate the whole/entire earth,”
7:4 yy52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּי֩ 1 “{You must do that,} because” or “The reason {you must do that} is”. For many languages it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:4 dftv לְ⁠יָמִ֨ים ע֜וֹד שִׁבְעָ֗ה 1 “seven days from now/today”. The phrase, “seven more days” could be translated “another week” here and in verse 11. However, it is probably best to keep the number seven in the text in both places, especially since the number seven often signifies perfection or completion in the Bible, perhaps also here.
7:4 xtx7 אָֽנֹכִי֙ מַמְטִ֣יר 1 “I will make it rain {continuously}” or “I will send rain”
7:4 tldc עַל הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “{all} over the earth/world”
7:4 oj9l אַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֔וֹם וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִ֖ים לָ֑יְלָה 1 “{for} forty days and nights,” This refers to forty complete 24-hour days.
7:4 yy2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal וּ⁠מָחִ֗יתִי 1 “in order to” or “In that way, I will” or “That will”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
7:4 g4jc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וּ⁠מָחִ֗יתִי 1 “wash away” or “wipe/blot out” or “completely destroy”. See how you translated this idiom in Gen 6:7. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
7:4 r62g אֶֽת כָּל הַ⁠יְקוּם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשִׂ֔יתִי 1 “every living creature that I have made” or “all the living things/creatures that I have made”. See how you translated a similar phrase (“living creature”) in Gen 6:19.
7:4 ne24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure מֵ⁠עַ֖ל פְּנֵ֥י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָֽה 1 “off/from the surface of the earth.” or “off/from the earth/land.” It may be clearer to put this phrase earlier in the sentence and say, “in order to completely destroy from/off the ground/earth every living creature/thing that I have made.” Do what is best in your language. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 6:7. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
7:5 juaw וַ⁠יַּ֖עַשׂ נֹ֑חַ כְּ⁠כֹ֥ל אֲשֶׁר 1 “Then/So Noah did everything that” or “So Noah did everything {exactly} as”
7:5 jv8k צִוָּ֖⁠הוּ יְהוָֽה 1 “Yahweh had commanded/told him {to do}.” See how you translated Gen 6:22 which is similar to 7:5.
7:6 r7or rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers וְ⁠נֹ֕חַ בֶּן שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה וְ⁠הַ⁠מַּבּ֣וּל 1 “Noah/He was 600 years old when” or “When Noah was 600 years old,” See how you handled large numbers in Gen 5 and in Gen 6:3, and see the note about this at Gen 5:3. Also see how you translated the idiom “son of...years” in Gen 5:32. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
7:6 j0wg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠הַ⁠מַּבּ֣וּל הָיָ֔ה מַ֖יִם עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “the flood covered the earth.” or “the earth was covered/flooded with deep water.” For some languages it may be more natural to put this clause first in this sentence and say, “When the flood waters came on the earth, Noah was 600 years old.” Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “floodwaters” in Gen 6:17. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
7:7 xwa2 וַ⁠יָּ֣בֹא נֹ֗חַ וּ֠⁠בָנָי⁠ו וְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֧⁠וֹ וּ⁠נְשֵֽׁי בָנָ֛י⁠ו אִתּ֖⁠וֹ אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָ֑ה 1 “{That is when} Noah/he and his wife, and his sons and their wives, went together into the ark/boat”. Noah and his family entered the ark on the same day that the floodwaters started coming (see verses 11-13). See how you translated a similar list of people in Gen 6:18.
7:7 tiry מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י 1 “because of” or “to escape from” or “to keep them safe from” or “so that they would not die in”
7:7 go2s מֵ֥י הַ⁠מַּבּֽוּל 1 “the floodwaters.” or “the flood.”
7:8 tg96 מִן הַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙ הַ⁠טְּהוֹרָ֔ה וּ⁠מִן הַ֨⁠בְּהֵמָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֵינֶ֖נָּ⁠ה טְהֹרָ֑ה 1 “{Also,} {every kind of} clean animal and {every kind of} unclean animal”. See how you translated “clean” and “unclean” animals in verse 2.
7:8 wqej וּ⁠מִ֨ן הָ⁠ע֔וֹף 1 “and {every kind of} bird,”
7:8 ca9u וְ⁠כֹ֥ל אֲשֶׁר רֹמֵ֖שׂ עַל הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָֽה 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean (1) “including every {kind of} creature/animal that moves/lives on land” or “which includes every {kind of} creature/animal that moves/lives on land“. According to this interpretation, the rest of verse 8 emphasizes that the clean and unclean animals and birds (verses 2-3, 8) were all creatures that lived on land (which are the creatures that the flood affected). (2) “as well as every {kind of} creature/animal that crawls/creeps along the ground”. According to this interpretation, the rest of verse 8 refers to a fourth category of creatures besides the clean animals, unclean animals, and birds.
7:9 nob2 שְׁנַ֨יִם שְׁנַ֜יִם בָּ֧אוּ אֶל נֹ֛חַ אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָ֖ה 1 “came to Noah in pairs {and came/went} into the ark/boat,” or “came in pairs and entered the ark/boat with Noah,”
7:9 nt73 זָכָ֣ר וּ⁠נְקֵבָ֑ה 1 “{They were} male and female pairs,” or “Each pair had one male and one female,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
7:9 vu6n כַּֽ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר צִוָּ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶת נֹֽחַ 1 “which was exactly what God had commanded/told Noah/him {to take/bring along}.”
7:10 e3k7 וַֽ⁠יְהִ֖י 1 “So it happened {that}” or “Then”. This phrase focuses attention on an important event (the beginning of the flood), and it builds suspense so that readers and listeners wonder what will happen next.
7:10 v4ou rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְ⁠שִׁבְעַ֣ת הַ⁠יָּמִ֑ים 1 “when the seven days {that God had spoken about} had passed,” or “after seven days,” This phrase refers to the seven days which God talked about in verse 4. It does not mean seven days after Noah and the animals went into the ark (verses 7-9); they went into the ark on the same day that the flood started (verse 13). Translate the beginning of this sentence in a way that makes that clear. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:10 vud7 וּ⁠מֵ֣י הַ⁠מַּבּ֔וּל הָי֖וּ עַל 1 “the floodwaters started to come on/over” or “water started to flood/cover”
7:10 d4xi הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “the {entire/whole} earth.”
7:11 h4ya rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal שָׁנָה֙ לְ⁠חַיֵּי נֹ֔חַ 1 “When Noah was 600 years old,” Compare how you translated Noahs age in verse 6. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
7:11 e0a6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בַּ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י בְּ⁠שִׁבְעָֽה עָשָׂ֥ר י֖וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 “on the seventeenth day of the second month {of the year},” For some languages it is more natural to switch the phrase order and say which day it is before giving the month. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
7:11 qs0m בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה 1 “on that {same/very} day” or “that is the day when”
7:11 k61q כָּֽל מַעְיְנֹת֙ 1 “all the springs” or “all the {underground} water sources”
7:11 v29r מַעְיְנֹת֙ תְּה֣וֹם רַבָּ֔ה 1 “in the deep ocean”
7:11 dtni rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure נִבְקְעוּ֙ 1 “split/ripped open,” or “started gushing/pouring out water,” For some languages it may be more natural to put this phrase earlier and say, “water started gushing/pouring out of all the fountains/springs in the deep ocean,” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
7:11 d3i9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠אֲרֻבֹּ֥ת הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֖יִם נִפְתָּֽחוּ 1 “and {all} the windows/floodgates in the heavens/sky were opened {by God},” or “{God also caused} the water in the heavens/sky to start coming/pouring down, as if he had opened {huge} windows/floodgates/faucets {in the heavens/sky},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:12 uyzz וַֽ⁠יְהִ֥י הַ⁠גֶּ֖שֶׁם 1 “so that {torrential/heavy} rain fell/poured {continuously}” or “so that it rained {continuously}”
7:12 gvln עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “{all} over the earth”
7:12 itlr אַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֔וֹם וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִ֖ים לָֽיְלָה 1 “{for} forty days and nights.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 4.
7:13 enc3 בְּ⁠עֶ֨צֶם הַ⁠יּ֤וֹם הַ⁠זֶּה֙ 1 “{So it was/happened that} on the {very} same day {that the flood/rain started},” This is the same day that is mentioned in verse 11, when the flood started. Verses 13-16 repeat what happened, in order to emphasize it. Make sure that a translation does not sound like this is the second (or third) time that Noah and his family and the animals entered the ark.
7:13 m0hx נֹ֔חַ וְ⁠שֵׁם וְ⁠חָ֥ם וָ⁠יֶ֖פֶת בְּנֵי נֹ֑חַ וְ⁠אֵ֣שֶׁת נֹ֗חַ וּ⁠שְׁלֹ֧שֶׁת נְשֵֽׁי בָנָ֛י⁠ו אִתָּ֖⁠ם 1 “Noah and his sons, Shem, Ham, and Japheth, along with his wife and his sons three wives {all}” or “Noah and his wife and his/their sons, Shem, Ham, and Japheth, and their three wives {all}”. See how you translated a similar sentence in verse 7.
7:13 q42f בָּ֣א אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָֽה 1 “entered/boarded the ark/boat,”
7:14 u7hi הֵ֜מָּה וְ⁠כָל 1 “They had/took with them”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
7:14 qs6f וְ⁠כָל הַֽ⁠חַיָּ֣ה לְ⁠מִינָ֗⁠הּ וְ⁠כָל 1 In the Hebrew text this phrase is ambiguous. It can mean (1) “every kind of living thing/creature, including” (2) “every kind of wild animal, and”. The animal groups listed in verse 14 show that every kind of animal was to be brought onto the ark. Your language may have a different way of grouping animals. Make sure it is clear in your translation of this verse that all the different kinds of birds and land animals are included.
7:14 nbh7 וְ⁠כָל הַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙ לְ⁠מִינָ֔⁠הּ 1 “every kind of livestock,” or “every kind of domestic/tame animal,”
7:14 cm34 וְ⁠כָל הָ⁠רֶ֛מֶשׂ הָ⁠רֹמֵ֥שׂ עַל הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ לְ⁠מִינֵ֑⁠הוּ 1 In the Hebrew text, this phrase is ambiguous. It can mean (1) “and every {other} kind of creature/animal that moves/lives on the earth/land,” which seems to fit this context best. (2) “and every kind of creature/animal that crawls on the ground,”
7:14 hfxm וְ⁠כָל הָ⁠ע֣וֹף לְ⁠מִינֵ֔⁠הוּ כֹּ֖ל צִפּ֥וֹר כָּל כָּנָֽף 1 “and every kind of bird {and} everything {else} that has wings.” or “and every kind of bird {and} every {other} {kind of} creature that flies.” This phrase probably refers not only to birds, but also to other creatures that have wings and fly, such as bats and insects.
7:15 an75 וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥אוּ אֶל נֹ֖חַ אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָ֑ה ר֥וּחַ 1 “They came to Noah {and went/came} into the ark,” or “They entered the ark with Noah,” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 9.
7:15 ob0n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche שְׁנַ֤יִם שְׁנַ֨יִם֙ מִ⁠כָּל הַ⁠בָּשָׂ֔ר 1 “pairs of every {kind of} creature/animal” or “pairs of every {kind of} living thing/creature”. The word “flesh” refers here to any kind of creature or animal. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
7:15 kzj8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure הַ⁠תֵּבָ֑ה אֲשֶׁר בּ֖⁠וֹ ר֥וּחַ חַיִּֽים 1 “that breathes {air}.” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 6:17. For some languages it may be better to change the order of the clauses in this verse and say, “Pairs of every {kind of} living thing that breathes {air} came to Noah {and went} into the boat.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
7:16 ihzf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּאִ֗ים 1 “The pairs/animals that went/came into {the ark/boat}” or “Those animals”. Consider whether it is better in your language to use “went” or “came” here. Also consider again how you translated “went” in verses 7, 9, 13, and 15. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
7:16 oj6d זָכָ֨ר וּ⁠נְקֵבָ֤ה 1 “{were} male and female {pairs}”
7:16 wggh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche מִ⁠כָּל בָּשָׂר֙ 1 “from/of every {kind of} creature/animal,” or “from/of every {kind of} living thing,” See how you translated “all flesh” in verse 15. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
7:16 an9a בָּ֔אוּ כַּֽ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר צִוָּ֥ה אֹת֖⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 “which was exactly what God had commanded him/Noah {to take/bring along}.” See how you translated “just as God commanded him” in verse 9.
7:16 f2rm וַ⁠יִּסְגֹּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה 1 “After that, Yahweh” or “Then {after they were all inside,} Yahweh”
7:16 blj8 וַ⁠יִּסְגֹּ֥ר בַּֽעֲדֽ⁠וֹ 1 “shut them in.” or “shut/closed the door {of the ark/boat} behind him/them.”
7:17 z3pc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential וַֽ⁠יְהִ֧י הַ⁠מַּבּ֛וּל 1 “Then/And the floodwaters/water” or “After that the floodwaters/water”. Some translations do not include a conjunction here. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
7:17 myhs וַֽ⁠יְהִ֧י 1 “kept coming” or “kept getting deeper and deeper”. Notice that verses 17-20 talk about the forty days and nights that the flood kept getting deeper and deeper.
7:17 g7fx עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “{all} over the earth”
7:17 xy2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אַרְבָּעִ֥ים י֖וֹם 1 “{for} forty days {and forty nights},” For some languages it may be more natural to put this time phrase first in this sentence and say, “{For} forty days {and forty nights} the flood kept getting deeper and deeper {all} over the earth,” Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated this phrase in verse 12. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
7:17 nndw וַ⁠יִּרְבּ֣וּ הַ⁠מַּ֗יִם וַ⁠יִּשְׂאוּ֙ 1 “and as the water level rose,” or “As the water got deeper and deeper”
7:17 xs45 וַ⁠יִּשְׂאוּ֙ אֶת הַ⁠תֵּבָ֔ה וַ⁠תָּ֖רָם מֵ⁠עַ֥ל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “it lifted up the ark/boat so that it floated {on the water} {high} above the earth/ground.” or “it made the ark/boat lift/rise up off the ground and float.”
7:18 dkud rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠יִּגְבְּר֥וּ הַ⁠מַּ֛יִם 1 “So the floodwaters” or “Yes, the floodwaters/water” or “The floodwaters/water”. Verse 18 repeats some of verse 17 to emphasize what happened. Some translations do not include the conjunction (“And”) here. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
7:18 cwo5 וַ⁠יִּגְבְּר֥וּ וַ⁠יִּרְבּ֥וּ מְאֹ֖ד 1 “continued to rise and get much deeper/higher”
7:18 tfc3 עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “{all} over the earth/world,”
7:18 utly וַ⁠תֵּ֥לֶךְ הַ⁠תֵּבָ֖ה 1 “but/while the ark/boat” or “so that the ark/boat”
7:18 hn5a וַ⁠תֵּ֥לֶךְ 1 “floated {safely}” or “moved/drifted {about/along}”
7:18 daf9 עַל פְּנֵ֥י הַ⁠מָּֽיִם 1 “on the surface of the water.” or “on top of the water.” or “on the water.”
7:19 cjmw וְ⁠הַ⁠מַּ֗יִם גָּֽבְר֛וּ מְאֹ֥ד מְאֹ֖ד עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ וַ⁠יְכֻסּ֗וּ 1 “At last, the waters became very deep on/over the earth/world, so that” or “Eventually the water became so high/deep on/over the earth/world that”
7:19 sfrb כָּל הֶֽ⁠הָרִים֙ הַ⁠גְּבֹהִ֔ים 1 “{even} all the highest mountains”
7:19 jvbk אֲשֶׁר תַּ֖חַת כָּל הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם 1 “everywhere under the sky”
7:19 p6av וַ⁠יְכֻסּ֗וּ 1 “were covered {with/by water}.” or “were submerged {in/under water}.” or “were under water.” For some languages it is better to use an active form of the verb here and say, “Eventually the water became so deep on the earth that it {even} covered all the highest mountains under the entire sky.” Do what is best in your language. (figs-activepassive)
7:20 yd7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance חֲמֵ֨שׁ עֶשְׂרֵ֤ה אַמָּה֙ מִ⁠לְ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה גָּבְר֖וּ הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 “{In fact,} the water rose {at least} seven meters above {the tops of} the {highest} mountains,” or “{In fact,} the {highest} mountain tops were covered with/by {at least} twenty-two feet of water,” See how you translated “cubits” in Gen 6:15-16. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
7:20 fey4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יְכֻסּ֖וּ הֶ⁠הָרִֽים 1 “so that they”. Consider whether it is better in your language to use a noun or a pronoun here to refer to the mountains. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
7:20 aidy וַ⁠יְכֻסּ֖וּ 1 “were {completely} covered {with/by water}.” or “were {completely} submerged {in/under water}.” or “were {completely} under water.” See how you translated “were covered” in verse 19. (figs-activepassive)
7:21 j1r4 וַ⁠יִּגְוַ֞ע כָּל בָּשָׂ֣ר 1 “Then all the creatures/beings” or “Then every creature” or “Then every living thing”. This phrase refers to everything listed in verse 21, including people. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 6:17.
7:21 jg81 הָ⁠רֹמֵ֣שׂ עַל הָ⁠אָ֗רֶץ 1 “that moved/lived on the ground” or “that lived on land”
7:21 dnqo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּגְוַ֞ע 1 “breathed out {its last breath},“ or “died/perished,” See how you translated this idiom in Gen 6:17. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
7:21 f05w בָּ⁠ע֤וֹף 1 “That included”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
7:21 wh52 בָּ⁠ע֤וֹף וּ⁠בַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙ 1 “{all} the birds, the livestock,” or “{all} the birds, the domestic/tame animals,”
7:21 zw53 וּ⁠בַ֣⁠חַיָּ֔ה 1 In the Hebrew text this phrase is ambiguous. It can mean (1) “and the {other} living things/creatures” (2) “and the wild animals”
7:21 edpc וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖רֶץ הַ⁠שֹּׁרֵ֣ץ עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “including every {kind of} creature/animal that lived in large groups/numbers on the earth,”
7:21 q5y5 וְ⁠כֹ֖ל הָ⁠אָדָֽם 1 “in addition to all the human beings.” or “as well as all the people.”
7:22 vfi8 כֹּ֡ל אֲשֶׁר֩ נִשְׁמַת ר֨וּחַ חַיִּ֜ים בְּ⁠אַפָּ֗י⁠ו 1 “Every living creature/thing that breathed air”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 15.
7:22 impv מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר בֶּ⁠חָֽרָבָ֖ה מֵֽתוּ 1 “and was/lived on dry land died.”
7:23 pnzv וַ⁠יִּ֜מַח 1 “That is how Yahweh” or “In that way, Yahweh”
7:23 mudq וַ⁠יִּ֜מַח 1 “washed away” or “blotted out” or “completely destroyed”. See how you translated this idiom in verse 4.
7:23 k1dj אֶֽת כָּל הַ⁠יְק֣וּם 1 “every living creature” or “all living things/creatures”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 4.
7:23 lthw אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל פְּנֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֗ה 1 “that {was/lived} on the surface of the earth,” or “that {were/lived} on the earth/land,” See how you translated “the surface of the ground” in verse 4.
7:23 sgaj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms מֵ⁠אָדָ֤ם 1 “including {all} mankind/people”. See how you translated “mankind” in verse 21. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
7:23 fnpu עַד בְּהֵמָה֙ עַד רֶ֨מֶשׂ֙ 1 “and {all} the livestock and {all the other} creatures/animals that moved/lived {on the ground/land}” or “and {all} the animals, including smaller creatures/animals that crawl/move {on/along the ground}”
7:23 qtlr וְ⁠עַד ע֣וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם 1 “and also the birds {that flew} in the sky.” or “and also the birds.” Some languages leave out the phrase “of the sky” because it is not natural. Do what is best in your language.
7:23 ugs2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּמָּח֖וּ מִן הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “{All of} them were {completely} wiped/washed off the earth {by Yahweh/God},” or “He/God completely destroyed them all from the earth,” or “Yes, he/God completely destroyed everything {that lived} on the earth,” See how you translated “wipe...off” in verse 4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
7:23 sm4h וַ⁠יִשָּׁ֧אֶר אַךְ נֹ֛חַ וַֽ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר 1 “so that only Noah was left/still alive, along with” or “so that the only ones who were left/still alive were Noah and” or “Only Noah survived, along with”. Some translations leave out the first conjunction and begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
7:23 qord וַֽ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר אִתּ֖⁠וֹ בַּ⁠תֵּבָֽה 1 “his family and the animals that were with him/them in the ark/boat.”
7:24 eei0 וַ⁠יִּגְבְּר֥וּ הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם 1 “The floodwaters” or “{Deep} water”
7:24 j5a8 וַ⁠יִּגְבְּר֥וּ עַל 1 “continued to flood/cover” or “stayed/remained deep/high over”
7:24 p4ot rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת יֽוֹם 1 “the {entire} earth/world {for} 150 days.” See how you handled a large number in verse 6. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
8:intro z61w 0 # Genesis 08 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 8:22, which is part of what Yahweh was telling Noah.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Flood waters\nThe waters receded after this great flood. Because there was so much water, and it came from God, it is described in a unique way.\n\n### The mountains of Ararat\nIt is unclear where Ararat was located. Many people believe it is located in the modern country of Turkey.
2023-02-02 01:27:06 +00:00
8:1 vjhe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּזְכֹּ֤ר אֱלֹהִים֙ 1 “God kept in mind” or “But God did not forget” or “God never forgot”. The phrase “God remembered” is an idiom in the Bible that often means God was paying special attention to certain people and was about to do something. Make sure that the way you translate this phrase does not imply that God had forgotten about Noah. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
8:1 yash rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶת נֹ֔חַ 1 “Noah {and his family}”. Noah is the one that the author is focusing on here, but Noahs family is also included. Consider whether or not you need to make that explicit in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:1 zvki וְ⁠אֵ֤ת כָּל הַֽ⁠חַיָּה֙ וְ⁠אֶת 1 In the Hebrew text this phrase is ambiguous. It can mean (1) “and all the wild animals and” (2) “and all the creatures/animals, including”. See how you translated “living thing” in Gen 7:14.
8:1 ujic rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כָּל הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אִתּ֖⁠וֹ בַּ⁠תֵּבָ֑ה 1 “all the domestic/tame animals that {were} with him/them in the ark/boat,” Some translations combine this phrase with the previous phrase and say, “and all the animals, both wild and tame/domestic, that {were} with him/them in the ark/boat.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
8:1 vu2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יַּעֲבֵ֨ר אֱלֹהִ֥ים 1 “and he” or “So God/he”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
8:1 onwd וַ⁠יַּעֲבֵ֨ר ר֨וּחַ֙ עַל 1 “caused/sent a wind to blow over” or “sent a wind over”
8:1 ruy7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “{the water that was covering/over} the earth,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8:1 u9g1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יָּשֹׁ֖כּוּ הַ⁠מָּֽיִם 1 “so that the floodwaters/water” or “so that the water {level}” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
8:1 y6v8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יָּשֹׁ֖כּוּ 1 “{started to} recede/decrease.” or “{started to} go down.” Notice that the floodwaters did not go all the way down until verse 14, so the way you translate this word here should allow for that. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:2 u995 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּסָּֽכְרוּ֙ מַעְיְנֹ֣ת תְּה֔וֹם וַֽ⁠אֲרֻבֹּ֖ת הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם 1 “{He also caused} the fountains/springs in the deep {ocean} to stop {gushing out water}, and {he caused} the rain/water to stop pouring from the sky,” or “{God/He also} stopped the water from {gushing out of} springs/places at the bottom of the ocean, and the rain from pouring/coming from the heavens/sky,” See how you translated some of the same words and phrases in Gen 7:11. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:2 q4gv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּכָּלֵ֥א הַ⁠גֶּ֖שֶׁם מִן הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם 1 “so that rain stopped falling/coming from the sky.” or “so that it stopped raining.” Consider whether it is better in your language to use an active or a passive verb here, and in the previous clause. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:3 kqse וַ⁠יָּשֻׁ֧בוּ הַ⁠מַּ֛יִם הָל֣וֹךְ וָ⁠שׁ֑וֹב 1 “Then the floodwaters/water steadily/gradually went down”
8:3 fmzv מֵ⁠עַ֥ל הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 “from {the surface of} the land/ground,”
8:3 vzel וַ⁠יַּחְסְר֣וּ מִ⁠קְצֵ֕ה חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת יֽוֹם 1 “so that after the 150 days {had passed},” or “After the 150 days {had passed},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also make sure it is clear in your translation that the 150 days mentioned here in Gen 8:3 are the same 150 days mentioned in Gen 7:24, not two different periods of time.
8:3 rxcd הַ⁠מַּ֛יִם 1 “the water {level}” or “it”. Make sure the way you translate this phrase fits with the way you translated the beginning of the verse.
8:3 dw9j וַ⁠יַּחְסְר֣וּ 1 “had gone down,” or “had subsided,”
8:4 aqon rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠תָּ֤נַח 1 “so {much/far/low} that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
8:4 w92a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י בְּ⁠שִׁבְעָה עָשָׂ֥ר י֖וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 “on the seventeenth day of the seventh month {of the year},” See how you translated a similar time phrase in Gen 7:11. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
8:4 fvzr וַ⁠תָּ֤נַח הַ⁠תֵּבָה֙ 1 “the ark/boat came to rest” or “the ark/boat settled/landed”
8:4 xogo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche עַ֖ל הָרֵ֥י 1 “on a mountain” or “on {one of} the mountains”. The ark landed on one mountain in a mountain range. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
8:4 agk1 הָרֵ֥י אֲרָרָֽט 1 “in {the land/region of} Ararat.” or “in the Ararat mountain range.”
8:5 zz83 וְ⁠הַ⁠מַּ֗יִם 1 “Then the water/floodwaters” or “The water/floodwaters”
8:5 x2pm הָיוּ֙ הָל֣וֹךְ וְ⁠חָס֔וֹר 1 “continued to go down/away” or “kept decreasing/subsiding”. See how you translated “decreased” in verse 3.
8:5 ao6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure עַ֖ד הַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָֽ⁠עֲשִׂירִ֑י בָּֽ⁠עֲשִׂירִי֙ בְּ⁠אֶחָ֣ד לַ⁠חֹ֔דֶשׁ 1 “until the tenth month {of the year}. On the first day of that month,” or “until on the first {day} of the tenth month {of the year},” See how you translated a similar time phrase in verse 4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
8:5 de4l רָאשֵׁ֥י הֶֽ⁠הָרִֽים 1 “the peaks of the {surrounding} mountains” or “the mountaintops”
8:5 gs9e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נִרְא֖וּ 1 “could be seen {above the water} {by Noah}.” or “became visible {above the water}.” or “appeared {above the surface of the water}.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:6 dbs8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַֽ⁠יְהִ֕י מִ⁠קֵּ֖ץ אַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֑וֹם וַ⁠יִּפְתַּ֣ח 1 “After forty {more} days {had passed},” The phrase “Then it happened” focuses attention on what happens next, and it builds suspense so that readers and listeners wonder what the outcome will be. Some translations leave this phrase out, but that loses some of the suspense. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
8:6 cff8 וַ⁠יִּפְתַּ֣ח נֹ֔חַ אֶת חַלּ֥וֹן 1 “Noah opened a window”. It is not clear when Noah made this window. It may refer to the opening around the top of the walls of the ark (Gen 6:16) or a different window that he made sometime later.
8:6 l2kv אֶת חַלּ֥וֹן הַ⁠תֵּבָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָֽׂה 1 “that he had made in the ark/boat,”
8:7 x995 וַ⁠יְשַׁלַּ֖ח 1 “and he released” or “and he set free”
8:7 wdl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknowns אֶת הָֽ⁠עֹרֵ֑ב 1 “{a large black bird called} a raven”. A raven is a large, black scavenger bird that eats whatever it finds, including dead animals. If the people in your language area are not familiar with ravens, you could make a comparison to a similar bird that they are familiar with and say, “a large black bird {like a...}” Or you could include a footnote that explains what a raven is. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknowns]])
8:7 yjbk וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֤א יָצוֹא֙ 1 “but it” or “which”
8:7 ncnh וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֤א יָצוֹא֙ וָ⁠שׁ֔וֹב 1 “kept/continued flying back and forth {outside the ark/boat}” or “kept flying around {outside the ark/boat}”
8:7 e1go עַד הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם 1 “until the water/floodwaters”
8:7 r082 יְבֹ֥שֶׁת מֵ⁠עַ֥ל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “had dried up {more} from the ground/land.” This phrase refers to the ground/land (as verse 8 confirms), not the entire planet.
8:8 xr9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וַ⁠יְשַׁלַּ֥ח 1 “Then/Meanwhile he/Noah”. The events in verse 8 happened while the raven was still flying back and forth (verse 7). Consider what conjunction best communicates that in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
8:8 orqj וַ⁠יְשַׁלַּ֥ח 1 “{also} sent out” or “{also} released”
8:8 ijuq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֶת הַ⁠יּוֹנָ֖ה מֵ⁠אִתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “a dove that was with him” or “a dove from the ark” or “a {small bird called a} dove”. A dove is a small, white or gray bird that makes a cooing sound. If doves are unknown in your language area, you could make a comparison to a similar bird they are familiar with and say, “a small white/gray bird {like a...}” Or you could include a footnote that explains what a dove is. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
8:8 c4yx לִ⁠רְאוֹת֙ הֲ⁠קַ֣לּוּ 1 “to find out if/whether”
8:8 i0ff הַ⁠מַּ֔יִם 1 “the floodwaters/water”
8:8 nc8d הֲ⁠קַ֣לּוּ 1 “had gone down” or “had receded”
8:8 zx1c מֵ⁠עַ֖ל פְּנֵ֥י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָֽה 1 “from the surface of the land.” or “from the ground/land.”
8:9 mgxp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠לֹֽא הַ⁠יּוֹנָ֨ה 1 “But it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
8:9 bouj וְ⁠לֹֽא מָצְאָה֩ 1 “could not find” or “was not able to find”
8:9 fpmf מָנ֜וֹחַ לְ⁠כַף רַגְלָ֗⁠הּ 1 “anywhere to land/perch and rest,” In Hebrew the word “dove” is grammatically a feminine noun (for both male and female doves), so some translations say “her feet...she returned...” here. For languages such as English that do not assign grammatical gender to nouns, it is more accurate to use “its” and “it” here, because it is not known whether this dove was male or female. Do what is best in your language.
8:9 z0lc וַ⁠תָּ֤שָׁב 1 “So/Then it” or “So/Then the dove”
8:9 okue וַ⁠תָּ֤שָׁב אֵלָי⁠ו֙ אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָ֔ה 1 “flew back to him/Noah in/at the ark/boat,”
8:9 g9b8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּי מַ֖יִם עַל פְּנֵ֣י כָל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “because water was {still} covering the entire earth/world.” Some languages may have to switch the clause order in this verse and say, “But water was {still} covering the entire earth/world, so the dove did/could not find a resting place for its feet. Then it returned to Noah at the boat, and he/Noah reached...” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
8:9 k23d וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֤ח 1 “Then/So he/Noah” or “and he/Noah”
8:9 eyin וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֤ח יָד⁠וֹ֙ וַ⁠יִּקָּחֶ֔⁠הָ וַ⁠יָּבֵ֥א אֹתָ֛⁠הּ 1 “reached out, caught it, and brought it”
8:9 hq6l אֵלָ֖י⁠ו אֶל הַ⁠תֵּבָֽה 1 “{back} to himself in the ark/boat.” or “{back} into the ark/boat.”
8:10 y0bi rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠יָּ֣חֶל ע֔וֹד 1 “He/Noah waited”. Consider whether it is better in your language to begin this sentence with or without a conjunction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
8:10 swvu שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֖ים אֲחֵרִ֑ים 1 “seven more days,”
8:10 nxwx וַ⁠יֹּ֛סֶף שַׁלַּ֥ח אֶת הַ⁠יּוֹנָ֖ה מִן הַ⁠תֵּבָֽה 1 “then he sent the dove out from the ark/boat another time.” or “then he released the dove from the ark/boat again.”
8:11 b9p3 וַ⁠תָּבֹ֨א אֵלָ֤י⁠ו הַ⁠יּוֹנָה֙ לְ⁠עֵ֣ת עֶ֔רֶב 1 “That evening the dove returned to him/Noah,” or “When it was evening, the dove returned to him/Noah,”
8:11 ilgw וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה 1 “and surprisingly,” or “and he/Noah saw that”
8:11 wpx0 עֲלֵה 1 “{it had}” or “{the dove had}” or “{it was holding}”
8:11 wm5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown עֲלֵה זַ֖יִת טָרָ֣ף בְּ⁠פִ֑י⁠הָ 1 “a newly picked {green} leaf from an olive tree in its mouth/beak.” or “a {green} leaf in its mouth/beak that it had just picked/taken from an olive tree.” An olive tree produces small, oval, green fruit that has a hard pit. Olives are used for food and as a source of cooking oil. If olive trees are unknown in your language area, you could include a footnote about them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
8:11 or72 וַ⁠יֵּ֣דַע נֹ֔חַ 1 “Then Noah realized” or “That is how Noah/he knew/realized”
8:11 z04k כִּי הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם 1 “that the water/floodwaters”
8:11 noj3 קַ֥לּוּ 1 “had receded” or “had gone down {more/further}”. See how you translated “subsided” in verse 8, and how you translated three other Hebrew words with similar meanings In verses 1, 3, and 5.
8:11 oy8e מֵ⁠עַ֥ל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “from the ground/land.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 7.
8:12 eeml וַ⁠יִּיָּ֣חֶל ע֔וֹד שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֖ים אֲחֵרִ֑ים וַ⁠יְשַׁלַּח֙ 1 “He waited another seven days, then” or “After he waited seven more days,”
8:12 feu0 וַ⁠יְשַׁלַּח֙ אֶת הַ⁠יּוֹנָ֔ה 1 “he released the dove {again},” See how you translated “sent out” in verses 7, 8, and 10.
8:12 rnay rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠לֹֽא יָסְפָ֥ה שׁוּב אֵלָ֖י⁠ו עֽוֹד 1 “but {this time} it did not come back to him again {because it found a dry place to land/live}.” Remember to only make implied information explicit in a translation if it helps readers understanding, or if it is necessary to prevent wrong meaning or incorrect grammar. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:13 kogb וַֽ֠⁠יְהִי 1 “So it happened {that}” or “So it was,”
8:13 o42y שָׁנָ֗ה 1 “In {his/Noahs} 601st year,” or “when {Noah was} 601 years old,” See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 7:11.
8:13 in0r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal בָּֽ⁠רִאשׁוֹן֙ בְּ⁠אֶחָ֣ד לַ⁠חֹ֔דֶשׁ 1 “in the first {month} {of the year}, on the first {day} of the month,” or “on the first {day} of the first month {of the year},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
8:13 w07v חָֽרְב֥וּ הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם 1 “the water was drying up” or “the water had {almost} dried up”. Make sure your translation of this phrase fits with the fact that the ground was not yet dry enough to get out of the ark. That did not happen until the end of the second month (verse 14).
8:13 nmrd מֵ⁠עַ֣ל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “from the ground/land.”
8:13 zuj2 וַ⁠יָּ֤סַר נֹ֨חַ֙ 1 “So Noah/he took off {part of}” or “made an opening in”
8:13 leq8 אֶת מִכְסֵ֣ה הַ⁠תֵּבָ֔ה 1 “the roof that was covering the ark/boat” or “the roof of the ark/boat”
8:13 kuyo וַ⁠יַּ֕רְא 1 “and looked {around/out},”
8:13 sg80 וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה 1 “and indeed,” or “and he saw that”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 11.
8:13 nh2g פְּנֵ֥י הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָֽה 1 “the lands surface” or “the ground/land”
8:13 o3sh חָֽרְב֖וּ 1 “was drying off.” or “was {almost} dry.”
8:14 j99d וּ⁠בַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ֙ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י בְּ⁠שִׁבְעָ֧ה וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֛ים י֖וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 “Then by the twenty-seventh day of the second month {of the year},” See how you translated similar time phrases in verses 4, 5, and 13.
8:14 bys7 הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “the land/ground”. Notice that the land/ground was dry here, not the entire earth. Consider again how you translated this phrase in verses 3, 7, 11, 13-14.
8:14 r70v יָבְשָׁ֖ה 1 “had dried off.” In this context “dry” means that the ground was dry enough to walk on and live on without getting stuck in mud. Make sure your translation does not imply that it was so dry that nothing would grow on it (like a desert).
8:15 hn11 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֥ר אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶל נֹ֥חַ לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 “Then/So God said to Noah,” or “Then God commanded Noah,” See how you translated “said to Noah” in Gen 7:1. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
8:16 so3f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go צֵ֖א מִן הַ⁠תֵּבָ֑ה 1 “Come out of/from the ark/boat” or “Disembark from the ark/boat”. Consider whether “come” or “go” is more natural here in your language. Also, some languages have a special term for getting off a boat that fits well here. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
8:16 c8gq אַתָּ֕ה וְ⁠אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֛ 1 “together with” or “with”
8:16 eqyj וְ⁠אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֛ וּ⁠בָנֶ֥י⁠ךָ 1 “your wife, your sons,”
8:16 y4un וּ⁠נְשֵֽׁי בָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ אִתָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 “and your sons wives.” or “and their wives.”
8:17 u569 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go הוצא אִתָּ֑⁠ךְ 1 “Bring/Take with you” or “Bring/Take out”. Consider whether “bring” or “take” is more natural here in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
8:17 s8b9 כָּל הַ⁠חַיָּ֨ה אֲשֶֽׁר אִתְּ⁠ךָ֜ 1 “all the living things/creatures that {are}” or “all the animals that {are}”
8:17 ngp1 אִתָּ֑⁠ךְ 1 “with you {in the ark/boat},” or “in the ark/boat,”
8:17 nn5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche מִ⁠כָּל בָּשָׂ֗ר 1 “all the animals,” or “all of them,” See how you translated “flesh” in Gen 7:15-16. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
8:17 guxs בָּ⁠ע֧וֹף וּ⁠בַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֛ה 1 “including the birds, domestic/tame animals,”
8:17 ii1h וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל הָ⁠רֶ֛מֶשׂ הָ⁠רֹמֵ֥שׂ 1 In the Hebrew text this phrase is ambiguous. It can mean (1) “and every {other} creature/animal that moves/lives”, which seems to fit this context best since it is general and includes all the land animals that were not birds or livestock. (2) “and every creature/animal that crawls”, which is more specific and refers to animals like lizards, snakes, mice, and other animals that have bodies that are close to the ground.
8:17 qfw9 עַל הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 “on the ground,” or “on land,”
8:17 ubmo וְ⁠שָֽׁרְצ֣וּ בָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “Then they will/can live/spread all over the earth/world”
8:17 vpty rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וּ⁠בַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֛ה 2 “{yes,} they will”. The rest of verse 17 forms a parallelism with “abound on the earth” that emphasizes filling the earth again with animals. Make sure your translation does not sound like this refers to separate events. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
8:17 t7ky וּ⁠פָר֥וּ 1 “have many offspring/young”
8:17 kz24 וְ⁠רָב֖וּ 1 “and increase {in number}” or “and become {very} numerous/many”. See how you translated “be fruitful” and “multiply” in Gen 1:22, 28.
8:17 oe06 עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “{all} over the earth/world.” or “throughout the earth.”
8:18 m38a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יֵּ֖צֵא נֹ֑חַ 1 “Then/So Noah went/came out {of the ark/boat},” or “Then/So Noah disembarked {from the ark/boat},” or “Then/So Noah got off {the ark/boat},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
8:18 fxvc וּ⁠בָנָ֛י⁠ו וְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֥⁠וֹ וּ⁠נְשֵֽׁי בָנָ֖י⁠ו אִתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “and his sons, his wife, and his sons wives {went} with him.” or “along/together with his wife and his sons and their wives.” See how you translated this list of Noahs family members (and similar lists) in Gen 6:18; 7:7, 13; 8:16. Notice that the order of the people in this list varies in the Hebrew text, perhaps depending on who is in focus in each context.
8:19 f790 כָּל הַֽ⁠חַיָּ֗ה 1 “Every living creature,” or “All the animals,”
8:19 ohu5 כָּל הָ⁠רֶ֨מֶשׂ֙ 1 “{including} every animal/creature that crawls” or “{including} all the animals/creatures that crawl”
8:19 uqhw וְ⁠כָל הָ⁠ע֔וֹף 1 “and all the birds”
8:19 tfez כֹּ֖ל 1 “{yes,} every creature” or “{and} everything {else}”
8:19 la0w רוֹמֵ֣שׂ עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “that moves/lives on the ground,” or “that lives on land,” This phrase refers here to the land, not the entire planet earth. See how you translated this phrase in verse 17.
8:19 s8uv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go יָצְא֖וּ 1 “{also} went/came out”. Consider again how you translated “go/come out” and “went/came out” and “bring/take out” in verses 16-19. Notice that your choices are affected by your perspective: whether the viewpoint is from inside the ark or whether the viewpoint is from outside the ark. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
8:19 j4js לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹ֣תֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 “{grouped} by their kinds.” or “in groups of their own kind.” or “one family/kind after another.”
8:20 ap9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וַ⁠יִּ֥בֶן נֹ֛חַ מִזְבֵּ֖חַ 1 “Then Noah built/made an altar {out of large stones}” or “Then Noah built/made a {sacrifice} table/mound {with large stones}”. An altar was an elevated, often table-shaped structure made out of stones where certain animals and crops were burned as sacrifices to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
8:20 c6ri לַֽ⁠יהוָ֑ה 1 “{to offer sacrifices} to Yahweh,” or “{dedicated} to Yahweh,” or “to worship Yahweh,”
8:20 penu וַ⁠יִּקַּ֞ח 1 “Then/Next he”. Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
8:20 ehez וַ⁠יִּקַּ֞ח מִ⁠כֹּ֣ל הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֣ה הַ⁠טְּהוֹרָ֗ה וּ⁠מִ⁠כֹּל֙ הָ⁠ע֣וֹף הַ⁠טָּהֹ֔ר 1 “selected/chose {some/one} from/of every {kind of} clean/pure animal and {some/one of} every {kind of} clean/pure bird,” or “selected/chose {some/one} from/of every {kind of} animal and bird that are acceptable to sacrifice”. In the Bible, a “clean” animal or bird is one that is acceptable to be sacrificed to God or eaten; it does not refer to how clean the animal or bird was physically. See how you translated this term in Gen 7:2, 8.
8:20 rdoh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּ֥עַל עֹלֹ֖ת בַּ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחַ 1 “and he {killed them and} offered/sacrificed them as burnt offerings {to Yahweh} on the altar.” or “and he {killed them and} burned {their bodies} on the altar as offerings/gifts {to Yahweh} {to worship/honor/thank him}.” Notice that animals were not burned alive, but were killed first. Consider whether or not you need to make that information explicit in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:21 rabn וַ⁠יָּ֣רַח יְהוָה֮ אֶת רֵ֣יחַ הַ⁠נִּיחֹחַ֒ 1 “Yahweh smelled the pleasant/sweet aroma/smell {of the sacrifices},” or “When Yahweh smelled the aroma {of the sacrifices}, he was pleased,”
8:21 bf6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה 1 “and/so he”. Consider what is the best way to refer to Yahweh here in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
8:21 pjky rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אֶל לִבּ֗⁠וֹ 1 “said/thought to himself,” Consider whether your language has this idiom or a similar idiom that would work well here, or whether it is better to translate this without an idiom. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
8:21 wfkp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms לֹֽא אֹ֠סִף לְ⁠קַלֵּ֨ל אֶת הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָה֙ 1 “I will never again curse/devastate the ground/earth”. Make sure that your translation of “curse” does not imply the use of magic. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
8:21 ukf5 בַּ⁠עֲב֣וּר הָֽ⁠אָדָ֔ם 1 “because of mankind{s sins},” or “to punish mankind {for their sins},”
8:21 oonb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כִּ֠י יֵ֣צֶר לֵ֧ב הָ⁠אָדָ֛ם רַ֖ע 1 “{even} though the intentions/desires of their hearts/minds/thinking {are} evil” or “{even} though everything they desire {is} evil”. See how you translated “inclination” in a similar phrase in Gen 6:5. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
8:21 x9w9 מִ⁠נְּעֻרָ֑י⁠ו 1 “from youth/childhood {onward}.” or “from the time they are young/children.”
8:21 sf7h וְ⁠לֹֽא אֹסִ֥ף ע֛וֹד 1 “I will never again” or “Nor will I ever again”
8:21 eku1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לְ⁠הַכּ֥וֹת 1 “destroy/annihilate/kill”. Consider whether your language has this idiom or a similar idiom that fits well here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
8:21 fwl7 אֶת כָּל חַ֖י 1 “every living {creature}” or “all living {things/creatures}”
8:21 chnf כַּֽ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשִֽׂיתִי 1 “as I {just} did.” or “the way I {just} did.”
8:22 iep2 עֹ֖ד כָּל יְמֵ֣י הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “As long as the earth {still} exists/lasts,”
8:22 cskk זֶ֡רַע 1 “seed-planting time/season” or “the time/season for planting seeds”
8:22 v2j4 וְ֠⁠קָצִיר 1 “and harvest {time/season},” or “the time/season for harvesting/gathering {crops}”
8:22 xw8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְ⁠קֹ֨ר וָ⁠חֹ֜ם 1 “cold {weather/season} and hot {weather/season},” These terms form a parallelism with “summer and winter”. If possible, it is best to keep both parts of the parallelism in your translation, since each part has a different emphasis. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
8:22 io1a וְ⁠קַ֧יִץ וָ⁠חֹ֛רֶף 1 “summer and winter,” The seasons of summer and winter may be described differently depending on which part of the world your language area is located in. For example, some translations might use the terms “dry season” and “rainy/wet season”, depending on what best corresponds to summer and winter in that area.
8:22 zj8p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לֹ֥א יִשְׁבֹּֽתוּ 1 “will never cease/stop.” or “will always continue {to happen/occur} {each year}.” It may be more natural to change the order of this sentence and say, “As long as the earth exists, {each year} there will always be a season/time to plant seeds and a season/time to harvest {crops}, as well as cold weather and hot weather, winter and summer, and day and night.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
9:intro at1n 0 # Genesis 09 General Notes\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 9:6-7, which is the poetic part of the quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. They also set apart 9:25-27, which contains two quotations.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 9:6 and 9:25-27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Mans relationship to animals\nThere is a noticeable shift in mans relationship with the animals on the earth. Before the flood, there apparently was harmony between man and the animals. After the flood, the animals fear man and man is permitted to eat the animals, something he was not allowed to do previously. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Life in the blood\nThis chapter introduces the concept that there is life in the blood of an animal and in man. In Hebrew thought, blood represents the life present in a living thing. This is an image used throughout Scripture. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])\n\n### Covenant with Noah\nGod made a covenant with Noah. This covenant was an unconditional promise God made to never destroy the whole world with a flood. Rainbows are a perpetual sign of this covenant. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])\n\n### A fathers nakedness\nIn Noahs culture, it was unacceptable to see a fathers nakedness. It was wrong for Ham to show his brothers their fathers nakedness. Hams actions were insulting or disrespectful. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Be fruitful, multiply, and fill the earth”\nThis is a command that God gives. He expects Noah to obey him.
2023-02-02 01:27:06 +00:00
9:1 w3js וַ⁠יְבָ֣רֶךְ אֱלֹהִ֔ים אֶת נֹ֖חַ וְ⁠אֶת בָּנָ֑י⁠ו 1 “Then God showed favor to Noah and his sons” or “Then God caused Noah and his sons to prosper/flourish”. See how you translated “blessed” in Gen 1:22, 28.
9:1 xsmx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֧אמֶר לָ⁠הֶ֛ם 1 “by saying to them,” or “by saying,” or “He said,” The phrase “blessed … and said” is a Hebrew expression that refers to one event and emphasizes it. It does not refer to two separate events. The words of the blessing are in verses 1-7. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 1:28. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
9:1 ptxq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom פְּר֥וּ 1 “Bear/Have many children” or “You will bear/have many children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
9:1 ise7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal וּ⁠רְב֖וּ 1 “so that you {and your descendants} {will} multiply/increase {greatly} {in number}” or “so that you {and your descendants} {will} become {very} numerous/many”. See how you translated “be fruitful and multiply and fill the earth” in Gen 1:28. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
9:1 wnmi וּ⁠מִלְא֥וּ אֶת הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “and fill the earth {with people}.” or “and inhabit the whole earth.” or “and live/spread all over the earth/world.”
9:2 izzi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וּ⁠מוֹרַאֲ⁠כֶ֤ם וְ⁠חִתְּ⁠כֶם֙ יִֽהְיֶ֔ה עַ֚ל כָּל חַיַּ֣ת הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “Every living thing/creature on the earth will be afraid and terrified of you,” or “All the animals on earth will be very/terribly afraid of you,” The phrase “the fear...and the dread” repeats the same idea in two different ways to emphasize how afraid the creatures were. For some languages it may be better to combine the phrase and say “very afraid/terrified”. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
9:2 vgnr וְ⁠עַ֖ל כָּל ע֣וֹף 1 “including every bird” or “including all the birds”. The birds, moving creatures, and fish are all included in the general category of living creatures.
9:2 sy5n ע֣וֹף הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יִם 1 “{that flies/fly} in the sky/air,” Consider again how you translated “birds of the sky” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 1:26, 28, 30; 2:19-20; 6:7; 7:3, 23; 9:2.
9:2 kksa בְּ⁠כֹל֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר תִּרְמֹ֧שׂ 1 “and every creature/animal that moves/lives” or “as well as all creatures/animals that move/live”
9:2 xi3b הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֛ה 1 “on land,”
9:2 vx4q וּֽ⁠בְ⁠כָל דְּגֵ֥י הַ⁠יָּ֖ם 1 “and all the fish in the sea/ocean.”
9:2 vs4q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠יֶדְ⁠כֶ֥ם נִתָּֽנוּ 1 “I have put them {all} under your authority.” or “I have put you in charge of them {all}.” The phrase “into your hand” means God was again giving mankind the responsibility to manage and control all the rest of what God had created. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom that would work well here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
9:3 jhft כָּל רֶ֨מֶשׂ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הוּא חַ֔י 1 “{From now on} every {kind of} living creature/thing that moves” or “{From now on} every creature/animal that is alive and moves”. See how you translated “every moving creature” in Gen 1:26, and see the note about that there. It may be necessary to translate this phrase in different ways in different contexts.
9:3 qntp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לָ⁠כֶ֥ם יִהְיֶ֖ה לְ⁠אָכְלָ֑ה 1 “is yours {to eat} as food.” or “is available for you {to eat} as food.” For some languages it is more natural to change the order of this sentence and say, “You may {now} have/eat any {kind of} living creature that moves, for food.” or “{I now permit} you to eat every/any {kind of} living creature that moves.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
9:3 pcgr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis כְּ⁠יֶ֣רֶק 1 “Just as {in the past} {I gave/provided you}” or “In the same way that {I previously gave/provided you}”. The Hebrew text leaves the verb implied here. Decide whether or not to make it explicit in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
9:3 h0u4 כְּ⁠יֶ֣רֶק עֵ֔שֶׂב 1 “green plants {for food},” or “plants {to eat},” Consider again how you translated “green plants” in Gen 1:30, and how you translated “plants” in Gen 1:11-12, 29; 2:5; 3:18; 9:3.
9:3 lqhk נָתַ֥תִּי לָ⁠כֶ֖ם אֶת כֹּֽל 1 “{now} I give/provide you everything {for food}.” or “{so now} I permit you to eat everything.” or “{so now} I permit you to eat both plants and animals.” Make sure that the way you translate this phrase means that God is now permitting people to eat both plants and animals.
9:4 ifut rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions אַךְ 1 “However,” God is putting a limit on the way that people may eat meat. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
9:4 lov7 בָּשָׂ֕ר לֹ֥א תֹאכֵֽלוּ 1 “you must never eat {animal} flesh/meat”
9:4 ab06 בְּ⁠נַפְשׁ֥⁠וֹ 1 “that still has”
9:4 goma בְּ⁠נַפְשׁ֥⁠וֹ דָמ֖⁠וֹ 1 “its life {in it}, {which is in} its blood.” or “its blood {in it}, which made it live.” or “its lifeblood {in it}.” Since life is in the blood, God did not want people to eat meat that still had its blood in it, rather he wanted them to drain it out first before they cooked it (also see Deuteronomy 12:16, 23). You could put that information in a footnote.
9:5 rp2l וְ⁠אַ֨ךְ אֶת דִּמְ⁠כֶ֤ם לְ⁠נַפְשֹֽׁתֵי⁠כֶם֙ אֶדְרֹ֔שׁ 1 “Also, I will definitely require an accounting/reckoning for your lifeblood.” or “Also, if {one of} you murders anyone, I definitely require that he must die.”
9:5 ok4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche מִ⁠יַּ֥ד כָּל חַיָּ֖ה 1 “From every/any animal {that kills a person}” or “{In fact,} if any animal {kills a human being},” In this verse, the phrase “the hand of” refers to the animal or the person that is responsible for killing someone. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
9:5 hzwk אֶדְרְשֶׁ֑⁠נּוּ 1 “I will demand/require its blood/life,” or “I require it to be killed,” or “I demand/require that it must die,”
9:5 yt01 וּ⁠מִ⁠יַּ֣ד הָֽ⁠אָדָ֗ם 1 “{That is also true} for human beings:” or “and {that is also true} for human beings.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
9:5 e6fe מִ⁠יַּד֙ אִ֣ישׁ 1 “If a man/person {kills/murders}” or “If anyone {kills/murders}”
9:5 puht rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche אָחִ֔י⁠ו 1 “his/a fellow human being,” or “another person,” This phrase is used here as a general reference to any human being, not just biological brothers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
9:5 wf23 אֶדְרֹ֖שׁ אֶת נֶ֥פֶשׁ הָֽ⁠אָדָֽם 1 “I require him to be executed/killed.” or “I demand/require that he must die.”
9:6 i3ix שֹׁפֵךְ֙ 1 “{Thats right,} whoever” or “{Yes/Indeed,} if anyone/someone”. The first half of verse 6 repeats and summarizes verse 5.
9:6 n8bs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom שֹׁפֵךְ֙ דַּ֣ם 1 “spills the blood of” or “kills/murders” or “takes the life of”. The phrase “sheds the blood of” is an idiom that means to deliberately kill someone. Blood is an important concept in this passage and throughout the Bible, so if possible it is best to keep this term in a translation. If that is not possible, you should put the literal text in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
9:6 tey3 הָֽ⁠אָדָ֔ם 1 “a person,” or “another human being,” or “someone,”
9:6 xvtg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בָּֽ⁠אָדָ֖ם דָּמ֣⁠וֹ יִשָּׁפֵ֑ךְ 1 “people/you must execute him,” or “people/you must put him to death,” or “he must be executed,” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “{Thats right,} you must put to death anyone who murders a human being, because {I,} God, made human beings in my own image.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
9:6 c56p כִּ֚י בְּ⁠צֶ֣לֶם אֱלֹהִ֔ים עָשָׂ֖ה אֶת הָ⁠אָדָֽם 1 “because {I,} God made/created mankind/people in my {own} image.” or “because I created human beings to be like myself.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that God is referring to himself in this clause. See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 1:27.
9:7 uion וְ⁠אַתֶּ֖ם 1 “And/Now {as for} you,” or “As for you,” The pronoun “you” is an emphatic pronoun that is fronted here in the Hebrew text to introduce a new topic. Consider what is the best way in your language to begin a new paragraph like this.
9:7 mt4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom פְּר֣וּ 1 “bear/have many children”. See how you translated “be fruitful and multiply” in verse 1. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
9:7 mi6k וּ⁠רְב֑וּ 1 “so that you {and your descendants} become {very} numerous/many.” or “so that you have many descendants.”
9:7 in4s שִׁרְצ֥וּ בָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 “Spread out all over the earth” or “Live all over the earth”
9:7 s5nm וּ⁠רְב֑וּ 1 “and multiply/increase {in numbers}” or “and become numerous”
9:7 jl94 בָֽ⁠הּ 1 “throughout it.” or “everywhere.”
9:8 mp5r וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֱלֹהִים֙ 1 “Then God continued speaking”
9:8 bm0t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations אֶל נֹ֔חַ וְ⁠אֶל בָּנָ֥י⁠ו אִתּ֖⁠וֹ לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 “to Noah and his sons {who were} with him, and said,” or “to Noah and his sons,” or “to them,” God is still speaking to the same people. This phrase emphasizes what he says next to them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
9:9 ycb0 וַ⁠אֲנִ֕י הִנְנִ֥⁠י 1 “Now listen {carefully} to me: I” or “Listen {carefully} to me: I” See how you translated “behold” in Gen 1:29, 4:14, 6:13, 17. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
9:9 pujm מֵקִ֛ים 1 “am making/instituting” or “am setting up”. See how you translated “establish my covenant with” in Gen 6:18, and see the note about that there.
9:9 g76x אֶת בְּרִיתִ֖⁠י אִתְּ⁠כֶ֑ם וְ⁠אֶֽת זַרְעֲ⁠כֶ֖ם אַֽחֲרֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 “my/a {special/peace} covenant/agreement with you and your offspring/descendants {who come/live} after you,” or “my/a covenant/agreement between me and you and your offspring/descendants,” Notice that the pronouns “you” and “your” are plural throughout verses 2-15, since God is speaking to Noah and his sons.
9:10 c62u וְ⁠אֵ֨ת 1 “along with” or “{It is} also with” or “{The covenant/agreement is} also with”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to break up this long sentence and begin a new sentence here.
9:10 rys5 כָּל נֶ֤פֶשׁ הַֽ⁠חַיָּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אִתְּ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “all the living creatures that {are} with you:”
9:10 o3v5 בָּ⁠ע֧וֹף בַּ⁠בְּהֵמָ֛ה 1 “including the birds, the livestock,”
9:10 tzzr וּֽ⁠בְ⁠כָל חַיַּ֥ת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 “and all the {other} living things/creatures from/on the earth” or “and all the wild animals”
9:10 ibvg אִתְּ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “{that are} with you,”
9:10 mxmq מִ⁠כֹּל֙ יֹצְאֵ֣י הַ⁠תֵּבָ֔ה לְ⁠כֹ֖ל 1 “{That includes} all {those} that came/went out of the ark and”. The words “from...to...” are used to emphasize that all the animals are included in Gods covenant. Consider what is the best way to express that in your language.
9:10 kqlk וּֽ⁠בְ⁠כָל חַיַּ֥ת 1 “all the living things/creatures” or “all the creatures/animals”
9:10 gq32 חַיַּ֥ת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 “{that live} on the earth.” or “{that will ever live} on the earth.”
9:11 lh5t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וַ⁠הֲקִמֹתִ֤י אֶת בְּרִיתִ⁠י֙ אִתְּ⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠לֹֽא 1 “My/The covenant/agreement that I am establishing/making/instituting with you is that”. See how you translated “my covenant” and “establish” in verse 9. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
9:11 r2u9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְ⁠לֹֽא יִכָּרֵ֧ת כָּל בָּשָׂ֛ר ע֖וֹד 1 “never again will all life” or “never again will all living creatures/things”. The phrase “all flesh” refers here to all people and animals. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
9:11 l5v0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִכָּרֵ֧ת מִ⁠מֵּ֣י 1 “be killed/destroyed by” or “be wiped out by” or “die from” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:11 d5ve מִ⁠מֵּ֣י הַ⁠מַּבּ֑וּל 1 “water from a flood,” or “a flood,” See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 7:10.
9:11 jown וְ⁠לֹֽא יִהְיֶ֥ה ע֛וֹד מַבּ֖וּל 1 “Thats right, never again will {I use/cause} a flood” or “{I promise that} I will never again use/cause a flood”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
9:11 mxo7 לְ⁠שַׁחֵ֥ת 1 “that destroys”. See how you translated “destroying” in Gen 6:13.
9:11 euoi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “{life/everything on} the earth.” or “{all living creatures on} the earth.” This phrase refers here to everything that lives on the earth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:12 b7sv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֗ים 1 “Then God {also} said {to them},” or “Then God added/continued,” or “Then God continued talking/speaking {to Noah and his sons},” God is still talking to the same people, but a quote margin (“Then God said”) is added here to emphasize the new topic (“the sign of the covenant”). For some languages it is more natural to leave this quote margin implied and just have a paragraph break. See what you did for a similar case in verse 8. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
9:12 htun זֹ֤את אֽוֹת הַ⁠בְּרִית֙ אֲשֶׁר אֲנִ֣י נֹתֵ֗ן 1 “This {is} the sign {which shows} {that I promise to always keep} the covenant/agreement that I am making/establishing” or “This is how I will show/remind {everyone} that I have made/established this covenant/agreement”
9:12 sv10 בֵּינִ⁠י֙ וּ⁠בֵ֣ינֵי⁠כֶ֔ם וּ⁠בֵ֛ין כָּל נֶ֥פֶשׁ חַיָּ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר אִתְּ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “with you and with all the living creatures that {are} with you,”
9:12 tm2n לְ⁠דֹרֹ֖ת עוֹלָֽם 1 “for all future generations:” or “and with all generations to come:” or “as well as with all the people and creatures/animals that will ever live:”
9:13 op2l אֶת קַשְׁתִּ֕⁠י נָתַ֖תִּי 1 “I have/will put my rainbow” or “I am setting/putting/placing my rainbow”
9:13 cgt6 בֶּֽ⁠עָנָ֑ן 1 “among the clouds {in the sky},”
9:13 nocp וְ⁠הָֽיְתָה֙ לְ⁠א֣וֹת 1 “where it will show/remind {everyone}” or “to show/remind {everyone}” or “and/where it will serve/function as the sign {which shows}”. See how you translated “the sign of the covenant” in verse 12.
9:13 ay4p לְ⁠א֣וֹת בְּרִ֔ית בֵּינִ֖⁠י וּ⁠בֵ֥ין 1 “that I have made/established my/this covenant/agreement with” or “that I promise/vow/pledge to {always} keep my/this covenant/agreement with”
9:13 n8yc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “{every living thing on} the earth.” or “{every creature that lives on} the earth.” This phrase refers here to mankind and all the animals. See how you translated the same phrase in verse 11. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:14 vday וְ⁠הָיָ֕ה בְּ⁠עַֽנְנִ֥⁠י 1 “So it will be/happen {that} whenever” or “So whenever” or “Whenever”
9:14 zcky בְּ⁠עַֽנְנִ֥⁠י עָנָ֖ן 1 “I bring/gather clouds {together}” or “I cause clouds to form/appear”
9:14 v1al עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “{in the sky} over/above the earth”
9:14 kfox rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִרְאֲתָ֥ה הַ⁠קֶּ֖שֶׁת 1 “and the/a rainbow appears/forms” or “and you see the/a rainbow”. Consider whether it is better in your language to use a passive or active verb here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:14 s6he בֶּ⁠עָנָֽן 1 “among the clouds,”
9:15 jg40 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠זָכַרְתִּ֣י אֶת בְּרִיתִ֗⁠י 1 “then I will remember {and keep} my/the covenant/agreement” or “then I will not forget {to keep/fulfill} my/the covenant/treaty”. See how you translated “remember” in Gen 8:1. It may need to be translated differently in different contexts. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
9:15 cl8q אֲשֶׁ֤ר בֵּינִ⁠י֙ וּ⁠בֵ֣ינֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “that {I have established/made} between me and you” or “that I have established/made with you”
9:15 px73 וּ⁠בֵ֛ין כָּל נֶ֥פֶשׁ חַיָּ֖ה בְּ⁠כָל בָּשָׂ֑ר 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean (1) “and all living creatures of every kind,” or “and all the animals, including all the different kinds,” (2) “and all {other} living creatures, including all people and animals,”
9:15 w7qt וְ⁠לֹֽא יִֽהְיֶ֨ה ע֤וֹד הַ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙ לְ⁠מַבּ֔וּל לְ⁠שַׁחֵ֖ת 1 “that never again will there be a flood that destroys” or “{I promise/vow/pledge} that never again will I use/cause a flood to destroy”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that this last clause in verse 15 is what God promised in his covenant. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
9:15 ha7y בְּ⁠כָל בָּשָׂ֑ר 1 “all life.” or “all living creatures.” or “all people and animals.”
9:16 msfb וְ⁠הָיְתָ֥ה 1 “So/Yes, whenever” or “{That is how it will be:} Whenever”. In verse 16, God repeats and emphasizes what he said in verses 12-15.
9:16 drhf וְ⁠הָיְתָ֥ה הַ⁠קֶּ֖שֶׁת 1 “the/a rainbow appears/forms” or “there is a rainbow”
9:16 jn6a בֶּֽ⁠עָנָ֑ן 1 “among the clouds,” See how you translated this phrase in verses 13 and 14.
9:16 mfvm וּ⁠רְאִיתִ֗י⁠הָ 1 “I will see it” or “I will look at it”
9:16 flfg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לִ⁠זְכֹּר֙ 1 “and keep/fulfill” or “and not forget {to keep/fulfill}”. See how you translated “remember” in verse 15. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
9:16 s1px בְּרִ֣ית עוֹלָ֔ם 1 “{my} never-ending/permanent covenant/agreement” or “the/{my} covenant/agreement that lasts forever” or “the/{my} covenant/agreement that never ends”
9:16 qbnx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person בֵּ֣ין אֱלֹהִ֔ים וּ⁠בֵין֙ 1 “between me and” or “which I have established/made with”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that God is referring to himself here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
9:16 ed49 כָּל נֶ֣פֶשׁ חַיָּ֔ה בְּ⁠כָל בָּשָׂ֖ר 1 “all living creatures/beings/things of every kind” or “all people and animals”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 15 and how you translated “every living creature” in verses 10 and 12.
9:16 wqf1 אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “that {live/are} on the earth.” or “that {live} in the world.”
9:17 ol42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶל נֹ֑חַ 1 “Finally, God said to Noah,” or “Then God {concluded/finished} by saying to Noah,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
9:17 xkgv זֹ֤את 1 “A rainbow {is}”
9:17 wreo rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms אֽוֹת הַ⁠בְּרִית֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הֲקִמֹ֔תִי 1 “the sign {which shows} {that I promise to always keep} the covenant/agreement that I am establishing/making” or “how I will show/remind {everyone} that I have established/made/instituted this covenant/agreement/treaty”. See how you translated a similar clause in verse 12. In that verse God is explaining the rainbow for the first time, whereas here in verse 17, he is pointing back to what he just said about the rainbow in order to emphasize its importance. Also, consider again how you translated “covenant” in verses 9, 11-13, 15-17. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
9:17 he9r בֵּינִ֕⁠י וּ⁠בֵ֥ין 1 “with”
9:17 foms כָּל בָּשָׂ֖ר אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “all living creatures/things.” or “all the people and animals that {are/live} on the earth.” Consider again how you translated “all flesh” when it includes people and animals. See Gen 6:12-13, 17; 7:21; 9:11, 15-17. It may be necessary to translate this phrase in different ways in different contexts.
9:18 glde וַ⁠יִּֽהְי֣וּ בְנֵי נֹ֗חַ 1 “Noahs sons” or “{The names of} Noahs sons”
9:18 d91s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go הַ⁠יֹּֽצְאִים֙ מִן 1 “who went out of/from” or “who disembarked from” or “who got off”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 10. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
9:18 jnw4 הַ⁠תֵּבָ֔ה 1 “the ark/boat {after the flood}”. Be consistent here with how you translated this term in chapters 6-8, and see the note at Gen 6:14.
9:18 dhau וַ⁠יִּֽהְי֣וּ שֵׁ֖ם וְ⁠חָ֣ם וָ⁠יָ֑פֶת 1 “were Shem, Ham, and Japheth;” Consider what is the best way to list names in your language.
9:18 h3vw וְ⁠חָ֕ם ה֖וּא 1 “it was Ham who” or “Ham was the one who”. The pronoun “he” is emphatic here, emphasizing that Ham was the father of Canaan, who is probably mentioned here because he was well known as the ancestor of the Canaanites and the one whom the land/region of Canaan was named after.
9:18 sy8w אֲבִ֥י כְנָֽעַן 1 “was Canaans father.” or “fathered Canaan.”
9:19 bpuj שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה אֵ֖לֶּה בְּנֵי נֹ֑חַ וּ⁠מֵ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה נָֽפְצָ֥ה כָל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “It was from Noahs three sons that the entire earth was populated {again}.” or “It was the descendants of Noahs three sons who populated the entire earth {again}.” (See: figs-active passive)
9:20 qee3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יָּ֥חֶל נֹ֖חַ 1 “Now {later on,} Noah,” or “After a while, Noah,” or “Noah,” Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce or begin a new episode here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
9:20 uydp וַ⁠יָּ֥חֶל אִ֣ישׁ הָֽ⁠אֲדָמָ֑ה וַ⁠יִּטַּ֖ע 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean (1) “{who was} a farmer, began/started {farming} and planted” or “{who was} a farmer, was the first {man/person} to plant” (2) “began {to be} a farmer” or “became a farmer and planted”
9:20 utl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כָּֽרֶם 1 “{some} grapevines {and made wine from the grapes}.” or “a field/garden with grapevines. {And he made wine from the grapes.}” It is implied that Noah made wine from the grapes (verse 21). If necessary, you could make that explicit here. Also, if grapes are not known in your language area, you could say “vines/plants with a fruit called grapes”, or you could put in a footnote information about grapes, including how they are squeezed and how the juice is fermented to make wine. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:21 povt וַ⁠יֵּ֥שְׁתְּ 1 “Then {one day}”
9:21 w1ox וַ⁠יֵּ֥שְׁתְּ מִן הַ⁠יַּ֖יִן 1 “he drank {too much of} the wine,” or “he drank a lot of the wine,”
9:21 cj5k וַ⁠יִּשְׁכָּ֑ר וַ⁠יִּתְגַּ֖ל 1 “so that he got drunk and” or “so that he became so intoxicated/drunk that he”
9:21 kqpu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּתְגַּ֖ל 1 “{fell asleep and} became uncovered/exposed” or “{fell asleep} uncovered/naked”. It is implied from verse 24 that Noah had fallen asleep. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:21 zhoh בְּ⁠ת֥וֹךְ אָהֳלֹֽ⁠ה 1 See how you translated “tent” in Gen 4:20.
9:22 jc13 וַ⁠יַּ֗רְא חָ֚ם אֲבִ֣י כְנַ֔עַן 1 “Ham, {who was} Canaans father,”
9:22 p8vt וַ⁠יַּ֗רְא אֵ֖ת עֶרְוַ֣ת אָבִ֑י⁠ו 1 “saw that his father was naked/uncovered,”
9:22 ideh וַ⁠יַּגֵּ֥ד לִ⁠שְׁנֵֽי אֶחָ֖י⁠ו בַּ⁠חֽוּץ 1 “and he went outside and told his two brothers {about it}.” or “and he went out and told his two brothers {that their father was drunk and naked}.”
9:23 w3iy וַ⁠יִּקַּח֩ שֵׁ֨ם וָ⁠יֶ֜פֶת 1 “However/Then Shem and Japheth”
9:23 f7fp וַ⁠יִּקַּח֩ אֶת הַ⁠שִּׂמְלָ֗ה 1 “took a robe/cloak,” This garment would have probably been fairly large, big enough to cover Noahs body.
9:23 ldi6 וַ⁠יָּשִׂ֨ימוּ֙ עַל שְׁכֶ֣ם שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 “put it {between them} over their shoulders” or “held it {between them} at shoulder level”
9:23 ahuv וַ⁠יֵּֽלְכוּ֙ אֲחֹ֣רַנִּ֔ית 1 “and walked/went backward {into the tent}”
9:23 tx8k וַ⁠יְכַסּ֕וּ אֵ֖ת עֶרְוַ֣ת אֲבִי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “and covered their fathers naked body {with it}.” or “and used it to cover their naked father.”
9:23 n341 וּ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶם֙ אֲחֹ֣רַנִּ֔ית 1 “{As they did that,} they kept their faces/eyes turned/looking away {from him},” or “{As they did that,} they looked away {from him},”
9:23 n966 וְ⁠עֶרְוַ֥ת לֹ֥א רָאֽוּ 1 “so that they would not see”
9:23 wcj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֵ֖ת עֶרְוַ֣ת אֲבִי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “his nakedness.” or “him naked.” Consider whether it is better here in your language to refer to Noah with a noun phrase or a pronoun. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
9:24 huys וַ⁠יִּ֥יקֶץ נֹ֖חַ 1 “Later Noah/he”
9:24 z3po וַ⁠יִּ֥יקֶץ מִ⁠יֵּינ֑⁠וֹ 1 “woke up {sober} from {the effects of} the wine,” or “woke up from being drunk,” or “woke up sober,”
9:24 e13r וַ⁠יֵּ֕דַע 1 “and he found out” or “and he heard {about}”. The text does not say how Noah found out about this, so it is best to not be too specific about that here in your translation.
9:24 k45l אֵ֛ת אֲשֶׁר עָ֥שָׂה ל֖⁠וֹ בְּנ֥⁠וֹ הַ⁠קָּטָֽן 1 “that his youngest son {Ham} had dishonored/disrespected/mocked him,”
9:25 yls5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “So he exclaimed {about him/Ham},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
9:25 wpmd אָר֣וּר 1 “I {hereby} {ask God to} curse” or “May God curse”
9:25 bhhg כְּנָ֑עַן 1 “{Hams son} Canaan!” In verses 25-27, Canaan probably represents Ham and all of Hams descendants (the Canaanites), who will serve Shem and Japheth and all their descendants. You could put that information in a footnote.
9:25 tt6u יִֽהְיֶ֥ה 1 “Canaan will be” or “{I declare/proclaim that} he/Canaan will be”
9:25 dvbz עֶ֥בֶד עֲבָדִ֖ים 1 “the lowest slave/servant”. The Hebrew word here can mean either “slave” or “servant”. Slaves in the Old Testament were usually treated well and were not much different than servants, sometimes even becoming like members of their owners family. But they were of lower status than their masters, so that is part of how Hams family is being cursed.
9:25 dnvn לְ⁠אֶחָֽי⁠ו 1 “for his/Canaans relatives.” Verses 26 and 27 show that “his brothers” probably refers here to Shem and Japheth (who were Canaans uncles) and their descendants.
9:26 s7yt rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “Then he/Noah {also} said,” or “He/Noah also said,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
9:26 a9c8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms בָּר֥וּךְ יְהֹוָ֖ה 1 “Praise Yahweh,” or “I praise Yahweh,” Although many English translations have “Blessed be” here instead of “Praised be,” the word used in the Hebrew text means “praise” when people are acting towards God (as here), and it means “bless” when God is acting towards people (as in Gen 1:28; 5:2; 9:1). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
9:26 o8qs אֱלֹ֣הֵי שֵׁ֑ם 1 “{who is} Shems God!” or “{who is} the God whom Shem worships/serves!” or “{who is} the God who takes care of Shem!”
9:26 dkl7 וִ⁠יהִ֥י כְנַ֖עַן 1 “May he/God cause Canaan to be” or “May he/God make Canaan” or “I ask him/God to make Canaan”
9:26 u8da עֶ֥בֶד לָֽ⁠מוֹ 1 “a servant for him/Shem.” or “his/Shems slave/servant.”
9:27 fngx יַ֤פְתְּ אֱלֹהִים֙ 1 “I {also} ask God to” or “I {also} pray that God will”
9:27 qf4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יַ֤פְתְּ לְ⁠יֶ֔פֶת 1 “enlarge/expand Japheths {territory},” or “make Japheths territory larger,” or “give Japheth more/much land,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:27 m5k2 וְ⁠יִשְׁכֹּ֖ן 1 “and enable him {and his family/descendants} to live”
9:27 fs08 בְּ⁠אָֽהֳלֵי שֵׁ֑ם 1 “together {in harmony/peace} with Shem {and his family/descendants}.” or “peacefully among Shem {and his family/descendants}.”
9:27 u2hq וִ⁠יהִ֥י כְנַ֖עַן 1 “May God {also} cause Canaan to be” or “I {also} ask God to make Canaan” or “Canaan will {also} be”. See how you translated a similar sentence in verse 26.
9:27 vfve עֶ֥בֶד לָֽ⁠מוֹ 1 “a servant for him/Japheth.” or “his/Japheths slave/servant.” Compare how you translated “slave” or “servant” in verses 25-27.
9:28 j0sh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַֽ⁠יְחִי אַחַ֣ר הַ⁠מַּבּ֑וּל 1 “After/From {the time that} the flood {began},” or “After/From {the beginning of} the flood,” Notice that this phrase refers to when the flood began, when Noah was 600 years old (Gen 7:6), not when it ended a year later, when he was 601 years old (8:13), since he was 950 when he died (verse 29), not 951. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:28 murg וַֽ⁠יְחִי נֹ֖חַ 1 “Noah lived {another} 350 years.” or “Noah lived 350 {more} years.”
9:29 zycm וַ⁠יִּֽהְיוּ֙ כָּל יְמֵי נֹ֔חַ 1 “So Noah/he lived a total of 950 years,” or “So all together Noah lived 950 years,” See how you translated Gen 5:31, which is similar to 9:29.
9:29 k4gw וַ⁠יָּמֹֽת 1 “and {then} he died.” or “before he died.”
10:1 z8s6 וְ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ תּוֹלְדֹ֣ת 1 “This/Here is the genealogy/list/record of {the names of}”. This sentence begins a new section.
10:1 gmzi rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּנֵי נֹ֔חַ שֵׁ֖ם חָ֣ם וָ⁠יָ֑פֶת 1 “Noahs sons Shem, Ham, and Japheth,” Give special attention to the best way in your language to spell all the names in this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
10:1 pxnr וַ⁠יִּוָּלְד֥וּ לָ⁠הֶ֛ם בָּנִ֖ים 1 “and their sons {and other descendants} who were born” or “and the sons/descendants they had”. The following record includes the names of Noahs sons and grandsons, and their descendants (including some of the people groups who came from them).
10:1 vjic אַחַ֥ר הַ⁠מַּבּֽוּל 1 “after the flood {was over/gone}.”
10:2 ywoe בְּנֵ֣י יֶ֔פֶת גֹּ֣מֶר 1 “{The names of} Japheths sons {were}” or “These {were} {the names of} Japheths sons:” Throughout this chapter, many translations have a colon (:) instead of “{were}”. Do what is best in your language.
10:2 ymm9 גֹּ֣מֶר וּ⁠מָג֔וֹג וּ⁠מָדַ֖י וְ⁠יָוָ֣ן וְ⁠תֻבָ֑ל וּ⁠מֶ֖שֶׁךְ וְ⁠תִירָֽס 1 “Gomer, Magog, Madai, Javan, Jubal, Meshech, and Tiras.” Translate these lists of names in a way that is natural in your language.
10:3 aqih וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י גֹּ֑מֶר אַשְׁכֲּנַ֥ז 1 “{The names of} Gomers sons {were}” or “These {were} {the names of} Gomers sons:”
10:3 n005 אַשְׁכֲּנַ֥ז וְ⁠רִיפַ֖ת וְ⁠תֹגַרְמָֽה 1 “{named} Ashkenaz, Riphath, and Togarmah.”
10:4 kz0u וּ⁠בְנֵ֥י יָוָ֖ן אֱלִישָׁ֣ה 1 “{The names of} Javans sons/descendants {were}” or “These {were} {the names of} Javans sons:” Compare how you translated a similar clause in verses 2 and 3.
10:4 lce6 אֱלִישָׁ֣ה וְ⁠תַרְשִׁ֑ישׁ 1 “{named} Elishah and Tarshish, {and he was the ancestor of}”. These are the names of Javans sons, but the next two names are the names of people groups that descended from him.
10:4 iwl4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names כִּתִּ֖ים וְ⁠דֹדָנִֽים 1 “the Kittites and the Dodanites.” or “the Kitt people {group} and the Dodan people {group}.” There are different ways to translate people group names, including: (1) Transliterate the Hebrew plural suffix “-im”. (2) Use a suffix that your language has for names of people groups, such as “-ites” in English. (3) Translate “-im” as “people” or “people/ethnic group”. Try to be consistent in how you translate people group names throughout this chapter and rest of the book of Genesis. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
10:5 swml מֵ֠⁠אֵלֶּה 1 “From those/Japheths {descendants}”. This phrase probably refers to Japheths descendants (verses 2-4), especially since the descendants of his brothers Ham (verse 20) and Shem (verse 31) are summarized in a similar way.
10:5 ccp2 נִפְרְד֞וּ אִיֵּ֤י הַ⁠גּוֹיִם֙ בְּ⁠אַרְצֹתָ֔⁠ם 1 “came the people groups who lived {in regions} near/beside the {Mediterranean} Sea. They moved to different places {and settled} in”
10:5 rjew rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בְּ⁠אַרְצֹתָ֔⁠ם 1 “their {own} territories/regions,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
10:5 hstu אִ֖ישׁ לִ⁠לְשֹׁנ֑⁠וֹ 1 “and each {group} spoke its own language,” or “They all developed/spoke their own languages,” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to break up this long sentence and start a new sentence here (or later in this verse).
10:5 i92h לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם 1 “and each of them lived in” or “They each had”
10:5 yius לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם 1 “their {own} {extended} families,” or “their {own} family groups,” The word “clan” refers to a group of families who are descended from a common ancestor.
10:5 b8t2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בְּ⁠גוֹיֵ⁠הֶֽם 1 “and they formed/became their own people/ethnic groups.” or “which {grew/multiplied and} became their own {distinct} people/ethnic groups.” The word “nations” refers here to people groups, not countries. Also, for some languages it may be clearer to change the order of the phrases in this verse and say, “Japheths descendants spread out and settled near/by the {Mediterranean} Sea. They all formed their own family groups, which {grew/multiplied and} became their own people groups that spoke their own languages and lived in their own territories/regions.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
10:6 vxee וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י חָ֑ם כּ֥וּשׁ 1 “{The names of} Hams sons {were}” or “These {were} {the names of} Hams sons:”
10:6 u9dx כּ֥וּשׁ וּ⁠מִצְרַ֖יִם וּ⁠פ֥וּט וּ⁠כְנָֽעַן 1 “Cush, Mizraim, Put, and Canaan.”
10:7 um0s וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י כ֔וּשׁ סְבָא֙ 1 “{The names of} Cushs sons {were}” or “These {were} {the names of} Cushs sons:”
10:7 z6v4 סְבָא֙ וַֽ⁠חֲוִילָ֔ה וְ⁠סַבְתָּ֥ה וְ⁠רַעְמָ֖ה וְ⁠סַבְתְּכָ֑א 1 “Seba, Havilah, Sabtah, Raamah, and Sabtecah.”
10:7 zhco וּ⁠בְנֵ֥י רַעְמָ֖ה שְׁבָ֥א וּ⁠דְדָֽן 1 “And Raamahs sons {were} Sheba and Dedan.” or “{The names of} Raamahs sons {were} Sheba and Dedan.”
10:8 zwg5 וְ⁠כ֖וּשׁ יָלַ֣ד אֶת נִמְרֹ֑ד 1 “Cush also fathered/had {a son named} Nimrod,” See how you translated “fathered” in Gen 6:10, and how you translated a phrase in 10:1 (“were born to”) that has a similar meaning.
10:8 k7ej ה֣וּא הֵחֵ֔ל לִֽ⁠הְי֥וֹת 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean (1) “who was the first {person/man/one} to be” (2) “who became”
10:8 kt9f גִּבֹּ֖ר 1 “a powerful {warrior/conqueror}” or “a powerful {ruler/king}”. There were other mighty men before Nimrod, but apparently he was the first one to have a kingdom (verse 10).
10:8 u6s3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “on earth.” or “in the world.” It may be more natural to put this phrase earlier and say, “who was the first {person/man} on earth to be/become a powerful ruler/warrior.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
10:9 e8rh הֽוּא הָיָ֥ה גִבֹּֽר צַ֖יִד 1 “He/Nimrod was {also} a great/excellent hunter”
10:9 fzr8 לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 “whom Yahweh blessed/helped.” or “because Yahweh helped him.”
10:9 xbab עַל כֵּן֙ 1 “That is why”
10:9 vq2f יֵֽאָמַ֔ר 1 “people say {about other great men},” or “people/we have the/this saying/expression {about other great men}:” This phrase indicates that what follows was a well-known saying that was used by people to praise or compliment other great men by comparing them to Nimrod.
10:9 ham3 כְּ⁠נִמְרֹ֛ד 1 “{That man is} like Nimrod,” or “{So and so is} like Nimrod,”
10:9 twpi גִבֹּֽר צַ֖יִד 1 “a great/excellent hunter”
10:9 fyot לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 “whom Yahweh blessed/helped.” or “because Yahweh helped him.” Be consistent here with how you translated this phrase earlier in verse 9.
10:10 an74 וַ⁠תְּהִ֨י רֵאשִׁ֤ית מַמְלַכְתּ⁠וֹ֙ 1 “His/Nimrods kingdom began with him ruling {over}” or “He/Nimrod started ruling as king {over}” or “The first cities that he/Nimrod ruled as king were”
10:10 heqh בָּבֶ֔ל וְ⁠אֶ֖רֶךְ וְ⁠אַכַּ֣ד וְ⁠כַלְנֵ֑ה 1 “{the cities of} Babel, Erech, Akkad, and Calneh,”
10:10 orky בְּ⁠אֶ֖רֶץ שִׁנְעָֽר 1 “{which were all located} in the land/region of/called Shinar.” Shinar is another name for the land/country of Babylonia. You could put that information in a footnote.
10:11 tmzb מִן הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ הַ⁠הִ֖וא 1 “From that region” or “From the land/region of Shinar” or “From there”
10:11 jcf8 יָצָ֣א אַשּׁ֑וּר 1 “he/Nimrod went/moved to {the land/region of/called} Asshur/Assyria,” See how you translated “{the land/region of/called} Asshur/Assyria” in Gen 2:14.
10:11 gcc2 וַ⁠יִּ֨בֶן֙ 1 “and {there} he built” or “where he built”
10:11 i3jv אֶת נִ֣ינְוֵ֔ה וְ⁠אֶת רְחֹבֹ֥ת עִ֖יר וְ⁠אֶת כָּֽלַח 1 “{the cities of} Nineveh, Rehoboth-Ir, Calah,”
10:12 yxdv וְֽ⁠אֶת רֶ֔סֶן בֵּ֥ין נִֽינְוֵ֖ה וּ⁠בֵ֣ין כָּ֑לַח הִ֖וא הָ⁠עִ֥יר הַ⁠גְּדֹלָֽה 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous. It can mean (1) “and Resen {which is located} between {the cities of} Nineveh and the great city of Calah.” (2) “and Resen {which is} the great city {located} between {the cities of} Nineveh and Calah.”
10:13 p1bp וּ⁠מִצְרַ֡יִם יָלַ֞ד 1 “Mizraim was the father/ancestor of”
10:13 ptqo rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת לוּדִ֧ים וְ⁠אֶת עֲנָמִ֛ים וְ⁠אֶת לְהָבִ֖ים וְ⁠אֶת נַפְתֻּחִֽים 1 “the Ludites, Anamites, Lehabites, Naphtuhites,” Throughout verses 13-18, translate the names of people groups in a way that is clear and natural in your language. See what you did in verse 4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
10:14 ylfj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְֽ⁠אֶת פַּתְרֻסִ֞ים וְ⁠אֶת כַּסְלֻחִ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֨ר יָצְא֥וּ מִ⁠שָּׁ֛ם פְּלִשְׁתִּ֖ים וְ⁠אֶת כַּפְתֹּרִֽים 1 “Pathrusites, Casluhites (whom the Philistines came/descended from), and Caphtorites.” or “Pathrusites, Casluhites, and Caphtorites. The Philistines came/descended from the Casluhites.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
10:15 m1d3 וּ⁠כְנַ֗עַן יָלַ֛ד 1 “Canaan fathered/had”. See how you translated “fathered” in verses 8 and 13.
10:15 z25n אֶת צִידֹ֥ן בְּכֹר֖⁠וֹ 1 “Sidon {who was} his firstborn {son},”
10:15 zjx9 וְ⁠אֶת חֵֽת 1 “then {he fathered/had} {a son named} Heth,” Canaans son Heth was the ancestor of the Hittites, so some translations use “Hittites” here instead and say, “{He was} also {the ancestor of} the Hittites,”
10:16 uwbf וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠יְבוּסִי֙ וְ⁠אֶת הָ֣⁠אֱמֹרִ֔י וְ⁠אֵ֖ת הַ⁠גִּרְגָּשִֽׁי 1 “and {he/Canaan was also the ancestor of} the Jebusites, Amorites, Girgashites,” or “Jebusites, Amorites, Girgashites,” Consider what is the best way in your language to list the names of the people groups in these verses.
10:17 ztj1 וְ⁠אֶת הַֽ⁠חִוִּ֥י וְ⁠אֶת הַֽ⁠עַרְקִ֖י וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠סִּינִֽי 1 “Hivites, Arkites, Sinites,”
10:18 y6k0 וְ⁠אֶת הָֽ⁠אַרְוָדִ֥י וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠צְּמָרִ֖י וְ⁠אֶת הַֽ⁠חֲמָתִ֑י 1 “Arvadites, Zemarites, and Hamathites.”
10:18 q1m9 וְ⁠אַחַ֣ר 1 “Later,” or “As time went by,”
10:18 fujh מִשְׁפְּח֖וֹת הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִֽי 1 “those {extended} families {that descended} from {Hams son} Canaan”
10:18 yfp1 נָפֹ֔צוּ 1 “spread out,” or “moved to different places,”
10:19 r5lc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וַֽ⁠יְהִ֞י 1 “and {eventually}” or “so that {eventually}” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
10:19 efvy וַֽ⁠יְהִ֞י גְּב֤וּל הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִי֙ 1 “the borders/boundaries of their {territory/land} reached/extended” or “the territory/land where Canaanites/they lived reached/extended”
10:19 m5gx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִ⁠צִּידֹ֔ן 1 “from {the city of} Sidon {in the north},” or “from Sidon {City} {in the north},” Some languages have an affix or a word (that means “city”) that must be used every time the name of a city is mentioned, or the first time a particular city is mentioned in a paragraph or section. Do what is natural in your language here and elsewhere throughout the Bible. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:19 juim rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בֹּאֲ⁠כָ֥ה גְרָ֖רָ⁠ה עַד עַזָּ֑ה 1 “all the way {down/south} toward {the city of} Gerar to {the city of} Gaza,” or “{down/south} to Gaza {City}, which is on the road to Gerar {City},” The Canaanites border reached Gaza, but did not extend down to Gerar, which was farther south. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:19 dchu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בֹּאֲ⁠כָ֞ה סְדֹ֧מָ⁠ה 1 “{then} as far {east} as” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]))
10:19 xmmh סְדֹ֧מָ⁠ה וַ⁠עֲמֹרָ֛ה וְ⁠אַדְמָ֥ה וּ⁠צְבֹיִ֖ם 1 “{the cities of} Sodom, Gomorrah, Admah, and Zeboiim,”
10:19 jenu עַד לָֽשַׁע 1 “all the way to {the city of} Lasha.” or until {you reach} Lasha {City}.”
10:20 mrbd אֵ֣לֶּה 1 “Those {are/were} {the names of}” or “Those {men/people} {are/were}”. The word “Those” refers back to the people listed in verses 6-19. Also, many translations that use “were” (and other past tense verbs) in verses 2-19 and 21-30 use “are” here (and in verses 31 and 32). Do what is best in your language.
10:20 w958 בְנֵי חָ֔ם 1 “the descendants of Ham” or “Hams sons/descendants”
10:20 ixjv לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם 1 “according to their family groups,” or “and each one had his own clan/family,” or “and their {extended} families,” See how you translated “clans” in verse 5.
10:20 n9z9 לִ⁠לְשֹֽׁנֹתָ֑⁠ם בְּ⁠אַרְצֹתָ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠גוֹיֵ⁠הֶֽם 1 “Each {clan/family} had/spoke its own language and {lived in} its own territory/region, and {eventually} became its own people/ethnic group.” or “Each {clan/family} {grew/multiplied and} became/established its own people/ethnic group that had/spoke its own language and {lived in} its own territory/region.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated verse 5, which has some of the same phrases as verse 20.
10:21 am4z וּ⁠לְ⁠שֵׁ֥ם יֻלַּ֖ד גַּם 1 “Shem also fathered/had {some} sons”. In the Hebrew text, “to Shem” comes first in this sentence after “And”, to emphasize Shem. Do what is natural in your language.
10:21 x6vj ה֑וּא אֲבִי֙ כָּל בְּנֵי עֵ֔בֶר 1 “He was the ancestor of all the descendants of Eber”
10:21 f29s אֲחִ֖י יֶ֥פֶת הַ⁠גָּדֽוֹל 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean (1) “and his/Shems older brother was Japheth.” (2) “and he/Shem was Japheths older/oldest brother.”
10:22 t2s3 בְּנֵ֥י שֵׁ֖ם עֵילָ֣ם 1 “{The names of} Shems sons {were}” or “These {were} {the names of} Shems sons:”
10:22 o6p2 עֵילָ֣ם וְ⁠אַשּׁ֑וּר וְ⁠אַרְפַּכְשַׁ֖ד וְ⁠ל֥וּד וַֽ⁠אֲרָֽם 1 Elam, Asshur, Arpachshad, Lud and Aram.” The name “Arpachshad” is spelled as “Arphaxad” in many translations. Also, see how you spelled “Lud” in verse 13 (who is a different person with the same name). Be consistent with how you spell each name throughout the Bible.
10:23 ylhl וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י אֲרָ֑ם ע֥וּץ 1 “{The names of} Arams sons {were}” or “These {were} {the names of} Arams sons:”
10:23 qqox ע֥וּץ וְ⁠ח֖וּל וְ⁠גֶ֥תֶר וָ⁠מַֽשׁ 1 “Uz, Hul, Gether, and Mash.” The same person who is called “Mash” here, is referred to as “Meshech/Meshek” in 1 Chronicles 1:17. To prevent confusion, some translations use “Meshech/Meshek” here too, or put that name in a footnote.
10:24 u3c2 וְ⁠אַרְפַּכְשַׁ֖ד יָלַ֣ד אֶת שָׁ֑לַח 1 “Arpachshad/Arphaxad fathered/had {a son named} Shelah,” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Arpachshad/Arphaxad” in verse 22.
10:24 bfuy וְ⁠שֶׁ֖לַח יָלַ֥ד אֶת עֵֽבֶר 1 “then/and Shelah fathered/had {a son named} Eber.”
10:25 jiw4 וּ⁠לְ⁠עֵ֥בֶר יֻלַּ֖ד שְׁנֵ֣י בָנִ֑ים 1 “Then Eber fathered/had two sons.”
10:25 u8nm שֵׁ֣ם הָֽ⁠אֶחָ֞ד פֶּ֗לֶג 1 “The name of the first {one/son} {was}” or “The first one/son was named”
10:25 ibtk פֶּ֗לֶג 1 “Peleg, {which means “division/divide,”}” You can put the meaning of Pelegs name in the text or in a footnote, so that it is clear why he was given his name. See what you did for a similar case (Noahs name) in Gen 5:29.
10:25 mrdo כִּ֤י בְ⁠יָמָי⁠ו֙ 1 “because during his lifetime”
10:25 v3na rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy נִפְלְגָ֣ה הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “{the people on} the earth divided/separated {into separate groups} {and scattered everywhere}.” This phrase refers to the people on the earth and implies that they scattered and lived all over the earth (as specified in Gen 11:8). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
10:25 po91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠שֵׁ֥ם אָחִ֖י⁠ו יָקְטָֽן 1 “His/Pelegs {younger} brothers name was Joktan.” or “{Ebers second/other son} was named Joktan and was younger than Peleg.” Make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to in this sentence, especially after reading the previous two sentences. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
10:26 eu4k וְ⁠יָקְטָ֣ן יָלַ֔ד 1 “Joktan fathered/had {sons named}” or “Joktan fathered/had {the following sons:}” Notice that the list of Joktans sons continues through verse 29.
10:26 h2ab אֶת אַלְמוֹדָ֖ד וְ⁠אֶת שָׁ֑לֶף וְ⁠אֶת חֲצַרְמָ֖וֶת וְ⁠אֶת יָֽרַח 1 “Almodad, Sheleph, Hazarmaveth, Jerah,”
10:27 xncl וְ⁠אֶת הֲדוֹרָ֥ם וְ⁠אֶת אוּזָ֖ל וְ⁠אֶת דִּקְלָֽה 1 “Hadoram, Uzal, Diklah,”
10:28 skwt וְ⁠אֶת עוֹבָ֥ל וְ⁠אֶת אֲבִֽימָאֵ֖ל וְ⁠אֶת שְׁבָֽא 1 “Obal, Abimael, Sheba,”
10:29 xri4 וְ⁠אֶת אוֹפִ֥ר וְ⁠אֶת חֲוִילָ֖ה וְ⁠אֶת יוֹבָ֑ב 1 “Ophir, Havilah, and Jobab.” Consider again how you translated lists of names throughout chapter 10.
10:29 d37u כָּל אֵ֖לֶּה 1 “All those {were} {the names of}” or “All those {men/people} {were}” or “Those {were} all”
10:29 d3qs בְּנֵ֥י יָקְטָֽן 1 “Joktans sons.”
10:30 z0dr וַֽ⁠יְהִ֥י מוֹשָׁבָ֖⁠ם 1 “Their dwelling {place}” or “Their territory/region” or “The region/area where they lived”
10:30 h4i1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַֽ⁠יְהִ֥י מִ⁠מֵּשָׁ֑א 1 “extended/reached from {the city of} Mesha {in the west},” See how you translated a similar sentence in verse 19. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:30 qhqk בֹּאֲ⁠כָ֥ה סְפָ֖רָ⁠ה 1 “all the way to” or “as far as”
10:30 buoh סְפָ֖רָ⁠ה 1 “{the city/town of} Sephar, {which is in/near}”. Sephar might refer to a city, a mountain, or a region (that was named after the city or mountain).
10:30 bl54 הַ֥ר הַ⁠קֶּֽדֶם 1 “the mountain range {that is} in the east.” or “the hill country in the east.” or “the eastern hill country.” The word “mountain{s}” is ambiguous in the Hebrew text. It can be (1) a collective noun that refers to mountains or hill country near the town of Sephar (2) a singular noun that refers to a specific mountain that was called Sephar.
10:31 v7ly אֵ֣לֶּה 1 “Those {are/were} {the names of}” or “Those {men/people} {are/were}”. The word “Those” refers here to the people listed in verses 21-30. See how you translated verse 20, which is almost exactly the same as verse 31.
10:31 ffht בְנֵי שֵׁ֔ם 1 “the descendants of Shem” or “Shems sons/descendants”
10:31 lpn7 לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖⁠ם 1 “and each one had his own clan/family.” See how you translated “clans” in verses 5 and 20.
10:31 b1x8 לִ⁠לְשֹׁנֹתָ֑⁠ם בְּ⁠אַרְצֹתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠גוֹיֵ⁠הֶֽם 1 “Each {clan/family} had/spoke its own language and {lived in} its own territory, and {eventually} became its own people/ethnic group.” or “Each clan/family {grew/multiplied and} became/established its own people/ethnic group that had/spoke its own language and {lived in} its own territory.”
10:32 e560 אֵ֣לֶּה מִשְׁפְּחֹ֧ת בְּנֵי נֹ֛חַ 1 “{All} those {people} {are/were} the clans/families {who descended} from Noahs sons,” or “{All} those clans/families descended from Noahs sons,” The word “Those” refers here to everyone who is listed in verses 2-31. Consider again how you translated “clans” in verses 5, 18, 29, 31-32.
10:32 bl71 לְ⁠תוֹלְדֹתָ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠גוֹיֵ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “Each clan/family had its own genealogy/descendants and became its own people/ethnic group.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, compare how you translated similar phrases in verses 5, 20, and 31.
10:32 nh8d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וּ⁠מֵ⁠אֵ֜לֶּה נִפְרְד֧וּ הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֛ם בָּ⁠אָ֖רֶץ אַחַ֥ר הַ⁠מַּבּֽוּל 1 “From those {people} {came/descended} {all} the people/ethnic groups {who} spread out on/over the earth after the flood.” or “In fact, after the flood {all} the people groups on the earth descended from them and spread out everywhere.” Consider again how you translated “nations” in verses 5, 20, 31-32. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
11:1 r2b8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וַֽ⁠יְהִ֥י 1 “Now {at first,}” or “Now {for a while,}” The events in chapter 11:1-9 happened before the people listed in chapter 10 had their own languages and before they spread out over the earth (Gen 10:5, 19-20, 30-32). You could include some of that information in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
11:1 nlun rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כָל הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 “all {the people on} the earth” or “everyone on the earth”. Make sure your translation of this phrase refers to the people who lived on the earth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:1 j005 וַֽ⁠יְהִ֥י שָׂפָ֣ה אֶחָ֑ת 1 “spoke one language” or “spoke/shared the same language”
11:1 l2n1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וּ⁠דְבָרִ֖ים אֲחָדִֽים 1 “and {spoke/shared} the same words/vocabulary.” or “and spoke words everyone knew/understood.” or “so everyone understood each other.” The phrases “one language” and “the same words” are very similar in meaning and emphasize the fact that everyone spoke the same language. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
11:2 ufks rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַֽ⁠יְהִ֖י בְּ⁠נָסְעָ֣⁠ם 1 “After a while, as/when” or “As/When” or “As time passed,” The phrase “it happened that” introduces an important event and helps create suspense so that readers will wonder what the outcome will be. Some translations omit this phrase because it is not natural in their language. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
11:2 phjs rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns בְּ⁠נָסְעָ֣⁠ם 1 “they moved/traveled” or “the people migrated/moved”. Consider whether it is better in your language to use a pronoun (“they”) or a noun phrase (“the people”) here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
11:2 kqit מִ⁠קֶּ֑דֶם 1 “from the eastern {regions},” or “{around} in the eastern {regions},” At first after the flood, people lived in the regions around the mountains of Ararat (where the ark had landed). As they began to migrate and spread out to different places (as God had told them to do), they must have headed south at some point, since they ended up at the plain of Shinar, which was south of where the Ararat Mountains were. The reference to “the east” probably reflects the viewpoint of the author (Moses), since the Ararat mountains and the plain of Shinar were both far to the east of where he was living.
11:2 zdwp וַֽ⁠יִּמְצְא֥וּ 1 “they discovered” or “they {eventually} came to” or “and {eventually} came to”. Make sure the way you translate this phrase fits with the way you translated the first half of this verse.
11:2 vygx בִקְעָ֛ה בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ שִׁנְעָ֖ר 1 “a wide/spacious, flat valley/area in the land/region called Shinar”. This plain was a wide, flat area between mountains. Also be consistent here with how you translated “land of Shinar” in Gen 10:10.
11:2 dxfo וַ⁠יֵּ֥שְׁבוּ שָֽׁם 1 “and lived/stayed there.” or “and began to live there.”
11:3 m2g2 וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֞וּ 1 “Then {one day} they urged each other,” The events that are described below probably did not happen immediately after they arrived at the plain. Consider what is the best way to begin these events in your language. (See: writing-new event)
11:3 jfqv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הָ֚בָ⁠ה 1 “Come on,” Consider whether or not your language has an idiom like this that is used to urge or persuade someone to do something together. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11:3 uwu2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive נִלְבְּנָ֣ה 1 “let us {work together and} make” or “we should {work together and} make”. The pronoun “us” is inclusive here and refers to the people who are talking to each other. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
11:3 wprr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְבֵנִ֔ים 1 “{some} {clay/mud} bricks/blocks” or “{some} bricks/blocks {from clay/mud}” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:3 y8pj וְ⁠נִשְׂרְפָ֖ה לִ⁠שְׂרֵפָ֑ה 1 “and harden them with fire.” or “and use fire to bake/harden them.” or “and put/bake them in/over fire {to make them hard/strong}.”
11:3 s0kz וַ⁠תְּהִ֨י לָ⁠הֶ֤ם 1 “So {they did that, and} they had” or “They had/used”
11:3 uxzq הַ⁠לְּבֵנָה֙ לְ⁠אָ֔בֶן 1 “bricks/blocks {to build with} instead of stone,”
11:3 u7qc וְ⁠הַ֣⁠חֵמָ֔ר הָיָ֥ה לָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 “and they used tar {between the bricks/blocks}”
11:3 b4kx לַ⁠חֹֽמֶר 1 “instead of mortar.” or “to hold/stick the bricks/blocks together.”
11:4 rlly וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֞וּ 1 “Then they said {to each other},” or “Then they urged {each other},”
11:4 igxx הָ֣בָ⁠ה 1 “Come on,” See how you translated this idiom in verse 3.
11:4 gfzh נִבְנֶה 1 “let us {work together and} build” or “we should {work together and} build”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 3.
11:4 dl1s לָּ֣⁠נוּ עִ֗יר 1 “a city for us {to live in}”
11:4 fabc וּ⁠מִגְדָּל֙ 1 “that includes/has” or “with”
11:4 a5tp וּ⁠מִגְדָּל֙ 1 “a {high} tower” or “a {very} tall building”
11:4 h80w וְ⁠רֹאשׁ֣⁠וֹ בַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם 1 “that reaches high into the heavens/sky,” or “that reaches up to heaven,”
11:4 z87w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠נַֽעֲשֶׂה לָּ֖⁠נוּ שֵׁ֑ם פֶּן נָפ֖וּץ 1 “{We should do that} to make ourselves famous and to keep us from spreading out” or “{That way} we will become well-known/famous, and we will not separate from each other {and live}”. The phrase “make a name for ourselves” is a idiom. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom that would work well here. Also see how you translated the word “scattered” in Gen 10:18, 32. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11:4 ytfe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עַל פְּנֵ֥י כָל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “all over the earth/world.” or “around the world.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11:5 klw3 וַ⁠יֵּ֣רֶד 1 “Then/But {one day}”
11:5 f9ua rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּ֣רֶד יְהוָ֔ה 1 “Yahweh came down {from heaven}” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:5 oe6q לִ⁠רְאֹ֥ת אֶת הָ⁠עִ֖יר 1 “and looked at the city”
11:5 pbs0 וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠מִּגְדָּ֑ל 1 “and the {very} tall building”. See how you translated this word in verse 4.
11:5 ujao אֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּנֵ֥י הָ⁠אָדָֽם 1 “that the people”
11:5 zcoi בָּנ֖וּ 1 “were building.” or “had started building.” Make sure the way you translate this verb fits with the fact that the people had not yet finished building the city (verse 8).
11:6 zesy rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֗ה 1 “And/Then he said (to himself),” or “He said,” Consider what is the best way to refer to Yahweh here in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
11:6 h94b הֵ֣ן 1 “Look,” This term calls attention to what Yahweh says next. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language.
11:6 q2ld עַ֤ם אֶחָד֙ 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean (1) “{they are} one people/ethnic {group},” (2) “the/these people {are} one/united {in what they are doing},”
11:6 emr9 וְ⁠שָׂפָ֤ה לְ⁠כֻלָּ֔⁠ם 1 “and they all speak/share”
11:6 i68n וְ⁠שָׂפָ֤ה אַחַת֙ 1 “the same language.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 1.
11:6 jn1z וְ⁠זֶ֖ה הַחִלָּ֣⁠ם לַ⁠עֲשׂ֑וֹת 1 “This {is} {only} the beginning of what they can/will do {together}.”
11:6 m869 וְ⁠עַתָּה֙ 1 “Now/Soon”
11:6 cwlf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives לֹֽא יִבָּצֵ֣ר מֵ⁠הֶ֔ם כֹּ֛ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר יָזְמ֖וּ לַֽ⁠עֲשֽׂוֹת 1 “nothing that they plan to do will be impossible for them.” or “everything/anything they plan/attempt to do will be possible for them.” or “they will be able to do anything/whatever they plan/try to do.” The words “not” and “impossible” are two negatives that work together to communicate an emphatic positive statement. Consider what is the best way to translate this in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
11:7 siye הָ֚בָ⁠ה 1 “{So} come on,” or “{So}”
11:7 y4mg נֵֽרְדָ֔ה 1 “we must”. Most Bible scholars think this plural pronoun refers here to God and the fact that he is three Persons in one God. So it is best to keep this plural pronoun in your translation. See what you did for similar pronouns in Gen 1:26.
11:7 ab2t נֵֽרְדָ֔ה וְ⁠נָבְלָ֥ה שָׁ֖ם 1 “go down there {now} and” or “go to them and”
11:7 b6e9 וְ⁠נָבְלָ֥ה שְׂפָתָ֑⁠ם 1 “scramble their language” or “mix up their language”
11:7 qlnr אֲשֶׁר֙ לֹ֣א יִשְׁמְע֔וּ 1 “so that they will not {be able to} understand” or “so that they cannot understand”
11:7 yf9e NO OrigLQuote AVAILABLE!!! 1 “what they say to each other.” or “each other.”
11:8 eqxo וַ⁠יָּ֨פֶץ יְהוָ֥ה 1 “Then/So Yahweh {did that and}” or “That is how Yahweh” or “In that way, Yahweh”
11:8 abaf וַ⁠יָּ֨פֶץ אֹתָ֛⁠ם מִ⁠שָּׁ֖ם 1 “caused the people to leave from there and spread out” or “caused the people to leave from there and settle/live in different places”
11:8 m39c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עַל פְּנֵ֣י כָל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “over the surface of the entire earth,” or “all over the earth/world,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11:8 hvl6 וַֽ⁠יַּחְדְּל֖וּ 1 “so that they”
11:8 bj40 וַֽ⁠יַּחְדְּל֖וּ לִ⁠בְנֹ֥ת 1 “had to stop building/constructing”
11:8 fvq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure הָ⁠עִֽיר 1 “the city {and the tower}.” For some languages it is better to change the order of clauses in this verse (so that events are in the order that they happened) and say, “In that way, Yahweh caused the people to stop building the city {and the tower} and to move away from each other, {so that eventually they lived} all over the world.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
11:9 o1v3 עַל כֵּ֞ן 1 “That is why”
11:9 grok קָרָ֤א שְׁמָ⁠הּ֙ 1 “people named the/that city” or “the name of the/that city is” or “the/that city was named/called”. Frequently in the Hebrew text, this phrase has a general meaning and does not refer to someone specific.
11:9 flf8 בָּבֶ֔ל 1 “Babel, {which means “confused/mixed-up/scrambled,”}” If you include the meaning of “Babel” here in your translation or in a footnote, be consistent with the way you translate “confused” later in this verse and in verse 7.
11:9 go0s כִּי שָׁ֛ם יְהוָ֖ה 1 “because that is where Yahweh” or “because {it was} in that city {that} Yahweh”
11:9 cnun בָּלַ֥ל 1 “mixed up” or “scrambled”
11:9 f8ye שְׂפַ֣ת כָּל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “the language that everyone on the earth spoke/shared,”
11:9 uhku וּ⁠מִ⁠שָּׁם֙ הֱפִיצָ֣⁠ם יְהוָ֔ה 1 “and {in that way} Yahweh/he made them spread out from there”
11:9 onj2 עַל פְּנֵ֖י כָּל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “over the surface of the entire earth.” or “all over the earth/world.” See how you translated this phrase in verses 4 and 8.
11:10 k4zv אֵ֚לֶּה תּוֹלְדֹ֣ת שֵׁ֔ם 1 “This/Here is the record/list of Shems descendants:” or “This is Shems genealogy/family-line:”
11:10 xsg5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure שֵׁ֚ם בֶּן מְאַ֣ת שָׁנָ֔ה וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת אַרְפַּכְשָׁ֑ד שְׁנָתַ֖יִם אַחַ֥ר הַ⁠מַּבּֽוּל 1 “Two years after the flood {began}, when Shem was 100 years old, he had {a son named} Arpachshad/Arphaxad.” The phrase “after the flood” probably refers to two years after the flood began, not after it ended; see a similar case in Gen 9:28. Also be consistent here with how you spelled “Arpachshad/Arphaxad” in Gen 10:22. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
11:11 hhxi rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַֽ⁠יְחִי שֵׁ֗ם אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת אַרְפַּכְשָׁ֔ד 1 “After he fathered/had Arpachshad/Arphaxad, Shem/he lived” or “After Arpachshad/Arphaxad was born, Shem lived” or “After Arpachshad/Arphaxads birth, Shem lived”. Throughout this section, make sure that names and pronouns (like “he”) are used in a way that is accurate and natural in your language, so that it is always clear who is being referred to. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
11:11 newn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “{another} 500 years,” or “500 {more} years,” See how you translated Gen 5:7, which has the same sentence structure as 11:11. For some languages, it may be more natural to change the clause order of this sentence and say, “Shem lived 500 {more} years after Arpachshad/Arphaxad was born,...” Do what is best in your language throughout this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
11:11 e9d9 וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Shem {also} fathered/had” or “He/Shem was {also} the father of”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated this phrase and the following one in Gen 5:4.
11:11 lc2z בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “{other} sons, as well as daughters.”
11:12 cx5o וְ⁠אַרְפַּכְשַׁ֣ד חַ֔י חָמֵ֥שׁ וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד 1 “When Arpachshad/Arphaxad had lived 35 years, he” or “When Arpachshad/Arphaxad was 35 years old,”
11:12 wvlk וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת שָֽׁלַח 1 “he fathered/had {a son named} Shelah.” or “he fathered/had {a son he/they named} Shelah.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Shelah.” See how you translated Gen 5:6, which has the same sentence structure as 11:12.
11:13 s590 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַֽ⁠יְחִ֣י אַרְפַּכְשַׁ֗ד אַֽחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת שֶׁ֔לַח 1 “After he fathered/had Shelah, Arpachshad/Arphaxad lived” or “After Shelah was born, Arpachshad/Arphaxad lived” or “After Shems birth, Arpachshad/Arphaxad lived”. Be consistent with how you spell the name “Arpachshad/Arphaxad” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 10:22, 24; 11:10-13. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
11:13 yqx2 NO OrigLQuote AVAILABLE!!! 1 “{another} 403 years,” or “403 {more} years,”
11:13 om3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Arpachshad {also} fathered/had” or “He was {also} the father of”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Arpachshad at this point in the paragraph. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
11:13 e35h בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “{other} sons, as well as daughters.”
11:14 w7dj וְ⁠שֶׁ֥לַח חַ֖י שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד 1 “When Shelah had lived 30 years,” or “When Shelah was 30 years old,”
11:14 kt42 וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת עֵֽבֶר 1 “he fathered/had {a son named} Eber.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Eber.”
11:15 hd5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַֽ⁠יְחִי שֶׁ֗לַח אַחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת עֵ֔בֶר 1 “After he/Shelah fathered/had Eber, Shelah/he lived” or “After Eber was born, Shelah lived” or “After Ebers birth, Shelah lived”. Be consistent with how you spell the name “Shelah” in Gen 10:24; 11:12-15. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
11:15 ms3c NO OrigLQuote AVAILABLE!!! 1 “{another} 403 years,” or “403 {more} years,”
11:15 du9x וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Shelah {also} fathered/had” or “He/Shelah was {also} the father of”
11:15 g3i9 בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “{other} sons, as well as daughters.”
11:16 ylnk וַֽ⁠יְחִי עֵ֕בֶר אַרְבַּ֥ע וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד 1 “When Eber had lived 34 years,” or “When Eber was 34 years old,”
11:16 xcap rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת פָּֽלֶג 1 “he fathered/had {a son named} Peleg.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Peleg.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
11:17 wlcr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַֽ⁠יְחִי עֵ֗בֶר אַחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת פֶּ֔לֶג 1 “After he/Eber fathered/had Peleg, Eber/he lived” or “After Peleg was born, Eber lived” or “After Pelegs birth, Eber lived”. Be consistent with how you spell the name “Eber” in Gen 10:24-25; 11:14-17. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
11:17 cc14 NO OrigLQuote AVAILABLE!!! 1 “{another} 430 years,” or “430 {more} years,”
11:17 ocjw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Eber {also} fathered/had” or “He/Eber was {also} the father of”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Eber at this point in the paragraph. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
11:17 cc06 בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “{other} sons, as well as daughters.”
11:18 gdd8 וַֽ⁠יְחִי פֶ֖לֶג שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד 1 “When Peleg had lived 30 years,” or “When Peleg was 30 years old,”
11:18 waxn וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת רְעֽוּ 1 “he fathered/had {a son named} Reu.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Reu.”
11:19 qfcg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַֽ⁠יְחִי פֶ֗לֶג אַחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת רְע֔וּ 1 “After he/Peleg had Reu, Peleg/he lived” or “After Reu was born, Peleg lived” or “After Reus birth, Peleg lived”. Be consistent with how you spell the name “Peleg” in Gen 10:25; 11:16-19. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
11:19 xncw NO OrigLQuote AVAILABLE!!! 1 “{another} 209 years,” or “209 {more} years,”
11:19 bpuk וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Peleg {also} fathered/had” or “He/Peleg was {also} the father of”
11:19 nr72 בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “{other} sons, as well as daughters.”
11:20 ek1h וַ⁠יְחִ֣י רְע֔וּ שְׁתַּ֥יִם וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד 1 “When Reu had lived 32 years,” or “When Reu was 32 years old,”
11:20 zm8n וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת שְׂרֽוּג 1 “he fathered/had {a son named} Serug.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Serug.”
11:21 blty rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠יְחִ֣י רְע֗וּ אַחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת שְׂר֔וּג 1 “After he/Reu had Serug, Reu/he lived” or “After Serug was born, Reu lived” or “After Serugs birth, Reu lived”. Be consistent with how you spell “Reu” in Gen 11:18-21. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
11:21 x8r5 NO OrigLQuote AVAILABLE!!! 1 “{another} 207 years,” or “207 {more} years,”
11:21 t6kn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Reu {also} fathered/had” or “He/Reu was {also} the father of”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Reu at this point in the paragraph. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
11:21 f8g8 בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “{other} sons, as well as daughters.”
11:22 lx37 וַ⁠יְחִ֥י שְׂר֖וּג שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד 1 “When Serug had lived 30 years,” or “When Serug was 30 years old,”
11:22 q17o וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת נָחֽוֹר 1 “he fathered/had {a son named} Nahor.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Nahor.”
11:23 ryhr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠יְחִ֣י שְׂר֗וּג אַחֲרֵ֛י הוֹלִיד֥⁠וֹ אֶת נָח֖וֹר 1 “After he/Serug had Nahor, Serug/he lived” or “After Nahor was born, Serug lived” or “After Nahors birth, Serug lived”. Be consistent with how you spell the name “Serug” in Gen 11:20-23. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
11:23 lmbh מָאתַ֣יִם שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “{another} 200 years,” or “200 {more} years,”
11:23 yaea וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Serug {also} fathered/had” or “He/Serug was {also} the father of”
11:23 vtw1 בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “{other} sons, as well as daughters.”
11:24 qb4u וַ⁠יְחִ֣י נָח֔וֹר תֵּ֥שַׁע וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד 1 “When Nahor had lived 29 years,” or “When Nahor was 29 years old,”
11:24 ej3c וַ⁠יּ֖וֹלֶד אֶת תָּֽרַח 1 “he fathered/had {a son named} Terah.” or “he fathered/had {a son whose name was} Terah.” Consider again how you translated verses 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, and 24, which all have the same sentence structure.
11:25 c5ag rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יְחִ֣י נָח֗וֹר אַחֲרֵי֙ הוֹלִיד֣⁠וֹ אֶת תֶּ֔רַח 1 “After he/Nahor had Terah, Nahor/he lived” or “After Terah was born, Nahor lived” or “After Terahs birth, Nahor lived” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
11:25 jla4 NO OrigLQuote AVAILABLE!!! 1 “{another} 119 years,” or “119 {more} years,”
11:25 is9f וַ⁠יּ֥וֹלֶד 1 “and he {also} fathered/had” or “He/Nahor {also} fathered/had” or “He/Nahor was {also} the father of”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
11:25 e11k בָּנִ֖ים וּ⁠בָנֽוֹת 1 “{other} sons, as well as daughters.” Consider again how you translated verses 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 21, 23 and 25, which all have the same sentence structure.
11:26 fa4t וַֽ⁠יְחִי תֶ֖רַח שִׁבְעִ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה וַ⁠יּ֨וֹלֶד֙ 1 “After Terah had lived 70 years,” or “After Terah was/turned 70 years old,” Your translation needs to allow for the fact that Terahs sons were not triplets (just as Noahs sons were not triplets; see Gen 5:32), rather he started having children after he turned 70 and his sons were born in different years after that. In fact, Abram was not born until Terah was at least 130 years old (11:32, 12:4-5; Acts 7:4), and he was probably Terahs youngest son. Abram is listed first (instead of Haran or Nahor) probably because of his importance as the one whom Yahweh made His covenant with. Some of this information could be put in a footnote.
11:26 cywf וַ⁠יּ֨וֹלֶד֙ אֶת אַבְרָ֔ם אֶת נָח֖וֹר וְ⁠אֶת הָרָֽן 1 “he fathered/had {sons named} Abram, Nahor, and Haran.” or “he fathered/had {sons whose names were} Abram, Nahor, and Haran.”
11:27 y44z וְ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ תּוֹלְדֹ֣ת תֶּ֔רַח 1 “Here/This {is} the history/account/record about/of Terah and his descendants:” This section is different from the previous section. What follows is a history about Terahs descendants (especially Abram); it is not a genealogy or list of names. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 6:9.
11:27 egvx תֶּ֚רַח הוֹלִ֣יד אֶת אַבְרָ֔ם אֶת נָח֖וֹר וְ⁠אֶת הָרָ֑ן 1 “Terah fathered/had {sons named} Abram, Nahor, and Haran;” or “Terahs sons were Abram, Nahor, and Haran.”
11:27 vacr וְ⁠הָרָ֖ן הוֹלִ֥יד אֶת לֽוֹט 1 “and Haran fathered/had {a son named} Lot.” or “Harans son {was named} Lot.” or “and Haran had a son {whose name was} Lot.”
11:28 l32z וַ⁠יָּ֣מָת הָרָ֔ן עַל פְּנֵ֖י תֶּ֣רַח אָבִ֑י⁠ו 1 “Later Haran died while he was with his father Terah,” or “While his father Terah was still alive, Haran died”
11:28 w957 בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מוֹלַדְתּ֖⁠וֹ 1 “in the land where he was born,” or “in his native land,”
11:28 la6c בְּ⁠א֥וּר כַּשְׂדִּֽים 1 “in {the city of} Ur which was ruled/inhabited by the Kasdim/Chaldeans.” or “in {the city of} Ur where the Kasdim/Chaldea people lived.” The word “Kasdim” probably comes from the name of one of Nahors sons, Kesed (Gen 22:22), and often refers to the Chaldeans who were a people group that lived in the country of Babylonia (where Ur was located).
11:29 fjo1 וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח אַבְרָ֧ם וְ⁠נָח֛וֹר 1 “Meanwhile Abram and Nahor” or “Abram and Nahor”
11:29 w0fn וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח לָ⁠הֶ֖ם נָשִׁ֑ים 1 “each married a wife.” or “each got married.”
11:29 oie3 שֵׁ֤ם אֵֽשֶׁת אַבְרָם֙ שָׂרָ֔י 1 “Abrams wife was named Sarai,”
11:29 anm9 וְ⁠שֵׁ֤ם אֵֽשֶׁת נָחוֹר֙ מִלְכָּ֔ה 1 “and Nahors wife was Milcah.”
11:29 nome בַּת הָרָ֥ן אֲבִֽי מִלְכָּ֖ה וַֽ⁠אֲבִ֥י יִסְכָּֽה 1 “She/Milcah was the daughter of {his/Nahors brother} Haran, who was the father of {both} Milcah and {her sister} Iscah.” or “Milcah and {her sister} Iscah were Harans daughters.”
11:30 nr3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וַ⁠תְּהִ֥י שָׂרַ֖י עֲקָרָ֑ה 1 “But/Now Sarai was unable to conceive,” or “Sarai was not able to become/get pregnant,” Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce this background information about Sarai. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
11:30 x9g9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֵ֥ין לָ֖⁠הּ וָלָֽד 1 “{so} she did not have any children.” or “{so} she had no children.” For some languages it may be better to switch the order of the clauses in this verse and say, “But/Now Sarai did not have any children, because she was not able to conceive.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
11:31 dpaf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח 1 “Then {one day,}” or “{One day,}” Consider what is the best way to begin this new paragraph in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
11:31 a4sh וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח תֶּ֜רַח 1 “Terah gathered” or “Terah brought/called together”
11:31 cmu7 אֶת אַבְרָ֣ם בְּנ֗⁠וֹ 1 “his son Abram,”. Make sure it is clear in your translation of this phrase that “his son” refers to Abram, not another person.
11:31 zczu וְ⁠אֶת ל֤וֹט בֶּן הָרָן֙ בֶּן בְּנ֔⁠וֹ 1 “and Lot, {who was} his son Harans son,” or “and his grandson Lot, {who was} Harans son,” The phrases “Lot,” “Harans son,” and “his sons son” all refer to Lot. Make sure that is clear in your translation and that it does not sound like three people.
11:31 zs6d וְ⁠אֵת֙ שָׂרַ֣י כַּלָּת֔⁠וֹ 1 “and his daughter-in-law Sarai,” The phrases “Sarai,” “his daughter-in-law,” and “the wife of his son Abram” all refer to Sarai. Make sure that is clear in your translation.
11:31 ajg2 אֵ֖שֶׁת אַבְרָ֣ם בְּנ֑⁠וֹ 1 “who was his son Abrams wife,” or “who was Abrams wife,”
11:31 mrxu וַ⁠יֵּצְא֨וּ 1 “and they {all}” or “and {all of} them” or “Then they {all}”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
11:31 pp5b וַ⁠יֵּצְא֨וּ אִתָּ֜⁠ם 1 “set out together” or “left”
11:31 bdcj מֵ⁠א֣וּר 1 “from {the city of} Ur” or “from Ur {City}”. See the note at Gen 10:19 about how to translate the names of cities. (See: figs-explicit}
11:31 id6w מֵ⁠א֣וּר כַּשְׂדִּ֗ים 1 “of the Chaldeans” or “where the Chaldea people lived”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 28.
11:31 pjm8 לָ⁠לֶ֨כֶת֙ אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה 1 “to travel to”
11:31 e1dg אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה כְּנַ֔עַן 1 “the region of/called Canaan.” or “Canaan Land.”
11:31 izwt וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥אוּ עַד חָרָ֖ן וַ⁠יֵּ֥שְׁבוּ 1 “But {on the way there,} they came to {the city of} Haran, and” or ”But {along the way,} when they arrived/stopped at {the city of} Haran,” The city of Haran was not in the land of Canaan, rather it was around 450 kilometers (280 miles) northeast of there.
11:31 zd02 וַ⁠יֵּ֥שְׁבוּ שָֽׁם 1 “they settled /stayed there {instead}.” or “they decided to settle/live there {instead}.”
11:32 ql8v וַ⁠יִּהְי֣וּ יְמֵי תֶ֔רַח 1 “Then {many years later,} when Terah was 205 years old,” or “When Terah reached the age of 205 years,”
11:32 b8e1 וַ⁠יָּ֥מָת תֶּ֖רַח 1 “he died {there}”
11:32 t1h0 בְּ⁠חָרָֽן 1 “in {the city of} Haran.” or “in Haran {City}.”
12:1 a02p rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר 1 “Then {one day}” or “{One day}”. Consider what is the best way to begin this new section in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
12:1 lkpd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל אַבְרָ֔ם 1 “Yahweh told/commanded Abram,” Make sure that the way you translate this quote margin fits with what Yahweh says in the following quote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
12:1 rqtx לֶךְ לְ⁠ךָ֛ מֵ⁠אַרְצְ⁠ךָ֥ 1 “Get yourself away from” or “You must move away from” or “You must leave {behind}”
12:1 qw79 מֵ⁠אַרְצְ⁠ךָ֥ 1 “your homeland/country” or “the land/country where you are living”
12:1 ya2a וּ⁠מִ⁠מּֽוֹלַדְתְּ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “and your relatives/people,
12:1 pxeg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית אָבִ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “including your fathers household/family,” The phrase “the house” refers here to everyone who was a member of Abrams household. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
12:1 sr9w אֶל הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 “{and go/move} to the land/place”
12:1 b0dh אֲשֶׁ֥ר אַרְאֶֽ⁠ךָּ 1 “that I will guide you to.”
12:2 vjs1 וְ⁠אֶֽעֶשְׂ⁠ךָ֙ לְ⁠ג֣וֹי 1 “I will make you {and your descendants} become” or “I will make you {the father/ancestor of}”
12:2 is7x לְ⁠ג֣וֹי גָּד֔וֹל 1 “an important/large people group,” or “a large, important people/ethnic group,”
12:2 kyvt וַ⁠אֲבָ֣רֶכְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 “and I will bless/prosper you {and them}.” or “and I will cause you {all} to prosper/flourish.” See how you translated “blessed” in Gen 1:22, 28. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
12:2 y893 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠אֲגַדְּלָ֖ה שְׁמֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 “I will make you {important and} well-known/famous,” Consider what is the best way to translate this idiom in your language. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
12:2 xnwh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וֶ⁠הְיֵ֖ה בְּרָכָֽה 1 “and you will be a blessing {to many people}.” or “and you {and your descendants} will bless {many people}.” or “and {I will use} you {and your descendants} to bless {many people}.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:3 ma8p וַ⁠אֲבָֽרֲכָה֙ מְבָ֣רְכֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “I will bless everyone who blesses you,”
12:3 zjl7 וּ⁠מְקַלֶּלְ⁠ךָ֖ אָאֹ֑ר 1 “but I will curse anyone who curses you.” See how you translated “curse” in Gen 8:21.
12:3 yvsd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠נִבְרְכ֣וּ בְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 “Through you {and your offspring/descendants}” or “Because of you {and your offspring/descendants}” or “By means of you {and your offspring/descendants}”. This phrase refers to Abram and his descendants, including ultimately the Messiah. In other words, Gods promise in this verse is part of his wonderful news (the Gospel message) for all people (Galatians 3:8-9) and is a prophecy about the Messiah/Christ, who was one of Abrahams descendants (Matthew 1:1, Genesis 22:18, Galatians 3:16). God blessed all people on earth by sending his Son Jesus (the Messiah/Christ) to die in their place and pay for all their sins (John 3:16-18, 1 Timothy 2:3-6), so that they could have a close relationship with him/God and be part of his family forever. God repeats this great promise in Genesis 18:18; 22:18; 26:4; 28:14. You could put some of that information in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
12:3 yt58 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִבְרְכ֣וּ כֹּ֖ל מִשְׁפְּחֹ֥ת הָ⁠אֲדָמָֽה 1 “all the families/people on the earth will be blessed {by me}.” or “{I} will bless all the families/people on the earth.” Consider what is the best way in your language to translate this passive sentence. For some languages it is clearer to change the order of the sentence and say, “I will use you {and your offspring/descendants} to bless all the families/people on the earth.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:4 hgch rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠יֵּ֣לֶךְ 1 “So”. Consider what is the best way in your language to begin this sentence to show that Abram is now doing what God just commanded him to do (verse 1). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
12:4 b2v7 וַ⁠יֵּ֣לֶךְ אַבְרָ֗ם כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר דִּבֶּ֤ר אֵלָי⁠ו֙ יְהוָ֔ה 1 “Abram left {the city of Haran}, just/exactly as Yahweh had told/commanded him {to do},” or “Abram did/obeyed what Yahweh had told/commanded him {to do} and left {the city of Haran},”
12:4 hh61 וַ⁠יֵּ֥לֶךְ אִתּ֖⁠וֹ ל֑וֹט 1 “and {his nephew} Lot went/left with him.”
12:4 p63p rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וְ⁠אַבְרָ֗ם 1 “Now Abram” or “Abram”. Many translations omit the conjunction “And” or “Now” here. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
12:4 p5rf בֶּן 1 “was 75 years old”. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 5:32 and 11:10.
12:4 tb22 בְּ⁠צֵאת֖⁠וֹ מֵ⁠חָרָֽן 1 “when he left from” or “when he left” or “when he set out from”
12:4 ln5h מֵ⁠חָרָֽן 1 “{the city of} Haran.” or “there.”
12:5 c1ac rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּקַּ֣ח אַבְרָם֩ 1 “Abram/He” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
12:5 w44u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יִּקַּ֣ח אֶת שָׂרַ֨י אִשְׁתּ֜⁠וֹ 1 “took/brought {with him} his wife Sarai”. Be consistent here with how you spelled “Sarai” in Gen 11:29-31. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
12:5 t055 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠אֶת ל֣וֹט בֶּן אָחִ֗י⁠ו 1 “and his {deceased} brothers son Lot” or “and his nephew Lot”. For some languages it is more natural to make “son of his brother” or “his nephew” explicit in verse 4 (where Lot is first mentioned in this section) and leave it implied here in verse 5. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:5 af34 וְ⁠אֶת כָּל רְכוּשָׁ⁠ם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר רָכָ֔שׁוּ וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠נֶּ֖פֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר עָשׂ֣וּ 1 “everything that they owned, including slaves/servants {and everything else} they had acquired/gotten”. The word “possessions” is general here and includes slaves, animals, furniture, clothes, and money. See how you translated “slave” or “servant” in Gen 9:25-27.
12:5 v8yx בְ⁠חָרָ֑ן 1 “in {the city of} Haran,” or “in Haran {City}
12:5 hhfp וַ⁠יֵּצְא֗וּ לָ⁠לֶ֨כֶת֙ 1 “and they {all} started traveling”
12:5 iazy אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה כְּנַ֔עַן 1 “to the land/region of/called Canaan.” or “to Canaan Land.”
12:5 zel6 וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖אוּ אַ֥רְצָ⁠ה כְּנָֽעַן 1 “Then/Eventually they arrived in Canaan.” or “When they reached Canaan,” or “When they arrived/got there,”
12:6 ep53 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠יַּעֲבֹ֤ר אַבְרָם֙ 1 “Abram” or “Abram {and his family}” or “they”. Abram is the only one named here because he is in focus. However, your translation should not sound like he traveled alone in verse 6. Also make sure that the way you begin this verse in your translation fits with the way you ended verse 5. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
12:6 e656 וַ⁠יַּעֲבֹ֤ר בָּ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “traveled/went through”
12:6 o804 בָּ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “that land/region”. See how you translated “land” in verse 5.
12:6 ai2i עַ֚ד 1 “until they arrived at” or “to”
12:6 klyk מְק֣וֹם שְׁכֶ֔ם 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean (1) “the city of Shechem,” (2) “the/a {sacred} place at/near {the city of} Shechem,”
12:6 wf66 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown עַ֖ד אֵל֣וֹן מוֹרֶ֑ה 1 “to Morehs terebinth/oak tree.” or “to the terebinth/oak tree on Morehs land.” Moreh is probably the name of the person who owned the land where the terebinth tree was. A terebinth tree is a large, broadleaf, flowering tree in the cashew family that can grow to a height of 5 to 12 meters (16 to 40 feet). The Hebrew words for “oak” and “terebinth” are similar, so many translations (including LXX) translate this as “oak tree” here. Notice, however, that oak trees and terebinth trees are from two different tree families. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
12:6 aje0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֖י אָ֥ז בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “At/During that time the Canaanites {were still living} in that land/region,” For some languages it is clearer and more natural to put the time phrase (“at that time”) first in this sentence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
12:7 jgjr rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠יֵּרָ֤א 1 “but”. Yahwehs promise in verse 7 to give Canaan to Abrams descendants contrasts with the fact that the Canaanites were still occupying that region (verse 6). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
12:7 nqjy וַ⁠יֵּרָ֤א יְהוָה֙ אֶל אַבְרָ֔ם 1 “Yahweh came to Abram” or “Yahweh visited Abram”. The text does not specify in what form or in what way God appeared to Abram, so your translation should not do that either.
12:7 nsz9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “and said/promised {to him},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
12:7 zfqw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לְ⁠זַ֨רְעֲ⁠ךָ֔ אֶתֵּ֖ן אֶת הָ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠זֹּ֑את 1 “I will give this land to your offspring/descendants.” In the Hebrew text, the phrase “to your offspring” is emphasized by its position at the beginning of this quote. However, for some languages it may be clearer and more natural to change the order of the clauses and say, “I will give this land to your offspring/descendants.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
12:7 uce6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּ֤בֶן 1 “So/Then he/Abram”. Make sure that your translation of this phrase refers to Abram. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
12:7 ed0y וַ⁠יִּ֤בֶן מִזְבֵּ֔חַ 1 “built/made an altar {out of large stones}” or “built/made a sacrifice table/mound {with stones}”. See how you translated “altar” in Gen 8:20.
12:7 s3yo שָׁם֙ 1 “near the tree” or “in that place”
12:7 rv38 לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה 1 “to worship Yahweh” or “{and burned sacrifices on it} to {thank and} worship Yahweh”
12:7 ywd2 הַ⁠נִּרְאֶ֥ה אֵלָֽי⁠ו 1 “who had appeared/come to him {there}.” or “because he/Yahweh had appeared/come to him {there}.” See how you translated “appeared” earlier in verse 7.
12:8 o3tf וַ⁠יַּעְתֵּ֨ק מִ⁠שָּׁ֜ם 1 “From there” or “From {the place/city of} Shechem”
12:8 y0sn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יַּעְתֵּ֨ק הָ⁠הָ֗רָ⁠ה 1 “he/Abram {and his family} moved/traveled {south} to” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
12:8 c1kt הָ⁠הָ֗רָ⁠ה מִ⁠קֶּ֛דֶם לְ⁠בֵֽית אֵ֖ל 1 “the hill country that was east of” or “the mountainous region east of”
12:8 ioxd לְ⁠בֵֽית אֵ֖ל 1 “{the town of} Bethel”
12:8 u3l7 וַ⁠יֵּ֣ט אָהֳלֹ֑⁠ה 1 “and set/put up his/their tents {there}” or “They set up their tents/camp”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated “tent” in Gen 9:21, 27.
12:8 r71q בֵּֽית אֵ֤ל מִ⁠יָּם֙ וְ⁠הָ⁠עַ֣י מִ⁠קֶּ֔דֶם 1 “between Bethel to the west and {the town of} Ai to the east.” or “Bethel was to the west {of them} and {the town of} Ai was to the east.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
12:8 cl64 וַ⁠יִּֽבֶן שָׁ֤ם 1 “There he/Abram built/made”
12:8 s3gs מִזְבֵּ֨חַ֙ 1 “another altar” or “another sacrifice table/mound”. See how you translated “altar” in verse 7.
12:8 b7gd לַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה 1 “{and burned sacrifices on it} to worship Yahweh,” See how you translated “to Yahweh” in verse 7.
12:8 yv1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֖א בְּ⁠שֵׁ֥ם יְהוָֽה 1 “and he worshiped/praised Yahweh/him by name.” or “he addressed Yahweh/him by {his} name as he worshiped/praised him.” or “he used Yahwehs/his name in his prayers and worship.” or “he worshiped/praised Yahweh/him.” See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 4:26. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
12:9 q07s אַבְרָ֔ם 1 “Abram/he {and his family}”
12:9 bv60 וַ⁠יִּסַּ֣ע הָל֥וֹךְ וְ⁠נָס֖וֹעַ 1 “traveled in stages” or “moved from place to place”
12:9 ci3c הַ⁠נֶּֽגְבָּ⁠ה 1 “{south} toward” or “{southward} until they reached”
12:9 yypr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names הַ⁠נֶּֽגְבָּ⁠ה 1 “the Negev/Southern {Wilderness/Desert}.” The Hebrew word “Negev” can mean “south” or “dry country,” so some translations translate the meaning. But most translations transliterate the Hebrew name (as “Negev” or “Negeb”) as they do with other names in the Bible. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
12:10 glm2 וַ⁠יְהִ֥י 1 “Now there was”. This clause gives the setting for the rest of the sentence. Translate this in a way that is natural in your language.
12:10 eik8 רָעָ֖ב 1 “a serious/extreme shortage/lack of food” or “a hungry/starving time when food was very/extremely scarce”. A “famine” is a prolonged period of time when people are starving because crops are failing, often due to a lack of rain or other severe weather conditions.
12:10 wayf בָּ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “in that land/region/area,” or “in the Negev Wilderness/Desert,”
12:10 fw9g וַ⁠יֵּ֨רֶד אַבְרָ֤ם 1 “so Abram {and his family}”
12:10 rz12 וַ⁠יֵּ֨רֶד 1 “headed/traveled southwest” or “went/traveled/moved {further} south”. This phrase refers to the fact that Egypt is lower in elevation than Canaan (verse 5). It is also located southwest of Canaan.
12:10 ipz4 מִצְרַ֨יְמָ⁠ה֙ 1 “to/toward {the land/country} of Egypt”
12:10 kyr1 לָ⁠ג֣וּר שָׁ֔ם 1 “to live/stay there for a while”
12:10 vqpl כִּֽי כָבֵ֥ד הָ⁠רָעָ֖ב 1 “because the food shortage was {very} severe/oppressive”
12:10 vjke rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בָּ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “in that land/region.” or “in the Negev {Wilderness/Desert} {so they could not survive/live there}.” It may be more natural to put this clause near the beginning of this verse and say, “Then/Now there was a famine in that land/region that was so heavy/severe/bad that Abram {and his family} {left there and} went down to {the land/country of} Egypt to live for a while.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
12:11 aosr וַ⁠יְהִ֕י כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר הִקְרִ֖יב לָ⁠ב֣וֹא מִצְרָ֑יְמָ⁠ה 1 “Just before they arrived in Egypt,” or “As they approached Egypt,”
12:11 v1kk וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אֶל 1 “he/Abram told/urged”
12:11 p25h שָׂרַ֣י אִשְׁתּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “his wife Sarai,”
12:11 phg5 הִנֵּה נָ֣א 1 “Listen please,” or “Please listen {to me/this}:”
12:11 ajhq יָדַ֔עְתִּי כִּ֛י אִשָּׁ֥ה יְפַת מַרְאֶ֖ה אָֽתְּ 1 “I know/realize that you {are} a very beautiful woman.” or “You {are} a very beautiful woman.”
12:12 x50x rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠הָיָ֗ה כִּֽי 1 “So when” or “When”. Consider whether it is better in your language to begin this sentence with or without a conjunction (“So”). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
12:12 jv43 הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֔ים 1 “the people of/in Egypt”
12:12 cqnx יִרְא֤וּ אֹתָ⁠ךְ֙ 1 “see/notice you {with me},”
12:12 semy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וְ⁠אָמְר֖וּ אִשְׁתּ֣⁠וֹ זֹ֑את 1 “they will say/know that you are my wife,” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
12:12 sw31 וְ⁠הָרְג֥וּ אֹתִ֖⁠י וְ⁠אֹתָ֥⁠ךְ יְחַיּֽוּ 1 “Then they will kill me but/and let you live {so that they can have/take you}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
12:13 t2hf אִמְרִי נָ֖א 1 “{So} please tell {people/them}”
12:13 erv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations אִמְרִי אֲחֹ֣תִ⁠י אָ֑תְּ 1 “ I am his/Abrams sister, ” Consider whether an indirect quote or direct quote is best here in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
12:13 p2h5 לְמַ֨עַן֙ יִֽיטַב לִ֣⁠י 1 “so that I will be treated well” or “so that they/people will treat me well”
12:13 pv49 בַ⁠עֲבוּרֵ֔⁠ךְ 1 “because of you”
12:13 kbgh וְ⁠חָיְתָ֥ה נַפְשִׁ֖⁠י בִּ⁠גְלָלֵֽ⁠ךְ 1 “and my life will be spared {by them}.” or “and they will spare my life.” or “and {they will} let me live.” For some languages it is not natural to include the phrase “because of you” here, because it repeats the same idea as “for your sake” that was earlier in the sentence. Do what is best in your language.
12:14 ip31 וַ⁠יְהִ֕י 1 “That is {exactly} what happened:”
12:14 ajxi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כְּ⁠ב֥וֹא אַבְרָ֖ם 1 “When Abram {and his family}”. Although Abram is in focus here, your translation should not sound like he was traveling alone. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:14 o20p כְּ⁠ב֥וֹא מִצְרָ֑יְמָ⁠ה 1 “entered” or “arrived in”
12:14 uvz5 מִצְרָ֑יְמָ⁠ה 1 “{the land/country of} Egypt,”
12:14 s2xw וַ⁠יִּרְא֤וּ הַ⁠מִּצְרִים֙ 1 “the Egyptian {people}” or “the people {living} there”
12:14 g5l2 וַ⁠יִּרְא֤וּ אֶת הָ֣⁠אִשָּׁ֔ה כִּֽי הִ֖וא 1 “saw/noticed that the woman {with him}” or “saw/noticed that Sarai”
12:14 x3ox יָפָ֥ה מְאֹֽד 1 “{was} {indeed/truly} very beautiful.”
12:15 twfq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠יִּרְא֤וּ אֹתָ⁠הּ֙ שָׂרֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה וַ⁠יְהַֽלְל֥וּ 1 “{Some of} the officials/officers who served/ruled under the {Egyptian} king/ruler noticed/spotted her, so” or “When some officials/officers of/under Pharaoh {the king of/over Egypt} saw/noticed her,” The term “officials” is general and refers to leaders or rulers who were under Pharaoh and served him. Also, the term “Pharaoh” is an Egyptian title that refers to the king or ruler over Egypt. However, in the Old Testament, it is treated as a name (that frequently occurs with the title “king of Egypt”), so translators often transliterate “Pharaoh” (which is how other names in the Bible are normally treated). Some languages require an honorific title with the names of kings, for example, “{King} Pharaoh”. Decide how you will handle this in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
12:15 oubs rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יְהַֽלְל֥וּ אֹתָ֖⁠הּ אֶל פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 “they told Pharaoh/him how beautiful she was,” or “they highly recommended her to him,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
12:15 vbhr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠תֻּקַּ֥ח הָ⁠אִשָּׁ֖ה 1 “and she/Sarai was taken/brought” or “So he had them bring her/Sarai”. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:15 hq0q בֵּ֥ית פַּרְעֹֽה 1 “into/to his palace {to be one of his wives}.”
12:16 xuh3 וּ⁠לְ⁠אַבְרָ֥ם הֵיטִ֖יב בַּ⁠עֲבוּרָ֑⁠הּ 1 “Then Pharaoh treated Abram well because of her/Sarai,” or “The king thought that Abram was her/Sarais brother, so he treated him well.”
12:16 wjdj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַֽ⁠יְהִי ל֤⁠וֹ 1 “and Abram acquired {from him}” or “and he gave him/Abram” or “He gave him/Abram”. Make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to here. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
12:16 k8w6 צֹאן וּ⁠בָקָר֙ 1 “flocks {of sheep} and herds {of cattle},” or “many sheep and cattle,”
12:16 wvny וַ⁠חֲמֹרִ֔ים וַ⁠עֲבָדִים֙ וּ⁠שְׁפָחֹ֔ת וַ⁠אֲתֹנֹ֖ת 1 “as well as men and women slaves/servants, and male and female donkeys,”
12:16 r8kj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וּ⁠גְמַלִּֽים 1 “and {larger load-bearing animals called} camels.” If camels are not known in your language area, you could include a picture of a camel in your translation. You could also describe it in the text or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
12:17 dn17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics וַ⁠יְנַגַּ֨ע יְהוָ֧ה אֶת פַּרְעֹ֛ה וְ⁠אֶת בֵּית֑⁠וֹ 1 “But/Then Yahweh struck/afflicted the king and {the people in} his household/family” or ”Then Yahweh caused {King} Pharaoh and {the people} in his household/family to get/be very sick”. See how you translated “Pharaoh” in verse 15. You could translate it differently in different contexts. Do what is clear and natural in your language in each context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics]])
12:17 edr0 נְגָעִ֥ים גְּדֹלִ֖ים 1 “{with} severe/terrible diseases/illnesses”
12:17 s1no rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure עַל דְּבַ֥ר שָׂרַ֖י אֵ֥שֶׁת אַבְרָֽם 1 “because of Sarai, Abrams wife.” or “because he/Pharaoh had taken Abrams wife Sarai.” For many languages it is clearer and more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “But since {King} Pharaoh had taken Abrams wife Sarai, Yahweh afflicted the king and his family {with} severe illnesses.” Do what is best in your language (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
12:18 qiwz וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֤א פַרְעֹה֙ 1 “So/Then Pharaoh/he” or “So/Then the king” or “So/Then {King} Pharaoh”
12:18 c9nb וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֤א לְ⁠אַבְרָ֔ם 1 “sent for Abram {to come to him}” or “summoned Abram {before him}”
12:18 ru7l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “and said {to him},” or “and asked {him},” Make sure that the way you translate this quote margin fits with the way that you translate the following quote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
12:18 xd4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַה זֹּ֖את עָשִׂ֣יתָ לִּ֑⁠י 1 “Why have you treated me so badly?” or “You have treated me very badly!” Pharaoh uses rhetorical questions in verses 18 and 19 to express his anger at what Abram had done; he does not expect Abram to answer him. Some languages must use statements or exclamations here instead. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
12:18 yw65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֚⁠מָּה לֹא הִגַּ֣דְתָּ לִּ֔⁠י כִּ֥י אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֖ הִֽוא 1 “You should have told/informed me that she/Sarai {is} your wife!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
12:19 o893 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ⁠מָ֤ה אָמַ֨רְתָּ֙ אֲחֹ֣תִ⁠י הִ֔וא 1 “Why did you say/pretend that she {is} your sister,” or “You should not have said/pretended that she {is} your sister,” Pharaoh uses this rhetorical question to scold Abram and express his anger at him. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. Also consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
12:19 xl4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וָ⁠אֶקַּ֥ח אֹתָ֛⁠הּ לִ֖⁠י לְ⁠אִשָּׁ֑ה 1 “so that I took/chose her to be a/my wife!” or “so that I ended up taking her to be my wife!” or “I believed you and took her to be my wife!” For some languages it is clearer and more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
12:19 dqec וְ⁠עַתָּ֕ה 1 “Now therefore,” or “So now,”
12:19 zn5o הִנֵּ֥ה אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “here is your wife {back}.” or “look, Im giving your wife back to you.”
12:19 wpvs קַ֥ח וָ⁠לֵֽךְ 1 “Take {her} and leave {my country}!”
12:20 hloj וַ⁠יְצַ֥ו פַּרְעֹ֖ה 1 “Then {King} Pharaoh“ or “Then the {Egyptian} king” or “Then the king {of/over Egypt}”. Consider again how you translated “Pharaoh” in verses 15-18, 20. It may be helpful to read this section aloud to make sure it is clear and natural in your language.
12:20 d7ya וַ⁠יְצַ֥ו 1 “ordered” or “gave orders to”
12:20 cnsk אֲנָשִׁ֑ים 1 “{some of} his men/soldiers”
12:20 caru rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns עָלָ֛י⁠ו 1 “concerning/about him/Abram,” or “to make sure that Abram left,” Throughout this verse, make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
12:20 ynrv וַֽ⁠יְשַׁלְּח֥וּ אֹת֛⁠וֹ 1 “and/so they forced him to leave {the/their country},” or “and/so they expelled him {from Egypt},” (See: grammar-connect- logic-result)
12:20 ec0t וְ⁠אֶת אִשְׁתּ֖⁠וֹ 1 “along with his wife”
12:20 hplb וְ⁠אֶת כָּל אֲשֶׁר לֽ⁠וֹ 1 “and all that he/they had/owned.” or “all his/their possessions.” This included Abrams slaves, animals, and everything else that he owned.
13:1 g1vd וַ⁠יַּעַל֩ אַבְרָ֨ם 1 “So Abram”
13:1 dcd5 וַ⁠יַּעַל֩ מִ⁠מִּצְרַ֜יִם 1 “went/traveled {northeast} from” or “left”. The Negev Wilderness (or Desert) is northeast in direction from Egypt and is higher in elevation. Compare how you translated “down” in Gen 12:10 when Abram traveled in the opposite direction.
13:1 gq4e מִ⁠מִּצְרַ֜יִם 1 “{the land/country of} Egypt,”
13:1 x9jp ה֠וּא וְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֧⁠וֹ 1 “{He took} with him his wife”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
13:1 er79 וְ⁠כָל אֲשֶׁר ל֛⁠וֹ הַ⁠נֶּֽגְבָּ⁠ה 1 “and everything that he/they owned/had,”
13:1 g46k וְ⁠ל֥וֹט עִמּ֖⁠וֹ 1 “as well as {his nephew} Lot,” or “and also {his nephew} Lot,” or “and {his nephew} Lot {went} with him/them.”
13:1 hcbz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ל֛⁠וֹ הַ⁠נֶּֽגְבָּ⁠ה 1 “{and they all went/traveled} {back} to the Negev/Southern {Wilderness/Desert}.” For many languages it is more natural to put this phrase earlier in this verse and say, “Then Abram went up from Egypt {and traveled back} to the Negev {Wilderness/Desert}, along with his wife and everything that belonged to him. {His nephew} Lot also went with them.” Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “Negev” in Gen 12:9, and see the note about that there. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
13:2 zhuu rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וְ⁠אַבְרָ֖ם 1 “Now” or “{By this/that time} Abram” or “Abram”. Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce this background information about Abram. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
13:2 t3k3 כָּבֵ֣ד מְאֹ֑ד 1 “{had become} very wealthy/rich”
13:2 k7fc בַּ⁠מִּקְנֶ֕ה 1 “with {many} livestock” or “so that he owned {many} livestock”. The term “livestock” includes all kinds of domestic animals, such as cattle, sheep, goats, camels and donkeys.
13:2 sedh בַּ⁠כֶּ֖סֶף וּ⁠בַ⁠זָּהָֽב 1 “and {much} silver and gold.” In this context, “silver and gold” includes the metals themselves as well as objects made out of the metals, but not coins (since coins did not exist at that time). See how you translated “gold” in Gen 2:11-12.
13:3 seap וַ⁠יֵּ֨לֶךְ֙ מִ⁠נֶּ֖גֶב 1 “From the Negev/Southern {Wilderness/Desert}”. See how you translated “the Negev” in verse 1.
13:3 ph3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּ֨לֶךְ֙ לְ⁠מַסָּעָ֔י⁠ו 1 “he/Abram {and his family} moved/traveled from place to place {northward}” or “he/Abram {and his family} continued traveling {northward}”. Abram represents his whole family here, and it is assumed that they are traveling with him. Consider whether or not you need to make them explicit in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:3 rt3n וְ⁠עַד בֵּֽית אֵ֑ל 1 “{until he/they came} to {the town of} Bethel,”
13:3 yj2g עַד הַ⁠מָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁר הָ֨יָה אָֽהֳלוֹ֙ 1 “to the place/site where he/they had camped/lived in tents” or “where he had pitched his tents”
13:3 nnuh בַּ⁠תְּחִלָּ֔ה 1 “before/previously,” or “the first time {he was there},”
13:3 moa2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֵּ֥ין בֵּֽית אֵ֖ל וּ⁠בֵ֥ין הָ⁠עָֽי 1 “between {the towns of} Bethel and Ai,” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this phrase earlier in the sentence and say, “Then from the Negev {Desert} Abram {and his family} continued traveling {northward} {until they came} to the place between {the towns of} Bethel and Ai where they had camped in tents before.” Do what is best in your language. Also, be consistent here with how you spelled “Bethel” and “Ai” in Gen 12:8. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
13:4 jmqv אֶל מְקוֹם֙ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חַ אֲשֶׁר עָ֥שָׂה שָׁ֖ם בָּ⁠רִאשֹׁנָ֑ה 1 “to the {same} place/site where he had made/built an altar before/previously,” or “{That is/was} the {same} place/site where he had first/previously made/built an altar,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also see how you translated “altar” in Gen 8:20 and 12:7-8.
13:4 hp8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א שָׁ֛ם אַבְרָ֖ם 1 “There {again} Abram/he {sacrificed animals on the/that altar and}” or “So Abram/he {again} {used that altar} there {and}. Consider whether it is better in your language to use a name or a pronoun to refer to Abram at this point in the paragraph. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
13:4 tq1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א בְּ⁠שֵׁ֥ם יְהוָֽה 1 “worshiped/praised Yahweh by name.” or “addressed Yahweh by {his} name as he worshiped/praised him.” or “worshiped/praised Yahweh.” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 12:8. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
13:5 mqte rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וְ⁠גַם לְ⁠ל֔וֹט הַ⁠הֹלֵ֖ךְ אֶת אַבְרָ֑ם 1 “Lot was traveling with {his uncle} Abram, and he {and his family}”. The word “Now” introduces more background information for the new episode. For some languages it is more natural to leave “Now” implied and just use a paragraph break. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
13:5 r7v1 וְ⁠גַם הָיָ֥ה צֹאן וּ⁠בָקָ֖ר 1 “also had/owned flocks {of sheep and goats} and herds {of cattle}” or “also had/owned many sheep and cattle”. See how you translated “flock{s} and herd{s}” in Gen 12:16.
13:5 q7sx וְ⁠אֹהָלִֽים 1 “and {many} tents.” or “as well as {many} tents}.”
13:6 poa7 וְ⁠לֹא 1 “So” or “As a result,” or “In fact,”
13:6 egec וְ⁠לֹא נָשָׂ֥א הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 “there was not enough land to”
13:6 zhy2 נָשָׂ֥א אֹתָ֛⁠ם 1 “provide them {all} with enough food and water” or “provide/have enough food and water for both families {and their livestock/animals}”
13:6 a3n3 לָ⁠שֶׁ֣בֶת יַחְדָּ֑ו 1 “if they lived near each other,” or “if they lived in the same area/region,”
13:6 qa7c כִּֽי הָיָ֤ה רְכוּשָׁ⁠ם֙ רָ֔ב וְ⁠לֹ֥א 1 “because their belongings were so abundant that” or “because they owned so many servants and livestock/animals that” or “They each owned so many servants and livestock/animals that”. The phrase “their possessions” especially refers to their livestock, which required much land to graze on and much water to drink, and probably also includes their many servants. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
13:6 m3y0 וְ⁠לֹ֥א יָֽכְל֖וּ לָ⁠שֶׁ֥בֶת 1 “they could not {all}” or “it was not possible for them to {all}”
13:6 nfu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לָ⁠שֶׁ֥בֶת יַחְדָּֽו 1 “live near each other.” or “live in the same area/region.” See how you translated a similar phrase earlier in this verse. For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of the clauses in this sentence and say, “In fact, they {each/both} owned so many servants and livestock/animals that they could not live in the same area. There was not enough land to provide/produce the amount of food and water that they {all} needed.” Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “stayed together” earlier in this verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
13:7 wfy2 וַֽ⁠יְהִי 1 “In fact,” or “As a result,”
13:7 qb77 וַֽ⁠יְהִי רִ֗יב 1 “there was conflict/arguing” or “arguments/quarreling erupted/started”. The Hebrew word for “strife” is general in meaning and can include arguing and fighting. Some languages have an idiom for this that fits well here. Do what is best in your language.
13:7 jdu4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בֵּ֚ין רֹעֵ֣י מִקְנֵֽה אַבְרָ֔ם וּ⁠בֵ֖ין רֹעֵ֣י מִקְנֵה ל֑וֹט 1 “between Abrams herdsmen and Lots herdsmen.” or “between the men who were tending Abrams livestock and the men who were tending Lots livestock.” For some languages it may be clearer and more natural to change the order of the clauses in this sentence and say, “Then the men who were taking care of Abrams livestock and the men who were taking care of Lots livestock started to argue with each other.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
13:7 hvu9 וְ⁠הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִי֙ 1 “Besides that,” or “Adding to that {problem was the fact that}”
13:7 syk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִי֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֔י 1 “the Canaanite people and the Perizzite people” or “the descendants of Canaan and Perez”. See how you translated the names of people groups in Gen 10, and see how you translated “the Canaanites” in Gen 12:6. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
13:7 xsuz יֹשֵׁ֥ב בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “were {also} living in the/that land/area/region”
13:7 eq3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אָ֖ז 1 “at that time.” For some languages it is more natural to put this time phrase earlier in the sentence and say, “...at that time the Canaanites....” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
13:8 wne5 וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אַבְרָ֜ם אֶל ל֗וֹט 1 “Then/Finally {one day} Abram said to Lot,”
13:8 d1gl אַל נָ֨א תְהִ֤י 1 “Please, we should not have/allow” or “We need to do something so that there is not {any}”
13:8 xank מְרִיבָה֙ 1 “conflict/fighting/arguing”. See how you translated “strife” in verse 7.
13:8 kz66 בֵּינִ֣⁠י וּ⁠בֵינֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “between you and me,” or “between us,”
13:8 a1pw וּ⁠בֵ֥ין רֹעַ֖⁠י וּ⁠בֵ֣ין רֹעֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “or/nor between the men tending my livestock and the men tending your livestock,” or “or/nor between our herdsmen,” See how you translated “herdsmen” in verse 7.
13:8 d9nl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּֽי אֲנָשִׁ֥ים אַחִ֖ים אֲנָֽחְנוּ 1 “because/since we {are} men {who are also} brothers/relatives.” or “because/since we {are} close relatives.” Abram and Lot were close relatives, not actual brothers. Also, for some languages it may be better to put this clause earlier in this verse and say, “Please, since we {are} close relatives, we need to do something so that you and I and our herdsmen will not argue.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
13:9 sm7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹ֤א כָל הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ לְ⁠פָנֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “Look, the entire land is available to you {to choose from}.” or “You can {choose to} live anywhere in this entire land.” Abram is using a rhetorical question to emphasize his point. He does not expect an answer from Lot. If that is not clear, you can translate this as a statement. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
13:9 ad9o rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness הִפָּ֥רֶד נָ֖א מֵ⁠עָלָ֑⁠י 1 “Please {choose the land you want, and} lets go our separate ways.” or “Please {choose where you want to live, and} lets live in separate places.” Make sure it is clear in your translation of verse 9 that Abram is being kind to Lot, not mean or rude. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
13:9 oj9a אִם הַ⁠שְּׂמֹ֣אל 1 “If {you choose} {the land to} the left {of here},” or “if {you decide to live} {in the land to} our left,”
13:9 fva4 וְ⁠אֵימִ֔נָה 1 “then I will take/choose {the land to} the right,” or “then I will live {in the land} to our right,”
13:9 dd7y וְ⁠אִם הַ⁠יָּמִ֖ין 1 “Or if {you choose} {the land to} the right {of here},” or “Or if {you decide to live} {in the land to} our right,” For some languages, it may be more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
13:9 m1ka וְ⁠אַשְׂמְאִֽילָה 1 “then I will take/choose {the land to} the left.” or “then I will live {in the land} to our left.”
13:10 mm98 וַ⁠יִּשָּׂא ל֣וֹט 1 “So Lot” or “Lot”
13:10 ksqi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idioms וַ⁠יִּשָּׂא אֶת עֵינָ֗י⁠ו 1 “looked {all} around” or “looked around {carefully}” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idioms]])
13:10 cuw3 וַ⁠יַּרְא֙ אֶת כָּל כִּכַּ֣ר הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן כִּ֥י כֻלָּ֖⁠הּ בֹּאֲ⁠כָ֖ה צֹֽעַר 1 “and he observed/noticed that the entire/whole Jordan {River} Valley, all the way to {the town of} Zoar,” The Jordan Plain is the wide, flat valley where the Jordan River flows between the Sea of Galilee and the Dead Sea.
13:10 pwsa מַשְׁקֶ֑ה 1 ”had a lot of water,” or “had plenty of water,”
13:10 r14f כְּ⁠גַן יְהוָה֙ 1 “{It was lush and green} like the garden that Yahweh had planted,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also see how you translated “garden” in Gen 3:23-24. This phrase refers to the Garden of Eden. You could put that information in a footnote.
13:10 mtls כְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 “and/or like the country of Egypt,”
13:10 k9y5 לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י שַׁחֵ֣ת יְהוָ֗ה אֶת סְדֹם֙ וְ⁠אֶת עֲמֹרָ֔ה 1 “{That is what it was like} before Yahweh destroyed {the cities of} Sodom and Gomorrah {which were also in that valley}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
13:11 oyxz וַ⁠יִּבְחַר ל֣⁠וֹ ל֗וֹט אֵ֚ת כָּל כִּכַּ֣ר הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן 1 “So/Then Lot chose the entire/whole Jordan {River} Plain/Valley for himself,” or “So/Then Lot decided to live in the plain/valley that surrounded/bordered the Jordan {River},” See how you translated “plain of the Jordan” in verse 10.
13:11 w8ng rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּסַּ֥ע ל֖וֹט 1 “and he traveled/moved” or “Then Lot/he {left Abram and} traveled/moved”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also consider whether it is better in your language to use Lots name or a pronoun to refer to him here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
13:11 re87 מִ⁠קֶּ֑דֶם 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean (1) “to/toward the east {to live there}” or “eastward” (2) “from the east”
13:11 h78o rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּפָּ֣רְד֔וּ 1 “So {in this way} they” or “That is how Abram and Lot”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also consider what is the best way to refer to Abram and Lot at this point in the paragraph. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
13:11 st2m וַ⁠יִּפָּ֣רְד֔וּ 1 “lived separately from each other.” or “ended up living in separate/different places.”
13:12 eqvk אַבְרָ֖ם יָשַׁ֣ב 1 “Abram settled/stayed {where he was}” or “Abram continued to live”
13:12 yax4 בְּ⁠אֶֽרֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן 1 “in {that part of} the land/region of Canaan,”
13:12 k2oi וְ⁠ל֗וֹט יָשַׁב֙ 1 “but/while/whereas Lot lived”
13:12 f9os rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּ⁠עָרֵ֣י 1 “{in another part of the land} in/among the cities”. As Lot traveled, he probably lived in several different cities in the Jordan River Valley until he eventually settled in the city of Sodom (Gen 14:12). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
13:12 i8fh בְּ⁠עָרֵ֣י הַ⁠כִּכָּ֔ר 1 “of/in the {Jordan River} valley” or “in the plain/valley {surrounding/bordering the Jordan River}”
13:12 tu8e וַ⁠יֶּאֱהַ֖ל עַד 1 “He {eventually} pitched his tents in/near” or “and {eventually} moved his tents to/near”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
13:12 j59c סְדֹֽם 1 “{the city of} Sodom {and settled/stayed there}.”
13:13 qeuu rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וְ⁠אַנְשֵׁ֣י 1 “But”. This conjunction introduces background information that builds suspense for what happens to the people of Sodom later in Genesis (chapters 18-19). Consider what is the best way to begin this verse in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
13:13 qquc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠אַנְשֵׁ֣י 1 “the people”. This phrase probably has a general meaning here that includes all the people of Sodom, especially the men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
13:13 lhiy וְ⁠אַנְשֵׁ֣י סְדֹ֔ם 1 “{who lived} in {the city of} Sodom”
13:13 ussh רָעִ֖ים וְ⁠חַטָּאִ֑ים מְאֹֽד 1 “were extremely/very wicked/evil and”
13:13 a8b1 וְ⁠חַטָּאִ֑ים לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה 1 “were {terrible} sinners against Yahweh.” or “were {constantly} sinning/rebelling against Yahweh.” Some translations treat the phrase “wicked and sinful” as a hendiadys that means “wicked sinners”, but it is best to keep the two parts of this phrase separate (like the Hebrew text does) to emphasize the peoples evil character and behavior.
13:14 cxs0 וַֽ⁠יהוָ֞ה אָמַ֣ר אֶל אַבְרָ֗ם אַחֲרֵי֙ הִפָּֽרֶד ל֣וֹט מֵֽ⁠עִמּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “After Lot had left Abram, Yahweh said to Abram,”
13:14 grqj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness שָׂ֣א נָ֤א עֵינֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 “Look around please/now” or “Look {all} around you”. See how you translated the idiom “lift...eyes” in verse 10. The Hebrew word for “please” is used to show politeness when making a proposal or to soften a command. It can also be translated “now” or omitted, depending on the context. Your translation here should not sound like God is begging. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
13:14 pmid rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure מִן הַ⁠מָּק֖וֹם אֲשֶׁר אַתָּ֣ה 1 “from the place where you {live},” or “from where you {are standing},” For some languages it is more natural to put this phrase first in this quote and say, “From where you are standing, look {all} around you. Look...” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
13:14 ipow וּ⁠רְאֵ֔ה 1 “Look”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
13:14 tlr6 צָפֹ֥נָ⁠ה וָ⁠נֶ֖גְבָּ⁠ה וָ⁠קֵ֥דְמָ⁠ה וָ⁠יָֽמָּ⁠ה 1 “to the north, south, east and west,” or “{in all directions:} north, south, east, and west,” or “around you in every direction,” See how you translated “east” and “west” in Gen 12:8.
13:15 u6rx כִּ֧י אֶת כָּל הָ⁠אָ֛רֶץ אֲשֶׁר אַתָּ֥ה רֹאֶ֖ה 1 “All the land that you see” or “All that land, as far as you can see,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
13:15 arvu לְ⁠ךָ֣ אֶתְּנֶ֑⁠נָּה וּֽ⁠לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “I will give to you and your descendants”. See how you translated “offspring” in Gen 12:7.
13:15 dcfi עַד עוֹלָֽם 1 “{to own/possess} forever.”
13:16 oum5 וְ⁠שַׂמְתִּ֥י 1 “Besides that,” or “In fact,”
13:16 psm1 וְ⁠שַׂמְתִּ֥י אֶֽת זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “I will {also} cause your offspring/descendants to be” or “I will {also} give you so many offspring/descendants that they will be”
13:16 h6lr כַּ⁠עֲפַ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “as {numerous as} the {specks of} dust/dirt on the earth,” See how you translated “dust/dirt” in Gen 3:19.
13:16 rtyn rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary אֲשֶׁ֣ר אִם יוּכַ֣ל אִ֗ישׁ לִ⁠מְנוֹת֙ 1 “Just as it is impossible to count” or “Just as no one is able to count”. The Hebrew text has a contrary-to-fact clause here which implies that it is impossible for anyone to count all the specks of dust. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
13:16 it85 כַּ⁠עֲפַ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “all the dust/dirt specks/particles,” or “how many specks/particles of dust/dirt there are,” For some languages it is not natural to repeat “of/on the earth” here. Do what is best in your language.
13:16 tjyw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure גַּֽם זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ יִמָּנֶֽה 1 “so it will be impossible to count all your offspring/descendants {because they will be so numerous}.” or “no one will be able to count how many descendants you have.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of the last two clauses and say, “No one will be able to count how many offspring/descendants you have, just as no one can count how many {specks/particles of} dust/dirt there are.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
13:17 hsbz ק֚וּם הִתְהַלֵּ֣ךְ 1 “{Now} go walk” or “{So now,} start walking”. The phrase “get up” may imply that Abram was sitting down, but it probably just means that God is telling him to start walking through the land.
13:17 vbbt בָּ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “through/throughout the land {in all directions},”
13:17 hdl5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism לְ⁠אָרְכָּ֖⁠הּ וּ⁠לְ⁠רָחְבָּ֑⁠הּ 1 “including its length and its width, {and look it over,}” or “Walk/Go throughout the entire land {and look it over},” The phrase “its length...its width” also includes all the area of land in between. Consider what is the best way to translate this merism in your language. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
13:17 j72c כִּ֥י לְ⁠ךָ֖ אֶתְּנֶֽ⁠נָּה 1 “because you {are the one} I am giving it to.” or “because I am giving it {all} to you.” In the Hebrew text, the phrase “to you” is before the verb to emphasize Abram. In your translation, communicate this emphasis in a way that is natural in your language.
13:18 bn0t וַ⁠יֶּאֱהַ֣ל אַבְרָ֗ם 1 “Then Abram” or “Abram”
13:18 evru וַ⁠יֶּאֱהַ֣ל 1 “{did what Yahweh commanded} and moved his tents” or “{obeyed Yahweh and} moved/relocated his tents”. Abram obeyed God, but we do not know if he did everything that God commanded in verse 17 before he moved his tents near Hebron (verse 18), or if moving his tents was the first step in obeying what God told him to do. It is best to keep this general in your translation (as the Hebrew text does). Also see how you translated the phrase “moved his tents” in verse 12.
13:18 uf3q וַ⁠יָּבֹ֛א וַ⁠יֵּ֛שֶׁב 1 “and went to settle/live” or “and settled”
13:18 rny9 בְּ⁠אֵלֹנֵ֥י 1 “near the terebinth/oak trees”. See how you translated “terebinth” in Gen 12:6.
13:18 wnia בְּ⁠אֵלֹנֵ֥י מַמְרֵ֖א אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּ⁠חֶבְר֑וֹן 1 “on Mamres {land},” or “{on the land} owned by {a man named} Mamre,”
13:18 isz2 בְּ⁠חֶבְר֑וֹן 1 “near {the city of} Hebron,”
13:18 hx7g וַ⁠יִּֽבֶן שָׁ֥ם מִזְבֵּ֖חַ 1 “There he built an altar {out of stones}”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 12:7-8.
13:18 ikf8 לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה 1 “{and burned/offered sacrifices on it} to {thank and} worship Yahweh.” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 12:7 and how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 8:20 and 12:8.
14:1 vbzr וַ⁠יְהִ֗י בִּ⁠ימֵי֙ 1 “Then it happened {that} during the days/time when” or “During that time”
14:1 rxaj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-keyterms אַמְרָפֶ֣ל מֶֽלֶךְ 1 “Amraphel {was} the king/ruler over” or “King Amraphel was ruling”. The term “king” refers to the highest ruler or leader over a kingdom, which at that time was often just a city, a small region or a people group. Translate this with the best word for that in your language. Also see how you translated ”Shinar” in Gen 10:10; 11:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-keyterms]])
14:1 x729 שִׁנְעָ֔ר 1 “the land/region of} Shinar,”
14:1 abfg אַרְי֖וֹךְ מֶ֣לֶךְ 1 “Arioch {was} the king/ruler over” or “King Arioch was ruling”. It is not known whether Ellasar was the name of a city or the name of a kingdom that had one or more cities.
14:1 lxcz אֶלָּסָ֑ר 1 “{the city/kingdom of} Ellasar,”
14:1 b13t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names כְּדָרְלָעֹ֨מֶר֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ 1 “Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer {was} the king/ruler over” or “King Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer was ruling”. In Hebrew this kings name is pronounced “Kedorlaomer”. However in many translations it is spelled “Chedorlaomer”. Be consistent with your choice throughout this chapter. Also, “Elam” refers to the land where the descendants of Shems son Elam lived (Gen 10:22). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
14:1 wi37 עֵילָ֔ם 1 “{the land/region of} the Elamites,”
14:1 ygbq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וְ⁠תִדְעָ֖ל מֶ֥לֶךְ 1 “and Tidal {was} the king/ruler over” or “and King Tidal was ruling”. Most translation teams transliterate the name “Goyim” (as they do other names in the Bible). Some translations translate its meaning and say, “the nations/peoples”. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
14:1 sjfe rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names גּוֹיִֽם 1 “the Goyim {people},” Most translation teams transliterate the name “Goyim” (as they do other names in the Bible). Some translations translate its meaning and say, “the nations/peoples”. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
14:2 wetq עָשׂ֣וּ 1 “those {four} kings” or “Those {four} kings”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here, which depends on how you translated verse 1.
14:2 htro עָשׂ֣וּ מִלְחָמָ֗ה 1 “{became allies/partners and} made/waged war” or “{joined forces and} went to war”
14:2 h44l אֶת 1 “against {five other kings, including}”
14:2 lshe בֶּ֨רַע֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ 1 “Bera {who was} the king/ruler over” or “King Bera who was ruling”
14:2 z35m סְדֹ֔ם 1 “{the city of} Sodom,”
14:2 nskg וְ⁠אֶת בִּרְשַׁ֖ע מֶ֣לֶךְ 1 “Birsha {who was} the king/ruler over” or “King Birsha who was ruling”
14:2 umpm עֲמֹרָ֑ה 1 “{the city of} Gomorrah,”
14:2 c762 שִׁנְאָ֣ב מֶ֣לֶךְ 1 “Shinab {who was} the king/ruler over“ or “King Shinab who was ruling”
14:2 g5v9 אַדְמָ֗ה 1 “{the city of} Admah,”
14:2 wqsq וְ⁠שֶׁמְאֵ֨בֶר֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ 1 “Shemeber {who was} the king/ruler over” or “King Shemeber who was ruling”
14:2 cm6o צְבוֹיִ֔ים 1 “{the city of} Zeboyim,”
14:2 l0c9 וּ⁠מֶ֥לֶךְ 1 “and the king/ruler over” or “and the king/ruler who was ruling”
14:2 sdes בֶּ֖לַע 1 “{the town of} Bela,”
14:2 yl85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הִיא צֹֽעַר 1 “which {is also/now called} Zoar.” or “which {was later called} Zoar.” or “that is, Zoar.” This town is first mentioned in Gen 13:10, but it was not actually named Zoar until later (Gen 19:22). You may want to put that information in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
14:3 lfo8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כָּל אֵ֨לֶּה֙ 1 “These/Those {five kings} all”. Consider whether it is necessary to make it explicit in your translation that “these” refers to the five kings just mentioned in verse 2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
14:3 ju1b חָֽבְר֔וּ 1 “united/combined their forces/armies {as allies/partners} {and fought against the four kings}”
14:3 y38z אֶל עֵ֖מֶק הַ⁠שִּׂדִּ֑ים 1 “in the Siddim Valley,”
14:3 v7c6 ה֖וּא יָ֥ם הַ⁠מֶּֽלַח 1 “which {later} {became} the Salt Sea.” or “where the Salt Sea {is now}.” The Hebrew word for “sea/ocean” can also refer to a large lake. The Salt Sea (also known as the Dead Sea) is about 31 miles (50 kilometers) long and 9 miles (15 kilometers) wide. Use a term in your language for a body of water that size.
14:4 n2ht rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background שְׁתֵּ֤ים עֶשְׂרֵה֙ שָׁנָ֔ה 1 “{This is what happened:} {For/During} twelve years” or “{This is why they were fighting:} {For/During} twelve years”. This paragraph (verses 4-9) is a flashback that tells the events that led up to the war (verses 1-3). Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce this background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
14:4 iqc8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns עָבְד֖וּ 1 “the five kings”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to the five kings (listed in verse 2) at this point in the paragraph. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
14:4 rvjy עָבְד֖וּ 1 “had paid tribute/taxes/money to” or “had been subject to” or “had been ruled by”
14:4 cdq3 אֶת כְּדָרְלָעֹ֑מֶר 1 “{King} Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer,” See how you spelled this name in verse 1.
14:4 ng6n וּ⁠שְׁלֹשׁ עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה שָׁנָ֖ה 1 “but {sometime} in/during the thirteenth year”
14:4 hmdh מָרָֽדוּ 1 “they started to rebel/revolt {against him}.”
14:5 qae4 וּ⁠בְ⁠אַרְבַּע֩ עֶשְׂרֵ֨ה שָׁנָ֜ה 1 “Then {sometime} in/during the fourteenth year,”
14:5 nqz7 כְדָרְלָעֹ֗מֶר 1 “{King} Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer”
14:5 qwfx וְ⁠הַ⁠מְּלָכִים֙ 1 “and the {three} kings”
14:5 yglc אֲשֶׁ֣ר אִתּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “who {were allied} with him” or “who {were} his allies/partners”
14:5 oirx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בָּ֣א 1 “{united/combined their armies and} went {to war/fight} {against all their enemies}”. Verses 5-7 list enemies of King Kedorlaomer that are in addition to the five kings mentioned in verses 2-4. Consider whether or not to make it explicit in your translation here that they were fighting all their enemies. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
14:5 cg83 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּכּ֤וּ 1 “{First,} they conquered/defeated” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
14:5 vtcv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת רְפָאִים֙ 1 “the Rephaites” or “the Rephaite/Repha people”. See how you translated the names of people groups in Gen 10:4, 13-18, and see the note about that at 10:4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
14:5 jqwe בְּ⁠עַשְׁתְּרֹ֣ת קַרְנַ֔יִם 1 “in {the city of} Ashteroth-Karnaim,”
14:5 fviv וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠זּוּזִ֖ים 1 “and the Zuzites” or “and the Zuzite/Zuz people”
14:5 wfa2 בְּ⁠הָ֑ם 1 “in {the city of} Ham,”
14:5 wbtc הָֽ⁠אֵימִ֔ים 1 “the Emites” or “the Emite/Em people”
14:5 fhdm בְּ⁠שָׁוֵ֖ה קִרְיָתָֽיִם 1 “in {the city of} Shaveh-Kiriathaim,”
14:6 zg2n וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠חֹרִ֖י 1 “and the Horite/Hor people”
14:6 f5cg בְּ⁠הַרְרָ֣⁠ם שֵׂעִ֑יר 1 “{who lived} in the hill country of {the land/region of} Seir” or “{who lived} in the Seir Hills/Mountains”
14:6 p20q עַ֚ד אֵ֣יל פָּארָ֔ן 1 “{all the way} to {the city of} El Paran,”
14:6 b5lx אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל 1 “which {is located} near/beside” or “which {is} on/at the edge/border of”
14:6 pbqs הַ⁠מִּדְבָּֽר 1 “the/a desert.” A wilderness is a dry, rocky area where few plants grow and few people live. See how you translated “wilderness/desert” in Gen 12:9 and 13:1, 3 (if you made that explicit in those verses).
14:7 rugw וַ֠⁠יָּשֻׁבוּ 1 “Next the/those {four} kings {and their armies}”
14:7 cwo4 וַ֠⁠יָּשֻׁבוּ 1 “turned around” or “started to return home”
14:7 c69k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֹ֜אוּ 1 “and went” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
14:7 fm78 אֶל עֵ֤ין מִשְׁפָּט֙ 1 “to {the city of} En Mishpat,”
14:7 wbrw הִ֣וא קָדֵ֔שׁ 1 “which {is also/now called} Kadesh,” or “which {was later called} Kadesh,” or “that is, Kadesh,” See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 2.
14:7 v4ak וַ⁠יַּכּ֕וּ 1 “They conquered/defeated”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
14:7 wufy אֶֽת כָּל שְׂדֵ֖ה 1 “the entire/whole territory/area/land”
14:7 p9i4 שְׂדֵ֖ה הָ⁠עֲמָלֵקִ֑י 1 “where the Amalekites lived” or “where the Amalekite/Amalek people {group} lived”
14:7 myg3 וְ⁠גַם֙ 1 “as well as”
14:7 p33f אֶת הָ֣⁠אֱמֹרִ֔י 1 “the Amorite/Amor people {group},” Be consistent here with how you translated “Amorites” in Gen 10:16.
14:7 o8wj הַ⁠יֹּשֵׁ֖ב בְּ⁠חַֽצְצֹ֥ן תָּמָֽר 1 “who lived in {the city of} Hazezon Tamar.”
14:8 txjr rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֨א 1 “Thats when”. Verse 8 is talking about the same battle that is mentioned in verse 2, except it leaves out the names of the kings. Make sure in your translation that it does not sound like a different battle. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
14:8 irbp מֶֽלֶךְ סְדֹ֜ם וּ⁠מֶ֣לֶךְ עֲמֹרָ֗ה וּ⁠מֶ֤לֶךְ אַדְמָה֙ וּ⁠מֶ֣לֶךְ צְבוֹיִ֔ם וּ⁠מֶ֥לֶךְ בֶּ֖לַע 1 “the king over {the city of} Sodom, the king over {the city of} Gomorrah, the king over {the city of} Admah, the king over {the city of} Zeboyim, and the king over {the town of} Bela,” or “the kings over {the cities of} Sodom, Gomorrah, Admah, and Bela,” Be consistent in verse 8 with how you spelled the names of these cities in verse 2 and in Gen 10:19.
14:8 or65 הִוא צֹ֑עַר 1 “which {is also/now called} Zoar,” or “that is, Zoar,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 2.
14:8 e103 וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֨א 1 “went/marched out {with their armies}”
14:8 djq8 בְּ⁠עֵ֖מֶק הַ⁠שִּׂדִּֽים 1 “into the Siddim Valley”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 3.
14:8 g78j וַ⁠יַּֽעַרְכ֤וּ אִתָּ⁠ם֙ מִלְחָמָ֔ה 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean (1) “assembled/prepared/positioned {themselves} for battle” or “got ready to fight” (2) “joined/united together in battle”
14:9 daj4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֵ֣ת כְּדָרְלָעֹ֜מֶר מֶ֣לֶךְ 1 “against Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer {who was} the king/ruler over” or “against King Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer who was ruling”. The same kings (and the places they ruled) that are listed here in verse 9 are listed in verse 1, but in a different order. Be consistent here with how you spelled the names there. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
14:9 g6fo עֵילָ֗ם 1 “{the land/region of} Elam,”
14:9 tgaj וְ⁠תִדְעָל֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ 1 “Tidal {who was} the king/ruler over” or “King Tidal who was ruling”
14:9 izhi גּוֹיִ֔ם 1 “the Goyim {people},” Be consistent here with how you translated this people group name in verse 1.
14:9 w2fr וְ⁠אַמְרָפֶל֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ 1 “Amraphel {who was} the king/ruler over” or “King Amraphel who was ruling”
14:9 nnvk שִׁנְעָ֔ר 1 “{the land/region of} Shinar,”
14:9 oj0f וְ⁠אַרְי֖וֹךְ מֶ֣לֶךְ 1 “and Arioch {who was} the king/ruler over” or “and King Arioch who was ruling“
14:9 gwis אֶלָּסָ֑ר 1 “{the city/kingdom of} Ellasar,”
14:9 jqlu אַרְבָּעָ֥ה מְלָכִ֖ים אֶת 1 “{It was} four kings {who started fighting} against” or {Then} the/those four kings attacked”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
14:9 ea8b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַ⁠חֲמִשָּֽׁה 1 “the five {kings} {and started defeating them}.” It is implied in verse 10 that the four kings had started defeating the five kings. If that is not clear, you could make that explicit here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
14:10 n67g rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וְ⁠עֵ֣מֶק הַ⁠שִׂדִּ֗ים בֶּֽאֱרֹ֤ת בֶּאֱרֹת֙ חֵמָ֔ר 1 “The Siddim Valley was full of tar pits,” or “There were many tar pits in the Siddim Valley,” The word “Now” indicates a change of topic and introduces background information. For some languages it is more natural to omit that word and just use a paragraph break. Do what is best in your language. Also be consistent here with how you translated “the Valley of Siddim” in verses 3 and 8, and how you translated “tar” in Gen 11:3. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
14:10 p8kh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יָּנֻ֛סוּ מֶֽלֶךְ סְדֹ֥ם וַ⁠עֲמֹרָ֖ה וַ⁠יִּפְּלוּ 1 “As/When the kings of/over {the cities of} Sodom and Gomorrah {and their armies/soldiers} were running away {from the battle},” It is assumed here that the kings were accompanied by their armies. If that is not understood, you could make that explicit in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
14:10 qgkf וַ⁠יִּפְּלוּ 1 “some {of their soldiers/men}”. Notice that the king of Sodom is still alive in verse 17, so the pronoun “they” probably does not include him here, depending on how you translate “fell there”.
14:10 wym8 וַ⁠יִּפְּלוּ שָׁ֑מָּ⁠ה 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean (1) “died there {in the tar pits}.” or “were killed there {in the tar pits}.” or “fell into the tar pits {and died}.” (2) “jumped into the tar pits {to hide}.”
14:10 v2gs וְ⁠הַ⁠נִּשְׁאָרִ֖ים 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean (1) “while/but those who were left” or “Those who escaped” (2) “But the other {three kings and their armies/soldiers}” Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here or continue the previous sentence.
14:10 wjyr וַ⁠יָּנֻ֛סוּ 1 “ran away”. See how you translated “fled” earlier in this verse.
14:10 d4wa הֶ֥רָ⁠ה 1 “to the mountains/hills {to hide}.” See how you translated “hill country” in verse 6.
14:11 yt9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ֠⁠יִּקְחוּ 1 “Then the four kings”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to the four kings at this point in the paragraph. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
14:11 acyv וַ֠⁠יִּקְחוּ 1 “took {by force}” or “seized”
14:11 vxuv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת כָּל רְכֻ֨שׁ סְדֹ֧ם וַ⁠עֲמֹרָ֛ה 1 “all the possessions of/from {the people of/in} {the cities of} Sodom and Gomorrah” or “all the {peoples} belongings in {the cities of} Sodom and Gomorrah”. The phrase “Sodom and Gomorrah” refers here to the people who lived in those cities. Consider what is the best way to refer to those people in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
14:11 wi6p וְ⁠אֶת כָּל אָכְלָ֖⁠ם 1 “including/even all their food,” or “as well as all their food,”
14:11 j1m7 וַ⁠יֵּלֵֽכוּ 1 “and left {with it all}.” or “and carried it {all} away {with them}.” or “and went on their way.”
14:12 dmb4 וַ⁠יִּקְח֨וּ 1 “They also” or “The four kings also”
14:12 nyoh וַ⁠יִּקְח֨וּ 1 “took {with them}” or “carried off/away” or “captured”
14:12 sf0a אֶת ל֧וֹט וְ⁠אֶת רְכֻשׁ֛⁠וֹ בֶּן אֲחִ֥י אַבְרָ֖ם וַ⁠יֵּלֵ֑כוּ 1 “Abrams nephew Lot and his possessions/belongings,”
14:12 z7z0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠ה֥וּא יֹשֵׁ֖ב בִּ⁠סְדֹֽם 1 “since he was living in {the city of} Sodom.” For some languages it may be more clearer or more natural to put this phrase first in this sentence and say, “Since Abrams nephew Lot was {also} living in {the city of} Sodom, the four kings took/captured him too, along with his possessions.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
14:13 rmjy וַ⁠יָּבֹא֙ הַ⁠פָּלִ֔יט 1 “Then/But someone {from Sodom} escaped {from the battle} and”
14:13 tz4r וַ⁠יָּבֹא֙ וַ⁠יַּגֵּ֖ד לְ⁠אַבְרָ֣ם הָ⁠עִבְרִ֑י 1 “came/went to Abram the Hebrew and reported {to him} {what had happened}.” The Hebrew people are the descendants of Abram (Abraham), and they were named after his ancestor Eber, who was Shems great grandson (Genesis 11:10-26). Some of this information could be put in a footnote.
14:13 b6mh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וְ⁠הוּא֩ 1 “Now {at that time}” or “{At that time}”. This conjunction introduces background information about Abram as part of the setting for what happens next. Translate this in a way that communicates this in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
14:13 n5uj וְ⁠הוּא֩ שֹׁכֵ֨ן בְּ⁠אֵֽלֹנֵ֜י 1 “Abram was {still} living near”
14:13 ebfw בְּ⁠אֵֽלֹנֵ֜י מַמְרֵ֣א 1 “the terebinth/oak trees that were owned by Mamre” or “the oak trees on the land owned by Mamre”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 13:18. the Amorite, “{who was} {a member of} the Amorite {people/ethnic group}”. See how you translated “Amorites” in verse 7.
14:13 crpr אֲחִ֤י אֶשְׁכֹּל֙ וַ⁠אֲחִ֣י עָנֵ֔ר 1 “{who was} the brother of Eshcol and Aner” or “{whose} brothers were Eshcol and Aner”
14:13 tqk2 וְ⁠הֵ֖ם 1 “Those {three} men”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
14:13 u9mn וְ⁠הֵ֖ם בַּעֲלֵ֥י בְרִית אַבְרָֽם 1 “had made a covenant/pact/agreement with Abram {to be his allies}.” or “and Abram had made a covenant/pact/agreement together {that they would help each other against their enemies}.”
14:14 hnqu וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֣ע אַבְרָ֔ם 1 “When Abram found out”
14:14 bkqj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כִּ֥י נִשְׁבָּ֖ה אָחִ֑י⁠ו 1 “that his relative/nephew {Lot} had been captured,” or “that {the four kings} had captured his nephew {Lot},” Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) then he led out “he called/gathered together {for battle}” or “he summoned/assembled/mobilized {for battle}”
14:14 j9ie אֶת חֲנִיכָ֜י⁠ו יְלִידֵ֣י בֵית֗⁠וֹ 1 “318 of his/the servants who had been born in his household and were trained/skilled warriors” or “318 of his servants born in his household whom he had trained to fight/battle”. It is clear from verse 15 that these men were Abrams servants.
14:14 uxi9 וַ⁠יִּרְדֹּ֖ף 1 “Then he/Abram {and his men/servants and his allies}” or “Then {together with his allies} they {all}”. Here “he” refers to Abram and all those who had united
14:14 nch4 וַ⁠יִּרְדֹּ֖ף 1 “went/chased after”
14:14 sdyo וַ⁠יִּרְדֹּ֖ף 1 “the invaders” or “the four kings and their armies”
14:14 vvdg עַד 1 “all the way to” or “until they caught up with them at”
14:14 dlm1 דָּֽן 1 “{the town of} Dan.”
14:15 ktaz וַ⁠יֵּחָלֵ֨ק עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֧ם לַ֛יְלָה ה֥וּא וַ⁠עֲבָדָ֖י⁠ו 1 “Then/There during the night he/Abram and his servants/men divided {into groups}, {surprise} attacked the {four} kings {and their soldiers},”
14:15 chrk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּכֵּ֑⁠ם 1 “and overpowered/defeated/routed them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
14:15 xc61 וַֽ⁠יִּרְדְּפֵ⁠ם֙ 1 “Then they chased them”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
14:15 yboz עַד חוֹבָ֔ה 1 “{all the way} to {the town of} Hobah,” or “as far as {the town of} Hobah,”
14:15 cvfq אֲשֶׁ֥ר מִ⁠שְּׂמֹ֖אל לְ⁠דַמָּֽשֶׂק 1 “which {is located} north of {the city of} Damascus.”
14:16 wc8z וַ⁠יָּ֕שֶׁב 1 “As a result, he/Abram” or “He/Abram
14:16 r057 וַ⁠יָּ֕שֶׁב 1 “got back” or “recovered”
14:16 iuwg אֵ֖ת כָּל הָ⁠רְכֻ֑שׁ 1 “all the {peoples} belongings/things {that the four kings had taken/seized}”
14:16 oopx וְ⁠גַם֩ הֵשִׁ֔יב 1 “He also”
14:16 uz72 וַ⁠יָּ֕שֶׁב 2 “got back” or “recovered/rescued”
14:16 l2dh אֶת ל֨וֹט אָחִ֤י⁠ו 1 “his nephew Lot”
14:16 d9o8 וּ⁠רְכֻשׁ⁠וֹ֙ 1 “and {all} his belongings,”
14:16 i31e וְ⁠גַ֥ם אֶת הַ⁠נָּשִׁ֖ים 1 “as well as the women”
14:16 vs21 וְ⁠אֶת הָ⁠עָֽם 1 “and {all} the {other} people {whom the kings had captured}.”
14:17 mqhb וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֣א מֶֽלֶךְ סְדֹם֮ 1 “Then the king over {the city of} Sodom”
14:17 ykht rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֣א 1 “went out”. Consider whether “came” or “went” is more natural here in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
14:17 ra44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns לִ⁠קְרָאת⁠וֹ֒ 1 “to greet/welcome him/Abram” or “and greeted/welcomed him/Abram” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
14:17 icwx אֶל עֵ֣מֶק שָׁוֵ֔ה 1 “in the Shaveh Valley,”
14:17 k618 ה֖וּא עֵ֥מֶק הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 “which {is also called/named} the Kings Valley,” or “that is, the Kings Valley,”
14:17 c2vk אַחֲרֵ֣י שׁוּב֗⁠וֹ 1 “as he/Abram was returning {home}” or “as he/Abram was going/headed back home”. When Abram reached the Shaveh Valley, he was still about 20 miles (30 kilometers) north of his home, which was near the city of Hebron (Gen 13:18).
14:17 oq8s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מֵֽ⁠הַכּוֹת֙ 1 “after defeating” or “after he defeated”. See how you translated “struck” in verse 15. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
14:17 luxv אֶת כְּדָרלָעֹ֔מֶר 1 “{King} Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer {and his army}”. Be consistent here with how you spelled this name previously in this chapter; see verses 1, 4-5, 9, 17.
14:17 wbxl וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠מְּלָכִ֖ים 1 “and {the armies of} the {other} {three} kings”
14:17 c1g6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֲשֶׁ֣ר אִתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “who were Kedorlaomers/Chedorlaomers allies/partners.” or “who had joined/allied themselves with Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer .” For some languages it may be better to put the clauses of this verse in the order that the events actually happened. For example you could say, “After Abram defeated {King} Kedorlaomer/Chedorlaomer and the {other} {three} kings who were Kedorlaomers/Chedorlaomers allies, he started to return {home}. When Abram reached the Shaveh Valley, that is, the Kings Valley, the king over {the city of} Sodom came/went there and greeted/welcomed him.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
14:18 x5qz וּ⁠מַלְכִּי צֶ֨דֶק֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ שָׁלֵ֔ם 1 “Then Melchizedek {who was} the king over {the city of} Salem {also came/went there, and he}”. Salem is the short name for the city of Jerusalem (see Psalm 76:2). The Shaveh Valley, where Melchizedek met Abram, was located just east of Jerusalem. You could put some of that information in a footnote.
14:18 zo6c הוֹצִ֖יא לֶ֣חֶם וָ⁠יָ֑יִן 1 “brought (some) bread and wine {for them to eat and drink}.” or “brought {some} bread and wine {for Abram and his men to eat and drink}.” It is not known whether Melchizedek brought out a large amount of bread and wine to feed Abram and his men, or if he brought out just enough for him and Abram to share, possibly as part of establishing a covenant between them. The first alternate above would work for either meaning. See how you translated “wine” in Gen 9:21, 24.
14:18 ojgm וְ⁠ה֥וּא כֹהֵ֖ן 1 “{King} Melchizedek {was also}”
14:18 vl2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms כֹהֵ֖ן לְ⁠אֵ֥ל 1 “a priest for” or “a priest who served”. A priest is someone who represents people to God, and who represents God to the people. He leads the people in praying, worship, making sacrifices, ceremonies, and festivals. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
14:18 lwz3 לְ⁠אֵ֥ל עֶלְיֽוֹן 1 “the most high/powerful God.” or “the highest/greatest God.” or “God who is higher/greater {than all other gods}.”
14:19 z3jb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וַֽ⁠יְבָרְכֵ֖⁠הוּ 1 “He blessed Abram” or “So he/Melchizedek blessed Abram”. Make sure your translation of “blessed...and said” refers to the same event, not two separate events. Also see how you translated “bless” in Gen 12:2-3. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
14:19 feqa וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר 1 “by saying {to him},”
14:19 t0au בָּר֤וּךְ אַבְרָם֙ 1 “I pray that {you} Abram will be blessed”
14:19 qqks rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לְ⁠אֵ֣ל עֶלְי֔וֹן 1 “by the most high/powerful God,” or “the highest/greatest God,” See how you translated this title in verse 18. For some languages it may be better to switch the order of phrases in this sentence and say, “May the greatest God, who owns heaven and earth, bless Abram/you.” or “I pray that the most high/powerful God, who created heaven and earth, will bless {you} Abram.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
14:19 cnzx קֹנֵ֖ה שָׁמַ֥יִם וָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “{who is} the Owner/Creator of heaven and earth.” or “who owns/created heaven and earth.” The Hebrew word for “Possessor” also means “Creator,” which is used in many translations. Whichever one you do not use in the text, you could put in a footnote.
14:20 qi3k וּ⁠בָרוּךְ֙ 1 “Praise” or “Give praise to” or “Let everyone praise”. See how you translated “Praised be” in Gen 9:26.
14:20 bnw8 אֵ֣ל עֶלְי֔וֹן 1 “the most high/powerful God,” or “the highest/greatest God,” See how you translated this phrase in verses 18-19.
14:20 bx1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֲשֶׁר מִגֵּ֥ן צָרֶ֖י⁠ךָ בְּ⁠יָדֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 “because he gave you victory over your enemies!” or “because he enabled you to defeat your enemies!” The phrase “delivered...into your hand” is an idiom. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom that fits well here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
14:20 h30g rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּתֶּן 1 “Then Abram”. Make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
14:20 kq14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-pronouns וַ⁠יִּתֶּן ל֥⁠וֹ 1 “gave {King} Melchizedek” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-pronouns]])
14:20 dxmy מַעֲשֵׂ֖ר 1 “one-tenth” or “ten percent”
14:20 yh95 מִ⁠כֹּֽל 1 “of everything {that he had recovered/captured in the battle}.” or “of all {the plunder he had brought back from the battle}.” This phrase refers to the belongings of the people of Sodom that Abram had recovered from the kings who stole them.
14:21 jvmc וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר 1 “After that,”
14:21 u3e7 מֶֽלֶךְ סְדֹ֖ם 1 “the king over {the city of} Sodom”
14:21 kwvp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֶל אַבְרָ֑ם 1 “urged/asked Abram,” or “requested of Abram,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
14:21 kges rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness תֶּן לִ֣⁠י 1 “{Please} give/return to me”. Make sure in your translation that the king of Sodoms request to Abram sounds polite, not rude or demanding. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
14:21 pmak הַ⁠נֶּ֔פֶשׁ 1 “the/my people {whom you rescued/saved},” or “the people {from Sodom} {whom you rescued},”
14:21 yqi3 וְ⁠הָ⁠רְכֻ֖שׁ קַֽח לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 “but the possessions/plunder you may take/keep for yourself.” or “but take/keep for yourself the/their belongings {that you recovered}.” See how you translated “possessions” in verses 11-12,16.
14:22 n9df rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אַבְרָ֖ם אֶל מֶ֣לֶךְ סְדֹ֑ם 1 “But Abram/he replied to him,” Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Abram and to the king of Sodom at this point in their conversation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
14:22 mra6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction הֲרִימֹ֨תִי יָדִ֤⁠י אֶל יְהוָה֙ 1 “{I will not keep anything, because} I have raised my hand {and sworn/vowed/promised} to Yahweh,” It was the custom that when a person made an oath, he raised his hand to show that he was telling the truth and making a serious, unbreakable promise. Abrams oath to Yahweh made Yahweh his witness who would hold him accountable and punish him if he breaks his oath. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
14:22 j9qr אֵ֣ל עֶלְי֔וֹן 1 “{who is} the highest/greatest God,” See how you translated this phrase in verses 18-20.
14:22 v040 קֹנֵ֖ה שָׁמַ֥יִם וָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “{and} the Owner/Creator of heaven and earth,” or “{and} the One who owns/created heaven and earth,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 19.
14:23 xn0s אִם 1 “{that} I will not {keep/accept}
14:23 lbqa מִ⁠חוּט֙ וְ⁠עַ֣ד שְׂרֽוֹךְ נַ֔עַל 1 “even a thread/string or the strap from a sandal,” or “even {something as small/insignificant as} a string or a sandal strap,”
14:23 wb28 וְ⁠אִם אֶקַּ֖ח מִ⁠כָּל 1 “No/Yes, I will not keep/accept anything”. This clause emphasizes Abrams point. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language.
14:23 ah9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֲשֶׁר לָ֑⁠ךְ 1 “that {belongs} to you {or your people},” or “that is yours {or your peoples},” For some languages, it may be clearer and more natural to put this phrase earlier in this verse and say, “{that} I will not keep/accept anything that {belongs} to you {or your people}, not even {something as small as} a thread/string or the strap from a sandal.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
14:23 hns6 וְ⁠לֹ֣א תֹאמַ֔ר 1 “That way you can never say,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
14:23 xhbz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אֲנִ֖י הֶעֱשַׁ֥רְתִּי אֶת אַבְרָֽם 1 “I {am the one who} made Abram rich/wealthy!” or “that you {were the one who} made me rich.” The Hebrew pronoun that refers here to the king of Sodom is emphatic. Consider what is the best way to communicate that emphasis in your language. Also consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
14:24 kk1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions בִּלְעָדַ֗⁠י רַ֚ק 1 “{So} I {will} not {keep/accept} anything, except” or “{So} I {will} only {keep/accept}”. Consider what is the best way in your language to translate this exception sentence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
14:24 kaz7 אֲשֶׁ֣ר אָֽכְל֣וּ הַ⁠נְּעָרִ֔ים 1 “what my servants {who fought with me} have eaten” or “what my men/warriors ate”. These young men were Abrams trained servants or warriors who are mentioned in verses 14-15.
14:24 pp7i וְ⁠חֵ֨לֶק֙ הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָלְכ֖וּ אִתִּ֑⁠י עָנֵר֙ אֶשְׁכֹּ֣ל וּ⁠מַמְרֵ֔א 1 “and the share/part {of the plunder} that Aner, Eshcol, and Mamre deserve for being my allies/partners.” or “and what Aner, Eshcol, and Mamre deserve for helping me in the battle.”
14:24 h54m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness הֵ֖ם יִקְח֥וּ 1 “{Please} let them take/have” or “{Please} give them”. Abram is being polite, but make sure in your translation that he does not sound like he is begging, especially since he is a mighty warrior. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
14:24 umi6 חֶלְקָֽ⁠ם 1 “their share/part {of the plunder}.” or “their share/part {of what we recovered}.”
15:1 gh9e אַחַ֣ר הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה 1 “After those things/events {happened},” or “After that,”
15:1 uy8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms הָיָ֤ה דְבַר יְהוָה֙ אֶל אַבְרָ֔ם בַּֽ⁠מַּחֲזֶ֖ה לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “Yahweh said to Abram in a vision,” or “Yahweh appeared/came to Abram visually and said {to him},” A vision is a supernatural experience that a person has while he is awake, so the way you translate this term should be different from the way you translate “dream” (since people have dreams while asleep). Make sure your translation of this clause does not sound like what Abram saw was unreal; what he saw and heard actually happened. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
15:1 qg0x אַל תִּירָ֣א אַבְרָ֗ם 1 “Abram, do not be afraid!”
15:1 a97c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אָנֹכִי֙ מָגֵ֣ן לָ֔⁠ךְ 1 “I {am} your shield/protector,” or “I protect you {like} a shield,” or “I will shield/protect you,” God is like a shield to Abram, since he protects him. Consider what is the best way to translate this metaphor in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
15:1 dbve שְׂכָרְ⁠ךָ֖ הַרְבֵּ֥ה מְאֹֽד 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean (1) “{and} your reward {from me} will be very great.” or “{and} I will give you a very great/valuable reward/gift.” The context (verse 2) shows that is how Abram understood God. (2) “{and} {I am} your very great/valuable reward.”
15:2 vwfv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אַבְרָ֗ם 1 “Then Abram said/lamented {to him},” or “But/Then Abram asked {him},” The way you translate this quote margin may depend on how you translate the following rhetorical question. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
15:2 n8qe rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms אֲדֹנָ֤⁠י יֱהוִה֙ 1 “My Master, Yahweh,” or “Yahweh, my Lord/Master,” The term “Lord” implies ownership and that God has complete authority over people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
15:2 ep5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַה תִּתֶּן לִ֔⁠י 1 “what {reward} will/can you give to me {that would benefit me},” or “{I dont understand} how a reward from you {would benefit/help} me,” or “even if you reward me {greatly}, {that will not benefit/help me,}” Abram uses this rhetorical question to show that he is lamenting that he has no children. Make sure in your translation that he does not sound rude. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
15:2 ifre וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֖י הוֹלֵ֣ךְ עֲרִירִ֑י 1 “since I remain childless” or “I still have no children”
15:2 a63a וּ⁠בֶן 1 “so that {when/after I die,}” or “So {when I die,}” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
15:2 dltw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וּ⁠בֶן מֶ֣שֶׁק 1 “the inheritor/heir of” or “the one who will inherit/own”. The phrase “son of the inheritance” is used here as an idiom that means “inheritor” or “heir”; it does not refer to an actual son. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
15:2 gn01 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche בֵּיתִ֔⁠י 1 “my estate/property” or “all/everything that I have/own”. This phrase refers here to all Abrams belongings. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
15:2 nc22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion דַּמֶּ֥שֶׂק אֱלִיעֶֽזֶר 1 “{is} {my foreign servant} Eliezer from Damascus” or “{is} {my servant} Eliezer {who is} {a foreigner} from {the city of} Damascus”. In the Hebrew text, Abram emphasizes the fact that Eliezer was from Damascus, which means he was a foreigner from a foreign city, not a blood relative. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. Also, be consistent here with how you translated “{the city of} Damascus” in Gen 14:15. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
15:3 jv86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אַבְרָ֔ם 1 “Then he continued/added,” Some languages omit these words, because the same speaker is still speaking to the same audience. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
15:3 im0k הֵ֣ן 1 “Look/Indeed,” Some translations omit this phrase to prevent Abram from sounding rude.
15:3 o4j4 לִ֔⁠י לֹ֥א נָתַ֖תָּה זָ֑רַע 1 “you have not given me any children,” In the Hebrew text “to me” is before “you have not given” to emphasize Abram. Do what is natural in your language.
15:3 w212 וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה 1 “so that now {when/after I die},
15:3 zvm0 בֶן בֵּיתִ֖⁠י 1 “a servant from my household” or “one of my household servants”
15:3 ojds יוֹרֵ֥שׁ אֹתִֽ⁠י 1 “will be my heir!” or “will inherit/get everything I own!”
15:4 nsoi וְ⁠הִנֵּ֨ה 1 “But immediately” or “Immediately”
15:4 os3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom דְבַר יְהוָ֤ה אֵלָי⁠ו֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 “Yahweh said/replied to him/Abram,” See how you translated this idiom in verse 1. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
15:4 mxfc זֶ֑ה 1 “{No,} that man/servant” or “{No,} your servant {Eliezer}”
15:4 lns8 לֹ֥א יִֽירָשְׁ⁠ךָ֖ כִּי אִם֙ 1 “will not inherit/get your estate/property, rather”
15:4 o38q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-Idiom אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֵצֵ֣א מִ⁠מֵּעֶ֔י⁠ךָ ה֖וּא 1 “a son whom you father” or “it will be your very own {biological} son who”. The phrase “comes from your bowels” is an idiom that refers to fathering a son. Make sure your translation of this clause does not imply that Abram would give birth to a son. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-Idiom]])
15:4 hr4c יִֽירָשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ 1 “will inherit/own your estate/property.” or “will inherit/own it.”
15:5 ww36 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יּוֹצֵ֨א אֹת֜⁠וֹ 1 “Then Yahweh took/led him/Abram”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Yahweh and Abram at this point in the paragraph. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
15:5 gdld rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַ⁠ח֗וּצָ⁠ה 1 “outside {his tent}”. Abram was probably inside a tent, not inside a house. But if possible, it is best to leave this implied in a translation (as the Hebrew text does). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
15:5 p6yn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “and said {to him},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
15:5 vwsk הַבֶּט נָ֣א 1 “Please/Now look {up}” or “Look {up}”. See how you translated “please” in Gen 13:14. Make sure your translation does not sound like God is begging.
15:5 zhiv הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֗יְמָ⁠ה 1 “into the heavens” or “at/into the {night} sky”
15:5 i9uf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary וּ⁠סְפֹר֙ הַ⁠כּ֣וֹכָבִ֔ים אִם תּוּכַ֖ל לִ⁠סְפֹּ֣ר אֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 “and {try to} count how many stars there are, if {in fact,} anyone could {possibly} count {all of} them.” or “There are so many stars that no one could {ever/possibly} count them {all}.” Gods point here is that there are so many stars that no one could ever count that high. He is not questioning Abrams ability to count. Consider what is the best way to translate this contrary-to-fact statement in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
15:5 c3rr וַ⁠יּוֹצֵ֨א 2 “{While Abram was looking at the stars,}” or “{So Abram looked up at the stars,} and”
15:5 uudh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר ל֔⁠וֹ 1 “Yahweh said to him/Abram,” or “Yahweh continued speaking to him/Abram,” Throughout this chapter make sure it is clear in your translation who is speaking to whom. Always use pronouns and nouns in a way that is clear and natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
15:5 fv94 כֹּ֥ה יִהְיֶ֖ה זַרְעֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “That is how {numerous/many} your offspring/descendants will be.” or “That is how many offspring/descendants you will have.”
15:6 obq6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠הֶאֱמִ֖ן 1 “He/Abram”. Many translations omit the conjunction here. Do what is best in your language. Also, make sure it is clear in your translation that Abram is the subject here, not Yahweh (who was the last subject in verse 5). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
15:6 bzq2 וְ⁠הֶאֱמִ֖ן בַּֽ⁠יהוָ֑ה 1 “trusted/believed Yahweh,” or “believed what Yahweh said,”
15:6 nhkm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יַּחְשְׁבֶ֥⁠הָ לּ֖⁠וֹ צְדָקָֽה 1 “and {so} Yahweh counted/credited it/that to him {as} righteousness.” or “and because of that, Yahweh considered/reckoned him/Abram to be righteous.” or “so Yahweh considered him/Abram to have a right relationship with him.” Notice that Yahweh is now the subject again. Make sure it is clear in your translation who is speaking to whom here and throughout this section. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
15:7 il2v וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר אֵלָ֑י⁠ו 1 “Then Yahweh said to him/Abram,”
15:7 jwqc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go אֲנִ֣י יְהוָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֤ר הוֹצֵאתִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ מֵ⁠א֣וּר 1 “I {am} Yahweh who brought/led you {here} from {the city of} Ur” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
15:7 j8wd מֵ⁠א֣וּר כַּשְׂדִּ֔ים 1 “which is ruled/inhabited by the Kasdim/Chaldeans” or “that the Kasdim/Chaldeans rule” or “where the Kasdim/Chaldeans live”. See how you translated “Ur of the Kasdim/Chaldeans” in Gen 11:28, 31, and see the note about that there.
15:7 vfmv לָ֧⁠תֶת לְ⁠ךָ֛ אֶת הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ הַ⁠זֹּ֖את 1 “to give this land to you”
15:7 g9jd לְ⁠רִשְׁתָּֽ⁠הּ 1 “to own.” or “as your homeland.” or “to be your own/home.”
15:8 vtol rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר 1 “Then/But Abram said/replied {to him},” or “Then/But he/Abram asked {him},” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Abram is the one speaking here, not Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
15:8 yj8m אֲדֹנָ֣⁠י יֱהוִ֔ה 1 “My Lord/Master, Yahweh,” or “Yahweh, my Lord/Master,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 2.
15:8 i68u בַּ⁠מָּ֥ה אֵדַ֖ע 1 “how will/can I know {for sure}” or “how will/can I be certain/sure”
15:8 auft כִּ֥י אִֽירָשֶֽׁ⁠נָּה 1 “that I will possess/own this land/territory?” or “that this land will be mine?”
15:9 m3dc וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֵלָ֗י⁠ו 1 “Yahweh said/replied to him/Abram,” or “Yahweh replied,”
15:9 i00p קְחָ֥⁠ה לִ⁠י֙ 1 “Bring me”
15:9 uh33 עֶגְלָ֣ה מְשֻׁלֶּ֔שֶׁת 1 “a cow that is three years old,”
15:9 zo9s וְ⁠עֵ֥ז מְשֻׁלֶּ֖שֶׁת 1 “a female goat that is three years old,”
15:9 x5l7 וְ⁠אַ֣יִל מְשֻׁלָּ֑שׁ 1 “and a male sheep that is three years old.” For some languages it may be more natural to shorten this list of animals and say, “Bring to me a {young} cow, a female goat, and a male sheep, each which is three years old,” Do what is best in your language.
15:9 h03l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠תֹ֖ר וְ⁠גוֹזָֽל 1 “as well as a turtledove/dove and a young pigeon.” Turtledoves and pigeons are common, closely related birds that look similar and are often gray or grayish brown in color. One of the main differences is that turtledoves are smaller than pigeons. Compare how you translated “dove” in Gen 8:8. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
15:10 haes וַ⁠יִּֽקַּֽח 1 “So {the next/following day}”. It was nighttime in verse 5 when Abram looked at the stars. Now in verses 10-11 it was probably daytime, which is when birds of prey fly (verse 11). Then in verse 12 it became night again. Consider what is the best way to begin this verse in your translation.
15:10 rm6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּֽקַּֽח ל֣⁠וֹ אֶת כָּל אֵ֗לֶּה 1 “Abram took all those {animals} to him/Yahweh {and slaughtered/killed them}.” Some languages need to make explicit that Abram killed the animals first, before cutting them in half. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
15:10 lz42 וַ⁠יְבַתֵּ֤ר אֹתָ⁠ם֙ 1 “Then/Next Abram cut/divided the animals bodies”
15:10 qlm4 וַ⁠יְבַתֵּ֤ר 1 “in half” or “into two parts”
15:10 ga7g בַּ⁠תָּ֔וֶךְ 1 “lengthwise”. Abram probably cut the animals down the middle lengthwise, which means that each half had one front leg, and one back leg.
15:10 opge וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֥ן 1 “and placed/arranged”
15:10 zyln NO OrigLQuote AVAILABLE!!! 1 “each half a short distance/space across from the/its other half {in two rows},” or “the right half of each animal opposite/across from its left half {in two rows},”
15:10 g80e וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠צִפֹּ֖ר לֹ֥א בָתָֽר 1 “but he did not cut/divide {the bodies of} the birds in two/half.” or “except for the birds, which he did not cut in two/half.” See how you translated “cut...in two” earlier in verse 10.
15:11 dhk0 וַ⁠יֵּ֥רֶד הָ⁠עַ֖יִט 1 “Then {some} birds of prey” or “Then {some} vultures”. Birds of prey eat dead animal meat and can include vultures, buzzards, condors, eagles, and crows.
15:11 ls3k וַ⁠יֵּ֥רֶד עַל 1 “flew/swooped down {and landed} on” or “landed on”
15:11 p4wl הַ⁠פְּגָרִ֑ים 1 “the {dead} animal bodies/parts {to eat them},” or “the dead animals {to eat them},”
15:11 zkmp וַ⁠יַּשֵּׁ֥ב אַבְרָֽם 1 “but Abram”
15:11 xeat וַ⁠יַּשֵּׁ֥ב אֹתָ֖⁠ם 1 “chased/scared them away.” or “made them go away.”
15:12 e39m וַ⁠יְהִ֤י 1 “Then it happened {that}”. This phrase adds suspense and makes the reader wonder what will happen next. Many translations leave it out, but if possible it is best to keep it in your translation.
15:12 d33t הַ⁠שֶּׁ֨מֶשׁ֙ לָ⁠ב֔וֹא וְ⁠תַרְדֵּמָ֖ה 1 “as/when the sun was going down” or “as/when it was starting to become dark/night”
15:12 l3t7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠תַרְדֵּמָ֖ה נָפְלָ֣ה עַל אַבְרָ֑ם 1 “Abram fell/went into a deep/sound sleep,” See how you translated a similar idiom in Gen 2:21. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
15:12 f59z וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה 1 “and suddenly,” or “Then suddenly,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
15:12 zuck rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֵימָ֛ה חֲשֵׁכָ֥ה גְדֹלָ֖ה נֹפֶ֥לֶת עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 “a great/deep, terrifying darkness came over him.” or “it became completely/very dark, and he became/was terrified.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
15:13 y3qj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לְ⁠אַבְרָ֗ם 1 “Then Yahweh said to Abram/him,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
15:13 dsdw יָדֹ֨עַ תֵּדַ֜ע כִּי 1 “You can be certain/sure that” or “I want you to know that”
15:13 pj1f זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֗ 1 “your descendants”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 5.
15:13 wscw יִהְיֶ֣ה 1 “will live as”
15:13 cb96 גֵ֣ר 1 “foreigners/sojourners”. The word “strangers” refers to people who live temporarily in a city, country, or region, but they do not settle there permanently.
15:13 cm9l בְּ⁠אֶ֨רֶץ֙ 1 “in a country”
15:13 sd2n לֹ֣א לָ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 “that is not their own.” or “that is not their home/homeland.”
15:13 d6oi rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠עֲבָד֖וּ⁠ם 1 “They will serve the people {of/in that land/country} {as slaves},” or “They will be servants/slaves for the people {who live in that land/country},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, make sure that your translation of these pronouns clearly communicates who is being referred to. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
15:13 kntb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠עִנּ֣וּ אֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 “and those people will oppress/mistreat them” or “and those people will treat them cruelly/badly”. Notice that here the pronoun “they” refers to the people who were living in the country where Abrams descendants will be sojourning and “them” refers to Abrams descendants. Make sure that is clear in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
15:13 hx9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שָׁנָֽה 1 “{for} 400 years.” or “{for a period of} 400 years.” This phrase refers to how long Abrams descendants would live in a land that is not theirs, not how long they would be oppressed, which was less than half of those 400 years. To make that clear in your translation, you could move this phrase earlier and say: “I want you to know that for 400 years your offspring/descendants will live in a land/country that is not their own, and the people of that country will oppress them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
15:14 r32f וְ⁠גַ֧ם 1 “But” or “But/And you can also be certain/sure that”
15:14 kuy4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת הַ⁠גּ֛וֹי 1 “{the people of} that nation/country” or “the/those people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
15:14 tbec אֲשֶׁ֥ר יַעֲבֹ֖דוּ 1 “whom they serve {as slaves}” or “who made them slaves”
15:14 dvzz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure דָּ֣ן אָנֹ֑כִי 1 “I will punish,” For some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this clause earlier in this sentence and say, “But I will also judge/punish {the people of} the nation that they serve”. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
15:14 rxgp וְ⁠אַחֲרֵי כֵ֥ן 1 “After that,” or “Then”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
15:14 bwpf יֵצְא֖וּ 1 “your offspring/descendants will leave {that land/country}”
15:14 hshe בִּ⁠רְכֻ֥שׁ גָּדֽוֹל 1 “with many possessions.” or “with great/much wealth.” or “and take many possessions with them.” See how you translated “possessions” in Gen 14:16, 21.
15:15 lnj7 וְ⁠אַתָּ֛ה 1 “Now/But {as for} you,” or “As for you,” In the Hebrew text, this phrase, which includes the emphatic pronoun “you” in a fronted position, is used here to change the topic. Do what is clear and natural in your language.
15:15 yeva rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism תָּב֥וֹא אֶל אֲבֹתֶ֖י⁠ךָ בְּ⁠שָׁל֑וֹם 1 “you will be at peace when you {die and} join your forefathers/ancestors {who have died/gone before you}”. This clause is a euphemism that refers to Abrams death. However, it is best to translate the clause as literally as possible, since it implies the important information that people are still alive after they have died on earth. Also, notice that the term “fathers” refers here to ancestors who have died, not those who are still alive on earth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
15:15 wwh9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure תִּקָּבֵ֖ר בְּ⁠שֵׂיבָ֥ה טוֹבָֽה 1 “{In fact,} you will not die until you have lived a good/blessed, long life.” or “{In fact,} you will live a good/blessed, long life before you die.” This clause is a euphemism that refers to Abrams death. Make sure in your translation that it does not sound like he will be buried alive. For some languages it may be more natural to change the order of this sentence and say, “after you have lived a good/blessed long life, you will die peacefully and join your ancestors {who have died before you}.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
15:16 pycy וְ⁠ד֥וֹר רְבִיעִ֖י 1 “Then four generations later,” or “Then after four generations {have passed},”
15:16 vmew יָשׁ֣וּבוּ הֵ֑נָּה 1 “your descendants will return here {to live},” or “your descendants will come back to this land {and live here},”
15:16 jv0t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּ֧י לֹא שָׁלֵ֛ם עֲוֺ֥ן הָ⁠אֱמֹרִ֖י עַד הֵֽנָּה 1 “because that is when the Amorite/Amor people will have sinned as much as I will allow {before I take away their land and give it to your descendants}.” or “{and I will give them the land of the} Amorite/Amor people, whose sin will have reached its limit by then.” God planned to give the Amorites land to Abrams descendants because of the Amorites sin. Consider whether or not to include that implied information in your translation or in a footnote. Also, see how you translated the names of people groups in Gen 10:13-18. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
15:17 pz6x וַ⁠יְהִ֤י 1 “Then it happened {that}”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 12 and see the note about that there.
15:17 epqp הַ⁠שֶּׁ֨מֶשׁ֙ בָּ֔אָה וַ⁠עֲלָטָ֖ה 1 “when/after the sun had gone down,” or “when/after the sun had set,” The sun had started to go down in verse 12. Here it had completely set.
15:17 s3qr וַ⁠עֲלָטָ֖ה הָיָ֑ה 1 “it was/became {very} dark”. This Hebrew word for “darkness” implies that it was darker than normal, so that not even light from the moon and stars was visible.
15:17 gctf וְ⁠הִנֵּ֨ה 1 “and suddenly,” or “Then suddenly,” For some languages it is better to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
15:17 iqre וְ⁠הִנֵּ֨ה תַנּ֤וּר עָשָׁן֙ 1 “a {clay} pot appeared {that was full} of burning coals and had smoke coming from it,”
15:17 b7pu וְ⁠לַפִּ֣יד אֵ֔שׁ 1 “and {also} a burning/blazing torch”
15:17 mf10 אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָבַ֔ר 1 “and they {both} passed/went”
15:17 rzj8 בֵּ֖ין הַ⁠גְּזָרִ֥ים הָ⁠אֵֽלֶּה 1 “between those/the {two rows of} {animal} parts/halves.”
15:18 trnn בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠ה֗וּא 1 “On that {very} day” or “At that time”. It is still nighttime at this point (see verse 17), so the word “day” refers generally here to a 24-hour day; it does not refer to daytime.
15:18 fchr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-Idiom כָּרַ֧ת יְהוָ֛ה 1 “Yahweh established/made” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-Idiom]])
15:18 zmuv אֶת אַבְרָ֖ם בְּרִ֣ית 1 “a {special/peace} covenant/agreement with Abram”. See how you translated “covenant” in Gen 9:9, 11-13, 15-17.
15:18 jufm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “{by} saying,” or “and said,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
15:18 nifa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֗ נָתַ֨תִּי֙ אֶת הָ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠זֹּ֔את 1 “I am giving your offspring/descendants this land,” or “I hereby give this land to your offspring/descendants,” In the Hebrew text “to your offspring/descendants” is first in this quote to emphasize Abrams descendants. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
15:18 g5es מִ⁠נְּהַ֣ר מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 “{which extends} from Egypts river {in the south}”. This phrase probably refers to the Wadi El-Arish (not the Nile River), which is on the border between Egypt and Israel. It is best in a translation to leave this general as the Hebrew text does.
15:18 wiap עַד הַ⁠נָּהָ֥ר הַ⁠גָּדֹ֖ל נְהַר פְּרָֽת 1 “to the great Euphrates River {in the north},”
15:19 dwlz אֶת הַ⁠קֵּינִי֙ 1 “{including} {the land which is owned/inhabited by}” or “{That is/includes} {the land which belongs to}”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
15:19 ba00 אֶת הַ⁠קֵּינִי֙ וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠קְּנִזִּ֔י וְ⁠אֵ֖ת הַ⁠קַּדְמֹנִֽי 1 “the Kenites, the Kenizzites, the Kadmonites,” or “Kenites, Kenizzites, Kadmonites,” In a list of people group names like this (verses 19-21), for some languages it is more natural to leave out “and” and “the” most of the time. Do what is natural in your language.
15:20 t17t וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠חִתִּ֥י וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֖י וְ⁠אֶת הָ⁠רְפָאִֽים 1 “the Hittites, the Perizzites, the Rephaim/Rephaites,” or “Hittites, Perizzites, Rephaim/Rephaites,” Be consistent here with how you translated “the Hittites” in Gen 10:15, “the Perizzites” in Gen 13:7, and “the Rephaim/Rephaites” in Gen 14:5.
15:21 tiio וְ⁠אֶת הָֽ⁠אֱמֹרִי֙ וְ⁠אֶת הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֔י וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠גִּרְגָּשִׁ֖י וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠יְבוּסִֽי 1 “the Amorites, the Canaanites, the Girgashites, and the Jebusites.” or “Amorites, Canaanites, Girgashites, and Jebusites.” Be consistent here with how you translated “the Amorites” in verse 18 and “Amorites”, “Canaanites”, “Girgashites”, and “Jebusites” in Gen 10:15-18.
16:1 j5rh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וְ⁠שָׂרַי֙ אֵ֣שֶׁת אַבְרָ֔ם 1 “Sarai, Abrams wife,” or “Now Abrams wife Sarai”. This verse begins a new topic and gives background information about Sarai. Some languages have a special conjunction for this. Other languages do not use a conjunction here. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
16:1 itjv לֹ֥א יָלְדָ֖ה ל֑⁠וֹ 1 “{still} had not had {any} children for him,” or “had {still} not given birth {to any children} for him,” Sarais barrenness is first mentioned in Gen 11:30.
16:1 ck1v וְ⁠לָ֛⁠הּ 1 “but she owned” or “but she did have”
16:1 oni8 שִׁפְחָ֥ה מִצְרִ֖ית 1 “an Egyptian slave/servant woman” or “a female slave/servant from {the country of} Egypt”. See how you translated “female slaves/servants” in Gen 12:16.
16:1 gj9y וּ⁠שְׁמָ֥⁠הּ הָגָֽר 1 “whose name was Hagar.” or “named Hagar.”
16:2 hcuf וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר שָׂרַ֜י אֶל אַבְרָ֗ם 1 “So she told Abram,” or “Then Sarai/she told Abram,”
16:2 hjtg הִנֵּה נָ֞א 1 “Listen please/now,” or “Please listen {to me/this}:” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 12:11.
16:2 l1km עֲצָרַ֤⁠נִי יְהוָה֙ מִ⁠לֶּ֔דֶת 1 “{since} Yahweh has not permitted/allowed me to bear/have {any} children,” or “{as you know,} Yahweh has not permitted/allowed me to bear/have {any} children, {so}”
16:2 pxu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism בֹּא נָא֙ אֶל 1 “please sleep with” or “please have {marital/sexual} relations with”. See how you translated the idiom “went to” in Gen 6:4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
16:2 b34m שִׁפְחָתִ֔⁠י 1 “my slave/servant woman {Hagar}.” See how you translated “maidservant” in verse 1.
16:2 u5c8 אוּלַ֥י 1 “Maybe” or “{so that} perhaps/maybe”
16:2 mcq5 אִבָּנֶ֖ה מִמֶּ֑⁠נָּה 1 “I can build/have a family through her {children}.” or “she can have children for me so that I can build/have a family.”
16:2 nv8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֥ע אַבְרָ֖ם 1 “So Abram” or “Abram”. Some languages omit the conjunction here. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
16:2 klj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֥ע לְ⁠ק֥וֹל שָׂרָֽי 1 “agreed to do what Sarai/she requested/suggested.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
16:3 kkb6 וַ⁠תִּקַּ֞ח שָׂרַ֣י אֵֽשֶׁת אַבְרָ֗ם 1 “So/Then Abrams wife Sarai took/brought” or “Then Sarai took/brought”. In the Hebrew text, the phrase “Abrams wife” is repeated (in verses 1 and 3) to emphasize Sarais relationship to Abram in contrast to Hagar. For some languages it is overly redundant to repeat that phrase, and so they leave it implied here. However, if possible, it is best to keep this repetition in your translation.
16:3 hq9o אֶת הָגָ֤ר הַ⁠מִּצְרִית֙ שִׁפְחָתָ֔⁠הּ 1 “her Egyptian servant woman Hagar,” or “her servant Hagar,” The word “Egyptian” is repeated (in verses 1 and 3) to emphasize the fact that Hagar was a foreigner. If possible, it is best to keep this repetition in your translation.
16:3 c5qd מִ⁠קֵּץ֙ עֶ֣שֶׂר שָׁנִ֔ים לְ⁠שֶׁ֥בֶת אַבְרָ֖ם בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן 1 “after Abram {and Sarai} had lived in the land/region of Canaan for ten years,”
16:3 usjt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠תִּתֵּ֥ן אֹתָ֛⁠הּ לְ⁠אַבְרָ֥ם אִישָׁ֖⁠הּ ל֥⁠וֹ לְ⁠אִשָּֽׁה 1 “and she gave her to her husband Abram to be his {second} wife.” For most languages it is clearer and more natural to change the order of the clauses in this verse and say, “So Abrams wife Sarai gave her servant Hagar to her husband Abram to be his {second} wife. {This/That happened} after Abram {and Sarai} had lived in the land/region of Canaan for ten years.” Make sure your translation does not sound like verse 3 happened ten years after Abram agreed to sleep with Hagar. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
16:4 l5za rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥א 1 “Then/So Abram”. Consider whether it is better in your language to refer to Abram by his name or by a pronoun here at the beginning of this paragraph. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
16:4 z3yz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥א אֶל הָגָ֖ר 1 “slept with Hagar,” or “had {marital} relations with Hagar,” See how you translated the idiom “go to” in verse 2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
16:4 zkod rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠תַּ֑הַר 1 “and {as a result,}” or “and {so}” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
16:4 onr6 וַ⁠תַּ֑הַר 1 “she became pregnant.” Make sure that the way you translate this phrase will not be embarrassing or offensive to people, especially when it is read aloud.
16:4 j6gh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠תֵּ֨רֶא֙ כִּ֣י הָרָ֔תָה וַ⁠תֵּקַ֥ל 1 “And/But {when} she/Hagar saw/realized that she was pregnant,” The word “saw” is used here as an idiom that means “realized” or “perceived”. Consider whether or not you have a similar idiom in your language that would work well here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
16:4 kp9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠תֵּקַ֥ל גְּבִרְתָּ֖⁠הּ בְּ⁠עֵינֶֽי⁠הָ 1 “she despised/disrespected her mistress/owner {Sarai}.” or “she regarded/treated her mistress/owner {Sarai} with contempt/disdain.” or “she started to look down on her mistress {Sarai}.” The phrase “despised in her eyes” is an idiom that refers here to Hagars attitude and disrespectful actions toward Sarai. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom. Also consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
16:5 cvvc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר שָׂרַ֣י אֶל אַבְרָם֮ 1 “Then/So Sarai complained to Abram,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
16:5 l7q0 חֲמָסִ֣⁠י עָלֶי⁠ךָ֒ 1 “I am suffering because of you!” or “I am being mistreated because of you!” or “It is your fault that I am being treated wrongly/badly!” or “It is your fault that I am suffering!”
16:5 ris2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism אָנֹכִ֗י נָתַ֤תִּי שִׁפְחָתִ⁠י֙ בְּ⁠חֵיקֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 “I gave my maidservant/servant to you to be your wife,” or “I allowed my maidservant/servant to have {marital} relations with you,” The idiom “put...into your arms” refers to Abrams relationship with Hagar. Make sure that your translation of this clause is not offensive. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
16:5 ouxe וַ⁠תֵּ֨רֶא֙ כִּ֣י הָרָ֔תָה וָ⁠אֵקַ֖ל 1 “but {now that} she knows/realizes that she is pregnant,”
16:5 dadx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וָ⁠אֵקַ֖ל בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 “she despises/disrespects me!” or “she treats me with contempt/disdain”. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. Also see how you translated a similar clause in verse 4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
16:5 jk88 יִשְׁפֹּ֥ט יְהוָ֖ה 1 “I ask Yahweh to”
16:5 igre rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יִשְׁפֹּ֥ט בֵּינִ֥⁠י וּ⁠בֵינֶֽיׄ⁠ךָ 1 “judge/decide between you and me {who is responsible for this}!” or “judge/decide who is right/wrong, you or me!” or “judge whether it is you or I who is responsible {for this}!” As the head of the household, it was Abrams responsibility to rebuke Hagar and require her to respect Sarai. You could put that information in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
16:6 chm4 וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אַבְרָ֜ם 1 “But Abram” or “Abram”
16:6 mgqu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אֶל שָׂרַ֗י 1 “said/replied to Sarai/her,” or “said/replied,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
16:6 gb51 הִנֵּ֤ה 1 “Look/Listen,”
16:6 onw4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom שִׁפְחָתֵ⁠ךְ֙ בְּ⁠יָדֵ֔⁠ךְ 1 “your slave/servant woman is under your authority/control.” or “you have authority over your slave/servant.” or “you are in charge of your servant.” The phrase “in your hand” is an idiom that refers to having control or authority over someone. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom. Also see how you translated “maidservant” in verses 1-3, 5. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
16:6 ns17 עֲשִׂי לָ֖⁠הּ 1 “Do with her” or “{So} {you can/may} do to/with her”
16:6 orxc הַ⁠טּ֣וֹב בְּ⁠עֵינָ֑יִ⁠ךְ 1 “what{ever} you think/decide is good/right/best.” or “what{ever} pleases you.” The phrase “in your eyes” is an idiom that refers to Sarais opinion. See how you translated a similar idiom (“in her eyes”) in verses 4 and 5.
16:6 m2m2 וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר 2 “So”
16:6 yvhx וַ⁠תְּעַנֶּ֣⁠הָ שָׂרַ֔י וַ⁠תִּבְרַ֖ח 1 “Sarai oppressed/mistreated her/Hagar, and/so” or “Sarai treated her/Hagar so harshly/badly that”. See how you translated “afflict” in Gen 15:13.
16:6 a1qw וַ⁠תִּבְרַ֖ח מִ⁠פָּנֶֽי⁠הָ 1 “she/Hagar ran away from her.” or “she/Hagar ran away {from home to get away} from her/Sarai.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Hagar is the one who fled, not Sarai. (See: See: writing-pronouns)
16:7 ziyg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וַֽ⁠יִּמְצָאָ֞⁠הּ מַלְאַ֧ךְ יְהוָ֛ה 1 “Then/But an angel/messenger {sent} from Yahweh” or “Then/But one of Yahwehs angels/messengers”. This messenger from Yahweh was an angel, not a human being. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
16:7 ish4 וַֽ⁠יִּמְצָאָ֞⁠הּ 1 “came to Hagar”. Make sure the way you translate “found” does not sound like the angel had come across Hagar accidentally. Rather, he knew where she was and had gone to her intentionally.
16:7 urd3 עַל עֵ֥ין הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם 1 “by/beside a spring of water” or “by/beside a spring”
16:7 b4xd בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֑ר 1 “in the desert”. See how you translated “wilderness” in Gen 14:6.
16:7 grd7 עַל הָ⁠עַ֖יִן 1 “{She was} at the spring” or “{It was} the spring”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
16:7 gxh5 בְּ⁠דֶ֥רֶךְ 1 “{that was} beside/by the road”
16:7 xce6 בְּ⁠דֶ֥רֶךְ שֽׁוּר 1 “{that goes} to {the city of} Shur.” or “near {the city of} Shur.”
16:8 f8ec rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֗ר 1 “And the angel/messenger” or “The angel”. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin this sentence with a conjunction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
16:8 aajb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֗ר 1 “said {to her},” or “asked {her},” The angel asked Hagar a question, so for some languages it is better to use a word like “asked” here. Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
16:8 sc3u הָגָ֞ר שִׁפְחַ֥ת שָׂרַ֛י 1 “Hagar, Sarais slave/servant,” or “Hagar, who serves Sarai,”
16:8 ogxo אֵֽי מִ⁠זֶּ֥ה בָ֖את וְ⁠אָ֣נָה תֵלֵ֑כִי 1 “where are you coming from, and where are you headed?”
16:8 yltk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “She/Hagar said/replied {to him},” or “She/Hagar answered {him},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
16:8 ya1g מִ⁠פְּנֵי֙ שָׂרַ֣י גְּבִרְתִּ֔⁠י אָנֹכִ֖י בֹּרַֽחַת 1 “I am running away from my mistress/owner Sarai.” See how you translated “fled from...face” in verse 6 and how you translated “mistress” in verse 4.
16:9 symc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר 1 “But/So”. Consider what is the best way to begin this verse in your translation, after what Hagar said in verse 8. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
16:9 b2t2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns מַלְאַ֣ךְ יְהוָ֔ה 1 “the angel/messenger from Yahweh” or “Yahwehs angel/messenger” or “he” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
16:9 n6c9 וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר לָ⁠הּ֙ 1 “told her/Hagar,”
16:9 bwzh שׁ֖וּבִי 1 “Go back {home}”
16:9 ceyk אֶל גְּבִרְתֵּ֑⁠ךְ 1 “to your mistress/owner {Sarai}”. See how you translated “mistress/owner” in verses 4 and 8.
16:9 hp9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠הִתְעַנִּ֖י תַּ֥חַת יָדֶֽי⁠הָ 1 “and {humbly} submit {yourself} to her authority.” or “obey her {as her servant}.” See how you translated a similar idiom “in your hand” in verse 6. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
16:10 z0ut וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר מַלְאַ֣ךְ יְהוָ֔ה 1 “Then the angel/messenger” or “Then he”
16:10 wpc6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר לָ⁠הּ֙ 1 “told/promised her,” or “added/continued,” Some languages do not include the quote margins here and in verse 11, because the angel is still talking to Hagar. However, the repeated quote margins could show that the angel paused (before continuing), or that he is changing the topic, or to emphasize what he says next. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
16:10 un14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הַרְבָּ֥ה אַרְבֶּ֖ה אֶת זַרְעֵ֑⁠ךְ וְ⁠לֹ֥א 1 “I {Yahweh} will greatly increase/multiply {the number of} your offspring/descendants, so that” or “{This is what Yahweh says/promises to you:} “I will give you so many offspring/descendants that” or “{Yahweh promises to you that} he will give you many descendants, so that”. The pronoun “I” refers to Yahweh here. So either the angel was representing Yahweh and speaking Yahwehs words to Hagar, or it was Yahweh himself who had taken on the form of an angel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
16:10 py6e וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִסָּפֵ֖ר 1 “no one will be able to count them all,” or “there will be too many to count,”
16:10 vljc מֵ⁠רֹֽב 1 “because of their large number.” or “because there will be so many of them.”
16:11 ptju וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר 1 “Finally”
16:11 lhyg מַלְאַ֣ךְ יְהוָ֔ה 1 “the angel/messenger” or “he”
16:11 e1h4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר לָ⁠הּ֙ 1 “{also} said/prophesied to her,” or “{also} told her,” or “added/continued,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
16:11 c3yg הִנָּ֥⁠ךְ הָרָ֖ה וְ⁠יֹלַ֣דְתְּ בֵּ֑ן וְ⁠קָרָ֤את 1 “Look/Listen, {as you know,} {you are} expecting a child/baby. You will bear/have a son, and/then” or “Look/Listen, you are pregnant with a son. After/When he is born,” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Hagar already knew that she was pregnant, but did not know she was having a son or what she should name him.
16:11 aycq וְ⁠יֹלַ֣דְתְּ 1 “you must” or “you are to”
16:11 mecd וְ⁠קָרָ֤את שְׁמ⁠וֹ֙ 1 “give him the name” or “name him”
16:11 tezq יִשְׁמָעֵ֔אל 1 “Ishmael, {which means “God listens/hears,”}” Some translation teams make the meaning of Ishmaels name explicit in their translation. Other teams put the meaning of his name in a footnote. See what you did for similar cases in Gen 3:20, 4:1, 16, 25; 6:29, 10:25, 11:9.
16:11 q8bz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names כִּֽי שָׁמַ֥ע יְהוָ֖ה אֶל 1 “because Yahweh heard” or “because Yahweh paid attention to”. If you include the meaning of Ishmaels name earlier in this verse, make sure it fits with how you translate this clause. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
16:11 aus7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עָנְיֵֽ⁠ךְ 1 “your {cries of} misery/suffering {and helped you}.” or “you when you were suffering {and helped you}.” The word that means “listened to” implies here that God also took action to help Hagar. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
16:12 rnzx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠ה֤וּא 1 “{When Ishmael grows up,} he” or “As for Ishmael, {when he grows up,} he”. The pronoun “he” is emphatic here, to emphasize Ishmael. Make sure that your translation refers here to Ishmael, not Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
16:12 p7hn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor יִהְיֶה֙ פֶּ֣רֶא אָדָ֔ם 1 “will be {proud and free} {like} a wild/untamed donkey” or “will be {like} a wild/untamed donkey {that no one can control/rule}” or “will not be ruled by anyone else”. The angel compares Ishmael to a wild donkey. Consider whether or not your language can use a similar metaphor or a simile here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
16:12 ihvp יָד֣⁠וֹ בַ⁠כֹּ֔ל וְ⁠יַ֥ד כֹּ֖ל בּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “He will fight against everyone, and everyone will fight against him.” or “He will be enemies with everyone.”
16:12 y6tx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְ⁠יַ֥ד 1 “In fact,” or “Yes/Indeed,” The rest of this verse forms a parallelism with the first half, emphasizing what Ishmael (and his descendants) will be like. Try to keep both parts of the parallelism in your translation, since each part has a different focus and the second part adds important information. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
16:12 k31a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idioms וְ⁠עַל פְּנֵ֥י יִשְׁכֹּֽן 1 “he will {even} be hostile toward” or “he will {also/even} fight against” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idioms]])
16:12 sdus rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche כָל אֶחָ֖י⁠ו 1 “all of his {own} relatives.” or “all of his {own} family members.” The word “brothers” is used here to refer to relatives in general. Consider what is the best way to translate this synecdoche in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
16:13 iirj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֤א שֵׁם יְהוָה֙ הַ⁠דֹּבֵ֣ר אֵלֶ֔י⁠הָ אַתָּ֖ה אֵ֣ל רֳאִ֑י 1 “Then she/Hagar named Yahweh who had spoken to her. {She said/exclaimed,} “You are the God who sees!” ” or “After Yahweh spoke to her/Hagar, she called him El Roi, {which means “the God who sees,”}” Some translations transliterate (copy or borrow) the name “El Roi” from the Hebrew, some translate its meaning, and some do both. Decide what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
16:13 nxa3 כִּ֣י אָֽמְרָ֗ה 1 “{She named him that,} because she {had} said/exclaimed {to herself},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
16:13 an8m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠גַ֥ם הֲלֹ֛ם רָאִ֖יתִי אַחֲרֵ֥י רֹאִֽ⁠י 1 “How can it be that I was able to look at the back of {the one/God who} looks after me?” or “I just now saw the back of {him/God who} sees me!” Hagars rhetorical question shows surprise and amazement. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
16:14 jkis עַל כֵּן֙ 1 “That is why”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 11:9.
16:14 x357 קָרָ֣א לַ⁠בְּאֵ֔ר 1 “the/that well is/was called/named” or “people call that well” or “the name of the/that well is”. Frequently in the Hebrew text, this phrase has a general meaning and does not refer to someone specific. Also, this well is the same as the spring in verse 7. For some languages, it may be necessary to translate these words the same way so that it is clear that they refer to the same place. Do what is best in your language.
16:14 hkkl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּאֵ֥ר לַחַ֖י רֹאִ֑י 1 “Beer Lahai Roi, {which means, “Well of the Living One, who sees me.”}” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
16:14 vkz7 הִנֵּ֥ה בֵין 1 “It is {still} there” or “That well is {still} there”
16:14 v5d5 בֵין קָדֵ֖שׁ וּ⁠בֵ֥ין בָּֽרֶד 1 “between {the cities of} Kadesh and Bered.” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Kadesh” in Gen 14:7.
16:15 sm1e וַ⁠תֵּ֧לֶד הָגָ֛ר 1 “After that, Hagar/she”
16:15 k492 וַ⁠תֵּ֧לֶד לְ⁠אַבְרָ֖ם בֵּ֑ן 1 “{returned home and} gave birth to a son for Abram,”
16:15 wolv וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א אַבְרָ֧ם 1 “and he” or “Abram/He”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
16:15 sf8b וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א שֶׁם בְּנ֛⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁר יָלְדָ֥ה הָגָ֖ר יִשְׁמָעֵֽאל 1 “called/named his son whom she bore/had Ishmael.” or “named their son Ishmael.”
16:16 a7rj rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וְ⁠אַבְרָ֕ם בֶּן 1 “Abram {was}”. For some languages it is more natural to omit the conjunction here. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
16:16 hec8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idioms בֶּן 1 “86 years old”. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 5:32. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idioms]])
16:16 xkvq בְּ⁠לֶֽדֶת הָגָ֥ר אֶת יִשְׁמָעֵ֖אל 1 “when Hagar gave birth to Ishmael” or “when Hagar had Ishmael”. Be consistent here with how you spelled “Hagar” in chapter 16 (verses 1, 4, 6-11, 13), and how you spelled “Ishmael” in verses 11, 12 and 15.
16:16 gdcz לְ⁠אַבְרָֽם 1 “for him.” See how you translated “bore...for Abram” in verse 15.
17:1 a4g7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֣י 1 “{Years} later,” Thirteen years have passed between the last verse of chapter 16 and the first verse of chapter 17. Consider what is the best way in your language to begin this new section. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
17:1 q3nm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יְהִ֣י אַבְרָ֔ם בֶּן וַ⁠יֵּרָ֨א 1 “when Abram was 99 years old,” See how you translated “was a son of...years” in Gen 5:32. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
17:1 b3u2 וַ⁠יֵּרָ֨א יְהוָ֜ה אֶל אַבְרָ֗ם 1 “Yahweh appeared/came to him” or “Yahweh visited him”. See how you translated this clause in Gen 12:7.
17:1 zcp6 וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֵלָי⁠ו֙ 1 “and told him,”
17:1 ph7e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֲנִי אֵ֣ל שַׁדַּ֔י 1 “I {am} Almighty God.” or “I {am} the all-powerful God.” or “I {am} God {who is} all-powerful.” Most translation teams translate the meaning of Gods title here and say, for example, “God Almighty.” Other teams treat this title as a name and transliterate it as “El Shaddai” and put its meaning in a footnote. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
17:1 z65o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idioms הִתְהַלֵּ֥ךְ לְ⁠פָנַ֖⁠י 1 “Walk/Live in my presence” or “Live according to my will” or “Live in a way that pleases me”. This phrase is an idiom that means to habitually live according to Gods will. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idioms]])
17:1 mxfa וֶ⁠הְיֵ֥ה 1 “{yes, you must} be” or “so that you will be”
17:1 bv2d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom תָמִֽים 1 “without fault.” or “blameless/upright.” See how you translated this idiom in Gen 6:9. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
17:2 ng9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וְ⁠אֶתְּנָ֥ה 1 “Then I will” or “I will”. Some translations omit the conjunction here. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
17:2 dsx1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וְ⁠אֶתְּנָ֥ה בְרִיתִ֖⁠י 1 “establish/institute my covenant/agreement”. See how you translated “cut/make/establish....covenant” in Gen 15:18, where the verb is different from here but has a similar meaning (“establish/seal” or “put into effect”). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
17:2 ig4c בֵּינִ֣⁠י וּ⁠בֵינֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 “with you,”
17:2 unnk וְ⁠אַרְבֶּ֥ה אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֖ בִּ⁠מְאֹ֥ד מְאֹֽד 1 “and I will cause you to have very many descendants.” or “and I will increase {the number of} your descendants so that they are exceedingly/very numerous.”
17:3 em3a וַ⁠יִּפֹּ֥ל אַבְרָ֖ם 1 ”{When} Abram {heard that, he}”
17:3 iqyn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּפֹּ֥ל עַל פָּנָ֑י⁠ו 1 “bowed with his face to the ground {before God} {to show respect},” or “prostrated himself {before God} {to show him respect},” Make sure that the translation of this phrase does not sound like Abram fell down accidentally; rather he intentionally threw himself to the ground out of deep respect for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
17:3 ia2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֥ר אִתּ֛⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִ֖ים לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 “and God spoke with/to him and said,” or “and God continued speaking with/to him/Abram,” or “and God continued/added,” Some translations omit “saying” here because it is not natural in those languages. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
17:4 opjt אֲנִ֕י הִנֵּ֥ה בְרִיתִ֖⁠י אִתָּ֑⁠ךְ וְ⁠הָיִ֕יתָ 1 “Listen/Look, this is my part/responsibility in my covenant/agreement with you:” or “Listen/Look, this is what I will do to fulfill my covenant/agreement with you:” In the Hebrew text, the pronoun “me” is emphatic in form and in sentence position to emphasize that Yahweh is the one doing this.
17:4 yrur וְ⁠הָיִ֕יתָ 1 “I will make you” or “I will cause you to be/become”
17:4 jhlo לְ⁠אַ֖ב 1 “the ancestor of”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 4:20, 21; 10:21.
17:4 to54 הֲמ֥וֹן 1 “a large number of” or “many”
17:4 bvqg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms גּוֹיִֽם 1 “people/ethnic groups.” See how you translated this term in Gen 10:5, 20, 31, 32. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
17:5 gm3a וְ⁠לֹא אֶת שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “So your name” or “Your name”
17:5 t3tn וְ⁠לֹא יִקָּרֵ֥א ע֛וֹד אַבְרָ֑ם 1 “will not be Abram anymore,” or “will no longer be Abram,”
17:5 y88x וְ⁠הָיָ֤ה שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֙ אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “Rather/Instead, {from now on} it will be Abraham” or “Rather, I am changing it {now} to Abraham”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
17:5 ju00 כִּ֛י נְתַתִּֽי⁠ךָ 1 “because I will make you” or “because you will be”. The form of the Hebrew verb in this clause is completed aspect (“have made”) and shows certainty that God will do this. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language.
17:5 gvn8 אַב הֲמ֥וֹן גּוֹיִ֖ם 1 “the ancestor of many people/ethnic groups.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 4.
17:6 d68r rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וְ⁠הִפְרֵתִ֤י 1 “Yes, I will” or “I will” This verse repeats and elaborates on the last part of verse 5; it does not refer to different events. Consider what is the best way to begin this sentence in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
17:6 n9r6 וְ⁠הִפְרֵתִ֤י אֹֽתְ⁠ךָ֙ בִּ⁠מְאֹ֣ד מְאֹ֔ד 1 “make you extremely/exceedingly fruitful,” or “give you very many offspring/descendants,”
17:6 p8wc וּ⁠נְתַתִּ֖י⁠ךָ לְ⁠גוֹיִ֑ם 1 “so that you will be/become {the father/ancestor of}” or “and I will cause your descendants to become”
17:6 jdk6 לְ⁠גוֹיִ֑ם 1 “{many} people/ethnic groups,”
17:6 vqo1 וּ⁠נְתַתִּ֖י⁠ךָ 2 “In fact,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
17:6 dbhl וּ⁠מְלָכִ֖ים מִמְּ⁠ךָ֥ יֵצֵֽאוּ 1 “there will be kings who descend from you.” or “some of your descendants will be/become kings.” See how you translated “king” in Gen 14:1-5.
17:7 zi82 וַ⁠הֲקִמֹתִ֨י 1 “I will”
17:7 q56j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular וַ⁠הֲקִמֹתִ֨י אֶת בְּרִיתִ֜⁠י בֵּינִ֣⁠י וּ⁠בֵינֶ֗⁠ךָ 1 “establish/make my covenant/agreement with you”. See how you translated a similar clause in verse 2. The pronouns “you” and “your” are singular in this clause and also later in this verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
17:7 dj4k וּ⁠בֵ֨ין זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֧ אַחֲרֶ֛י⁠ךָ 1 “and {all} your offspring/descendants {who live/come} after you” or “as well as {all} your offspring/descendants”
17:7 s1qx לְ⁠דֹרֹתָ֖⁠ם 1 “for {all} generations to come” or “for {all} future generations”
17:7 gqdg לִ⁠בְרִ֣ית 1 “It will be”. For some languages it is better to break up this long sentence and begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
17:7 cyi2 לִ⁠בְרִ֣ית עוֹלָ֑ם 1 “a covenant/agreement that never ends,” or “a covenant/agreement that lasts forever,”
17:7 ds2h לִ⁠הְי֤וֹת לְ⁠ךָ֙ לֵֽ⁠אלֹהִ֔ים וּֽ⁠לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ אַחֲרֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 “that I will be your God and {the God} of {all} your descendants.” or “that I will be the God who takes care of you and {all} your descendants.” or “that I will be the God whom you and {all} your descendants worship/serve.”
17:8 nyz3 וְ⁠נָתַתִּ֣י לְ֠⁠ךָ וּ⁠לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֨ אַחֲרֶ֜י⁠ךָ 1 “I will also give to you and your offspring/descendants”
17:8 z44f אֵ֣ת אֶ֣רֶץ מְגֻרֶ֗י⁠ךָ 1 “the/this land where you have been living as a foreigner/outsider,”
17:8 ooc1 אֵ֚ת כָּל אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן 1 “{yes,} the entire land/region of Canaan,”
17:8 bvrb לַ⁠אֲחֻזַּ֖ת עוֹלָ֑ם 1 “It will be their land/property forever,” or “They will own it forever,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
17:8 udkv וְ⁠הָיִ֥יתִי לָ⁠הֶ֖ם לֵ⁠אלֹהִֽים 1 “and I will be their God.” or “and I will be the God who takes care of them.” or “I will be the God whom they worship/serve.” See how you translated the phrase “be God to you” in verse 7.
17:9 qzbp וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶל אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “Then God continued,” Some languages leave out this quote margin, because God is still speaking to the same person. See what you did for similar cases in Gen 16:10-11.
17:9 ognl וְ⁠אַתָּ֖ה 1 “As for you,” or “Now as for your part/responsibility {in this/my covenant/agreement},” or “Your part/responsibility {in this/my covenant/agreement} is that”. In the Hebrew text, the pronoun “you” is emphatic in form and in sentence position to shift the focus from talking about Gods part in the covenant (verses 4-8) to talking about Abrahams part. Translate this phrase in a way that shows this change in focus.
17:9 zstx אֶת בְּרִיתִ֣⁠י תִשְׁמֹ֑ר 1 “you must keep/obey {the requirements/rules of} my covenant/agreement,” or “you must obey me,”
17:9 r3ok אַתָּ֛ה וְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֥ 1 “{both/including} you and” or “{That includes} you and” or “{That applies to} you as well as”. For some languages it is better to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
17:9 uz7r וְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֥ אַֽחֲרֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “{all} your descendants {who live} after you” or “{all} your offspring/descendants”
17:9 uumy לְ⁠דֹרֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 “for/including {all} generations to come.” or “for/including {all} future generations.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 7, and a similar phrase in verse 8.
17:10 grqg זֹ֣את בְּרִיתִ֞⁠י 1 “This is {what I require in} my covenant/agreement” or “This is {one of the requirements of/in} my covenant/agreement”
17:10 mdxu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular אֲשֶׁ֣ר תִּשְׁמְר֗וּ וּ⁠בֵ֣ינֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “which you {all} must obey,” Notice that the pronoun “you” is plural here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
17:10 esro rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular בֵּינִ⁠י֙ וּ⁠בֵ֣ינֵי⁠כֶ֔ם וּ⁠בֵ֥ין אַחֲרֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “{the covenant/agreement that is} between me and you {all}, including” or “{the covenant/agreement I have made} with {all of} you, including”. The pronoun “you” is plural here and probably refers to Abraham and his family or household. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
17:10 bxe0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure תִּשְׁמְר֗וּ זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ אַחֲרֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “your descendants {who will live} after you:” or “{all} your descendants:” Notice that the pronouns “your” and “you” are singular here and refer to Abraham. Also, it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of some of the clauses in this sentence and say, “This is {what I require in} my covenant/agreement with you and your descendants {who will live after you}, which you {all} must keep/obey:” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
17:10 pe10 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms הִמּ֥וֹל לָ⁠כֶ֖ם כָּל זָכָֽר 1 “You must circumcise all males {who live} among/with you.” or “You must cut off the {male} foreskin of every boy and man {who lives} among you.” Circumcision involves cutting the foreskin off the penis of a boy or man. Translate this clause in a way that does not offend or embarrass people. Some languages may need to be more discreet and say something general like “must cut off the {male} skin” or “must follow the {male} skin cutting custom.” It may be necessary to include a footnote and/or an explanation in the glossary about this so that people understand what circumcision is, especially in areas where people cut their skin on other parts of the body for other reasons. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
17:11 mhww rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular וּ⁠נְמַלְתֶּ֕ם אֵ֖ת בְּשַׂ֣ר עָרְלַתְ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “Yes, {all the males among} you must have your/their foreskins cut off,” or “Indeed/Yes, you must circumcise the foreskin of {all the males among} you”. Notice that in the Hebrew text, the pronouns “you” and “your” are plural in this verse. Also, be consistent here with how you translated “circumcise” in verse 10. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
17:11 c80d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular וְ⁠הָיָה֙ לְ⁠א֣וֹת בְּרִ֔ית בֵּינִ֖⁠י וּ⁠בֵינֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 “and that {custom/practice} will serve as the sign {that reminds you} of this/my covenant/agreement {I made} with {all of} you.” or “and that {custom/practice} will remind/show {you all} that {I made} this/my covenant/agreement with you.” The pronoun “you” is plural here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
17:12 pl8e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠בֶן שְׁמֹנַ֣ת יָמִ֗ים יִמּ֥וֹל 1 “{Every} eight-day-old baby boy must be circumcised {by you},” or “So you must circumcise {every} eight-day-old baby boy,” Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
17:12 c7zl כָּל זָכָ֖ר 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean (1) “{and} every {other} male” or “{as well as} all {other} males” (2) “{yes,} every male {child}”. The following context suggests that this phrase includes males of all ages, not just babies, since male slaves who were bought would especially include adult males.
17:12 rvqc לָ⁠כֶ֛ם 1 “among your people”
17:12 n2rq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לְ⁠דֹרֹתֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “for all {future} generations,” It may be more natural to put this phrase at the beginning of this verse and say, “For all {future} generations you must circumcise {every} baby boy who is eight days old, {as well as} all {other} males among your people,...” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
17:12 qqux יְלִ֣יד בָּ֔יִת 1 “{including} those/males {who are} born in your household/family” or “{That includes} those/males from your own household/family”. This phrase refers to Abrahams future sons, including Isaac (Gen 21:4) and his concubines sons (25:6), and may also refer to the sons of Abrahams servants. Also, for some languages it may be better to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
17:12 f78v וּ⁠מִקְנַת 1 “as well as”
17:12 lsxb וּ⁠מִקְנַת כֶּ֨סֶף֙ מִ⁠כֹּ֣ל בֶּן נֵכָ֔ר אֲשֶׁ֛ר לֹ֥א מִֽ⁠זַּרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “those whom you buy from foreigners {as slaves/servants}, who {are} not your offspring/descendants.” or “those who {are} not your offspring/descendants but {are slaves/servants whom you} have bought from foreigners.”
17:13 bi24 הִמּ֧וֹל יִמּ֛וֹל 1 “{Thats right,} they must definitely be circumcised,” or “{Yes,} you must surely/definitely circumcise {all of} them,” This verse repeats and emphasizes what was just said in verse 12. Consider what is the best way to communicate this emphasis in your language.
17:13 zibc יְלִ֥יד בֵּֽיתְ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠מִקְנַ֣ת כַּסְפֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 “{including} those/males who are born in your household as well as those/males whom you buy {as a slave/servant}.” or “{regardless of whether} they are sons/males from your own household/family or slaves/servants whom you have bought.” See how you translated these phrases in verse 12. It may be best to translate them in a slightly different way here because of the repetition. Do what is best in your language.
17:13 ojc7 וְ⁠הָיְתָ֧ה בְרִיתִ֛⁠י 1 “That is how {the sign of} my covenant/agreement will/must be marked” or “That is how you must mark my covenant/agreement”
17:13 yepf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche בִּ⁠בְשַׂרְ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 “on your bodies”. The word “flesh” refers here to the body in general. Translate this in a way that is clear and natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
17:13 sz9o לִ⁠בְרִ֥ית 1 “to show that it is”
17:13 we4s לִ⁠בְרִ֥ית עוֹלָֽם 1 “an everlasting/permanent covenant/agreement.” or “a covenant/agreement that never ends.” See how you translated “an eternal covenant” in verse 7.
17:14 sp1v וְ⁠עָרֵ֣ל זָכָ֗ר אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא יִמּוֹל֙ אֶת בְּשַׂ֣ר עָרְלָת֔⁠וֹ 1 “But {as for} any/every male/man who is not circumcised,” or “In fact, if a/any man refuses to let you circumcise him,” or “If a/any man refuses to be circumcised,” In this context, “male” refers to men who refuse to be circumcised, not baby boys.
17:14 z5fa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא מֵ⁠עַמֶּ֑י⁠הָ 1 “that person must {be sent away and} not be allowed to associate/fellowship with his/my people” or “you must {send him away and} not allow him to associate/fellowship with his/my people”. The phrase “cut off from his people” is an idiom which means that the person is an outcast of society and can no longer associate closely with other people in that society. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom that would work well here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
17:14 x4d6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הֵפַֽר 1 “{because} he has not kept/obeyed” or “{because} he has disobeyed”. This phrase has the opposite meaning of “keep” or “obey” in verse 9. Consider whether or not your language has an idiom like “broken” that means to not do what has been agreed upon or to disobey what was commanded. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
17:14 r1ku אֶת בְּרִיתִ֖⁠י 1 “{the requirements/rules of} my covenant/agreement.” or “{what I require in} my covenant/agreement.”
17:15 b4k2 וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶל אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “Later God {also} said to Abraham,” or “God {also} told Abraham,”
17:15 d7gc שָׂרַ֣י אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֔ 1 “{As for} your wife Sarai,” This phrase is first in this quote to change the focus to Sarai and emphasize her. Consider what is the best way to do this in your language.
17:15 zovk לֹא תִקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמָ֖⁠הּ שָׂרָ֑י 1 “do not call her Sarai {anymore},” or “her name will no longer be Sarai,”
17:15 fvai כִּ֥י שָׂרָ֖ה שְׁמָֽ⁠הּ 1 “because {from now on} her name will be Sarah.” or “Rather/Instead, her name is {now} Sarah.” or “Rather, {from now on} it will be Sarah.”
17:16 lm2z וּ⁠בֵרַכְתִּ֣י אֹתָ֔⁠הּ 1 “I will bless her,” or “I will cause her to prosper,”
17:16 h3le וְ⁠גַ֨ם נָתַ֧תִּי 1 “and I will definitely”
17:16 m30z נָתַ֧תִּי מִמֶּ֛⁠נָּה לְ⁠ךָ֖ בֵּ֑ן 1 “give you a son by her.” or “enable her to bear/have a son for you.”
17:16 bhku וּ⁠בֵֽרַכְתִּ֨י⁠הָ֙ 1 “In fact,” or “Yes,”
17:16 fk5z וּ⁠בֵֽרַכְתִּ֨י⁠הָ֙ וְ⁠הָֽיְתָ֣ה 1 “I will bless/prosper her so that she will” or “I will bless/prosper her so much that she will”
17:16 sif8 וְ⁠הָֽיְתָ֣ה לְ⁠גוֹיִ֔ם 1 “become {the mother/ancestor of many} people/ethnic groups,” or “{have many descendants that will} become/form {new/many} people/ethnic groups,” See how you translated “nations” in verses 4-6.
17:16 gvvj מַלְכֵ֥י עַמִּ֖ים מִמֶּ֥⁠נָּה יִהְיֽוּ 1 “and kings over peoples/nations will descend from her.” or “and some of her descendants will {even} be kings {who rule} over {many} people/ethnic groups.” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 6.
17:17 w1xa וַ⁠יִּפֹּ֧ל אַבְרָהָ֛ם 1 “{When} Abraham {heard that, he}”
17:17 xnh2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּפֹּ֧ל עַל פָּנָ֖י⁠ו 1 “bowed with his face to the ground {before God} {to show respect},” or “prostrated himself {before God} {to show him respect},” See how you translated this phrase in verse 3. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
17:17 wr09 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּצְחָ֑ק וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר בְּ⁠לִבּ֗⁠וֹ 1 “but he laughed {to himself} and thought,” or “but he laughed and thought to himself,” The phrase “said in his heart” is an idiom that refers to something Abraham thought, but did not say out loud. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom that fits well here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
17:17 d074 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הַ⁠לְּ⁠בֶ֤ן מֵאָֽה שָׁנָה֙ יִוָּלֵ֔ד 1 “How can a hundred-year-old man {like me/myself} father a son/child?” or “Certainly it is not possible for a hundred-year-old man {like me} to father a son/child!” or “Certainly a hundred-year-old man {like myself} cannot father a son/child, can he?” Abraham uses the rhetorical questions in verse 17 to express strong disbelief. If that is not clear in your language, you could translate the rhetorical questions as statements, with or without a tag question. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
17:17 ld4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ⁠אִ֨ם שָׂרָ֔ה הֲ⁠בַת תִּשְׁעִ֥ים שָׁנָ֖ה תֵּלֵֽד 1 “And how can Sarah who is 90 years old {still} have a baby/child?” or “And certainly it is not possible for a 90-year-old woman like Sarah to {still} bear/have a baby/child!” or “And certainly a 90-year-old woman like Sarah cannot {still} give birth to a baby/child, can she?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
17:18 zy6u וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אַבְרָהָ֖ם אֶל הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 “So Abraham said to God,” (See writing-quotations)
17:18 ro82 ל֥וּ יִשְׁמָעֵ֖אל יִחְיֶ֥ה 1 “Oh, that Ishmael could/would” or “Please let Ishmael”. Consider what is the best way to express this strong wish or hope in your language.
17:18 gi97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יִחְיֶ֥ה לְ⁠פָנֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 “live/prosper in your presence!” or “be the one whom you bless!” This idiom means to live under Gods care and be blessed by him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
17:19 ocod rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֗ים 1 “God said/replied {to him},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
17:19 e0ka אֲבָל֙ 1 “No, rather” or “Yes, but/however”. Consider whether it is best in your language to begin Gods response to Abraham here with a “No” or a “Yes”. Although God agrees that he will bless Ishmael (verse 20), he disagrees with Abrahams request to allow Ishmael to be the one God establishes his covenant with.
17:19 vvis שָׂרָ֣ה אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֗ 1 “{as I said,} your wife Sarah {is the one who}” or “{it is} your wife Sarah {who}”. Here God emphasizes what he said in verse 16 about Sarah.
17:19 ki58 יֹלֶ֤דֶת לְ⁠ךָ֙ בֵּ֔ן 1 “will bear you a son,” or “give birth to a son for you,”
17:19 fs0a וְ⁠קָרָ֥אתָ 1 “and you must” or “You must”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
17:19 yo8z וְ⁠קָרָ֥אתָ אֶת שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ יִצְחָ֑ק 1 “name him Isaac.” or “give him the name Isaac.” See how you translated “call...name...” in verse 15.
17:19 jxgr וַ⁠הֲקִמֹתִ֨י אֶת בְּרִיתִ֥⁠י אִתּ֛⁠וֹ 1 “I will establish/make my covenant/agreement with him” or “He {is the one} I will establish my covenant/agreement with,” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 7.
17:19 t5se לִ⁠בְרִ֥ית עוֹלָ֖ם 1 “as a permanent covenant/agreement”
17:19 x2ho לְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 “{that will also be} for/with” or “{that I will also establish/keep} with”
17:19 p6c9 לְ⁠זַרְע֥⁠וֹ אַחֲרָֽי⁠ו 1 “{all} his offspring/descendants {who live} after him.”
17:20 x4ze וּֽ⁠לְ⁠יִשְׁמָעֵ֘אל שְׁמַעְתִּי⁠ךָ֒ 0 “As for Ishmael, I have heard your request {for him}.” or “I also heard what you asked me to do for Ishmael.”
17:20 hdzr הִנֵּ֣ה 1 “{So} behold/listen,” or “{So} here/this is what I will do:”
17:20 kdq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בֵּרַ֣כְתִּי אֹת֗⁠וֹ 1 “I will {also} bless/prosper him,” See how you translated “bless” in verse 16. and I will make him fruitful “and I will give him many children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
17:20 l4uk וְ⁠הִרְבֵּיתִ֥י אֹת֖⁠וֹ בִּ⁠מְאֹ֣ד מְאֹ֑ד 1 “and greatly increase {the number of} his descendants.” or “so that he has a great many descendants.”
17:20 kjss יוֹלִ֔יד 1 “{In fact,} he will be the father of” or “{In fact,} he will have”
17:20 ya9m שְׁנֵים עָשָׂ֤ר נְשִׂיאִם֙ 1 “twelve {sons who become} chiefs,” or “twelve {sons who will be} {great/powerful} leaders,” Many translations have “princes” here, but these Ishmaelite rulers were not actually sons of a king, so it is better to use a more general term in your translation.
17:20 tlf0 וּ⁠נְתַתִּ֖י⁠ו לְ⁠ג֥וֹי 1 “and I will make him {the father/ancestor of}” or “and I will make him {and his descendants} become”
17:20 i89q לְ⁠ג֥וֹי גָּדֽוֹל 1 “a great/large people/ethnic group.”
17:21 ni6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וְ⁠אֶת בְּרִיתִ֖⁠י אָקִ֣ים 1 “But I will establish/make my covenant/agreement”. In the Hebrew text, the phrase “my covenant” is put before the verb in order to change the topic to Gods covenant. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. Also consider again how you translated “covenant” in verses 2, 4, 7, 9-11, 13-14, 19, 21. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
17:21 ata9 אֶת יִצְחָ֑ק 1 “with {your son} Isaac,”
17:21 nbs6 אֲשֶׁר֩ תֵּלֵ֨ד לְ⁠ךָ֤ שָׂרָה֙ 1 “whom Sarah will give birth to for you” or “Sarah will give birth to him”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, see how you translated “is bearing...for you” in verse 19.
17:21 e5iw לַ⁠מּוֹעֵ֣ד הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה בַּ⁠שָּׁנָ֖ה הָ⁠אַחֶֽרֶת 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean (1) “by/at this time/season next year.” (2) “at the appointed/set time next year.”
17:22 e61u וַ⁠יְכַ֖ל לְ⁠דַבֵּ֣ר אִתּ֑⁠וֹ וַ⁠יַּ֣עַל 1 “When/After he/God had finished speaking/talking with/to Abraham,” See how you translated “spoke with him” in verse 3.
17:22 fuch rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יַּ֣עַל אֱלֹהִ֔ים מֵ⁠עַ֖ל אַבְרָהָֽם 1 “he went up from Abraham/him {to heaven}.” or “God/he left him and ascended {to heaven}.” or “God/he left him.” Consider whether to use a noun or a pronoun to refer to God and Abraham at each point in this verse. Do what is clear and natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
17:23 sklq וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח אַבְרָהָ֜ם 1 “Then Abraham gathered” or “Then Abraham brought together”
17:23 w9vi אֶת יִשְׁמָעֵ֣אל בְּנ֗⁠וֹ 1 “his son Ishmael”
17:23 dfjm וְ⁠אֵ֨ת כָּל יְלִידֵ֤י בֵית⁠וֹ֙ 1 “and all the {other} males {who were} born in his household”
17:23 g3be וְ⁠אֵ֨ת 2 “as well as”
17:23 crat כָּל מִקְנַ֣ת כַּסְפּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “all {the/his male slaves/servants} whom he had bought,”
17:23 waa8 כָּל זָכָ֕ר בְּ⁠אַנְשֵׁ֖י בֵּ֣ית אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “{yes,} every male in his household,” This phrase refers to everyone mentioned in the first half of this verse, including all males of all ages, not just men.
17:23 m2zy וַ⁠יָּ֜מָל אֶת בְּשַׂ֣ר עָרְלָתָ֗⁠ם בְּ⁠עֶ֨צֶם֙ הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 “and on that same day he cut off their foreskins,” or “Then on that same day he circumcised them,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
17:23 dx5x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר דִּבֶּ֥ר אִתּ֖⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִֽים 1 “just/exactly as God had commanded him {to do}.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of the clauses in this verse and say, “Then that very/same day, Abraham did just/exactly as God had told/commanded him {to do}: He took/gathered...” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
17:24 q91v rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וְ⁠אַ֨בְרָהָ֔ם 1 “Now Abraham” or “Abraham”. The information in verses 24 and 25 is background information. Many languages have a specific conjunction or transitional phrase that is used to introduce this kind of information. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
17:24 cjb4 בֶּן תִּשְׁעִ֥ים וָ⁠תֵ֖שַׁע שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “was ninety-nine/99 years old”. See how you translated “a son of...years” in verse 1.
17:24 belb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive בְּ⁠הִמֹּל֖⁠וֹ בְּשַׂ֥ר עָרְלָתֽ⁠וֹ 1 “when his foreskin was cut off,” or “when he was circumcised,” The Hebrew text does not say who circumcised Abraham, so it is best to not specify who did it in your translation. According to Jewish tradition, he circumcised himself. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
17:25 vbof וְ⁠יִשְׁמָעֵ֣אל בְּנ֔⁠וֹ 1 “and his son Ishmael” or “His son Ishmael”. Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language.
17:25 tj3a בֶּן שְׁלֹ֥שׁ עֶשְׂרֵ֖ה שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “was thirteen/13 years old”
17:25 m286 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive בְּ⁠הִ֨מֹּל֔⁠וֹ אֵ֖ת בְּשַׂ֥ר עָרְלָתֽ⁠וֹ 1 “when his foreskin was cut off.” or “when he was circumcised.” or “when Abraham circumcised him.” See how you translated this clause in verse 24. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
17:26 d2d2 בְּ⁠עֶ֨צֶם֙ הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 “{So it was,} on that same day”. Verses 26 and 27 repeat what happened in verse 23 to emphasize what happened. Make sure in your translation that it does not sound like Abraham and Ishmael were circumcised twice. See how you translated “on that very/same day” in verse 23.
17:26 ipkz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive נִמּ֖וֹל אַבְרָהָ֑ם וְ⁠יִשְׁמָעֵ֖אל בְּנֽ⁠וֹ 1 “{both} Abraham and his son Ishmael were circumcised.” or “Abraham was circumcised, and {he circumcised} his son Ishmael.” Abraham is the one who circumcised his son Ishmael (verse 23). See how you translated “he was circumcised” in verse 24. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
17:27 mh99 וְ⁠כָל אַנְשֵׁ֤י 1 “And all the {other} males” or “All the males”
17:27 ihbp אַנְשֵׁ֤י בֵית⁠וֹ֙ 1 “in/from his/Abrahams household,”
17:27 xu47 יְלִ֣יד בָּ֔יִת 1 “{including} those {who had been} born in his household”. See how you translated this phrase in verses 12 and 23.
17:27 mrt0 וּ⁠מִקְנַת 1 “as well as”
17:27 rud3 וּ⁠מִקְנַת כֶּ֖סֶף 1 “those {whom he had} bought {as slaves/servants}”. See how you translated this phrase in verses 12 and 23.
17:27 b2ph מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת בֶּן נֵכָ֑ר 1 “from foreigners,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 12.
17:27 tt49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive נִמֹּ֖לוּ אִתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “were {also} circumcised with him/them.” For some languages it may be better to move this phrase earlier in this verse and say, “And all the males in his/Abrahams household were circumcised along with him, {including} those {who had been} born...” Do what is best in your language. Also, consider again how you translated “circumcised” in verses 10-14, 23-27. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
18:1 pwjb וַ⁠יֵּרָ֤א 1 “Then {one day}” or “One day”
18:1 xaic וַ⁠יֵּרָ֤א אֵלָי⁠ו֙ יְהוָ֔ה 1 “Yahweh appeared/came {again} to him/Abraham” or “Yahweh visited Abraham {again}”. See how you translated “appeared” in Gen 12:7 and 17:1. Also, consider whether it is better to refer to Abraham here with a pronoun or with his name in your language.
18:1 o05p בְּ⁠אֵלֹנֵ֖י 1 “at/near” or “beside”
18:1 yyba בְּ⁠אֵלֹנֵ֖י מַמְרֵ֑א 1 “Mamres terebinth/oak trees,” or “the terebinth/oak trees on Mamres land,” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 13:18, 14:13, and a similar phrase in Gen 12:6.
18:1 qyjw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns וְ⁠ה֛וּא יֹשֵׁ֥ב 1 “while/as Abraham was sitting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
18:1 grq0 פֶּֽתַח הָ⁠אֹ֖הֶל 1 “{at/in} the entrance/doorway of his tent” or “{by} the front of his tent”. The entrance to the tent was an opening that could be closed by a large piece of cloth or animal skin. It did not have a solid wood door like a house has. See how you translated “tent” in Gen 4:20.
18:1 x2ic כְּ⁠חֹ֥ם הַ⁠יּֽוֹם 1 “during the hot/hottest time/part of the day.”
18:2 cih6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֤א 1 “He/Abraham” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
18:2 febu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֤א עֵינָי⁠ו֙ וַ⁠יַּ֔רְא 1 “looked up/around”. See how you translate this phrase in Gen 22:13. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
18:2 lfa5 וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙ שְׁלֹשָׁ֣ה אֲנָשִׁ֔ים נִצָּבִ֖ים 1 “and saw/noticed that there were three men standing” or “and was surprised to see three men standing”
18:2 ceux עָלָ֑י⁠ו 1 “a short distance away.” or “not too far away from him.” Translate this phrase in a way that fits with the fact that the men were far enough away from Abraham that he could run over to them (as he did in the next sentence).
18:2 waan וַ⁠יַּ֗רְא וַ⁠יָּ֤רָץ 1 “When he saw {them},” or “As soon as he saw {them},”
18:2 vco6 וַ⁠יָּ֤רָץ מִ⁠פֶּ֣תַח הָ⁠אֹ֔הֶל 1 “he got/jumped up from where he was and ran/hurried” or “he {jumped/got up and} ran/hurried {to them}”
18:2 xsoq לִ⁠קְרָאתָ⁠ם֙ 1 “to greet them.”
18:2 ayo5 וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֖חוּ אָֽרְצָ⁠ה 1 “Then he bowed {low} {before them} {with his face/forehead} to the ground {to show respect},” or “Then he prostrated himself on the ground {in front of them} {to show respect},” Compare how you translated a phrase that has a similar meaning (“fell on his face”) in Gen 17:3, 17.
18:3 unrc וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר 1 “and said {to them},”
18:3 i1yu אֲדֹנָ֗⁠י 1 “My masters,” or “Sirs/Gentlemen,” Abraham uses “lords” here as a polite address to the three men. The Hebrew word “lord” can also be a reference to God, but notice that at this point Abraham probably thought he was talking to men or angels. It wasnt until later that he realized that one of them was Yahweh (verse 14).
18:3 f44a אִם נָ֨א מָצָ֤אתִי חֵן֙ בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “if you are pleased/satisfied with me,” or “if you consider me worthy {to be your host},” or “if you would favor/honor me {with your presence},” The pronoun “your” is singular here in the Hebrew text, and also in the next clause. It could be that Abraham is addressing each of the three men simultaneously, or that he is addressing their leader or spokesman.
18:3 qzez rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אַל נָ֥א תַעֲבֹ֖ר מֵ⁠עַ֥ל עַבְדֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 “please do not leave here without letting me serve you {as my guests}.” or “please stay here for a while as my guests.” Abraham refers to himself as a servant here in order to show respect to his guests. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
18:4 s8jr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יֻקַּֽח נָ֣א מְעַט מַ֔יִם 1 “Please let me bring {you} some water,” or “Let my servants bring {you} some water,” Saying “a little” was a polite way of showing generosity. Make sure your translation does not sound here like Abraham was only offering the men a tiny bit of water; he or his servants were going to bring them enough water to wash their feet. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
18:4 yrm0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal וְ⁠רַחֲצ֖וּ 1 “That way” or “so that”. Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
18:4 ygvl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular וְ⁠רַחֲצ֖וּ רַגְלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “you {all} can wash {the dust off} your feet”. People wore sandals and their feet would get dusty when they traveled. So it was customary to offer guests water to wash the dust off their feet. Also, notice that the pronouns “you” and “your” are plural here in the Hebrew text. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
18:4 pywd וְ⁠הִֽשָּׁעֲנ֖וּ 1 “and then rest/relax {here}”
18:4 cf27 תַּ֥חַת הָ⁠עֵֽץ 1 “under {the shade of} this tree.”
18:5 dabs וְ⁠אֶקְחָ֨ה 1 “I will also” or “Let me also”
18:5 qcbw וְ⁠אֶקְחָ֨ה 1 “bring/get {you}”
18:5 w6hc פַת 1 “a little bit of” or “some”. Saying “a morsel” was a polite way of showing generosity. Make sure your translation does not sound here like Abraham was only offering the men a tiny bit of bread; he was going to give them plenty of food to eat.
18:5 qih5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לֶ֜חֶם 1 “bread/food {for you} {to eat}.” Since bread was a common staple of their diet, it is often used in the Bible to refer to food in general. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18:5 e1nm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular וְ⁠סַעֲד֤וּ 1 “Then you” or “That way you”. Notice that the pronouns “you” and “your” are plural in this quote in the Hebrew text and refer to Abrahams three guests. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
18:5 rieg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠סַעֲד֤וּ לִבְּ⁠כֶם֙ 1 “can refresh/strengthen yourselves” or “can be refreshed/strengthened” or “can regain your strength” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
18:5 vde1 אַחַ֣ר תַּעֲבֹ֔רוּ 1 “and then”
18:5 v1ef תַּעֲבֹ֔רוּ 1 “continue on your way,” or “continue traveling,”
18:5 gvtq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure עֲבַרְתֶּ֖ם עַֽל עַבְדְּ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “now that you have come to me.” or “since you are here with me.” It may be more natural to put this clause at the beginning of this verse and say, “Since you are here with me, let me {also} bring some food...” Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
18:5 hxgd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ 1 “Then/So they said {to him},” or “The men replied {to him},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
18:5 wdtf כֵּ֥ן 1 “Okay,” or “Very well,” or “That is good/fine,” The word used here in the Hebrew text shows agreement or acceptance. Do what is natural in your language.
18:5 zxbs תַּעֲשֶׂ֖ה כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר דִּבַּֽרְתָּ 1 “do what you have proposed/suggested.”
18:6 qqrj וַ⁠יְמַהֵ֧ר אַבְרָהָ֛ם 1 “So Abraham quickly went”
18:6 mws9 הָ⁠אֹ֖הֱלָ⁠ה אֶל שָׂרָ֑ה 1 “to Sarah inside the/their tent”
18:6 i8g7 וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “and said {to her},” or “and told her,”
18:6 eknx מַהֲרִ֞י 1 “Quickly {get/use}” or “Quickly {prepare}”
18:6 vfdt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown שְׁלֹ֤שׁ סְאִים֙ 1 “three {large} measures/scoops/batches”. It is not certain how much “three seahs” was, but it is thought that it was more than 20 quarts/liters. It was enough flour to make bread for many people, just as the calf (verse 7) provided enough meat for many people and showed generous hospitality. Besides Abrahams guests, others in his household may have also joined in eating the feast. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
18:6 yzn0 סְאִים֙ קֶ֣מַח סֹ֔לֶת 1 “of {good/high} quality flour.” or “of the/our best flour.”
18:6 ygf6 ל֖וּשִׁי וַ⁠עֲשִׂ֥י עֻגֽוֹת 1 “Knead {the dough} and make it into loaves/bread.” or “and bake {some} loaves of {flat} bread.” or “and bake/make {some} bread.” The Hebrew word for “loaves” here is often translated “cakes”, which probably refers to their flat, round shape (similar to biscuits). However, make sure your translation of this word does not sound like a dessert, because this bread was not sweet.
18:7 bsyq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns וְ⁠אֶל אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “Then he” or “Next Abraham/he” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
18:7 r82x רָ֣ץ 1 “ran {outside}” or “quickly went/hurried {outside}” or “hurriedly {left the tent and} went”
18:7 lpoj וְ⁠אֶל הַ⁠בָּקָ֖ר 1 “to his herd {of cattle}”
18:7 hxpb וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח 1 “and chose” or “and picked out”
18:7 z2ik בֶּן בָּקָ֜ר רַ֤ךְ וָ⁠טוֹב֙ 1 “one of his best/choice calves that would be good/tasty to eat.”
18:7 jtgs וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֣ן 1 “Then he took/brought the calf” or “Then he turned it over”. The word “gave” means Abram brought the calf to his servant and put him in charge of preparing its meat for a meal. Make sure your translation does not sound like the calf was a gift.
18:7 zqcc אֶל הַ⁠נַּ֔עַר 1 “to one of his servants”
18:7 vnc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יְמַהֵ֖ר 1 “and the/his servant” or “who”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that this phrase refers to the servant, not Abraham. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
18:7 seve וַ⁠יְמַהֵ֖ר לַ⁠עֲשׂ֥וֹת אֹתֽ⁠וֹ 1 “quickly prepared it.” or “quickly slaughtered/butchered it and cooked/roasted it.”
18:8 pb0g rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח 1 “Then Abraham”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that this phrase refers to Abraham, not his servant.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
18:8 h147 וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח 1 “brought/got”
18:8 meiu חֶמְאָ֜ה 1 “{some} curds/yogurt/cheese”. This term refers to churned, fermented milk that has curdled.
18:8 dhgo וְ⁠חָלָ֗ב 1 “along with milk” or “as well as milk”
18:8 iwky וּ⁠בֶן הַ⁠בָּקָר֙ 1 “and {the meat from} the calf” or “and the meat”
18:8 c5ub אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשָׂ֔ה 1 “that he had his servant prepare,” or “that the/his servant had prepared/cooked/roasted,”
18:8 afyv וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֖ן לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “and he set/put it {all} before” or “and he served {all of} it/that to”
18:8 tlvu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “the {three} men {to eat}.” or “his {three} guests {to eat}.” Since verse 2 was the last time the three men were mentioned, it may be clearer and more natural to make them explicit here. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
18:8 a2nj וְ⁠הֽוּא עֹמֵ֧ד עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֛ם 1 “Then he stood nearby them” or “Then he stood near/nearby”
18:8 i0dm תַּ֥חַת הָ⁠עֵ֖ץ 1 “{where they were sitting} under the tree”
18:8 oc6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּאכֵֽלוּ 1 “{and waited on them} while they ate.” or “{and served them} while they ate.” As the host, Abraham stood nearby his guests in order to wait on them and make sure they had everything that they needed. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:9 xl7m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ 1 The Hebrew text uses a plural pronoun here (“they”) to refer to one of the three men who spoke to Abraham on behalf of them all (see verse 10). Many languages can use “they” or “the men” in the same way. Make sure your translation of this quote margin does not sound like all three of the men spoke at the same time. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
18:9 qpbg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵׄלָׄ֔יׄ⁠וׄ 1 “asked him/Abraham,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
18:9 n7q4 אַיֵּ֖ה שָׂרָ֣ה אִשְׁתֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 “Where {is} your wife Sarah?”
18:9 frnv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “He/Abraham answered {them/him},” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Abraham is the one speaking here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
18:9 c5q0 הִנֵּ֥ה בָ⁠אֹֽהֶל 1 “{She is} there in/inside the tent.”
18:10 b369 וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “Then the/that man”. This phrase refers to the man in verse 9 who spoke on behalf of himself and the other two men. We find out in verse 13 that the man was actually Yahweh. However, at this point Abraham and Sarah probably did not yet know who he was, so it is better to not specify who he was here, in order to keep that suspense in your translation.
18:10 qpv8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “said/responded {to him/Abraham},” or “spoke again {to Abraham},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
18:10 aib9 שׁ֣וֹב אָשׁ֤וּב 1 “I will certainly/definitely come back”
18:10 bdy4 אֵלֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 “to you {here}” or “{here} to visit you”
18:10 s103 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כָּ⁠עֵ֣ת חַיָּ֔ה 1 “at/about this time/season next year,” or “next year at/around this time/season,” For some languages it may be more natural to move this time phrase to the beginning of this quote and say, “Next year at this time I will surely/definitely return...” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
18:10 usku וְ⁠הִנֵּה 1 ”and when I do,” or “When I do,” or “At that time,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
18:10 j6qh לְ⁠שָׂרָ֣ה אִשְׁתֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 “your wife Sarah”
18:10 yh3k בֵ֖ן לְ⁠שָׂרָ֣ה 1 “will have a {baby} son/boy {with her}.” or “will {already} have a {baby} son/boy.” This means that Sarah would have a son with her when Yahweh returns. It does not mean that she would give birth at that time.
18:10 kp1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וְ⁠שָׂרָ֥ה שֹׁמַ֛עַת 1 “Now Sarah was listening/eavesdropping” or “Sarah was listening/eavesdropping”. This sentence gives information about something that was happening while the man was talking. Translate this in a way that makes that clear in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
18:10 btll פֶּ֥תַח הָ⁠אֹ֖הֶל 1 “inside the entrance/doorway of the tent,” See how you translated “the entrance of the tent” in verse 1.
18:10 vtqh וְ⁠ה֥וּא אַחֲרָֽי⁠ו 1 “which was {right} behind”. Notice that the pronoun “it” refers to the entrance to the tent (where Sarah was).
18:10 g6tq אַחֲרָֽי⁠ו 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can refer to (1) “the man” (2) “Abraham”
18:11 oz4x rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֤ם וְ⁠שָׂרָה֙ 1 “Abraham and Sarah/she” or “Sarah/She and Abraham”. This verse gives background information that is important to what happens next. Some languages use a conjunction such as “Now” here to introduce this kind of information, while other languages omit the conjunction, especially if “Now” is used to begin the last sentence in verse 10. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
18:11 rsbl זְקֵנִ֔ים בָּאִ֖ים בַּ⁠יָּמִ֑ים 1 “were {already} very/quite old/aged” or “{were} very elderly”
18:11 pdfh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism חָדַל֙ לִ⁠הְי֣וֹת לְ⁠שָׂרָ֔ה אֹ֖רַח כַּ⁠נָּשִֽׁים 1 “so that Sarah/she was much older than the normal age for bearing children.” or “so that Sarah/she was {far} past the age/time that she could bear/have children.” The Hebrew text has an idiom here that is a polite way of saying that Sarah had reached menopause and so was not able to have children. Other languages may have a similar idiom. Make sure your translation of this clause will not offend or embarrass people when it is read aloud in public. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
18:12 plyn וַ⁠תִּצְחַ֥ק שָׂרָ֖ה בְּ⁠קִרְבָּ֣⁠הּ 1 “So Sarah/she laughed to herself {in disbelief}”. See how you translated “laughed” in Gen 17:17 where Abraham also laughed to himself.
18:12 u386 לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “and said/thought {to herself},” or “and asked {herself},”
18:12 nggz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אַחֲרֵ֤י בְלֹתִ⁠י֙ 1 “Since my body is {now} worn out,” or “Now that I am too old {to conceive},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
18:12 rjek rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הָֽיְתָה לִּ֣⁠י עֶדְנָ֔ה 1 “will I {still} have/experience {this/that} pleasure?” or “it doesnt seem possible that I could {still} have/experience the pleasure {of bearing/having a child}!” Sarah uses a rhetorical question to express her strong emotion and disbelief. Consider whether or not it is best to use a rhetorical question here in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
18:12 he9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַֽ⁠אדֹנִ֖⁠י זָקֵֽן 1 “Besides that, my master/husband is {also} {very/too} old!” The phrase “my lord” is a title of respect that Sarah uses to refer to Abraham as her husband. Also, for some languages it may be better to change the order of some of the clauses in this verse and say, “I am too old {to conceive} and my husband is {also} {very/too} old! How can I {possibly} {still} have/experience the pleasure {of having a child}?” or “It doesnt seem possible that I could have/experience the pleasure {of having a child} now that I am too old {to conceive}. Besides that, my husband is {also} {very/too} old!” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
18:13 xspz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “Then/But Yahweh asked Abraham,” The way you translate this quote margin will depend on whether you translate the rest of this verse as a rhetorical question or a statement. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
18:13 jhpl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֣⁠מָּה זֶּה֩ צָחֲקָ֨ה שָׂרָ֜ה לֵ⁠אמֹ֗ר 1 “Why did Sarah laugh {to herself} and say/think,” or “Sarah should not have laughed and said/thought {to herself},” or “Sarah should not have laughed, thinking,” Yahweh uses rhetorical question in verses 13-14 to confront Sarahs disbelief and to emphasize that nothing is too difficult for God to do. Consider whether or not it is best to use rhetorical questions here in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
18:13 jigk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes הַ⁠אַ֥ף אֻמְנָ֛ם אֵלֵ֖ד וַ⁠אֲנִ֥י זָקַֽנְתִּי 1 “I am too old to bear/have a child!” or “that she is too old to have a child.” or “that it isnt possible for her to have a child now that she is old.” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to make this embedded quote a direct or indirect quote. Make sure that your translation of “I” refers here to Sarah, not Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
18:14 i07c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠יִפָּלֵ֥א מֵ⁠יְהוָ֖ה דָּבָ֑ר 1 “Is {there} anything {that is} too hard/difficult for Yahweh {to do}?” or “Nothing is too hard/difficult for Yahweh {to do}!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
18:14 qtll לַ⁠מּוֹעֵ֞ד 1 “At the time that I have set/decided,”
18:14 a096 אָשׁ֥וּב אֵלֶ֛י⁠ךָ 1 “I will return to you {here}” or “I will come back {here} to visit you”. Consider how you translated this in verse 10.
18:14 vgyv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כָּ⁠עֵ֥ת חַיָּ֖ה 1 “{Yes, I will come/return} at this time next year,” or “—{it will be} at this time next year—”. See how you translated this idiom in verse 10. Also, for some languages it may be better to put this phrase right after the first time phrase in this verse and say, “At the time that I have decided, which will be this time next year, I will return {here} to visit you,” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
18:14 i8zs וּ⁠לְ⁠שָׂרָ֥ה בֵֽן 1 “and Sarah will have a {baby} son/boy {with her}.” or “and Sarah will {already} have a {baby} son/boy.” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 10.
18:15 za8c וַ⁠תְּכַחֵ֨שׁ שָׂרָ֧ה 1 “But/Then Sarah lied {to him}”. The Hebrew verb here includes the meaning of lying or deceiving.
18:15 e03j לֵ⁠אמֹ֛ר 1 “and said,” Notice that the verbs “denied” and “saying” refer to the same event, not two separate events. Make sure that is clear in your translation.
18:15 d6be rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations לֹ֥א צָחַ֖קְתִּי כִּ֣י יָרֵ֑אָה 1 “that she did not laugh. {She said that,} because she was afraid.” Consider whether it is best in your language to translate this quote as a direct or indirect quote. Also, for some languages it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of the clauses in this sentence and say, “{When Sarah heard that,} she was afraid, so she lied {to him} and said, “I did not laugh.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
18:15 sjaq וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר 1 “But he/Yahweh replied {to her},”
18:15 rwv6 לֹ֖א כִּ֥י צָחָֽקְתְּ 1 “Yes, you did laugh.” or “That is not true. You did laugh.” Consider whether Yahwehs reply to Sarah here should begin with “No” or “Yes” in your language.
18:16 c73z וַ⁠יָּקֻ֤מוּ מִ⁠שָּׁם֙ הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֔ים 1 “{When/After they had finished eating,} the {three} men got up {to leave}”
18:16 gktx וַ⁠יַּשְׁקִ֖פוּ עַל פְּנֵ֣י סְדֹ֑ם 1 “and started walking/heading down toward {the city of} Sodom.” This phrase reflects the fact that the city of Sodom was lower in elevation than the city of Hebron, where Abraham was living.
18:16 hm8x וְ⁠אַ֨בְרָהָ֔ם הֹלֵ֥ךְ עִמָּ֖⁠ם 1 “Abraham went/walked with them {for a while}” or “Abraham escorted/accompanied them {for a while}”
18:16 f1fq לְ⁠שַׁלְּחָֽ⁠ם 1 “to see them on their way.” or “as they were leaving.”
18:17 jgid rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַֽ⁠יהֹוָ֖ה אָמָ֑ר 1 “Then Yahweh said/thought {to himself},” The context implies that Yahweh said this to himself, without Abraham hearing him. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 11:6. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
18:17 h1l5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הַֽ⁠מְכַסֶּ֤ה אֲנִי֙ מֵֽ⁠אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “Should I keep secret from Abraham” or “I should/will not hide/conceal from Abraham” or “I should/will tell Abraham” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
18:17 gyoq אֲשֶׁ֖ר אֲנִ֥י עֹשֶֽׂה 1 “what I am going/about to do {to the city of Sodom}”. Whether you end this sentence with a question mark or a period will depend on how you choose to translate this rhetorical question.
18:18 scnz וְ⁠אַ֨בְרָהָ֔ם 1 “After all,” Some translations begin a new sentence here. Other translations continue the rhetorical question (or statement) in verse 17 to the end of verse 18 and say, “since Abraham/he will....” or “seeing that Abraham/he will...” Do what is best in your language.
18:18 aib0 וְ⁠אַ֨בְרָהָ֔ם הָי֧וֹ יִֽהְיֶ֛ה 1 “Abraham/he will surely/definitely be {the ancestor of}” or “Abraham/he {and his descendants} will surely/definitely {multiply and} become”. See how you translated “surely” in verse 10.
18:18 k83p לְ⁠ג֥וֹי גָּד֖וֹל וְ⁠עָצ֑וּם 1 “a great/important and powerful people/ethnic group,” See how you translated “great nation” in Gen 12:2.
18:18 ox5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠נִ֨בְרְכוּ ב֔⁠וֹ 1 “and through him/them” or “and because of him/them” or “and by means of him/them”. This phrase refers to Abraham and his descendants, including ultimately the Messiah. See the note about this at Gen 12:3. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18:18 vsqn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִ֨בְרְכוּ כֹּ֖ל גּוֹיֵ֥י הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “all the people/ethnic groups in the world will be blessed {by me}.” or “{I} will bless all the people/ethnic groups in the world.” See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 12:3. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
18:19 bba7 כִּ֣י 1 “Indeed” or “In fact,”
18:19 fa4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יְדַעְתִּ֗י⁠ו 1 “I have chosen him/Abraham” Consider whether or not your language has an idiom that fits well here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
18:19 ghcz לְמַעַן֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר יְצַוֶּ֜ה אֶת בָּנָ֤י⁠ו 1 “so that he will train/guide/instruct his children”
18:19 tkzz וְ⁠אֶת בֵּית⁠וֹ֙ אַחֲרָ֔י⁠ו 1 “grandchildren, and other descendants {who will live} after him,” or “and his descendants,”
18:19 a20q וְ⁠שָֽׁמְרוּ֙ 1 “so that they will” or “to”
18:19 w7fg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person וְ⁠שָֽׁמְרוּ֙ דֶּ֣רֶךְ יְהוָ֔ה 1 “obey Yahwehs/my ways/will” or “live the way {I,} Yahweh, want them to live”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Yahweh is speaking about himself here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
18:19 l0t4 לַ⁠עֲשׂ֥וֹת צְדָקָ֖ה וּ⁠מִשְׁפָּ֑ט 1 “and do what is righteous/right and just {in my eyes}” or “and do what is righteous/right and/including treat people justly/rightly”
18:19 sxv0 לְמַעַן֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר 2 “Therefore/So”. For some languages it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
18:19 kp8o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person הָבִ֤יא יְהוָה֙ 1 “I will”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Yahweh is referring to himself here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
18:19 y9c8 הָבִ֤יא 1 “do/accomplish”
18:19 w9ko rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns עַל אַבְרָהָ֔ם אֵ֥ת אֲשֶׁר דִּבֶּ֖ר עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 “for Abraham/him what/everything I have promised him {that I will do}.” The pronoun “he” refers to Yahweh here. Make sure the way you use nouns and pronouns throughout this verse makes it clear in your language who is speaking and who is being referred to. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
18:20 bsh5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה 1 “So Yahweh said {to Abraham},” or “Then/So Yahweh informed/told {Abraham},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
18:20 ejie rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy זַעֲקַ֛ת סְדֹ֥ם וַ⁠עֲמֹרָ֖ה כִּי רָ֑בָּה וְ⁠חַ֨טָּאתָ֔⁠ם כִּ֥י כָבְדָ֖ה מְאֹֽד 1 “I have heard {many} serious/terrible complaints/accusations against {the people of} {the cities of} Sodom and Gomorrah because they are sinning so/very grievously/terribly. So” or “I have heard many people crying out against {the people of/in} {the cities of} Sodom and Gomorrah because they are committing/doing very evil/terrible sins/things.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that the phrase “Sodom and Gomorrah” refers to the people in those cities. Also, in the Hebrew text this sentence continues into verse 21. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18:21 iqb6 אֵֽרֲדָה נָּ֣א 1 “I must go down {to those cities} now” or “I am going {to those cities} now”. The cities of Sodom and Gomorrah were both lower in elevation than the city of Hebron. See what you did for a similar case in verse 16.
18:21 cael rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal וְ⁠אֶרְאֶ֔ה 1 “to” or “in order to” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
18:21 txy3 וְ⁠אֶרְאֶ֔ה 1 “investigate/determine” or “find out”
18:21 ehz9 הַ⁠כְּ⁠צַעֲקָתָ֛⁠הּ 1 “whether {or not}” or “if”
18:21 wct7 עָשׂ֣וּ 1 “the people there” or “the people in those cities”
18:21 qn79 עָשׂ֣וּ כָּלָ֑ה 1 “are guilty of everything” or “have done/committed all the {terrible} sins”
18:21 p8yd הַ⁠כְּ⁠צַעֲקָתָ֛⁠הּ הַ⁠בָּ֥אָה אֵלַ֖⁠י 1 “that I have heard against/about them.” or “that I have heard they are guilty of.”
18:21 qczs וְ⁠אִם לֹ֖א 1 “If {those things are} not {true},” or “If {they are} not {guilty},”
18:21 x0dd אֵדָֽעָה 1 “{then} I will know {it} {and I will not punish them}.”
18:22 x68r וַ⁠יִּפְנ֤וּ הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֔ים 1 “Then the {other two} men”
18:22 r9ho וַ⁠יִּפְנ֤וּ מִ⁠שָּׁם֙ 1 “left from there” or “left”
18:22 xbzs וַ⁠יֵּלְכ֖וּ סְדֹ֑מָ⁠ה 1 “and continued walking toward” or “and headed/traveled toward”
18:22 qizv סְדֹ֑מָ⁠ה 1 “{the city of} Sodom,”
18:22 d7qa וְ⁠אַ֨בְרָהָ֔ם עוֹדֶ֥⁠נּוּ עֹמֵ֖ד 1 “and/while Abraham stood/remained {there}”
18:22 xgc8 לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 “with Yahweh.” or “in Yahwehs presence.”
18:23 qs0n וַ⁠יִּגַּ֥שׁ אַבְרָהָ֖ם 1 “Then Abraham came/stepped closer to him/Yahweh”
18:23 a3ux rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר 1 “and said {to him},” or “and asked {him},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
18:23 o9sc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הַ⁠אַ֣ף תִּסְפֶּ֔ה 1 “Will/Would you indeed/actually” or “Surely/Certainly you will/would not”. Abraham uses a rhetorical question here to express his strong feelings and concern about what Yahweh told him. Consider whether or not it is clear and natural to use a rhetorical question here in your language. Make sure it does not sound like Abraham is angry or being rude. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
18:23 r5fc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom תִּסְפֶּ֔ה 1 “destroy” or “wipe out”. See how you translated a similar idiom (“wipe away”) in Gen 6:7. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
18:23 tazw צַדִּ֖יק 1 “the righteous/godly/good/innocent {people} {in the city}”
18:23 fmh2 עִם 1 “{along/together} with” or “when you destroy”
18:23 l14u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion רָשָֽׁע 1 “the wicked/evil/guilty {people} {there}” or “the people {there} who are wicked/evil” or “the wicked/evil {people} {there}, will/would you?” The way you translate this rhetorical question will determine what punctuation mark you end this sentence with. If you use an exclamation mark here, make sure it does not sound like Abraham was angry, shouting, or being disrespectful. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
18:24 pfkn אוּלַ֥י 1 “Suppose {that}” or “What {will you do} if”
18:24 hdx0 יֵ֛שׁ חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים צַדִּיקִ֖ם בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ הָ⁠עִ֑יר 1 “there are fifty/50 righteous/good {people} {living} in the city {of Sodom}?” See how you translated “the righteous” in verse 23. Also consider whether to use “fifty” or “50” here in your translation, which depends on how your translation team has decided to represent numbers.
18:24 hrne rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הַ⁠אַ֤ף תִּסְפֶּה֙ 1 “Will/Would you really/actually {still}” or “Certainly you will/would not {still}”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 23. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
18:24 c27e תִּסְפֶּה֙ 1 “destroy”. See how you translated this idiom in verse 23. (See figs-idiom)
18:24 h1ad וְ⁠לֹא תִשָּׂ֣א לַ⁠מָּק֔וֹם 1 “the place/city {and all its inhabitants} rather than spare it/them” or “{all the people in} the place/city rather than let them all live”
18:24 zuz1 לְמַ֛עַן 1 “because of” or “in order to save”
18:24 qhq8 חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים הַ⁠צַּדִּיקִ֖ם 1 “the fifty/50 righteous/good {people}”
18:24 jhkh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion אֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּ⁠קִרְבָּֽ⁠הּ 1 “who live in it” or “who live there” or “who live there, will/would you?” The way you translate this rhetorical question will determine what punctuation mark you end this sentence with. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
18:25 zsq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom חָלִ֨לָ⁠ה לְּ⁠ךָ֜ מֵ⁠עֲשֹׂ֣ת 1 “Surely/Certainly you would never” or “It seems impossible/inconceivable that you would {ever}” or “I hope that you would never”. This idiom expresses emphatically that Abraham does not believe Yahweh would do this. Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom. Make sure that Abraham sounds respectful in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
18:25 vi64 מֵ⁠עֲשֹׂ֣ת כַּ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה לְ⁠הָמִ֤ית 1 “do such a thing as kill”
18:25 ngke צַדִּיק֙ 1 “righteous/godly/good/innocent {people}”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 23.
18:25 nhtp עִם 1 “{along/together} with” or “when you destroy”
18:25 xel1 רָשָׁ֔ע 1 “wicked/evil {people},” See how you translated “the wicked” in verse 23.
18:25 scup וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה כַ⁠צַּדִּ֖יק כָּ⁠רָשָׁ֑ע 1 “so that righteous/good {people} are treated/punished {by you} as if they were wicked/evil!” or “so that you are treating them both the same way!” If exclamation marks are used in this chapter, make sure it does not sound like Abraham is angry, shouting, or being disrespectful
18:25 rs19 חָלִ֨לָ⁠ה לְּ⁠ךָ֜ 1 “Surely/Certainly you would never do such a thing!” or “It seems impossible/inconceivable that you would ever do such a thing!” or “I hope that you would never do such a thing!” See how you translated a similar phrase at the beginning of this verse.
18:25 zx52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠שֹׁפֵט֙ כָּל הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ לֹ֥א יַעֲשֶׂ֖ה מִשְׁפָּֽט 1 “As the judge of/over everyone on the earth, certainly/surely you will treat people justly/rightly.” or “You are the one who judges all {the people on} the earth. Certainly/Surely you will do what is just/right.” Consider what is the best way in your language to translate this rhetorical question; make sure that Abraham sounds polite. Also see how you translated “justice” in verse 19. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
18:26 yoae rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה 1 “Then Yahweh answered {him/Abraham},” or “Yahweh replied {to him},” Make sure that the various quote margins in this long conversation (verses 23-32) are clear and natural in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
18:26 qbgh אִם אֶמְצָ֥א 1 “If there are”
18:26 bj6m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj בִ⁠סְדֹ֛ם חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים צַדִּיקִ֖ם בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ הָ⁠עִ֑יר 1 “fifty/50 righteous/godly/good/innocent {people} {living} in the city of Sodom,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
18:26 gvx5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠נָשָׂ֥אתִי לְ⁠כָל הַ⁠מָּק֖וֹם 1 “then I will spare the whole/entire city {and everyone who lives there}” or “then I will not destroy the city {or anyone in it}”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Yahweh is referring here to the city of Sodom as well as the people who live there, not just the city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:26 fbs2 בַּ⁠עֲבוּרָֽ⁠ם 1 “because of them.” or “for the sake/benefit of those righteous people.” or “in order to save those righteous/good people.”
18:27 yvx6 וַ⁠יַּ֥עַן אַבְרָהָ֖ם 1 “Then Abraham spoke up {again}” or “Then Abraham responded”
18:27 feez rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר 1 “and said {to Yahweh/him},” or “and asked {Yahweh/him},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
18:27 nwih rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הִנֵּה נָ֤א הוֹאַ֨לְתִּי֙ לְ⁠דַבֵּ֣ר אֶל 1 “Listen, please, since I have been bold to speak to {you,}” or “Please excuse me for speaking to you so boldly,” The idiom “taken it upon myself” means that Abraham has decided to do something and is acting boldly. Consider whether or not your language has an idiom that fits well here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
18:27 duu3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אֲדֹנָ֔⁠י 1 “my Master,” or “Lord/Master,” Abraham realizes by now that he is talking to Yahweh, so use a respectful term in your translation that is appropriate for him to use when he refers to Yahweh here and in the rest of this chapter. Also, for some languages it is more natural to put this phrase first in this quote and say, “My Lord/Master, please excuse me for speaking to you so boldly,” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
18:27 u0t8 וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֖י 1 “even though” or “in spite of the fact that”
18:27 otno rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֖י עָפָ֥ר וָ⁠אֵֽפֶר 1 “I am {as unimportant/insignificant as} dust/dirt and ashes {compared to you}.” or “I am nothing/unimportant {compared to you}.” or “I have zero/no status/importance {compared to you}.” It may be clearer to put this comparison earlier in the sentence and say, “My Lord/Master, I am {as unimportant/insignificant as} dust/dirt and ashes, so please excuse me...” Do what is best in your language. Also, see how you translated “dust” in Gen 2:7 and 3:19. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
18:28 omjl א֠וּלַי 1 “{But} suppose {that}” or “{But} what {will you do} if”. See how you translated this term in verse 24.
18:28 z4ng יַחְסְר֞וּ⁠ן חֲמִשִּׁ֤ים הַ⁠צַּדִּיקִם֙ חֲמִשָּׁ֔ה 1 “there are five fewer than fifty/50 righteous {people} {living in the city}?” or “there are only forty-five/45 righteous {people} {in the city} instead of fifty/50?”
18:28 nmr1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הֲ⁠תַשְׁחִ֥ית אֶת כָּל הָ⁠עִ֑יר 1 “Will/Would you {still} destroy the whole city {and everyone in it}”. See how you translated “the whole place” in verse 26. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
18:28 vm49 בַּ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֖ה 1 “if there are five people too few {who are righteous}?” or “because the number {of righteous people} is five persons short/low?”
18:28 wwgv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “And/Then Yahweh” or “Yahweh”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Yahweh is speaking here, not Abraham. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
18:28 fkpg rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “said/replied {to him/Abraham},” or “answered {him/Abraham},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
18:28 d67i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis לֹ֣א אַשְׁחִ֔ית אִם אֶמְצָ֣א שָׁ֔ם אַרְבָּעִ֖ים וַ⁠חֲמִשָּֽׁה 1 “I will not destroy the city if there are forty-five/45 {righteous people} {living} there.” or “if I find forty-five/45 {righteous people} {living} in the city, I will not destroy it.” Make sure it is clear in your translation what “forty-five/45” refers to. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
18:29 l0yc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֨סֶף 1 “Then Abraham” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
18:29 hcxd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨סֶף ע֜וֹד לְ⁠דַבֵּ֤ר אֵלָי⁠ו֙ 1 “spoke again to him/Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
18:29 ttcu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֔ר 1 “and asked {him},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
18:29 aol6 אוּלַ֛י 1 “Suppose {that}” or “What {will you do} if”
18:29 mgon rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִמָּצְא֥וּ⁠ן אַרְבָּעִ֑ים 1 “{only} forty/40 {righteous people} are found {by you}” or “you find {only} forty/40 {righteous people}” or “there are {only} forty/40 {righteous people}”. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
18:29 getl שָׁ֖ם 1 “{living} there?” or “{living} in the city? {Will you destroy it then?}”
18:29 elny rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “And/Then Yahweh” or “He/Yahweh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
18:29 ibi6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֔ר 1 “replied,” or “answered {him/Abraham},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
18:29 vscl לֹ֣א אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֔ה 1 “I will not destroy the city”
18:29 b3sh בַּ⁠עֲב֖וּר 1 “because of” or “in order to save”
18:29 ymm1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis הָ⁠אַרְבָּעִֽים 1 “the forty/40 {righteous people}.” or “those forty/40 {people}.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
18:30 vm0h rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ֠⁠יֹּאמֶר 1 “Then Abraham”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Abraham is speaking here, not Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
18:30 tijl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ֠⁠יֹּאמֶר 1 “asked {him},” or “pleaded {with him/Yahweh},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
18:30 fekp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אַל נָ֞א יִ֤חַר לַֽ⁠אדֹנָ⁠י֙ 1 “My Lord/Master, please do not be angry {with/at me},” Abraham addresses Yahweh using the third person and the title “Lord” to show him honor and respect. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
18:30 yiwy וַ⁠אֲדַבֵּ֔רָה 1 “but” or “rather,”
18:30 ee6m וַ⁠אֲדַבֵּ֔רָה 1 “let me say something {else}:” or “let me ask {you} {another question}:”
18:30 d5rt אוּלַ֛י 1 “Suppose {that}” or “What {will you do} if”
18:30 w00d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis יִמָּצְא֥וּ⁠ן שְׁלֹשִׁ֑ים 1 “{only} thirty/30 {righteous people} are found” or “you find {only} thirty/30 {righteous people}” or “there are {only} 30/thirty {righteous people}”. If you use the numeral “30” here in your translation, make sure that it will not get confused with the verse number. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
18:30 iwdq שָׁ֖ם 1 “{living} there?” or “{living} in the city?”
18:30 wy2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “He/Yahweh replied,” or “He/Yahweh answered {him},” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Yahweh is speaking here, not Abraham. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
18:30 r9fd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis לֹ֣א אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֔ה אִם אֶמְצָ֥א שָׁ֖ם שְׁלֹשִֽׁים 1 “I will not destroy {the city} if I find thirty/30 {righteous people} {living} there.” or “If I find thirty/30 {righteous people} {living} in the city, I will not destroy it.” See how you translated a similar sentence at the end of verse 28. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
18:31 n97e rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “Then Abraham”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Abraham is speaking here, not Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
18:31 nea1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “said {to him/Yahweh},” or “asked {him/Yahweh},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
18:31 slxe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person הִנֵּֽה נָ֤א הוֹאַ֨לְתִּי֙ לְ⁠דַבֵּ֣ר אֶל אֲדֹנָ֔⁠י 1 “Listen, please, since I have been bold to speak to {you,} my Lord/Master.” or “My Lord/Master, please excuse me for speaking to you so boldly.” See how you translated this clause in verse 27. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
18:31 qrfv אוּלַ֛י 1 “Suppose {that}” or “What {will you do} if”
18:31 phwd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis יִמָּצְא֥וּ⁠ן עֶשְׂרִ֑ים 1 “{only} twenty/20 {righteous people} are found {by you}” or “you find {only} 20/twenty {righteous people}” or “there are {only} twenty/20 {righteous people}” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
18:31 tm05 שָׁ֖ם 1 “{living} there?” or “{living} in the city?”
18:31 znb6 וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “Then he/Yahweh” or “He/Yahweh”
18:31 cr9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 2 “replied,” or “answered {him/Abraham},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
18:31 i5oo לֹ֣א אַשְׁחִ֔ית 1 “I will not destroy the city”
18:31 fkt3 בַּ⁠עֲב֖וּר 1 “because of” or “in order to save”
18:31 mh2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis הָֽ⁠עֶשְׂרִֽים 1 “the twenty/20 {righteous people}.” or “those twenty/20 {people}.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
18:32 uqqg rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ֠⁠יֹּאמֶר 1 “Then/Finally he/Abraham” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
18:32 gv4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ֠⁠יֹּאמֶר 1 “said {to him},” or “asked {him/Yahweh},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
18:32 lk3d אַל נָ֞א יִ֤חַר לַֽ⁠אדֹנָ⁠י֙ 1 “My Lord/Master, please do not be angry {with/at me},” See how you translated this sentence in verse 30. Consider again how you translated “my Lord” in verses 27, 30-32. Contrast that to verse 3, where Abraham probably used the term before he realized that he was talking to Yahweh.
18:32 qz2l וַ⁠אֲדַבְּרָ֣ה 1 “and/but” or “rather,”
18:32 kpb0 וַ⁠אֲדַבְּרָ֣ה אַךְ הַ⁠פַּ֔עַם 1 “let me say one more thing:” or “let me ask {you} just one more/last thing/question:”
18:32 ly53 אוּלַ֛י 1 “Suppose {that}” or “What {will you do} if”. Consider again how you translated the term “Suppose” in verses 24 and 28 and how you translated the sentence “Suppose {only}...{righteous people} are found there?” in verses 29-32.
18:32 qkyp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִמָּצְא֥וּ⁠ן עֲשָׂרָ֑ה 1 “{only} ten {righteous people} are found” or “you find {only} ten {righteous people}” or “there are {only} ten {righteous people}”. Consider again how you translated “found” and “find” in verses 26, 28-32. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
18:32 ho73 שָׁ֖ם 1 “{living} there?” or “{living} in the city? {Will you destroy it then?}”
18:32 rknm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “And/Then Yahweh” or “He/Yahweh”. Consider again how you referred to Yahweh and Abraham throughout this dialogue (verses 23-32), and make sure that it is clear in each quote margin who is speaking. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
18:32 s4mx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ֠⁠יֹּאמֶר 2 “replied,” or “answered {him},” It is a good idea to read the entire conversation in verses 23 through 32 aloud at a regular speed and listen to make sure that all quote margins are natural and clear in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
18:32 c2zy לֹ֣א אַשְׁחִ֔ית 1 “I will not destroy the city”
18:32 igm4 בַּ⁠עֲב֖וּר 1 “because of” or “in order to save”. Consider again how you translated this phrase in verses 24, 26, 29, 31, 32.
18:32 dxyk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis הָ⁠עֲשָׂרָֽה 1 “the/those ten {righteous people}.” Consider again whether you used words or numerals for the numbers throughout verses 24-32. Also consider again how you translated “righteous {people}” and “{righteous people}” in verses 23-32. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
18:33 yjrf וַ⁠יֵּ֣לֶךְ יְהוָ֔ה כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר כִּלָּ֔ה לְ⁠דַבֵּ֖ר אֶל אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “Then Yahweh left {Abraham/him} as soon as he finished speaking to/with him,” or “When Yahweh had finished talking with Abraham, he left {him},”
18:33 sski וְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֖ם שָׁ֥ב לִ⁠מְקֹמֽ⁠וֹ 1 “and Abraham returned/went home.”
19:1 g0pi rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וַ֠⁠יָּבֹאוּ שְׁנֵ֨י הַ⁠מַּלְאָכִ֤ים 1 “Then/Later {Yahwehs/Gods} two angels/messengers” or “Then/Later the two {men, who were} {Yahwehs/Gods} angels/messengers,” See how you translated “angel” in Gen 16:7-11. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
19:1 k6l4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ֠⁠יָּבֹאוּ סְדֹ֨מָ⁠ה֙ בָּ⁠עֶ֔רֶב 1 “arrived at {the city of} Sodom that evening,” For some languages it may be better to put the time phrase “in the evening” at the beginning of this verse and say, “That evening {Yahwehs/Gods} two angels/messengers arrived at {the city of} Sodom,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
19:1 xmdj rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וְ⁠ל֖וֹט יֹשֵׁ֣ב 1 “while Lot was sitting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
19:1 guh5 בְּ⁠שַֽׁעַר סְדֹ֑ם 1 “at/by the gate/entrance of the city.” or “at the city gate/entrance.” Cities like Sodom had stone walls built around them, with entrance gates (that were closed at night) to protect the people in the city from enemies.
19:1 kpct rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual וַ⁠יַּרְא לוֹט֙ וַ⁠יָּ֣קָם 1 “When Lot saw them, he got/stood up”. Some languages have a special dual pronoun that can be used throughout verses 1-19 to refer to the two angels. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
19:1 jt2e לִ⁠קְרָאתָ֔⁠ם 1 “to greet them” or “and greeted them”
19:1 oarz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֥חוּ אַפַּ֖יִם אָֽרְצָ⁠ה 1 “and {then} bowed {before them} with his face/forehead to the ground {to show respect}.” or “and {then} kneeled {in front of them} and bowed/touched his forehead to the ground {to show them respect}.” See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 18:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
19:2 pbyh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֜אמֶר 1 “Then he said {to them},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
19:2 qrka rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness הִנֶּ֣ה נָּא אֲדֹנַ֗⁠י 1 “Listen {to me} please, my lords/masters:” or “Sirs/Gentlemen, please listen {to this}:” See how you translated “Behold, please” in Gen 18:27. Also see how you translated “my lord” in Gen 18:3. At this point, Lot probably did not know that these were angels, because they looked like men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
19:2 uv8k rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness ס֣וּרוּ נָ֠א אֶל 1 “Please come to” or “Please stop in at”. Lot is being urgent here (using “please” twice), probably because he knows how dangerous the city is. Translate this quote in a way that communicates this urgency. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
19:2 ya0h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person בֵּ֨ית עַבְדְּ⁠כֶ֤ם וְ⁠לִ֨ינוּ֙ 1 “my house so that I can serve you and you can”. Lot refers to himself as “your servant” here to show respect to the two men and to politely offer to host them as his guests. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
19:2 n4bd וְ⁠לִ֨ינוּ֙ וְ⁠רַחֲצ֣וּ רַגְלֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “lodge for the night {there}. {That way} too {you can} wash {the dust off} your feet.” or “You can wash {the dust off} your feet and lodge/stay for the night {there}.” See how you translated “wash your feet” in Gen 18:4.
19:2 jib0 וְ⁠הִשְׁכַּמְתֶּ֖ם 1 “Then {tomorrow morning} you can get up early” or “Then early {in the morning} you can get up”
19:2 ua14 וַ⁠הֲלַכְתֶּ֣ם לְ⁠דַרְכְּ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “and continue on your way.” or “and continue traveling.”
19:2 hmun וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ 1 “But the two angels replied,” or “The two angels said {to him/Lot},”
19:2 bnmm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness לֹּ֔א כִּ֥י 1 “No, {thank you,} rather” or “Thank you, but” or “That is kind of you, but”. The angels reply should sound polite and respectful in your translation, not rude or disrespectful. For example, in some cultures it is not polite to say “No” too directly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
19:2 nmtj בָ⁠רְח֖וֹב נָלִֽין 1 “we will {just} stay/sleep in the public/city square tonight.” or “we plan to spend/stay the night in the street/square.” This refers to a public, outdoor place inside the city, perhaps the open place inside the city gate where people would meet.
19:3 c0xz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠יִּפְצַר 1 “However he/Lot” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
19:3 ck6p וַ⁠יִּפְצַר בָּ֣⁠ם מְאֹ֔ד 1 “insisted urgently” or “continued to urge/invite them earnestly” or “continued to urgently invite them”
19:3 bouk וַ⁠יָּסֻ֣רוּ 1 “until”
19:3 g3lh וַ⁠יָּסֻ֣רוּ אֵלָ֔י⁠ו 1 “they {finally} {agreed and} went with him” or “{he finally convinced them and} they went with him”
19:3 gnxh וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖אוּ אֶל בֵּית֑⁠וֹ 1 “to his house and entered it.” or “to his house.”
19:3 yh3g וַ⁠יַּ֤עַשׂ לָ⁠הֶם֙ מִשְׁתֶּ֔ה 1 “Then/There he/Lot prepared/made a big/hearty meal for them,” or “Then/There Lot had a big/hearty meal prepared for them,” Lot probably had his wife or servants prepare the meal (as Abraham did in Gen 18:6-7). It is common in the Bible to say that a leader or head of household (as here) did something, when in reality he had it done by someone else who was under his authority.
19:3 pv7b וּ⁠מַצּ֥וֹת אָפָ֖ה 1 “including {some} bread without yeast/leavening {in it},” or “including {some} flat bread,”
19:3 a3zt וַ⁠יֹּאכֵֽלוּ 1 “and they {sat down and} ate {the meal}.”
19:4 rxq5 טֶרֶם֮ יִשְׁכָּבוּ֒ 1 “{But} {after the meal,} before they”
19:4 fx5a יִשְׁכָּבוּ֒ 1 “could lie down {to sleep},” or “could go to bed {for the night},”
19:4 o87x וְ⁠אַנְשֵׁ֨י הָ⁠עִ֜יר אַנְשֵׁ֤י סְדֹם֙ 1 “{all} the men of/in the city of Sodom”
19:4 ihie נָסַ֣בּוּ עַל הַ⁠בַּ֔יִת 1 “surrounded/encircled Lots house,” or “crowded around the/Lots house,”
19:4 j14c מִ⁠נַּ֖עַר וְ⁠עַד זָקֵ֑ן 1 “from/including the youngest to the oldest,” or “including men of all ages,” This phrase refers to all the men of the city of Sodom, including the young and the old and everyone in between. Consider what is the best way to translate this phrase in your language. (See: figs-merism}
19:4 pth7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole כָּל הָ⁠עָ֖ם מִ⁠קָּצֶֽה 1 “{In fact,} all the people from every section/part {of the city} {were there}.” or “{so that} people from the entire city {were there}.” or “{In fact,} everyone/people from all parts of the city {had come there}.” This phrase is hyperbole or exaggeration, to emphasize that a very large number of people from the city were there. Consider whether or not your language can do the same thing. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
19:5 yafr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns וַ⁠יִּקְרְא֤וּ 1 “Then the crowd/mob {of men/people}”. Consider what is the best way to refer to these people at this point in the paragraph in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
19:5 esfk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יִּקְרְא֤וּ אֶל לוֹט֙ וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְרוּ ל֔⁠וֹ 1 “called out to Lot/him,” or “shouted to Lot/him,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
19:5 tgj2 אַיֵּ֧ה הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֛ים 1 “Where {are} the {two} men”
19:5 mtxz אֲשֶׁר בָּ֥אוּ אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ הַ⁠לָּ֑יְלָה 1 “who came {to lodge} with you tonight?” or “who came to your house tonight?”
19:5 yi37 הוֹצִיאֵ֣⁠ם אֵלֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 “Bring them to us out here” or “Bring them outside to us” or “{We demand that you} bring them out here to us”
19:5 o8pw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וְ⁠נֵדְעָ֖ה אֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 “so that we can have relations/sex with them!” In Hebrew the verb “know” is often used as an idiom that means “have sex with” (as in Gen 4:1, 25). Here it refers to homosexual activities and raping the two men. Translate this in a way that is not too offensive to be read aloud in public. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
19:6 t2yg וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֧א אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֛ם ל֖וֹט הַ⁠פֶּ֑תְחָ⁠ה 1 “But Lot went outside near the entrance/doorway {to talk} to them,”
19:6 bpju וְ⁠הַ⁠דֶּ֖לֶת סָגַ֥ר אַחֲרָֽי⁠ו 1 “and he shut/closed the door {of the house} behind him,”
19:7 qtxa וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר 1 “Then”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
19:7 sw0r rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר 1 “he said {to them},” or “he pleaded {with them},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
19:7 fcre rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness נָ֥א אַחַ֖⁠י 1 “{No,} please, my brothers/friends,” or “I beg you, my brothers/friends,” or “{No,} my brothers/friends, please”. The phrase “my brothers” is used here as a polite address that implies a close relationship. Lot uses this idiom to try to get the men of Sodom to not harm his guests. The men were not his actual brothers. For some languages it is more natural to put “my brothers” (or “my friends”) first in this quote. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
19:7 ie42 אַל תָּרֵֽעוּ 1 “do not do this evil!” or “do not do such an evil/wicked thing!”
19:8 r4h6 הִנֵּה נָ֨א 1 “Listen {to me/this} please:” or “Please listen {to me/this}:” See how you translated this phrase in verse 2.
19:8 ns82 לִ֜⁠י שְׁתֵּ֣י בָנ֗וֹת אֲשֶׁ֤ר 1 “My two daughters”
19:8 kz77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism לֹֽא יָדְעוּ֙ אִ֔ישׁ 1 “have not/never had {marital/sexual} relations with a man.” or “have never slept with a man.” or “are virgins.” See how you translated the idiom “knew” in verse 5 and Gen 4:1, though it may need to be translated in different ways depending on the context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
19:8 kt35 אוֹצִֽיאָה נָּ֤א אֶתְ⁠הֶן֙ אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֔ם וַ⁠עֲשׂ֣וּ 1 “Allow me to bring them out to you {instead} so that” or “If you will let me bring them out {here} to you, then”
19:8 sj5p וַ⁠עֲשׂ֣וּ לָ⁠הֶ֔ן 1 “you may/can do to/with them”
19:8 tey8 כַּ⁠טּ֖וֹב בְּ⁠עֵינֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “whatever you want/like.” or “whatever pleases you.” See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 16:6.
19:8 hber רַ֠ק אַל 1 “But you must not
19:8 w5x7 לָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֤ים הָ⁠אֵל֙ תַּעֲשׂ֣וּ דָבָ֔ר 1 “do anything to {harm} these men,” or “violate/harm these men,”
19:8 i8uo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כִּֽי עַל כֵּ֥ן בָּ֖אוּ בְּ⁠צֵ֥ל קֹרָתִֽ⁠י 1 “because they have come under the shelter/protection of my roof/house.” or “because they are my guests and I am responsible for their well-being/safety.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
19:9 z1qg rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ 1 “But the men of Sodom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
19:9 jiyd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ 1 “responded {to him/Lot},” or “shouted {at him/Lot},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
19:9 lcke גֶּשׁ הָ֗לְאָה 1 “Stand aside!” or “Get out of the/our way!”
19:9 k5nk וַ⁠יֹּֽאמְרוּ֙ 1 “Then they said/complained {to each other},”
19:9 v2qe הָ⁠אֶחָ֤ד בָּֽא 1 “This guy came {here}”. The phrase “this one/guy” shows disdain and disrespect for Lot. If possible, use a similar term in your language here.
19:9 tah3 לָ⁠גוּר֙ 1 “to live temporarily,” or “as a foreigner/outsider,” See how you translated “sojourn” in Gen 12:10. Here it has the negative meaning that Lot does not belong there.
19:9 pdcc וַ⁠יִּשְׁפֹּ֣ט שָׁפ֔וֹט עַתָּ֕ה 1 “and now he wants/dares to judge/condemn {us}!” or “and now he thinks that he can judge {us}!”
19:9 o113 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit נָרַ֥ע לְ⁠ךָ֖ מֵ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “{Then they shouted at him/Lot,} “{Now} we will treat you worse than {we treat} your {two} guests!” ” or “{Then they shouted at him/Lot,} “We will do worse things to you than {we do} to your {two} guests!” ” Here the crowd switches from talking to each other to shouting at Lot. Decide whether or not that needs to be explicit in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
19:9 eo89 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּפְצְר֨וּ בָ⁠אִ֤ישׁ בְּ⁠לוֹט֙ מְאֹ֔ד 1 “Then they started shoving/pushing hard against Lot/him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
19:9 b2w4 וַֽ⁠יִּגְּשׁ֖וּ לִ⁠שְׁבֹּ֥ר הַ⁠דָּֽלֶת 1 “and moved/surged forward to break down/through the door {of his house}.”
19:10 izks וַ⁠יִּשְׁלְח֤וּ הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁים֙ 1 “But the {two} men {inside} {who were Lots guests}” or “But Lots {two} guests”
19:10 xxrt וַ⁠יִּשְׁלְח֤וּ אֶת יָדָ֔⁠ם 1 “{opened the door,} reached outside”
19:10 u6wd וַ⁠יָּבִ֧יאוּ אֶת ל֛וֹט 1 “and {quickly} brought/pulled Lot/him”
19:10 qzxx וַ⁠יָּבִ֧יאוּ אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠בָּ֑יְתָ⁠ה 1 “{back} into the house with them”
19:10 is7s וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠דֶּ֖לֶת סָגָֽרוּ 1 “and closed the door.” or “and slammed the door shut.”
19:11 py7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְֽ⁠אֶת הִכּוּ֙ 1 “Then the/Lots {two} guests” or “Then those {two} men/guests {who were angels}” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
19:11 oetn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֞ים אֲשֶׁר פֶּ֣תַח הַ⁠בַּ֗יִת הִכּוּ֙ בַּ⁠סַּנְוֵרִ֔ים 1 “caused the men {of Sodom} who {were at/outside} the door of the house to be blind,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
19:11 p3qa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism מִ⁠קָּטֹ֖ן וְ⁠עַד גָּד֑וֹל 1 “from/including the youngest to the oldest,” or “including every last one of them,” This phrase refers to all the men who were outside the house, including the young and the old and everyone in between. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
19:11 w33l וַ⁠יִּלְא֖וּ לִ⁠מְצֹ֥א הַ⁠פָּֽתַח 1 “so that they wearied/exhausted themselves {groping/fumbling around} {trying} to find the door.” or “so that they {could not see} the door and gave up {trying} to find it.”
19:12 svon וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֨וּ הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֜ים 1 “Then the {two} men/angels”
19:12 zh3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֨וּ אֶל ל֗וֹט 1 “asked Lot,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
19:12 zvxl עֹ֚ד מִֽי לְ⁠ךָ֣ פֹ֔ה 1 “What other family members do you have here,” or “Do you have any other relatives here in the/this city,”
19:12 gaxp חָתָן֙ וּ⁠בָנֶ֣י⁠ךָ וּ⁠בְנֹתֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “{such as} sons-in-law or sons or daughters” or “{If you have} sons-in-law, sons, daughters,” Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here or later in this verse.
19:12 qpwl וְ⁠כֹ֥ל אֲשֶׁר לְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “or any {other} relatives” or “any {other} members of your family”
19:12 hx9v בָּ⁠עִ֑יר 1 “in this city,” or “in Sodom?” or “here,” The punctuation you use here depends on whether or not you began a new sentence earlier in this quote.
19:12 l25l הוֹצֵ֖א 1 “{then} {quickly} take/get {them} out/away”. Whether or not you begin a new sentence here will depend on whether you began a new sentence earlier in this quote.
19:12 h0sr מִן הַ⁠מָּקֽוֹם 1 “from this city,” or “from here,” Make sure that the way you translate this phrase fits well with the ways that you refer to the city of Sodom earlier in this verse and in the next verse. It may help to read the entire verse aloud to make sure everything is clear and sounds natural in your language.
19:13 gxxj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive כִּֽי מַשְׁחִתִ֣ים אֲנַ֔חְנוּ 1 “because we are about/going to destroy”. The pronoun “we” refers here only to the two angels, not Lot or anyone else. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
19:13 ijzq אֶת הַ⁠מָּק֖וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 “this city.” or “it.” The way you translate this phrase will depend on how you translated the end of verse 12.
19:13 q23w rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns כִּֽי גָֽדְלָ֤ה צַעֲקָתָ⁠ם֙ אֶת פְּנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 “Yahweh has heard that the people of this city are guilty of serious/terrible sins,” or “Yahweh has heard serious/terrible accusations against the people who live here”. See how you translated “outcry” in Gen 18:20-21. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. Also, make sure that your translation of “their outcry” refers to the people of Sodom, not Lots relatives who were the last ones referred to (verse 12). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
19:13 w6zh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns וַ⁠יְשַׁלְּחֵ֥⁠נוּ יְהוָ֖ה 1 “so he” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
19:13 hqu4 וַ⁠יְשַׁלְּחֵ֥⁠נוּ 1 “has ordered/commissioned us”
19:13 ovq1 לְ⁠שַׁחֲתָֽ⁠הּ 1 “to destroy the city.” or “to destroy them {and their city}.” Make sure the way you translate this phrase fits with how you translated the first part of this sentence.
19:14 ow7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֨א ל֜וֹט 1 “So Lot” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
19:14 baqg וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֨א וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֣ר אֶל 1 “went and spoke to/with” or “went to speak to/with” or “went to”
19:14 asoi חֲתָנָ֣י⁠ו 1 “his {future} sons-in-law” or “his daughters fiancés”
19:14 wrto rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לֹקְחֵ֣י בְנֹתָ֗י⁠ו 1 “who were {going/pledged} to marry his daughters” or “who were engaged to his daughters”. The word “take” is used here as an idiom that means to marry. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to translate this as an idiom in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
19:14 i021 וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “and he said {to them},” or “and he warned/urged {them},” or “He told them,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
19:14 xhur ק֤וּמוּ 1 “Hurry up {and}” or “Come on! {We must}”. This phrase communicates urgency here.
19:14 xzmf צְּאוּ֙ מִן 1 “get away from” or “flee from” or “leave”
19:14 l2nd הַ⁠מָּק֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 “this city,”
19:14 o4rj כִּֽי מַשְׁחִ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה 1 “because Yahweh is about/going to destroy”. See how you translated “are destroying” in verse 13.
19:14 nuhr אֶת הָ⁠עִ֑יר 1 “the place!” or “it!”
19:14 ibgy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יְהִ֥י כִ⁠מְצַחֵ֖ק בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י חֲתָנָֽי⁠ו 1 “But his sons-in-law thought that he was joking, {so they ignored him}.” or “But his sons-in-law {did not listen to him, because they} thought he was joking.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
19:15 wugx וּ⁠כְמוֹ֙ הַ⁠שַּׁ֣חַר עָלָ֔ה 1 “{Very} early the next morning,” Dawn is the time before sunrise when it starts getting light.
19:15 hw3n וַ⁠יָּאִ֥יצוּ הַ⁠מַּלְאָכִ֖ים בְּ⁠ל֣וֹט לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “the {two} angels/messengers urged Lot,” or “the/Yahwehs {two} angels/messengers urgently told Lot,” See how you translated “angels” in verse 1.
19:15 rtvk קוּם֩ 1 “Hurry up {and}” or “You must quickly”
19:15 xo9t קַ֨ח אֶֽת אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֜ וְ⁠אֶת שְׁתֵּ֤י בְנֹתֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ הַ⁠נִּמְצָאֹ֔ת 1 “take/get your wife and two daughters {away from the city}” or “leave {the city} with your wife and two daughters”
19:15 uht3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-passives פֶּן תִּסָּפֶ֖ה 1 “so that you will not be destroyed” or “or else you will be destroyed” or “so that you will not die”. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. Also, see how you translated the idiom “sweep away” in Gen 18:23-24. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-passives]])
19:15 vgvt בַּ⁠עֲוֺ֥ן הָ⁠עִֽיר 1 “when {the people of/in} the city are punished {by God}.” or “when {God/Yahweh} punishes {the people of/in} the city.”
19:16 mwva rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns וַֽ⁠יִּתְמַהְמָ֓הּ 1 “But Lot” or “Lot”. Consider what is the best way to refer to Lot at this point in the paragraph in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
19:16 g5kh וַֽ⁠יִּתְמַהְמָ֓הּ 1 “hesitated/delayed,” or “did not leave immediately,”
19:16 iyc6 וַ⁠יַּחֲזִ֨קוּ הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֜ים 1 “so the {two} men/angels” or “so the men {who were the angels/messengers}” or “so they”
19:16 yaj9 וַ⁠יַּחֲזִ֨קוּ בְּ⁠יָד֣⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְ⁠יַד אִשְׁתּ֗⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְ⁠יַד֙ שְׁתֵּ֣י בְנֹתָ֔י⁠ו 1 “took hold of his hand and the hands of his wife and two daughters,” or “took him and his wife and two daughters by the hand,”
19:16 f2ww rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בְּ⁠חֶמְלַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה עָלָ֑י⁠ו 1 “because Yahweh was being merciful/kind to him/them,” For some languages it may be better to put this phrase last in verse 16 so that it does not interrupt the flow of the sentence. Or it may be better to put this phrase earlier in the sentence and say, “Lot hesitated, but Yahweh was being merciful/kind to him, so the {two} men/angels took hold of Lots hand and the hands of his wife and two daughters and took/led them out of the city.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
19:16 spum וַ⁠יֹּצִאֻ֥⁠הוּ וַ⁠יַּנִּחֻ֖⁠הוּ 1 “and took/led him/them {safely}”
19:16 fadf מִ⁠ח֥וּץ לָ⁠עִֽיר 1 “out of the city.”
19:17 zehe וַ⁠יְהִי֩ כְ⁠הוֹצִיאָ֨⁠ם 1 “When” or “As {soon as}”
19:17 z3d1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns כְ⁠הוֹצִיאָ֨⁠ם 1 “the angels” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
19:17 e9wr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go כְ⁠הוֹצִיאָ֨⁠ם אֹתָ֜⁠ם הַ⁠ח֗וּצָ⁠ה 1 “had brought/taken/led them outside {the city},” See how you translated “brought” in verse 16. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
19:17 e0qb וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “one of them” or “one of the angels”
19:17 e164 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “said {to Lot/them},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
19:17 hutb הִמָּלֵ֣ט עַל נַפְשֶׁ֔⁠ךָ 1 “Run for your lives!” or “Flee/Run to save your lives!” or “Run away from here as fast as you can!”
19:17 e6nx אַל תַּבִּ֣יט אַחֲרֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “Do not look behind you {at Sodom},” or “Do not look back {at the city},”
19:17 yi3d וְ⁠אַֽל תַּעֲמֹ֖ד בְּ⁠כָל הַ⁠כִּכָּ֑ר 1 “and do not stop/delay anywhere in the plain/valley!” or “and do not stop/delay in the plain/valley for any reason!” This plain or valley was a wide, flat area between mountains. See how you translated “plain/valley” in Gen 13:10-12.
19:17 owz1 הִמָּלֵ֖ט 1 “Flee/Hurry” or “Go quickly” or “Run away”
19:17 fqrc הָ⁠הָ֥רָ⁠ה 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean (1) “to the mountains/hills” or “to the hill country” or “to the/that mountain {range}” (2) “to the/that mountain”. This phrase is ambiguous because often the Hebrew text uses a singular form to refer to something that is plural.
19:17 wwro rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive פֶּן תִּסָּפֶֽה 1 “so that you will not be destroyed!” or “so that you will not die!” or “or else you will die!” See how you translated this clause in verse 15. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
19:18 y4wg rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר ל֖וֹט 1 “But Lot” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
19:18 l0ug וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “replied to them,” or “pleaded with them,” Some languages have a special dual pronoun for “them” that fits well here. Do what is best in your language.
19:18 uauu אַל נָ֖א אֲדֹנָֽ⁠י 1 “Please, my lords/masters, do not {make us go that far}!” or “I beg you, sirs, do not {make us do that}!” See how you translated “my lords/masters” in verse 2.
19:19 tax6 הִנֵּה נָ֠א 1 “Listen {to me/this} please:” or “Please listen {to me/this}:”
19:19 brtm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person מָצָ֨א עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֣ חֵן֮ בְּ⁠עֵינֶי⁠ךָ֒ 1 “I, your servant, have been treated well/kindly by you,” or “You have treated me well/kindly even though I am unimportant,” The phrase “your servant” does not mean that Lot is actually a servant for the angels, but rather, it is a humble way for Lot to refer to himself and show respect to them; see how you translated that phrase in verse 2. Also see how you translated the idiom “found favor in...eyes” in Gen 6:8 and 18:3. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
19:19 u1nu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וַ⁠תַּגְדֵּ֣ל חַסְדְּ⁠ךָ֗ אֲשֶׁ֤ר עָשִׂ֨יתָ֙ עִמָּדִ֔⁠י 1 “and you have shown me great mercy/kindness” or “and you have been very merciful/kind to me”. This is the first occurrence in the Bible of the important Hebrew word “khesed,” which is translated as “mercy,” “kindness,” or “lovingkindness” and often implies that it was not deserved. Compare how you translated a different word that has a similar meaning (“mercy” or “compassion”) in verse 16. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
19:19 r6kn לְ⁠הַחֲי֖וֹת אֶת נַפְשִׁ֑⁠י 1 “and saved my life.”
19:19 qin5 וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֗י לֹ֤א אוּכַל֙ לְ⁠הִמָּלֵ֣ט הָ⁠הָ֔רָ⁠ה 1 “But I am not able to flee/run {all the way} to the mountains/hills” or “But there is no way that I can make it safely {all the way} to the mountains/hills” or “But the mountains/hills are too far away for me to make it there safely”. See how you translated “the mountain{s}” in verse 17.
19:19 swvd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification פֶּן תִּדְבָּקַ֥⁠נִי הָ⁠רָעָ֖ה וָ⁠מַֽתִּי 1 “before the disaster catches up with me and kills me.” or “before the disaster strikes/occurs and kills me.” The word “disaster” is personified here, that is, it is talked about as if it can act in human ways. Consider whether or not it would be clear and natural to do that here in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
19:20 scbl הִנֵּה נָ֠א 1 “{So} listen {to this} please:” Consider again how you translated “Behold, please” in verses 2, 8, 19-20. It may be necessary to translate it in slightly different ways, depending on the context.
19:20 v9tb הָ⁠עִ֨יר הַ⁠זֹּ֧את שָׁ֖מָּ⁠ה 1 “That town up ahead” or “That town over there”. The Hebrew word for “town” here (and in verses 21-23) can refer to either a city or a town, depending on the context. Many translations have “town,” or even “village,” here because the place was very small (verses 20, 22). Many other translations have “city” here instead, but that does not fit the context.
19:20 rts1 קְרֹבָ֛ה לָ⁠נ֥וּס 1 “{is} near/close {enough} to flee/run to {in time},”
19:20 mw43 וְ⁠הִ֣יא מִצְעָ֑ר 1 “and it {is} {just/only} a little/small {town}.” or “and it {is} little/small.”
19:20 o64l אִמָּלְטָ֨ה נָּ֜א שָׁ֗מָּ⁠ה 1 “Please let us escape/flee/run there, {and do not destroy it}.”
19:20 dubz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹ֥א מִצְעָ֛ר הִ֖וא 1 “{After all,} it is {only/just} a little/small place/town.” or “{After all,} it is very small.” This rhetorical question implies that it will not matter if such a small town like Zoar is not destroyed. Consider whether or not a rhetorical question works well here in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
19:20 t4xf וּ⁠תְחִ֥י 1 “{If you let us go there,} then” or “{If you allow that,}”
19:20 nhzf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וּ⁠תְחִ֥י נַפְשִֽׁ⁠י 1 “I/we will/can stay alive.” or “{my family and} I will live.” or “our lives will be saved/spared.” Lot says “my life,” but he is probably also including his family who is with him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
19:21 f6h0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר 1 “The angel said/replied”. This phrase probably refers to the same angel who spoke to Lot in verse 17. Make sure it does not sound like Lot is the one speaking here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
19:21 v4mr rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֵלָ֔י⁠ו 1 “to Lot,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
19:21 zrvn הִנֵּה֙ 1 “Listen,” or “Alright,” or “Here {is what I will do}:”
19:21 wf9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom נָשָׂ֣אתִי פָנֶ֔י⁠ךָ גַּ֖ם לַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 “I will allow/grant your request,” or “I will allow/permit you to do what you have requested,” Consider what is the best way in your language to translate the idiom “lifted up your face” here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
19:21 m6y3 לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֛י הָפְכִּ֥⁠י 1 “and/so I will not overturn/destroy”
19:21 yu2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֶת הָ⁠עִ֖יר אֲשֶׁ֥ר דִּבַּֽרְתָּ 1 “the {little/small} town that you mentioned.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this clause earlier in the sentence and say, “I will allow you to go to the {small} town that you are talking about, and I will not destroy it.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
19:22 z9fr מַהֵר֙ 1 “{But} hurry up {now} {and}” or “{But} go quickly {now} {and}”
19:22 dzir הִמָּלֵ֣ט שָׁ֔מָּ⁠ה 1 “flee/run there,” or “escape/flee to that town,” Consider again how you translated “escape” in verses 17, 19-20, 22.
19:22 p51q כִּ֣י לֹ֤א אוּכַל֙ לַ⁠עֲשׂ֣וֹת 1 “because I am not allowed to” or “because I must wait to” or “because {God} will not allow/permit me to”. This clause implies that Yahweh will not allow the angel to destroy anything until Lot and his family arrive safely in the town of Zoar.
19:22 inbq לַ⁠עֲשׂ֣וֹת דָּבָ֔ר 1 “do anything” or “destroy anything”
19:22 iw13 עַד בֹּאֲ⁠ךָ֖ שָׁ֑מָּ⁠ה 1 “until you get/reach there {safely}.” or “until you are {safely} there.”
19:22 vgig עַל כֵּ֛ן 1 “That is why” or “Since Lot said the town was little/small,” This phrase refers back to what Lot said in verse 20, not what the angel just said.
19:22 nll4 קָרָ֥א שֵׁם הָ⁠עִ֖יר 1 “the town was called” or “they/people called that town” or “the name of the town is”. See how you translated “they called the name” in Gen 11:9 and 16:14.
19:22 hrvo צֽוֹעַר 1 “Zoar, {which means “little/small.”}” If this implied information is included in your translation or in a footnote, be consistent here with how you translated the word “little” or “small” in verse 20.
19:23 nppm הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖מֶשׁ יָצָ֣א עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “The sun was rising”. Make sure that the way verse 23 begins in your translation fits with the way verse 15 begins, which refers to the same day.
19:23 lo6p rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וְ⁠ל֖וֹט 1 “as/when” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
19:23 sd88 וְ⁠ל֖וֹט 1 “Lot {and his family}”. In that culture the father was often the only one mentioned and the other family members were assumed to be with him.
19:23 o3z7 בָּ֥א צֹֽעֲרָ⁠ה 1 “arrived at/in” or “reached”
19:23 dri3 צֹֽעֲרָ⁠ה 1 “{the town of} Zoar.”
19:24 attr וַֽ⁠יהוָ֗ה הִמְטִ֧יר עַל סְדֹ֛ם וְ⁠עַל עֲמֹרָ֖ה גָּפְרִ֣ית וָ⁠אֵ֑שׁ 1 “Then Yahweh rained/poured down burning sulfur/rocks and fire on {the cities of} Sodom and Gomorrah” or “Then Yahweh caused fire and burning sulfur/rocks to rain/pour down on {the cities of} Sodom and Gomorrah”. The word “brimstone” refers to sulfur, which is a type of rock that is highly flammable. When it burns, it produces smoke, intense heat, and a bad smell like rotten eggs.
19:24 z1eq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure מֵ⁠אֵ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה מִן הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם 1 “from himself in heaven,” or “from out of the heavens/sky,” Some translations omit the phrase “from Yahweh” since Yahweh is already mentioned earlier as the one doing this. Also, for some languages it may be better to change the order of phrases in this verse and say, “Then Yahweh caused fire and burning sulfur/rocks to fall/pour like {heavy} rain from the heavens/sky on {the cities of} Sodom and Gomorrah.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
19:25 rfr1 וַֽ⁠יַּהֲפֹךְ֙ 1 “and (so) he/Yahweh” or “In that way, he/Yahweh” or “That is how he/Yahweh”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
19:25 zwuj וַֽ⁠יַּהֲפֹךְ֙ אֶת הֶ⁠עָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔ל 1 “{completely} destroyed those {two} cities”. See how you translated a phrase with a similar meaning (“swept away”) in verses 15 and 17.
19:25 euza וְ⁠אֵ֖ת כָּל הַ⁠כִּכָּ֑ר 1 “and the entire/whole plain/valley,” or “and the rest of the plain/valley,” Make sure it is clear in your translation that the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah were also in the plain/valley, not separate from it.
19:25 ao52 וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל יֹשְׁבֵ֣י הֶ⁠עָרִ֔ים 1 “including all the people who lived in the cities {of/in that plain/valley}” or “including everyone who lived in the cities {there}”. This phrase refers to Sodom and Gomorrah and at least two other cities in the valley (Deuteronomy 29:23).
19:25 rrut וְ⁠צֶ֖מַח 1 “and {even} {all} the vegetation/plants”
19:25 g2sq וְ⁠צֶ֖מַח הָ⁠אֲדָמָֽה 1 “{that were growing} on the ground/land.” or ”of/in the/that area/region.”
19:26 qt60 וַ⁠תַּבֵּ֥ט אִשְׁתּ֖⁠וֹ מֵ⁠אַחֲרָ֑י⁠ו 1 “But Lots wife, {who was} {walking} behind him,”
19:26 fbf2 וַ⁠תַּבֵּ֥ט 1 “looked/glanced back {at the city},” or “looked back {at Sodom},”
19:26 qesl וַ⁠תְּהִ֖י 1 “and {immediately}”
19:26 q9a5 וַ⁠תְּהִ֖י 1 “she turned into” or “her body turned into” or “{God/Yahweh} turned her into”
19:26 trht נְצִ֥יב מֶֽלַח 1 “a column/statue of {solid} salt {rock} {and she died}.” or “salt {rock} that was in the shape of a pillar/column.”
19:27 t3yb וַ⁠יַּשְׁכֵּ֥ם אַבְרָהָ֖ם בַּ⁠בֹּ֑קֶר 1 “{Meanwhile,} Abraham got up early that {same} morning” or “Early that same morning, Abraham got up”. Some translations translate this as the next morning, but it is more likely that this was the same day when Lot arrived in Zoar and Yahweh destroyed the cities in the valley (verse 23).
19:27 qmne אֶל הַ֨⁠מָּק֔וֹם 1 “and returned to the place/spot”
19:27 i49j אֲשֶׁר עָ֥מַד אֶת פְּנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 “where he had stood/been with Yahweh {the previous day},” or “where he had stood in Yahwehs presence {the day before}.”
19:28 z2pg rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יַּשְׁקֵ֗ף 1 “Then he/Abraham looked down” or “He looked down”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, make sure it is clear that Abraham, not Yahweh, is being referred to here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
19:28 jhkn עַל פְּנֵ֤י 1 “at” or “in the direction of”
19:28 wiga סְדֹם֙ וַ⁠עֲמֹרָ֔ה 1 “{the cities of} Sodom and Gomorrah”
19:28 qkv9 וְ⁠עַֽל כָּל פְּנֵ֖י אֶ֣רֶץ הַ⁠כִּכָּ֑ר 1 “and all {the rest of} the plain/valley.”
19:28 ktpu וַ⁠יַּ֗רְא וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה 1 “There in front of him, he saw that” or “And he was amazed to see that”
19:28 fmr4 קִיטֹ֣ר 1 “{lots of thick} smoke” or “{a large amount of} smoke”
19:28 ptm3 עָלָה֙ קִיטֹ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “was billowing up from/over the land”
19:28 dxlc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כְּ⁠קִיטֹ֖ר הַ⁠כִּבְשָֽׁן 1 “like smoke {that comes from the fire} in a {large} furnace/oven.” or “like smoke from a {huge} fire.” During that time period, a furnace was heated by fire. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
19:29 kybu וַ⁠יְהִ֗י בְּ⁠שַׁחֵ֤ת אֱלֹהִים֙ 1 “So it was/happened {that} when God destroyed” or “When God destroyed”. See how you translated “destroyed” in verses 13-14, 17.
19:29 vtt3 אֶת עָרֵ֣י הַ⁠כִּכָּ֔ר 1 “the cities on the plain,” or “the cities in the plain/valley,” Consider again how you translated “plain/valley” in Gen 13:10-12; 19:17, 25, 28, 29.
19:29 rzta וַ⁠יִּזְכֹּ֥ר אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶת אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “he kept Abraham {and his request} in mind” or “he remembered/granted Abrahams request”. Make sure your translation of this clause does not imply that God forgot Abraham. See how you translated “God remembered” in Gen 8:1.
19:29 she7 וַ⁠יְשַׁלַּ֤ח אֶת לוֹט֙ מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ 1 “and brought Lot {safely} away from” or “So he rescued/saved Lot from”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
19:29 odq0 מִ⁠תּ֣וֹךְ הַ⁠הֲפֵכָ֔ה 1 “the disaster/catastrophe,”
19:29 t62e בַּ⁠הֲפֹךְ֙ אֶת הֶ֣⁠עָרִ֔ים 1 “when he {completely} destroyed the cities” or “that he had caused/used to {completely} destroy the cities”
19:29 jdtg אֲשֶׁר יָשַׁ֥ב בָּ⁠הֵ֖ן לֽוֹט 1 “where Lot had been living.”
19:30 v99a וַ⁠יַּעַל֩ 1 “After that,” or “Sometime later,”
19:30 ek4n וַ⁠יַּעַל֩ ל֨וֹט מִ⁠צּ֜וֹעַר וַ⁠יֵּ֣שֶׁב בָּ⁠הָ֗ר וּ⁠שְׁתֵּ֤י בְנֹתָי⁠ו֙ עִמּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “Lot moved with his two daughters from {the town of} Zoar up into the mountains/hills and settled/lived there,” or “Lot and his two daughters left {the town of} Zoar and moved to the mountains/hills,” Be consistent here with how you translated “the mountain{s}” in verses 17 and 19.
19:30 vxtl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּ֥י יָרֵ֖א לָ⁠שֶׁ֣בֶת בְּ⁠צ֑וֹעַר 1 “because he was afraid to stay in {the town of} Zoar.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this clause earlier in this sentence and say, “Lot was afraid to settle/stay in {the town of} Zoar, so he and his two daughters moved from there to the mountains/hills, where they lived in a cave.” Do what is best in your language. Also, be consistent with how you spelled “Zoar” throughout the book of Genesis. See Gen 13:10; 14:2, 8; 19:22-23, 30. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
19:30 gjyo וַ⁠יֵּ֨שֶׁב֙ בַּ⁠מְּעָרָ֔ה ה֖וּא וּ⁠שְׁתֵּ֥י בְנֹתָֽי⁠ו 1 “So he/Lot and his two daughters lived in a cave {in the mountains/hills}.”
19:31 urpm וַ⁠תֹּ֧אמֶר הַ⁠בְּכִירָ֛ה אֶל 1 “Then {one day} {his} oldest/older {daughter} said/suggested to”
19:31 fa51 הַ⁠צְּעִירָ֖ה 1 “{his} younger {daughter/one},” or “her younger {sister},” or “her sister,”
19:31 j9nj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness אָבִ֣י⁠נוּ זָקֵ֑ן 1 “Our father is elderly,” or “Our father is getting along in years,” In some cultures, it is not polite to call someone “old”. Translate this clause in a way that is accurate and acceptable in your language area. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
19:31 k3uv וְ⁠אִ֨ישׁ אֵ֤ין 1 “and there is no man” or “and there are not any men”
19:31 gqzx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole בָּ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ 1 “in this land/area” or “around here”. Lots daughter is exaggerating here, to emphasize her point. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
19:31 daji rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism לָ⁠ב֣וֹא עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 “to be/sleep with us,” or “to marry us,” See how you translated the idiom “went to” in Gen 6:4, which is the same meaning as “come to” here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
19:31 ewpx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כְּ⁠דֶ֖רֶךְ כָּל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “as {is} the way/custom of all {the people on} the earth.” or “which is normal/customary {for people} all over the earth/world.” or “which {is} the custom {that people have} everywhere else in the world.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19:32 moil לְכָ֨⁠ה 1 “{So} come on,” or “{So} lets do this together:” See how you translated this in Gen 14:7.
19:32 z2t3 נַשְׁקֶ֧ה אֶת אָבִ֛י⁠נוּ 1 “lets get our father” or “we should get our father”. Consider what is the best way to translate this proposal or suggestion in your language.
19:32 sm90 נַשְׁקֶ֧ה יַ֖יִן 1 “to drink wine {until he is drunk},” or “drunk on wine,”
19:32 saej וְ⁠נִשְׁכְּבָ֣ה 1 “Then lets” or “Then we should/can” or “and {then} we should/can”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
19:32 g3i0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וְ⁠נִשְׁכְּבָ֣ה עִמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 sleep with him” or “have {physical/sexual} relations with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
19:32 b82q rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וּ⁠נְחַיֶּ֥ה 1 “so that we can” or “in order to” or “That way we will/can”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
19:32 w3el וּ⁠נְחַיֶּ֥ה זָֽרַע 1 “give birth to children” or “have descendants” or “preserve/continue our family line”
19:32 e06w rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns מֵ⁠אָבִ֖י⁠נוּ 1 “with/by our father.” or “through/with him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
19:33 tjdu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠תַּשְׁקֶ֧יןָ אֶת אֲבִי⁠הֶ֛ן יַ֖יִן בַּ⁠לַּ֣יְלָה ה֑וּא 1 “So they got their father drunk on wine that {very} night,” or “So that night Lots daughters got their father drunk on wine,” Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Lots daughters at this point in the paragraph. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
19:33 orhq וַ⁠תָּבֹ֤א הַ⁠בְּכִירָה֙ 1 “Then the/his oldest/older {daughter}”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
19:33 o341 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠תָּבֹ֤א וַ⁠תִּשְׁכַּ֣ב אֶת אָבִ֔י⁠הָ 1 “went {to him} and slept with him,” or “went {to him} and had relations with him,” Make sure that the way you translate the euphemism “lay with” will not be too offensive to be read aloud in public. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
19:33 oy4e וְ⁠לֹֽא יָדַ֥ע 1 “But {he was so drunk that} he”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
19:33 ujz7 וְ⁠לֹֽא יָדַ֥ע 1 “did not {even} know/realize” or “was not {even} aware” or “was {completely} unaware”
19:33 es4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism בְּ⁠שִׁכְבָ֖⁠הּ וּ⁠בְ⁠קׄוּמָֽ⁠הּ 1 “that she got in bed {with him} or that she left.” or “that she had been with him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
19:34 ezgg וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ מִֽ⁠מָּחֳרָ֔ת וַ⁠תֹּ֤אמֶר 1 “The next day, this is what happened:” or “The next day”. The phrase “Then it happened” introduces and emphasizes important information which the following narrative builds on. It also creates suspense so that readers and listeners wonder what will happen next. Some translations leave this phrase out, but that loses some of the suspense. Do what is best in your language.
19:34 u9ht וַ⁠תֹּ֤אמֶר הַ⁠בְּכִירָה֙ אֶל 1 “{Lots} oldest/older {daughter} said to”
19:34 zmn5 הַ⁠צְּעִירָ֔ה 1 “{his} younger {daughter/one},” or “her younger {sister},” or “her sister,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 31.
19:34 xct4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure הֵן אֶ֖מֶשׁ 1 “Listen, last night”. For some languages it may be more natural to put this time phrase (“last night”) last in this sentence. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
19:34 upb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism שָׁכַ֥בְתִּי אֶת אָבִ֑⁠י 1 “I slept with our father.” or “I had {sexual/physical} relations with our father.” See how you translated “lay with” in verse 33. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
19:34 kl6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure נַשְׁקֶ֨⁠נּוּ יַ֜יִן גַּם הַ⁠לַּ֗יְלָה 1 “Lets get him drunk on wine again tonight.” or “Tonight we should get him drunk again.” Consider whether it is better in your language to put the time word “tonight” first or last in this clause. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
19:34 k2pt וּ⁠בֹ֨אִי֙ 1 “Then you {also} should go {and}”
19:34 bmio rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism שִׁכְבִ֣י עִמּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “sleep with him” or “have relations with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
19:34 gdjt וּ⁠נְחַיֶּ֥ה 1 “so that we will/can”. See how you translated the last clause in verse 32, which is the same as the rest of verse 34.
19:34 le9n וּ⁠נְחַיֶּ֥ה זָֽרַע 1 “give birth to children” or “have descendants” or “preserve/continue our family line”
19:34 st12 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns מֵ⁠אָבִ֖י⁠נוּ 1 “with/by our father.” or “through/with him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
19:35 zl9m וַ⁠תַּשְׁקֶ֜יןָ גַּ֣ם בַּ⁠לַּ֧יְלָה הַ⁠ה֛וּא אֶת אֲבִי⁠הֶ֖ן יָ֑יִן 1 “So they got their father drunk on wine that night, also/too.” or “So that night Lots daughters got their father drunk on wine again.”
19:35 pyqi וַ⁠תָּ֤קָם הַ⁠צְּעִירָה֙ 1 “Then the/his younger {daughter}”
19:35 u2gm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠תָּ֤קָם וַ⁠תִּשְׁכַּ֣ב עִמּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “went {to him} and slept with him” or “went {to him} and had {sexual/physical} relations with him,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
19:35 d5p3 וְ⁠לֹֽא יָדַ֥ע 1 “But/And {once again} {he was so drunk that} he”. See how you translated the last clause in verse 33, which is similar to the rest of verse 35.
19:35 vuyk וְ⁠לֹֽא יָדַ֥ע 1 “did not {even} know/realize” or “was not {even} aware” or “was completely unaware”
19:35 dkew rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism בְּ⁠שִׁכְבָ֖⁠הּ וּ⁠בְ⁠קֻמָֽ⁠הּ 1 “that she got in bed {with him} or that she left.” or “that she had been with him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
19:36 iahd וַֽ⁠תַּהֲרֶ֛יןָ 1 “As a result,” or “In that way,”
19:36 x19m שְׁתֵּ֥י בְנֽוֹת ל֖וֹט 1 “both of Lots daughters”
19:36 b8pv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַֽ⁠תַּהֲרֶ֛יןָ מֵ⁠אֲבִי⁠הֶֽן 1 “became pregnant from/by {having relations with} their father.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
19:37 txvq וַ⁠תֵּ֤לֶד 1 “Later”. Make sure that the way you translate this conjunction fits with the fact that several months have gone by.
19:37 jtg0 הַ⁠בְּכִירָה֙ 1 “the/his oldest/older {daughter}”
19:37 hz0k וַ⁠תֵּ֤לֶד בֵּ֔ן 1 “gave birth to a son,” or “had a son,”
19:37 k0dl וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ 1 “and she called/named him” or “whom she named”. See how you translated “called his name” in Gen 5:29.
19:37 cx7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מוֹאָ֑ב 1 “Moab, {which means “from my father.”}” You can include the meaning of this name in your translation text or in a footnote. Some translations put this implied information in parentheses. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:37 ror5 ה֥וּא אֲבִֽי 1 “He/Moab {was/became} the forefather/ancestor”
19:37 ur16 אֲבִֽי מוֹאָ֖ב עַד הַ⁠יּֽוֹם 1 “of the Moabite people {who are still living} today.” or “of the people/ethnic group {who are} called the Moabites today.” The phrase, “to this day” or “today” refers to the time when Moses wrote the book of Genesis, which was hundreds of years after Lot and his daughters lived and died.
19:38 qxs6 וְ⁠הַ⁠צְּעִירָ֤ה גַם הִוא֙ 1 “Lots younger {daughter} also”
19:38 cwha יָ֣לְדָה בֵּ֔ן 1 “gave birth to a son,” or “had a son,” See how you translated the last half of verse 37, which is the same as the rest of verse 38, except for the names.
19:38 jg6f וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ 1 “and she called/named him” or “whom she named”
19:38 f4a0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֶּן עַמִּ֑י 1 “Ben-Ammi, {which means “son of my people.”}” You can include the meaning of this name in your translation text or in a footnote. Some translations put this implied information in parentheses. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
19:38 oeub ה֛וּא אֲבִ֥י 1 “He/Ben-Ammi {was/became} the forefather/ancestor”
19:38 eiz3 אֲבִ֥י בְנֵֽי עַמּ֖וֹן עַד הַ⁠יּֽוֹם 1 “of the Ammonite people {who are still living} today.” or “of the people/ethnic group {who are} called the Ammonites today.” See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 37.
20:1 ye30 וַ⁠יִּסַּ֨ע אַבְרָהָם֙ 1 “Then/Meanwhile Abraham {and his family}”. Consider what is the best way to introduce this new episode in your language, where the focus shifts to Abraham.
20:1 g6gr וַ⁠יִּסַּ֨ע 1 “journeyed/moved/left”
20:1 hy06 מִ⁠שָּׁ֤ם 1 “from the place where he/they were living” or “from near {the city of} Hebron”. Abraham and Sarah had been living by the trees of Mamre, near the city of Hebron (Gen 13:18; 18:1).
20:1 kpyu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה הַ⁠נֶּ֔גֶב 1 “{and went/moved south} to the Negev {Wilderness/Desert} area/region,” See how you translated “the Negev {Wilderness/Desert}” in Gen 12:9 (note); 13:1, 3. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
20:1 e1qn וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב בֵּין קָדֵ֖שׁ וּ⁠בֵ֣ין שׁ֑וּר 1 “There he/they lived between {the cities of} Kadesh and Shur”. Be consistent here with how you spelled “Kadesh” in Gen 14:7 and “Shur” in 16:7.
20:1 wu3o וַ⁠יָּ֖גָר בִּ⁠גְרָֽר 1 “and they stayed/lived {there} for a while {as foreigners}, in {the city of} Gerar.” or “and they stayed/lived in {the city of} Gerar for a while.” See how you translated “sojourn” in Gen 12:10. Also be consistent here with how you translated “Gerar” in Gen 10:19.
20:2 os2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וַ⁠יֹּ֧אמֶר אַבְרָהָ֛ם 1 “{While they were there,} Abraham/he” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
20:2 k17k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וַ⁠יֹּ֧אמֶר אֶל שָׂרָ֥ה אִשְׁתּ֖⁠וֹ אֲחֹ֣תִ⁠י הִ֑וא 1 “told {people} that his wife Sarah {was} his sister.” or “told {people} that Sarah {was} his sister, not his wife.” Sarah was Abrahams younger sister (Gen 19:19). Some languages use special words for “sister” and “brother” in Gen 12:13, 19; 20:2, 5, 12-13, 16, to distinguish when someone is younger or older than his or her sibling. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
20:2 s2yz וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֗ח 1 “So/Then {one day}”
20:2 r5oe אֲבִימֶ֨לֶךְ֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ גְּרָ֔ר 1 “Abimelech, {who was} the king of/over {the city of} Gerar,” or “{King} Abimelech, who ruled {the Philistines} from {the city of} Gerar,” The city of Gerar was the Philistines capital city where King Abimelech ruled from (Gen 21:2, 32; 26:1).
20:2 jv7f וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֗ח וַ⁠יִּקַּ֖ח אֶת שָׂרָֽה 1 “had Sarah brought {to him} {to be his wife}.” or “had {some of his servants} bring Sarah {to his home} {to be his wife}.”
20:3 fzoe rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics וַ⁠יָּבֹ֧א אֱלֹהִ֛ים אֶל אֲבִימֶ֖לֶךְ בַּ⁠חֲל֣וֹם 1 “But God appeared to {King} Abimelech in a dream”. For some languages it is necessary to use an honorific title for a king each time (or most of the time) that he is referred to by name, to show proper respect. Do what is best in your language throughout this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics]])
20:3 ompr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure הַ⁠לָּ֑יְלָה 1 “{during} the night” or “by/at night” or “that night”. It may be more natural to put this time phrase earlier in this sentence and say, “But that night God came/appeared to {King} Abimelech in a dream...” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
20:3 votc וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר ל֗⁠וֹ 1 “and told/warned him,”
20:3 w7aa הִנְּ⁠ךָ֥ 1 “Listen {to me},”
20:3 tkin הִנְּ⁠ךָ֥ מֵת֙ 1 “you are a dead man” or “you are about to die” or “{I have sentenced} you to die”. Make sure that the way you translate this clause does not make it sound like King Abimelech is already dead. God is telling King Abimelech what is about to happen to him.
20:3 couv עַל הָ⁠אִשָּׁ֣ה אֲשֶׁר לָקַ֔חְתָּ וְ⁠הִ֖וא 1 “because the woman whom you have taken {to be your wife}”. See how you translated “took” in verse 2.
20:3 pki1 בְּעֻ֥לַת בָּֽעַל 1 “is {already} married to someone else!” or “is a married woman!” or “is another mans wife!”
20:4 iodw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וַ⁠אֲבִימֶ֕לֶךְ 1 “Now/However {King} Abimelech”. Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce this background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
20:4 su1c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism לֹ֥א קָרַ֖ב אֵלֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 “had not {yet} slept with her/Sarah,” or “had not had {marital/sexual} relations with her/Sarah,” Translate this clause in a way that will not be offensive or embarrassing in your language when it is read aloud in public. See how you translated a different phrase in Gen 19:31 (“come to us”) that has the same meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
20:4 giez rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֕ר 1 “so he asked {God},” The way you translate this quote margin will depend on how you translate the rhetorical question that follows it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
20:4 ewc1 אֲדֹנָ֕⁠י 1 “My Master,” or “Lord/Master,” See how you translated this title of respect for God in Gen 18:27, 30-32.
20:4 on63 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ג֥וֹי גַּם צַדִּ֖יק תַּהֲרֹֽג 1 “will/would you kill {me and} my people {group} even if/though {we are}” or “please do not kill/destroy {me and} my people {group}, since {we are}”. King Abimelech uses a rhetorical question here to express his desperate concern. Abimelech is saying in a dramatic way that if God kills him, he will destroy the nation that Abimelech leads as their king. Make sure in your translation that he does not sound angry or rude. Also, see how you translated “nation” in Gen 18:18. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
20:4 d8vu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion צַדִּ֖יק 1 “innocent?” or “{actually} righteous/innocent!” Consider again how you translated the word “righteous” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 6:9, 7:1, 18:23-26, 28; 20:4. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
20:5 v3lu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹ֨א ה֤וּא אָֽמַר לִ⁠י֙ אֲחֹ֣תִ⁠י הִ֔וא 1 “He/Abraham himself told me that she/Sarah {was} his sister.” Abimelech uses another rhetorical question here as he continues to defend his actions. Do what is best in your language. Also, see how you translated “sister” in verse 2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
20:5 crpu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠הִֽיא גַם הִ֥וא אָֽמְרָ֖ה אָחִ֣⁠י ה֑וּא 1 “And she/Sarah herself also said/claimed that he {was} her brother.” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
20:5 dbdd עָשִׂ֥יתִי זֹֽאת 1 “{So} I did what I did” or “{So} I took her {to be my wife}”
20:5 i5qq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠תָם לְבָבִ֛⁠י 1 “with a pure/blameless/clear conscience” or “with honorable/pure intentions/motives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
20:5 bdcs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וּ⁠בְ⁠נִקְיֹ֥ן כַּפַּ֖⁠י 1 “and with clean/innocent hands!” or “and I did not know that I was doing anything wrong!” If you use an exclamation mark here in your translation, make sure it does not mean that King Abimelech is angry or being rude; rather, he is desperate. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
20:6 ml9s וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֩ הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֜ים 1 “God”
20:6 sf6e וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֩ אֵלָ֨י⁠ו בַּ⁠חֲלֹ֗ם 1 “replied to him in the dream,” or “answered {King} Abimelech in the dream,”
20:6 d56e גַּ֣ם אָנֹכִ֤י יָדַ֨עְתִּי֙ כִּ֤י 1 “Yes, I know/realize that {it was}” or “I am aware that {it was}”
20:6 uurf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְ⁠תָם לְבָבְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 “with a pure/blameless/clear conscience” or “with honorable/pure intentions/motives”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 5. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
20:6 qte3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure עָשִׂ֣יתָ זֹּ֔את 1 “{that} you did this,” or “{that} you took her/Sarah {to be your wife},” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this phrase before the previous one and say, “Yes, I know/realize {that} you did this with honorable/pure motives,...” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
20:6 jole וָ⁠אֶחְשֹׂ֧ךְ גַּם 1 “and in fact,” or “In fact,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
20:6 ucn6 וָ⁠אֶחְשֹׂ֧ךְ אָנֹכִ֛י אֽוֹתְ⁠ךָ֖ מֵ⁠חֲטוֹ לִ֑⁠י 1 “it is I who kept/prevented you from doing this sin against me.” or “I {am the one who} kept/prevented you from sinning against me.” In the Hebrew text, “I” is an emphatic pronoun. Try to communicate that emphasis in a natural way in your translation.
20:6 fi98 עַל כֵּ֥ן 1 “That is why”
20:6 lhkk לֹא נְתַתִּ֖י⁠ךָ לִ⁠נְגֹּ֥עַ 1 “I did not permit you to” or “I did not let you”
20:6 drw1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לִ⁠נְגֹּ֥עַ אֵלֶֽי⁠הָ 1 “sleep with her.” or “have {marital/sexual} relations with her.” or “do anything with/to her.” See how you translated the idiom “gone/come near to her” in verse 4, which has a meaning that is similar to the idiom here. Also, for some languages it may be better to change the order of these clauses and say, “I {am the one who} did not allow/permit you to touch her so that you would not sin against me.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
20:7 a0pv וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה 1 “Now then,”
20:7 zdzu הָשֵׁ֤ב אֵֽשֶׁת הָ⁠אִישׁ֙ 1 “give back the mans wife” or “you must give Abrahams wife back {to him}” or “return her/Sarah to her husband {Abraham}”
20:7 wp12 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms כִּֽי נָבִ֣יא ה֔וּא וְ⁠יִתְפַּלֵּ֥ל 1 “He {is} a prophet/spokesman {for me}, so” or “Since he {is} my prophet/spokesman,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, a prophet is someone who speaks for someone else. In this case, Abraham serves as an intercessor and speaks for God and prays what God wants him to say (verses 7,17). Avoid a translation of this term that focuses on telling the future, which is only one thing that a prophet might do. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
20:7 i31n וְ⁠יִתְפַּלֵּ֥ל בַּֽעַדְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “he will ask me to be merciful/kind to you,”
20:7 ain9 וֶֽ⁠חְיֵ֑ה 1 “and I will let you live.” or “so that you will not die.”
20:7 wmq4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠אִם 1 “However,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
20:7 v1pz וְ⁠אִם אֵֽינְ⁠ךָ֣ 1 “if you will not” or “if you refuse to”
20:7 ccie rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns מֵשִׁ֗יב 1 “give her/Sarah back {to him/Abraham},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
20:7 nal9 דַּ֚ע כִּי 1 “you need to know that” or “be aware that” or “you can be sure that”
20:7 l1xw מ֣וֹת תָּמ֔וּת אַתָּ֖ה וְ⁠כָל אֲשֶׁר לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 “you and all your people will surely/definitely die!” or “I will surely/definitely kill/destroy you and all your people!” The phrase “all who {belong} to you” refers to King Abimelechs people, whom he referred to in verse 4. Make sure that is clear in your translation.
20:8 nr08 וַ⁠יַּשְׁכֵּ֨ם אֲבִימֶ֜לֶךְ בַּ⁠בֹּ֗קֶר 1 “So the next morning {King} Abimelech got up early” or “Early the next morning {King} Abimelech got up”
20:8 aspr וַ⁠יִּקְרָא֙ לְ⁠כָל 1 “and called together” or “summoned”
20:8 uztr לְ⁠כָל עֲבָדָ֔י⁠ו 1 “all of his officials,” or “all his {officials and other} servants,”
20:8 q259 וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֛ר 1 “Then he” or “He”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
20:8 r90t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֛ר אֶת כָּל הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֥ים הָ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה בְּ⁠אָזְנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “told them everything that had happened,” or “told/informed them about everything that God had said to him {in the dream},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
20:8 vz79 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּֽירְא֥וּ הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֖ים 1 “and they” or “{As soon as they heard that,} the men/servants/officials” or “{When they heard that,} they”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to King Abimelechs servants at each point in this verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
20:8 riq2 וַ⁠יִּֽירְא֥וּ מְאֹֽד 1 “were/felt terrified.” or “were very afraid {that God would punish/kill them}.” or “were very afraid {of what would/might happen next}.”
20:9 o1nm וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א אֲבִימֶ֜לֶךְ 1 “Then {King} Abimelech” or “Then the king” or “Then he”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to King Abimelech at this point in the paragraph.
20:9 vhms וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֗ם 1 “summoned Abraham” or “called Abraham in {to see him}” or “had Abraham brought to him”
20:9 d4p9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר ל֜⁠וֹ 1 “and asked him,” or “scolded him {by saying},” The way you translate this quote margin will depend on how you translate the rhetorical question that follows it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
20:9 n4ca rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מֶֽה עָשִׂ֤יתָ לָּ֨⁠נוּ֙ 1 “Why have you treated us like this?” or “What you have done to us is not right!” or “You have treated us very badly!” Abimelech uses two rhetorical questions here to express his anger and to scold Abraham for what he had done. Consider whether or not a rhetorical question is the best way to communicate that in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
20:9 gqys rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וּ⁠מֶֽה חָטָ֣אתִי לָ֔⁠ךְ כִּֽי 1 “What did I do wrong to you so that” or “I never did anything wrong to you, and/but yet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
20:9 s6oi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֵבֵ֧אתָ עָלַ֛⁠י וְ⁠עַל מַמְלַכְתִּ֖⁠י חֲטָאָ֣ה גְדֹלָ֑ה 1 “you brought on me and my kingdom/people the guilt of a terrible sin!” or “you have caused me and the kingdom/people that I rule to be guilty of sinning terribly!” Make sure your punctuation here fits with how you translate this rhetorical question. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
20:9 y075 מַעֲשִׂים֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר לֹא יֵֽעָשׂ֔וּ עָשִׂ֖יתָ עִמָּדִֽ⁠י 1 “You have wronged me in ways that should never be done {to anyone}!” or “No one should ever wrong someone the way you have wronged me!”
20:10 msy4 וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר 1 “Finally,”
20:10 y1ly rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֲבִימֶ֖לֶךְ אֶל אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “{King} Abimelech asked him,” For some languages it is more natural here to omit this quote margin, because the same person is still talking to the same person. However, the words emphasize what King Abimelech says next and may indicate that there was a pause between what he said in verse 9 and in verse 10. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
20:10 p1a4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מָ֣ה רָאִ֔יתָ כִּ֥י עָשִׂ֖יתָ 1 “What did you expect {to benefit} from/by doing” or “What motivated you to do” or “What were your reasons/motives for doing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
20:10 a03v אֶת הַ⁠דָּבָ֥ר הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 “this {terrible} thing? or “what you did?”
20:11 bn8u וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “Abraham answered {him},” or “Abraham replied {to him},”
20:11 obnt כִּ֣י 1 “{I did it} because”
20:11 d1mk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אָמַ֗רְתִּי רַ֚ק אֵין יִרְאַ֣ת אֱלֹהִ֔ים בַּ⁠מָּק֖וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה וַ⁠הֲרָג֖וּ⁠נִי עַל דְּבַ֥ר אִשְׁתִּֽ⁠י 1 “I said/thought {to myself}, Surely/Certainly there is no one in this place/city who fears/reveres/respects God, so they will kill me because they want {to take} my wife. ” or “I thought that there was certainly no one in this place/city who feared/revered/obeyed God, so {I was afraid} that they would kill me {in order} to get/take my wife {for themselves}.” To “fear God” is an important theme in the Bible. It is a complex term that means to recognize how holy and powerful God is and to deeply respect and honor him by obeying and worshiping him. Also, consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
20:12 aef2 וְ⁠גַם 1 “Besides that,” or “In addition to that,”
20:12 rav8 אָמְנָ֗ה אֲחֹתִ֤⁠י הִ֔וא 1 “it is true that she/Sarah {is} my sister/half-sister,” or “she/Sarah actually {is} my sister/half-sister,”
20:12 pjfg בַת אָבִ⁠י֙ אַ֖ךְ לֹ֣א בַת אִמִּ֑⁠י 1 “because she and I have the same father, but not the same mother,” or “We have the same father, but different mothers,”
20:12 etjp וַ⁠תְּהִי 1 “and {after we grew up,}” or “and {when we were old enough,}”
20:12 tgce וַ⁠תְּהִי לִ֖⁠י לְ⁠אִשָּֽׁה 1 “we got married.” or “I married her.”
20:13 xof7 וַ⁠יְהִ֞י 1 “It happened {that}” or “{Years} later,”
20:13 x4px כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֧ר הִתְע֣וּ אֹתִ֗⁠י אֱלֹהִים֮ מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית 1 “when God told/commanded me to leave” or “when God led me to travel away from”
20:13 ctau rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית אָבִ⁠י֒ 1 “my fathers household/family,” or “the place where my father {and other relatives} were living,” See how you translated “house of...father” in Gen 12:1. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
20:13 nd9r rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וָ⁠אֹמַ֣ר לָ֔⁠הּ 1 “I told/asked her/Sarah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
20:13 xlc3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes זֶ֣ה חַסְדֵּ֔⁠ךְ אֲשֶׁ֥ר תַּעֲשִׂ֖י עִמָּדִ֑⁠י אֶ֤ל כָּל הַ⁠מָּקוֹם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר נָב֣וֹא אִמְרִי לִ֖⁠י אָחִ֥⁠י הֽוּא 1 “ This {is} how you can show kindness/loyalty to me: Wherever we go, tell people that I {am} your brother. ” or “ {Please} be kind/loyal to me and tell people wherever we go that I {am} your brother. ” or “to {please} do me a {special} favor and tell people everywhere we went that I {was} her brother.” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate these embedded quotes as direct or indirect quotes. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
20:14 kv1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח אֲבִימֶ֜לֶךְ 1 “Then {King} Abimelech brought” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics]])
20:14 yc5r צֹ֣אן וּ⁠בָקָ֗ר 1 “flocks {of sheep} and herds {of cattle}” or “many sheep and cattle”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 12:16.
20:14 qur6 וַ⁠עֲבָדִים֙ וּ⁠שְׁפָחֹ֔ת 1 “and men and women slaves/servants” or “and male and female slaves/servants”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 12:16.
20:14 olap rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֖ן לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “{to Abraham} and gave them {all} to Abraham/him,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
20:14 k33e וַ⁠יָּ֣שֶׁב ל֔⁠וֹ אֵ֖ת שָׂרָ֥ה אִשְׁתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “He also gave back to Abraham his wife Sarah.” or “And/Then he {also} gave Abrahams wife Sarah back to him.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, see how you translated “return” twice in verse 7.
20:15 hman rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֲבִימֶ֔לֶךְ 1 “Then Abimelech/he said {to him/Abraham},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
20:15 pbrq הִנֵּ֥ה 1 “Look,” or “Listen,”
20:15 jg7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אַרְצִ֖⁠י לְ⁠פָנֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “my land {is} in front of you.” or “my land {is} available to you.” See how you translated the idiom “before your face” in Gen 13:9. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
20:15 l61l שֵֽׁב 1 “{You may} settle/live” or “{I invite you to} settle/live”. See how you translated this verb in verse 1.
20:15 l3ey rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בַּ⁠טּ֥וֹב בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “wherever you think/decide {is} good/best {for you}.” or “wherever you want.” See how you translated the idiom “good in your eyes” in Gen 19:8. You may need to translate this phrase in different ways, depending on the context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
20:16 s5af וּ⁠לְ⁠שָׂרָ֣ה אָמַ֗ר 1 “Then {King} Abimelech said to Sarah,” or “Then he {turned} to Sarah {and} said,”
20:16 qzc4 הִנֵּ֨ה 1 “Look,” or “Listen {to this}:”
20:16 urds rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney נָתַ֜תִּי אֶ֤לֶף כֶּ֨סֶף֙ לְ⁠אָחִ֔י⁠ךְ 1 “I have given 1,000 {pieces of} silver to your brother.” or “I have given your brother 1,000 {shekels/pieces of} silver.” Coins did not exist at that time. Rather people paid each other with shekels of silver or gold shekels, which was a weight measurement. A thousand shekels of silver was about 25 pounds (11.5 kilos) of silver. Many translation teams like to keep the same numbers that are in the Hebrew text in their translation, and then in a footnote give the equivalent amount in their own currency. Other teams put the equivalent amount in the text and put the literal phrase in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
20:16 m9hh הִנֵּ֤ה הוּא 1 “I am doing this” or “The reason I am doing that is”
20:16 lgrs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לָ⁠ךְ֙ כְּס֣וּת עֵינַ֔יִם לְ⁠כֹ֖ל אֲשֶׁ֣ר אִתָּ֑⁠ךְ 1 “to show everyone that you are innocent {of any wrongdoing},” or “so that everyone knows you did nothing wrong,” or “to prove/show to everyone that you are an honorable woman,” The phrase “a covering of the eyes” is an idiom which means that King Abimelechs payment to Abraham “covered” (that is, “protected”) Sarahs good reputation and showed that she was innocent. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
20:16 bj38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠אֵ֥ת כֹּ֖ל וְ⁠נֹכָֽחַת 1 “and to make it clear that you are not at fault for anything {that happened}.” or “and to compensate you for everything {that has happened to you}.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
20:17 kbi6 וַ⁠יִּתְפַּלֵּ֥ל אַבְרָהָ֖ם אֶל הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 “Then Abraham prayed to God {for King Abimelech},” or “asked God {to be merciful/kind to the king},” See how you translated “pray” in Gen 20:7.
20:17 jsvz וַ⁠יִּרְפָּ֨א אֱלֹהִ֜ים אֶת אֲבִימֶ֧לֶךְ 1 “So God healed {King} Abimelech” or “So God healed him”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
20:17 fcz0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠אֶת אִשְׁתּ֛⁠וֹ וְ⁠אַמְהֹתָ֖י⁠ו 1 “and his/Abimelechs wife and his servant women,” or “as well as his/Abimelechs wife and his female slaves/servants,” Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to King Abimelech at each point in this verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
20:17 u6cs וַ⁠יֵּלֵֽדוּ 1 “so/and they were able to {conceive and} bear/have children {again},”
20:18 ok17 כִּֽי יְהוָ֔ה 1 “because {previously) Yahweh” or “{Previously} Yahweh”. For some languages it may be more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
20:18 l10y rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics עָצֹ֤ר עָצַר֙ בְּעַ֥ד כָּל רֶ֖חֶם לְ⁠בֵ֣ית אֲבִימֶ֑לֶךְ 1 “had made every woman in {King} Abimelechs household barren/infertile” or “had kept/prevented all the women in {King} Abimelechs household from conceiving,” Consider again how often you need to use the honorific title “King” with Abimelechs name in this chapter in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics]])
20:18 n7dw עַל דְּבַ֥ר 1 “on account of” or “because he had taken” or “to punish him for taking”
20:18 lzt7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge שָׂרָ֖ה אֵ֥שֶׁת אַבְרָהָֽם 1 “Sarah, Abrahams wife.” or “Abrahams wife Sarah.” For some languages, it may be more natural to change the order of the clauses in this sentence (which begins in verse 17) and say, “{Before this,} Yahweh had completely closed up every womb in the household of {King} Abimelech because he had taken Abrahams wife Sarah. Then Abraham prayed...” If the order is changed, it will be necessary to combine these two verses and to put the verse numbers “17-18” in front of the sentence. Some translation teams have decided that they will never combine verses like that. Other teams have decided that occasionally it is acceptable to do that if it makes the meaning clearer. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
21:1 ia7b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַֽ⁠יהוָ֛ה פָּקַ֥ד אֶת שָׂרָ֖ה כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר אָמָ֑ר 1 “Then Yahweh blessed Sarah as he had said/promised {that he would},” or “Then Yahweh was gracious/kind to Sarah {just} as he had said/promised {he would be},” The word “visited” is used here as an idiom that means God blessed Sarah and was kind to her (by enabling her to have a son). The same idiom is used in 1 Samuel 2:21 and Luke 1:68. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
21:1 kuv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וַ⁠יַּ֧עַשׂ יְהוָ֛ה 1 “Yes, Yahweh/he” or “Thats right, Yahweh/he”. The two halves of verse 1 form a parallelism to emphasize what God did for Sarah. In your translation it is best, if possible, to keep both parts of the parallelism, since each part has a different emphasis. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
21:1 b6xq וַ⁠יַּ֧עַשׂ לְ⁠שָׂרָ֖ה כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר 1 “did for her {just} as” or “did for her {exactly} what”
21:1 srsp אָמָ֑ר 1 “he had said {he would do},” or “he had promised {to do},”
21:2 u1fc וַ⁠תַּהַר֩ שָׂרָ֧ה 1 “So Sarah/she” or “As a result, Sarah/she”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
21:2 f22s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠תַּהַר֩ 1 “became pregnant”. Translate this in a way that is not offensive or awkward, especially when read aloud in public. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
21:2 tycu וַ⁠תֵּ֨לֶד בֵּ֖ן 1 “and gave birth to a son” or “and had a son”
21:2 rwek לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֛ם לִ⁠זְקֻנָ֑י⁠ו 1 “for Abraham when he was old”
21:2 iomd לַ⁠מּוֹעֵ֕ד 1 “at the set/exact time” or “at the time {God had} appointed/set” or “{That happened} at the exact time”. See how you translated “appointed time” in Gen 18:14.
21:2 pby0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֲשֶׁר דִּבֶּ֥ר אֹת֖⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִֽים 1 “when/that God had told/promised him {it would happen}.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of the clauses in this sentence and say, “So Sarah became pregnant, and at the time {God had} appointed/set, she gave birth to a son for Abraham when he was old, just as God had told/promised him {that she would}.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
21:3 bijj וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א אַבְרָהָ֜ם אֶֽת שֶׁם בְּנ֧⁠וֹ הַ⁠נּֽוֹלַד ל֛⁠וֹ 1 “Then Abraham named/called his son,”
21:3 z971 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֲשֶׁר יָלְדָה לּ֥⁠וֹ שָׂרָ֖ה יִצְחָֽק 1 “whom Sarah had given birth to, Isaac, {which means “he laughs.”}” or “Isaac, {the son} whom Sarah had given birth to.” Many translations include the meaning of Isaacs name, either in the text or in a footnote. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
21:4 hw25 וַ⁠יָּ֤מָל אַבְרָהָם֙ 1 “And Abraham/he {also} circumcised”. Abraham may have circumcised Isaac (verse 4) on the same day that he named him (verse 3). See how you translated “circumcised” in Gen 17:10-14.
21:4 kp0g rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֶת יִצְחָ֣ק בְּנ֔⁠וֹ 1 “his son,” or “Isaac/him,” Consider what is the best way to refer to Isaac at this point in the paragraph, in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
21:4 leer rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בֶּן שְׁמֹנַ֖ת יָמִ֑ים 1 “who was eight days old,” or “when he was eight days old,” For some languages it may be more natural to put this phrase first in this verse and say, “Also, when Isaac was eight days old, Abraham circumcised him,” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
21:4 w8my כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר צִוָּ֥ה אֹת֖⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִֽים 1 “which was exactly what God had commanded him {to do}.” or “He did exactly what God had commanded him {to do}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
21:5 kgwz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֖ם בֶּן מְאַ֣ת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “Abraham {was} 100 years old”. See how you translated this clause in Gen 17:17. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
21:5 ke58 בְּ⁠הִוָּ֣לֶד ל֔⁠וֹ אֵ֖ת יִצְחָ֥ק בְּנֽ⁠וֹ 1 “when his son Isaac was born.” or “when Isaac was born.”
21:6 mzp8 וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר שָׂרָ֔ה 1 “{When he/Isaac was born,} Sarah said/exclaimed,”
21:6 ji43 צְחֹ֕ק עָ֥שָׂה לִ֖⁠י אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 “God has made me laugh {for joy}!” or “God has enabled me to {rejoice and} laugh!”
21:6 rt55 כָּל הַ⁠שֹּׁמֵ֖עַ 1 “Everyone who hears {about this}” or “Everyone who finds out {what he has done for me}”
21:6 hiqw יִֽצְחַק לִֽ⁠י 1 “will laugh {for joy} with me!” or “will {rejoice and} laugh with me!”
21:7 xc8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “Then she added/exclaimed,” or “She also said/exclaimed,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
21:7 djf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מִ֤י מִלֵּל֙ 1 “No one would have”. Sarah uses a rhetorical question here to express great joy and amazement. Some languages must use a statement or exclamation here instead. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
21:7 mh2c מִלֵּל֙ לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “{ever} told Abraham” or “{ever/even thought of} telling Abraham”
21:7 nqft הֵינִ֥יקָה בָנִ֖ים שָׂרָ֑ה 1 “{that} Sarah/I would bear/have children.”
21:7 rqy2 כִּֽי 1 “{And/But} yet” or “In spite of that,”
21:7 opev יָלַ֥דְתִּי בֵ֖ן 1 “I have had a son {for him}” or “I have given birth to a son {for him}”. See how you translated “bear” in Gen 18:13.
21:7 uov6 לִ⁠זְקֻנָֽי⁠ו 1 “when he is old!” or “even though he is old!” See how you translated this phrase in verse 2. You may need to translate it in a different way here because of the slightly different context.
21:8 wq03 וַ⁠יִּגְדַּ֥ל הַ⁠יֶּ֖לֶד 1 “The child/boy {Isaac} grew” or “Isaac grew as a child”
21:8 c6j2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠יִּגָּמַ֑ל 1 “and his mother weaned him,” or “and reached the age when his mother stopped nursing/breast-feeding him,” Children in that culture were often weaned around the age of three. Translate “weaned” in a way that will not embarrass or offend people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
21:8 i21w וַ⁠יַּ֤עַשׂ אַבְרָהָם֙ מִשְׁתֶּ֣ה גָד֔וֹל בְּ⁠י֖וֹם הִגָּמֵ֥ל אֶת יִצְחָֽק 1 “When that happened, Abraham held a big/elaborate feast {to celebrate}.” or “On that same day, Abraham had {his servants prepare} an elaborate feast {to celebrate}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
21:9 h2vs וַ⁠תֵּ֨רֶא שָׂרָ֜ה 1 “But {at/during the feast} Sarah saw/noticed”
21:9 ja34 אֶֽת בֶּן הָגָ֧ר הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֛ית אֲשֶׁר יָלְדָ֥ה לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֖ם 1 “{that} the son whom Hagar, {her handmaid} from {the country of} Egypt, had given birth to for Abraham” or “{that} {Ishmael,} the son of {her} Egyptian {handmaid} Hagar and Abraham,” Also see how you translated “have born” in verse 8.
21:9 kgmh מְצַחֵֽק 1 “was mocking {Isaac}.” or “was making fun of {Isaac}.” or “was laughing at {Isaac}.”
21:10 cv15 וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר֙ לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “So she {was angry/upset and} told Abraham,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
21:10 q0vm גָּרֵ֛שׁ 1 “Send away” or “Get rid of”
21:10 diqu הָ⁠אָמָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את 1 “that servant woman” or “that female slave/servant”. See how you translated “slave women” in Gen 20:17. Some languages may have a single word (as Hebrew does) that means this.
21:10 umxq וְ⁠אֶת בְּנָ֑⁠הּ 1 “{along} with her son!”
21:10 kfmw כִּ֣י בֶּן הָ⁠אָמָ֣ה הַ⁠זֹּ֔את 1 “The son of that slave/servant woman” or “Her son”. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here.
21:10 wtcq לֹ֤א יִירַשׁ֙ 1 “will/must not/never”
21:10 fq2l יִירַשׁ֙ עִם בְּנִ֖⁠י עִם יִצְחָֽק 1 “inherit/share {any part of} what my son Isaac inherits {from you}!” or “inherit/get anything {from you}! Only my son Isaac {will/should inherit your estate}!”
21:11 yt0j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יֵּ֧רַע הַ⁠דָּבָ֛ר מְאֹ֖ד בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “Abraham was/felt very distressed/upset/grieved about that” or “Sarahs words/demands were very distressing/upsetting/painful to Abraham” or “What Sarah/she said distressed/grieved Abraham very much” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
21:11 svxs עַ֖ל אוֹדֹ֥ת בְּנֽ⁠וֹ 1 “because of his son {Ishmael}.” or “because he {also} cared about his son {Ishmael}.” or “because {Ishmael} was {also} his son {and he cared about him}.”
21:12 zd49 וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֜ים אֶל אַבְרָהָ֗ם 1 “But/Then God said to him,”
21:12 pu24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אַל יֵרַ֤ע בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 “Do not be distressed/upset/sad” or “Do not let yourself be upset/distressed”. See how you translated “distressing” in verse 11. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
21:12 ckc5 עַל הַ⁠נַּ֣עַר וְ⁠עַל אֲמָתֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 “about the boy/youth or your slave/servant woman.” Ishmael was about 17 years old at this time, so in verses 12-16 use terms for him in your language that fit with that fact.
21:12 bb24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche כֹּל֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר תֹּאמַ֥ר אֵלֶ֛י⁠ךָ שָׂרָ֖ה שְׁמַ֣ע בְּ⁠קֹלָ֑⁠הּ 1 “{Rather,} listen to everything/whatever Sarah tells you {to do}, {and do it,}” or “Do everything that Sarah tells/told you {to do},” The word “listen” means to hear and do what is being asked. Also, the phrase “her voice” refers to Sarah and what she said. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
21:12 rdik כִּ֣י בְ⁠יִצְחָ֔ק יִקָּרֵ֥א לְ⁠ךָ֖ זָֽרַע 1 “because it is in/through Isaac that the/your descendants {I promised you} will be reckoned/traced.” or “because Isaac is the one who will be the ancestor of the/your descendants {that I promised to give you}.” or “because the offspring/descendants {that I promised to you} will come through/from Isaac.”
21:13 x8gk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠גַ֥ם 1 “But” or “However,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
21:13 bzqi וְ⁠גַ֥ם אֶת בֶּן הָ⁠אָמָ֖ה אֲשִׂימֶ֑⁠נּוּ 1 “I will also make the son of your slave/servant woman” or “I will also make your slave/servant womans son”
21:13 kan6 לְ⁠ג֣וֹי 1 “become {the ancestor of} an {important/large} people/ethnic group,”
21:13 zcf9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּ֥י זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֖ הֽוּא 1 “because/since he {is} your son/descendant.” For some languages, it may be clearer or more natural to put this “because” clause earlier in this sentence and say, “And/But because/since the son of your slave/servant woman is your offspring/son, I will also make him into a {great/important/large} people/ethnic group.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
21:14 oc4t וַ⁠יַּשְׁכֵּ֣ם אַבְרָהָ֣ם בַּ⁠בֹּ֡קֶר 1 “So Abraham got up early the next morning,” or “Early the next morning Abraham got up,”
21:14 mfcz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יִּֽקַּֽח לֶחֶם֩ 1 “got/brought {some} bread/food”. This phrase may refer to bread or more generally to food. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
21:14 sji3 וְ⁠חֵ֨מַת מַ֜יִם 1 “and a leather bag/container {full} of water” or “and a {full} water container/bag made of {animal} hide/leather” or “and a water bag/container {full of water}”. The word “skin” refers here to animal skin or hide.
21:14 k8au וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֣ן אֶל הָ֠גָר שָׂ֧ם עַל שִׁכְמָ֛⁠הּ 1 “to Hagar and put them on her shoulder/back.”
21:14 gwq4 וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠יֶּ֖לֶד וַֽ⁠יְשַׁלְּחֶ֑⁠הָ 1 “Then he sent her and the child/boy away,” or “Then he sent her off with the boy/youth,”
21:14 z5r6 וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶךְ וַ⁠תֵּ֔תַע 1 “and she/they left and wandered {around}” or “and they wandered {around}”
21:14 rva8 בְּ⁠מִדְבַּ֖ר בְּאֵ֥ר שָֽׁבַע 1 “in the Beersheba Wilderness/Desert.” or “in the wilderness/desert near {the place/city that was later called} Beersheba.” Sometimes in the Bible a place is identified by the well-known name it will be called later. That is the case in this verse, since Beersheba is not given its name until verse 31.
21:15 tajn וַ⁠יִּכְל֥וּ הַ⁠מַּ֖יִם מִן הַ⁠חֵ֑מֶת 1 “When they had finished/drunk {all} the water {that they had} in the {water} skin/container,” or “When there was no more water in the water skin/bag,” or “When the water container/bag was empty,” See how you translated “skin” in verse 14.
21:15 rnel rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠תַּשְׁלֵ֣ךְ 1 “she/Hagar {hurriedly} put/left”. Make sure your translation of this idiom does not mean that Hagar literally threw Ishmael through the air. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
21:15 umgo אֶת הַ⁠יֶּ֔לֶד 1 “the/her boy” or “her son”
21:15 ezqr תַּ֖חַת אַחַ֥ד הַ⁠שִּׂיחִֽם 1 “under {the shade of} one of the bushes {there},” or “under {the shade of} a {nearby} bush,”
21:16 v16a וַ⁠תֵּלֶךְ֩ וַ⁠תֵּ֨שֶׁב לָ֜⁠הּ מִ⁠נֶּ֗גֶד 1 “Then she went {away from him} and sat down by herself,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
21:16 ldji rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance הַרְחֵק֙ כִּ⁠מְטַחֲוֵ֣י קֶ֔שֶׁת 1 “about as far away as someone can shoot a bow/arrow,” or “about a hundred meters/yards away,” If you do not translate the text literally, the literal text could be put in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
21:16 pq30 כִּ֣י אָֽמְרָ֔ה 1 “because she said/thought {to herself},” or “She said/thought {to herself},”
21:16 v45g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnoun אַל אֶרְאֶ֖ה בְּ⁠מ֣וֹת הַ⁠יָּ֑לֶד 1 “I cannot {bear to} watch/see my child/son die!” or “I dont want to watch my child/son die!” Consider whether it is better to use a noun (“death”) or a verb (“die”) in your translation here. Also, see how you translated “child” in verses 14 and 15. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnoun]])
21:16 ommg וַ⁠תֵּ֣שֶׁב מִ⁠נֶּ֔גֶד וַ⁠תִּשָּׂ֥א אֶת קֹלָ֖⁠הּ וַ⁠תֵּֽבְךְּ 1 “As she sat there, she started sobbing/crying loudly.” or “Then she started sobbing/crying loudly.” For some languages it may be more natural to change the order of the clauses in this verse (so that the events are in the order that they actually occurred} and say, “She thought {to herself}, “I cannot {bear to} watch/see my son die.” So she went {away from him} and sat down by herself, about as far away as someone can shoot an arrow. Then she started crying loudly.” Do what is best in your language. (See: figs-infostructure}
21:17 o970 וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֣ע אֱלֹהִים֮ אֶת ק֣וֹל הַ⁠נַּעַר֒ 1 “God {also} heard the boy/youth crying,”
21:17 g71i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וַ⁠יִּקְרָא֩ מַלְאַ֨ךְ אֱלֹהִ֤ים אֶל הָגָר֙ מִן הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר לָ֖⁠הּ 1 “so one of his angels/messengers called to Hagar from heaven and said/asked,” or “so he had one of his angels/messengers call to Hagar from heaven and say/ask,” See how you translated the key term “angel” in Gen 16:7. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
21:17 kmbk מַה לָּ֣⁠ךְ הָגָ֑ר 1 “What is the matter, Hagar?” or “Whats wrong, Hagar?” or “Hagar, why are you crying/upset?” For some languages it is necessary to put “Hagar” first in this quote. Do what is natural in your language.
21:17 p37b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַל תִּ֣ירְאִ֔י כִּֽי שָׁמַ֧ע אֱלֹהִ֛ים אֶל ק֥וֹל הַ⁠נַּ֖עַר בַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר הוּא שָֽׁם 1 “Do not be afraid, because God has heard the cries/sobs of the boy/youth where he is lying {and will take care of him}.” or “Do not be afraid. God has heard the boy/youth crying over there {and will take care of him}.” or “God has heard the boy/youth crying over there, so do not be afraid {because he will take care of you both}.” The phrase “has listened to” means that God heard the boy and that he would help him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:18 xxt8 ק֚וּמִי שְׂאִ֣י אֶת הַ⁠נַּ֔עַר 1 “{So} go help the boy/youth to get/stand up,” or “{So now,} go to your son, help him get/stand up,”
21:18 cazv וְ⁠הַחֲזִ֥יקִי אֶת יָדֵ֖⁠ךְ בּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “and hold/lead him by the hand {to help him walk},” or “and take care of him,”
21:18 l3mg כִּֽי אֲשִׂימֶֽ⁠נּוּ 1 “because I {Yahweh} will” or “because Yahweh will”. The pronoun “I” refers to Yahweh here. So either Yahweh had taken on the form of an angel, or the angel was representing Yahweh and speaking for him. See what you did for a similar case in Genesis 16:10.
21:18 f081 לְ⁠ג֥וֹי אֲשִׂימֶֽ⁠נּוּ 1 “make him become {the ancestor of}” or “make his descendants become”. See how you translated “make...into a great nation” in verse 13. Also see 18:18, which is similar.
21:18 yl2m לְ⁠ג֥וֹי גָּד֖וֹל 1 “an important/large people/ethnic group.” See how you translated “nation” in verse 13.
21:19 jfgl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּפְקַ֤ח אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶת עֵינֶ֔י⁠הָ וַ⁠תֵּ֖רֶא בְּאֵ֣ר מָ֑יִם 1 “Then God enabled/helped her/Hagar to see a well of water.” See how you translated “well” in Gen 16:14. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
21:19 omv9 וַ⁠תֵּ֜לֶךְ 1 “So/Then she went/walked over {to the well},”
21:19 a7ik וַ⁠תְּמַלֵּ֤א אֶת הַ⁠חֵ֨מֶת֙ מַ֔יִם 1 “filled the/her {water} container/bag {with} water,” See how you translated “skin” in verses 14-15.
21:19 k9hm וַ⁠תַּ֖שְׁקְ אֶת הַ⁠נָּֽעַר 1 “and gave her son” or “and gave Ishmael”
21:19 fnu0 וַ⁠תַּ֖שְׁקְ 1 “a drink {from it}.” or “some water to drink.”
21:20 t51d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יְהִ֧י אֱלֹהִ֛ים אֶת הַ⁠נַּ֖עַר 1 “God was with the boy/youth {and helped/blessed him}” This clause means that God guided, helped, protected, and blessed Ishmael, that is, he took care of him. Consider whether or not your language has an idiom that fits well here. Also consider again how you translated “boy/youth” in verses 12, 17-20. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
21:20 x2tn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יִּגְדָּ֑ל וַ⁠יֵּ֨שֶׁב֙ 1 “as he grew up/older.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of the clauses in this verse and say, “As the boy/youth grew up/older, God was with him {and helped/blessed him}.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
21:20 s0rv וַ⁠יִּגְדָּ֑ל וַ⁠יֵּ֨שֶׁב֙ בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֔ר 1 “And he lived in the wilderness/desert {of Paran}” or “He lived in the {Paran} Wilderness/Desert”. For some languages it is more natural to specify here in verse 20 that the name of the wilderness is Paran, rather than wait until verse 21, so that it is clear that both verses refer to the same wilderness. See how you translated “the wilderness” in verse 14.
21:20 n9h4 וַ⁠יְהִ֖י רֹבֶ֥ה קַשָּֽׁת 1 “and became a skilled/expert bowhunter/archer.” or “and learned to hunt skillfully with a bow {and arrows}.”
21:21 rlzv וַ⁠יֵּ֖שֶׁב בְּ⁠מִדְבַּ֣ר פָּארָ֑ן 1 “While he was living in the Paran Wilderness/Desert,” or “While he was living in that wilderness/desert,” or “While he was there,” See how you translated “wilderness” in verse 20.
21:21 ay6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠תִּֽקַּֽח ל֥⁠וֹ אִמּ֛⁠וֹ אִשָּׁ֖ה 1 “his mother found/chose/got a wife for him” or “his mother arranged for him to marry a woman” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
21:21 vi5d מֵ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 “{who was/came} from the country of Egypt.” or “who was Egyptian.” See how you translated “the land of Egypt” in Gen 13:10.
21:22 qzrz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ בָּ⁠עֵ֣ת הַ⁠הִ֔וא וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר 1 “Meanwhile, one day” or “Around that same time,” Consider what is the best way to introduce a new episode here in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
21:22 ajvq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֲבִימֶ֗לֶךְ וּ⁠פִיכֹל֙ שַׂר צְבָא֔⁠וֹ אֶל אַבְרָהָ֖ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “{King} Abimelech {came/went} with his army commander/captain Phicol to Abraham {and} said to him,” or “{King} Abimelech and his army commander/captain Phicol {came/went} to Abraham {and} said to him,” For some languages it is necessary in your language to make explicit that King Abimelech and Phicol came (or went) to Abraham before they spoke to him. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:22 zrmj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֱלֹהִ֣ים עִמְּ⁠ךָ֔ בְּ⁠כֹ֥ל אֲשֶׁר אַתָּ֖ה עֹשֶֽׂה 1 “{I have noticed that} God {is} with you {and helps/blesses you} in everything that you do.” See how you translated a similar phrase (“God was with...”) in verse 20. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
21:23 dapc וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה 1 “So now, {please}” or “Now then, {please}”. King Abimelechs words to Abraham should sound polite and respectful in your translation, not rude or demanding. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 20:7.
21:23 k01e הִשָּׁ֨בְעָ⁠ה לִּ֤⁠י בֵֽ⁠אלֹהִים֙ הֵ֔נָּה 1 “swear/vow to me here in Gods presence” or “solemnly promise me here with God as your witness”. To “swear...by God” means that Abraham would be accountable to God, asking him to be his witness and to punish him if he breaks his oath/vow/promise to King Abimelech. It does not mean that Abraham used swear words or other foul language. If this custom is not familiar to many people in your language area, you could put this information in a footnote. See how you translated a similar sentence in Gen 14:22.
21:23 w3li אִם תִּשְׁקֹ֣ר לִ֔⁠י וּ⁠לְ⁠נִינִ֖⁠י וּ⁠לְ⁠נֶכְדִּ֑⁠י 1 “that you will never {again} deceive me or my children or my descendants.”
21:23 gd6n כַּ⁠חֶ֜סֶד אֲשֶׁר עָשִׂ֤יתִי עִמְּ⁠ךָ֙ 1 “{Instead/Rather,} just as I have treated you kindly,” or “{But} just as I have been kind to you,”
21:23 ofrf תַּעֲשֶׂ֣ה עִמָּדִ֔⁠י וְ⁠עִם הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 “{swear/vow that} you will {also} be kind to me and {the/my people in} this land/country”. In this context, the phrase “the land” refers to the people who live in the land. (See: figs: metonymy)
21:23 vmpq אֲשֶׁר גַּ֥רְתָּה בָּֽ⁠הּ 1 “where you are sojourning/living.” or “where you are living/staying {as a foreigner/outsider}.”
21:24 vsx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “Abraham said/replied {to him/Abimelech},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
21:24 llgs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אָנֹכִ֖י אִשָּׁבֵֽעַ 1 “I swear/vow {that I will do those things}.” or “I solemnly promise {that I will do that}.” See how you translated “swear” in verse 23. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21:25 skvd וְ⁠הוֹכִ֥חַ אַבְרָהָ֖ם 1 “{But} then Abraham/he” or “Abraham/He also”
21:25 rxgj וְ⁠הוֹכִ֥חַ 1 “confronted” or “protested to”
21:25 ngd9 אֶת אֲבִימֶ֑לֶךְ 1 “{King} Abimelech”. For some languages, it is necessary to include the title “King” every time that Abimelech (or any other king) is referred to by name. For other languages, it is more natural to use the title only occasionally (especially when the focus is on him), or perhaps only the first time he is referred to in a section (so that his status is clear). Do what is best in your language throughout this section.
21:25 osf1 עַל אֹדוֹת֙ 1 “about/regarding”
21:25 p4mg בְּאֵ֣ר הַ⁠מַּ֔יִם 1 “a well of water” or “a/the water well” or “a/the well”. See how you translated “well of water” in verse 19.
21:25 hqvs אֲשֶׁ֥ר גָּזְל֖וּ עַבְדֵ֥י אֲבִימֶֽלֶךְ 1 “that {King} Abimelechs servants had seized/taken control of {from Abrahams/his servants}.”
21:26 dm1j וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֲבִימֶ֔לֶךְ 1 “But Abimelech responded {to him},” or “When {King} Abimelech {heard that}, he said/responded,”
21:26 s5cp לֹ֣א יָדַ֔עְתִּי 1 “I have no idea”
21:26 msxx מִ֥י עָשָׂ֖ה אֶת הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 “who did that.” or “who seized/took your well from you.” or “who seized/took control of your well.”
21:26 q3de וְ⁠גַם 1 “Furthermore,” or “Besides that,” Here Abimelech is introducing an additional explanation of his innocence in this matter. Consider what it the best way to do that in your language.
21:26 d0y8 אַתָּ֞ה לֹא הִגַּ֣דְתָּ לִּ֗⁠י 1 “you did not tell/inform me {about it/that} {before/previously},” or “you never told/informed me {about this/that},”
21:26 dpcm וְ⁠גַ֧ם 1 “and so” or “so {as a result}”
21:26 qavd אָנֹכִ֛י לֹ֥א שָׁמַ֖עְתִּי בִּלְתִּ֥י הַ⁠יּֽוֹם 1 “I knew nothing about it until today.” or “today is the first {time} that I have heard about it.”
21:27 ty60 וַ⁠יִּקַּ֤ח אַבְרָהָם֙ צֹ֣אן וּ⁠בָקָ֔ר וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֖ן לַ⁠אֲבִימֶ֑לֶךְ 1 “Then Abraham brought/got {some of his} sheep and cattle, and gave them to Abimelech,” or “Then Abraham gave {some of his} sheep and cattle to Abimelech,” See how you translated “sheep and cattle” in Gen 20:14.
21:27 k5vl וַ⁠יִּכְרְת֥וּ שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 “and both of them” or “and he and Abimelech”
21:27 b406 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּכְרְת֥וּ בְּרִֽית 1 “made/established a {peace} treaty/agreement {with one another}.” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 15:18. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
21:28 d0o3 וַ⁠יַּצֵּ֣ב אַבְרָהָ֗ם 1 “Abraham {also} separated/isolated”
21:28 jg03 אֶת שֶׁ֛בַע כִּבְשֹׂ֥ת הַ⁠צֹּ֖אן לְ⁠בַדְּ⁠הֶֽן 1 “seven female lambs from the rest of the flock/sheep.” or “seven young female sheep from the rest of the flock/sheep.”
21:29 kf9n rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֲבִימֶ֖לֶךְ אֶל אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “So Abimelech asked Abraham/him,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
21:29 qlqx מָ֣ה הֵ֗נָּה שֶׁ֤בַע כְּבָשֹׂת֙ הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה אֲשֶׁ֥ר הִצַּ֖בְתָּ לְ⁠בַדָּֽ⁠נָה 1 “What is the reason that you set apart those seven lambs?” or “Why did you put those seven lambs off by themselves?” or “Why did you isolate/separate those seven lambs {from the rest of the flock/sheep}?” See how you translated “set apart” in verse 28.
21:30 ljh3 וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “Abraham replied,” or “Abraham answered {him},”
21:30 spzl כִּ֚י אֶת שֶׁ֣בַע כְּבָשֹׂ֔ת תִּקַּ֖ח 1 “These/Those seven lambs are for you to receive/accept” or “Because I want you to take/accept them”
21:30 np9i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche מִ⁠יָּדִ֑⁠י 1 “from me,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
21:30 gno6 בַּ⁠עֲבוּר֙ תִּֽהְיֶה לִּ֣⁠י לְ⁠עֵדָ֔ה 1 “to show {everyone} that you agree with me” or “to testify/verify {to everyone}”
21:30 dj5y כִּ֥י חָפַ֖רְתִּי אֶת הַ⁠בְּאֵ֥ר הַ⁠זֹּֽאת 1 “that I dug this well {and so it is mine}.” or “that I {am the one who} dug this well {and it belongs to me}.”
21:31 r5gz עַל כֵּ֗ן 1 “That is why” or “Therefore/So” or “{Abimelech accepted the lambs,} so”
21:31 ace1 קָרָ֛א לַ⁠מָּק֥וֹם הַ⁠ה֖וּא 1 “Abraham called/named that place” or “they/people call that place” or “that place was/is called”. The phrase “he called” often means that people in general gave a city or other place a certain name. Here it could be that Abraham named the place Beersheba, and then later other people called it the same name, and it became well known by that name. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 19:22.
21:31 h7pp בְּאֵ֣ר שָׁ֑בַע 1 “Beersheba, {which means “Well of the Seven” or “Well of the Vow/Oath,”}” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Beersheba” in verse 14. Also, if you include the meaning of the name in your translation or in a footnote, make sure that the way you translate “vow” or “oath” here matches the way you translate “oath” later in this verse.
21:31 py2p כִּ֛י שָׁ֥ם 1 “because it was there that” or “because that is where”
21:31 khcp שְׁנֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 “they both” or “he/Abraham and Abimelech both”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 27.
21:31 hkv1 נִשְׁבְּע֖וּ 1 “made a vow/oath {to each other}.” or “vowed {to live at peace with one another}.” or “solemnly promised {each other to live in peace}.” See how you translated “swear” in verses 23-24.
21:32 idhd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּכְרְת֥וּ בְרִ֖ית בִּ⁠בְאֵ֣ר שָׁ֑בַע וַ⁠יָּ֣קָם 1 “After Abraham and {King} Abimelech made/established their {peace} treaty/agreement at Beersheba,” Consider whether it is better in your language to use a pronoun or nouns here to refer to these men. Some languages have a special dual pronoun for “they” that fits well here. Also, see how you translated the idiom “cut...covenant” in verse 27. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
21:32 usgz אֲבִימֶ֗לֶךְ וּ⁠פִיכֹל֙ שַׂר צְבָא֔⁠וֹ 1 “Abimelech and Phicol, his army commander/captain,” or “Abimelech and his army commander/captain Phicol”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 22.
21:32 eklg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יָּ֣קָם 1 “left {from there}” or “left {Abraham}” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
21:32 ql0j וַ⁠יָּשֻׁ֖בוּ 1 “and went back”
21:32 qzuk אֶל אֶ֥רֶץ פְּלִשְׁתִּֽים 1 “to the land/territory where the Philistines lived.” or “to {their homes in} the Philistines land/territory {that Abimelech ruled over}.” Abimelech and Phicol probably returned to their homes in the city of Gerar (Gen 20:2), which at that time was the Philistines capital city, where Abimelech ruled from. The place in the desert where Abimelech and Abraham made their covenant (Beersheba) was probably located on the border of the Philistines territory.
21:33 txwk וַ⁠יִּטַּ֥ע 1 “Then Abraham planted”
21:33 aoys rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֶ֖שֶׁל 1 “a salt-cedar tree” or “an {evergreen} tree {called/named} tamarisk/salt-cedar”. The tamarisk tree (also known as salt-cedar) is a small-leaved evergreen tree that grows up to 30 feet (9 meters) high and provides shade. It grows well in desert areas that have salty soil. You could put some of that information in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
21:33 y7os בִּ⁠בְאֵ֣ר שָׁ֑בַע 1 “at {the place called} Beersheba,”
21:33 nqr4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּ֨קְרָא שָׁ֔ם בְּ⁠שֵׁ֥ם יְהוָ֖ה 1 “and he worshiped/praised Yahweh by name there,” or “and he addressed Yahweh there by {his} name as he worshiped/praised him,” or “and there he worshiped/praised Yahweh,” See how you translated this clause in Gen 12:8 and a similar clause in 13:4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
21:33 kg6a אֵ֥ל עוֹלָֽם 1 “{who is} the Eternal/Ever-existing God.” or “{who is} the God who lives forever.” or “{who is} the God who has always existed.” This phrase means that God has no beginning and no end. In other words, he has always existed and he will continue to exist forever.
21:34 auyh וַ⁠יָּ֧גָר 1 “After that,”
21:34 fwun וַ⁠יָּ֧גָר אַבְרָהָ֛ם 1 “Abraham/he lived/stayed {there}”. See how you translated “sojourning” in verse 23.
21:34 iij4 בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ פְּלִשְׁתִּ֖ים 1 “in the land/territory that was ruled/occupied by the Philistines” or “in the land/territory where the Philistines lived/ruled” or “in Philistines territory”
21:34 rc8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure יָמִ֥ים רַבִּֽים 1 “for many years.” Abraham lived in the Philistines territory for around 25 years, so keep that in mind as you translate this phrase. For some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this time phrase earlier in this sentence and say, “...lived {there} for many years in the land...” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
22:1 oi54 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֗י אַחַר֙ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה וְ⁠הָ֣⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 “Sometime after those things happened” or “Sometime later” or “Several years later”. This is the beginning of a new episode that takes place around twelve years after Abraham and King Abimelech made their treaty (chapter 21). See how you translated “after those events” in Gen 15:1; it may be necessary to translate this phrase in a slightly different way here because of the different context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
22:1 y0sj וְ⁠הָ֣⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים נִסָּ֖ה אֶת אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “God {wanted/decided to} test Abraham.” Make sure your translation of this clause does not sound like the test was over. Rather it introduces what the following episode is about.
22:1 krqu וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֵלָ֔י⁠ו אַבְרָהָ֖ם 1 “So {one day} he called to him, “Abraham!” ” or “He called to him, “Abraham!” ” or “{This is what happened:} He/God called to him, “Abraham!” ”
22:1 ed64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר 1 “Abraham replied/responded {to him},” Make sure it is clear in your translation who is speaking here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
22:1 padv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הִנֵּֽנִ⁠י 1 “Im listening, {Lord/Master}.” or “Yes, {Lord/Master}?” or “What is it, {Lord/Master}?” Abrahams reply is respectful and means that he is listening and ready to do what God wants him to do. Consider what is the best way to say this phrase in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
22:2 kuxt rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֡אמֶר 1 “Then God said {to him},” or “Then God commanded/told {him},” Translate this quote margin in a way that fits this context well. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
22:2 yhh1 קַח נָ֠א אֶת בִּנְ⁠ךָ֨ 1 “Take your son {with you},” See how you translated “please” when God is talking to a person in Gen 13:14; 15:5. Your translation of “take” here should not imply the use of force. See how you translated “took” in Gen 11:31 and 12:5.
22:2 b5q0 אֶת יְחִֽידְ⁠ךָ֤ אֲשֶׁר אָהַ֨בְתָּ֙ אֶת יִצְחָ֔ק 1 “{yes/indeed,} your only {son} Isaac whom you love,” This phrase repeats part of the previous phrase in order to emphasize it. Do what is natural in your language.
22:2 zek7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠לֶךְ לְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 “and go/travel {with him}”. It is understood that he was to take Isaac with him. If this is not clear in your language, you could make that information explicit. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:2 fsxs rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶל אֶ֖רֶץ הַ⁠מֹּרִיָּ֑ה 1 “to the region of/called Moriah,” or “to the Moriah Region,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
22:2 fvbp וְ⁠הַעֲלֵ֤⁠הוּ שָׁם֙ לְ⁠עֹלָ֔ה 1 “and sacrifice/offer him there {to me} as a burnt offering” or “There you are to burn him up {on an altar} as a sacrifice/offering {to me},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 8:20.
22:2 yxpj עַ֚ל אַחַ֣ד הֶֽ⁠הָרִ֔ים 1 “on {top of} one of the mountains” or “on {top of} a mountain”
22:2 c0gi אֲשֶׁ֖ר אֹמַ֥ר אֵלֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 “that I will show to you.” or “that I will point out to you.”
22:3 rmr5 וַ⁠יַּשְׁכֵּ֨ם אַבְרָהָ֜ם בַּ⁠בֹּ֗קֶר 1 “So the next morning, Abraham got up early” or “Early the next morning Abraham got up”. See how you translated “got up early in the morning” in Gen 20:8.
22:3 r4ae rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וַֽ⁠יַּחֲבֹשׁ֙ אֶת חֲמֹר֔⁠וֹ 1 “and put a {pack} saddle on his donkey {to get it ready} {for the trip}.” or “and got his donkey ready {for the trip}.” A donkey is like a small horse that people used to carry loads (as here). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
22:3 cnmv וַ⁠יִּקַּ֞ח אֶת שְׁנֵ֤י נְעָרָי⁠ו֙ אִתּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֵ֖ת יִצְחָ֣ק בְּנ֑⁠וֹ 1 “He took/brought two of his servants with him and his son Isaac,” or “Then he took/got his son Isaac and two of his servants,”
22:3 kxn0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יְבַקַּע֙ עֲצֵ֣י 1 “and he chopped/split {some} {fire}wood {with them}” or “and they chopped {some} {fire}wood {together}”. The reason Abraham is the only one mentioned in this clause and in the next sentence is that he is in focus. He did not travel alone and he probably did not chop the wood alone. Decide whether or not you need to make that explicit in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:3 pd14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns עֲצֵ֣י עֹלָ֔ה 1 “{to use} for the burnt offering {and loaded it on the donkey}.” or “that they would use to burn the sacrifice/offering {and loaded it on the donkey}.” Some languages must translate this noun phrase using a verb. Do what is natural in your language. See what you did in verse 2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
22:3 tot6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יָּ֣קָם וַ⁠יֵּ֔לֶךְ אֶל הַ⁠מָּק֖וֹם 1 “Then he set out {with them} for/toward the place/mountain” or “Then they started traveling toward/to the place/mountain”. In this context, “got up” is used as an idiom that means Abraham started an activity. It does not mean that he was sitting down and literally stood up. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
22:3 uasj אֲשֶׁר אָֽמַר ל֥⁠וֹ הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים 1 “that God had told/commanded him/Abraham {to go to}.”
22:4 u4zi בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֗י 1 “Three days later,” or “After walking/traveling for three days,”
22:4 o9zt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֨א אַבְרָהָ֧ם אֶת עֵינָ֛י⁠ו 1 “Abraham/he looked up/ahead”. See how you translated the idiom “lifted his eyes” in Gen 18:2. It may be necessary to translate it differently here, because of the different context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
22:4 ql9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יַּ֥רְא אֶת הַ⁠מָּק֖וֹם מֵ⁠רָחֹֽק 1 “and he could see the place/mountain {where they were headed} in the distance.” or “and in the distance he could see the place/mountain {where they were headed/going}.” Consider where it is best in your language to put the location phrase “from a distance” or “in the distance”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
22:5 a4ha וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אַבְרָהָ֜ם אֶל נְעָרָ֗י⁠ו 1 “Then Abraham/he told his servants,” Be consistent here with how you translated “young men” in verse 3.
22:5 a6c1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual שְׁבוּ לָ⁠כֶ֥ם פֹּה֙ עִֽם הַ⁠חֲמ֔וֹר 1 “You {two} stay here with the donkey,” Some languages have special dual pronouns (that refer to only two people) that can be used in verse 5 to refer to Abrahams two servants. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
22:5 dec5 וַ⁠אֲנִ֣י וְ⁠הַ⁠נַּ֔עַר נֵלְכָ֖ה 1 “while the young man and I go” or “while my son and I go”. See how you translated “the boy” in Gen 21:12, 17-20. We do not know for sure how old Isaac was at this time, but estimates range between 18 and 37 years old. Make sure your translation of “boy” allows for that fact.
22:5 g7di עַד כֹּ֑ה 1 “over there {to that mountain}” or “{to the mountain} over there”
22:5 qx9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וְ⁠נִֽשְׁתַּחֲוֶ֖ה 1 “and bow down {to worship God}.” or “and worship {God}.” In that culture, people had the custom of bowing down to worship God. Make sure it is clear in your translation why Abraham and Isaac would bow down. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
22:5 xg6u וְ⁠נָשׁ֥וּבָה אֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 “Then we will return to you {here}.” or “After that, we will come back {here} to you.”
22:6 z998 וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח אַבְרָהָ֜ם אֶת עֲצֵ֣י הָ⁠עֹלָ֗ה 1 “Then Abraham/he took the {fire}wood for the burnt offering {off the donkey},” or “Then Abraham/he took the {fire}wood that they would use to burn the/their sacrifice/offering,” See how you translated “{fire}wood” and “burnt offering” in verse 3.
22:6 opxt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יָּ֨שֶׂם֙ עַל יִצְחָ֣ק בְּנ֔⁠וֹ 1 “and loaded/put {it} on his son Isaac{s shoulder/back} {to carry},” or “and gave {it} to his son Isaac to carry,” The Hebrew text does not specify exactly where Abraham put the wood on Isaac. Only specify that in a translation if it is necessary in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:6 jggs וַ⁠יִּקַּ֣ח בְּ⁠יָד֔⁠וֹ 1 “and/while he himself carried” or “He himself carried”. Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language.
22:6 b8n2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶת הָ⁠אֵ֖שׁ 1 “a fire {pot} {with hot coals/embers in it}” or “the {other} things to make/start a fire”. The “fire” can either refer to hot coals (in a pot) or to a flint stone and wood chips that they would use to start the fire on the altar. Make sure that your translation of this phrase does not mean that Abraham was holding fire or hot coals in his bare hands. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22:6 h7lb וְ⁠אֶת הַֽ⁠מַּאֲכֶ֑לֶת 1 “and a knife {to kill the sacrifice}.” or “and a {sacrifice} knife.”
22:6 gsz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-dual וַ⁠יֵּלְכ֥וּ שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 “Then Abraham and Isaac” or “Then they”. Some languages have a dual pronoun that could be used here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-dual]])
22:6 eki7 וַ⁠יֵּלְכ֥וּ יַחְדָּֽו 1 “walked on together,” or “continued walking/heading {toward the mountain},”
22:7 fs1p וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יִצְחָ֜ק 1 “and {as they went/walked,} Isaac” or “{As they walked,} Isaac”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
22:7 pbll rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אֶל אַבְרָהָ֤ם אָבִי⁠ו֙ וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר 1 “said to his father Abraham,” or “said to Abraham,” Consider what is the most natural way to translate this quote margin in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
22:7 hjq8 אָבִ֔⁠י 1 “Father.”
22:7 yodu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “Abraham said/replied {to him},” Consider what is the best way to refer to Abraham at this point in the paragraph in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
22:7 q4kt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הִנֶּ֣נִּֽ⁠י בְנִ֑⁠י 1 “Im listening, my son.” or “Yes, my son?” or “What is it, my son?” See how you translated the idiom “Behold me” in verse 1. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
22:7 ai7j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “Then Isaac asked {him},” or “Isaac asked {him},” Make sure that the way you translate this quote margin fits well with what Isaac says next. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
22:7 s3hm הִנֶּ֣נִּֽ⁠י 2 “Here is/are” or “I see {that we have}”
22:7 yc7e הָ⁠אֵשׁ֙ וְ⁠הָ֣⁠עֵצִ֔ים 1 “the fire {pot/coals} and the {fire}wood,” or “what/everything we need to make a fire {to burn the sacrifice},”
22:7 jd19 וְ⁠אַיֵּ֥ה הַ⁠שֶּׂ֖ה 1 “but where {is} the lamb/sheep” or “but why is there no lamb/sheep” or “but why dont we have a lamb”
22:7 izci לְ⁠עֹלָֽה 1 “{for us} to use as the burnt offering?” or “{for us} to burn as the/our sacrifice {to God}?” or “that we will burn as a/our sacrifice/offering {to God}?”
22:8 icf0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “Then Abraham said {to him},” or “Abraham answered {him},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
22:8 kpqx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֱלֹהִ֞ים יִרְאֶה לּ֥⁠וֹ 1 “God himself will see {to it that there is}” or “God himself will provide”. This is an idiom that means God will provide the lamb. Make sure this meaning is clear in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
22:8 qwmm הַ⁠שֶּׂ֛ה לְ⁠עֹלָ֖ה 1 “a lamb/sheep for the burnt offering,” or “a lamb/sheep for us to burn as a/our sacrifice/offering {to him},” See how you translated this phrase in verse 7.
22:8 ma9g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בְּנִ֑⁠י 1 Consider whether it is more natural in your language to put this address first in this quote and say, “My son, God himself will...” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
22:8 rj6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-dual וַ⁠יֵּלְכ֥וּ שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 “Then/So the two of them” or “Then/So they”. See how you translated “the two of them” in verse 6. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-dual]])
22:8 y9pl וַ⁠יֵּלְכ֥וּ יַחְדָּֽו 1 “walked on together.” or “continued walking together {toward the mountain}.”
22:9 r054 וַ⁠יָּבֹ֗אוּ 1 “When/After they”
22:9 y5ve וַ⁠יָּבֹ֗אוּ אֶֽל 1 “got to” or “arrived at” or “reached”
22:9 ouv8 הַ⁠מָּקוֹם֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אָֽמַר ל֣⁠וֹ הָ⁠אֱלֹהִים֒ 1 “the place/mountain that God had told him {to go to}”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 3.
22:9 esjb וַ⁠יִּ֨בֶן שָׁ֤ם אַבְרָהָם֙ אֶת הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חַ 1 “Abraham built/made a {stone} altar there”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated “altar” in Gen 13:4, 18.
22:9 k8uv וַֽ⁠יַּעֲרֹ֖ךְ אֶת הָ⁠עֵצִ֑ים 1 “and laid/put the wood {on top of it}.” Abraham arranged the wood on top of the altar so that it would burn well. Make sure your translation of this phrase does not sound like he lit the fire yet; he did not do that until verse 13 when he sacrificed the ram.
22:9 i4fp וַֽ⁠יַּעֲקֹד֙ אֶת יִצְחָ֣ק בְּנ֔⁠וֹ 1 “Then he bound/tied his son Isaac{s arms and legs} {with rope}”. (See figs-explicit)
22:9 wkmq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יָּ֤שֶׂם אֹת⁠וֹ֙ עַל הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חַ מִ⁠מַּ֖עַל לָ⁠עֵצִֽים 1 “and put him on top of the wood {that was} on the altar.” Consider which order of these phrases is the clearest and most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
22:10 mmrx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֤ח אַבְרָהָם֙ 1 “Then he”. Consider whether it is more natural to use a noun or a pronoun here to refer to Abraham. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
22:10 on5v וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֤ח אֶת יָד֔⁠וֹ וַ⁠יִּקַּ֖ח אֶת הַֽ⁠מַּאֲכֶ֑לֶת 1 “took the knife in his hand” or “picked up the knife”. See how you translated “knife” in verse 6.
22:10 ycq6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לִ⁠שְׁחֹ֖ט אֶת בְּנֽ⁠וֹ 1 “{in order} to kill his son {before sacrificing/burning his body on the altar}.” In the process of sacrificing, the first step was to kill the sacrifice and then burn up the body on the altar. If necessary, you could make that information explicit in your translation or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:11 z4x6 וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א 1 “But {just then}” or “But {before he/Abraham could use the knife,}” Make sure in your translation that it does not sound like Abraham killed Isaac.
22:11 m7u5 מַלְאַ֤ךְ יְהוָה֙ 1 “an angel from Yahweh” or “one of Yahwehs angels”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 21:17.
22:11 emlx וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א אֵלָ֜י⁠ו מִן הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר אַבְרָהָ֣ם אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “called/shouted to him/Abraham from heaven, “Abraham! Abraham!” ” The angel repeats Abrahams name to communicate urgency and that he wants him to stop and listen. Make sure your translation does not sound like the angel was angry or criticizing Abraham.
22:11 ea4o rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “Abraham replied {to the angel},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
22:11 bges rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הִנֵּֽנִ⁠י 1 “Im listening, {Lord/Master}.” or “What is it, {Lord/Master}?” or “Yes, {Lord/Master}?” See how you translated “Behold me” in verse 1. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
22:12 u0h9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “Then the angel said,” or “Then the angel told him,” Make sure it is clear in your translation that the angel is speaking here, not Abraham. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
22:12 htic rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אַל תִּשְׁלַ֤ח יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֙ אֶל 1 “Do not lay your hands on” or “Do not harm/kill”. Consider whether your language has an idiom that has the same meaning as the Hebrew idiom here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
22:12 vytx הַ⁠נַּ֔עַר 1 “the young man” or “your son”. See how you translated this in verse 5.
22:12 qdxh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְ⁠אַל תַּ֥עַשׂ ל֖⁠וֹ מְא֑וּמָּה 1 “Do not do anything to {harm} him” or “You must not do anything to {harm} him” or “You must not harm him in any way”. The angel repeats the previous command (using different words) in order to emphasize that Abraham should not hurt Isaac. Most languages can do something similar. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
22:12 dilb כִּ֣י עַתָּ֣ה יָדַ֗עְתִּי 1 “Now I know/see” or “You have shown me”. Yahweh is the one talking here, represented by the angel who speaks on his behalf, or perhaps God is appearing to Abraham as an angel.
22:12 fr8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms כִּֽי יְרֵ֤א אֱלֹהִים֙ אַ֔תָּה 1 “that you fear/revere me” or “that you deeply respect me”. See how you translated “fear” in Gen 20:11. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
22:12 kcxw וְ⁠לֹ֥א חָשַׂ֛כְתָּ אֶת בִּנְ⁠ךָ֥ אֶת יְחִידְ⁠ךָ֖ מִמֶּֽ⁠נִּי 1 “since/because you {obeyed me and} did not hold back your son from me, {yes/indeed,} your only son.” or “since/because you {obeyed me and} did not refuse to sacrifice your son to me, {even though he is} your only son.”
22:13 v3dv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֨א אַבְרָהָ֜ם אֶת עֵינָ֗י⁠ו וַ⁠יַּרְא֙ 1 “Then Abraham looked around”. See how you translated “lifted his eyes and looked” in Gen 18:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
22:13 q7w3 וְ⁠הִנֵּה אַ֔יִל אַחַ֕ר 1 “and suddenly he saw a ram behind {him}” or “and there behind {him} he saw a ram”. A ram is an adult male sheep or goat. See how you translated this term in Gen 15:9.
22:13 t9hq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive נֶאֱחַ֥ז בַּ⁠סְּבַ֖ךְ בְּ⁠קַרְנָ֑י⁠ו 1 “that had caught/tangled its horns in the thicket/bushes.” or “that had its horns caught/stuck in a bush.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
22:13 vrf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּ֤לֶךְ אַבְרָהָם֙ 1 “So/Then {after releasing Isaac,} Abraham/he” or “Then Abraham/he {released/untied Isaac and}”. For some languages it may be necessary to explicitly state that Abraham untied Isaac and took him off the altar before he sacrificed the ram. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:13 qqdu וַ⁠יֵּ֤לֶךְ וַ⁠יִּקַּ֣ח אֶת הָ⁠אַ֔יִל 1 “took/untangled the ram {from the thicket/bush}”
22:13 p6og rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּעֲלֵ֥⁠הוּ לְ⁠עֹלָ֖ה 1 “{Then he killed/slaughtered the ram} and burned it on the altar as a sacrifice/offering {to God}”. Animals that were sacrificed to God as burnt offerings were killed first before they were burned on an altar. Make sure your translation does not sound like the ram was burned alive. If that is not clear, you could make some of the above implied information explicit in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:13 bk1e תַּ֥חַת בְּנֽ⁠וֹ 1 “in place of his son.” or “as a substitute for his son.”
22:14 hiz5 וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֧א אַבְרָהָ֛ם 1 “That is why Abraham” or “{Because God provided the ram,} Abraham”. Make sure it is clear that what Yahweh did in verse 13 is the reason that Abraham gave that place the name “Yahweh-Yireh” in verse 14.
22:14 flkp וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֧א שֵֽׁם הַ⁠מָּק֥וֹם הַ⁠ה֖וּא 1 “called/named that place”
22:14 fs0p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יְהוָ֣ה יִרְאֶ֑ה 1 “Yahweh-Yireh, {which means “Yahweh will see/provide,”}” If you include the meaning of this name in your translation text or in a footnote, be consistent with how you translate the verb “see/provide” in verse 8 (and later in verse 14), which the name is based on. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
22:14 scaj אֲשֶׁר֙ יֵאָמֵ֣ר הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם 1 “{Even} today/now people {still} say,” This refers to the time period when Moses was writing this book. If that is not clear, you could put that information in a footnote.
22:14 orbb בְּ⁠הַ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה 1 “On Yahwehs mountain”
22:14 v6oq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יֵרָאֶֽה 1 “it will be provided {by him}.” or “he will see to it {that we have what we need}.” or “he will provide what we/you need.” See how you translated this idiom in verse 8. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
22:15 m2cz וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֛א מַלְאַ֥ךְ יְהוָ֖ה 1 “Then Yahwehs angel”. See how you translated “angel” in verses 11-12.
22:15 q9m4 וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֛א אֶל אַבְרָהָ֑ם שֵׁנִ֖ית מִן הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם 1 “called/spoke to Abraham from heaven again”. See how you translated “called...from heaven” in verse 11.
22:16 ouls וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “He said,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
22:16 j53n בִּ֥⁠י נִשְׁבַּ֖עְתִּי נְאֻם יְהוָ֑ה 1 “This is what Yahweh declares/says {to you}: I swear by my own name” or “These are Yahwehs own words: With myself {as my own witness}, I vow/promise {to you}”. See how you translated “swear” in Gen 21:23-24.
22:16 rcpc כִּ֗י יַ֚עַן אֲשֶׁ֤ר עָשִׂ֨יתָ֙ אֶת הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 “that because/since you have done what I said/commanded” or “that since you obeyed me”
22:16 sgj6 וְ⁠לֹ֥א חָשַׂ֖כְתָּ אֶת בִּנְ⁠ךָ֥ 1 “and did not hold back your son {from me},” or “and did not refuse to sacrifice your son {to me},” or “were willing to give/sacrifice your son {to me}”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 12.
22:16 pxdg אֶת יְחִידֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “{yes,} your only {son}” or “{even though he is} your only {son}”. See how you translated this in verse 12.
22:17 z6y6 כִּֽי בָרֵ֣ךְ אֲבָרֶכְ⁠ךָ֗ 1 “I will abundantly/surely bless you,” or “I will {surely} cause you to prosper greatly,”
22:17 d019 וְ⁠הַרְבָּ֨ה אַרְבֶּ֤ה אֶֽת זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֙ 1 “I will greatly multiply/increase {the number of} your offspring/descendants {so that they will be}” or “In fact, I will give you so many offspring/descendants {that they will be}”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
22:17 ufpq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כְּ⁠כוֹכְבֵ֣י הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם 1 “{as many/numerous} as the stars in the heavens/sky”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that God is comparing the number of stars and grains of sand to the number of descendants Abraham will have. There will be so many that no one can count them all (as in Gen 13:16 and 15:6). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
22:17 bf0s וְ⁠כַ⁠ח֕וֹל אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל שְׂפַ֣ת הַ⁠יָּ֑ם 1 “and {as many/numerous} as the {grains of} sand on the seashore,”
22:17 r0bm וְ⁠יִרַ֣שׁ זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֔ 1 “and they” or “Your offspring/descendants” or “They”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
22:17 v3sf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠יִרַ֣שׁ אֵ֖ת שַׁ֥עַר אֹיְבָֽי⁠ו 1 “will conquer the cities of {all} their enemies.” or “will conquer/defeat {all} their enemies and rule over them.” Cities often had high stone walls surrounding them to protect the people inside. The gates in the walls were the only way to go in or out of a city. The idiom “possess the gates of...enemies” refers to taking control of the cities and conquering the people living there. Consider what is the best way to translate this idiom in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
22:18 ropw וְ⁠הִתְבָּרֲכ֣וּ בְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֔ 1 “In/Through your offspring/descendants” or “Because of your offspring/descendants” or “By means of your offspring/descendants”. See how you translated “offspring” in verse 17.
22:18 c2lu rc://*/ta/man/translate/activepassive וְ⁠הִתְבָּרֲכ֣וּ כֹּ֖ל גּוֹיֵ֣י הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “all the nations/peoples of/on the earth will be blessed {by me},” or “{I} will bless all the people/ethnic groups {that live} on the earth,” See how you translated a similar sentence (“in/through...all the...of/on the earth will be blessed”) in Gen 12:3 and 18:18. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/activepassive]])
22:18 emd5 עֵ֕קֶב אֲשֶׁ֥ר שָׁמַ֖עְתָּ בְּ⁠קֹלִֽ⁠י 1 “because you heeded/obeyed” or “{I will do that} because you obeyed”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
22:18 y6eq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠קֹלִֽ⁠י 1 “my command.” or “what I said/commanded.” or “me.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that this phrase refers to what God commanded Abraham. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
22:19 nybt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יָּ֤שָׁב אַבְרָהָם֙ 1 “After that, Abraham returned {with Isaac}” or “Afterwards/Then Abraham {and Isaac} went back”. Make sure your translation does not sound like Abraham returned alone (without Isaac). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:19 tr07 אֶל נְעָרָ֔י⁠ו 1 “to his/the {two} servants”. Be consistent here with how you translated “young men” in verses 3 and 5.
22:19 tggg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יָּקֻ֛מוּ וַ⁠יֵּלְכ֥וּ יַחְדָּ֖ו אֶל בְּאֵ֣ר שָׁ֑בַע 1 “Then they returned {home} together to {the city of} Beersheba,” or “Then together they {all} traveled {back} {home} to {the city of} Beersheba,” At that time, Abraham and his family were living in Beersheba (Gen 21:31-34). So in your translation, it should not sound like Beersheba was a new destination; they were returning home. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:19 q7m7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב אַבְרָהָ֖ם בִּ⁠בְאֵ֥ר שָֽׁבַע 1 “and Abraham {and his family} stayed there.” or “and Abraham continued to live there {with his family}.” or “where Abraham {and his family} continued to live.” Make sure your translation does not sound like Abraham was living alone in Beersheba apart from his family. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
22:20 i6mk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֗י אַחֲרֵי֙ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה וַ⁠יֻּגַּ֥ד 1 “Sometime after that” or “Sometime later”. This introduces a new topic. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
22:20 s6w0 וַ⁠יֻּגַּ֥ד לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֖ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “someone told Abraham,”
22:20 q12r הִ֠נֵּה 1 “Listen,” or “I have {some} news {for you}:”
22:20 g7pp יָלְדָ֨ה מִלְכָּ֥ה גַם הִ֛וא בָּנִ֖ים לְ⁠נָח֥וֹר אָחִֽי⁠ךָ 1 “Milcah the wife of your brother Nahor has born {some} sons for him,” or “your brother Nahor and his wife Milcah also have {some} sons,” For some languages it may be better to use an indirect quote in this verse and say, “Sometime later Abraham found out that his brother Nahor and {Nahors wife} Milcah had some sons,” Do what is best in your language. (See: figs-quotations}
22:21 wmd4 אֶת ע֥וּץ בְּכֹר֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת בּ֣וּז אָחִ֑י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶת קְמוּאֵ֖ל 1 “{including} their firstborn/oldest son Uz, then Buz and Kemuel,” or “The first/oldest son/one {is} Uz, {the second is} Buz, and {the third is} Kemuel,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
22:21 rvcd אֲבִ֥י אֲרָֽם 1 “{who is} the father of Aram.” or “who fathered Aram.” or “whose son is Aram.”
22:22 szt9 וְ⁠אֶת 1 “{They} also {have sons named}”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that the people listed in verse 22 were sons of Nahor and Milcah, not sons of Kemuel (verse 21). Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
22:22 zhtn כֶּ֣שֶׂד וְ⁠אֶת חֲז֔וֹ וְ⁠אֶת פִּלְדָּ֖שׁ וְ⁠אֶת יִדְלָ֑ף וְ⁠אֵ֖ת בְּתוּאֵֽל 1 “Kesed, Hazo, Pildash, Jidlaph, and Bethuel.” Consider whether it is best in your language to use a conjunction between each name in this list (like Hebrew does), or only before the last name in the list. See what you did for a similar list of names in Gen 10:26-29.
22:23 hgj2 וּ⁠בְתוּאֵ֖ל יָלַ֣ד אֶת רִבְקָ֑ה 1 “Bethuel was the father of Rebekah.” or “Bethuel had {a daughter named} Rebekah.” Some translations put this sentence in parentheses to show that it is a separate comment by the author and not part of the previous quote. Do what is best in your language. Also, see how you translated “fathered” in Gen 11:27.
22:23 idq9 שְׁמֹנָ֥ה אֵ֨לֶּה֙ יָלְדָ֣ה מִלְכָּ֔ה לְ⁠נָח֖וֹר אֲחִ֥י אַבְרָהָֽם 1 “Those {are} the eight {sons} {that} Milcah had for Abrahams brother Nahor.” or “Those {are} {the names of} the eight {sons} whom Abrahams brother Nahor and {his wife} Milcah had together.” or “{Altogether} Milcah bore/had eight sons for Abrahams brother Nahor.”
22:24 kd5a וּ⁠פִֽילַגְשׁ֖⁠וֹ 1 “In addition to that,” or “Besides that,”
22:24 wjgn וּ⁠פִֽילַגְשׁ֖⁠וֹ וּ⁠שְׁמָ֣⁠הּ רְאוּמָ֑ה וַ⁠תֵּ֤לֶד גַּם הִוא֙ 1 “Nahors concubine Reumah also bore/had {some sons, whom they named}” or “Nahor and his servant wife Reumah also had {some sons, including}”
22:24 ze05 אֶת טֶ֣בַח וְ⁠אֶת גַּ֔חַם וְ⁠אֶת תַּ֖חַשׁ וְ⁠אֶֽת מַעֲכָֽה 1 “Tebah, Gaham, Tahash, and Maacah.” See how you connected the list of names in verse 22.
23:1 y6lm וַ⁠יִּהְיוּ֙ חַיֵּ֣י שָׂרָ֔ה 1 “Sarah lived 127 years” or “Sarah lived to be 127 years old”
23:1 xsnc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure שְׁנֵ֖י חַיֵּ֥י שָׂרָֽה 1 “{Yes,} that is how long she lived” or “That is how old she lived to be”. Consider whether it is better in your language to combine the last part of verse 1 with the beginning of verse 2 and say, “That is how old she was when she died in Kiriath Arba...” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
23:2 gq6y וַ⁠תָּ֣מָת שָׂרָ֗ה 1 “Then she died” or “before she died”. Decide whether or not it is best to begin a new sentence here in your language.
23:2 uigf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּ⁠קִרְיַ֥ת אַרְבַּ֛ע 1 “in {the city of} Kiriath Arba,” or “in {the city of} Kiriath-arba,” You can spell this name as two words, as in the Hebrew text, or combine them into one word, with or without a hyphen. Be consistent with how you spell this name throughout the Bible. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
23:2 zc7g הִ֥וא חֶבְר֖וֹן 1 “which {is also/now called/named} Hebron,” or “also/now known as Hebron,” or “that is, Hebron,” The city of Kiriath Arba was later named Hebron (Joshua 14:15).
23:2 ptzp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן 1 “in the land/region of/called Canaan.” For some languages it is more natural to put a general location before a specific location and say, “in the land of Canaan, in {the city of} Kiriath Arba, which {is} Hebron.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
23:2 y3fa וַ⁠יָּבֹא֙ אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “Then Abraham went/came {to her}” or “Abraham went/came {to her side}”
23:2 d6r2 לִ⁠סְפֹּ֥ד לְ⁠שָׂרָ֖ה וְ⁠לִ⁠בְכֹּתָֽ⁠הּ 1 “to mourn and weep/cry for her.” or “and cried and mourned for her.” For some languages it is necessary to translate this sentence using a verb form that expresses completion or past tense so that it is clear that Abraham actually did this. Do what is best in your language.
23:3 jjcv וַ⁠יָּ֨קָם֙ אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “After a while, Abraham/he” or “Later he”
23:3 ad8l וַ⁠יָּ֨קָם֙ מֵ⁠עַ֖ל פְּנֵ֣י 1 “got/stood up from {mourning} beside” or “left”
23:3 fwcx מֵת֑⁠וֹ 1 “her body,” or “her,” or “his wifes body,”
23:3 p6bu וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֥ר אֶל 1 “and he {went} to”
23:3 l42n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּנֵי חֵ֖ת לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 “{the leaders/elders of} the Hittites {at the city gates} {and} said to them,” The phrase “sons of Heth” refers to the descendants of Canaans son Heth (Genesis 10:15; 15:20) who are also known as the Hittites. Consider what is the best way to refer to them here in your language. Also, for some languages it is necessary to make it explicit here in verse 3 that Abraham went to the city gates to meet with the Hittites, rather than wait until verse 10. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:4 s4tz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אָנֹכִ֖י 1 “I {am coming to you as}” or “{As you know,} I {am}” or “{Since} I {am}”. The leaders of the city already knew that Abraham was a foreigner, so make sure your translation of this sentence does not sound like he is telling them something that they did not know. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:4 i6f1 גֵּר וְ⁠תוֹשָׁ֥ב 1 “a foreigner/outsider who has settled” or “a foreigner/outsider who is living”. See how you translated “foreigner” in Gen 15:13.
23:4 rxen rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עִמָּ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “among you {and I have no land/property of my own}.” or “in your land {and/so I do not own any property here}.” It is implied by Abraham and understood by the Hittites that Abrahams status as a foreigner means he owns no property. Consider whether or not to make this implied information explicit in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
23:4 ck58 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness תְּנ֨וּ לִ֤⁠י 1 “{Please} give/sell me” or “{Please} let me buy”. Make sure the way you translate this sounds polite, not rude or demanding. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
23:4 sf40 אֲחֻזַּת קֶ֨בֶר֙ עִמָּ⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠אֶקְבְּרָ֥ה 1 “{some} property/land among you where I can” or “{some} of your land/property so I have a place to”
23:4 szs9 וְ⁠אֶקְבְּרָ֥ה מֵתִ֖⁠י מִ⁠לְּ⁠פָנָֽ⁠י 1 “take my dead/deceased {wife} and bury her.” or “bury {the body of} my wife who has died.” or “give my deceased {wife} a proper/decent burial.” Translate this clause in a way that shows respect for the person who has died.
23:5 bcdc וַ⁠יַּעֲנ֧וּ בְנֵי חֵ֛ת 1 “{The leaders/elders of} the Hittites” or “When {the leaders/elders of} the Hittites {heard that}, they”. See how you translated “the sons of Heth” in verse 3.
23:5 vukz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יַּעֲנ֧וּ אֶת אַבְרָהָ֖ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֥ר לֽ⁠וֹ 1 “replied/responded to Abraham/him,” or “replied/responded,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
23:6 r5h0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics שְׁמָעֵ֣⁠נוּ אֲדֹנִ֗⁠י 1 “{Please} listen to our proposal, my/our lord/master.” or “Sir, {please} listen to what we propose:” Abraham was not their actual lord or master, rather the Hittites are addressing him in a respectful manner. Also, for some languages it is more natural or respectful to put the form of address “My lord” or “Sir” first in this quote. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics]])
23:6 dlnm נְשִׂ֨יא אֱלֹהִ֤ים אַתָּה֙ 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean (1) “You {are} a powerful/important leader/man” (2) “You {are} a leader/man of/from God”. The interpretation that you do not follow in your translation could be put in a footnote.
23:6 i7x9 בְּ⁠תוֹכֵ֔⁠נוּ 1 “{living} among us.” or “{who lives} among our people.”
23:6 i3yv קְבֹ֖ר 1 “{So} {you may} bury/put”. Make sure that the reply of the Hittites sounds polite here in your translation.
23:6 bpqa אֶת מֵתֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 “your dead/deceased {wife}” or “{the body of} your wife who has died”
23:6 y3g4 בְּ⁠מִבְחַ֣ר קְבָרֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 “in {any} one of our best”
23:6 pudg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure קְבָרֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 “burial sites.” or “places to bury {people who have died}.” or “tombs.” For some languages it may be better to change the order of the phrases in this sentence and say, “{So please choose} {any} one of our best burial sites and bury/put your dead/deceased {wife} there.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
23:6 j0hg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes אִ֣ישׁ מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ אֶת קִבְר֛⁠וֹ לֹֽא יִכְלֶ֥ה מִמְּ⁠ךָ֖ מִ⁠קְּבֹ֥ר 1 “Each of us is willing/happy to give you {some of} his land where you can bury” or “All of us are willing/happy for you to use {any of} our burial sites to bury” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
23:6 p2vf אֶת מֵתֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 “your dead/deceased {wife}.” or “{the body of} your wife who has died.” or “her.” Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Sarahs dead body here since it was just mentioned in the previous sentence.
23:7 x7ub וַ⁠יָּ֧קָם אַבְרָהָ֛ם 1 “So Abraham got/stood up” or “Abraham got/stood up”. The verb “got up” reflects the fact that Abraham and the leaders/elders of the Hittites were all sitting as they talked to each other.
23:7 erok rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֥חוּ 1 “and bowed {in respect}” or “and bowed down/low {to the ground} {in respect}” or “and kneeled and touched his forehead to the ground {in respect}”. We do not know how far Abraham bowed down. He may have bowed his upper body from a standing position, or he may have knelt down and touched his forehead to the ground with his arms outstretched. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
23:7 r61y לְ⁠עַם 1 “before” or “in front of”
23:7 rwqv לְ⁠עַם הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ לִ⁠בְנֵי חֵֽת 1 “{the leaders/elders of} the Hittites, who owned the land {in the area}” or “the leaders/elders over the Hittites”. The phrase “people of the land” is a term that refers to the leaders of that region who owned land in the area and were the ones to decide whether a foreigner could acquire land.
23:8 hd9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֥ר אִתָּ֖⁠ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “and said to them,” or “Then he said to them,” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to have two verbs, or just one verb, in this quote margin. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
23:8 ct9t אִם יֵ֣שׁ אֶֽת נַפְשְׁ⁠כֶ֗ם 1 “If you are willing”
23:8 r7qy לִ⁠קְבֹּ֤ר אֶת מֵתִ⁠י֙ מִ⁠לְּ⁠פָנַ֔⁠י 1 “{for me} to bury my dead/deceased {wife} {here},” or “{to allow me} to bury {the body of} my wife who has died,” or “to {help/let me} give my deceased {wife} a proper/decent burial {here},” See how you translated this phrase in verse 4.
23:8 fqbj שְׁמָע֕וּ⁠נִי וּ⁠פִגְעוּ לִ֖⁠י בְּ⁠עֶפְר֥וֹן בֶּן צֹֽחַר 1 “{please} appeal to Ephron the son of Zohar on my behalf” or “{please} help me by asking Zohars son Ephron”
23:9 o16i וְ⁠יִתֶּן לִ֗⁠י 1 “to give/sell to me”
23:9 lpzg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת מְעָרַ֤ת הַ⁠מַּכְפֵּלָה֙ אֲשֶׁר ל֔⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֖ר בִּ⁠קְצֵ֣ה שָׂדֵ֑⁠הוּ 1 “his cave that is at the end/edge of his field in the Machpelah {area}.” Machpelah is the name of the area or neighborhood where Ephrons cave and field were located (verse 17). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
23:9 jtgy בְּ⁠כֶ֨סֶף מָלֵ֜א יִתְּנֶ֥⁠נָּה לִ֛⁠י 1 “Ask him to give/sell it to me for its full price/value” or “Ask him to sell it to me and I will pay him the full amount that it is worth”
23:9 g5xi בְּ⁠תוֹכְ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 “in front of you {all}” or “with all of you {present/here} to witness the sale”
23:9 kb9e לַ⁠אֲחֻזַּת קָֽבֶר 1 “so that I will have land/property to bury {the body of my deceased wife}.” or “That way I will have a place {here} where I can bury {the body of my wife who has died}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
23:10 yfyu וְ⁠עֶפְר֥וֹן יֹשֵׁ֖ב בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ בְּנֵי חֵ֑ת וַ⁠יַּעַן֩ עֶפְר֨וֹן הַ⁠חִתִּ֤י 1 “Now Ephron the Hittite was sitting {there} {at the meeting} among the {other} Hittite leaders/elders, so he” or “Ephron was one of the Hittite leaders/elders who had gathered {there} {at the meeting}, and/so he”.
23:10 rq1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יַּעַן֩ אֶת אַבְרָהָם֙ 1 “replied to Abraham” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
23:10 igbc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֣י בְנֵי חֵ֔ת 1 “in the hearing/presence of {the leaders/elders of} the Hittites,” or “as/while the {other} leaders/elders listened,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
23:10 w1wf לְ⁠כֹ֛ל בָּאֵ֥י שַֽׁעַר 1 “including everyone who had gathered {there} at”
23:10 pmp1 שַֽׁעַר עִיר֖⁠וֹ 1 “their/the city gate,” The pronoun “his” refers back to “everyone” who had gathered at the city gate, not just one person. Also, in that culture, the leaders of a city would hold their meetings at the city gates, where they would make decisions on important matters such as the one Abraham brought before them. You could include that information in a footnote.
23:10 r2ii rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 “He said,” or “This is what he said:” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
23:11 kb99 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness לֹֽא אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י 1 “That is not necessary, sir.” or “Sir, there is no need for that.” Make sure your translation of this phase sounds polite. In some cultures it is rude to say “No” too directly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
23:11 ektg שְׁמָעֵ֔⁠נִי 1 “{Please} listen to this/my proposal:” or “{Please} accept this offer/proposal:” or “{Please} listen to what I am proposing:”
23:11 m2tk הַ⁠שָּׂדֶה֙ נָתַ֣תִּי לָ֔⁠ךְ 1 I {hereby} give/offer you the {entire} field,” Ephron is making a formal proposal or offer. Consider how to communicate that in your language.
23:11 ut9u וְ⁠הַ⁠מְּעָרָ֥ה אֲשֶׁר בּ֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠ךָ֣ נְתַתִּ֑י⁠הָ 1 “including the cave that {is} in it.” or “as well as the cave that {is} in it.”
23:11 frm9 נְתַתִּ֥י⁠הָ לָּ֖⁠ךְ 1 “Im giving it/them to you {now/here}”
23:11 hebf לְ⁠עֵינֵ֧י בְנֵי עַמִּ֛⁠י 1 “in the sight/presence of the leaders/elders of my people.” or “as/while the leaders/elders of my people watch/listen {as witnesses}.” or “and {all} the leaders/elders of my people here are witnesses of this.”
23:11 z7u7 קְבֹ֥ר מֵתֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “{You may/can} bury your dead/deceased {wife} {there}.” or “{Please go ahead and} bury your dead/deceased {wife} {on that land}.”
23:12 c96c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֨חוּ֙ אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “Then Abraham bowed {again}” or “{Once again,} Abraham bowed”. See how you translated “bowed” in verse 7. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
23:12 lnox לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י 1 “before/to” or “in front of”
23:12 w96w עַ֥ם הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “the people/leaders/elders who owned the land {in the area}” or “the leaders/elders {of/over the Hittites}”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 7. You could translate this in a slightly different way here since these people have been referred to repeatedly before this.
23:13 zbz3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֨ר אֶל עֶפְר֜וֹן בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֤י עַם הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 “and he said to Ephron while the {rest of} the leaders/elders listened,” or “As/While they {all} listened, he/Abraham said to Ephron,” See how you translated “in the ears of” in verse 10. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
23:13 btl1 אַ֛ךְ 1 “Rather {than that},” or “Instead {of doing that},”
23:13 ul13 אִם אַתָּ֥ה ל֖וּ 1 “if you are willing,” or “since you are willing {to let me have the field},” In verses 9-15, Abraham and Ephron are bargaining indirectly with each other according to the customs of that culture and time. Keep that in mind as you translate their conversation.
23:13 nu5f ל֖וּ שְׁמָעֵ֑⁠נִי 1 “please accept my proposal/offer.” or “please listen to what I am offering/proposing.”
23:13 dy0v נָתַ֜תִּי כֶּ֤סֶף הַ⁠שָּׂדֶה֙ 1 “I will give/pay you the {full} price of what the field is worth.” or “I want to give/pay you the {full} price of/for the field.”
23:13 riop rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness קַ֣ח מִמֶּ֔⁠נִּי 1 “{Please} take/accept my money/payment,” or “{Please} let me buy it from you,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
23:13 la7v וְ⁠אֶקְבְּרָ֥ה אֶת מֵתִ֖⁠י שָֽׁמָּ⁠ה 1 “so that I can bury {the body of} my dead/deceased {wife} there.” or “so that {the field will be mine and} I can bury {my wife} there who has died.” or “then I will have a place to bury {the body of} my dead/deceased {wife}.”
23:14 p5za rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יַּ֧עַן עֶפְר֛וֹן אֶת אַבְרָהָ֖ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֥ר לֽ⁠וֹ 1 “Then Ephron said to Abraham,” or “Ephron responded to Abraham,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
23:15 ihwt rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י 1 “Sir,” See how you translated this respectful form of address in verses 6 and 11. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics]])
23:15 stvm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness שְׁמָעֵ֔⁠נִי 1 “{please} listen to me.” See how you translated this clause in verse 13. Make sure Ephron sounds polite here in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
23:15 tka1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney אֶרֶץ֩ אַרְבַּ֨ע מֵאֹ֧ת שֶֽׁקֶל כֶּ֛סֶף 1 “The land/field {is worth} 400 shekels of silver.” or “If I were selling that land, it would cost 400 shekels of silver.” Coins did not exist at that time. Rather people paid each other with shekels of silver or gold, which was a weight measurement. Four hundred shekels of silver was about 10 pounds (4.5 kilos) of silver. Many translation teams like to keep the same numbers that are in the Hebrew text in their translation, and then in a footnote give the equivalent amount in their own currency. Other teams put the equivalent amount in the text and put the literal phrase in a footnote. See how you translated “shekels of silver” in Gen 20:16. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
23:15 xoco בֵּינִ֥⁠י וּ⁠בֵֽינְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “{However,} since you and I are friends,” or “{But} as far as you and I are concerned,”
23:15 efpw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַה הִ֑וא 1 “what {significance} {is} that?” or “that {is} not important.” or “I would not ask you to pay that.” or “there is no need for that.” Decide whether or not a rhetorical question fits here well in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
23:15 uilj וְ⁠אֶת מֵתְ⁠ךָ֖ קְבֹֽר 1 “So {go ahead and} bury your dead/deceased {wife} {there}.” Consider again how you translated “bury...dead” in verses 4, 6, 8, 11, 13 and 15.
23:16 g94w וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֣ע אַבְרָהָם֮ אֶל עֶפְרוֹן֒ 1 “Abraham accepted Ephrons price/offer,” or “Abraham agreed with Ephrons price/offer,” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Abraham did not just hear what Ephron said, but also acted on it.
23:16 i5n2 וַ⁠יִּשְׁקֹ֤ל אַבְרָהָם֙ לְ⁠עֶפְרֹ֔ן 1 “and/so he paid Ephron/him”
23:16 jss8 אֶת הַ⁠כֶּ֕סֶף אֲשֶׁ֥ר דִּבֶּ֖ר 1 “the {amount of} silver that he/Ephron had stated/suggested”
23:16 x9sr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֣י בְנֵי חֵ֑ת 1 “in the hearing/presence of the {other} Hittite leaders/elders” or “as/while {the rest of} {the leaders/elders of} the Hittites {watched and} listened”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 10. You might need to translate it differently here because of the different context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
23:16 wisp אַרְבַּ֤ע מֵאוֹת֙ שֶׁ֣קֶל כֶּ֔סֶף 1 “{which was} 400 shekels of silver,” or “{Abraham weighed the} 400 shekels of silver”
23:16 nryz עֹבֵ֖ר לַ⁠סֹּחֵֽר 1 “using/with the same kind of weights/scale that merchants used {to accurately weigh silver/things}.” or “using the standard shekel/weights that sellers/traders used {at that time}.”
23:17 vy2y וַ⁠יָּ֣קָם שְׂדֵ֣ה עֶפְר֗וֹן 1 “So Ephrons field” or “That is how the field that belonged to Ephron”. Verses 17-18 are a summary of the transaction between Ephron and Abraham. Make sure your translation of these verses does not sound like this was a second time that the field was sold.
23:17 aztc אֲשֶׁר֙ בַּ⁠מַּכְפֵּלָ֔ה 1 “that {was} in the Machpelah {area}”
23:17 x93p אֲשֶׁ֖ר לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י מַמְרֵ֑א 1 “east of {the city of} Mamre,” or “near {the city of} Mamre,” Mamre was another name for the city of Hebron (verse 19). The name probably came from Abrahams friend and ally who lived there (Gen 13:18; 14:13).
23:17 r9zm הַ⁠שָּׂדֶה֙ וְ⁠הַ⁠מְּעָרָ֣ה אֲשֶׁר בּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “{including both} the field and the cave that {was} in it,” or “including the cave that {was} in the field,”
23:17 may4 וְ⁠כָל הָ⁠עֵץ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֔ה 1 “as well as all the trees that {were}”
23:17 d17x בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּ⁠כָל גְּבֻל֖⁠וֹ סָבִֽיב 1 “in the field, {whatever was} inside its borders,” or “anywhere inside the borders/boundaries of the field,”
23:17 ua4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יָּ֣קָם 1 “was {officially/legally} deeded/sold {by Ephron}” or “Ephron deeded/sold {all of that}”. For some languages it may be more natural to break up this long sentence, change the order of the phrases in this verse and say, “So Ephron sold his field {to Abraham}, including the cave that was in the field, as well as all the trees that were inside its boundaries. The field was in the Machpelah {area} near {the city of} Mamre. {Ephron sold the/that field}...” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
23:18 lkdc לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֥ם לְ⁠מִקְנָ֖ה 1 “to Abraham as his property” or “to Abraham, and it became his possession/property”
23:18 y1ss לְ⁠עֵינֵ֣י בְנֵי חֵ֑ת 1 “in the sight/presence of {the leaders/elders of} the Hittites” or “while {the leaders/elders of} the Hittites watched {as witnesses}”. See how you translated the idiom “before the eyes of” in verse 11. (See: figs-idiom}
23:18 ym12 בְּ⁠כֹ֖ל בָּאֵ֥י שַֽׁעַר 1 “including everyone who had gathered at” or “That included everyone who had met together at“
23:18 pyr9 שַֽׁעַר עִירֽ⁠וֹ 1 “their/the city gate/gates.” It may be more natural to change the order of some of the clauses in this verse and say, “...to Abraham in front of {the leaders of} the Hittites who had gathered at the city gates, so that they all witnessed that the land was now Abrahams property.” Do what is best in your language. Also, see how you translated a similar phrase in verse 10.
23:19 vcro וְ⁠אַחֲרֵי כֵן֩ 1 “After that,” or “After Abraham/he bought the field,”
23:19 dwvg קָבַ֨ר אַבְרָהָ֜ם אֶת שָׂרָ֣ה אִשְׁתּ֗⁠וֹ 1 “Abraham/he put/placed {the body of} his wife Sarah”
23:19 hrzz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶל מְעָרַ֞ת שְׂדֵ֧ה הַ⁠מַּכְפֵּלָ֛ה 1 “in the cave in the field in the Machpelah {area},” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Machpelah” in verses 9 and 17. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
23:19 k7kw עַל פְּנֵ֥י מַמְרֵ֖א 1 “east of {the city of} Mamre,” or “near {the city of} Mamre,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 17. Also, be consistent here with how you spelled this name in verse 17 and in Gen 14:13, 24; 18:1.
23:19 wb07 הִ֣וא חֶבְר֑וֹן 1 “which {is also called/named} Hebron,” or “also known as Hebron,” or “that is, Hebron,”
23:19 meyv בְּ⁠אֶ֖רֶץ כְּנָֽעַן 1 “in the land/region called Canaan.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 2.
23:20 ujmp וַ⁠יָּ֨קָם הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֜ה 1 “So {that is how} that field,” or “So {in that way,} the field {of Ephron}”. Verse 20 is a concluding summary of chapter 23 and repeats parts of verses 17-18. Make sure that the way you translate this does not sound like Abraham bought another property from the Hittites.
23:20 d71l וְ⁠הַ⁠מְּעָרָ֧ה אֲשֶׁר בּ֛⁠וֹ 1 “including the cave that {was} in the field,”
23:20 p7el וַ⁠יָּ֨קָם לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֖ם 1 “was/were {officially/legally} sold to Abraham”. See how you translated this in verse 17.
23:20 z30w לַ⁠אֲחֻזַּת קָ֑בֶר מֵ⁠אֵ֖ת בְּנֵי חֵֽת 1 “by the Hittites as a burial place/site.” or “by the Hittites, so that he had a place where he could bury {his wife who had died}.” Consider again how you translated “a burial place” in verses 4, 9, and 20, and how you translated “the sons of Heth” in verses 3, 5, 7, 10, 16, 18, and 20.
24:1 wzyg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֣ם זָקֵ֔ן בָּ֖א בַּ⁠יָּמִ֑ים 1 “Abraham had lived a long time and was {now} {very} old,” or “Abraham was very old now. He had lived many years,” or “Now Abraham had become very old,” Verse one gives the setting for the new episode and begins with a doublet that emphasizes how old Abraham was. Try to preserve this emphasis in a way that is natural in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
24:1 saka וַֽ⁠יהוָ֛ה בֵּרַ֥ךְ אֶת אַבְרָהָ֖ם 1 “and Yahweh had blessed him” or “and Yahweh had caused him to prosper”. See how you translated “bless” in Gen 12:2-3.
24:1 mbdb בַּ⁠כֹּֽל 1 “in everything {he had done}.” or “in every way.”
24:2 b4i8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אַבְרָהָ֗ם אֶל 1 “{One day} Abraham/he told”. Consider what is the best way to introduce the first event in this episode in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
24:2 joaf עַבְדּ⁠וֹ֙ זְקַ֣ן בֵּית֔⁠וֹ 1 “the oldest servant in his household,” or “his senior/chief household servant,”
24:2 k6ua הַ⁠מֹּשֵׁ֖ל בְּ⁠כָל 1 “who managed” or “who took care of”
24:2 n77v בְּ⁠כָל אֲשֶׁר ל֑⁠וֹ 1 “everything that he owned,” or “his entire estate for him,”
24:2 onzf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction שִֽׂים נָ֥א יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ תַּ֥חַת יְרֵכִֽ⁠י 1 “Please put your hand under my thigh/leg {to show that you will do what I ask}”. You can make the meaning of this custom explicit in your translation, or you can put that information in a footnote. What Abraham asks his servant to do here is part of the vow-making process in verse 3. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
24:3 t966 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative וְ⁠אַשְׁבִּ֣יעֲ⁠ךָ֔ 1 “I want you to vow {to me}” or “and swear/vow {to me}” or “and make an unbreakable promise {to me}”. Decide the best way to translate this command in your language. Also, see how you translated “swear” in Gen 21:23, and see the note about that there. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
24:3 d82y בַּֽ⁠יהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם וֵֽ⁠אלֹהֵ֖י הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “with Yahweh as your witness, the God who rules/created the heavens and the earth,” See how you translated “the heavens and the earth” in Gen 1:1.
24:3 j350 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹֽא תִקַּ֤ח אִשָּׁה֙ לִ⁠בְנִ֔⁠י מִ⁠בְּנוֹת֙ 1 “that you will not get/find/choose a wife/woman for my son {Isaac} {to marry} from {among}” or “that you will not arrange for my son {Isaac} to marry”. For some languages it is clearer and more natural to make “Isaac” explicit here in verse 3, rather than wait until the end of verse 4. Do what is best in your language. Also, see how you translated the idiom “took a wife for” in Gen 21:21. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
24:3 twy1 מִ⁠בְּנוֹת֙ הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֔י אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָנֹכִ֖י יוֹשֵׁ֥ב בְּ⁠קִרְבּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “the Canaanite women whom we live among” or “{any of} the Canaanite women who live around us here”. Make sure your translation does not sound like Abraham was living by himself among the Canaanites; his family and servants also lived among them with him.
24:4 bs9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative כִּ֧י תֵּלֵ֑ךְ 1 “Rather/Instead, you must go” or “Rather/Instead, I want you to go” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
24:4 ph6k אֶל אַרְצִ֛⁠י 1 “to my {home} country” or “to the country/region where I grew up” or “to the country that I came from”
24:4 x63y וְ⁠אֶל מוֹלַדְתִּ֖⁠י 1 “to my relatives/family/kinfolk {who live there},”
24:4 e2z3 וְ⁠לָקַחְתָּ֥ אִשָּׁ֖ה לִ⁠בְנִ֥⁠י לְ⁠יִצְחָֽק 1 “and find/choose a wife/woman {from there} for my son Isaac {to marry}.” or “and get/choose a wife/woman {from among them} for him {to marry}.” or “and arrange for him to marry one of their daughters.” The way you refer to Isaac here will depend on how you refer to him in verse 3.
24:5 b2aj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֵלָי⁠ו֙ הָ⁠עֶ֔בֶד 1 “Then the servant asked Abraham,” or “But {Abrahams} servant asked him,” Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language so that it fits the context well. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
24:5 m0tg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo אוּלַי֙ 1 “Suppose {that}” or “What {should I do} if”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 18:24, 28, 29. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
24:5 rr5r הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֔ה 1 “the {young} woman {I find/choose}” or “{when I find} that {young} woman, she”
24:5 jvcj לֹא תֹאבֶ֣ה 1 “does not want/agree” or “refuses”
24:5 jx2t לָ⁠לֶ֥כֶת אַחֲרַ֖⁠י 1 “to come/go {back} with me” or “to follow me {back}”
24:5 j84a אֶל הָ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠זֹּ֑את 1 “to this land {to live}?” or “to {live in} this land?”
24:5 qysv הֶֽ⁠הָשֵׁ֤ב אָשִׁיב֙ אֶת בִּנְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 “{In that case,} should I take your son” or “Do you want me to {then} take your son back {there}”
24:5 xbaf אֶל הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ אֲשֶׁר יָצָ֥אתָ מִ⁠שָּֽׁם 1 “to your {home} country {to marry her} {and live there}?” or “{to live} in your {home] country?”
24:6 t4c7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֵלָ֖י⁠ו אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “Then Abraham said/replied to his servant,” or “Abraham answered him,” or “Abraham replied,” Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin at this point in the conversation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
24:6 z1c6 הִשָּׁ֣מֶר לְ⁠ךָ֔ פֶּן תָּשִׁ֥יב אֶת בְּנִ֖⁠י 1 “{No,} be/make sure that you never take my son back” or “{No,} you must definitely not/never take my son back”
24:6 lauy שָֽׁמָּ⁠ה 1 “there {to live}” or “to my home country/land {to live}”
24:7 kqni יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֗יִם 1 “{because} Yahweh, the God who rules/created the heavens,” Make sure it is clear in your translation that verse 7 gives the reason for verse 6. Also, see how you translated “the God of the heavens” in verse 3.
24:7 m7st אֲשֶׁ֨ר לְקָחַ֜⁠נִי מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית אָבִ⁠י֮ 1 “brought/led me {here} from my fathers household”
24:7 krl7 וּ⁠מֵ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מֽוֹלַדְתִּ⁠י֒ 1 “and from the land where {the rest of} my relatives/family live,”
24:7 fb50 וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר דִּבֶּר לִ֜⁠י וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר נִֽשְׁבַּֽע לִ⁠י֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 “and he vowed to me,” or “and he made an oath/vow to me and said,” or “and he made an unbreakable promise to me and said,”
24:7 t9zo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations לְ⁠זַ֨רְעֲ⁠ךָ֔ אֶתֵּ֖ן אֶת הָ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠זֹּ֑את 1 “I will give this land to your offspring/descendants” or “that he would give this land {where we live} to my descendants”. The phrase “this land” refers to the land of Canaan here, not the land where Abrahams relatives lived. Make sure that is clear in your translation. Also, consider whether it is more natural here in your language to use a direct quote or an indirect quote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
24:7 zrxe ה֗וּא יִשְׁלַ֤ח מַלְאָכ⁠וֹ֙ לְ⁠פָנֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “He will send one of his angels ahead of you {to guide/help you},” If you begin a new sentence here, make sure that the previous sentence is well-formed and complete in your language. Also, see how you translated “angel” in Gen 22:11, 15.
24:7 ksow וְ⁠לָקַחְתָּ֥ 1 “so that you will {be able to} find/choose” or “so that you can find/get”
24:7 tdz1 אִשָּׁ֛ה לִ⁠בְנִ֖⁠י מִ⁠שָּֽׁם 1 “a wife/woman from my home country/land for my son {to marry}.” See how you translated “take/find a wife for” in verses 3-4.
24:8 wcpk וְ⁠אִם הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁה֙ 1 “However, if the woman {you find/choose}”
24:8 y2r9 לֹ֨א תֹאבֶ֤ה 1 “does not want” or “refuses”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 5.
24:8 rfey לָ⁠לֶ֣כֶת אַחֲרֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “to come {back} {here} with you,” or “to follow you {back} {here},” See how you translated a similar phrase (“to come with me”) in verse 5.
24:8 gxuf וְ⁠נִקִּ֕יתָ מִ⁠שְּׁבֻעָתִ֖⁠י 1 “then you will be released/free from {keeping}” or “then you will not have to keep/fulfill”
24:8 mdi5 מִ⁠שְּׁבֻעָתִ֖⁠י זֹ֑את 1 “this oath/vow” or “this binding/unbreakable promise”. An oath is a serious, unbreakable promise or vow that is made before God to guarantee that it will be fulfilled. See how you translated the verb form of this word (“swear” or “vow”) in verse 3.
24:8 dlps מִ⁠שְּׁבֻעָתִ֖⁠י 1 “that I am asking/requesting you to swear/make {today/now}.” or “that you are swearing/making to me {today/now}.”
24:8 eey0 רַ֣ק 1 “Just” or “But {no matter what happens,}”
24:8 rucb אֶת בְּנִ֔⁠י לֹ֥א תָשֵׁ֖ב שָֽׁמָּ⁠ה 1 “you must not/never take my son back to my home country/land!” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 6.
24:9 d430 וַ⁠יָּ֤שֶׂם הָ⁠עֶ֨בֶד֙ 1 “So the/Abrahams servant”
24:9 qz2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יָּ֤שֶׂם אֶת יָד֔⁠וֹ תַּ֛חַת יֶ֥רֶךְ אַבְרָהָ֖ם אֲדֹנָ֑י⁠ו 1 “put his hand under his master/owner Abrahams thigh/leg”. See how you translated a similar clause in verse 2. Also, in that culture, people owned servants and had complete authority over them. Make sure your translation of “master” and “servant” does not imply that the servant was mistreated. Servants were treated well, could hold important positions and were often considered as members of the masters family. See how you translated a related term “mistress/owner” in Gen 16:4, 8-9. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
24:9 ezs1 וַ⁠יִּשָּׁ֣בַֽע ל֔⁠וֹ 1 “and vowed to him” or “and made an oath/vow to him” or “and made an unbreakable promise to him”. See how you translated “swore” in verse 7 and “swear” in verse 3.
24:9 w2zk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַל הַ⁠דָּבָ֖ר הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 “that he would do what he/Abraham had requested/told him to do.” or “that he would go get/find a wife/woman for Isaac.” Some languages need to make explicit what “this matter” refers to. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:10 sqzt rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential וַ⁠יִּקַּ֣ח הָ֠⁠עֶבֶד 1 “Then/Next he” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
24:10 l8l3 וַ⁠יִּקַּ֣ח עֲשָׂרָ֨ה גְמַלִּ֜ים מִ⁠גְּמַלֵּ֤י אֲדֹנָי⁠ו֙ 1 “got ten of his masters camels ready {for the trip}”. Make sure that your translation of “took” does not imply that the servant stole the camels or valuable things from Abraham. Rather, the “good things” that he loaded on the camels included things that he would give as gifts to Isaacs relatives (verse 53). Also, see how you translated “camels” in Gen 12:16.
24:10 zzj6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּ֔לֶךְ וְ⁠כָל ט֥וּב אֲדֹנָ֖י⁠ו בְּ⁠יָד֑⁠וֹ וַ⁠יָּ֗קָם וַ⁠יֵּ֛לֶךְ 1 “and left {with some other servants}, taking with him many of his masters valuable things {to give as gifts}. Then he” or “and after he loaded them with all kinds of valuable things from his master {to use as gifts}, he left {with some other servants} and”. For some languages, it is best to make it explicit here in verse 10 that other servants went with Abrahams chief servant, rather than have them appear suddenly in verse 32. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:10 cwi1 וַ⁠יֵּ֛לֶךְ אֶל 1 “made the {long} journey/trip to” or “traveled to”. This was about a 500 mile (800 kilometer) trip and would take camels about seventeen days to complete.
24:10 in1t אֲרַ֥ם נַֽהֲרַ֖יִם 1 “{the region of} Aram Naharaim,”
24:10 pnrb אֶל עִ֥יר נָחֽוֹר 1 “to Nahors city.” or “to the city where Nahor lived.” Nahor lived in the city of Haran (Gen 11:31-32). That information could be put in a footnote. Make sure your translation of this phrase does not sound like Nahor owned the city.
24:11 sqc8 וַ⁠יַּבְרֵ֧ךְ הַ⁠גְּמַלִּ֛ים מִ⁠ח֥וּץ לָ⁠עִ֖יר 1 “{When they arrived there,} Abrahams servant had the camels kneel/lie down {to rest} outside the city”
24:11 csy7 אֶל בְּאֵ֣ר הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 “near its well” or “by/near the {community/public} well {that was there}”. Each town or city had a well where people from the city came to get their water. See how you translated “well of water” in Gen 21:19. You might need to translate this in a slightly different way here because of the different context.
24:11 qle5 לְ⁠עֵ֣ת עֶ֔רֶב 1 “It was evening time,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
24:11 ct2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְ⁠עֵ֖ת צֵ֥את הַ⁠שֹּׁאֲבֹֽת 1 “the time when the {young} women {of the city} came out to draw/get water {from the well} {for their families/homes}.” or “when the {young} women {of the city} were starting to come out {to the well} to draw/get water {for their families/homes}.” In that time and culture, there was no running water in homes so people had to come out to the city well to get water for their families. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:12 jy5x rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֓ר 1 Then Abrahams servant said/prayed,” Consider what is the best way to begin this paragraph in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
24:12 ws5i יְהוָ֗ה 1 “{Dear/Oh} Yahweh,” Consider what is the best way to begin this prayer in your language.
24:12 i0vz אֱלֹהֵי֙ אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “{who is} the God {who takes care} of my master Abraham,” or “{who is} the God whom my master Abraham worships/serves,”
24:12 hwr0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure הַקְרֵה נָ֥א לְ⁠פָנַ֖⁠י הַ⁠יּ֑וֹם וַ⁠עֲשֵׂה חֶ֕סֶד עִ֖ם אֲדֹנִ֥⁠י אַבְרָהָֽם 1 It may be clearer and more natural to change the order of the clauses in this sentence and say, “Please be kind/gracious to my master by helping me succeed today.” or “Please show your kindness to my master today by helping me {find a wife/woman for his son to marry}.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
24:12 cv0l הַקְרֵה נָ֥א לְ⁠פָנַ֖⁠י הַ⁠יּ֑וֹם 1 “please help me do what I have come here to do today” or “please help me succeed today”
24:12 ixjs וַ⁠עֲשֵׂה חֶ֕סֶד עִ֖ם 1 “and {in that way} show kindness to” or “and be kind to”
24:12 cgxc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “my master.” or “him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
24:13 fd2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness הִנֵּ֛ה אָנֹכִ֥י נִצָּ֖ב עַל 1 “Look/See, {here} I am, standing beside/near” or “As you see/know, I am standing {here} beside/near”. Make sure in your translation that what Abrahams servant says here to Yahweh sounds polite and respectful, not rude, demanding or complaining. Also, he is not telling God something that God did not already know. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
24:13 ulm2 עֵ֣ין הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 “this spring/well,” or “this spring-fed well,” The phrase “spring of water” (here and in verse 16) refers to the same well that is referred to in verses 11 and 20, which means that this was probably a spring-fed well. Some translation teams use only one term to refer to this spring or well throughout this chapter in order to prevent confusion. Decide what is best in your language.
24:13 awnn וּ⁠בְנוֹת֙ אַנְשֵׁ֣י הָ⁠עִ֔יר 1 “and the daughters of the townspeople” or “and the young women of/from the city”
24:13 jc9y יֹצְאֹ֖ת לִ⁠שְׁאֹ֥ב מָֽיִם 1 “are coming out {here} to draw/get water.” See how you translated “draw/get water” in verse 11.
24:14 fw47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness וְ⁠הָיָ֣ה 1 “{Please} make it happen {that}”. Make sure that your translation of the servants request to God sounds polite. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
24:14 w6tq הַֽ⁠נַּעֲרָ֗ אֲשֶׁ֨ר אֹמַ֤ר אֵלֶ֨י⁠הָ֙ 1 “when I say to one of the young women,” The phrase “young woman” is actually a single word in Hebrew (like the old English words “damsel” and “maiden”) and refers to a young woman who is old enough to get married, but has never been married before. Some languages have a single word for this; other languages prefer a phrase.
24:14 qkdm הַטִּי נָ֤א כַדֵּ⁠ךְ֙ 1 “Please lower your {water} jar/jug/pot”. The water containers that people used were usually made out of clay.
24:14 avo0 וְ⁠אֶשְׁתֶּ֔ה 1 “so that I can drink {some water},” or “so that I can have/take a drink {of water},”
24:14 mgn6 וְ⁠אָמְרָ֣ה 1 “and/if she says/replies {to me},” or “she will say {to me},”
24:14 ych4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes שְׁתֵ֔ה וְ⁠גַם גְּמַלֶּ֖י⁠ךָ אַשְׁקֶ֑ה 1 “Have/Take a drink, and I will also draw/get water for your camels”. For some languages it is clearer and more natural to make one or both of the two embedded direct quotes in this verse into indirect quotes. For example you could say, “{Please} make it happen that when I ask one of the young women to lower her jug so that I can have a drink {of water}, she will offer me a drink and will also offer to draw water for my camels.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
24:14 tgbs אֹתָ֤⁠הּ הֹכַ֨חְתָּ֙ 1 “{Then I will know that } she {is the one} you have chosen”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
24:14 hmob לְ⁠עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֣ לְ⁠יִצְחָ֔ק 1 “{as a wife} for your servant Isaac.” or “to be the wife of Isaac who serves you,”
24:14 ys98 וּ⁠בָ֣⁠הּ אֵדַ֔ע כִּי עָשִׂ֥יתָ חֶ֖סֶד עִם אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י 1 “and that you have been kind/gracious to my master {Abraham}.” See how you translated “show kindness toward” in verse 12.
24:15 b9n9 וַֽ⁠יְהִי ה֗וּא טֶרֶם֮ כִּלָּ֣ה לְ⁠דַבֵּר֒ 1 “Before Abrahams servant had {even} finished speaking/praying {to God},” Many translations omit the phrase “Then it happened”, but this phrase emphasizes the events that follow it and adds suspense, so that the audience wonders what the outcome will be. Do what is natural in your language.
24:15 e70q וְ⁠הִנֵּ֧ה 1 “just then {he saw}” or “suddenly {he saw}”. This phrase spotlights Rebekah and shows that she is the center of attention. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language.
24:15 h8p0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants רִבְקָ֣ה יֹצֵ֗את 1 “{a young woman named} Rebekah coming out {of the city}”. Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce Rebekah here for the first time in this episode. Some translations use an exclamation mark to help show the excitement. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
24:15 mbyu אֲשֶׁ֤ר יֻלְּדָה֙ לִ⁠בְתוּאֵ֣ל 1 “She was the daughter of Bethuel,” or “Her father was Bethuel,”
24:15 xu2z בֶּן מִלְכָּ֔ה אֵ֥שֶׁת נָח֖וֹר אֲחִ֣י אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “{who was} the son of Milcah and Abrahams brother Nahor.” or “and his/Bethuels parents were Abrahams brother Nahor and Milcah.”
24:15 fygo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠כַדָּ֖⁠הּ עַל שִׁכְמָֽ⁠הּ 1 “She was carrying her/a water jug on her shoulder.” or “She had her/a water jar/jug on her shoulder.” It may be more natural to put this clause earlier in this verse and say, “Rebekah was coming out {of the city} with/carrying her/a water jar/jug on her shoulder.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
24:16 zld1 וְ⁠הַֽ⁠נַּעֲרָ֗ טֹבַ֤ת מַרְאֶה֙ מְאֹ֔ד בְּתוּלָ֕ה 1 “She/Rebekah was a very beautiful unmarried young woman,” See how you translated “young woman” in verses 14 and 15.
24:16 ig54 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠אִ֖ישׁ לֹ֣א יְדָעָ֑⁠הּ 1 “whom no man had ever slept with.” or “who had never slept with a man.” or “who had never had {marital/sexual} relations with a man.” See how you translated the idiom “not known a man” in Gen 19:8. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
24:16 q92s וַ⁠תֵּ֣רֶד 1 “She went/walked down”. Notice that the spring or well was at a place that was lower than the place where Abrahams servant was standing.
24:16 x0t1 הָ⁠עַ֔יְנָ⁠ה 1 “to the spring/well” or “to the spring-fed well,” See how you translated “spring” in verse 13.
24:16 vgr9 וַ⁠תְּמַלֵּ֥א כַדָּ֖⁠הּ 1 “filled her jar/jug {with water},”
24:16 vj4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠תָּֽעַל 1 “and came/walked {back} up {with/carrying it on her shoulder}.” If it is not clear, you may need to make it explicit in your translation that Rebekah still had the jar with her when she came up from the well or spring, especially since she lowers it from her shoulder in verse 18. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:17 jexj וַ⁠יָּ֥רָץ הָ⁠עֶ֖בֶד 1 “Then {Abrahams} servant”
24:17 vyeh וַ⁠יָּ֥רָץ לִ⁠קְרָאתָ֑⁠הּ 1 “ran/hurried to meet the young woman” or “ran up to her”
24:17 wg62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “and said {to her},” or “and requested,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
24:17 fsbq הַגְמִיאִ֥י⁠נִי נָ֛א מְעַט מַ֖יִם מִ⁠כַּדֵּֽ⁠ךְ 1 “Please let me have a little water to drink from your jar/jug.” or “Please give me a little drink/water from your jar/jug.”
24:18 ecr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “She replied,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
24:18 x3u8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics שְׁתֵ֣ה אֲדֹנִ֑⁠י 1 “{Please} have a drink, sir.” or “{Certainly,} sir, {you may} have a drink.” Make sure that Rebekahs reply is polite and respectful in your language, though the way she addresses Abrahams servant should not make it sound like she is his slave. Also see how you translated “my lord” in Gen 23:6, 11, 15. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics]])
24:18 o34c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠תְּמַהֵ֗ר וַ⁠תֹּ֧רֶד כַּדָּ֛⁠הּ עַל יָדָ֖⁠הּ 1 “Then she quickly lowered her jar/jug {from her shoulder} to her hands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:18 emj4 וַ⁠תַּשְׁקֵֽ⁠הוּ 1 “and let him drink {some water} {from it}.” or “and let him have a drink.”
24:19 xr9p וַ⁠תְּכַ֖ל לְ⁠הַשְׁקֹת֑⁠וֹ 1 “After he finished drinking,” or “After that,”
24:19 nl7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “she said/offered {to him},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
24:19 gdym גַּ֤ם לִ⁠גְמַלֶּ֨י⁠ךָ֙ אֶשְׁאָ֔ב 1 “Let me also draw/get water for {all} your camels”
24:19 g95q עַ֥ד אִם כִּלּ֖וּ לִ⁠שְׁתֹּֽת 1 “until they have had enough to drink.”
24:20 llu6 וַ⁠תְּמַהֵ֗ר וַ⁠תְּעַ֤ר כַּדָּ⁠הּ֙ 1 “Then/So she quickly emptied/poured {the rest of the water from} her jar/jug”. See how you translated “Then she hurried and” in verse 18.
24:20 xlk7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֶל הַ⁠שֹּׁ֔קֶת 1 “into the {animal} {drinking} trough/place {that was there}” or “into the {stone} trough/container/thing {that was there for animals to drink out of}”. The drinking trough was a long, open stone container that several animals could drink from at the same time. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
24:20 brw2 וַ⁠תָּ֥רָץ ע֛וֹד אֶֽל הַ⁠בְּאֵ֖ר לִ⁠שְׁאֹ֑ב 1 “and ran back {and forth} to the well to draw/get {more water},”
24:20 zyv5 וַ⁠תִּשְׁאַ֖ב לְ⁠כָל גְּמַלָּֽי⁠ו 1 “until she had drawn/brought {enough} for all of the camels.”
24:21 qhyv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants וְ⁠הָ⁠אִ֥ישׁ מִשְׁתָּאֵ֖ה לָ֑⁠הּ מַחֲרִ֕ישׁ 1 “Meanwhile the/Abrahams servant silently watched her/Rebekah {and waited}” or “While she/Rebekah was doing that, the/Abrahams servant silently watched her”. Starting in verse 21 the Hebrew text takes Rebekah and Labans perspective and refers to Abrahams servant as “the man”. This continues until verse 34, when the servant tells everyone that he is Abrahams servant. For some languages this is confusing (because it sounds like two different people), so for those languages it is necessary to refer to him as “Abrahams servant” or “the servant” throughout this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
24:21 mzx4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לָ⁠דַ֗עַת הַֽ⁠הִצְלִ֧יחַ יְהוָ֛ה דַּרְכּ֖⁠וֹ אִם לֹֽא 1 “to find out whether or not Yahweh had made him successful on his journey/trip {to find a wife for Isaac}.” or “to know/see for sure whether/if Yahweh had given him success on his journey/trip.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
24:22 z0mg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יְהִ֗י כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר כִּלּ֤וּ הַ⁠גְּמַלִּים֙ לִ⁠שְׁתּ֔וֹת 1 “Finally, when the camels had finished drinking,” or “After {all} the camels had drunk as much water as they wanted {and Rebekah had stopped drawing/fetching water},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:22 tood וַ⁠יִּקַּ֤ח הָ⁠אִישׁ֙ 1 “the/Abrahams servant”
24:22 sg19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight וַ⁠יִּקַּ֤ח נֶ֣זֶם זָהָ֔ב בֶּ֖קַע מִשְׁקָל֑⁠וֹ 1 “brought out a gold nose ring weighing one beka {and gave it to Rebekah/her}” or “gave {Rebekah/her} a gold nose ring that weighed one beka”. Many translation teams keep the numbers and the names of weights that are used in the Bible text in their translation, and they may or may not put the modern equivalents in pounds or grams in a footnote. Other teams do the opposite. One beka was about 1/5 of an ounce (5.5 grams), and ten shekels (see below) was about 4 ounces (110 grams). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
24:22 szjk וּ⁠שְׁנֵ֤י צְמִידִים֙ זָהָ֖ב 1 “He also gave her two gold bracelets”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
24:22 afe9 עַל יָדֶ֔י⁠הָ 1 “for her wrists”. The Hebrew term is ambiguous here; it can refer to hands, arms or wrists. However in this context, the bracelets would have been put on the arms or the wrists.
24:22 pn2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight עֲשָׂרָ֥ה מִשְׁקָלָֽ⁠ם 1 “that weighed ten shekels {each}.” or “Each bracelet weighed ten shekels.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
24:23 ivak rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “Then he said {to her/Rebekah},” or “Then he asked {her/Rebekah},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
24:23 m6vp בַּת מִ֣י אַ֔תְּ הַגִּ֥ידִי נָ֖א לִ֑⁠י 1 “Please tell me who your father {is}.” The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. The phrase “Please tell me” can go: (1) with the previous question; or (2) with the following question. Since Abrahams servants goal is to find a wife for Isaac who is one of Abrahams relatives, the first interpretation seems most likely.
24:23 t1yc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns הֲ⁠יֵ֧שׁ בֵּית אָבִ֛י⁠ךְ מָק֥וֹם 1 “{Also,} is there {enough} room/space at/in his house” or “{Also,} does your father have enough/any room in/at his house”. If you made “your father” explicit in the previous sentence, it may be more natural to refer to him with the pronoun “his” in this sentence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
24:23 pzbr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive לָ֖⁠נוּ 1 “for me and my men”. The pronoun “us” includes other servants who came with Abrahams chief servant (as verse 32 shows). If your language has inclusive and exclusive forms of this pronoun, you should use the exclusive form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
24:23 zoch לָ⁠לִֽין 1 “to spend the night {there}?” or “to stay {there} tonight?”
24:24 edbe rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר אֵלָ֔י⁠ו 1 “She/Rebekah answered him,” or “She/Rebekah replied,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
24:24 v7bk בַּת בְּתוּאֵ֖ל אָנֹ֑כִי 1 “My father {is} Bethuel,” or “Bethuel {is} my father,” or “My fathers name {is} Bethuel,”
24:24 l5rk בֶּן מִלְכָּ֕ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר יָלְדָ֖ה לְ⁠נָחֽוֹר 1 “{who is} a son of Milcah and Nahor.” or “{and he is} one of Nahor and Milcahs sons.” or “and his parents are Nahor and Milcah.” Make sure the way you translate this does not sound like Bethuel was the only son of Milcah and Nahor; they had eight sons (Gen 22: 21-22). Also, in some cultures the fathers name is normally given first; in other cultures the mothers name is normally first.
24:25 pbeh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר אֵלָ֔י⁠ו 1 “Then she added/continued,” Some languages leave this quote margin implied here, because the same person is still talking to the same person. Other languages can keep the quote margin (like the Hebrew text does), to emphasize what Rebekah says next. The quote margin may also indicate that Rebekah paused before she said what she says in verse 25. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
24:25 wijh גַּם תֶּ֥בֶן גַּם מִסְפּ֖וֹא רַ֣ב עִמָּ֑⁠נוּ 1 “We have plenty of both straw and {other} feed {at our house} {for the/your camels to eat},” The term “fodder” refers to dry feed that is prepared for animals to eat; it can include chopped hay and grains such as oats and barley.
24:25 dj14 גַּם מָק֖וֹם 1 “{and there is} also {enough} room {at/in his/our house} {for all of you}”
24:25 c715 לָ⁠לֽוּן 1 “to spend the night {there}.” or “to stay {there} tonight.” See how you translated this in verse 23.
24:26 g67i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּקֹּ֣ד הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֖חוּ לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה 1 “Then the/Abrahams servant bowed to the ground and worshiped Yahweh”. See how you translated “bowed” in Gen 18:2; 19:1. The word “prostrated” means he bowed low to the ground and touched his face or forehead to the ground with outstretched arms, in an act of worship. When combined with “bowed down” as in this verse, it is usually translated as “worshiped”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
24:27 kzzy וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “saying,” or “He said,” The servant is worshiping God by bowing down and by what he says in verse 27.
24:27 lmcg בָּר֤וּךְ יְהוָה֙ 1 “Praise Yahweh,” or “I praise Yahweh,” See how you translated this in Gen 9:26.
24:27 w2ii אֱלֹהֵי֙ אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “the God {who takes care} of my master Abraham” or “{who is} the God whom my master Abraham worships/serves”. See how you translated “God of my master Abraham” in verse 12.
24:27 r1xi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes אֲ֠שֶׁר לֹֽא עָזַ֥ב חַסְדּ֛⁠וֹ וַ⁠אֲמִתּ֖⁠וֹ מֵ⁠עִ֣ם אֲדֹנִ֑⁠י 1 “He has never stopped being kind and faithful to my master” or “He has always been kind and faithful to my master”. See how you translated “kindness” in verses 12 and 14. The phrase “not abandoned” is a way of emphasizing that Yahweh had always been kind and faithful to Abraham. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
24:27 inzl אָנֹכִ֗י בַּ⁠דֶּ֨רֶךְ֙ נָחַ֣⁠נִי יְהוָ֔ה 1 “and he has guided me on the road/journey {here}” or “{Yes,} Yahweh/he guided me on the/my journey/trip {here}”. The last part of verse 27 is what Abrahams servant is praising God for; it is an example of how God has been kind and faithful to Abraham.
24:27 ddm0 בֵּ֖ית אֲחֵ֥י אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י 1 “{to} the home of my masters relatives/family!” or “{to} the home where my masters relatives/family live!”
24:28 easg וַ⁠תָּ֨רָץ֙ הַֽ⁠נַּעֲרָ֔ 1 “Then Rebekah”. See how you translated “young woman” previously in this chapter and consider what is the best way to refer to Rebekah here.
24:28 gm6v וַ⁠תָּ֨רָץ֙ 1 “ran/hurried {home}”
24:28 tpgz וַ⁠תַּגֵּ֖ד 1 “and reported to” or “and shared the news with”
24:28 j74h לְ⁠בֵ֣ית אִמָּ֑⁠הּ 1 “{the people in} her mothers household/family”
24:28 fyzw כַּ⁠דְּבָרִ֖ים הָ⁠אֵֽלֶּה 1 “about what had happened.” or “about what the man/servant had said to her.”
24:29 w36y rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וּ⁠לְ⁠רִבְקָ֥ה אָ֖ח 1 “Now {it so happened that} Rebekah had a brother” or “Rebekah had a brother”. Laban was Rebekahs older brother. Some languages have a specific term for “older brother” that fits well here. Also, consider what is the best way to introduce this background information in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
24:29 fm49 וּ⁠שְׁמ֣⁠וֹ לָבָ֑ן 1 “whose name {was} Laban,” or “named Laban,”
24:29 natm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יָּ֨רָץ לָבָ֧ן 1 “and he ran/hurried/rushed” or “Laban/He ran/hurried” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also consider what is the best way to refer to Laban here in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
24:29 awi9 אֶל הָ⁠אִ֛ישׁ הַ⁠ח֖וּצָ⁠ה אֶל הָ⁠עָֽיִן 1 “out to the spring/well where the man/servant was.” or “to where the man/servant was standing beside the spring/well.”
24:30 isaz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge וַ⁠יְהִ֣י כִּ⁠רְאֹ֣ת 1 “This is how it was/happened: When he/Laban” or “As soon as he/Laban”. Verse 30 is a flashback of what had happened before Laban ran to the well (verse 29). Consider what is the best way to express this in your language. For some languages it may be necessary to combine verses 29-30 and put the sentences in the order that things actually happened. For example, “Now Rebekah had a brother named Laban. When he saw the nose ring and the bracelets that she was wearing, and heard her tell what the man had said to her, he hurried out to meet the man. He found/saw him standing with his camels beside the well.” If you do this, you would mark these combined verses as 29-30. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
24:30 ez7q כִּ⁠רְאֹ֣ת אֶת הַ⁠נֶּ֗זֶם וְֽ⁠אֶת הַ⁠צְּמִדִים֮ עַל יְדֵ֣י אֲחֹת⁠וֹ֒ 1 “had seen the nose ring that his sister was wearing and the bracelets on her arms” or “had seen the nose ring and the bracelets that his sister was wearing”. Some languages have a specific term for “younger sister” that fits well here. Also see how you translated “nose ring” and “bracelets” in verse 22.
24:30 xs19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וּ⁠כְ⁠שָׁמְע֗⁠וֹ אֶת דִּבְרֵ֞י רִבְקָ֤ה אֲחֹת⁠וֹ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר כֹּֽה דִבֶּ֥ר אֵלַ֖⁠י הָ⁠אִ֑ישׁ 1 “and had heard her announce/tell/report what the man {at the well} had said to her,” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to use a direct quote or indirect quote here. If you want to make it clear who “the man” refers to, you should still translate it generally, for example, “the man {I met at the well}” because when Rebekah said this, she did not yet know who he was. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
24:30 d8fj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יָּבֹא֙ אֶל הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ 1 “he went {out} to {where} the man/servant {was},” or “he went {out} to meet him,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
24:30 uddd וְ⁠הִנֵּ֛ה עֹמֵ֥ד 1 “and there he was, standing” or “He found/saw him standing”. The word “behold” emphasizes what follows it. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
24:30 a99n עַל הַ⁠גְּמַלִּ֖ים עַל הָ⁠עָֽיִן 1 “with {his} camels at/beside the spring/well.” or “beside/near the spring/well with {his} camels.”
24:31 wip5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “Then Laban said {to him},” or “Then Laban said {to the man/servant},” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Laban is the one talking here. Consider whether or not to include whom he is speaking to in this quote margin. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
24:31 y53b בּ֖וֹא 1 “Come {with me},” or “{Please} come {stay with us},”
24:31 ogj3 בְּר֣וּךְ יְהוָ֑ה 1 “{you who are} blessed by Yahweh.” or “you whom Yahweh has blessed.”
24:31 q7mg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֤⁠מָּה תַעֲמֹד֙ בַּ⁠ח֔וּץ 1 “There is no need for you to stand out here.” Laban is being polite here, not accusing or critical. For some languages a rhetorical question does not fit here. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
24:31 megh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠אָנֹכִי֙ פִּנִּ֣יתִי הַ⁠בַּ֔יִת 1 “I have gotten our house ready {for you and your men to stay with us}” or “because the house is prepared/ready {for you and your men to lodge/stay there}”. Consider whether or not it is necessary in your translation to make any implied information explicit in this sentence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:31 kwgr וּ⁠מָק֖וֹם 1 “and {there is also} a place” or “and {we also have} room/space {there}”
24:31 kki6 לַ⁠גְּמַלִּֽים 1 “for {your} camels {to stay}.” or “where your camels can stay.”
24:32 mug0 וַ⁠יָּבֹ֤א הָ⁠אִישׁ֙ 1 “Then the man/servant” or “So Abrahams servant”
24:32 dix2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֹ֤א הַ⁠בַּ֔יְתָ⁠ה 1 “went/came to Labans house.” or “went/came home {with Laban}.” The Hebrew verb can be translated “went” or “came”, depending on the perspective that is taken. Do what is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
24:32 ib7t וַ⁠יְפַתַּ֖ח הַ⁠גְּמַלִּ֑ים 1 “{When they arrived there,} Laban unloaded the camels” or “There Laban took the loads off the camels”. The Hebrew text (“he”) is ambiguous here, but since Laban was the host it is most likely that he (or some of his servants) took care of the camels for his guests.
24:32 bzwz וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֨ן תֶּ֤בֶן וּ⁠מִסְפּוֹא֙ לַ⁠גְּמַלִּ֔ים 1 “and he gave straw and {other} feed to them {to eat}” or “and fed them straw and {other] fodder/feed”. See how you translated “straw and fodder” in verse 25.
24:32 a0rt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ⁠מַ֨יִם֙ לִ⁠רְחֹ֣ץ רַגְלָ֔י⁠ו וְ⁠רַגְלֵ֥י הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר אִתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “{He} also {gave/brought} water to the/Abrahams servant and the men who {were} with him, to wash {the dust/dirt off} their feet.” or “{He} also {brought} water for the/Abrahams servant and his men to wash {the road dust/dirt off} their feet.” Make sure your translation does not sound like Abrahams chief servant washed the feet of the other servants who were with him; each person washed off his own feet. See how you translated “wash {the dust off} your feet” in Gen 19:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:33 k5bb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ו⁠יישם לְ⁠פָנָי⁠ו֙ לֶ⁠אֱכֹ֔ל 1 “Then they served/brought the servant {and his men} some food,” or “After that, {Labans family} served/provided them a meal to eat,” Consider whether it is best in your language to use a passive or active construction here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:33 nh5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “but the man/servant said {to them},” or “but the man/servant said {to Labans family},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
24:33 uwhs לֹ֣א אֹכַ֔ל עַ֥ד אִם דִּבַּ֖רְתִּי דְּבָרָ֑⁠י 1 “I will/must not eat {anything} until I have told you my message.” or “Before I will/can eat {anything}, I need to tell {you} why I am here.”
24:33 n8t0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “So/Then Laban replied,” or “Laban responded {to him},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
24:33 l3yy rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness דַּבֵּֽר 1 “{Please} tell {us} {what you have/want to say}.” or “{Go ahead and} tell {us} {your message}.” Make sure the way you translate this sounds polite. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
24:34 du15 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר 1 “Then/So the man/servant told {them},” Consider again how you referred to “the man” in verses 21, 22, 26, 29-34, and see the note about that at verse 21. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
24:34 qggc עֶ֥בֶד אַבְרָהָ֖ם אָנֹֽכִי 1 “I {am} Abrahams {chief/head} servant.”
24:35 qtao וַ⁠יהוָ֞ה בֵּרַ֧ךְ אֶת אֲדֹנִ֛⁠י מְאֹ֖ד 1 “Yahweh has abundantly blessed/prospered my master”
24:35 l2c1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יִּגְדָּ֑ל 1 “so that he is wealthy.” or “and as a result, he is {very} wealthy.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
24:35 vm28 וַ⁠יִּתֶּן ל֞⁠וֹ צֹ֤אן וּ⁠בָקָר֙ 1 “Yahweh has given him {many} sheep and cattle,” This is the beginning of a list of what Yahweh had given Abraham. Consider the most natural way to list items in your language. Also, see how you translated “flocks and herds” in Gen 13:5.
24:35 itd0 וְ⁠כֶ֣סֶף וְ⁠זָהָ֔ב 1 “{much} silver and gold,” See how you translated “silver and gold” in Gen 13:2.
24:35 zdh6 וַ⁠עֲבָדִם֙ וּ⁠שְׁפָחֹ֔ת 1 “{many} men and women slaves/servants” or “{many} male and female slaves/servants,” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 20:14.
24:35 m8rb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וּ⁠גְמַלִּ֖ים וַ⁠חֲמֹרִֽים 1 “and {many} camels and donkeys.” See how you translated “donkeys” in Gen 22:3. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
24:36 pp6g וַ⁠תֵּ֡לֶד שָׂרָה֩ אֵ֨שֶׁת אֲדֹנִ֥⁠י 1 “Besides that, my masters wife Sarah”
24:36 i0d4 וַ⁠תֵּ֡לֶד בֵן֙ לַֽ⁠אדֹנִ֔⁠י 1 “bore him a son” or “gave birth to a son for him”
24:36 hcrs אַחֲרֵ֖י זִקְנָתָ֑⁠הּ 1 “in her old age,” or “after/when she was {very} old,”
24:36 lrmx וַ⁠יִּתֶּן 1 “and my master”
24:36 mfzs וַ⁠יִּתֶּן לּ֖⁠וֹ 1 “has given him” or “has given his/that son”
24:36 r0lf אֶת כָּל אֲשֶׁר לֽ⁠וֹ 1 “everything that he owns.” or “all of his possessions/property.”
24:37 qebp וַ⁠יַּשְׁבִּעֵ֥⁠נִי אֲדֹנִ֖⁠י 1 “{Before I came here,} my master”
24:37 y61j וַ⁠יַּשְׁבִּעֵ֥⁠נִי 1 “made/had me vow {to do something for him},” or “asked me to make an unbreakable promise to him,” See how you translated “swear” in verse 3, and “swore in verses 7 and 9.
24:37 p6d3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “and he said {to me},” or “He said,” or “This is what he said {to me}:” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
24:37 iobw לֹא תִקַּ֤ח אִשָּׁה֙ לִ⁠בְנִ֔⁠י מִ⁠בְּנוֹת֙ 1 “You must not get/find/choose a wife/woman for my son {to marry} from {among}” or “You must not arrange for my son {Isaac} to marry {any of}”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 3.
24:37 ywdr מִ⁠בְּנוֹת֙ הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֔י 1 “the Canaanite women”
24:37 b049 אָנֹכִ֖י יֹשֵׁ֥ב בְּ⁠אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 “whose land we have been living in” or “whom we live among in this land”. As in verse 3, make sure your translation does not sound like Abraham lived by himself among the Canaanites; his family and servants also lived among them with him.
24:38 gjyw אִם לֹ֧א 1 “Rather/Instead,” Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here. After you translate a section, it is a good habit to read through it at normal speed as you pay attention to where it is best to begin new sentences so that sentences and paragraphs flow well and it is easy for people to read.
24:38 kiae אֶל בֵּית אָבִ֛⁠י תֵּלֵ֖ךְ 1 “go to my fathers household/family,” or “go to where my fathers family lives,” See how you translated “house of my father” in verse 7.
24:38 y1u6 וְ⁠אֶל מִשְׁפַּחְתִּ֑⁠י 1 “to my {own} relatives,”
24:38 tx7r וְ⁠לָקַחְתָּ֥ אִשָּׁ֖ה לִ⁠בְנִֽ⁠י 1 “and get/find/choose a wife/woman {from among them} for my son {to marry}.”
24:39 ua91 וָ⁠אֹמַ֖ר אֶל אֲדֹנִ֑⁠י 1 “So I asked my master,”
24:39 n7t3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo אֻלַ֛י 1 “Suppose {that}” or “What {should I do} if”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 5. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
24:39 c5j4 הָ⁠אִשָּׁ֖ה 1 the {young} woman {I find/choose}” or “when I find that {young} woman, she”
24:39 xe6y לֹא תֵלֵ֥ךְ אַחֲרָֽ⁠י 1 “does not {want/agree to} come/go {back/home} with me?” or “refuses to come {back} {here} with me?” See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 5.
24:40 pkj1 וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר אֵלָ֑⁠י 1 “He answered/told me,” or “He replied to me,”
24:40 t9je rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יְהוָ֞ה אֲשֶׁר הִתְהַלַּ֣כְתִּי לְ⁠פָנָ֗י⁠ו 1 “Yahweh, whose presence I walk/live in,” or “Yahweh whom I serve/obey,” See how you translated “walk/live before” in Gen 17:1. This idiom implies that Abraham lived according to Gods will. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
24:40 h5z2 יִשְׁלַ֨ח מַלְאָכ֤⁠וֹ 1 “will send one of his angels”. See how you translated this in verse 7.
24:40 yx7b אִתָּ⁠ךְ֙ 1 “{to go} with you”
24:40 j6mg וְ⁠הִצְלִ֣יחַ 1 “to make” or “He will make”. Consider whether it is more natural to begin a new sentence here in your language.
24:40 xi5o וְ⁠הִצְלִ֣יחַ דַּרְכֶּ֔⁠ךָ 1 “your journey successful,” or “you succeed on your journey,”
24:40 h9kc וְ⁠לָקַחְתָּ֤ אִשָּׁה֙ לִ⁠בְנִ֔⁠י מִ⁠מִּשְׁפַּחְתִּ֖⁠י 1 “so that you will/can get/find/choose a wife for my son from {among} my relatives,” or “so that you can arrange for my son to marry a woman who is one of my relatives,” See how you translated “clan” in verse 38, and consider again how you translated “take a wife for my son” in verses 3, 4, 7, 37-38.
24:40 cmgn וּ⁠מִ⁠בֵּ֥ית אָבִֽ⁠י 1 “{someone} {who is} from my fathers family.” See how you translated “house of my father” in verse 38.
24:41 o0q5 אָ֤ז 1 “At that/this time” or “But if this happens,” or “There is a situation/circumstance when”. The word “Then” is a special Hebrew word that can mean “at that time” and implies here that the servants question (in verse 39) is now being addressed specifically.
24:41 po5g תִּנָּקֶה֙ מֵ⁠אָ֣לָתִ֔⁠י 1 “you will be released/free from{keeping} the/your oath/vow {you are making} to me:” or “you will not have/need to fulfill the/your vow to me:”
24:41 r5dm כִּ֥י תָב֖וֹא אֶל מִשְׁפַּחְתִּ֑⁠י וְ⁠אִם לֹ֤א יִתְּנוּ֙ 1 “When/After you go to my clan/family {and find a wife/woman for Isaac}, if they are not willing to” or “If you find a wife for Isaac but my family refuses to”
24:41 zmvf יִתְּנוּ֙ לָ֔⁠ךְ 1 “let her go with you,” or “let the woman {you have found/chosen} leave with you,”
24:41 l25u וְ⁠הָיִ֥יתָ נָקִ֖י מֵ⁠אָלָתִֽ⁠י 1 “you will be released/free from {keeping}” or “you will not have/need to keep/fulfill”. See how you translated “clear from” earlier in this verse and in verse 8.
24:41 j9om מֵ⁠אָ֣לָתִ֔⁠י 1 “the/your oath/vow {that you are making} to me.” or “the unbreakable promise {you are making} to me.”
24:42 a11b וָ⁠אָבֹ֥א הַ⁠יּ֖וֹם אֶל הָ⁠עָ֑יִן וָ⁠אֹמַ֗ר 0 “Then today when I arrived at {your citys} spring/well,” or “{Abrahams servant said/continued,} “Then today when I arrived at {your citys} spring/well,” Make sure it is clear in your translation that the servant is now talking about himself. He is no longer quoting Abraham (whose words ended in verse 41).
24:42 avgw וָ⁠אֹמַ֗ר יְהוָה֙ 1 “I prayed, {Oh/Dear} Yahweh,” See how you began the prayer in verse 12.
24:42 f4wp אֱלֹהֵי֙ אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “{who is} the God {who takes care} of my master Abraham,” or “{who is] the God whom my master Abraham serves/worships,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 12.
24:42 e7rf אִם יֶשְׁ⁠ךָ 1 “if you are willing,” or “if you agree,”
24:42 mkmv נָּא֙ מַצְלִ֣יחַ דַּרְכִּ֔⁠י 1 “please give me success on/during this journey/trip” or “please make me successful on this journey/trip”. See how you translated this clause in verses 21 and 40.
24:42 m2hh אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָנֹכִ֖י הֹלֵ֥ךְ עָלֶֽי⁠הָ 1 “that I have made/undertaken.”
24:43 mjv8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness הִנֵּ֛ה אָנֹכִ֥י נִצָּ֖ב עַל 1 “Look/See, {here} I am, standing beside/near” or “As you see/know, I am standing {here} beside/near”. See how you translated this in verse 13. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
24:43 w9vs עֵ֣ין הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 “{this} spring/well.” or “{this} spring-fed well.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 13.
24:43 gutw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness וְ⁠הָיָ֤ה 1 “{Please} make it happen {that}”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 14. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
24:43 c2yc הָֽ⁠עַלְמָה֙ הַ⁠יֹּצֵ֣את לִ⁠שְׁאֹ֔ב 1 “when a young woman comes out {of the city} to draw water”
24:43 ce1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠אָמַרְתִּ֣י אֵלֶ֔י⁠הָ הַשְׁקִֽי⁠נִי נָ֥א מְעַט מַ֖יִם מִ⁠כַּדֵּֽ⁠ךְ 1 “and I ask her, “Please let me drink a little water from your jar/jug,” or “and I ask her to let me drink some water from her {water} jar/jug/pot,” This direct quote is within a direct quote that is within another direct quote. For some languages, it may be clearer or more natural to use an indirect quote here. Decide what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
24:44 txkx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠אָמְרָ֤ה אֵלַ⁠י֙ גַּם אַתָּ֣ה שְׁתֵ֔ה וְ⁠גַ֥ם לִ⁠גְמַלֶּ֖י⁠ךָ אֶשְׁאָ֑ב 1 “if she says/replies, “{Yes,} have a drink and I will also draw/get water for your camels,” or “if she gives me a drink and also offers to draw/get water for my camels,” See how you translated the embedded direct quote in verse 43. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
24:44 y8uc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הִ֣וא הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֔ה אֲשֶׁר הֹכִ֥יחַ יְהוָ֖ה לְ⁠בֶן אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י 1 “{then} {let} her {be} the woman/one whom {you} Yahweh have chosen to be the wife of my masters son.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Abrahams servant is still talking directly to Yahweh in this clause. For example, you could make “you” explicit in this clause. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:45 ez8g אֲנִי֩ טֶ֨רֶם אֲכַלֶּ֜ה 0 “Before I had {even} finished” or “Before I could {even} finish”
24:45 u69s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לְ⁠דַבֵּ֣ר אֶל לִבִּ֗⁠י 1 “praying {to God} in my heart,” or “praying {to God} silently,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
24:45 ykrs וְ⁠הִנֵּ֨ה 1 “just then {I saw}” or “suddenly {I saw}”
24:45 j4vo רִבְקָ֤ה יֹצֵאת֙ 1 “Rebekah coming out {of the city}”. See how you translated the first half of verse 15, which is very similar to the first half of verse 45.
24:45 xd9t וְ⁠כַדָּ֣⁠הּ עַל שִׁכְמָ֔⁠הּ 1 “carrying/with her {empty} {water} jar/jug on her shoulder”
24:45 c9mt וַ⁠תֵּ֥רֶד הָ⁠עַ֖יְנָ⁠ה וַ⁠תִּשְׁאָ֑ב וָ⁠אֹמַ֥ר אֵלֶ֖י⁠הָ 1 “She walked down to the spring/well and filled up her jar/jug with water. Then I said to her,” or “After she walked down to the well and filled her jar/jug with water, I said to her,” Consider again how you translated “spring” (verses 13, 16, 29-30, 42-43 and 45) and “well” (verses 11 and 20) in this chapter. Both terms refer to the same source of water. See the note about this at verse 13.
24:45 f15b הַשְׁקִ֥י⁠נִי נָֽא 1 “Please let me have a drink.” or “May I please have a drink of water?”
24:46 pk0q וַ⁠תְּמַהֵ֗ר וַ⁠תּ֤וֹרֶד כַּדָּ⁠הּ֙ 1 “She quickly/immediately lowered her jar/jug” or “She quickly/immediately brought her jar/jug down”. Consider again how you translated “jar” in verses 14-18, 20, 43, 45-46.
24:46 zbwm מֵֽ⁠עָלֶ֔י⁠הָ 1 “from/off her {shoulder}”
24:46 m6uc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר שְׁתֵ֔ה 1 “and said {to me}, Have/Take a drink,” Make sure Rebekah sounds polite here in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
24:46 ivit וְ⁠גַם גְּמַלֶּ֖י⁠ךָ אַשְׁקֶ֑ה 1 “and I will also give water to your camels.” or “and I will also draw/get water for your camels.” See how you translated this clause in verse 14. Also see verse 18, which is similar.
24:46 nqly וָ⁠אֵ֕שְׁתְּ 1 “So I drank {some water} {from her jar/jug},” or “So I took a drink {from her jar/jug},”
24:46 qkxu וְ⁠גַ֥ם הַ⁠גְּמַלִּ֖ים הִשְׁקָֽתָה 1 “and she also drew/gave water to my camels.”
24:47 obuw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וָ⁠אֶשְׁאַ֣ל אֹתָ֗⁠הּ וָ⁠אֹמַר֮ 1 “Then I asked her,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
24:47 qk0p בַּת מִ֣י אַתְּ֒ 1 “Who {is} your father?” See how you translated this question in verse 23.
24:47 ux8b rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “She answered {me},” or “She replied,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
24:47 ggw9 בַּת בְּתוּאֵל֙ 1 “{I am} the daughter of Bethuel,” or “My father is Bethuel,” or “My fathers name is Bethuel,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 24.
24:47 v0s4 בֶּן נָח֔וֹר אֲשֶׁ֥ר יָֽלְדָה לּ֖⁠וֹ מִלְכָּ֑ה 1 “{who is} a son of Nahor and {his wife} Milcah.” or “{and he is} one of Nahor and Milcahs sons.” or “and his parents are Nahor and Milcah.”
24:47 yp77 וָ⁠אָשִׂ֤ם הַ⁠נֶּ֨זֶם֙ עַל אַפָּ֔⁠הּ וְ⁠הַ⁠צְּמִידִ֖ים עַל יָדֶֽי⁠הָ 1 “Then/So I put the nose ring on her nose and the bracelets on her arms/wrists” or “After that I gave her a/the nose ring and bracelets to wear”. See how you translated “nose ring”, “bracelets”, and “arms” in verse 22.
24:48 nvge rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וָ⁠אֶקֹּ֥ד וָֽ⁠אֶשְׁתַּחֲוֶ֖ה לַ⁠יהוָ֑ה וָ⁠אֲבָרֵ֗ךְ אֶת יְהוָה֙ 1 “Then I bowed to the ground and worshiped and praised Yahweh,” Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also see how you translated “bowed down and prostrated himself” in verse 26, and see the note about that there. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
24:48 wizd אֱלֹהֵי֙ אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י אַבְרָהָ֔ם 1 “the God {who takes care} of my master Abraham,” or “the God whom my master Abraham serves/worships,” See how you translated this phrase in verses 12 and 42.
24:48 vtn2 אֲשֶׁ֤ר הִנְחַ֨⁠נִי֙ 1 “because he led/guided me”
24:48 e19s בְּ⁠דֶ֣רֶךְ אֱמֶ֔ת 1 “the right way/direction” or “right/exactly where I should go”
24:48 xs5x לָ⁠קַ֛חַת 1 “to get/find”
24:48 gyfv אֶת בַּת אֲחִ֥י אֲדֹנִ֖⁠י 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean (1) “the granddaughter of my masters brother”, which refers to Nahor. (2) “the daughter of my masters relative”, which refers to Bethuel. Abrahams brother Nahor was the father of Bethuel and the grandfather of Rebekah (Genesis 11:26; 22:20-23).
24:48 jwkn לִ⁠בְנֽ⁠וֹ 1 “{to be the wife} for my masters son.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that this refers to Abrahams son, not Nahors or Bethuels son.
24:49 n6ri וְ֠⁠עַתָּה אִם יֶשְׁ⁠כֶ֨ם 1 “So now/then, if you are willing”. Throughout this verse “you” is plural.
24:49 oour rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עֹשִׂ֜ים חֶ֧סֶד וֶֽ⁠אֱמֶ֛ת אֶת אֲדֹנִ֖⁠י 1 “to {let her come with me, and in that way} show {your} kindness and faithfulness to my master,” or “to be kind and faithful to my master {by sending her with me},” See how you translated “kindness” and “faithfulness” in verse 27. If necessary in your translation, you can make it explicit how they would show kindness and faithfulness to Abraham. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:49 etr8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure הַגִּ֣ידוּ לִ֑⁠י וְ⁠אִם לֹ֕א הַגִּ֣ידוּ לִ֔⁠י 1 “{please} tell me, or if you are not willing, tell me,” It may be clearer or more natural to put this information near the beginning of the sentence and say, “So now, please tell me whether or not you are willing to {let her come with me, and in that way} show {your} kindness and faithfulness to my master,” or “So now, please tell me whether or not you are willing to be kind and faithful to my master {by letting her come with me},” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
24:49 rxq4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠אֶפְנֶ֥ה עַל יָמִ֖ין א֥וֹ עַל שְׂמֹֽאל 1 “so that I will/can know/decide which way to turn/go.” or “so that I can decide/know what to do {next}.” Consider whether your language has the same idiom that Hebrew has here, or a similar idiom, with the same meaning, or whether you need to say this without an idiom. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
24:50 ibp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יַּ֨עַן לָבָ֤ן וּ⁠בְתוּאֵל֙ וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ 1 “Then Laban and {his father} Bethuel answered {Abrahams servant},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
24:50 aqiu מֵ⁠יְהוָ֖ה יָצָ֣א הַ⁠דָּבָ֑ר 1 “{We can clearly see that} Yahweh has made {all} this happen” or “{It is clear/obvious that} {all} this is the will of Yahweh”
24:50 mnf9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-dual לֹ֥א נוּכַ֛ל 1 “{so} it is not our place/right” or “{so} we have no right”. Some languages have a dual pronoun that is used here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-dual]])
24:50 al8q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom דַּבֵּ֥ר אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ רַ֥ע אוֹ טֽוֹב 1 “to tell you anything different {from what he has done/decided}.” or “to say/decide anything against what he has decided.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
24:51 yfio הִנֵּֽה רִבְקָ֥ה לְ⁠פָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “See/Here, Rebekah {is} in front of you.” or “Look, here {is} Rebekah.”
24:51 zx2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness קַ֣ח וָ⁠לֵ֑ךְ 1 “{You may} take her {with you} and go/return {home}” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
24:51 stjs וּ⁠תְהִ֤י אִשָּׁה֙ לְ⁠בֶן אֲדֹנֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “so that she will be the wife of your masters son” or “so that she can marry your masters son”
24:51 qwll כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה 1 “as Yahweh has guided.” or “just as Yahweh has decided/determined {it should be}.”
24:52 oase וַ⁠יְהִ֕י כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר שָׁמַ֛ע עֶ֥בֶד אַבְרָהָ֖ם אֶת דִּבְרֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “When Abrahams servant heard what they said,” The phrase “Then it happened” introduces the climax of the chapter, when the servant responds to hearing that Yahweh has fulfilled his prayer to find a wife for Isaac. Do what is natural in your language.
24:52 bfdt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֥חוּ אַ֖רְצָ⁠ה לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה 1 “he bowed low to the ground and praised/thanked Yahweh.” See how you translated “bowed down” in verse 48. Notice that here in verse 52, the phrase “to the ground” is explicit and emphasized. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
24:53 l9ad וַ⁠יּוֹצֵ֨א הָ⁠עֶ֜בֶד 1 “Then he brought/took out”
24:53 wbut כְּלֵי כֶ֨סֶף וּ⁠כְלֵ֤י זָהָב֙ וּ⁠בְגָדִ֔ים וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֖ן לְ⁠רִבְקָ֑ה 1 “silver and gold jewelry and {other expensive/valuable gifts, including} {beautiful} clothing, and gave them to Rebekah.” or “{expensive/valuable gifts, including} silver and gold jewelry, and {also} {beautiful} clothing, and gave them to Rebekah.”
24:53 maat וּ⁠מִ֨גְדָּנֹ֔ת נָתַ֥ן 1 “He {also} gave valuable/expensive gifts”
24:53 y6rd לְ⁠אָחִ֖י⁠הָ וּ⁠לְ⁠אִמָּֽ⁠הּ 1 “to her brother and mother.” or “to her mother and brother.”
24:54 zp0y וַ⁠יֹּאכְל֣וּ ה֛וּא וְ⁠הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֥ים אֲשֶׁר עִמּ֖⁠וֹ 1 “Then Abrahams servant and his men”
24:54 v706 וַ⁠יֹּאכְל֣וּ וַ⁠יִּשְׁתּ֗וּ וַ⁠יָּלִ֑ינוּ 1 “ate {supper} and stayed/slept {there} that night.” See how you translated “lodged” in verses 23, 25, and 31.
24:54 uleg וַ⁠יָּק֣וּמוּ בַ⁠בֹּ֔קֶר 1 “{Early} the next morning”
24:54 q7tn וַ⁠יָּק֣וּמוּ וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “after everyone got/was up, he said {to Rebekahs family},” or “when everyone {in Rebekahs family} was up, Abrahams servant said {to them},”
24:54 g7oe rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness שַׁלְּחֻ֥⁠נִי לַֽ⁠אדֹנִֽ⁠י 1 “{Please} let me/us return {home} {now} to my master.” Make sure that what Abrahams servant says here sounds polite in your translation, not rude or demanding. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
24:55 cgrb וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אָחִ֨י⁠הָ֙ וְ⁠אִמָּ֔⁠הּ 1 “But her/Rebekahs brother and mother said/replied {to him},”
24:55 yfg9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness תֵּשֵׁ֨ב הַ⁠נַּעֲרָ֥ 1 “{Please} let the young woman” or “{Please} let Rebekah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
24:55 luh3 תֵּשֵׁ֨ב אִתָּ֛⁠נוּ 1 “stay/remain {here} with us”
24:55 fjfn יָמִ֖ים א֣וֹ עָשׂ֑וֹר 1 “{for another} ten days or so.” or “around ten more days.”
24:55 ai2c אַחַ֖ר תֵּלֵֽךְ 1 “Then she can go {with you}.” or “Then you can go/leave and take her {with you].”
24:56 qz8o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-dual וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶם֙ 1 “But the/Abrahams servant said/responded to them,” Some languages have a dual pronoun that could be used here. However the servant is probably still addressing the whole family. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-dual]])
24:56 rm4v אַל תְּאַחֲר֣וּ אֹתִ֔⁠י וַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה הִצְלִ֣יחַ דַּרְכִּ֑⁠י שַׁלְּח֕וּ⁠נִי 1 “{Please} do not detain/delay me. Since Yahweh has made me successful on my journey, send me/us off” or “{Please} do not detain/delay me, now that Yahweh has given me success on my journey. Let me/us leave”. There are two different places where you could begin a new sentence here. Consider what is the most clear and natural way to do this in your language. Also, see how you translated “make my journey succeed” in verse 42.
24:56 k32m וְ⁠אֵלְכָ֖ה לַֽ⁠אדֹנִֽ⁠י 1 “so that I can return {home} to my master.”
24:57 thga rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ 1 “So they replied,” or “They replied {to him},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
24:57 oke9 נִקְרָ֣א לַֽ⁠נַּעֲרָ֑ 1 “Lets call/summon Rebekah” or “Lets ask Rebekah to come here”. Consider again how you translated “young woman” in verses 14-16, 28, 43, 55, and 57, and see the note about this at verse 14. You may need to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
24:57 zk0y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠נִשְׁאֲלָ֖ה אֶת פִּֽי⁠הָ 1 “and ask her to tell us {what she wants to do}.” or “and ask her what she wants to do.” or “and ask her if she is willing to go now.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
24:58 fccu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּקְרְא֤וּ לְ⁠רִבְקָה֙ 1 “So they called for her” or “So/Then they summoned her”. Consider whether it is better to use a name or a pronoun to refer to Rebekah here in your language, especially considering how you referred to her in verses 53, 55, and 57. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
24:58 ymwx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵלֶ֔י⁠הָ 1 “and asked her,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
24:58 dxyn הֲ⁠תֵלְכִ֖י עִם הָ⁠אִ֣ישׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 “Are you willing to go {now] with this man?” or “Do you want to go {now} with this man?”
24:58 znqf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “She answered {them},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
24:58 m4bi אֵלֵֽךְ 1 “{Yes,} I will go {now}.” or “{Yes,} I am willing to go {now}.”
24:59 l9ot rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַֽ⁠יְשַׁלְּח֛וּ אֶת רִבְקָ֥ה אֲחֹתָ֖⁠ם 1 “So they {agreed/decided to} send their sister Rebekah”. Notice that Rebekah does not actually leave until verse 61. If this is not clear in your translation, you could include the implied information that they agreed or decided to send her with Abrahams servant. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
24:59 st26 וְ⁠אֶת מֵנִקְתָּ֑⁠הּ 1 “and her {personal} servant {who had helped raise her},” The term “nurse” refers here to a servant woman who probably nursed Rebekah as a baby, took care of her as she was growing up, and still served her now.
24:59 qk50 וְ⁠אֶת עֶ֥בֶד אַבְרָהָ֖ם וְ⁠אֶת אֲנָשָֽׁי⁠ו 1 “with the servant of Abraham and his men/companions.”
24:60 itbw וַ⁠יְבָרֲכ֤וּ אֶת רִבְקָה֙ וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְרוּ לָ֔⁠הּ 1 “They blessed Rebekah by saying to her,” Make sure your translation of “blessed...and said” refers to the same event, not two separate events.
24:60 thpj אֲחֹתֵ֕⁠נוּ 1 “{Dear} {little} sister,” This is a term of endearment that family members used to refer to Rebekah even though she was not the actual sister of all of them. This practice is common in many cultures. Do what is natural in your language.
24:60 xde8 אַ֥תְּ הֲיִ֖י 1 “may you become {the mother/ancestor of}” or “we pray that you will have” or “we pray that God will give you”
24:60 njdw לְ⁠אַלְפֵ֣י רְבָבָ֑ה 1 “thousands and thousands {of descendants},” or “countless/many thousands {of descendants},”
24:60 v0h9 וְ⁠יִירַ֣שׁ זַרְעֵ֔⁠ךְ 1 “and we pray that your/those descendants will” or “and we pray that God will help them”
24:60 tvnp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠יִירַ֣שׁ אֵ֖ת שַׁ֥עַר שֹׂנְאָֽי⁠ו 1 “conquer the cities of {all} their enemies!” or “conquer/defeat {all} their enemies and rule over them!” See how you translated the phrase “possess the gates” in Gen 22:17. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
24:61 oczw וַ⁠תָּ֨קָם רִבְקָ֜ה וְ⁠נַעֲרֹתֶ֗י⁠הָ וַ⁠תִּרְכַּ֨בְנָה֙ עַל 1 “Then Rebekah and her maids/servants {who were going with her} got ready {to go} and/then” or “After Rebekah and her maids/servants {who were going with her} packed their things, they”
24:61 ubmr וַ⁠תִּרְכַּ֨בְנָה֙ עַל הַ⁠גְּמַלִּ֔ים 1 “got up on the camels {they were going to ride}”
24:61 aunz וַ⁠תֵּלַ֖כְנָה אַחֲרֵ֣י הָ⁠אִ֑ישׁ 1 “and went with Abrahams servant.” Consider again how you translated “the man” in verses 21, 22, 26, 29, 30, 32, 61. See the note about this at verse 21.
24:61 susk וַ⁠יִּקַּ֥ח הָ⁠עֶ֛בֶד אֶת רִבְקָ֖ה 1 “So the/Abrahams servant took Rebekah {with him}” or “So he took her {with him}”
24:61 jk9n וַ⁠יֵּלַֽךְ 1 “and left {to return home}.” or “and started the journey {back} home.”
24:62 ydke וְ⁠יִצְחָק֙ בָּ֣א מִ⁠בּ֔וֹא בְּאֵ֥ר 1 “Meanwhile Isaac returned {home} from visiting” or “{While they were traveling,} Isaac returned {home} from a trip/visit {he had made} to”
24:62 u4oo rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּאֵ֥ר לַחַ֖י רֹאִ֑י 1 “{the place/well called} Beer Lahai Roi”. See how you translated the name of this place in Gen 16:14. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
24:62 wadh וְ⁠ה֥וּא יוֹשֵׁ֖ב 1 “{At that time} he was living” or “and/so he was {back home} where he lived”
24:62 bbo8 בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ הַ⁠נֶּֽגֶב 1 “in the Negev {Wilderness/Desert} region/area.” or “in the Negev {Wilderness/Desert}.” See how you translated “the land of the Negev” in Gen 20:1, and “the Negev” in Gen 12:9; 13:1, 3.
24:63 zzgh וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א יִצְחָ֛ק 1 “{One day} Isaac/he” or “{After Isaac/he had returned home, one day} he” or “{Sometime after Isaac had returned home,} he”. What Isaac does in verse 63 happened sometime after he returned from Beer Lahai Roi, but the Hebrew text does not say exactly when. So introduce this new event in a general way that is not too specific.
24:63 iwiv וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א לָ⁠שׂ֥וּחַ בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֖ה 1 “went out in/to the fields/countryside to meditate/pray” or “was meditating/praying out in the fields/countryside”
24:63 j9u1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לִ⁠פְנ֣וֹת עָ֑רֶב 1 “as it was becoming evening/dusk” or “late in the afternoon”. For some languages it is more natural to put this time phrase earlier in this sentence and say, for example, “{One day} as it was becoming evening, Isaac/he went” or “One evening, Isaac/he went”. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
24:63 ihv0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֤א עֵינָי⁠ו֙ 1 “{As he was praying,} he looked up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
24:63 xzpf וַ⁠יַּ֔רְא וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה 1 “and saw {in the distance} that there were” or “and suddenly he saw {in the distance}”
24:63 cpxq גְמַלִּ֖ים בָּאִֽים 1 “{some} camels coming/heading {toward him}.” or “{some} camels approaching {him}.”
24:64 gn7g וַ⁠תִּשָּׂ֤א רִבְקָה֙ אֶת עֵינֶ֔י⁠הָ וַ⁠תֵּ֖רֶא אֶת יִצְחָ֑ק 1 “Rebekah {also} looked up and saw Isaac.” or “Then Rebekah, as she looked ahead {of her}, saw Isaac.”
24:64 tffl וַ⁠תִּפֹּ֖ל 1 “Then she {quickly} jumped/got down” or “Immediately she got down”
24:64 bh18 מֵ⁠עַ֥ל הַ⁠גָּמָֽל 1 “from/off the camel {that she was riding},” Consider again how you translated “camel” throughout chapter 24.
24:65 g4kp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר אֶל הָ⁠עֶ֗בֶד 1 “and asked {Abrahams} servant,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
24:65 oiy6 מִֽי הָ⁠אִ֤ישׁ הַלָּזֶה֙ הַ⁠הֹלֵ֤ךְ בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶה֙ לִ⁠קְרָאתֵ֔⁠נוּ 1 “Who {is} that man in the field who is walking {this way} to greet us?” or “Who {is} that man walking towards us in the field?”
24:65 w0yx וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר הָ⁠עֶ֖בֶד ה֣וּא אֲדֹנִ֑⁠י 1 “The servant answered {her}, “He {is} my master {Isaac}.” ” Abraham and Isaac were both the servants masters, especially since Abraham had already given Isaac all of his possessions (verse 36), which included his servants. Consider again how you translated “master/owner” throughout chapter 24.
24:65 u0fn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠תִּקַּ֥ח הַ⁠צָּעִ֖יף וַ⁠תִּתְכָּֽס 1 “So she took the/her veil and covered her face with it {to show modesty}.” or “So she covered herself with a/her veil {to show modesty}.” In that culture a bride-to-be wore a large veil to cover her entire body, especially her face, to show modesty and submission to her husband. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
24:66 m7o2 וַ⁠יְסַפֵּ֥ר הָ⁠עֶ֖בֶד לְ⁠יִצְחָ֑ק 1 “Then the servant told Isaac” or “{When they reached Isaac,} the servant told him”
24:66 nr4w אֵ֥ת כָּל הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָֽׂה 1 “everything/all that he had done {on/during the journey/trip}.” or “everything/all that had happened {on/during his journey}.”
24:67 i3w0 וַ⁠יְבִאֶ֣⁠הָ יִצְחָ֗ק 1 “Then/So Isaac brought/took Rebekah”
24:67 bmk4 הָ⁠אֹ֨הֱלָ⁠ה֙ שָׂרָ֣ה אִמּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “into the tent where his mother Sarah had lived {before she died},” Make sure your translation of this phrase does not sound like Sarah still lived there; she had died three years previously (Gen 23:1-2).
24:67 d5v7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּקַּ֧ח אֶת רִבְקָ֛ה 1 “and he married her,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
24:67 qrbd וַ⁠תְּהִי ל֥⁠וֹ לְ⁠אִשָּׁ֖ה 1 “so that she became his wife.”
24:67 p5q4 וַ⁠יֶּאֱהָבֶ֑⁠הָ יִצְחָ֖ק 1 “Isaac loved her/Rebekah” or “Isaac was/fell in love with her/Rebekah”
24:67 ed84 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּנָּחֵ֥ם 1 “and he was consoled {by her}” or “and he was happy again” or “and she made him happy again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24:67 xqch rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַחֲרֵ֥י אִמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “after {mourning for} his mother {who had died}.” or “after {the sadness of} his mothers {death}.” Make sure it is clear in your translation here why Isaac needed comforting. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
25:1 midz וַ⁠יֹּ֧סֶף אַבְרָהָ֛ם וַ⁠יִּקַּ֥ח אִשָּׁ֖ה וּ⁠שְׁמָ֥⁠הּ קְטוּרָֽה 1 “Then Abraham married another wife/woman, who was named Keturah.” or “Then Abraham got married again, and his wifes name {was} Keturah.” Abraham probably married Keturah after Sarah died (Gen 23:1-2) and after Isaac married Rebekah (Gen 24:67). Make sure your translation of this verse does not sound like Abraham had two wives named Keturah.
25:2 qyyg וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד ל֗⁠וֹ 1 “She/Keturah gave birth to sons for him/Abraham {whose names were}” or “She bore/had {sons} for/with him {whom they named}” or “They had sons together {whom they named}”. See how you translated “bore for him” in Gen 21:3; 24:47.
25:2 hpt0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת זִמְרָן֙ וְ⁠אֶת יָקְשָׁ֔ן וְ⁠אֶת מְדָ֖ן וְ⁠אֶת מִדְיָ֑ן וְ⁠אֶת יִשְׁבָּ֖ק וְ⁠אֶת שֽׁוּחַ 1 “Zimran, Jokshan, Medan, Midian, Ishbak, and Shuah.” See how you used commas and conjunctions in similar lists of names in Gen 22:22, 24. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
25:3 iem3 וְ⁠יָקְשָׁ֣ן יָלַ֔ד 1 “Jokshan was the father of” or “{Her/Keturahs son} Jokshan had”. See how you translated “fathered” in Gen 11:27.
25:3 lxod rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶת שְׁבָ֖א וְ⁠אֶת דְּדָ֑ן 1 “{sons named} Sheba and Dedan.” or “{sons whom they named} Sheba and Dedan.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
25:3 n1zj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י דְדָ֔ן הָי֛וּ אַשּׁוּרִ֥ם וּ⁠לְטוּשִׁ֖ים וּ⁠לְאֻמִּֽים 1 “Dedans descendants were/became {people/ethnic groups named} the Asshurites, Letushites, and Leummites.” See how you translated the names of people groups in Gen 10:4, 13-14, 16-18, and see the note about that at 10:4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
25:4 wcyq וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י מִדְיָ֗ן עֵיפָ֤ה 1 “{Keturahs son} Midian fathered/had sons {named}”
25:4 fzu6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases עֵיפָ֤ה וָ⁠עֵ֨פֶר֙ וַ⁠חֲנֹ֔ךְ וַ⁠אֲבִידָ֖ע וְ⁠אֶלְדָּעָ֑ה 1 “Ephah, Epher, Hanoch, Abida, and Eldaah.” Consider what is the best way to connect the names in this list in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
25:4 zpdj כָּל אֵ֖לֶּה בְּנֵ֥י קְטוּרָֽה 1 “All of those {were} Keturahs descendants {whom she had with Abraham}.” or “All those {were} the descendants of Keturah {and Abraham}.” This phrase refers back to all the people listed in verses 2-4, which includes Keturahs six sons, seven grandsons and three great grandsons. Make sure you spelled “Keturah” consistently in verses 1-4.
25:5 cgzs וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֧ן אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֶת כָּל אֲשֶׁר ל֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠יִצְחָֽק 1 “Abraham left/willed everything that he owned to Isaac.” or “And Isaac inherited all/everything that Abraham owned/possessed.” Some languages have a specific word such as “left” or “willed” that means to give something as an inheritance. In that time and culture, a father would give his children their inheritance before he died.
25:6 vn52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠לִ⁠בְנֵ֤י הַ⁠פִּֽילַגְשִׁים֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֔ם נָתַ֥ן אַבְרָהָ֖ם מַתָּנֹ֑ת 1 “Abraham/He also gave {valuable} gifts to the sons he had with his concubines,” or “Abraham/He also gave (valuable gifts) to the sons that his servant wives had {for/with him},” See how you translated “concubine” in Gen 22:24. The word “gifts” in this clause is very general and can include domestic animals, servants, gold, silver, and other things. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
25:6 ov9u וַֽ⁠יְשַׁלְּחֵ֞⁠ם בְּ⁠עוֹדֶ֣⁠נּוּ חַ֔י 1 “then while he was still alive” or “then” or “and/but after that”
25:6 bsqq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַֽ⁠יְשַׁלְּחֵ֞⁠ם קֵ֖דְמָ⁠ה אֶל אֶ֥רֶץ קֶֽדֶם 1 ““he sent them eastward to the land/region in the East” or “he sent them to the east country” or “he made them move away to the east country”. The Hebrew word “Kedem” means “east” and refers to the region east of Canaan and the Dead Sea. Consider whether it is best in your language to transliterate (copy) the Hebrew name or to translate the meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
25:6 w2ek rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַֽ⁠יְשַׁלְּחֵ֞⁠ם מֵ⁠עַ֨ל יִצְחָ֤ק בְּנ⁠וֹ֙ 1 “{to be/live} {far} away from his son Isaac.” or “{so that they would live/be} {far} away from his son Isaac.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
25:7 g7ic וְ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה יְמֵ֛י שְׁנֵֽי חַיֵּ֥י אַבְרָהָ֖ם אֲשֶׁר חָ֑י 1 “The length of Abrahams life that he lived was 175 years.” or “Abraham lived a total of 175 years.” or “Abraham lived to be 175 years old.”
25:8 spt5 וַ⁠יִּגְוַ֨ע אַבְרָהָ֛ם 1 “Then Abraham/he breathed out {for the last time}” or “Then he breathed/took his last/final breath”
25:8 otow וַ⁠יָּ֧מָת בְּ⁠שֵׂיבָ֥ה טוֹבָ֖ה 1 “and died at a ripe/very old age,” or “and died when he was very old,”
25:8 x9ao rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom זָקֵ֣ן וְ⁠שָׂבֵ֑עַ וַ⁠יֵּאָ֖סֶף 1 “an elderly/old man who had lived a full life, and” or “After he had lived a long and satisfying/blessed life,” The idiom “full” refers to a long life that was blessed by God. Consider what is the best way to translate this idiom in your language. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
25:8 uf1c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠יֵּאָ֖סֶף אֶל 1 “he was gathered/taken {by God} to be with” or “{God} took his spirit to be with” or “he joined”. The phrase “gathered to his people” is a euphemism that refers to dying but also implies that God took his spirit to be with his ancestors who had already died. It is best to translate this phrase fairly literally since it teaches about life after death. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
25:8 z547 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַמָּֽי⁠ו 1 “his ancestors/relatives {who had already died}.” or “his ancestors/relatives {who had gone/died before him}.” or “his {deceased} ancestors/relatives.” Make sure your translation of this phrase does not sound like these ancestors were still alive. They had already died before Abraham died. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
25:9 ugpb וַ⁠יִּקְבְּר֨וּ יִצְחָ֤ק וְ⁠יִשְׁמָעֵאל֙ בָּנָ֔י⁠ו 1 “His sons Isaac and Ishmael”
25:9 o7w5 וַ⁠יִּקְבְּר֨וּ אֹת֜⁠וֹ 1 “buried/put/placed his body”
25:9 u4fz אֶל מְעָרַ֖ת הַ⁠מַּכְפֵּלָ֑ה 1 “in the cave of/in the Machpelah {area}”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 23:9, and see the note about that there. Also see how you translated similar phrases in Gen 23:17, 19.
25:9 qu8c אֶל שְׂדֵ֞ה עֶפְרֹ֤ן בֶּן צֹ֨חַר֙ הַֽ⁠חִתִּ֔י 1 “{which was} in the field that had belonged to Ephron the son of Zohar the Hittite,” Ephron no longer owned the field (see verse 10).
25:9 bi8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל פְּנֵ֥י מַמְרֵֽא 1 “east of {the city of} Mamre.” or “near {the city of} Mamre.” For some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this phrase earlier in this verse. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “before Mamre” in Gen 23:17, 19. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
25:10 e7at הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֛ה אֲשֶׁר קָנָ֥ה אַבְרָהָ֖ם 1 “{That is} the {same} field that Abraham had bought”
25:10 ekpo מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת בְּנֵי חֵ֑ת 1 “from the Hittites.” The Hebrew text has two different ways to refer to the Hittites; compare the phrase here with verse 9 where a single Hebrew word is used to refer to this people group. See how you translated “the sons of Heth” in Gen 23:20.
25:10 l4kk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שָׁ֛מָּ⁠ה קֻבַּ֥ר אַבְרָהָ֖ם וְ⁠שָׂרָ֥ה אִשְׁתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “Abraham was buried in that cave, where his wife Sarah had also been buried.” or “That is {the cave} where his/Abrahams sons buried/put/placed his body next to {the body of} his wife Sarah {whom he had buried there before}.” or “That is where Sarah had been buried, and they buried Abraham {next to her}.” Abraham had already buried Sarahs body in the cave (Gen 23:19). Make sure your translation of this sentence does not sound like Sarah was buried there a second time. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
25:11 l24l וַ⁠יְהִ֗י אַחֲרֵי֙ מ֣וֹת אַבְרָהָ֔ם וַ⁠יְבָ֥רֶךְ 1 “After Abraham died,”
25:11 sza5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-order וַ⁠יְבָ֥רֶךְ אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶת יִצְחָ֣ק בְּנ֑⁠וֹ 1 “God blessed his son Isaac”. Use the phrase order in your language that is most natural in this context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-order]])
25:11 l10e וַ⁠יֵּ֣שֶׁב יִצְחָ֔ק עִם 1 “who lived/settled near” or “Isaac lived {in the region} near”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
25:11 uedu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּאֵ֥ר לַחַ֖י רֹאִֽי 1 “{the place/well called} Beer Lahai Roi.” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Beer Lahai Roi” in Gen 24:62. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
25:12 d20j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וְ⁠אֵ֛לֶּה תֹּלְדֹ֥ת 1 “This/Here {is} the genealogy/family-line” or “This/Here {is} the list/record of the descendants” or “What follows {is} the/a record of the descendants”. Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce the new topic that begins here. See how you translated this clause in Gen 11:10. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
25:12 xf3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-order תֹּלְדֹ֥ת יִשְׁמָעֵ֖אל בֶּן אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “of Abrahams son Ishmael,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-order]])
25:12 kbl8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-order אֲשֶׁ֨ר יָלְדָ֜ה הָגָ֧ר הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֛ית שִׁפְחַ֥ת שָׂרָ֖ה לְ⁠אַבְרָהָֽם 1 “whom Sarahs Egyptian maidservant Hagar gave birth to for Abraham.” or “whom Abraham had with Sarahs Egyptian slave woman Hagar.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-order]])
25:13 vmok וְ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה שְׁמוֹת֙ 1 “These/Here {are} the names” or “Here {is} {a list/record of} the names”
25:13 i6bl שְׁמוֹת֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׁמָעֵ֔אל 1 “of Ishmaels sons,”
25:13 u042 בִּ⁠שְׁמֹתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠תוֹלְדֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 “{listed/given} in the order that they were born:”
25:13 ocpk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּכֹ֤ר יִשְׁמָעֵאל֙ נְבָיֹ֔ת 1 “His oldest {son/child} {was} Nebaioth,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
25:13 twvo וְ⁠קֵדָ֥ר וְ⁠אַדְבְּאֵ֖ל וּ⁠מִבְשָֽׂם 1 “followed by Kedar, Adbeel, Mibsam,” or “After him came Kedar, Adbeel, Mibsam,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
25:14 jzl8 וּ⁠מִשְׁמָ֥ע וְ⁠דוּמָ֖ה וּ⁠מַשָּֽׂא 1 “Mishma, Dumah, Massa,”
25:15 r03w rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases חֲדַ֣ד וְ⁠תֵימָ֔א יְט֥וּר נָפִ֖ישׁ וָ⁠קֵֽדְמָה 1 “Hadad, Tema, Jetur, Naphish, and Kedermah.” See how you translated a similar list of names in verses 2-4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
25:16 ac64 אֵ֣לֶּה הֵ֞ם בְּנֵ֤י יִשְׁמָעֵאל֙ 1 “Those/They {were} Ishmaels {twelve} sons”
25:16 jzrq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠אֵ֣לֶּה שְׁמֹתָ֔⁠ם בְּ⁠חַצְרֵי⁠הֶ֖ם וּ⁠בְ⁠טִֽירֹתָ֑⁠ם שְׁנֵים עָשָׂ֥ר נְשִׂיאִ֖ם לְ⁠אֻמֹּתָֽ⁠ם 1 “who became the rulers/leaders of twelve tribes that were named after them, and each tribe lived in its {own} settlements/towns and camps/villages.” or “Each of them became the ruler/leader of a tribe that was named after him, and each tribe had its own towns/villages and {tent} camps/settlements.” The Hebrew words for “settlements” and “encampments” overlap in meaning. Both refer to temporary or permanent places where people settled, surrounded by some sort of wall or fence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
25:16 ky5s נְשִׂיאִ֖ם 1 “{original} leaders/chiefs”. Many translations have “princes” here, but these Ishmaelite rulers were not actually sons of a king. See how you translated “rulers” in Gen 17:20.
25:17 ywtp וְ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה שְׁנֵי֙ חַיֵּ֣י יִשְׁמָעֵ֔אל 1 “The length of Ishmaels life that he lived was 137 years.” or “Ishmael lived a total of 137 years.” “Ishmael lived to be 137 years old.” See how you translated a similar sentence in verse 7.
25:17 ca85 וַ⁠יִּגְוַ֣ע וַ⁠יָּ֔מָת 1 “Then he/Ishmael breathed out {for the last time} and died,” or “Then he/Ishmael breathed/took his last/final breath and died,” See how you translated “exhaled” in verse 8.
25:17 msza וַ⁠יֵּאָ֖סֶף אֶל 1 “and he was gathered/taken {by God} to be with” or “and {God} took his spirit to be with {the spirits of}” or “and he joined”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 8.
25:17 lgua rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַמָּֽי⁠ו 1 “his ancestors/relatives {who had already died}.” or “his ancestors/relatives {who had gone/died before him}.” or “his {deceased} ancestors/relatives.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
25:18 mh4l וַ⁠יִּשְׁכְּנ֨וּ 1 “His/Ishmaels descendants settled/lived”
25:18 w2v5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מֵֽ⁠חֲוִילָ֜ה עַד שׁ֗וּר 1 “{throughout the area that extended} from {the region of} Havilah to {the wilderness/desert of} Shur”. Be consistent here with how you spelled “Havilah” in Gen 2:11; 10:7, 29 and “Shur” in Gen 16:7; 20:1. The name “Shur” means “wall”. The Wilderness of Shur may have been named after a city or fortification named Shur that was located near the eastern border of Egypt (Gen 16:7). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
25:18 c8ld אֲשֶׁר֙ עַל פְּנֵ֣י מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 “that {is} east of {the country/land of} Egypt”
25:18 h1df בֹּאֲ⁠כָ֖ה 1 “as you go/head {from there}” or “as one goes/travels”
25:18 co5h בֹּאֲ⁠כָ֖ה 1 “to” or “in the direction of” or “all the way to”
25:18 bm8n אַשּׁ֑וּרָ⁠ה 1 “{the city of} Asshur {in Assyria}.” or “{the land/country of} Assyria.” Assyria and its capital city Asshur were far east of Shur. Consider again how you spelled “Asshur” in Gen 2:14; 10:11, 22, and 25:3, 18.
25:18 wu16 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עַל פְּנֵ֥י כָל אֶחָ֖י⁠ו נָפָֽל 1 The Hebrew text has an idiom here that is ambiguous in this context. It could mean (1) “He/They lived in hostility toward/against all his/their brothers/relatives.” or “They lived as enemies against all their brothers/relatives.” See how you translated a different idiom in 16:12 that probably has this meaning. (2) “They settled/lived in the presence of all their brothers/relatives.” or “They settled/lived among/near all their brothers/relatives.” (3) “He/Ishmael died in the presence of all his brothers/relatives.” or “He/Ishmael died when all his brothers were still alive.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
25:19 ldvn וְ⁠אֵ֛לֶּה תּוֹלְדֹ֥ת יִצְחָ֖ק בֶּן אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “This/Here {is} {more of} the record/history of/about Abrahams son Isaac and his descendants/family:” or “What follows tells {more} about Abrahams son Isaac and his descendants/family:” We have already heard about much of Isaacs history in previous chapters; now we are told even more. See how you translated “these are the generations of” in verse 12 and Gen 6:9.
25:19 dw7d אַבְרָהָ֖ם הוֹלִ֥יד אֶת יִצְחָֽק 1 “{After} Abraham fathered/had {his son} Isaac,” See how you translated “fathered” in verse 3.
25:20 cn5u וַ⁠יְהִ֤י יִצְחָק֙ בֶּן אַרְבָּעִ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה בְּ⁠קַחְתּ֣⁠וֹ אֶת רִבְקָ֗ה ל֥⁠וֹ לְ⁠אִשָּֽׁה 1 “Isaac {grew up and} married Rebekah when he was 40 years old”. See how you translated “was a son of...years” in Genesis 21:5.
25:20 bvzb בַּת בְּתוּאֵל֙ הָֽ⁠אֲרַמִּ֔י מִ⁠פַּדַּ֖ן אֲרָ֑ם 1 “{She/Rebekah was} a daughter of Bethuel, {who was} an Aramean from {the land/region of} Paddan Aram,”
25:20 fxim אֲח֛וֹת לָבָ֥ן 1 “and {she was} a sister of Laban” or “and her brother was Laban”
25:20 zdaf הָֽ⁠אֲרַמִּ֔י 1 “{who was also} an Aramean.”
25:21 kvb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יֶּעְתַּ֨ר יִצְחָ֤ק לַֽ⁠יהוָה֙ לְ⁠נֹ֣כַח אִשְׁתּ֔⁠וֹ כִּ֥י עֲקָרָ֖ה הִ֑וא 1 “Isaac prayed {earnestly} to Yahweh for his wife {to have children} because she {was} barren/infertile.” or “But/However {for many years} Rebekah was not able to become/get pregnant, so Isaac prayed that Yahweh would give her children.” Isaac and Rebekah had been married for almost 20 years and they still had no children. See how you translated “barren” in Gen 11:30. Also, it may be clearer to change the order of the clauses in this sentence to put them in the order in which they happened. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
25:21 jqwl וַ⁠יֵּעָ֤תֶר ל⁠וֹ֙ יְהוָ֔ה 1 “Yahweh answered his/Isaacs prayer,” or “Yahweh did what he/Isaac prayed for,”
25:21 hevv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠תַּ֖הַר רִבְקָ֥ה אִשְׁתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “so that Rebekah/she became pregnant {with twins}.” For some languages it is clearer to include here the fact that Rebekah was pregnant with two babies, rather than wait until verse 22. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
25:22 df89 וַ⁠יִּתְרֹֽצֲצ֤וּ הַ⁠בָּנִים֙ 1 “And/But the {two} babies” or “After a while the twins”
25:22 okt0 וַ⁠יִּתְרֹֽצֲצ֤וּ בְּ⁠קִרְבָּ֔⁠הּ 1 “wrestled with each other inside her,” or “inside her kept/started pushing/shoving against each other,”
25:22 lde8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר 1 “so she/Rebekah asked,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
25:22 w08h אִם כֵּ֔ן לָ֥⁠מָּה זֶּ֖ה אָנֹ֑כִי 1 “Why is this happening to me?” or “What is happening inside me?”
25:22 fgoh וַ⁠תֵּ֖לֶךְ לִ⁠דְרֹ֥שׁ אֶת יְהוָֽה 1 “Then she went/turned to Yahweh to ask him {what was happening}.” or “Then she prayed to Yahweh about it.”
25:23 juqa rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה לָ֗⁠הּ 1 “Yahweh answered her,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
25:23 do4i שְׁנֵ֤י גוֹיִם֙ בְּ⁠בִטְנֵ֔⁠ךְ 1 “{The ancestors of} two {future} people groups {are} inside you” or “Inside you {are} {the ancestors of} two people groups” or “{The two babies} inside your womb will become {the fathers/ancestors of} two nations”. Many translations put Yahwehs words in poetry format in this verse. If your translation team decides to do this, look at a Bible version that does this to know where to divide the clauses.
25:23 l1ey וּ⁠שְׁנֵ֣י לְאֻמִּ֔ים 1 “Those two people groups” or “Those two ancestors” or “They”
25:23 f208 יִפָּרֵ֑דוּ 1 “will be divided/hostile {against each other}” or “will be rivals/enemies”
25:23 josq מִ⁠מֵּעַ֖יִ⁠ךְ 1 “{starting now} even while they are {still} inside you.” or “{starting now} even before they are born.”
25:23 ly64 וּ⁠לְאֹם֙ מִ⁠לְאֹ֣ם יֶֽאֱמָ֔ץ 1 “One of them will be more powerful than the other,”
25:23 bbn7 וְ⁠רַ֖ב יַעֲבֹ֥ד צָעִֽיר 1 “so that the older {sons descendants} will serve the younger {sons descendants}.”
25:24 n0ji וַ⁠יִּמְלְא֥וּ יָמֶ֖י⁠הָ לָ⁠לֶ֑דֶת 1 “Later when it was time for her/Rebekah to give birth,”
25:24 x2dm וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה תוֹמִ֖ם בְּ⁠בִטְנָֽ⁠הּ 1 “sure enough, {there were} twin boys inside her!”
25:25 xnz0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֤א הָ⁠רִאשׁוֹן֙ אַדְמוֹנִ֔י כֻּלּ֖⁠וֹ כְּ⁠אַדֶּ֣רֶת שֵׂעָ֑ר 1 “When the first one/baby came out, he was covered with thick red hair so that he was as hairy as a fur coat/robe.” or “The first {one/baby} who was born was completely covered with thick red hair.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
25:25 kyoh וַ⁠יִּקְרְא֥וּ שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ 1 “So his parents named him” or “So he was called/named”. The Hebrew text has “they” here, which probably refers to Esaus parents and may include people in general after his parents named him.
25:25 t2t0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עֵשָֽׂו 1 “Esau, {which means “hairy.”}” Consider whether or not to include the meaning of Esaus name in the text or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
25:26 d0ez rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-sequential וְ⁠אַֽחֲרֵי כֵ֞ן 1 “Next” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-sequential]])
25:26 wm8b יָצָ֣א אָחִ֗י⁠ו 1 “his brother was born,” Some languages have a specific term for a younger brother that fits here. See what you did in Gen 4:2.
25:26 lw96 וְ⁠יָד֤⁠וֹ אֹחֶ֨זֶת֙ בַּ⁠עֲקֵ֣ב עֵשָׂ֔ו 1 “with his hand holding on {tightly} to Esaus heel.” or “gripping Esaus heel {tightly} with his hand.”
25:26 hoky וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ 1 “So they called/named him” or “So he was called/named”. See how you translated a similar clause in verse 25 that probably has the same meaning.
25:26 lggz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 “Jacob, {which means “heel-grabber.”}” If you decide to include the meaning of Jacobs name in the text or in a footnote, make sure it matches the way you translate “grabbing” earlier in this sentence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
25:26 uqny rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠יִצְחָ֛ק בֶּן שִׁשִּׁ֥ים שָׁנָ֖ה 1 “Isaac {was} 60 years old”. See how you translated the idiom “was a son of...years” in verse 20. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
25:26 d3d9 בְּ⁠לֶ֥דֶת אֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 “when Rebekah gave birth to them.” or “when Esau and Jacob were born.”
25:27 kmym וַֽ⁠יִּגְדְּלוּ֙ הַ⁠נְּעָרִ֔ים וַ⁠יְהִ֣י 1 “When/As the boys grew up/older,”
25:27 q0d8 וַ⁠יְהִ֣י עֵשָׂ֗ו אִ֛ישׁ יֹדֵ֥עַ צַ֖יִד 1 “Esau became a skilled/expert hunter,” or “Esau became good at hunting animals {for food},” See how you translated a similar phrase (“mighty hunter”) in Gen 10:9.
25:27 qo31 אִ֣ישׁ שָׂדֶ֑ה 1 “and he enjoyed/preferred {being/working in} the open country,” or “and he was an outdoorsman,”
25:27 nj2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠יַעֲקֹב֙ אִ֣ישׁ תָּ֔ם 1 “but/whereas Jacob {was} a quiet/mild-mannered man/person” or “Jacob, on the other hand, had a quiet/mild-mannered personality/character”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, make sure that it is clear in your translation that Esau and Jacob are being contrasted. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
25:27 t5f0 יֹשֵׁ֖ב אֹהָלִֽים 1 “and stayed/worked close to home.” or “and {liked/preferred} to be/work at/near home.”
25:28 uzdf וַ⁠יֶּאֱהַ֥ב יִצְחָ֛ק אֶת עֵשָׂ֖ו 1 “Isaac loved Esau {most},” or “Isaacs favorite son was Esau,” Your translation should not sound like Isaac and Rebekah did not love both of their sons. Rather, they each had their favorite son.
25:28 dwdz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּי צַ֣יִד בְּ⁠פִ֑י⁠ו 1 “because he liked to eat the meat of wild animals/deer {that he/Esau hunted},” Make sure your translation of “he liked” refers here to Isaac, not Esau. For some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this clause first in this sentence and say, “Isaac liked to eat wild animal/deer meat, so his favorite son was Esau”. Do what is best your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
25:28 gbyt וְ⁠רִבְקָ֖ה אֹהֶ֥בֶת אֶֽת יַעֲקֹֽב 1 “but/whereas Rebekah loved Jacob {most}.” or “but/whereas Rebekahs favorite son was Jacob.” See how you translated a similar clause earlier in this verse.
25:29 uzn3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יָּ֥זֶד יַעֲקֹ֖ב נָזִ֑יד וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥א 1 “{Once} Jacob was making/cooking {some} stew/soup, and” or “{One day} when Jacob was making {some} stew/soup,” According to verse 34, this stew (or thick soup) was made out of lentils, which are a type of bean; it may also have had pieces of meat in it. Consider what is the best way in your language to introduce the first event in this episode (following the background information in verses 27-28). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
25:29 hj1w וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥א עֵשָׂ֛ו מִן הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֖ה 1 “Esau came home from {hunting/working out in} the fields/country”. See how you translated “field” in verse 27.
25:29 wxqp וְ⁠ה֥וּא עָיֵֽף 1 “and he {was/felt} exhausted/weak {from hunger}.” or “and he {was/felt} exhausted/weak {and hungry}.” or “extremely/very tired {and hungry}.” The Hebrew word for “exhausted” means Esau was very tired (perhaps even feeling faint) from his hunting or work, as well as hungry and thirsty from lack of food. Some languages have an idiom for this that fits well here. Do what is best in your language.
25:30 tyd4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר עֵשָׂ֜ו אֶֽל יַעֲקֹ֗ב 1 “So Esau asked Jacob,” or “So Esau requested from Jacob,” Consider what is the best way in your language to translate this quote margin. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
25:30 f235 הַלְעִיטֵ֤⁠נִי נָא֙ 1 “Please let me eat/have”
25:30 whmu מִן הָ⁠אָדֹ֤ם הָ⁠אָדֹם֙ הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 “some of that very/dark red stew/soup {you are making}”
25:30 r8j4 כִּ֥י עָיֵ֖ף אָנֹ֑כִי 1 “because I {am/feel} exhausted/weak {from hunger}!” or “because I {am/feel} {hungry and} exhausted/weak!” See how you translated “exhausted” in verse 29.
25:30 u35r עַל כֵּ֥ן 1 “That is why” or “Because he/Esau said that,”
25:30 ems1 קָרָֽא שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ 1 “he/Esau was/is {also} called/nicknamed” or “his/Esaus nickname was” or “they/people called/nicknamed him”. Frequently in the Hebrew text, this phrase has a general meaning and does not refer to someone specific. Do what is best in your language.
25:30 q10m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֱדֽוֹם 1 “Edom, {which means “red.”}” You could include the meaning of “Edom” in your translation or in a footnote so that it is clear why Esau was given that name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
25:31 lm42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 “But Jacob said/replied {to him},” or “Jacob replied,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
25:31 k63y כַ⁠יּ֛וֹם 1 “Today {right now} or “Right now” or “First”
25:31 r3pd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מִכְרָ֥⁠ה אֶת בְּכֹֽרָתְ⁠ךָ֖ לִֽ⁠י 1 “give your birthright to me in exchange {for some stew/soup}.” or “trade your rights as the firstborn/oldest son to me {for the/some stew/soup,} {then I will give you some}.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Jacob was offering the stew as payment for Esaus birthright as the firstborn son. In Hebrew culture the firstborn son inherited twice as much as the rest of the children in the family (Deuteronomy 21:15-17). That information could be put in a footnote so that people understand what Esau was selling for a bowl of stew. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
25:32 l21g rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר עֵשָׂ֔ו 1 “Esau said/responded {to him},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
25:32 zepf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole הִנֵּ֛ה אָנֹכִ֥י הוֹלֵ֖ךְ לָ⁠מ֑וּת 1 “Look, I am about to die {from hunger}!” or “Look/Listen, {I am so hungry that I feel like} I am about/going to die!” Esau is using hyperbole or exaggeration here to emphasize how hungry he is. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
25:32 hxqu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ⁠לָ⁠מָּה זֶּ֥ה לִ֖⁠י בְּכֹרָֽה 1 “So how will my birthright benefit me {if I die}?” or “So my birthright is of no use/value/benefit to me {right now}!” Esau uses a rhetorical question to emphasize his point about how hungry he is. Consider whether or not a rhetorical question works well here in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
25:33 t84h rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יַעֲקֹ֗ב 1 “Jacob insisted,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
25:33 gxm8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הִשָּׁ֤בְעָ⁠ה לִּ⁠י֙ כַּ⁠יּ֔וֹם 1 “{First} make an oath/vow to me today {before God} {that your rights are now mine}!” or “{You must first} vow/promise to me right now {that you sell/give your rights to me}.” See how you translated “swear to me by God” in Gen 21:23. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
25:33 d5gk וַ⁠יִּשָּׁבַ֖ע ל֑⁠וֹ 1 “So he/Esau swore/vowed to him/Jacob” or “So Esau made an unbreakable promise/vow to him/Jacob”. Make sure the way you translate this clause fits well with what Jacob just said.
25:33 xdmk וַ⁠יִּמְכֹּ֥ר אֶת בְּכֹרָת֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠יַעֲקֹֽב 1 “that he had sold/traded his rights as the firstborn/oldest son to Jacob/him {for the stew/soup}.” or “that he was selling/giving his firstborn-son-rights to Jacob/him {in exchange for the stew/soup}.” See how you translated “sell your birthright” in verse 31. Also see how Hebrews 12:16 is translated, which refers to the same event.
25:34 jfkm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֞ב נָתַ֣ן לְ⁠עֵשָׂ֗ו לֶ֚חֶם וּ⁠נְזִ֣יד עֲדָשִׁ֔ים 1 “Then Jacob gave Esau {some} bread and {some of the} lentil stew/soup” or “Then Jacob gave Esau {some of the} lentil stew/soup and/with {some} bread”. Consider again how you translated “stew/soup” in verses 29 and 34. Lentils are small, round, flat, reddish-brown legume seeds that grow inside a pod (similar to peas or beans). If lentils are not known in your area, you could describe them as “a type of legume/bean called lentils”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
25:34 l7h8 וַ⁠יֹּ֣אכַל וַ⁠יֵּ֔שְׁתְּ וַ⁠יָּ֖קָם וַ⁠יֵּלַ֑ךְ 1 “and Esau ate, drank, got/stood up and left.” or “and Esau {quickly/hurriedly} ate the meal and left.” Consider what is the most natural way to translate this series of actions that happened quickly one after the other and shows how carelessly Esau treated his birthright.
25:34 y8f5 וַ⁠יִּ֥בֶז עֵשָׂ֖ו אֶת הַ⁠בְּכֹרָֽה 1 “So Esau showed that he did not value his rights as the firstborn/oldest son.” or “In that way, Esau treated his birthright {carelessly/flippantly} as if it had no value.” See how you translated “birthright” in verses 31-33.
26:1 zr1w rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֤י 1 “Now there was”. Consider what is the best way in your language to begin this new episode. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
26:1 my54 רָעָב֙ 1 “{another} famine” or “{another} extreme/serious shortage/lack of food” or “{another} {time of} extreme/severe food shortage”. See how you translated “famine” in Gen 12:10. in the land, “in the/that country/region”
26:1 ltfb מִ⁠לְּ⁠בַד֙ הָ⁠רָעָ֣ב הָ⁠רִאשׁ֔וֹן אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָיָ֖ה 1 “in addition to the previous famine/one/shortage that occurred/happened” or “{This was} a different famine/shortage from the one that had happened {years} earlier/before,”
26:1 znvb בִּ⁠ימֵ֣י אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “during Abrahams lifetime.” or “while Abraham was still alive.”
26:1 oa44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּ֧לֶךְ יִצְחָ֛ק 1 “So Isaac {and his family}”. In your translation it should not sound like Isaac went alone to the city of Gerar; the rest of his family lived with him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26:1 io2w וַ⁠יֵּ֧לֶךְ אֶל אֲבִימֶּ֥לֶךְ מֶֽלֶךְ פְּלִשְׁתִּ֖ים 1 “went {for help} to {King} Abimelech, {who was} the king over the Philistines.” or “went to {King} Abimelech, who ruled the Philistines, {to ask him for help}.” See how you translated “Philistines” in Gen 10:14; 21:32, 34.
26:1 uz2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure גְּרָֽרָ⁠ה 1 “{He/Abimelech lived} in {the city of} Gerar.” or “{He/Abimelech ruled} from {the city of} Gerar{, which was the Philistines capital city}.” King Abimelech ruled all the Philistines from Gerar, their capital city. Make sure your translation does not sound like the only Philistines he ruled were the ones who lived in Gerar. For some languages it may be clearer to put the location (Gerar) earlier in this sentence and say, “So Isaac went to {the city of} Gerar to {ask for help from} King Abimelech who ruled over the Philistines.” Do what is best in your language. Also be consistent here with how you translated “{the city of} Gerar” in Gen 10:19; 20:1-2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
26:2 gxel rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֵּרָ֤א אֵלָי⁠ו֙ יְהוָ֔ה 1 “Then Yahweh came to Isaac”. See how you translated “appeared” in Gen 12:7. Also consider whether it is more natural in your language to refer to Isaac here with his name or a pronoun. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
26:2 d4sf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “and said {to him},” or “and told/commanded {him},” Consider what is the best way in your language to translate this quote margin. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
26:2 m265 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַל תֵּרֵ֣ד 1 “Do not go/travel south” or “Do not go/travel”. Egypt was lower in elevation and also south of the land of the Philistines. Many translations leave that information implied. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26:2 zrjo מִצְרָ֑יְמָ⁠ה 1 “to {the land/country of} Egypt,”
26:2 ytdn שְׁכֹ֣ן בָּ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֖ר אֹמַ֥ר אֵלֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 “{but rather} live/stay/reside in the/this land where/wherever I tell you {to live}.” or “{but rather} live where/wherever I tell you to live.”
26:3 esom גּ֚וּר 1 “You must live/stay/reside for a while” or “Live/Stay/Reside temporarily {as a foreigner/outsider}”. See how you translated this term in Gen 12:10 and 19:9. You may need to translate it in slightly different ways, depending on the context.
26:3 rbvm בָּ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠זֹּ֔את 1 “in this region,”
26:3 a5hr וְ⁠אֶֽהְיֶ֥ה עִמְּ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “and I will stay with you” or “and I will be/stay {right} beside you”. This clause means that God will guide, help, and protect Isaac, and provide for his needs.
26:3 rnp1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-keyterms וַ⁠אֲבָרְכֶ֑⁠ךָּ 1 “and prosper you.” or “cause you {and your family} to prosper.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-keyterms]])
26:3 dvmh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases כִּֽי לְ⁠ךָ֣ וּֽ⁠לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֗ אֶתֵּן֙ אֶת כָּל הָֽ⁠אֲרָצֹ֣ת הָ⁠אֵ֔ל 1 “In fact, I will give all the {surrounding} lands/regions to you and your offspring/descendants,” Starting here (through verse 4) Yahweh explains how he will bless Isaac. Begin this sentence in a way that makes that clear in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
26:3 lqx8 וַ⁠הֲקִֽמֹתִי֙ 1 “and I will continue to keep/fulfill”
26:3 nxyo אֶת הַ⁠שְּׁבֻעָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר נִשְׁבַּ֖עְתִּי לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֥ם אָבִֽי⁠ךָ 1 “the vow/promise that I made to your father Abraham.” Consider again how you translated “oath” in Gen 24:8. It may be necessary to translate this word differently in different contexts.
26:4 g56u וְ⁠הִרְבֵּיתִ֤י 1 “Yes, I will” or “I will”. Verse 4 gives the details of the oath that is referred to in verse 3.
26:4 w607 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile וְ⁠הִרְבֵּיתִ֤י אֶֽת זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֙ כְּ⁠כוֹכְבֵ֣י 1 “multiply/increase {the number of} your offspring/descendants {so that they are as numerous/countless} as” or “make your offspring/descendants as numerous/many/countless as” or “give you so many offspring that they will be as numerous as”. See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 22:17. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
26:4 z0k0 כְּ⁠כוֹכְבֵ֣י הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם 1 “the {number of} stars in the sky,”
26:4 yt1e וְ⁠נָתַתִּ֣י 1 “I will also give”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
26:4 mpz0 לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֔ 1 “to your descendants” or “to them”
26:4 fn5g אֵ֥ת כָּל הָ⁠אֲרָצֹ֖ת הָ⁠אֵ֑ל 1 “all these regions.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 3.
26:4 ghym וְ⁠הִרְבֵּיתִ֤י 2 “In fact,”
26:4 ibhs בְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֔ 1 “through your offspring/descendants” or “because of your offspring/descendants” or “by means of your offspring/descendants”. See how you translated this phrase and the following clause in Gen 22:18.
26:4 gsf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠הִתְבָּרֲכ֣וּ כֹּ֖ל גּוֹיֵ֥י הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “all the people/ethnic groups on earth will be blessed {by me},” or “{I} will bless all the people/ethnic groups on the earth,” Consider what is the best way in your language to translate this passive clause. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26:5 yet9 עֵ֕קֶב אֲשֶׁר 1 “{all} because” or “{I will do all that} because”. Verse 5 gives the reason that Yahweh will do everything that he says in verses 3 and 4. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
26:5 wtdv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שָׁמַ֥ע אַבְרָהָ֖ם בְּ⁠קֹלִ֑⁠י 1 “Abraham obeyed me” or “Abraham {always} obeyed/did what I told him”. The phrase “my voice” stands for what Yahweh said to Abraham and also represents Yahweh himself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
26:5 y9qm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וַ⁠יִּשְׁמֹר֙ מִשְׁמַרְתִּ֔⁠י מִצְוֺתַ֖⁠י חֻקּוֹתַ֥⁠י וְ⁠תוֹרֹתָֽ⁠י 1 “Yes, he kept/obeyed all my requirements, {including} {all} my commands, decrees, and laws.” or “and did everything that I ever commanded {him} {to do}.” This clause is another way of saying “obeyed my voice” in the previous clause, and emphasizes that Abraham always obeyed God in everything. Notice that the terms in this clause have much overlap in meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
26:6 sb28 וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב יִצְחָ֖ק 1 “So/Then Isaac {did/obeyed what God said/commanded and}”
26:6 mvz1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב בִּ⁠גְרָֽר 1 “stayed/settled {with his family} in {the city of} Gerar.” In your translation it should not sound like Isaac lived alone; the rest of his family lived with him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26:7 iokv וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁאֲל֞וּ אַנְשֵׁ֤י 1 “After a while the men” or “When the men”
26:7 rhxj אַנְשֵׁ֤י הַ⁠מָּקוֹם֙ 1 “of/from that place/city” or “from there”
26:7 dzts וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁאֲל֞וּ לְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֔⁠וֹ וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “started asking {Isaac/him} about Rebekah,”
26:7 c8jy rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “he said/replied {to them}” or “he {lied and} told {them}” or “he {deceived them by} saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
26:7 on1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations אֲחֹ֣תִ⁠י הִ֑וא 1 “that she {was} his sister”. Consider whether it is more natural in your language to use a direct quote or an indirect quote here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
26:7 z3c2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations כִּ֤י יָרֵא֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֣ר אִשְׁתִּ֔⁠י 1 “He was afraid to say/admit that she was his wife,” Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also see how you handled the previous quote in this sentence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
26:7 e48o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations פֶּן יַֽהַרְגֻ֜⁠נִי אַנְשֵׁ֤י הַ⁠מָּקוֹם֙ 1 “He thought that the men of the/that city might kill him” or “He was afraid that the men in that place/city would kill him“. See how you translated “the men of the place” earlier in this verse. Also consider whether it is better in your language to use a direct or indirect quote here, and see what you did earlier in this verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
26:7 fozc עַל רִבְקָ֔ה 1 “because of Rebekah,” or “so that they could take/have Rebekah,”
26:7 b01d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּֽי טוֹבַ֥ת מַרְאֶ֖ה הִֽיא 1 “because she {is/was} very/so beautiful.” It may be more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “Now Rebekah {was} very beautiful, so the men in that city started asking {Isaac} about her. Isaac was afraid they might kill him in order to take/have her, so he {lied and} told {them} she {was} his sister.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
26:8 zwls וַ⁠יְהִ֗י כִּ֣י אָֽרְכוּ ל֥⁠וֹ שָׁם֙ הַ⁠יָּמִ֔ים 1 “{One day} when/after he/Isaac {and his family} had been/lived there a long time,”
26:8 ymwh וַ⁠יַּשְׁקֵ֗ף אֲבִימֶ֨לֶךְ֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ פְּלִשְׁתִּ֔ים 1 “Abimelech {who was} king over the Philistines” or “the Philistines King Abimelech” or “King Abimelech”
26:8 vhn2 וַ⁠יַּשְׁקֵ֗ף בְּעַ֖ד הַֽ⁠חַלּ֑וֹן 1 “looked down/out from a window {of his house/palace}”
26:8 koto וַ⁠יַּ֗רְא וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה 1 “and saw to his surprise” or “and was surprised to see”. In this context, “behold” means that King Abimelech was surprised at what he saw.
26:8 o4an יִצְחָק֙ מְצַחֵ֔ק אֵ֖ת רִבְקָ֥ה אִשְׁתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “that Isaac was flirting with his wife Rebekah.” or “that Isaac was showing affection to his wife Rebekah.” There is a word play here in Hebrew (since “Isaac” and “laughing” come from the same root word). Isaac may have been laughing or flirting with Rebekah or physically touching her in an affectionate or intimate way, as a husband would do with his wife.
26:9 ziot וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א אֲבִימֶ֜לֶךְ לְ⁠יִצְחָ֗ק 1 “So/Then {King} Abimelech summoned Isaac” or “So/Then {King} Abimelech sent someone to bring Isaac to him”. King Abimelech probably sent a servant to tell Isaac to come talk to him.
26:9 mblv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “and said {to him},” or “and scolded {him} {by saying},” Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
26:9 vq6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-keyterms אַ֣ךְ הִנֵּ֤ה אִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֙ הִ֔וא 1 “It is clear/obvious that she/Rebekah {is} actually your wife!” The word “behold” emphasizes what follows it. Consider what is the best way in your language to translate this term in this context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-keyterms]])
26:9 l4xt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠אֵ֥יךְ אָמַ֖רְתָּ אֲחֹ֣תִ⁠י הִ֑וא 1 “So why did you tell us that she {is} your sister?” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to translate this embedded direct quote (“She is my sister”) as a direst or indirect quote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
26:9 j573 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֵלָי⁠ו֙ יִצְחָ֔ק 1 “Isaac answered him,” Consider what is the best way in your language to translate this quote margin. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
26:9 kge5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes כִּ֣י אָמַ֔רְתִּי פֶּן אָמ֖וּת עָלֶֽי⁠הָ 1 “Because I thought that I might die because of her.“ or “{I said that} because I was afraid that someone might kill me in order to take/have her {as a wife}.” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
26:10 t8xc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֲבִימֶ֔לֶךְ 1 “Then Abimelech scolded {him} {further},” Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language to fit this context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
26:10 t0lq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַה זֹּ֖את עָשִׂ֣יתָ לָּ֑⁠נוּ 1 “Why did you treat us this way?” or “You have treated us very badly!” or “You should not have done this to us!” King Abimelech uses a rhetorical question here to show strong emotion and to emphasize that what Isaac did was wrong and should not have been done. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
26:10 wvvu כִּ֠⁠מְעַט שָׁכַ֞ב אַחַ֤ד הָ⁠עָם֙ 1 “Sooner or later, one of the people/men {whom I rule} could/might have”
26:10 a431 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism שָׁכַ֞ב אֶת אִשְׁתֶּ֔⁠ךָ 1 “slept with your wife,” or “had {physical/sexual} relations with your wife,” or “committed adultery with your wife,” See how you translated the idiom “lay with” in Gen 19:32-35. It may be necessary to translate this in slightly different ways, depending on the context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
26:10 q591 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive וְ⁠הֵבֵאתָ֥ עָלֵ֖י⁠נוּ אָשָֽׁם 1 “and you would have caused us to be guilty {of adultery}!” or “with the result that you would have brought guilt/punishment on us!” The pronoun “us” in this verse refers to King Abimelech and the Philistines whom he ruled; it does not include Isaac. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
26:11 uhi8 וַ⁠יְצַ֣ו אֲבִימֶ֔לֶךְ אֶת כָּל הָ⁠עָ֖ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “Then {King} Abimelech warned/told all {his} people,”
26:11 z2nk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הַ⁠נֹּגֵ֜עַ בָּ⁠אִ֥ישׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֛ה וּ⁠בְ⁠אִשְׁתּ֖⁠וֹ מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת 1 “If anyone harms this man {Isaac} or his wife {in any way}, I will surely/definitely have that person killed/executed!” or “I will surely/definitely execute anyone who harms Isaac or his wife {in any way}!” In this context “touches” is used as an idiom that means “harms {in any way}”. Many languages have a similar idiom that fits well here. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
26:12 okdv וַ⁠יִּזְרַ֤ע יִצְחָק֙ בָּ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠הִ֔וא 1 “Isaac planted seeds/crops in that area,” To “sow seeds” means to plant seeds by scattering them by hand on the ground. If this method of planting is not known in your language area, you could translate this more generally and say, “planted seeds/crops” or “planted {large} fields”.
26:12 wa62 וַ⁠יִּמְצָ֛א בַּ⁠שָּׁנָ֥ה הַ⁠הִ֖וא 1 “and during that year” or “and that year”
26:12 rsw3 וַ⁠יִּמְצָ֛א מֵאָ֣ה שְׁעָרִ֑ים 1 “he gathered/reaped {a huge harvest that was} a hundred times {more than what he had planted}” or “he harvested a very large crop/harvest”
26:12 p8ak וַֽ⁠יְבָרֲכֵ֖⁠הוּ יְהוָֽה 1 “because Yahweh blessed him.” or “Yahweh continued to bless him,” Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here that continues into verse 13.
26:13 ly00 וַ⁠יִּגְדַּ֖ל הָ⁠אִ֑ישׁ וַ⁠יֵּ֤לֶךְ הָלוֹךְ֙ וְ⁠גָדֵ֔ל 1 “In that way he/Isaac kept getting more and more wealthy” or “so that he grew/became richer and richer”
26:13 hg95 עַ֥ד כִּֽי גָדַ֖ל מְאֹֽד 1 “until {eventually} he was extremely/very wealthy/rich.”
26:14 avey וַֽ⁠יְהִי ל֤⁠וֹ מִקְנֵה צֹאן֙ וּ⁠מִקְנֵ֣ה בָקָ֔ר 1 “He had/owned many flocks {of sheep} and herds {of cattle}” or “He had/owned many sheep and cattle”. See how you translated “flocks” and “herds” in Gen 24:35.
26:14 uq3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וַ⁠עֲבֻדָּ֖ה רַבָּ֑ה 1 “and {he also had/owned} many servants/slaves.” or “He also had/owned many servants/slaves.” The same Hebrew word is used for both “servant” or “slave”. Slaves and servants were owned by their masters but often they were treated as respected members of the family. An example of this was Abrahams head servant who was sent to find a wife for Isaac (Gen 24). Keep this information in mind as you translate “servants” into your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
26:14 qv2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יְקַנְא֥וּ 1 “As a result,” or “Because of that,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
26:14 lzzc וַ⁠יְקַנְא֥וּ אֹת֖⁠וֹ פְּלִשְׁתִּֽים 1 “the Philistines were envious/jealous of him/Isaac,”
26:15 b9xb וְ⁠כָל הַ⁠בְּאֵרֹ֗ת אֲשֶׁ֤ר חָֽפְרוּ֙ עַבְדֵ֣י אָבִ֔י⁠ו בִּ⁠ימֵ֖י אַבְרָהָ֣ם אָבִ֑י⁠ו סִתְּמ֣וּ⁠ם פְּלִשְׁתִּ֔ים וַ⁠יְמַלְא֖וּ⁠ם עָפָֽר 1 “and/so they stopped/plugged up all his father Abrahams wells by filling them with dirt.” or “So they filled up with dirt all the wells that the servants of his father Abraham had dug while he was {still} alive.” or “and/so they filled up all his/Isaacs wells with dirt {so that no one could use them anymore}. Those were the wells that Abrahams servants had dug while he was still alive.” See how you translated “well” in Gen 21:30-31.
26:16 z4zj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֲבִימֶ֖לֶךְ אֶל יִצְחָ֑ק 1 “Then/Finally {King} Abimelech said to Isaac/him,” Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
26:16 b5ab rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-politeness לֵ֚ךְ מֵֽ⁠עִמָּ֔⁠נוּ 1 “{Please} move away from us,” or “{We want you to} move {somewhere else} away from us,” Although King Abimelech is asking Isaac to leave, he is still trying to be polite. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-politeness]])
26:16 ectv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּֽי עָצַֽמְתָּ מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ מְאֹֽד 1 “because you are too powerful for us.” or “because you are so powerful {that you are a threat} to us.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this quote and say, “You are so powerful that we {are afraid of you and} want you to move away from us.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
26:17 lmkp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּ֥לֶךְ מִ⁠שָּׁ֖ם יִצְחָ֑ק 1 “So Isaac moved {away} from {the city of} Gerar {with his family}”. In your translation it should not sound like Isaac moved by himself from the city of Gerar; his family moved with him. See what you did for similar cases in verses 1 and 6. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26:17 ybzy וַ⁠יִּ֥חַן 1 “and pitched his tents” or “and set up his tents”
26:17 ndt1 בְּ⁠נַֽחַל גְּרָ֖ר 1 “in the Gerar Valley” or “in the valley near Gerar”
26:17 leu6 וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב שָֽׁם 1 “and stayed/lived there {for a while}.”
26:18 jra3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠יָּ֨שָׁב יִצְחָ֜ק וַ⁠יַּחְפֹּ֣ר אֶת בְּאֵרֹ֣ת הַ⁠מַּ֗יִם אֲשֶׁ֤ר חָֽפְרוּ֙ בִּ⁠ימֵי֙ אַבְרָהָ֣ם אָבִ֔י⁠ו וַ⁠יְסַתְּמ֣וּ⁠ם 1 “Then Isaac {had his servants} dig the dirt out of the wells that Abrahams servants had dug and” or “Then Isaacs servants re-dug his father Abrahams wells”. Isaac had his servants re-dig the wells; he did not do that work by himself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
26:18 eqvq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠יְסַתְּמ֣וּ⁠ם פְּלִשְׁתִּ֔ים אַחֲרֵ֖י מ֣וֹת אַבְרָהָ֑ם 1 “that the Philistines had plugged up with dirt after Abraham had died,” or “that the Philistines had {just} filled {with dirt},” Be consistent with how you spelled or translated “Philistines” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 10:14; 21:32, 34; 26:1, 8, 14-15, 18. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
26:18 h4so וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֤א לָ⁠הֶן֙ שֵׁמ֔וֹת כַּ⁠שֵּׁמֹ֕ת 1 “He/Isaac gave the/those wells the same names” or “He/Isaac named the/those wells with the same names”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
26:18 uecx אֲשֶׁר קָרָ֥א לָ⁠הֶ֖ן אָבִֽי⁠ו 1 “that his father had named/given them.”
26:19 z3nv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּחְפְּר֥וּ עַבְדֵֽי יִצְחָ֖ק בַּ⁠נָּ֑חַל 1 “Next Isaacs servants dug {at/in a new place} in the valley {of Gerar}” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26:19 eibf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּ֨מְצְאוּ שָׁ֔ם בְּאֵ֖ר מַ֥יִם חַיִּֽים 1 “and discovered/struck/reached a source/spring of fresh/flowing water there.” The phrase “living water” is an idiom that means the well was spring fed and was a source of continually flowing, fresh water to drink. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
26:20 pv7y וַ⁠יָּרִ֜יבוּ רֹעֵ֣י גְרָ֗ר 1 “But the herdsmen from {the city of} Gerar”
26:20 aszi וַ⁠יָּרִ֜יבוּ עִם רֹעֵ֥י יִצְחָ֛ק לֵ⁠אמֹ֖ר 1 “argued/disputed with Isaacs herdsmen and said/claimed”
26:20 i62f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations לָ֣⁠נוּ הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 “That well is ours!” or “that the water/well belonged to them.” or “that they owned that water/well.” Consider whether it is best in your language to use a direct quote or an indirect quote here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
26:20 ffg3 וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֤א שֵֽׁם הַ⁠בְּאֵר֙ 1 “So Isaac named/called the/that well”
26:20 opnl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names עֵ֔שֶׂק 1 “Esek, {which means “dispute/argument,”}” If you include the meaning of this wells name in your translation text or in a footnote, make sure it fits with how you translate “disputed” in the next clause. This word is different from the word for “quarreled” earlier in verse 20 but it has the same meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
26:20 hywb כִּ֥י הִֽתְעַשְּׂק֖וּ עִמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “because they argued with him {about it}.” or “because they disputed/argued with his herdsmen {about it}.” The herdsmen from Gerar disputed with Isaac indirectly (verse 20b) when they quarreled with his herdsmen (verse 20a). Make sure in your translation that the two halves of this verse do not contradict each other.
26:21 ouy1 וַֽ⁠יַּחְפְּרוּ֙ בְּאֵ֣ר אַחֶ֔רֶת 1 “Then Isaacs servants dug another well,”
26:21 ryzw וַ⁠יָּרִ֖יבוּ גַּם עָלֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 “but {once again} the herdsmen from Gerar argued/disputed {with them} about that one/well too,” Be consistent here with how you translated “quarreled” in the first part of verse 20.
26:21 prjv וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א שְׁמָ֖⁠הּ 1 “so he/Isaac named it” or “So he/Isaac named the/that well”
26:21 s7bl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names שִׂטְנָֽה 1 “Sitnah, {which means “hostility/strife.”}” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
26:22 ndq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּעְתֵּ֣ק מִ⁠שָּׁ֗ם 1 “Then Isaac {and his family} moved from there”. In your translation it should not sound like Isaac moved by himself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26:22 za5m וַ⁠יַּחְפֹּר֙ 1 “and he {had his servants/men} dig” or “and his servants dug”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 18.
26:22 mtdv בְּאֵ֣ר אַחֶ֔רֶת 1 “a new/third well,”
26:22 ixst וְ⁠לֹ֥א רָב֖וּ עָלֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 “but {this time} the herdsmen of/from Gerar did not quarrel/argue about it,”
26:22 ekhj וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֤א שְׁמָ⁠הּ֙ 1 “so he called/named it” or “so he called/named the/that well” or “so he gave it the name”. See how you translated this clause in verses 20 and 21.
26:22 ggt9 רְחֹב֔וֹת 1 “Rehoboth, {which means “space/room,”}” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Rehoboth” in Gen 10:11.
26:22 deux וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר כִּֽי עַתָּ֞ה יְהוָ֛ה 1 “because he said, “Now/Finally Yahweh”
26:22 uq71 הִרְחִ֧יב לָ֖⁠נוּ 1 “has provided space/room for us,” or “given our/my family {enough} space/room {to live},”
26:22 z2q3 וּ⁠פָרִ֥ינוּ בָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “so that we will prosper/flourish {here} in the/this land.”
26:23 cbus וַ⁠יַּ֥עַל מִ⁠שָּׁ֖ם בְּאֵ֥ר שָֽׁבַע 1 “From there he/Isaac {and his family} went/moved south to {the city of} Beersheba.” or “{One day} he/Isaac {and his family} went/moved from there to {the city of} Beersheba.” The word “up” refers to the fact that Beersheba is higher in elevation from where they were; it is also south in direction. Some translations leave that information implied. Do what is best in your language.
26:24 ro9s וַ⁠יֵּרָ֨א אֵלָ֤י⁠ו יְהוָה֙ בַּ⁠לַּ֣יְלָה הַ⁠ה֔וּא וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “That night Yahweh appeared/came to him and said {to him},” See how you translated “Yahweh appeared to him” in verse 2.
26:24 kaqe אָנֹכִ֕י אֱלֹהֵ֖י אַבְרָהָ֣ם אָבִ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “I {am} the God whom your father Abraham serves/worships.” or “I {am} the God {who takes care} of your father Abraham.”
26:24 xp88 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אַל תִּירָא֙ כִּֽי אִתְּ⁠ךָ֣ אָנֹ֔כִי 1 “I {will always be} with you, so do not be afraid.” Some languages can do like the Hebrew text does and put the result clause (“do not be afraid”) before the reason (“I am with you”). Other languages prefer to put the reason before the result. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
26:24 k105 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וּ⁠בֵֽרַכְתִּ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 “I will bless/prosper you”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 3. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
26:24 n65z וְ⁠הִרְבֵּיתִ֣י אֶֽת זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֔ 1 “and multiply/increase {the number of} your offspring/descendants” or “and make your offspring/descendants numerous” or “and give you many/countless offspring/descendants”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 4.
26:24 s2lp בַּ⁠עֲב֖וּר 1 “because of {my promise/relationship to}” or “just as I promised to” or “in order to keep my promise to”
26:24 hirv אַבְרָהָ֥ם עַבְדִּֽ⁠י 1 “my servant Abraham.” or “Abraham who serves me.”
26:25 qm2j וַ⁠יִּ֧בֶן שָׁ֣ם מִזְבֵּ֗חַ 1 “Then/So Isaac built an altar there {at Beersheba}”. See how you translated “altar” in Gen 22:9.
26:25 junf וַ⁠יִּקְרָא֙ בְּ⁠שֵׁ֣ם יְהוָ֔ה 1 “and {offered/burned sacrifices on it to Yahweh as he} worshiped/praised Yahweh/him by name.” Consider again how you translated the idiom “called on the name of Yahweh” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 4:26, 12:8, 13:4, 21:33, 26:25, and see the note about this at 4:26.
26:25 kvmx וַ⁠יֶּט שָׁ֖ם אָהֳל֑⁠וֹ 1 “He also set up his tents/camp there,” See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 17.
26:25 lfr5 וַ⁠יִּכְרוּ שָׁ֥ם עַבְדֵי יִצְחָ֖ק בְּאֵֽר 1 “and his servants started digging {another} well there {too}.” Notice that they did not finish digging this well until verse 32. Keep that in mind as you translate this clause.
26:26 nte9 וַ⁠אֲבִימֶ֕לֶךְ הָלַ֥ךְ אֵלָ֖י⁠ו מִ⁠גְּרָ֑ר 1 “Then {King} Abimelech came/went to him/Isaac from {the city of} Gerar”
26:26 evv1 וַ⁠אֲחֻזַּת֙ מֵֽרֵעֵ֔⁠הוּ 1 “with his adviser Ahuzzath”. King Abimelechs friend Ahuzzath was probably his adviser.
26:26 kkn7 וּ⁠פִיכֹ֖ל שַׂר צְבָאֽ⁠וֹ 1 “and Phicol {who was} the commander/leader of his/Abimelechs army/soldiers.” or “and his army/military commander/captain Phicol.” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 21:22, 32.
26:27 cyjc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶם֙ יִצְחָ֔ק 1 “Isaac asked them,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
26:27 bwup rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַדּ֖וּעַ בָּאתֶ֣ם אֵלָ֑⁠י 1 “Why did you come here,” or “I dont understand why you came to see me,” Isaac probably wants to know why King Abimelech and his men are there, but this may also be a rhetorical question that shows his strong emotion. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
26:27 mx4e וְ⁠אַתֶּם֙ שְׂנֵאתֶ֣ם אֹתִ֔⁠י 1 “{especially} since you have treated me hatefully/meanly” or “{especially} since you have been hateful/unfriendly/hostile toward me”
26:27 fv74 וַ⁠תְּשַׁלְּח֖וּ⁠נִי מֵ⁠אִתְּ⁠כֶֽם 1 “and forced me to move away from you!”
26:28 bu45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֗וּ 1 “They answered {him},” or “They responded/replied,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
26:28 m7us rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive רָא֣וֹ רָאִינוּ֮ 1 “It is very obvious/clear to us”. Make sure your translation of the pronoun “we” does not include Isaac here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
26:28 e5ty כִּֽי הָיָ֣ה יְהוָ֣ה עִמָּ⁠ךְ֒ 1 “that Yahweh is with you {and blessing/prospering you},” See how you translated a similar phrase in verses 3 and 24.
26:28 rfk0 וַ⁠נֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “so we said {to each other}” or “so/and we decided”
26:28 f7p3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive NO OrigLQuote AVAILABLE!!! 1 “that there should be an oath/vow between us and you.” or “that we should make a vow with you {to live in peace with one another}.” or “that we should make a vow to each other.” In the Hebrew text, the first “us” in this sentence includes Isaac, but the second “us” excludes him. Notice that in the first two alternate translations, the “us” or the “we” exclude him, but in the third alternate translation, the “we” includes him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
26:28 o3r6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֥ה בְרִ֖ית 1 “So {please} let us make/establish a {peace} treaty/agreement”. See how you translated “cut a covenant” in Gen 21:27, 32. Notice that the pronoun “us” in this phrase either excludes Isaac or includes him, depending on whether you use “with you” or “with each other” for the following phrase. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
26:28 fcp0 עִמָּ⁠ךְ֒ 1 “with each other,”
26:29 x6xs אִם תַּעֲשֵׂ֨ה עִמָּ֜⁠נוּ רָעָ֗ה 1 “that you will never harm us,” Verse 29 specifies the details of the covenant or treaty that they want Isaac to vow or promise.
26:29 xrwr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁר֙ לֹ֣א נְגַֽעֲנ֔וּ⁠ךָ 1 “just as we never harmed you {in any way},” See how you translated “touch” or “harm” in verse 11. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
26:29 uaog וְ⁠כַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר עָשִׂ֤ינוּ עִמְּ⁠ךָ֙ רַק ט֔וֹב 1 “but only treated you well/kindly”
26:29 b6m3 וַ⁠נְּשַׁלֵּֽחֲ⁠ךָ֖ בְּ⁠שָׁל֑וֹם 1 “and sent you away peacefully.” or “and in a peaceful manner asked you to leave.”
26:29 noji עַתָּ֖ה 1 “Now {because of that,}” or “{with the result that} now” or “{As a result,} now”
26:29 u5t0 אַתָּ֥ה בְּר֥וּךְ יְהוָֽה 1 “Yahweh has {greatly} blessed/prospered you.”
26:30 upgd וַ⁠יַּ֤עַשׂ לָ⁠הֶם֙ מִשְׁתֶּ֔ה 1 “Then Isaac prepared a feast,”
26:30 ncvw וַ⁠יֹּאכְל֖וּ וַ⁠יִּשְׁתּֽוּ 1 “and they {all} ate and drank {together}.” In your translation it should not sound like the feast was only for King Abimelech and his men; Isaac ate with them.
26:31 ovmw וַ⁠יַּשְׁכִּ֣ימוּ בַ⁠בֹּ֔קֶר 1 “Early the next morning they got up”. See how you translated “got up early in the morning” in Gen 20:8; 21:14, 22:3.
26:31 e434 וַ⁠יִּשָּׁבְע֖וּ אִ֣ישׁ לְ⁠אָחִ֑י⁠ו 1 “made unbreakable oaths/promises to each other {to keep their covenant/treaty}.” or “and made vows/oaths to one another {that they would keep their treaty/agreement}.” See how you translated “swore” in Gen 25:33. Also, if you make the implied information explicit, it should match the way you translate “covenant” or “treaty” in verse 28.
26:31 dqn2 וַ⁠יְשַׁלְּחֵ֣⁠ם יִצְחָ֔ק 1 “Then Isaac said goodbye to them,” or “Then Isaac told them goodbye,”
26:31 fbfb וַ⁠יֵּלְכ֥וּ מֵ⁠אִתּ֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠שָׁלֽוֹם 1 “and they went home from him in peace.” or “and they left him on peaceful terms and went/returned home.”
26:32 c721 וַ⁠יְהִ֣י בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠ה֗וּא 1 “On that {same} day” or “{Later} that {same} day”
26:32 h1e9 וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨אוּ֙ עַבְדֵ֣י יִצְחָ֔ק וַ⁠יַּגִּ֣דוּ ל֔⁠וֹ 1 “Isaacs servants came {to him} to tell/inform him”
26:32 n9yf עַל אֹד֥וֹת הַ⁠בְּאֵ֖ר אֲשֶׁ֣ר חָפָ֑רוּ 1 “about the well that they had been digging”. This is the same well that Isaacs servants started digging in verse 25.
26:32 yrmy rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמְרוּ ל֖⁠וֹ 1 “and announced,” Consider what is the best way to translate this quote margin in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
26:32 e8ez מָצָ֥אנוּ מָֽיִם 1 “We have discovered/struck/reached water!” See how you translated “found” in verse 19.
26:33 ksjm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א אֹתָ֖⁠הּ שִׁבְעָ֑ה 1 “So Isaac named the well Shibah/Shebah, {which means “oath/vow.”}” The name of this well can be spelled “Shibah” or “Shebah.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
26:33 dzcy עַל כֵּ֤ן 1 “That is why”
26:33 rlw9 שֵׁם הָ⁠עִיר֙ בְּאֵ֣ר שֶׁ֔בַע עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 “{even} today the name of that city {is} still Beersheba, {which means “well of the oath/vow.”}” See how you translated “Beersheba” and its meaning in Gen 21:31.
26:34 xghn וַ⁠יְהִ֤י עֵשָׂו֙ בֶּן אַרְבָּעִ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה וַ⁠יִּקַּ֤ח 1 “Now Esau was 40 years old, and” or “When Esau was forty years old,” Consider again how you translated “a son of...years” in the book of Genesis. See 5:32; 11:10; 12:4; 16:16; 17:1, 17, 24-25; 25:20-21 and 26:34.
26:34 wv0p וַ⁠יִּקַּ֤ח אִשָּׁה֙ אֶת יְהוּדִ֔ית בַּת בְּאֵרִ֖י הַֽ⁠חִתִּ֑י וְ⁠אֶת בָּ֣שְׂמַ֔ת בַּת אֵילֹ֖ן הַֽ⁠חִתִּֽי 1 “he married {a woman named} Judith, {who was} the/a daughter of a Hittite {man} named Beeri, and {he also married} {a woman named} Basemath, {who was} the/a daughter of a Hittite {man} named Elon.” or “he married {two} Hittite women: Judith, whose father was Beeri, and Basemath, whose father was Elon.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Basemath was Esaus second wife, not Beeris wife.
26:35 hack rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠תִּהְיֶ֖יןָ מֹ֣רַת ר֑וּחַ לְ⁠יִצְחָ֖ק וּ⁠לְ⁠רִבְקָֽה 1 “Those {foreign} women caused Isaac and Rebekah to be very distressed/upset.” or “Isaac and Rebekah were very distressed/upset that their son had married foreign women {rather than a woman from their own religion and people group}.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:1 omqk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִי֙ כִּֽי 1 “One day when” or “Now when”. The events in chapter 27 happened about 23 years after the end of chapter 26. Make sure your translation begins this verse in a way that fits with that fact. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
27:1 nlqr זָקֵ֣ן יִצְחָ֔ק 1 “Isaac was {very} old” or “Isaac was an old man”
27:1 za37 וַ⁠תִּכְהֶ֥יןָ עֵינָ֖י⁠ו מֵ⁠רְאֹ֑ת 1 “and his eyes were so weak that he could not see,” or “and he could no longer see,” or “and he was almost blind,” Isaac was either totally blind or so blind that he could not recognize people anymore (see verses 18-27, 32-33).
27:1 rinb וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֞א 1 “he called/sent for” or “he summoned”. Isaac probably had a servant go and tell Esau to come to him.
27:1 pxqg אֶת עֵשָׂ֣ו בְּנ֣⁠וֹ הַ⁠גָּדֹ֗ל וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֵלָי⁠ו֙ בְּנִ֔⁠י 1 “his older son Esau and said, “Son.” ”
27:1 rtzv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֵלָ֖י⁠ו 1 “Esau answered him,” or “Esau replied,” Consider what is the best way in your language to translate this quote margin. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
27:1 gs77 הִנֵּֽנִ⁠י 1 “Here I am.” or “Yes, {sir/Father,} {what is it}?” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 22:1,7,11.
27:2 ag4z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “Then Isaac told {him},” Consider what is the best way in your language to translate this quote margin. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
27:2 kpyl הִנֵּה נָ֖א 1 “Listen {closely/carefully}, please:” or “Please listen {closely/carefully}:”
27:2 fkcw זָקַ֑נְתִּי 1 “I am {very} old” or “I am an old man {now}”. See how you translated “old” or “an old man” in verse 1.
27:2 a42u לֹ֥א יָדַ֖עְתִּי י֥וֹם מוֹתִֽ⁠י 1 “{and} I do not know when I will die.” or “{and} I might die soon.” or “{and} I might not live much longer.”
27:3 cqls rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠עַתָּה֙ 1 “So then,” or “So” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
27:3 lnze שָׂא נָ֣א כֵלֶ֔י⁠ךָ תֶּלְיְ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠קַשְׁתֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 “take/get your hunting gear, your quiver {of arrows}, and your bow,” or “take/get your bow and arrows”. Consider what is the most natural way to refer to a bow and arrows in your language.
27:3 x56a וְ⁠צֵא֙ 1 “then go out” or “go out”
27:3 i275 הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֔ה 1 “into/to the fields” or “into/to the open country”. See how you translated “the field” in Gen 25:27.
27:3 lcqx וְ⁠צ֥וּדָ⁠ה לִּ֖⁠י צידה 1 “and hunt/get {some} {wild} animal/deer {meat} for me.” or “and go hunting for me.” See how you translated “game” in Gen 25:28.
27:4 lb4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠עֲשֵׂה 1 “Next/Then {use the meat to} cook/make” or “Next/Then {butcher the animal/deer and} cook/make”. For some languages it may be necessary to make explicit more of the steps that Esau needs to take to prepare the meal, so that it does not sound like the animal would be eaten alive or uncooked. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:4 fnk4 לִ֨⁠י מַטְעַמִּ֜ים 1 “{some} tasty/savory food for me” or “a tasty/delicious meal for me”
27:4 jc0b כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָהַ֛בְתִּי 1 “the kind I like best,” or “{just} the way that I like it,”
27:4 bl6m וְ⁠הָבִ֥יאָ⁠ה לִּ֖⁠י וְ⁠אֹכֵ֑לָה בַּ⁠עֲב֛וּר 1 “and bring it to me to eat so that”
27:4 m687 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche תְּבָרֶכְ⁠ךָ֥ נַפְשִׁ֖⁠י בְּ⁠טֶ֥רֶם אָמֽוּת 1 “I can bless you before I die.” or “before I die I can ask God to bless/prosper you.” Isaac uses the phrase “my soul” to refer to himself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
27:5 iw6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠רִבְקָ֣ה שֹׁמַ֔עַת בְּ⁠דַבֵּ֣ר יִצְחָ֔ק אֶל עֵשָׂ֖ו בְּנ֑⁠וֹ 1 “Rebekah overheard what Isaac said to his/their son Esau.” or “Now while Isaac was speaking to his son Esau, Rebekah was listening/eavesdropping.” The phrase “his son” probably recalls the fact that Esau was Isaacs favorite son (Gen 25:28). However make sure that your translation of this phrase does not sound like Esau was not also Rebekahs son. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
27:5 bdl8 וַ⁠יֵּ֤לֶךְ עֵשָׂו֙ הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֔ה לָ⁠צ֥וּד צַ֖יִד לְ⁠הָבִֽיא 1 “So after Esau went out to the fields/country to hunt/get {wild} animal/deer {meat},” or “So after Esau had left to go hunting in the open country,” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here that continues into verse 6. Also see how you translated “the field” and “hunt game” in verse 3.
27:6 bx0k וְ⁠רִבְקָה֙ אָֽמְרָ֔ה אֶל יַעֲקֹ֥ב בְּנָ֖⁠הּ לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “Rebekah/she said to her/their son Jacob,” The phrase “her son” probably recalls the fact that Jacob was Rebekahs favorite son (Gen 25:28). See how you translated “his son” in verse 5.
27:6 tcc3 הִנֵּ֤ה 1 “Listen,” or “Listen to this:”
27:6 dksq שָׁמַ֨עְתִּי֙ אֶת אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “I {just} heard/overheard your father”
27:6 cvsc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship מְדַבֵּ֛ר אֶל עֵשָׂ֥ו אָחִ֖י⁠ךָ לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 “tell your brother Esau” or “say to your brother Esau,” Some languages have a special term for “older brother” that is used here. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
27:7 d0l5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes הָבִ֨יאָ⁠ה לִּ֥⁠י צַ֛יִד 1 “to bring/get him {some} {wild} animal/deer {meat}”. Consider whether it is best in your language to translate Rebekahs quote of Isaac in verse 7 as a direct quote or an indirect quote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
27:7 juty וַ⁠עֲשֵׂה לִ֥⁠י מַטְעַמִּ֖ים וְ⁠אֹכֵ֑לָה 1 “and {use it to} cook a tasty/delicious meal for him to eat.” See how you translated this clause in verse 4.
27:7 bqb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וַ⁠אֲבָרֶכְ⁠כָ֛ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י מוֹתִֽ⁠י 1 “Then before he dies he wants to bless Esau in Yahwehs presence.” or “Then before he dies, he will ask Yahweh to bless/prosper Esau.” Be consistent in translating the parts of verse 7 as either a direct quote (using first person pronouns) or an indirect quote (using third person pronouns). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
27:8 w8zu וְ⁠עַתָּ֥ה בְנִ֖⁠י 1 “So then, my son,” or “Now son,” See how you translated “So now” in verse 3. Also, make sure it is clear that Rebekah is no longer quoting Isaacs words (whether directly or indirectly). If necessary, you could begin this verse with: “Rebekah continued,” or “Then Rebekah said {to Jacob},”
27:8 b2vw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שְׁמַ֣ע בְּ⁠קֹלִ֑⁠י 1 “listen to me” or “listen to what Im saying”. See how you translated “my voice” in Gen 26:5. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
27:8 lusi לַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֲנִ֖י מְצַוָּ֥ה אֹתָֽ⁠ךְ 1 “and do what I tell you {to do}.” or “so that you do what Im telling you.” or “and obey me.”
27:9 lppq לֶךְ נָא֙ אֶל הַ⁠צֹּ֔אן 1 “Please go {out} to our flock {of goats}” or “Go to our flock {of goats}”
27:9 n98a וְ⁠קַֽח לִ֣⁠י מִ⁠שָּׁ֗ם 1 “and bring me” or “and get for me”
27:9 p6eq שְׁנֵ֛י גְּדָיֵ֥י עִזִּ֖ים טֹבִ֑ים 1 “two fine/choice kid/young goats” or “two of the/our best kid/young goats”
27:9 rkva וְ⁠אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֨ה אֹתָ֧⁠ם 1 “so that I can {use the meat from them to} prepare/cook” or “I will {use their meat to} cook/make”. Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here.
27:9 x89y מַטְעַמִּ֛ים לְ⁠אָבִ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “{some} savory food for your father” or “a tasty/delicious meal for your father”. See how you translated “prepare some tasty food for” in verses 4 and 7.
27:9 yxaa כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָהֵֽב 1 “the kind he likes best/most.” or “{just} the way that he likes it.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 4.
27:10 ymlt וְ⁠הֵבֵאתָ֥ לְ⁠אָבִ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “Then you can take the meal/food to your father”
27:10 u9by וְ⁠אָכָ֑ל בַּ⁠עֲבֻ֛ר אֲשֶׁ֥ר יְבָרֶכְ⁠ךָ֖ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י מוֹתֽ⁠וֹ 1 “to eat, so that he will bless you before he dies.” or “so that he will eat {it}, and {then} before he dies, he will ask Yahweh to bless/prosper you.” See how you translated “will bless” in verses 4 and 7.
27:11 cgim rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “Then/But Jacob replied/responded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
27:11 msb6 אֶל רִבְקָ֖ה אִמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “to his mother,” or “to her,”
27:11 r28w הֵ֣ן 1 “Look/Listen,” or “Remember that” or “As you know,”
27:11 d7jp עֵשָׂ֤ו אָחִ⁠י֙ 1 “my brother Esau”. See how you translated “brother” in verse 11.
27:11 i1x2 אִ֣ישׁ שָׂעִ֔ר 1 “has hairy skin” or “has a lot of hair on his skin/body”. See how you talked about Esaus hairy body in Gen 25:25.
27:11 fy4c וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֖י אִ֥ישׁ חָלָֽק 1 “but I have smooth/non-hairy skin.” or “but I am not hairy.”
27:12 hr6z אוּלַ֤י 1 “What if” or “What will/would happen if” or “{I am afraid of} what will happen if”
27:12 kr4s יְמֻשֵּׁ֨⁠נִי֙ אָבִ֔⁠י 1 “my father touches/feels my skin/arms”. If this sentence is translated as a statement, you could end it with a period or an exclamation point to show that Jacob is worried.
27:12 yk4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וְ⁠הָיִ֥יתִי בְ⁠עֵינָ֖י⁠ו כִּ⁠מְתַעְתֵּ֑עַ 1 “{Certainly} he will/would {recognize me and} know/realize that I am trying to deceive/trick him.” Make sure that your translation of verse 12 describes a hypothetical situation, not something that had happened yet. Some languages have a special verb form (such as “would”) to communicate this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
27:12 wq82 וְ⁠הֵבֵאתִ֥י עָלַ֛⁠י קְלָלָ֖ה וְ⁠לֹ֥א בְרָכָֽה 1 “Then I will/would cause myself to be cursed instead of blessed.” or “Then he will curse me instead of blessing me.”
27:13 g9dr rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֤אמֶר ל⁠וֹ֙ אִמּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “But his mother replied/responded,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
27:13 sw3k עָלַ֥⁠י קִלְלָתְ⁠ךָ֖ בְּנִ֑⁠י 1 “My son, {if your father curses you,} may that curse be/fall on me {and not on you}.” or “{If that happens,} may God curse me instead of you, my son.” Make sure that your translation of “your curse” refers to the curse Jacob fears his father might say against him, and does not sound like Jacob cursed someone. Also, for some languages it is more natural to put an address like “my son” first in this quote. Do what is best in your language.
27:13 oogm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אַ֛ךְ שְׁמַ֥ע בְּ⁠קֹלִ֖⁠י 1 “{Please} just do/obey what I say,” or “Just listen to me,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
27:13 dbke וְ⁠לֵ֥ךְ קַֽח לִֽ⁠י 1 “and go get {two goats} for me.”
27:14 sjy7 וַ⁠יֵּ֨לֶךְ֙ 1 “So Jacob went {to the/their flock}”
27:14 nj8o וַ⁠יִּקַּ֔ח 1 “and got {the goats}” or “chose/selected {two goats}”
27:14 rsoj וַ⁠יָּבֵ֖א לְ⁠אִמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “and brought/took {them} to her.”
27:14 xp8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠תַּ֤עַשׂ אִמּ⁠וֹ֙ 1 “Then she {had them butchered and she} prepared/cooked/made” or “Then she {used the butchered meat from the goats to} prepare/cook”. In some languages it is necessary to specify that the animal was killed and cut up before being cooked. Do what is best in your language. See what you did for a similar case in verse 4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27:14 eza3 מַטְעַמִּ֔ים 1 “{some} tasty/savory food” or “a tasty/delicious meal”. See how you translated this phrase in verses 4, 7 and 9.
27:14 qzmr כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר אָהֵ֥ב אָבִֽי⁠ו 1 “{just} the way that his father liked it.” See how you translated a similar phrase in verses 4 and 9.
27:15 ss0o וַ⁠תִּקַּ֣ח רִ֠בְקָה 1 “Rebekah/She also”
27:15 p7ho וַ⁠תִּקַּ֣ח אֶת בִּגְדֵ֨י עֵשָׂ֜ו בְּנָ֤⁠הּ הַ⁠גָּדֹל֙ הַ⁠חֲמֻדֹ֔ת 1 “took/got {out} her older son Esaus best/finest clothes”
27:15 q7yz אֲשֶׁ֥ר אִתָּ֖⁠הּ בַּ⁠בָּ֑יִת 1 “that she had in the house”
27:15 iixo וַ⁠תַּלְבֵּ֥שׁ אֶֽת יַעֲקֹ֖ב בְּנָ֥⁠הּ הַ⁠קָּטָֽן 1 “and had her younger son Jacob put them on.” or “and gave them to her younger son Jacob to put on.” Your translation should not sound like Rebekah dressed Jacob herself as if he were a little child. She probably gave him the clothes and asked him to put them on himself.
27:16 bv6u וְ⁠אֵ֗ת עֹרֹת֙ גְּדָיֵ֣י הָֽ⁠עִזִּ֔ים הִלְבִּ֖ישָׁה עַל יָדָ֑י⁠ו וְ⁠עַ֖ל 1 “Then she used the goat skins to cover his/Jacobs arms and”. See how you translated “skins” in Gen 3:21. The skins still had the goat hair or fur on them.
27:16 gced חֶלְקַ֥ת צַוָּארָֽי⁠ו 1 “the non-hairy part of his neck.” or “the part of his neck that had no hair {on it}.” See how you translated “smooth” in verse 11.
27:17 xf7r וַ⁠תִּתֵּ֧ן אֶת הַ⁠מַּטְעַמִּ֛ים וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠לֶּ֖חֶם אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשָׂ֑תָה בְּ⁠יַ֖ד יַעֲקֹ֥ב בְּנָֽ⁠הּ 1 “Then she/Rebekah gave/handed to Jacob/him the tasty/savory goat meat dish and some bread she had baked/made.” or “Then she gave/handed the tasty/delicious food/meal to Jacob/him, including some bread that she had baked/made.”
27:18 jlx7 וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥א אֶל אָבִ֖י⁠ו 1 “He/Jacob took the meal to his father”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
27:18 qjbe rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אָבִ֑⁠י וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר 1 “and said, “Father.” His father answered/replied,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
27:18 g6ty הִנֶּ֔נִּ⁠י מִ֥י אַתָּ֖ה בְּנִֽ⁠י 1 “Here I am, my son. Who {are} you?” or “Yes? Which {one} of my sons {are} you?” See how you translated “Behold me” in verse 1. It may be necessary to translate this in a different way here because the context is different.
27:19 l516 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יַעֲקֹ֜ב אֶל אָבִ֗י⁠ו 1 “Jacob replied/lied to his father,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
27:19 clmd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms אָנֹכִי֙ עֵשָׂ֣ו בְּכֹרֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 “I {am} Esau, your firstborn/oldest son.” The term “firstborn” is a key term in the Bible because the firstborn son had special rights, including the fact that he inherited his fathers authority and the largest portion of his fathers estate. Jacob is claiming those rights by using this term. See how you translated this term in Gen 25:13. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
27:19 vnm1 עָשִׂ֕יתִי כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר דִּבַּ֖רְתָּ אֵלָ֑⁠י 1 “I have done what you told/requested me {to do}.”
27:19 ckg4 קֽוּם נָ֣א שְׁבָ֗⁠ה וְ⁠אָכְלָ⁠ה֙ מִ⁠צֵּידִ֔⁠י 1 “{So now,} please sit up and eat some of the game/deer {meat} that I have prepared/cooked {for you},” See how you translated “game {meat}” in verses 3, 5 and 7.
27:19 q51t בַּ⁠עֲב֖וּר תְּבָרֲכַ֥⁠נִּי נַפְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ 1 “so that you can bless me.” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 4.
27:20 kehq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יִצְחָק֙ אֶל בְּנ֔⁠וֹ 1 “But Isaac asked him,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
27:20 jc6p מַה זֶּ֛ה מִהַ֥רְתָּ לִ⁠מְצֹ֖א בְּנִ֑⁠י 1 “How were you able to find/get {the deer/animal} so quickly, my son?” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to put the address “my son” first in this quote.
27:20 f38e וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “Jacob answered {him},”
27:20 i5gl כִּ֥י יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “{I was successful} because Yahweh, the God you worship/serve,” or “Yahweh, {who is} the God who takes care of you,”
27:20 onx0 הִקְרָ֛ה לְ⁠פָנָֽ⁠י 1 “helped me to hunt/find it.” or “helped me to succeed.” or “brought it to me.” See how you translated this clause in Gen 24:12.
27:21 l1al וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יִצְחָק֙ אֶֽל יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “Then/But Isaac said to him,”
27:21 w851 גְּשָׁ⁠ה נָּ֥א וַ⁠אֲמֻֽשְׁ⁠ךָ֖ בְּנִ֑⁠י 1 “Please come close/closer {to me}, my son, so that I can touch/feel you” or “My son, please come here so that I can touch/feel you”. Consider whether it is more natural in your language to put the address “my son” first or earlier in this quote. Also see what you did in verses 13 and 20.
27:21 gb5v הַֽ⁠אַתָּ֥ה זֶ֛ה בְּנִ֥⁠י עֵשָׂ֖ו אִם לֹֽא 1 “and make/be sure/certain that you are really my son Esau.” or “{I want to know} {for sure} whether or not you really are my son Esau.” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here.
27:22 tblg וַ⁠יִּגַּ֧שׁ יַעֲקֹ֛ב אֶל יִצְחָ֥ק אָבִ֖י⁠ו 1 “So/Then Jacob came/stepped close/closer to his father Isaac,”
27:22 g1m1 וַ⁠יְמֻשֵּׁ֑⁠הוּ 1 “and his father touched/felt him” or “and his father touched/felt his hands/arms”. See how you translated “touch” or “feel” in verses 12 and 21.
27:22 psb0 וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “and said/thought {to himself},”
27:22 k9zq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הַ⁠קֹּל֙ ק֣וֹל יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “{Hmm,} the/his voice {sounds like} Jacobs voice,” or “{Hmm,} he sounds/talks like Jacob,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
27:22 egzs וְ⁠הַ⁠יָּדַ֖יִם יְדֵ֥י עֵשָֽׂו 1 “but the/his hands/arms {feel like} Esaus hands/arms.” or “but he feels like Esau.” In Hebrew, the word for “hand” is the same word as for “arm”. Isaac probably felt Esaus hands and arms.
27:23 rksk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠לֹ֣א הִכִּיר֔⁠וֹ כִּֽי הָי֣וּ יָדָ֗י⁠ו כִּ⁠ידֵ֛י עֵשָׂ֥ו אָחִ֖י⁠ו שְׂעִרֹ֑ת 1 “So Isaac was not able to recognize/identify who he/Jacob was because his/Jacobs hand/arms were/felt hairy like his brother Esaus.” or “Since Jacobs hands/arms were/felt hairy like the hands/arms of his brother Esau, Isaac did not recognize him.” Be consistent here with how you translated “hands” or “arms” in verses 16 and 22. Also consider whether it is more natural in your language to change the original order of clauses in this sentence, as in the second alternate translation above. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
27:23 p730 וַֽ⁠יְבָרְכֵֽ⁠הוּ 1 “Then Isaac was about/prepared to bless him/Jacob,” or “Isaac was getting ready to bless him/Jacob,” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here that continues into verse 24.
27:24 hfhw וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “But {he still was not sure/certain, so} he asked {him},” or “but {first} {he wanted to be completely sure/certain, so} he asked {him},”
27:24 bd4l אַתָּ֥ה זֶ֖ה בְּנִ֣⁠י עֵשָׂ֑ו 1 “Are you really/truly/actually my son Esau?”
27:24 tbxk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “Jacob answered {him},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
27:24 zqlr אָֽנִי 1 “{Yes,} I am {Esau}.” or “{Yes, Father/sir,} I am.”
27:25 w7ds rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “So Isaac said {to him},” or “So his father said {to him},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
27:25 g2u7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-politeness הַגִּ֤שָׁ⁠ה לִּ⁠י֙ 1 “{Please} bring/serve me {the food/meal}” Your translation of Isaacs request should sound polite, not rude or demanding. It should also not sound like he was begging or pleading. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-politeness]])
27:25 p1h5 וְ⁠אֹֽכְלָה֙ מִ⁠צֵּ֣יד בְּנִ֔⁠י לְמַ֥עַן תְּבָֽרֶכְ⁠ךָ֖ נַפְשִׁ֑⁠י 1 “so that I can eat some of your {wild} animal/deer {meat} and bless you.” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 19.
27:25 mns3 וַ⁠יַּגֶּשׁ ל⁠וֹ֙ וַ⁠יֹּאכַ֔ל 1 “Then/So Jacob brought/served {the meal} to his father, and he ate {it}.”
27:25 qy9x וַ⁠יָּ֧בֵא ל֦⁠וֹ יַ֖יִן וַ⁠יֵּֽשְׁתְּ 1 “Jacob also brought/served him wine, and he drank {it}.” Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language. Also, see how you translated “wine” in Gen 19:32-35.
27:26 r2g9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֵלָ֖י⁠ו יִצְחָ֣ק אָבִ֑י⁠ו 1 “Then his/Jacobs father said to him,” or “Then Isaac said to him/Jacob,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
27:26 hjsx גְּשָׁ⁠ה נָּ֥א 1 “Come here” or “Come closer/near {to me}”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 21.
27:26 vy5c וּ⁠שְׁקָ⁠ה לִּ֖⁠י בְּנִֽ⁠י 1 It was a Hebrew custom for relatives and close friends to greet each other with a kiss on each cheek. Also consider whether it is more natural in your language to put the address “my son” first in this quote.
27:27 bkqc וַ⁠יִּגַּשׁ֙ 1 “So/Then he/Jacob came/stepped close/closer {to his father}”. See how you translated “went close” in verse 22.
27:27 xtu4 וַ⁠יִּשַּׁק ל֔⁠וֹ 1 “and kissed him {on the/his cheek/cheeks}.”
27:27 i4z0 וַ⁠יָּ֛רַח אֶת רֵ֥יחַ בְּגָדָ֖י⁠ו 1 “Then Isaac smelled/recognized the fragrance/scent of Esaus clothes {that Jacob was wearing}” or “{As he/Jacob did that,} his father smelled/recognized the fragrance/scent of Esaus clothes”
27:27 alts וַֽ⁠יְבָרֲכֵ֑⁠הוּ 1 “Then he/Isaac blessed him/Jacob”
27:27 xnqs וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “by saying {to/about him},” or “He said {to/about him},”
27:27 lggs רְאֵה֙ רֵ֣יחַ בְּנִ֔⁠י כְּ⁠רֵ֣יחַ 1 “Ahh, my son smells {wonderful} like” or “Ahh, my son, you smell {wonderful} like”. Some translations put the words of Isaacs blessing in poetry format (beginning here and through verse 29). Be consistent here with how your translation team decides to format passages like this.
27:27 jo64 כְּ⁠רֵ֣יחַ שָׂדֶ֔ה 1 “the fragrance of a {green/productive} field” or “the way a {green/productive} field smells”
27:27 ejck אֲשֶׁ֥ר בֵּרֲכ֖⁠וֹ יְהוָֽה 1 “that Yahweh has caused to flourish!” or “that Yahweh has caused to be very productive!”
27:28 dgyi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠יִֽתֶּן לְ⁠ךָ֙ הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 “May God give/provide you {and your descendants}” or “I ask God to provide you {and your descendants}” or “I pray that God will give/provide you {and your descendants}”. In the Hebrew text, “you” is singular in verses 28-29 and refers to both Jacob and his descendants. If necessary, you could make that explicit in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
27:28 ca2c מִ⁠טַּל֙ הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֔יִם וּ⁠מִ⁠שְׁמַנֵּ֖י הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ וְ⁠רֹ֥ב 1 “{plenty of} dew/rain from the heavens/sky {for your crops and animals} and riches from the earth/land/soil, including” or “{plenty of} rain and rich/fertile land/soil, so that {you have}”
27:28 va8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠רֹ֥ב דָּגָ֖ן וְ⁠תִירֹֽשׁ 1 “an abundance of grain/food and wine/drink.” or “abundant harvests/food and {much} wine.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
27:29 mwtq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism יַֽעַבְד֣וּ⁠ךָ עַמִּ֗ים וְיִֽשְׁתַּחֲו֤וּ לְ⁠ךָ֙ לְאֻמִּ֔ים 1 “May people groups serve you {and your descendants}, and may they bow down to you {in respect/submission}.” or “I also ask God to cause nations to serve and honor you {and your descendants}.” If possible in your language, it is best to keep both halves of this parallelism, which is used to emphasize what Isaac is saying to Jacob. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
27:29 l535 הֱוֵ֤ה גְבִיר֙ 1 “May you rule” or “You will {even} rule”
27:29 acg4 לְ⁠אַחֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “over your brother and his descendants,” Jacob only had one brother, so this phrase refers here to Esau and his descendants.
27:29 o811 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְ⁠יִשְׁתַּחֲוּ֥וּ בְּנֵ֣י אִמֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 “Yes, may your mothers descendants” or “and they will” or “Yes, they {too} will”. This is another way of referring to Esau and his descendants. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
27:29 y2t2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְיִֽשְׁתַּחֲו֤וּ לְ⁠ךָ֙ 1 “bow down to you {in submission}.” or “{submit to you and} bow down to you.” or “show you complete respect.” Consider again how you translated the singular “you” in verses 28-29. You could use a plural “you” here or you could say “you {and your descendants}”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
27:29 nx79 אֹרְרֶ֣י⁠ךָ אָר֔וּר וּֽ⁠מְבָרֲכֶ֖י⁠ךָ בָּרֽוּךְ 1 “Whoever curses you will be cursed {by God}, and/but whoever blesses you will be blessed {by him}.” or “Whoever curses you {God }will curse, but whoever blesses you {he} will bless.” or “I ask {God} to curse those who curse you, and/but I ask {him} to bless those who bless you.” See how you translated “curse” in Gen 12:3.
27:30 mtk3 וַ⁠יְהִ֗י כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר כִּלָּ֣ה יִצְחָק֮ לְ⁠בָרֵ֣ךְ אֶֽת יַעֲקֹב֒ 1 “Just as Isaac finished blessing Jacob,” or “As soon as Isaac had finished blessing Jacob,”
27:30 tctn וַ⁠יְהִ֗י אַ֣ךְ יָצֹ֤א יָצָא֙ יַעֲקֹ֔ב מֵ⁠אֵ֥ת פְּנֵ֖י יִצְחָ֣ק אָבִ֑י⁠ו וְ⁠עֵשָׂ֣ו 1 “and right after Jacob had left his fathers presence/tent,” or “and no sooner had Jacob left his father than”
27:30 ueru וְ⁠עֵשָׂ֣ו אָחִ֔י⁠ו 1 “his/Jacobs brother Esau”
27:30 jeia בָּ֖א מִ⁠צֵּידֽ⁠וֹ 1 “came back from hunting.” or “returned {home} from hunting.”
27:31 paor וַ⁠יַּ֤עַשׂ גַּם הוּא֙ מַטְעַמִּ֔ים 1 “Then he/Esau also prepared/cooked a tasty/delicious meal {with/from the meat he had hunted},” Consider again how you translated “prepared tasty food” in verses 4, 7, 9, 14, 31 and “tasty” in verse 17.
27:31 q82g וַ⁠יָּבֵ֖א לְ⁠אָבִ֑י⁠ו 1 “and he took/carried {it} to his father {Isaac}”
27:31 crso rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לְ⁠אָבִ֗י⁠ו 1 “and said to him,” or “and requested,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
27:31 bl51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness יָקֻ֤ם אָבִ⁠י֙ 1 “Father, {please} sit up”. Esaus request to his father should sound polite in your translation, not rude or demanding. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
27:31 i1dj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person וְ⁠יֹאכַל֙ מִ⁠צֵּ֣יד בְּנ֔⁠וֹ 1 “and eat some of your sons {wild} animal/deer meat” or “and eat some of my {wild} animal/deer meat,” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Esau is referring to himself in this phrase. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
27:31 u4oa בַּ⁠עֲב֖וּר תְּבָרֲכַ֥⁠נִּי נַפְשֶֽׁ⁠ךָ 1 “so that you can bless me.” or “and then you can bless me.” See how you translated a similar phrase in verses 4, 19, 25 and 31.
27:32 gv4p וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר ל֛⁠וֹ יִצְחָ֥ק אָבִ֖י⁠ו 1 “But/Then his father asked him,” or “But his father responded/asked,” For some languages it is more natural to make “Isaac” explicit in verse 31 and leave it implied here in verse 32. Do what is best in your language.
27:32 ag39 מִי אָ֑תָּה 1 “Which son {are} you?!” or “Which of my sons {are} you?!” Isaac knew from what Esau just said in verse 31 that one of his sons was talking to him. Also, Isaac is very upset, so some translations add an exclamation mark after the question mark to help communicate that. Do what is best in your language.
27:32 si9e rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “Esau answered {him},” or “Esau replied,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
27:32 uum9 אֲנִ֛י בִּנְ⁠ךָ֥ בְכֹֽרְ⁠ךָ֖ עֵשָֽׂו 1 “I {am} your firstborn/oldest son Esau.” or “I {am} Esau, your firstborn/oldest son.” See how you translated “firstborn” in verse 19.
27:33 j7x3 וַ⁠יֶּחֱרַ֨ד יִצְחָ֣ק חֲרָדָה֮ גְּדֹלָ֣ה עַד מְאֹד֒ 1 “Then Isaac {became so upset that he} trembled/shook very violently/noticeably,” or “Then Isaac {was very upset, so that he} began to tremble/shake all over,”
27:33 oxc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֡אמֶר 1 “and he asked {Esau},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
27:33 avi1 מִֽי אֵפ֡וֹא ה֣וּא 1 “Who {was} it then” or “Then where {is} the one”
27:33 cs0r הַ⁠צָּֽד צַיִד֩ וַ⁠יָּ֨בֵא לִ֜⁠י 1 “that/who hunted game/deer meat and brought a meal to me?” or “that/who brought to me a meal made from wild animal/deer meat?” Consider again how you translated “game” in Gen 27:3, 5, 7, 19, 25, 31 and 33. It may be necessary to translate it in slightly different ways, depending on the context.
27:33 edrl וָ⁠אֹכַ֥ל מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל בְּ⁠טֶ֥רֶם תָּב֖וֹא 1 “Just before you came {to me}, I finished eating the meal” or “I finished eating it just before you came {here}”
27:33 vjq6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וָ⁠אֲבָרֲכֵ֑⁠הוּ גַּם בָּר֖וּךְ יִהְיֶֽה 1 “and then I blessed him. And/So God will definitely bless him.” or “Then I asked God to bless him, and/so God will definitely bless him.” Consider where it is most natural in your language to begin a new sentence here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:34 t3y5 כִּ⁠שְׁמֹ֤עַ עֵשָׂו֙ אֶת דִּבְרֵ֣י אָבִ֔י⁠ו 1 “When Esau heard what his father said {to him{,”
27:34 hlpe וַ⁠יִּצְעַ֣ק צְעָקָ֔ה גְּדֹלָ֥ה וּ⁠מָרָ֖ה עַד מְאֹ֑ד 1 “he shouted/burst out with an extremely/very loud and bitter/distressed cry/shout” or “he was so distressed/upset that he cried/yelled out loudly/bitterly”
27:34 yfg8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לְ⁠אָבִ֔י⁠ו 1 “and begged his father,” or “and begged him,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
27:34 aahx בָּרֲכֵ֥⁠נִי גַם אָ֖נִי אָבִֽ⁠י 1 “{Please} bless me too, father!” or “Father, {please} bless me too!” For some languages it is more natural to put the address “My father” or “Father” first in this sentence. Do what is best in your language.
27:35 a6oj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “But his father responded/replied {to him},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
27:35 m9v6 בָּ֥א אָחִ֖י⁠ךָ בְּ⁠מִרְמָ֑ה וַ⁠יִּקַּ֖ח בִּרְכָתֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “Your brother came {to me} and deceived/tricked {me} and stole the blessing that I was planning to give you.” or “Your brother deceived/tricked me so that I blessed him instead of you!”
27:36 r0d2 וַ⁠יֹּ֡אמֶר 1 “Then Esau exclaimed {bitterly/angrily},” or “{When Esau heard that,} he said/exclaimed {bitterly/angrily},”
27:36 ychp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠כִי֩ קָרָ֨א שְׁמ֜⁠וֹ יַעֲקֹ֗ב וַֽ⁠יַּעְקְבֵ֨⁠נִי֙ זֶ֣ה פַעֲמַ֔יִם 1 “It is no wonder that he is called Jacob, since he has cheated me two times!” or “The name Jacob fits him exactly, because he has tricked me like this two times {now}!” Esau uses a rhetorical question here to show his strong emotion. Do what is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
27:36 kulo יַעֲקֹ֗ב 1 In order to help readers understand why Esau said this about Jacob, some translations include a footnote like the following: The name “Jacob” means “heel-grabber” and can imply deception. He was given that name because when he was born, he was grabbing hold of Esaus heel (Genesis 25:26).
27:36 us4x אֶת בְּכֹרָתִ֣⁠י לָקָ֔ח וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה 1 “{First} he stole my rights as the oldest son, and” or “Not only did he take/steal my birthright, but”
27:36 e9no וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה עַתָּ֖ה 1 “now look/see {what he has done}:”
27:36 uoga לָקַ֣ח בִּרְכָתִ֑⁠י 1 “he has {also} stolen my blessing!” or “he has tricked/deceived you into blessing him instead of me!”
27:36 mtzq וַ⁠יֹּ֡אמֶר 2 “Then he/Esau begged {his father},” or “Then he/Esau pleaded {with his father},”
27:36 lg00 הֲ⁠לֹא אָצַ֥לְתָּ לִּ֖⁠י בְּרָכָֽה 1 “Dont you still have at least one blessing left for me?” or “Is there still a/some way you can {ask God to} bless me?”
27:37 qhtp וַ⁠יַּ֨עַן יִצְחָ֜ק וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לְ⁠עֵשָׂ֗ו 1 “Isaac responded/replied to Esau/him,” or “Isaac answered him,”
27:37 vpg2 הֵ֣ן גְּבִ֞יר שַׂמְתִּ֥י⁠ו לָ⁠ךְ֙ 1 “Look/Listen, I have {already} appointed Jacob to be your master”. See how you translated “master” in verse 29.
27:37 aezg וְ⁠אֶת כָּל אֶחָ֗י⁠ו נָתַ֤תִּי ל⁠וֹ֙ לַ⁠עֲבָדִ֔ים 1 “In fact, I said that you and all your descendants will serve him.” or “In fact, I have asked {God to make it so} that you and your descendants will serve him {and his descendants}.” See how you translated “brothers” in verse 29.
27:37 yv57 וְ⁠דָגָ֥ן סְמַכְתִּ֑י⁠ו 1 “Besides that, I have {also} supplied/blessed him” or “I have {also} asked God to provide/supply/bless him”
27:37 zpao rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠דָגָ֥ן וְ⁠תִירֹ֖שׁ 1 “with {abundant} harvests/food and wine/drink.” or “with {plenty of} food and wine/drink.” See how you translated “grain and wine” in verse 28. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
27:37 h7yn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וּ⁠לְ⁠כָ֣ה אֵפ֔וֹא מָ֥ה אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֖ה בְּנִֽ⁠י 1 “So then, there is no way left for me to bless you, my son!” or “So my son, there is no blessing left for you!” Isaac uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that there is no blessing left for Esau. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
27:38 pyp3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר עֵשָׂ֜ו אֶל אָבִ֗י⁠ו 1 “But Esau continued to beg his father {and said},” or “But again Esau begged/pleaded/asked,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
27:38 k87o הַֽ⁠בְרָכָ֨ה אַחַ֤ת הִֽוא לְ⁠ךָ֙ אָבִ֔⁠י 1 “Father, isnt there {just/even} one way that you can bless {me}?” or “Father, dont you have at least one blessing left to give me?” It may be more natural to put “my father” or “Father” first in this quote. See what you did in verse 34.
27:38 ezef בָּרֲכֵ֥⁠נִי גַם אָ֖נִי אָבִ֑⁠י 1 “{Please} bless me too, father!” or “Father, {please} bless me too!” See how you translated this sentence in verse 34.
27:38 wtbr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֥א עֵשָׂ֛ו קֹל֖⁠וֹ וַ⁠יֵּֽבְךְּ 1 “Then/And Esau started sobbing/crying loudly.” See how you translated “lifted...voice and sobbed” in Gen 21:16. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
27:39 teeo וַ⁠יַּ֛עַן יִצְחָ֥ק אָבִ֖י⁠ו וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֵלָ֑י⁠ו 1 “Finally/So his father Isaac responded/said to him,” or “His father replied,” (See: writing-quotations]
27:39 fckf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הִנֵּ֞ה יִהְיֶ֣ה מֽוֹשָׁבֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 “Listen, you {and your descendants} will live”. What Isaac says in verses 39-40 applies to Esau and his descendants. See what you did for a similar case in verses 28-29. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
27:39 ch9s מִ⁠שְׁמַנֵּ֤י הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ וּ⁠מִ⁠טַּ֥ל הַ⁠שָּׁמַ֖יִם מֵ⁠עָֽל 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean (1) “away from the fatness of the earth and away from the dew of the heavens from above.” or “in a place/region where the earth/land/ground is not rich/fertile and where there is very little dew/rain.” or “in a place/region where the land/soil is not good {for farming} and where there is not much rain.” (2) “of the fatness of the earth and of the dew of the heavens from above.” or “in a place where the land is good/fertile {for farming} and where there is {plenty of} dew/rain.” See how you translated “fatness of the earth” and “dew of the heavens” in verse 28.
27:40 ky90 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠עַל חַרְבְּ⁠ךָ֣ תִֽחְיֶ֔ה 1 “You {and your descendants} will survive by using your swords {to protect yourselves},” or “You {and your descendants} will have to fight battles to stay alive,” or “You {and your descendants} will continually be fighting battles {with other peoples/nations},” The phrase “live by your sword” is an idiom that means Esau and his descendants will have violent conflict with others, often in order to survive. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
27:40 j54i וְ⁠אֶת אָחִ֖י⁠ךָ תַּעֲבֹ֑ד 1 “and you {and your descendants} will serve your brother {and his descendants}.” or “and you {and your descendants} will be servants/slaves for your brother {and his descendants}.”
27:40 u6t7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠הָיָה֙ כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר תָּרִ֔יד 1 “But when you rebel/revolt {against him/them},” Consider again how you translated the singular “you” in verses 39-40. You could use a plural “you” here or you could say “you {and your descendants}. See what you did for a similar case in verses 28-29. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
27:40 uf7x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠פָרַקְתָּ֥ עֻלּ֖⁠וֹ מֵ⁠עַ֥ל צַוָּארֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “you will break/get free from his/their control/rule over you.” or “you will no longer be under his/their control/rule.” The metaphor “break his yoke off of your neck” means Esau and his descendants will be free from the control of Jacob and his descendants. A yoke is a wooden collar that is placed around the necks of work animals to control them as they pull a plow or cart. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
27:41 mp9g וַ⁠יִּשְׂטֹ֤ם עֵשָׂו֙ אֶֽת יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “After that, Esau held a grudge against Jacob” or “Esau continued to be very angry with/at Jacob”
27:41 phou rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms עַל הַ֨⁠בְּרָכָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר בֵּרֲכ֖⁠וֹ אָבִ֑י⁠ו 1 “because his/their father had given his blessing to Jacob.” or “because their father had blessed Jacob {instead of him}.” Consider again how you translated the terms “bless” and “blessing” in chapter 27. See verses 4, 7, 10, 19, 23, 25, 27, 29-31, 33-36, 38 and 41. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
27:41 f51e rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר עֵשָׂ֜ו בְּ⁠לִבּ֗⁠וֹ 1 “So Esau said/thought to himself,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
27:41 p7cg יִקְרְבוּ֙ יְמֵי֙ אֵ֣בֶל אָבִ֔⁠י וְ⁠אַֽהַרְגָ֖ה 1 “Soon my father will die, and we will have a time of mourning for him, but after that” or “Soon my father will die; then after we {bury him and} mourn for him,” In that culture, they had the custom of mourning the death of a loved one for a certain period of time, anywhere from a week to a month or more. See how you translated “mourn” in Gen 23:2.
27:41 qxmf וְ⁠אַֽהַרְגָ֖ה 1 “I am going to kill” or “I plan to kill”
27:41 rs14 אֶת יַעֲקֹ֥ב אָחִֽ⁠י 1 “my brother Jacob.” or “Jacob.”
27:42 i4en rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יֻּגַּ֣ד לְ⁠רִבְקָ֔ה אֶת דִּבְרֵ֥י עֵשָׂ֖ו בְּנָ֣⁠הּ הַ⁠גָּדֹ֑ל וַ⁠תִּשְׁלַ֞ח 1 “But/Then someone told Rebekah what Esau was saying/planning, so” or “But/Then Rebekah heard about what her older/oldest son Esau was planning, so” or “When Rebekah heard what Esau was planning {to do},” It was probably a servant who told Rebekah about Esaus plan to kill Jacob. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
27:42 tgzk וַ⁠תִּשְׁלַ֞ח וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֤א לְ⁠יַעֲקֹב֙ בְּנָ֣⁠הּ הַ⁠קָּטָ֔ן 1 “she sent for her younger/youngest son Jacob {to come to her}” or “she sent a messenger to tell Jacob {to come to her}” or “she summoned her son Jacob”
27:42 v1f8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר אֵלָ֔י⁠ו 1 “and told/warned him,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
27:42 vedn הִנֵּה֙ עֵשָׂ֣ו אָחִ֔י⁠ךָ מִתְנַחֵ֥ם לְ⁠ךָ֖ לְ⁠הָרְגֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “Look/Listen, your brother Esau is making himself feel better by planning to kill you.” or “Listen, your brother Esau is planning to take revenge on you and kill you.”
27:43 qa89 וְ⁠עַתָּ֥ה בְנִ֖⁠י 1 “So then, my son,” or “Now son,” See how you translated “So now” in verses 3 and 8.
27:43 m7pp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שְׁמַ֣ע בְּ⁠קֹלִ֑⁠י 1 “listen to me:” or “obey what I tell you:” See how you translated this phrase in verses 8 and 13. It may be necessary to translate it differently here because of the context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
27:43 s1bb וְ⁠ק֧וּם בְּרַח לְ⁠ךָ֛ 1 “get ready immediately and flee/escape” or “Hurry {and} flee/escape” or “Flee/Escape immediately”
27:43 al70 אֶל לָבָ֥ן אָחִ֖⁠י חָרָֽנָ⁠ה 1 “to my brother Laban {who lives} in {the city of} Haran!” or “to {the city of} Haran, to {the house of} my brother Laban!” For some languages, it is more natural to put the location (Haran) before the person who lives there (Laban). Do what is best in your language.
27:44 ohym וְ⁠יָשַׁבְתָּ֥ עִמּ֖⁠וֹ יָמִ֣ים אֲחָדִ֑ים 1 “Stay/Live with him for a short time”
27:44 jxy6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עַ֥ד אֲשֶׁר תָּשׁ֖וּב חֲמַ֥ת אָחִֽי⁠ךָ 1 “until your brothers fury/anger subsides/stops” or “until your brother is no longer furious/angry {with you}”. Consider whether it is more natural in your language to end this sentence here or to continue the sentence into verse 45. Also, the phrase “turns away” is used here as an idiom that means “becomes less” or “goes away”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
27:45 s9be rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עַד שׁ֨וּב אַף אָחִ֜י⁠ךָ מִמְּ⁠ךָ֗ 1 “until his anger against you is gone” or “When he is not angry with you anymore” or “After a while, when your brother is no longer angry with you”. The Hebrew word for “anger” here is different from the stronger word (“fury”) in verse 44. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
27:45 r7r3 וְ⁠שָׁכַח֙ אֵ֣ת אֲשֶׁר עָשִׂ֣יתָ לּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “and he forgets what you did to him” or “and he no longer thinks about what you did” or “and he doesnt hold a grudge against you anymore”. Rebekah is not saying that Esau would totally forget what Jacob did, but that at some point he would not hold it against him anymore.
27:45 fq9m וְ⁠שָׁלַחְתִּ֖י וּ⁠לְקַחְתִּ֣י⁠ךָ מִ⁠שָּׁ֑ם 1 “I will send word that it is safe for you to come {back home} from there.” or “I will send someone to tell you when/that it is safe to come back {home}.”
27:45 lv4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ⁠מָ֥ה אֶשְׁכַּ֛ל גַּם שְׁנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם י֥וֹם אֶחָֽד 1 “I do not want to lose both of you {on} the same day!” or “I do not want both my sons to be killed!” Rebekah knew that if Esau were to kill Jacob, he himself would have been killed for that crime. Consider whether it is best in your language to use a rhetorical question or an exclamation to emphasize Rebekahs concern. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
27:46 gusr rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֤אמֶר רִבְקָה֙ אֶל יִצְחָ֔ק 1 “Then Rebekah complained to Isaac,” or “{Soon} after that, Rebekah said/complained to Isaac,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
27:46 wp91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole קַ֣צְתִּי בְ⁠חַיַּ֔⁠י 1 “My life is {very} miserable” or “I do not enjoy living” or “I am very upset”. Rebekah is exaggerating how she feels to influence Isaac to do what she wants. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
27:46 oa6h מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י בְּנ֣וֹת חֵ֑ת 1 “because of the Hittite women {whom Esau married}!” or “because of our Hittite daughters-in-law {whom Esau married}!” To show that Rebekah is speaking with strong emotion, you could use an exclamation point at the end of this sentence and the following one.
27:46 ahi7 אִם לֹקֵ֣חַ יַ֠עֲקֹב אִשָּׁ֨ה מִ⁠בְּנֽוֹת חֵ֤ת כָּ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ מִ⁠בְּנ֣וֹת הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “If Jacob {also} marries a Hittite woman from around here,” or “If Jacob were to {also} marry a local Hittite woman like that,”
27:46 avta rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֥⁠מָּה לִּ֖⁠י חַיִּֽים 1 “my life will/would not be worth living!” or “I would not want to keep on living!” Rebekah uses a rhetorical question and hyperbole to emphasize how upset she would be if Jacob married a Hittite woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
28:1 dqmt rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א יִצְחָ֛ק 1 “So Isaac” or “{Because of what Rebekah said,} Isaac” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
28:1 md9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א אֶֽל יַעֲקֹ֖ב 1 “called/sent for Jacob {to come to him}” or “summoned Jacob” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
28:1 u0pi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יְבָ֣רֶךְ אֹת֑⁠וֹ 1 “blessed him,” or “{When/After Jacob/he came,} Isaac blessed him”. For some languages it may be necessary to make it explicit that Jacob arrived. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
28:1 vnsl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יְצַוֵּ֨⁠הוּ֙ וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר ל֔⁠וֹ 1 “and told/instructed him,” or “and said to him,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
28:1 ij9j לֹֽא תִקַּ֥ח 1 “You must not“
28:1 nbgz תִקַּ֥ח אִשָּׁ֖ה מִ⁠בְּנ֥וֹת כְּנָֽעַן 1 “take/marry a woman who is a descendant of Canaan.” or “take/choose a wife from among the Canaanite women.” or “marry a Canaanite woman.” If the word “woman” is used here in your translation, make sure it refers to a virgin woman who has never been married, or is general enough to include that.
28:2 c1no rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ק֥וּם לֵךְ֙ 1 “{Rather} get up/ready and go” or “{Instead} you must go right away”. See how you translated “get up” in Gen 27:43. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
28:2 c2p2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names פַּדֶּ֣נָֽ⁠ה אֲרָ֔ם 1 “to {the land/region of} Paddan Aram,” Be consistent here with how you translated “Paddan Aram” in Gen 25:20. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
28:2 a32c בֵּ֥יתָ⁠ה בְתוּאֵ֖ל אֲבִ֣י אִמֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 “to the home/family of your mothers father Bethuel,” or “to your grandfather Bethuels home/family,”
28:2 tvtv וְ⁠קַח לְ⁠ךָ֤ מִ⁠שָּׁם֙ אִשָּׁ֔ה מִ⁠בְּנ֥וֹת 1 “and choose/find a woman from there to marry from among” or “and marry one of”
28:2 w2tm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship מִ⁠בְּנ֥וֹת לָבָ֖ן אֲחִ֥י אִמֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 “the daughters of your mothers brother Laban.” or “your uncle Labans daughters.” Laban was Rebekahs older brother. Some languages have a special term for this that is used here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
28:3 qw5u וְ⁠אֵ֤ל שַׁדַּי֙ יְבָרֵ֣ךְ אֹֽתְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 “I pray that Almighty God will bless/prosper you” or “I ask God, {who is} all-powerful, to bless/prosper you” or “I pray that God, {who is} all-powerful, will bless/prosper you”. Most translation teams translate the meaning of Gods title here (for example, “God Almighty”). Other teams transliterate the title as “El Shaddai” (as if it were a name) and put the meaning of the title in a footnote. See how you handled “God Almighty” in Gen 17:1.
28:3 fji8 וְ⁠יַפְרְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “and give you many children” or “and enable you to have many children”
28:3 cjdb וְ⁠יַרְבֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 and increase {the number of} your descendants” or “so that you have many descendants and”. See how you translated “fruitful and multiply” in Gen 17:20. It may need to be translated in different ways, depending on the context.
28:3 klxv וְ⁠הָיִ֖יתָ לִ⁠קְהַ֥ל עַמִּֽים 1 “so that you become {the ancestor of} many people groups.” or “so that many people groups will descend/come from you.” or “so that they become many people groups.”
28:4 i7l0 וְ⁠יִֽתֶּן 1 “I {also} pray that he/God will” or “I {also} ask him/God to”
28:4 ei4t וְ⁠יִֽתֶּן לְ⁠ךָ֙ אֶת בִּרְכַּ֣ת אַבְרָהָ֔ם לְ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֣ אִתָּ֑⁠ךְ 1 “give Abrahams blessing to you and your descendants,” or “bless you and your descendants the same way that he blessed Abraham,”
28:4 pfi2 לְ⁠רִשְׁתְּ⁠ךָ֙ אֶת אֶ֣רֶץ 1 “so that you will own the/this land” or “so that you will take possession of the/this land”
28:4 vo59 אֶת אֶ֣רֶץ מְגֻרֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “where you have been living/residing as a foreigner/outsider,” or “where you {and your ancestors} have been living as foreigners/outsiders,” See how you translated “land of your sojournings” in Gen 17:8; it may be necessary to translate this differently here because of the different context.
28:4 vgdh אֲשֶׁר נָתַ֥ן אֱלֹהִ֖ים לְ⁠אַבְרָהָֽם 1 “{the same land} which God gave/promised to Abraham/him.”
28:5 mnq0 וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֤ח יִצְחָק֙ אֶֽת יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “Then Isaac sent Jacob {on his way},” or “Then Isaac said good-bye to Jacob,”
28:5 rx0u וַ⁠יֵּ֖לֶךְ 1 “and he/Jacob left to go/travel” or “and/so Jacob started traveling”. Make sure your translation of this phrase does not sound like Jacob had already arrived at Paddan Aram.
28:5 awgp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure פַּדֶּ֣נָֽ⁠ה אֲרָ֑ם אֶל לָבָ֤ן 1 “to/toward {the land/region of} Paddan Aram, to Laban” or “to/toward {his uncle} Laban{s house} {which was} in {the land/region of} Paddan Aram.” Consider whether is more natural in your language to refer to Paddan Aram first or to Laban first in this sentence. Also see how you translated “to Paddan Aram” in verses 2 and 5. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
28:5 ftm9 בֶּן בְּתוּאֵל֙ הָֽ⁠אֲרַמִּ֔י 1 “{who/Laban was} the son of Bethuel the Aramean”. Be consistent with how you spelled the name “Bethuel” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 22:22-23; 24:15, 24, 47, 50; 25:20; 28:2, 5.
28:5 ixcg אֲחִ֣י רִבְקָ֔ה אֵ֥ם יַעֲקֹ֖ב וְ⁠עֵשָֽׂו 1 “and {also} the brother of Rebekah, {who was} Jacob and Esaus mother.”
28:6 vuyi וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא עֵשָׂ֗ו כִּֽי בֵרַ֣ךְ יִצְחָק֮ אֶֽת יַעֲקֹב֒ וְ⁠שִׁלַּ֤ח אֹת⁠וֹ֙ פַּדֶּ֣נָֽ⁠ה אֲרָ֔ם 1 “Now Esau had seen/observed Isaac bless Jacob and send him to {the land/region of} Paddan Aram”
28:6 s3jt לָ⁠קַֽחַת ל֥⁠וֹ מִ⁠שָּׁ֖ם אִשָּׁ֑ה 1 “to choose/marry a wife from {among his relatives} there” or “to marry a woman from there”
28:6 j2pe בְּ⁠בָרֲכ֣⁠וֹ אֹת֔⁠וֹ וַ⁠יְצַ֤ו עָלָי⁠ו֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 “{and that} when/as Isaac was blessing him/Jacob, he told/instructed him/Jacob,” or “When/As Isaac was blessing him/Jacob, {Esau heard} him tell/instruct him/Jacob,” Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also see how you translated “commanded” in verse 1.
28:6 hwry לֹֽא תִקַּ֥ח 1 “You must not”
28:6 y1vo תִקַּ֥ח אִשָּׁ֖ה מִ⁠בְּנ֥וֹת כְּנָֽעַן 1 “take/marry a woman who is a descendant of Canaan,” or “take/choose a wife from among the Canaanite women,” or “marry a Canaanite woman,” See how you translated this sentence in verse 1.
28:7 y4m1 וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֣ע יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “and {also} {saw/observed that} Jacob” or “{Esau also saw/noticed that} Jacob”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
28:7 j3n2 וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֣ע אֶל אָבִ֖י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶל אִמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “obeyed his/their father and mother” or “obeyed his/their parents”
28:7 ddh3 וַ⁠יֵּ֖לֶךְ פַּדֶּ֥נָֽ⁠ה אֲרָֽם 1 “and {immediately} left to go to Paddan Aram.” or “and started traveling to Paddan Aram.”
28:8 c389 וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא עֵשָׂ֔ו כִּ֥י 1 “That is when/how Esau realized/understood that”
28:8 krg7 רָע֖וֹת בְּנ֣וֹת כְּנָ֑עַן בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֖י יִצְחָ֥ק אָבִֽי⁠ו 1 “his father Isaac did not approve of {his sons marrying} Canaanite women.” or “his father Isaac did not want {his sons to marry} Canaanite women.”
28:9 nd2l וַ⁠יֵּ֥לֶךְ עֵשָׂ֖ו אֶל יִשְׁמָעֵ֑אל 1 “So/Then Esau went/traveled to {the family/clan of} Ishmael” or “So/Then Esau went to {the region where} Ishmaels descendants were living”. Most likely Ishmael was already dead by this time, so that Esau went to the region where Ishmaels children and other descendants were living.
28:9 xyag וַ⁠יִּקַּ֡ח אֶֽת מָחֲלַ֣ת בַּת יִשְׁמָעֵ֨אל בֶּן אַבְרָהָ֜ם לְ⁠אִשָּֽׁה 1 “and married Abrahams granddaughter Mahalath, who was Ishmaels daughter” or “and married Mahalath, who was the daughter of Abrahams son Ishmael”.
28:9 vycn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship אֲח֧וֹת נְבָי֛וֹת 1 “and {who was} the {younger} sister of Nebaioth,” or “and whose {older} brother was Nebaioth,” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Nebaioth” in Gen 25:13. Since Nebaioth was Ishmaels oldest child, Mahalath was his younger sister, probably from the same mother. Use a kinship term here in your language for “sister” or “brother” that fits with those facts. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
28:9 g3ii rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure עַל נָשָׁ֖י⁠ו ל֥⁠וֹ 1 “besides the {two} wives he already had.” For some languages it may be better to change the order of some of the clauses in this sentence and say, “So, in addition to the {two} wives he already had, Esau went to {the family of} Abrahams son Ishmael and married Ishmaels daughter Mahalath, whose brother was Nebaioth.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
28:10 n0gq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א יַעֲקֹ֖ב מִ⁠בְּאֵ֣ר שָׁ֑בַע וַ⁠יֵּ֖לֶךְ חָרָֽנָ⁠ה 1 “{After} Jacob left from {his familys home in} {the city of} Beersheba, he started traveling to/toward” or “{Meanwhile} Jacob had left {the city of} Beersheba and was traveling to/toward”. Verse 10 refers back to verse 5, where Jacob had left his parents home in Beersheba to go to Paddan Aram. Make sure your translation does not sound like he left a second time here in verse 10. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
28:10 ctw0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit חָרָֽנָ⁠ה 1 “{the city of} Haran {in the region/land of Paddan Aram}.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Jacob was heading toward the same place that his father had told him to go to in verse 2. The author assumed here that his audience knew that Haran was a city located in the Paddan Aram region. It may be helpful to include a map in your translation that shows the locations of the city of Haran and the region of Paddan Aram. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
28:11 bo89 וַ⁠יִּפְגַּ֨ע בַּ⁠מָּק֜וֹם וַ⁠יָּ֤לֶן שָׁם֙ 1 “{That evening} he reached a {good} place {to camp/sleep}, so he stayed/spent the night there” or “{Late that evening} he came to a place where he stopped/stayed {for the night}”
28:11 opfz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּי בָ֣א הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔מֶשׁ 1 “because the sun had gone {down}.” or “because the sun had set.” For some languages it is more natural to put the information in this clause first in this sentence and say, “After the sun went down, he reached a good place {to camp/sleep}, so he stopped/stayed there {for the night}.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
28:11 lmbe וַ⁠יִּקַּח֙ מֵ⁠אַבְנֵ֣י הַ⁠מָּק֔וֹם 1 “He chose {one} of the stones that was there” or “He picked out a large {flat} stone {that he found} there”. The way you translate “stone” should refer to something that would be large enough to support Jacobs head, but not so large that it would be too heavy for him to lift. For example in English, a pebble is too small and a boulder is too big.
28:11 nd10 וַ⁠יָּ֖שֶׂם מְרַֽאֲשֹׁתָ֑י⁠ו 1 “and rested his head on it {as a headrest/pillow}” or “and used it as a headrest/pillow” or “to use as a headrest/pillow”
28:11 l8b0 וַ⁠יִּשְׁכַּ֖ב בַּ⁠מָּק֥וֹם הַ⁠הֽוּא 1 “then he lay down there {and went to sleep}.” or “Then he lay down there {on the ground} {and went to sleep}.” or “then he went to sleep there.”
28:12 ph5p וַֽ⁠יַּחֲלֹ֗ם וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה 1 “And {as} he dreamed,” or “{As/While he slept,} he had a dream and” or “While he was dreaming,”
28:12 yc2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknowns וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה סֻלָּם֙ מֻצָּ֣ב אַ֔רְצָ⁠ה 1 “he saw a stairway/staircase whose base was resting on the ground” or “he saw a stairway/staircase. The bottom/base of the stairway was/rested on the ground”. This stairway was wide enough for there to be angels moving up and down on it at the same time. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknowns]])
28:12 lw00 וְ⁠רֹאשׁ֖⁠וֹ מַגִּ֣יעַ הַ⁠שָּׁמָ֑יְמָ⁠ה 1 “and its top reached up to heaven,” or “and the top of it went/reached {all the way} up into the heavens/sky,”
28:12 d554 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙ מַלְאֲכֵ֣י אֱלֹהִ֔ים עֹלִ֥ים 1 “and there were angels of/from God who were” or “and he saw Gods angels”. See how you translated “angel” in Gen 24:7, 40. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
28:12 kw4t עֹלִ֥ים וְ⁠יֹרְדִ֖ים בּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “going up and coming down on the stairway.” or “going up and down on the stairway.”
28:13 imw1 וְ⁠הִנֵּ֨ה יְהוָ֜ה נִצָּ֣ב עָלָי⁠ו֮ 1 “Then suddenly Yahweh was standing at the top {of the stairway},” or “And there standing at the top {of the stairway} was Yahweh,” or “And Yahweh was {also} there, standing at the top {of the stairway}”. The phrase for “above it” in the Hebrew text is ambiguous. It could mean (1) “above it” or “at the top {of the stairway}” (2) “above/beside him/Jacob”. The interpretation that is not followed in your translation could be put in a footnote.
28:13 n9f5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמַר֒ אֲנִ֣י יְהוָ֗ה 1 “and he/Yahweh said {to him/Jacob}, “I {am} Yahweh,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
28:13 bvp0 אֱלֹהֵי֙ אַבְרָהָ֣ם אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֖י יִצְחָ֑ק 1 “the God whom your forefathers/ancestors Abraham and Isaac serve/worship.” or “the God {who takes care} of your forefathers/ancestors Abraham and Isaac.” Abraham was Jacobs grandfather and ancestor.
28:13 xkui rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure הָ⁠אָ֗רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֤ר אַתָּה֙ שֹׁכֵ֣ב עָלֶ֔י⁠הָ לְ⁠ךָ֥ אֶתְּנֶ֖⁠נָּה וּ⁠לְ⁠זַרְעֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “The/This land where you are lying/sleeping I am giving to you and your descendants.” or “I will give you and your descendants this land that you are lying/sleeping on.” In the Hebrew text, “the land that you are lying on” comes first in this sentence in order to emphasize it and show its importance. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
28:14 qvmn וְ⁠הָיָ֤ה זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֙ 1 “And your descendants will be” or “They will be” or “You will have so many descendants that they will be”
28:14 vi8o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כַּ⁠עֲפַ֣ר הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “{as numerous/many} as the dust {specks} on the ground,” See how you translated “dust” in Gen 13:16. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
28:14 fyzl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠פָרַצְתָּ֛ 1 “and your descendants/people will spread out” or “so that they expand {their territory}” or “so that they live throughout this land”. In this clause “you” refers to Jacobs descendants. Make sure that is clear in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
28:14 y8nb יָ֥מָּ⁠ה וָ⁠קֵ֖דְמָ⁠ה וְ⁠צָפֹ֣נָ⁠ה וָ⁠נֶ֑גְבָּ⁠ה 1 “to the west, east, north and south.” or “to the north, south, east and west.” or “in every direction.” See how you translated the names of the directions “west”, “east”, “north” and “south” in Gen 13:14. Notice that they are in a different order there.
28:14 b4q4 וְ⁠נִבְרֲכ֥וּ בְ⁠ךָ֛ וּ⁠בְ⁠זַרְעֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “In/Through you and your offspring/descendants” or “Because of you and your offspring/descendants” or “By means of you and your offspring/descendants”. Be consistent here with how you translated “your offspring” in Gen 22:18 and 26:4.
28:14 wjvf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠נִבְרֲכ֥וּ כָּל מִשְׁפְּחֹ֥ת הָ⁠אֲדָמָ֖ה 1 “all the families/people on the earth will be blessed {by me}.” or “{I} will bless all the families/clans/people in the world.” For some languages it may be better to change the order of phrases in this sentence and say, “And {I} will bless all the families in the world through you and your offspring/descendants.” or “I will use you and your offspring/descendants to bless all the families on earth.” See how you translated similar Messianic blessings in Gen 12:3, 18:18, 22:18, and 26:4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
28:15 spzs וְ⁠הִנֵּ֨ה 1 “Listen to this:” or “Remember that”
28:15 dpan אָנֹכִ֜י עִמָּ֗⁠ךְ 1 “I {will always be/stay} with you.” or “I {promise to always be/stay} with you {and help you}.” See how you translated “I {am} with you” in Gen 26:24 and “I will be with you” in Gen 26:3.
28:15 d0fg וּ⁠שְׁמַרְתִּ֨י⁠ךָ֙ 1 “I will protect/guard you” or “I will take care of you”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
28:15 wycj בְּ⁠כֹ֣ל אֲשֶׁר תֵּלֵ֔ךְ 1 “everywhere that you go/live,” or “wherever you go/live,”
28:15 k61k וַ⁠הֲשִׁ֣בֹתִ֔י⁠ךָ אֶל הָ⁠אֲדָמָ֖ה הַ⁠זֹּ֑את 1 “and I will lead/guide you back to this land.”
28:15 dsmr כִּ֚י לֹ֣א אֶֽעֱזָבְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 “In fact, I will never leave/abandon you”
28:15 wg74 עָשִׂ֔יתִי אֵ֥ת אֲשֶׁר דִּבַּ֖רְתִּי לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 “and I will do everything that I have promised you {that I will do}.” Make sure your translation of “until” does not sound like God will only be with Jacob up to the time that he fulfills his promises. Rather the focus is on the period of time between now when God is speaking to Jacob and the time later on when Jacob would see the fulfillment of Gods promises to him.
28:16 nta3 וַ⁠יִּיקַ֣ץ יַעֲקֹב֮ מִ⁠שְּׁנָת⁠וֹ֒ וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “Suddenly Jacob woke up from his dream and said/exclaimed {to himself},” or “When Jacob woke up from his dream, he said/exclaimed {to himself},”
28:16 mg0b אָכֵן֙ יֵ֣שׁ יְהוָ֔ה בַּ⁠מָּק֖וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 “Certainly Yahweh is/lives {here} in this place,” or “Yahweh definitely lives here,”
28:16 hkxb וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֖י לֹ֥א יָדָֽעְתִּי 1 “but I did not know/realize {it} {before now}!” or “but I was not aware of {that} {before}!”
28:17 wkb2 וַ⁠יִּירָא֙ וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֔ר 1 “He was afraid, so he {also} said/exclaimed,”
28:17 gktr מַה נּוֹרָ֖א הַ⁠מָּק֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 “This is an awesome/terrifying place!” or “This place is terrifying!” The word “awesome” refers here to the terror that Jacob was feeling from being in the holy presence of Almighty God.
28:17 bjri אֵ֣ין זֶ֗ה כִּ֚י אִם בֵּ֣ית אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 “This/It can only be Gods house!” or “This/It must be the house/place where God himself lives!”
28:17 rsyk וְ⁠זֶ֖ה 1 “This/It {can only be}” or “This/It {must be}”. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here.
28:17 tm2m שַׁ֥עַר הַ⁠שָּׁמָֽיִם 1 “the gateway/entrance to heaven!”
28:18 q3yf וַ⁠יַּשְׁכֵּ֨ם יַעֲקֹ֜ב בַּ⁠בֹּ֗קֶר 1 “Early the next morning Jacob got up,” or “Jacob got up early the next morning,”
28:18 xzkg וַ⁠יִּקַּ֤ח אֶת הָ⁠אֶ֨בֶן֙ אֲשֶׁר שָׂ֣ם מְרַֽאֲשֹׁתָ֔י⁠ו 1 “took the stone that he had used as a headrest/pillow”. See how you translated “stone” and “under his head” in verse 11.
28:18 q0n2 וַ⁠יָּ֥שֶׂם אֹתָ֖⁠הּ 1 “and stood/set it up {on its end}”
28:18 m9zc מַצֵּבָ֑ה 1 “{as} a monument” or “{as} a memorial stone” or “to commemorate/mark the/that place {where God had appeared to him}”. The word “pillar” refers here to a stone that is used to commemorate something. In this case, Jacob used a stone to mark and help him remember the place where God had appeared to him.
28:18 rd51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּצֹ֥ק שֶׁ֖מֶן עַל רֹאשָֽׁ⁠הּ 1 “Then he poured {some} {olive} oil on top of the stone/pillar {to dedicate the place to God}.” In Bible times people poured olive oil on a persons head or on objects (as here) to dedicate that person or object to God. Make sure that the way you translate “oil” does not refer to motor oil. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
28:19 p2h7 וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֛א אֶת שֵֽׁם הַ⁠מָּק֥וֹם הַ⁠ה֖וּא בֵּֽית אֵ֑ל 1 “He named that place Bethel, {which means “Gods house,”}” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Bethel” in Gen 12:8 and 13:3.
28:19 a944 וְ⁠אוּלָ֛ם ל֥וּז שֵׁם הָ⁠עִ֖יר לָ⁠רִאשֹׁנָֽה 1 “even though originally/previously that town was named/called Luz.” or “Originally/Previously the name of that town {had been} Luz.” Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here.
28:20 rcyf וַ⁠יִּדַּ֥ר יַעֲקֹ֖ב נֶ֣דֶר לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “Then Jacob/he made a vow/pledge/promise {to God} and said,” See how you translated a clause that has a similar meaning (“swear to...”) in Gen 21:23, 31.
28:20 rony rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אִם יִהְיֶ֨ה אֱלֹהִ֜ים עִמָּדִ֗⁠י 1 “God, if {you,} will be/stay with me”. Since Jacob is making this vow to God, for some languages it is more natural to address God directly (as “you”) throughout verses 20-22, rather than only in the last half of verse 22 (as the Hebrew text does). Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
28:20 lyjc וּ⁠שְׁמָרַ֨⁠נִי֙ 1 “and protect/guard me” or “and take care of me”. See how you translated “watch over” in verse 15.
28:20 dopf בַּ⁠דֶּ֤רֶךְ הַ⁠זֶּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אָנֹכִ֣י הוֹלֵ֔ךְ 1 “on/during this {long} journey I am taking” or “as I travel on this {long} journey”. The way you translate this phrase should reflect that fact that Jacobs journey from his home to the city of Haran was about 725 kilometers (450 miles) long.
28:20 gftj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠נָֽתַן לִ֥⁠י לֶ֛חֶם לֶ⁠אֱכֹ֖ל וּ⁠בֶ֥גֶד לִ⁠לְבֹּֽשׁ 1 “and if you give/provide me food to eat and clothes to wear,” or “and if you provide me with food and clothes”. In this context “bread” refers to food in general, not just bread. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
28:21 riwh וְ⁠שַׁבְתִּ֥י בְ⁠שָׁל֖וֹם 1 “and {if} I come back safely” or “so that I return safely”
28:21 jfhz אֶל בֵּ֣ית אָבִ֑⁠י 1 “to my fathers/familys home,” or “to my family,”
28:21 yyp2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person וְ⁠הָיָ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה לִ֖⁠י לֵ⁠אלֹהִֽים 1 “then Yahweh, {you} will be the God whom I serve/worship,” or “then I will serve/worship {you} Yahweh as my God,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
28:22 qeez וְ⁠הָ⁠אֶ֣בֶן הַ⁠זֹּ֗את אֲשֶׁר שַׂ֨מְתִּי֙ מַצֵּבָ֔ה יִהְיֶ֖ה בֵּ֣ית אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 “This stone that I have set up will be your house and will mark the/this place {where you appeared to me},” or “and this memorial stone that I set up will remind people that you live here,” See how you translated “as a pillar” in verse 18. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
28:22 qmie rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person וְ⁠כֹל֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר תִּתֶּן לִ֔⁠י עַשֵּׂ֖ר אֲעַשְּׂרֶ֥⁠נּוּ לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 “and everything that you give to me, I will give a tenth of it back to you.” or “and I will give back to you ten percent of everything that you give to me.” Consider again how you translated the way Jacob refers to Yahweh in verses 20-22; see the note about this at verse 20. Also see how you translated “tithe” in Gen 14:20. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
29:1 v7y6 וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֥א יַעֲקֹ֖ב רַגְלָ֑י⁠ו וַ⁠יֵּ֖לֶךְ אַ֥רְצָ⁠ה 1 “Then Jacob left {Bethel} and continued traveling {until he came} to” or “Then Jacob continued traveling until he came to”
29:1 wri0 אַ֥רְצָ⁠ה בְנֵי קֶֽדֶם 1 “the land in the east where various people/ethnic groups lived.” or “the land/region that was east {of the land of Canaan} where the eastern people/ethnic groups lived.” This land was located east of the land of Canaan and included the region of Paddan Aram where Jacobs uncle Laban lived in the city of Haran (Gen 27:43; 28:5). See how you translated “east” in Gen 28:14.
29:2 ox8m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יַּ֞רְא 1 “Then he looked {around}” or “{When he arrived/got there,} he looked {around},” or “{When he arrived at a place near the city of Haran,} he looked {around},”. Jacob was now near the city of Haran (verse 4), which was in the land east of Canaan (verse 1). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
29:2 xzs6 וְ⁠הִנֵּ֧ה בְאֵ֣ר בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֗ה 1 “and saw a well in an {open} field/area” or “and there in an {open} field/area {was} a well” The word “field” refers to an open area of land, not a fenced-in area. See how you translated this term in Gen 25:27, 29.
29:2 f5dt וְ⁠הִנֵּה שָׁ֞ם שְׁלֹשָׁ֤ה עֶדְרֵי צֹאן֙ רֹבְצִ֣ים 1 “He saw three flocks of sheep that were lying {down}” or “There were three flocks of sheep lying {down}”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
29:2 rel5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עָלֶ֔י⁠הָ 1 “beside it” or “near/beside the well {waiting for water}” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
29:2 gzk1 כִּ֚י מִן הַ⁠בְּאֵ֣ר הַ⁠הִ֔וא יַשְׁק֖וּ הָ⁠עֲדָרִ֑ים 1 “because that was the well where the shepherds drew/got water for the sheep/flocks,” or “That was the well that flocks/sheep drank water from,” Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here.
29:2 nge7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠הָ⁠אֶ֥בֶן גְּדֹלָ֖ה עַל פִּ֥י הַ⁠בְּאֵֽר 1 “but the stone covering the opening/top of the well {was} large {and heavy}.” or “but there was a {heavy} large stone over/covering the opening/top of the well.” This stone would have been very large and heavy, and probably had been cut into a circular shape to cover the round opening of the well. You could include here in your translation a picture of a well with a round, flat stone covering it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
29:3 zip2 וְ⁠נֶאֶסְפוּ שָׁ֣מָּ⁠ה כָל הָ⁠עֲדָרִ֗ים וְ⁠גָלֲל֤וּ 1 “{Every day} shepherds would bring all the/their flocks {of sheep} there. They would {work together to}” or “{Whenever/After} all the shepherds brought their flocks there, {together} they would”. Verse 3 tells what happened regularly every day. Consider what is the best way to communicate this in your language.
29:3 n2qg וְ⁠גָלֲל֤וּ אֶת הָ⁠אֶ֨בֶן֙ מֵ⁠עַל֙ 1 “roll/take the stone off” or “remove the stone from”. Be consistent here with how you translated “stone” in verse 2.
29:3 ehgo פִּ֣י הַ⁠בְּאֵ֔ר 1 “the opening/top of the well”
29:3 nplo וְ⁠הִשְׁק֖וּ אֶת הַ⁠צֹּ֑אן 1 “and draw water for the sheep.” or “and get water {from it} for the sheep {to drink}.” See how you translated “watered” in verse 2, and how you translated a different word that has a similar meaning (“draw water”) in Gen 24:19-20.
29:3 kxfp וְ⁠הֵשִׁ֧יבוּ אֶת הָ⁠אֶ֛בֶן לִ⁠מְקֹמָֽ⁠הּ 1 “Then they would put/roll/position the stone back”
29:3 atj5 מֵ⁠עַל֙ פִּ֣י הַ⁠בְּאֵ֔ר 1 “over the opening/top of the well.”
29:4 clfe rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר לָ⁠הֶם֙ יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “Jacob asked/greeted the shepherds,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
29:4 ipz9 אַחַ֖⁠י 1 “My friends,” or “Friends,” This is a polite, friendly idiom used as a greeting; it does not mean that the shepherds were actually Jacobs relatives. Many languages have a similar greeting. (See; figs-idiom)
29:4 bckj מֵ⁠אַ֣יִן אַתֶּ֑ם 1 “where do you live?”
29:4 rgvw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ 1 “They replied {to him},” or “They answered {him},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
29:4 ooyz מֵ⁠חָרָ֖ן אֲנָֽחְנוּ 1 “We {are} from {the city of} Haran.” or “We live in {the city of} Haran.” Your translation should not sound like the city of Haran was far away from there; it was nearby.
29:5 mz8d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לָ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 “So Jacob asked them,” or “So Jacob asked,” Consider what is the most natural way in your language to translate quote margins in a conversation that goes back and forth quickly like the one in verses 4-8. After the conversation gets started, it often sounds more life-like and natural to shorten the quote margins and leave implied some of the references to the people who are being talked to (as long as it is still clear who is talking to whom). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
29:5 jju9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure הַ⁠יְדַעְתֶּ֖ם אֶת לָבָ֣ן בֶּן נָח֑וֹר 1 “Do you know Laban, Nahors grandson?” or “Do you know Nahors grandson Laban?” Consider what is the best way to order this question in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
29:5 qynl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ 1 “They answered/replied,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
29:5 o8s7 יָדָֽעְנוּ 1 “{Yes,} we know him.” or “{Yes,} we do.” Hebrew does not have a single word for “Yes”, but rather repeats words from what was asked. Do what is natural in your language.
29:6 oat9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר לָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 “Then/So Jacob asked,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
29:6 wjxw הֲ⁠שָׁל֣וֹם ל֑⁠וֹ 1 “Are {things} going well for him?” or “Is he doing well?” Jacob is asking about Labans general well-being, not just his health.
29:6 gj3q וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ 1 “They answered {him},”
29:6 cq6m שָׁל֔וֹם 1 “{Yes,} {things are} well/good {for him}.” or “{Yes,} {he is} well.”
29:6 oqem וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙ רָחֵ֣ל בִּתּ֔⁠וֹ בָּאָ֖ה עִם הַ⁠צֹּֽאן 1 “Look, there/here is his/Labans daughter Rachel {now} with {his} sheep.” or “In fact, here comes his/Labans daughter Rachel {now}, bringing {his} sheep.”
29:7 s198 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “Then Jacob said {to them},” or “Then Jacob urged {them},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
29:7 qywf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הֵ֥ן עוֹד֙ הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם גָּד֔וֹל 1 “Look, it is still the middle of the day” or “Look, the sun is still high/bright {in the sky}” or “There is still a lot of daylight/sunlight left”. This is an idiom that means there are still many more hours of daytime left. Consider whether your language has an idiom for this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
29:7 hpgk לֹא עֵ֖ת הֵאָסֵ֣ף הַ⁠מִּקְנֶ֑ה 1 “and/so {it is} too early/soon to gather the livestock/flocks {for the night}.”
29:7 xi00 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness הַשְׁק֥וּ הַ⁠צֹּ֖אן 1 “{You ought to} draw/get water for them” or “{It seems like you should} water the/your sheep” or “So why not water the/your sheep”. For some languages it sounds too rude for Jacob to make a direct command here, so it is better to make this a suggestion, or even a rhetorical question. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
29:7 agiz וּ⁠לְכ֥וּ רְעֽוּ 1 “and/then take {them} {back} out {to the fields} to graze {some more}.” or “then you can take them out to eat {more} grass.”
29:8 fc6m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְרוּ֮ 1 But they said {to him},” or “But they replied,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
29:8 ftk5 לֹ֣א נוּכַל֒ 1 “We cant {do that}” or “We have to wait”
29:8 ujw5 עַ֣ד אֲשֶׁ֤ר יֵאָֽסְפוּ֙ כָּל הָ֣⁠עֲדָרִ֔ים 1 “until all the shepherds are here with their flocks,” or “until all the shepherds have brought their flocks here,”
29:8 nl6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person וְ⁠גָֽלֲלוּ֙ 1 “and they/we {all}” or “Then {together} they/we will”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that the ones who are talking here are also shepherds. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
29:8 imn3 וְ⁠גָֽלֲלוּ֙ אֶת הָ⁠אֶ֔בֶן מֵ⁠עַ֖ל 1 “roll/move the stone off” or “remove the stone from”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 3.
29:8 rng7 פִּ֣י הַ⁠בְּאֵ֑ר 1 “the opening/top of the well” See how you translated this phrase in verses 2 and 3.
29:8 zdbb וְ⁠הִשְׁקִ֖ינוּ הַ⁠צֹּֽאן 1 “and draw/get water for the sheep/flocks.”
29:9 aojv עוֹדֶ֖⁠נּוּ מְדַבֵּ֣ר עִמָּ֑⁠ם וְ⁠רָחֵ֣ל 1 “While Jacob was still talking with/to the shepherds,”
29:9 kj5g וְ⁠רָחֵ֣ל בָּ֗אָה עִם הַ⁠צֹּאן֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר לְ⁠אָבִ֔י⁠הָ 1 “Rachel arrived {at the well} with her father {Laban}s sheep;”
29:9 vyhm כִּ֥י רֹעָ֖ה הִֽוא 1 “because she was the one who shepherded/tended them.” or “it was her job to take care of them.”
29:10 vpc8 וַ⁠יְהִ֡י כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁר֩ 1 “As soon as” or “When”
29:10 aaja רָאָ֨ה יַעֲקֹ֜ב אֶת רָחֵ֗ל בַּת לָבָן֙ אֲחִ֣י אִמּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “Jacob saw Rachel the daughter of his uncle Laban”
29:10 ud2q וְ⁠אֶת צֹ֥אן לָבָ֖ן אֲחִ֣י אִמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “with his uncle Labans sheep,” or “with his uncles sheep” or “with her fathers sheep”
29:10 uktf וַ⁠יִּגַּ֣שׁ יַעֲקֹ֗ב 1 “he went/walked over {to the well}”
29:10 d0m7 וַ⁠יָּ֤גֶל אֶת הָ⁠אֶ֨בֶן֙ מֵ⁠עַל֙ פִּ֣י הַ⁠בְּאֵ֔ר 1 “and rolled/took the stone off the opening/top of the well” or “removed the stone that was covering it”
29:10 i0po וַ⁠יַּ֕שְׁקְ 1 “and drew/got water for”. See how you translated “watered” in verses 2-3, 7-8, and in 24:14, 20.
29:10 wcif צֹ֥אן לָבָ֖ן אֲחִ֣י אִמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “his uncle Labans sheep.” or “his uncles sheep.”
29:11 uwgl וַ⁠יִּשַּׁ֥ק יַעֲקֹ֖ב לְ⁠רָחֵ֑ל 1 “Then he kissed Rachel {on the/her cheek}” or “Then he greeted Rachel warmly/enthusiastically {as one of his relatives}”. In that culture it was common to greet a relative with a kiss on the cheek (or both cheeks). However, if it would be offensive in your culture for Jacob to kiss Rachel here, you could translate this more generally (see the second alternate translation above). Also see how you translated “kiss” in Gen 27:26-27.
29:11 lylh וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֥א אֶת קֹל֖⁠וֹ וַ⁠יֵּֽבְךְּ 1 “and he started crying aloud/loudly {because he was so happy}.” or “and {he was so happy that} he started crying.” See how you translated the idiom “lifted his voice” in Gen 27:38. However, here Jacob is crying because he is happy, not upset. Make sure that is clear in your translation.
29:12 ctrv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יַּגֵּ֨ד יַעֲקֹ֜ב לְ⁠רָחֵ֗ל 1 “Then he told her”. Consider what is the most natural way in your language to refer to Jacob and Rachel in this context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
29:12 b1ec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations כִּ֣י אֲחִ֤י אָבִ֨י⁠הָ֙ ה֔וּא וְ⁠כִ֥י בֶן רִבְקָ֖ה ה֑וּא 1 “that he {was} her fathers relative/nephew, the son of {her aunt} Rebekah.” or “that her father {Laban} was his uncle and that {her aunt} Rebekah was his mother.” or “I am your fathers nephew, the son of {your aunt} Rebekah.” Consider whether it is best in your language to use an indirect quote here or a direct quote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
29:12 i8gv וַ⁠תָּ֖רָץ וַ⁠תַּגֵּ֥ד לְ⁠אָבִֽי⁠הָ 1 “Then/So she ran {home} and told her father {the news}.” or “Then/So she ran {home} to her father and told/informed him {about Jacob}.”
29:13 w9df וַ⁠יְהִי֩ כִ⁠שְׁמֹ֨עַ לָבָ֜ן 1 “When Laban” or “As soon as Laban”
29:13 t5i0 כִ⁠שְׁמֹ֨עַ אֶת שֵׁ֣מַע יַעֲקֹ֣ב בֶּן אֲחֹת֗⁠וֹ 1 “heard about his sisters son Jacob,” or “found out that his nephew Jacob was there,”
29:13 qbmk וַ⁠יָּ֤רָץ לִ⁠קְרָאת⁠וֹ֙ 1 “he ran {out} to meet/greet him.”
29:13 va3u וַ⁠יְחַבֶּק ל⁠וֹ֙ 1 “Then he embraced/hugged him/Jacob” or “He gave him/Jacob a hug”
29:13 qvlt וַ⁠יְנַשֶּׁק ל֔⁠וֹ 1 “and kissed him {on the/his cheek}” or “and greeted him warmly/enthusiastically {as one of his relatives}”. See how you translated “kissed” in verse 11.
29:13 yeoh וַ⁠יְבִיאֵ֖⁠הוּ אֶל בֵּית֑⁠וֹ 1 “and brought/took him {back} to his house.” or “and took him home.”
29:13 ik43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יְסַפֵּ֣ר לְ⁠לָבָ֔ן אֵ֥ת כָּל הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֖ים הָ⁠אֵֽלֶּה 1 “Then he/Jacob told Laban {about himself and} everything that had happened,” Labans response in verse 14 implies that Jacob told him about himself here in verse 13. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
29:14 oa88 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר ל⁠וֹ֙ לָבָ֔ן 1 “and Laban responded/exclaimed,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
29:14 wvfn אַ֛ךְ עַצְמִ֥⁠י אָ֑תָּה 1 “You {are} definitely” or “There is no doubt that you {are}”
29:14 awri rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עַצְמִ֥⁠י וּ⁠בְשָׂרִ֖⁠י 1 “my own flesh and blood!” or “my close relative!” or “a close relative of my family!” This is an idiom that means Jacob is a close, biological relative of Laban. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
29:14 zl07 וַ⁠יֵּ֥שֶׁב עִמּ֖⁠וֹ 1 “Then Jacob stayed {and served/worked} with/for him/Laban” or “After Jacob had stayed with Laban {and worked for him}”. Your choice here in verse 14 will determine whether or not this sentence continues into verse 15. Do what is best in your language.
29:14 fe42 חֹ֥דֶשׁ יָמִֽים 1 “{for} an entire month” or “for thirty days”
29:15 ja3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר לָבָן֙ לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “Laban said to him,” or “Laban asked him,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
29:15 drle rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠כִי אָחִ֣⁠י אַ֔תָּה וַ⁠עֲבַדְתַּ֖⁠נִי חִנָּ֑ם 1 “{Just} because you are my relative/nephew, {does that mean that} you should work for me without pay?” or “Even though you are my relative/nephew, {that does not mean that} you should {have to} work for me for free!” or “You should not {have to} work for me for nothing/free {just} because you are my relative/nephew!” See how you translated “relative” in verse 12. This rhetorical question expects the implied answer “No, of course not!” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to use a statement here instead. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
29:15 dy56 הַגִּ֥ידָ⁠ה לִּ֖⁠י מַה מַּשְׂכֻּרְתֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 “{So} tell me what your wages/pay {should be}.” or “{So} tell me what you want me to pay you {for your work}.”
29:16 vbiz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וּ⁠לְ⁠לָבָ֖ן שְׁתֵּ֣י בָנ֑וֹת 1 “Now {it so happened that} Laban had two daughters:” or “Laban had two daughters:” Verses 16-17 introduce background information for what happens in the verses that follow that. Translate this in a way that is natural and clear in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
29:16 xkig שֵׁ֤ם הַ⁠גְּדֹלָה֙ לֵאָ֔ה וְ⁠שֵׁ֥ם הַ⁠קְּטַנָּ֖ה רָחֵֽל 1 “The name of the older {one/daughter} {was} Leah, and the younger {one/daughter} {was} Rachel.” or “The older {one/daughter} was named Leah and the younger {one/daughter} was named Rachel.”
29:17 chl6 וְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י לֵאָ֖ה רַכּ֑וֹת 1 “Leahs eyes {were} delicate/pretty/weak,” or “Leah had pretty eyes,” The Hebrew word for “delicate” is ambiguous in this context. It can have (1) a positive meaning of “pretty” or “lovely” (2) a negative meaning of “weak”, which implies that Leahs eyes were plain, dull, or unattractive.
29:17 xcjb וְ⁠רָחֵל֙ הָֽיְתָ֔ה יְפַת תֹּ֖אַר וִ⁠יפַ֥ת מַרְאֶֽה 1 “but/whereas Rachels face and figure/shape were lovely/beautiful.” or “but/whereas Rachel was extremely beautiful in every way.”
29:18 ml4f וַ⁠יֶּאֱהַ֥ב יַעֲקֹ֖ב אֶת רָחֵ֑ל 1 “Jacob was in love with Rachel,” or “Jacob had fallen in love with Rachel,”
29:18 rnsu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “so he said/responded {to Laban},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
29:18 l9xb אֶֽעֱבָדְ⁠ךָ֙ שֶׁ֣בַע שָׁנִ֔ים 1 “I will work seven years for you”. Jacob is offering seven years of work as the dowry or bride-price for Rachel. Translate this sentence in a way that reflects that.
29:18 cq1a בְּ⁠רָחֵ֥ל בִּתְּ⁠ךָ֖ הַ⁠קְּטַנָּֽה 1 “{in exchange} for your younger daughter Rachel {as my wife}.” or “if you will give me your younger daughter Rachel {to be my wife}.” or “if you will let me marry your younger daughter Rachel.”
29:19 s842 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לָבָ֗ן 1 “Laban replied,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
29:19 n9dn ט֚וֹב תִּתִּ֣⁠י אֹתָ֣⁠הּ לָ֔⁠ךְ מִ⁠תִּתִּ֥⁠י אֹתָ֖⁠הּ לְ⁠אִ֣ישׁ 1 “{I agree to your terms.} I would {much} rather give her to you {to marry} than give her to” or “{Alright/Okay, thats fine.} I prefer that she marry you rather than”
29:19 vhaa לְ⁠אִ֣ישׁ אַחֵ֑ר 1 “some/any other man.” or “someone else.”
29:19 wbfu שְׁבָ֖⁠ה עִמָּדִֽ⁠י 1 “{So} stay {and work} with me.” or “{So} stay here {and work for me}.”
29:20 edqa וַ⁠יַּעֲבֹ֧ד יַעֲקֹ֛ב בְּ⁠רָחֵ֖ל שֶׁ֣בַע שָׁנִ֑ים 1 “So/Then Jacob worked seven years {for Laban} so that he could marry/have Rachel,”
29:20 kubz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יִּהְי֤וּ בְ⁠עֵינָי⁠ו֙ כְּ⁠יָמִ֣ים אֲחָדִ֔ים בְּ⁠אַהֲבָת֖⁠וֹ אֹתָֽ⁠הּ 1 “but to him it seemed like {only} a few days {had passed} because he loved her {so much}.” or “but he loved her so {much} that to him the time/years seemed {to pass quickly} like {only} a few days.” For some languages it is more natural to switch the order of the clauses in this sentence so that the cause is mentioned before the effect (see the second alternate translation above). Do what is most clear and natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
29:21 n2l9 וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יַעֲקֹ֤ב אֶל לָבָן֙ 1 “{When the seven years were over,} Jacob said to Laban,” or “After that, Jacob requested of Laban,”
29:21 py3l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure הָבָ֣⁠ה אֶת אִשְׁתִּ֔⁠י כִּ֥י מָלְא֖וּ יָמָ֑⁠י וְ⁠אָב֖וֹאָה אֵלֶֽי⁠הָ 1 “{Please} let me marry {your daughter} {Rachel} {now} so that I can live with her {as} my wife, because I have finished/completed my {seven} years {of work/service} {for you}.” or “I have fulfilled/finished the {seven} years of work/service {that we agreed on}, so {please} let me have {your daughter} {Rachel} so that I can marry her and live with her.” Consider what is the best order for the clauses in this sentence in your language. Also make sure that Jacobs request here sounds polite in your translation, not rude or demanding. It should also not sound like he was begging or pleading. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
29:22 dfx2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יֶּאֱסֹ֥ף לָבָ֛ן אֶת כָּל אַנְשֵׁ֥י הַ⁠מָּק֖וֹם וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ מִשְׁתֶּֽה 1 “Then/So Laban gathered/invited all the local people and held a {wedding} feast.” or “Then/So Laban prepared a wedding/marriage feast and gathered/invited everyone who lived in town {to attend}.” Consider what is the best way to order these events in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
29:23 r0w3 וַ⁠יְהִ֣י בָ⁠עֶ֔רֶב וַ⁠יִּקַּח֙ 1 “But that evening” or “But/However this is what happened that evening:”
29:23 vaw0 וַ⁠יִּקַּח֙ אֶת לֵאָ֣ה בִתּ֔⁠וֹ וַ⁠יָּבֵ֥א אֹתָ֖⁠הּ אֵלָ֑י⁠ו 1 “Laban {deceived/tricked Jacob and} took/brought his daughter Leah {to Jacobs tent} {instead of Rachel},” or “Laban took/brought Leah to Jacob {instead of Rachel},”
29:23 n4dv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖א 1 “and/so he/Jacob” or “so that he/Jacob”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that “he” refers here to Jacob, not Laban. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
29:23 h5xc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖א אֵלֶֽי⁠הָ 1 “had marital/sexual relations with her/Leah.” or “slept with her/Leah.” or “spent the night with her/Leah.” See how you translated the euphemism “went to” in Gen 16:4 (and “go to” in Gen 16:2 and 29:21). Translate this in a way that is natural, clear, and acceptable for reading in public. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
29:24 zehs וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֤ן לָבָן֙ 1 “Laban also gave” or “In addition, Laban gave”. It is not clear in the Hebrew text when Laban gave Zilpah to Leah, so it is probably best to keep it that way in your translation. Some translations say that Laban “had {already} given” Zilpah to Leah before the wedding night. However according to Jewish history (outside the Bible), it was on the wedding night that Laban did this as part of his plan to deceive Jacob -- Zilpah was younger than Bilhah, so everyone would expect her to be given to Rachel as the younger sister; seeing Zilpah (instead of Bilhah) would help Jacob think that his veiled bride was Rachel. Since we do not know for sure which interpretation is right, it is probably best to be like the Hebrew text and not specify when Laban gave Zilpah to Leah. Some translations put this verse in parentheses because it seems to interrupt the telling of the main events.
29:24 wz5d לָ֔⁠הּ אֶת זִלְפָּ֖ה שִׁפְחָת֑⁠וֹ לְ⁠לֵאָ֥ה בִתּ֖⁠וֹ 1 “his female servant Zilpah to Leah” or “to Leah a female servant named Zilpah”
29:24 gvpk שִׁפְחָֽה 1 “{to be} {her} {personal} servant/attendant.” or “to serve {her}.” or “to attend to her.”
29:25 flu2 וַ⁠יְהִ֣י בַ⁠בֹּ֔קֶר וְ⁠הִנֵּה 1 “But the next morning” or “The next morning”
29:25 wt9e rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠הִנֵּה הִ֖וא לֵאָ֑ה 1 “{Jacob} saw/found that his {new} wife was Leah!” or “{Jacob was shocked to} see/discover that it was Leah {he had married}!” Translate “behold” in a way that shows Jacobs surprise at finding out that he had married Leah instead of Rachel. Also, make sure that your translation of “she” refers here to Leah, not Zilpah (who was mentioned in verse 24). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
29:25 qd1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֶל לָבָ֗ן 1 “So/Then he/Jacob complained to {his father-in-law} Laban,” or “So/Then he/Jacob rebuked/confronted Laban and said,” Some languages use an honorific title such as “his father-in-law” here now that Jacob is married. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics]])
29:25 n8tv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַה זֹּאת֙ עָשִׂ֣יתָ לִּ֔⁠י 1 “Why have you treated me like this?” or “You have treated me very badly!” In this verse, Jacob uses rhetorical questions to communicate how angry and upset he is. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. Also see how you translated this question in Gen 12:18, 20:9, 26:10. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
29:25 sxpf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לֹ֤א בְ⁠רָחֵל֙ עָבַ֣דְתִּי עִמָּ֔⁠ךְ 1 “{You know that} Rachel is the one I served you for!” or “You know very well that I worked for you in order to marry Rachel!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
29:25 giws וְ⁠לָ֖⁠מָּה רִמִּיתָֽ⁠נִי 1 “So why did you deceive/trick me?” or Tell me why you deceived/tricked me!” See how you translated a different word (“deceit”) that has a similar meaning in Genesis 27:35.
29:26 ogbn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לָבָ֔ן 1 “But Laban said/replied {to him},” or “Laban replied/responded,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
29:26 y7mz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לֹא יֵעָשֶׂ֥ה כֵ֖ן בִּ⁠מְקוֹמֵ֑⁠נוּ 1 “It is not customary In our/this land/region” or “It is not the/our custom/tradition/practice here”. For some languages it is necessary to say what the custom is, rather than what it is not. For example, you could say, “Our custom/practice here is to wait until the firstborn/oldest daughter is married before we let the younger daughter(s)/one(s) get married.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
29:26 v8le לָ⁠תֵ֥ת הַ⁠צְּעִירָ֖ה 1 “to give the younger {daughter} {in marriage}” or “to marry off the younger {daughter}” or “for the younger {daughter} to marry”
29:26 jmo3 לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠בְּכִירָֽה 1 “before the oldest/older {daughter/one} {marries}.”
29:27 b70a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַלֵּ֖א שְׁבֻ֣עַ זֹ֑את 1 “{So} fulfill/finish this daughters bridal/wedding week {and she will remain your wife},” or “{So then,} finish/complete this week of celebrating your marriage/wedding to my daughter {Leah},” or “{So then,} {keep Leah as your wife and} finish this week of celebrating your marriage to her,” For some languages it may be necessary to make explicit the fact that it is assumed that Leah would still remain his wife. Only make this information explicit if it is necessary to avoid wrong meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
29:27 w292 וְ⁠נִתְּנָ֨ה לְ⁠ךָ֜ גַּם אֶת זֹ֗את 1 “Then our family will also give you {my} other/younger daughter {to marry}” or “Then you may also marry {my} other/younger daughter”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
29:27 ag84 בַּ⁠עֲבֹדָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר תַּעֲבֹ֣ד עִמָּדִ֔⁠י 1 “if you will work for me” or “in exchange for working for me”. See how you translated “serve” in verses 15, 18, 20, 21 and 25.
29:27 dpm8 ע֖וֹד שֶֽׁבַע שָׁנִ֥ים אֲחֵרֽוֹת 1 “for seven more years.”
29:28 q8t0 וַ⁠יַּ֤עַשׂ יַעֲקֹב֙ כֵּ֔ן 1 “So that is what Jacob did:” or “So Jacob {agreed with Laban and} did what he said:”
29:28 h55y וַ⁠יְמַלֵּ֖א שְׁבֻ֣עַ זֹ֑את 1 “he fulfilled/completed Leahs bridal/wedding week.” or “he finished/completed his wedding week with Leah.” or “he finished celebrating his marriage to Leah that week.” See how you translated “fulfill” in verse 27.
29:28 n1p0 וַ⁠יִּתֶּן ל֛⁠וֹ אֶת רָחֵ֥ל בִּתּ֖⁠וֹ ל֥⁠וֹ לְ⁠אִשָּֽׁה 1 “Then Laban gave him/Jacob his daughter Rachel to marry.” or “Then Laban gave his daughter Rachel to Jacob to be his wife.”
29:29 z1cm וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֤ן לָבָן֙ 1 “Laban/he also gave” or “In addition, Laban/he gave”. See how you translated verse 24, which is similar to verse 29.
29:29 it33 לְ⁠רָחֵ֣ל בִּתּ֔⁠וֹ אֶת בִּלְהָ֖ה שִׁפְחָת֑⁠וֹ 1 “his female servant Bilhah to his daughter Rachel” or “Rachel a female servant named Bilhah”
29:29 qtvb לָ֖⁠הּ לְ⁠שִׁפְחָֽה 1 “to be her {personal} maidservant/servant.” or “to serve her.”
29:30 cieh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠יָּבֹא֙ גַּ֣ם אֶל רָחֵ֔ל 1 “Then Jacob had marital relations with Rachel,” or “Then Jacob slept with Rachel,” See how you translated “went to” in verse 23. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
29:30 ohdk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֶּאֱהַ֥ב אֶת רָחֵ֖ל מִ⁠לֵּאָ֑ה 1 “and he loved her more than {he loved} Leah.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
29:30 zq9a וַ⁠יַּעֲבֹ֣ד עִמּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “Then he worked for Laban” or “Then he {started} working for Laban”. At this point Jacob begins another seven years of work, but he does not finish the work until Gen 30:25-26.
29:30 jqak ע֖וֹד שֶֽׁבַע שָׁנִ֥ים אֲחֵרֽוֹת 1 “for seven more years.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 27.
29:31 dvs9 וַ⁠יַּ֤רְא יְהוָה֙ 1 “Now/Meanwhile Yahweh knew” or “{During that time,} Yahweh saw/knew”
29:31 f2r1 כִּֽי שְׂנוּאָ֣ה לֵאָ֔ה 1 “that Leah was loved less {than Rachel},” or “that Jacob did not love Leah {very much},” Jacob did not actually hate Leah, rather this is hyperbole that emphasizes how much he loved Rachel compared to Leah (verse 30). {See: figs-hyperbole)
29:31 kk6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּפְתַּ֖ח אֶת רַחְמָ֑⁠הּ 1 “so he made it so that she could conceive,” or “so he made it possible for her to have children,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
29:31 c12i וְ⁠רָחֵ֖ל עֲקָרָֽה 1 “but Rachel was not able to conceive.” or “but he did not enable Rachel to have children.” See how you translated “barren” in Gen 11:30 and 25:21.
29:32 gbdy וַ⁠תַּ֤הַר לֵאָה֙ 1 “Then Leah became pregnant”
29:32 kaw1 וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד בֵּ֔ן 1 “and had a son” or “and gave birth to a son”
29:32 grlg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ רְאוּבֵ֑ן 1 “She named him Reuben, {which means “Look/See, a son!”}” You could include the meaning of Reubens name in your translation (or in a footnote), so that people understand why Leah gave him that name. If you do that, make sure the meaning of Reubens name matches the way you translate “looked/seen” later in this verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
29:32 zgx6 כִּ֣י אָֽמְרָ֗ה 1 “because {when he was born} she had said/exclaimed,”
29:32 s4ig rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּֽי רָאָ֤ה יְהוָה֙ בְּ⁠עָנְיִ֔⁠י כִּ֥י עַתָּ֖ה יֶאֱהָבַ֥⁠נִי אִישִֽׁ⁠י 1 “Now that Yahweh has seen that I am suffering {and has helped me}, surely my husband will love me!” or “Surely my husband will love me now, since Yahweh has seen that I am suffering {and has helped me}.” Consider what is the best way to order these clauses in your language. Also see how you translated “misery” in Gen 16:11. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
29:33 gtbo וַ⁠תַּ֣הַר עוֹד֮ 1 “Then Leah became pregnant again”
29:33 s35i וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד בֵּן֒ 1 “and had {another} son” or “and gave birth to {another} son”
29:33 tzjw וַ⁠תֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “and/so she exclaimed,” or “She exclaimed,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
29:33 i6wk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כִּֽי שָׁמַ֤ע יְהוָה֙ כִּֽי שְׂנוּאָ֣ה אָנֹ֔כִי וַ⁠יִּתֶּן 1 “Since Yahweh heard that my husband does not love me,” or “Yahweh heard that I am not loved, so”. See how you translated “hated” in verse 31. Also consider whether it is better in your language to use an active or passive verb here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
29:33 mfd3 וַ⁠יִּתֶּן לִ֖⁠י גַּם אֶת זֶ֑ה 1 “he has given me this {son/child} also/too!” or “he has given me another {son/child}.”
29:33 jxch וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ 1 “So she named him” or “So she named that son” or “So she gave him the name”
29:33 dwxa rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names שִׁמְעֽוֹן 1 “Simeon, {which means “he hears.”}” If you include the meaning of Simeons name in your translation (or in a footnote), make sure it matches the way you translated “heard” earlier in this verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
29:34 ie6l וַ⁠תַּ֣הַר עוֹד֮ 1 “Then Leah became pregnant {yet} again” or “Once again Leah became pregnant”
29:34 igl9 וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד בֵּן֒ 1 “and had {another} son” or “and gave birth to {another} son”
29:34 zyi4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “and she exclaimed,” or “She exclaimed,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
29:34 wwio עַתָּ֤ה הַ⁠פַּ֨עַם֙ אִישִׁ⁠י֙ 1 “Now finally my husband”
29:34 aosq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יִלָּוֶ֤ה אֵלַ֔⁠י 1 “will become attached to me” or “will want to be with me”. Many languages have an idiom that is similar to the Hebrew idiom and fits well here. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
29:34 iwal rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּֽי יָלַ֥דְתִּי ל֖⁠וֹ שְׁלֹשָׁ֣ה בָנִ֑ים 1 “because I have had three sons for him.” or “because I have given him three sons!” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this quote and say, “I have born/had three sons for my husband, so now finally he will become attached to me.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
29:34 xkw4 עַל כֵּ֥ן 1 “That is why” or “Because she had said that,”
29:34 mgew קָרָֽא שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ 1 “his name was” or “he was named”. Although this phrase could mean that Jacob named Levi, most translations translate this in a general or indefinite way (see the alternate translations). Do what is best in your language.
29:34 imm1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names לֵוִֽי 1 “Levi, {which means “joined/attached.”}” or “Levi, {which means “be with.”}” If you include the meaning of Levis name in your translation (or in a footnote), make sure it matches the way you translated “be joined” earlier in this verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
29:35 c2ga וַ⁠תַּ֨הַר ע֜וֹד 1 “Then Leah became pregnant again” or “Once again Leah became pregnant”
29:35 v0xo וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד בֵּ֗ן 1 “and had a/another son” or “and gave birth to another son”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 34.
29:35 t71u וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “and she exclaimed,” or “She said/exclaimed,”
29:35 jh48 הַ⁠פַּ֨עַם֙ אוֹדֶ֣ה אֶת יְהוָ֔ה 1 “Now I will praise Yahweh {for giving me this son}!”
29:35 t2yu עַל כֵּ֛ן 1 “That is why” or “Because she praised Yahweh,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 34. You may need to translate it in different ways, depending on the context.
29:35 qanv קָרְאָ֥ה שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ 1 “she named him” or “she named that son” or “she gave him the name”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 33.
29:35 w7et rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יְהוּדָ֑ה 1 “Judah, {which means “praise.”}” See how you translated “praise” earlier in this verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
29:35 zk7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַֽ⁠תַּעֲמֹ֖ד מִ⁠לֶּֽדֶת 1 “Then Leah stopped bearing/having babies/children {for a while}.” or “After that Leah did not give birth to any more babies/children {for a while}.” Leah had more children at a later time. So it was only temporarily that she stopped having children. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
30:1 bp4d וַ⁠תֵּ֣רֶא רָחֵ֗ל כִּ֣י לֹ֤א יָֽלְדָה֙ לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֔ב וַ⁠תְּקַנֵּ֥א 1 “Now/Meanwhile when Rachel saw/realized that she was not able to bear/have {any} {children} for Jacob,”
30:1 tqm2 וַ⁠תְּקַנֵּ֥א רָחֵ֖ל בַּ⁠אֲחֹתָ֑⁠הּ 1 “she was envious/jealous of her sister {Leah},”
30:1 f4yg rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֤אמֶר אֶֽל יַעֲקֹב֙ 1 “and she pleaded with Jacob,” or “and she demanded of Jacob,” Use a quote margin here in your language that fits the context well. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
30:1 sgby הָֽבָ⁠ה לִּ֣⁠י בָנִ֔ים וְ⁠אִם אַ֖יִן 1 “Help me have children, or else” or “Help me get pregnant! Otherwise”
30:1 dvs5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole מֵתָ֥ה אָנֹֽכִי 1 “I want to die!” or “I have no reason to live!” Rachel is using hyperbole (exaggeration) to show how desperate and deeply ashamed she feels about not having children. You could include a footnote here in your translation that explains how in that culture it was considered very shameful for a woman to be barren (see Gen 30:23). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
30:2 ca4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּֽחַר אַ֥ף יַעֲקֹ֖ב בְּ⁠רָחֵ֑ל וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “Jacobs anger flared up against Rachel, and/so he said/responded {to her},” or “Jacob became very angry with Rachel and said/responded,” Some languages have an idiom that is similar to the Hebrew idiom here. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
30:2 cfsy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠תַ֤חַת אֱלֹהִים֙ אָנֹ֔כִי אֲשֶׁר מָנַ֥ע מִמֵּ֖⁠ךְ פְּרִי בָֽטֶן 1 “I am not in the place of God, who has kept/prevented you from having children!” or “I am not God! He is the one who has kept/prevented you from having children!” Jacob uses a rhetorical question here to show that he is upset with Rachel and to strongly emphasize his point. Do what is best in your language to communicate this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
30:3 r7eo rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “Then Rachel told {him},” or “Rachel replied {to him},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
30:3 zc3i הִנֵּ֛ה אֲמָתִ֥⁠י בִלְהָ֖ה 1 “Here is my servant Bilhah.” or “You can take/have my servant Bilhah {as a/another wife}.”
30:3 vrfr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism בֹּ֣א אֵלֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 “Sleep with her,” or “Have marital relations with her,” See how you translated this euphemism in Gen 16:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
30:3 bcga וְ⁠תֵלֵד֙ 1 “so that she will/can give birth {to children}” or “so that she will/can have children”
30:3 x0yo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עַל בִּרְכַּ֔⁠י 1 “{for me} {who will sit} on my knees/lap” or “as my surrogate/substitute” or “for me”. The idiom “bear children on my knees” means that Bilhahs children would be considered Rachels children. It may come from the custom of immediately putting a newborn child on the lap of the father and mother to symbolize that the child belonged to them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
30:3 ezdx וְ⁠אִבָּנֶ֥ה גַם אָנֹכִ֖י מִמֶּֽ⁠נָּה 1 “so that from/through her {children} I too can/will build/have a family.” or “so that I too can/will build/have a family.” See how you translated “built up from her” in Gen 16:2.
30:4 og2j וַ⁠תִּתֶּן ל֛⁠וֹ אֶת בִּלְהָ֥ה שִׁפְחָתָ֖⁠הּ 1 “So Rachel gave Jacob her servant/maid Bilhah”. See how you translated “maidservant” in Gen 29:24, 29. Also see how you translated a different word (“servant woman”) in verse 3 that has the same meaning. Some translations use the same term in both verses to prevent confusion. Do what is best in your language.
30:4 vgw7 לְ⁠אִשָּׁ֑ה 1 “as {his} wife,” or “to be {a/another} wife {for him},” Make sure your translation does not sound like Bilhah replaced Rachel as Jacobs wife; Bilhah was an additional wife.
30:4 pfg3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥א אֵלֶ֖י⁠הָ יַעֲקֹֽב 1 “and Jacob slept with her.” or “and Jacob had marital relations with her.” See how you translated “go to” in verse 3 and “went to” in Gen 16:3. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
30:5 byaz וַ⁠תַּ֣הַר בִּלְהָ֔ה 1 “Then Bilhah became pregnant”
30:5 mz2c וַ⁠תֵּ֥לֶד לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֖ב בֵּֽן 1 “and gave birth to a son for Jacob” or “and had a son for Jacob”
30:6 pbso rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֤אמֶר רָחֵל֙ 1 “and Rachel exclaimed,” or “Then Rachel said/exclaimed,” Consider whether it is more natural here in your language to begin a new sentence here, or to continue the sentence from verse 5. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
30:6 uc2m דָּנַ֣⁠נִּי אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 “God has judged in my favor!” Some translations have “judged me” here. However, make sure your translation of this phrase has a positive meaning (making a decision in Rachels favor) and not a negative meaning (condemning her).
30:6 c8tv וְ⁠גַם֙ שָׁמַ֣ע בְּ⁠קֹלִ֔⁠י וַ⁠יִּתֶּן לִ֖⁠י בֵּ֑ן 1 “Yes indeed, he has heard/answered my prayer/request/plea and given me a son!”
30:6 fc14 עַל כֵּ֛ן 1 “That is why” or “Because of that”
30:6 kpso קָרְאָ֥ה שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ 1 “she called/named him” or “she gave him the name” or “she named her baby/son”. Make sure it is clear here in your translation that Rachel is naming Bilhahs son, not God (who was the subject of the previous sentence). See how you translated “called his name” in Gen 29:32.
30:6 cf1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names דָּֽן 1 “Dan, {which means “he vindicated.”}” or “Dan, {which means “he judged in my favor.”}” If you include the meaning of Dans name in your translation (or in a footnote), make sure it matches the way you translated “he has vindicated” earlier in this verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
30:7 r1qq וַ⁠תַּ֣הַר ע֔וֹד בִּלְהָ֖ה שִׁפְחַ֣ת רָחֵ֑ל 1 “Then Rachels servant Bilhah became pregnant again”. See how you translated verse 5 which is very similar to verse 7.
30:7 vrmg וַ⁠תֵּ֕לֶד בֵּ֥ן שֵׁנִ֖י לְ⁠יַעֲקֹֽב 1 “and gave birth to a second son for Jacob.” or “and had a second son for Jacob.”
30:8 qb38 וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר רָחֵ֗ל 1 “So/Then Rachel exclaimed,”
30:8 fope נַפְתּוּלֵ֨י אֱלֹהִ֧ים נִפְתַּ֛לְתִּי עִם אֲחֹתִ֖⁠י 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean (1) “I have had a mighty/difficult struggle/contest with my sister” or “I have struggled intensely/hard with/against my sister”. That would be the meaning if the Hebrew word “elohim” in this phrase is used as an adjective that means “mighty/powerful”. (2) “I have wrestled/struggled with God because of my sister”, which could refer to a struggle against her sister praying to God for children. That would be the meaning if the word “elohim” in this phrase means “God”.
30:8 i44p גַּם יָכֹ֑לְתִּי 1 “and I have won!” or “and/but now I have defeated her!” or “and/but now I am prevailing/winning!”
30:8 jb07 וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ 1 “And/So she called/named him” or “Then/So she called/named that son” or “So she gave him the name”. See how you translated “called his name” in verse 6.
30:8 l04h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names נַפְתָּלִֽי 1 “Naphtali, {which means “my struggle/contest.”}” As always, if you include the meaning of a name in your translation or in a footnote, make sure that it matches the text that the name is based on. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
30:9 am38 וַ⁠תֵּ֣רֶא לֵאָ֔ה כִּ֥י עָמְדָ֖ה מִ⁠לֶּ֑דֶת וַ⁠תִּקַּח֙ 1 “When Leah saw/realized that she had stopped bearing/having children,” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 1.
30:9 nb9g וַ⁠תִּקַּח֙ אֶת זִלְפָּ֣ה שִׁפְחָתָ֔⁠הּ 1 “she took/brought her servant Zilpah {to Jacob}”
30:9 gepy וַ⁠תִּתֵּ֥ן אֹתָ֛⁠הּ לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֖ב לְ⁠אִשָּֽׁה 1 “and gave her to Jacob/him as {his} wife.” or “and gave her to Jacob/him to be {another} wife {for him}.” See how you translated “gave...as a wife” in verse 4.
30:10 izmk וַ⁠תֵּ֗לֶד זִלְפָּ֛ה שִׁפְחַ֥ת לֵאָ֖ה 1 “Then Leahs maidservant Zilpah” or “Then Zilpah”. See how you translated verses 5-8, which are very similar in structure to verses 10-13.
30:10 vbp3 וַ⁠תֵּ֗לֶד לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֥ב בֵּֽן 1 “gave birth to a son for Jacob,” or “had a son for Jacob,”
30:11 venl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֥אמֶר לֵאָ֖ה 1 “and Leah exclaimed,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
30:11 jeoa ב⁠גד 1 “What good luck!” or “I am so/very fortunate/lucky!”
30:11 nyan וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ 1 “So she called/named him” or “So she called/named him” or “So she gave him the name”
30:11 mlup rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names גָּֽד 1 “Gad, {which means “fortunate/lucky.”}” If you include the meaning of Gads name in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it matches the way you translated “good fortune” earlier in this verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
30:12 epai וַ⁠תֵּ֗לֶד זִלְפָּה֙ שִׁפְחַ֣ת לֵאָ֔ה 1 “Then Leahs servant Zilpah”
30:12 qq9r וַ⁠תֵּ֗לֶד בֵּ֥ן שֵׁנִ֖י לְ⁠יַעֲקֹֽב 1 “gave birth to a second son for Jacob,” or “had a second son for Jacob,”
30:13 r57i rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר לֵאָ֔ה 1 “and Leah exclaimed,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
30:13 jwvp בְּ⁠אָשְׁרִ֕⁠י 1 “I am truly/greatly blessed!” or “{God} has truly/greatly blessed me!” Although many translations have “happy” in this verse instead of “blessed”, the Hebrew noun (and the verb it is based on) is more general and has to do with a persons blessed state (which results in joy and happiness). The same Hebrew word is used in Psalm 1:1, and the equivalent Greek word is used in Luke 1:48 and Matthew 5:3-11.
30:13 d2t9 כִּ֥י אִשְּׁר֖וּ⁠נִי בָּנ֑וֹת 1 “Now {other} women will say that I am blessed.” or “Now {other} women will say that {God} has blessed me.”
30:13 lfbr וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ 1 “So she called/named him” or “So she named that son” or “So she gave him the name”
30:13 cadj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אָשֵֽׁר 1 “Asher, {which means “blessed.”}” If you include the meaning of Ashers name in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it matches the way you translated “blessed” earlier in this verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
30:14 e3vl וַ⁠יֵּ֨לֶךְ בִּ⁠ימֵ֣י 1 “Then {one day} during” or “{One day} during”
30:14 c2j2 קְצִיר חִטִּ֗ים 1 “the season/time when people were harvesting wheat/grain/crops,” Wheat is a type of grain that is ground into flour to make bread, which was one of the peoples main foods. The harvest time for wheat in that part of the world is in March and April.
30:14 v3u2 וַ⁠יֵּ֨לֶךְ רְאוּבֵ֜ן 1 “{Leahs son} Reuben went out”
30:14 jiwp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וַ⁠יִּמְצָ֤א דֽוּדָאִים֙ בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֔ה 1 “and found {some} {fertility/love plants called} mandrakes in a field,” or “in a field and found {some} fertility/love plants {there},” The roots of mandrake plants were used to help people be more fertile. If mandrakes are not known in your language area, you could describe them as a kind of fertility plant. You could also put information about mandrakes in a footnote or glossary. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
30:14 b7ad וַ⁠יָּבֵ֣א אֹתָ֔⁠ם אֶל לֵאָ֖ה אִמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “and he took/gave them to his mother.” or “and he took/gave the plants to his mother.”
30:14 qnic וַ⁠תֹּ֤אמֶר רָחֵל֙ אֶל לֵאָ֔ה 1 “{When Rachel found out about the plants,} she asked/begged Leah,”
30:14 h8o4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown תְּנִי נָ֣א לִ֔⁠י מִ⁠דּוּדָאֵ֖י בְּנֵֽ⁠ךְ 1 “Please give me some of the fertility/love plants that your son found.” See how you translated “mandrakes” earlier in this verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
30:15 zraf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר לָ֗⁠הּ 1 “But Leah replied to her,” of “But Leah retorted,” or “But Leah scolded her,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
30:15 il2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הַ⁠מְעַט֙ קַחְתֵּ֣⁠ךְ אֶת אִישִׁ֔⁠י 1 “{No!} It was {bad} enough that you took/stole my husband {from me}!” or “You already took/stole my husband {from me}!” Leah uses two rhetorical questions in verse 15 to scold Rachel and show how upset she is with her. Consider whether or not rhetorical questions are the best way to communicate that in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
30:15 rrqx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ⁠לָ⁠קַ֕חַת גַּ֥ם אֶת דּוּדָאֵ֖י בְּנִ֑⁠י 1 “Do you also/even want to take my sons fertility/love plants?” or “And/So {now} you also/even want to take/steal my sons fertility/love plants!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
30:15 dvad rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר רָחֵ֗ל 1 “Rachel said/replied {to her/Leah},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
30:15 glxw לָ⁠כֵן֙ 1 “Alright then,” or “Very well,” Rachels response shows that she realizes that even though Leah was scolding her, she was also bargaining with her.
30:15 xaq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism יִשְׁכַּ֤ב עִמָּ⁠ךְ֙ הַ⁠לַּ֔יְלָה 1 “I will let him/Jacob sleep/stay with you tonight” or “Jacob can sleep/stay with you tonight” or “Jacob can spend tonight with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
30:15 hm5f תַּ֖חַת דּוּדָאֵ֥י בְנֵֽ⁠ךְ 1 “{in exchange} for your sons fertility/love plants.” or “if you will give me your sons fertility/love plants.” See how you translated “{in exchange} for” in Gen 29:18.
30:16 uwud rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨א יַעֲקֹ֣ב מִן הַ⁠שָּׂדֶה֮ בָּ⁠עֶרֶב֒ וַ⁠תֵּצֵ֨א 1 “So when/as Jacob came back that evening from {working in} the fields,” or “That evening as Jacob was coming {home} from {working in} the fields,” Consider where it is best in your language to put the time phrase in this clause. Also see how you translated “field” in verse 14. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
30:16 e94f וַ⁠תֵּצֵ֨א לֵאָ֜ה לִ⁠קְרָאת֗⁠וֹ 1 “Leah went/came out to greet him”
30:16 l7hd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “and she said {to him},” or “and told {him},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
30:16 bcs6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism אֵלַ֣⁠י תָּב֔וֹא 1 “You must lie/sleep with me {tonight},” or “You must spend tonight with me,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
30:16 ro5s כִּ֚י שָׂכֹ֣ר שְׂכַרְתִּ֔י⁠ךָ בְּ⁠דוּדָאֵ֖י בְּנִ֑⁠י 1 “because I have bought time with you with my sons fertility/love plants.” or “because I have traded/exchanged my sons fertility/love plants for time with you.” See how you translated “mandrakes” in verses 14 and 15.
30:16 hp22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠יִּשְׁכַּ֥ב עִמָּ֖⁠הּ בַּ⁠לַּ֥יְלָה הֽוּא 1 “So that night Jacob slept with her/Leah.” or “So Jacob spent that night with her/Leah.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
30:17 bmy1 וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֥ע אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶל לֵאָ֑ה 1 “God heard/answered Leahs/her {prayers/requests},” or “God heard Leah and answered her {prayers},” or “God did what Leah had been asking him to do,” See how you translated “listened to” in verse 6.
30:17 wzl3 וַ⁠תַּ֛הַר 1 “so that she became pregnant”
30:17 xdn0 וַ⁠תֵּ֥לֶד לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֖ב בֵּ֥ן חֲמִישִֽׁי 1 “and gave birth to a fifth son for Jacob.” or “and had a fifth son for Jacob.”
30:18 fb5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר לֵאָ֗ה 1 “Then Leah/she exclaimed,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
30:18 z46w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns נָתַ֤ן אֱלֹהִים֙ שְׂכָרִ֔⁠י 1 “God has rewarded me”. Some languages must translate the noun “reward” as a verb. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
30:18 ab76 אֲשֶׁר נָתַ֥תִּי שִׁפְחָתִ֖⁠י לְ⁠אִישִׁ֑⁠י 1 “for giving my servant to my husband {as a wife}.”
30:18 ss6r וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ 1 “So she called/named him” or “So she named that son” or “So she gave him the name”. Make sure the way you translate “his name” refers here to Leahs baby son, not to her husband or God (who were both mentioned earlier in this verse).
30:18 oroa rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יִשָּׂשכָֽר 1 “Issachar, {which means “reward.”}” See how you translated “reward” earlier in this verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
30:19 lxrw וַ⁠תַּ֤הַר עוֹד֙ לֵאָ֔ה 1 “Then Leah became pregnant again”
30:19 ryhn וַ⁠תֵּ֥לֶד בֵּן שִׁשִּׁ֖י לְּ⁠יַעֲקֹֽב 1 “and gave birth to a sixth son for Jacob.” or “and had a sixth son for Jacob.”
30:20 klb3 וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר לֵאָ֗ה 1 “Then she said/exclaimed,”
30:20 biow זְבָדַ֨⁠נִי אֱלֹהִ֥ים אֹתִ⁠י֮ זֵ֣בֶד טוֹב֒ 1 “God has given me a valuable/precious gift”
30:20 zk5n הַ⁠פַּ֨עַם֙ יִזְבְּלֵ֣⁠נִי אִישִׁ֔⁠י 1 “{so} now my husband will honor me”
30:20 q7rh כִּֽי יָלַ֥דְתִּי ל֖⁠וֹ שִׁשָּׁ֣ה בָנִ֑ים 1 “because I have had six sons for him.” or “because I have given him six sons.”
30:20 mxru וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ 1 “So she called/named him” or “So she named that/their son” or “So she gave him the name”. Make sure the way you translate “his name” refers here to Leahs baby son, not to her husband (who was mentioned in the previous sentence).
30:20 aj41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names זְבֻלֽוּן 1 “Zebulun, {which means “honor.”}” See how you translated “honor” earlier in this verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
30:21 rvvm וְ⁠אַחַ֖ר 1 “{Sometime} later” or “{Sometime} after that,”
30:21 hfmr יָ֣לְדָה בַּ֑ת 1 “she/Leah gave birth to a daughter” or “she/Leah had a daughter”
30:21 xin3 וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמָ֖⁠הּ דִּינָֽה 1 “and called/named her Dinah.” or “whom she named Dinah.”
30:22 zgp4 וַ⁠יִּזְכֹּ֥ר אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶת רָחֵ֑ל 1 “God had kept Rachel in mind,” or “God had not forgotten Rachel,” Make sure that your translation of this phrase does not imply that God forgot about Rachel. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 8:1.
30:22 aigs וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֤ע אֵלֶ֨י⁠הָ֙ אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 “and/so he heard/answered her {prayers/requests}” or “and/so he did what she had been asking him to do”. See how you translated “listened to” in verses 6 and 17.
30:22 gu2l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּפְתַּ֖ח אֶת רַחְמָֽ⁠הּ 1 “and made it so that she could conceive” or “and made it possible for her to have children”. See how you translated this idiom in Gen 29:31. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
30:23 wisk וַ⁠תַּ֖הַר 1 “so that {finally} she conceived” or “Then/So she/Rachel became pregnant”. Consider whether it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here, or to continue the sentence from verse 22.
30:23 e0bt וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד בֵּ֑ן 1 “and gave birth to a son” or “and had a son”
30:23 h8n8 וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “and she exclaimed,” or “Then she said/exclaimed,” Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here.
30:23 nxcu אָסַ֥ף אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶת חֶרְפָּתִֽ⁠י 1 “God has removed my shame/humiliation!” or “God has made it so that I am no longer {barren and} ashamed/humiliated!”
30:24 m2mb וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֧א אֶת שְׁמ֛⁠וֹ 1 “She called/named her son” or “She gave him the name”
30:24 hdzd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יוֹסֵ֖ף 1 “Joseph, {which means “may he add/give another,”}” If you include the meaning of Josephs name here in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it matches the way you translate what Rachel says next. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
30:24 ogv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “{because} she said,” For some languages it is more natural to put the last half of verse 24 first in the verse and say, “She also said, “May Yahweh add/give another son to me.” So she named that/her son Joseph, {which means “may he add/give another.”}” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
30:24 vyef יֹסֵ֧ף יְהוָ֛ה 1 “I pray/ask that Yahweh will” or “I ask Yahweh to”
30:24 avrl יֹסֵ֧ף לִ֖⁠י בֵּ֥ן אַחֵֽר 1 “give me another son.”
30:25 oxkt וַ⁠יְהִ֕י כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר יָלְדָ֥ה רָחֵ֖ל אֶת יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “{Soon} after Rachel gave birth to Joseph,” or “After Rachel had Joseph,”
30:25 nh79 וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יַעֲקֹב֙ אֶל לָבָ֔ן 1 “Jacob requested of Laban,” or “Jacob {went to} Laban and said to him,”
30:25 r0t7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness שַׁלְּחֵ֨⁠נִי֙ 1 “{Please} send me on my way,” or “{Please} allow me to leave {here},” Make sure that your translation of Jacobs request here sounds polite, not rude or disrespectful. It should also not sound like he is begging or pleading. See how you translated the same request in Gen 24:54. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
30:25 q6wg וְ⁠אֵ֣לְכָ֔ה אֶל מְקוֹמִ֖⁠י וּ⁠לְ⁠אַרְצִֽ⁠י 1 “so that I may/can return to my {own} home in my {own} country.” or “so that I can go/return to my homeland.”
30:26 yb97 תְּנָ֞⁠ה אֶת נָשַׁ֣⁠י וְ⁠אֶת יְלָדַ֗⁠י 1 “Let me have/take my wives and my children”
30:26 ocvf אֲשֶׁ֨ר עָבַ֧דְתִּי אֹֽתְ⁠ךָ֛ בָּ⁠הֵ֖ן 1 “whom I have finished serving you for,” or “whom I have earned by working for you,”
30:26 m9jz וְ⁠אֵלֵ֑כָה 1 “so that I may/can leave {with them}” or “and let me go/leave {with them}” or “so that I can take them with me”
30:26 ztkv כִּ֚י אַתָּ֣ה יָדַ֔עְתָּ 1 “because you yourself know” or “You yourself know”
30:26 o0s7 אֶת עֲבֹדָתִ֖⁠י אֲשֶׁ֥ר עֲבַדְתִּֽי⁠ךָ 1 “that I have served you {well/faithfully}.” or “how {well/faithfully} I have served you.” or “how {well/faithfully} I have worked for you.”
30:27 vals rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֵלָי⁠ו֙ לָבָ֔ן 1 “But Laban responded to him/Jacob,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
30:27 s3ax rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אִם נָ֛א מָצָ֥אתִי חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “If you are pleased with me, please {stay},” or “Please be gracious/kind to me {and stay},” or “Please do me a favor {and do not leave/go},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
30:27 hsr3 נִחַ֕שְׁתִּי 1 “{because} I have found out from observing signs” or “{because} I have learned from observation/experience”. The word “divination” refers to trying to find out information by looking at signs (omens) and interpreting them either by Gods power (Gen 44:5, 15) or by witchcraft and false gods (Ezekiel 21:21). Laban may have consulted his household gods (mentioned in Gen 31:19, 30). It could also be that Laban meant that he had figured this out simply by observing how God had blessed him through Jacobs expert tending of his flocks.
30:27 csrq וַ⁠יְבָרֲכֵ֥⁠נִי יְהוָ֖ה 1 “that Yahweh has caused me to prosper”
30:27 gbcy בִּ⁠גְלָלֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “because you {are here with me}.” or “because you {have been working for me}.”
30:28 b7cr rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר 1 “Then he said {to him,}” or “Then he/Laban added,” Some translations delete this quote margin, since the same person is still speaking to the same person as in the previous verse. However it could be that there was a pause in the conversation, or the author may want to show that there is a change in topic or emphasize what is said next. So if possible, it is best to keep the quote margin here in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
30:28 ci7k נָקְבָ֧⁠ה שְׂכָרְ⁠ךָ֛ עָלַ֖⁠י וְ⁠אֶתֵּֽנָה 1 “Tell me what you want your wages/pay to be, and that is what I will give/pay you.” or “Tell me what you want me to pay you, and I will give that to you.” or “Set your wages, and that is what they will be.” See how you translated “wages” in Gen 29:15.
30:29 efcn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֵלָ֔י⁠ו 1 “Jacob said/replied to him/Laban,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
30:29 vh3k אַתָּ֣ה יָדַ֔עְתָּ אֵ֖ת אֲשֶׁ֣ר עֲבַדְתִּ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “You yourself know how {hard/well} I have worked for you”. See how you translated “you yourself know” in verse 26.
30:29 gb7m וְ⁠אֵ֛ת אֲשֶׁר הָיָ֥ה מִקְנְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “and how {well} your animals/flocks have prospered/fared”
30:29 ra7s אִתִּֽ⁠י 1 “under my care.” or “ever since I have been taking care of them.” or “while I have been tending them.”
30:30 sjrl כִּ֡י מְעַט֩ אֲשֶׁר הָיָ֨ה לְ⁠ךָ֤ לְ⁠פָנַ⁠י֙ וַ⁠יִּפְרֹ֣ץ לָ⁠רֹ֔ב 1 “Before I came, you had very little {wealth}, but now you are prospering abundantly/greatly.” or “The few {animals} that you owned before I came have multiplied/increased dramatically/greatly.” or “Before I worked for you, you owned very few animals, but now you have a huge/large number of animals.”
30:30 rig7 וַ⁠יְבָ֧רֶךְ יְהוָ֛ה אֹתְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “That is how Yahweh has blessed/prospered you” or “Yes, Yahweh has blessed/prospered you”. See how you translated “blessed” in verse 27.
30:30 izhx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לְ⁠רַגְלִ֑⁠י 1 “because of me.” or “because I am here.” or “because I have been working for you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
30:30 kjib rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה מָתַ֛י אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֥ה גַם אָנֹכִ֖י לְ⁠בֵיתִֽ⁠י 1 “But now I need to also provide for my {own} household/family!” Jacob uses a rhetorical question here to express his strong feelings. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
30:31 m4eg rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “So Laban asked {him/Jacob},” or “Laban responded,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
30:31 vxeh מָ֣ה אֶתֶּן לָ֑⁠ךְ 1 “What do you want me to give/pay you {so that you will stay and work for me}?” or “What can I give/pay you {to persuade you} {to stay here}?”
30:31 wuxp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יַעֲקֹב֙ 1 “Jacob answered/replied,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
30:31 jax2 לֹא תִתֶּן לִ֣⁠י מְא֔וּמָה 1 “Do not give/pay me anything.” or “You do not need to give/pay me anything.”
30:31 l8g9 אִם תַּֽעֲשֶׂה לִּ⁠י֙ הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 “{But} if you will do this {one} thing for me,” or “Just do this {one} thing for me, and”
30:31 vxy0 אָשׁ֛וּבָה אֶרְעֶ֥ה צֹֽאנְ⁠ךָ֖ אֶשְׁמֹֽר 1 “I will continue to tend and watch over your flock{s}:” or “I will continue/keep taking care of your flock{s}:” See how you translated “watches over” in Gen 28:20.
30:32 atgi אֶֽעֱבֹ֨ר בְּ⁠כָל צֹֽאנְ⁠ךָ֜ הַ⁠יּ֗וֹם 1 “Let me go/look through all your flock{s} today” or “Today I will go/look through all your sheep and goats”
30:32 c1ev הָסֵ֨ר מִ⁠שָּׁ֜ם 1 “and separate out from them” or “and take away from them”
30:32 sir5 כָּל שֶׂ֣ה נָקֹ֣ד וְ⁠טָל֗וּא וְ⁠כָל שֶׂה חוּם֙ בַּ⁠כְּשָׂבִ֔ים 1 “all the lambs that are speckled, spotted or dark-colored,” or “all the lambs that have speckles or spots, or that are dark-colored,” The Hebrew word for “speckled” refers to small spots, whereas “spotted” refers to medium-sized and bigger spots. In that part of the world, most sheep were white and most goats were solid brown or black. So Jacob was asking for the irregular animals for himself, including white sheep with dark marks, dark-colored goats with light marks and dark-colored lambs. You could put some of this information in a footnote.
30:32 zmbe וְ⁠טָל֥וּא וְ⁠נָקֹ֖ד בָּ⁠עִזִּ֑ים 1 “and {all} the young/kid goats that are spotted or speckled.”
30:32 u4ob וְ⁠הָיָ֖ה שְׂכָרִֽ⁠י 1 “They will be my wages/pay.” or “Those animals will be my wages/pay.”
30:33 b07z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וְ⁠עָֽנְתָה בִּ֤⁠י צִדְקָתִ⁠י֙ בְּ⁠י֣וֹם מָחָ֔ר 1 “Also, in the future you will know whether or not I am being righteous/honest” or “That way {too}, in the future it will be easy {for you/everyone} to know whether {or not} I am being honest”. The phrase “my righteousness” is referred to here as if it can testify like a person can. Some languages cannot personify righteousness like that. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
30:33 ppfp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּֽי תָב֥וֹא עַל שְׂכָרִ֖⁠י לְ⁠פָנֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “whenever you check the animals you have paid/given me.” For some languages it is more natural to move this clause earlier in this sentence and say, “Also, in the future, whenever you check the animals you have paid/given me, you will know whether or not I am being honest.” Do what is best in your own language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
30:33 sw5u כֹּ֣ל אֲשֶׁר אֵינֶ⁠נּוּ֩ נָקֹ֨ד וְ⁠טָל֜וּא בָּֽ⁠עִזִּ֗ים וְ⁠חוּם֙ בַּ⁠כְּשָׂבִ֔ים 1 “{If you see} that I have any {sheep or} goats that are not speckled or spotted, or any sheep/lambs that are not dark-colored,” or “{If you see/find} any {sheep or} goats {among my flocks} that do not have speckles or spots, or any sheep/lambs that are not dark-colored,”
30:33 pa6c גָּנ֥וּב ה֖וּא אִתִּֽ⁠י 1 “{you will know that} I stole them {from you}.” or “{it will be obvious that} I stole them {from you}.”
30:34 bdlq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר לָבָ֖ן 1 “Laban said/replied {to him},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
30:34 mv46 הֵ֑ן 1 “I agree.” or “Yes,” or “I agree with that;”
30:34 ujkw ל֖וּ יְהִ֥י כִ⁠דְבָרֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “lets do exactly as/what you have said/suggested.” or “we should/will do exactly as/what you have said/suggested.”
30:35 r5ln rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠יָּ֣סַר בַּ⁠יּוֹם֩ הַ⁠ה֨וּא 1 “But that {same/very} day,” What Laban does in verse 35 does not follow the agreement he just made with Jacob in verses 32-34. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
30:35 y925 וַ⁠יָּ֣סַר 1 “Laban removed/separated {from his flocks}”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that this phrase refers to Laban, not Jacob (as verse 36 confirms).
30:35 c75v אֶת הַ⁠תְּיָשִׁ֜ים הָֽ⁠עֲקֻדִּ֣ים וְ⁠הַ⁠טְּלֻאִ֗ים וְ⁠אֵ֤ת כָּל הָֽ⁠עִזִּים֙ הַ⁠נְּקֻדּ֣וֹת וְ⁠הַ⁠טְּלֻאֹ֔ת 1 “{all} the he-goats that had streaks or spots, and all the she-goats that had speckles or spots,”
30:35 fnxm כֹּ֤ל אֲשֶׁר לָבָן֙ בּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “any/all that {had any} white {marks} on them,” The goats were normally dark brown or black, so if they had streaks or spots on them those marks would be white. In the Hebrew text, there is a pun (play-on-words) in verses 35 and 37: the name “Laban” means “white”, so verse 35 literally says that any goats with “Laban” (“white”) on them became Jacobs. You could include that information in a footnote.
30:35 atss וְ⁠כָל ח֖וּם בַּ⁠כְּשָׂבִ֑ים 1 “together with all the dark-colored lambs.” or “as well as all the lambs that were dark-colored.”
30:35 cm2l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֖ן בְּ⁠יַד בָּנָֽי⁠ו 1 “Then he had his sons tend {them},” or “Then he put his sons in charge of {them},” or “Then he told his sons to take care of {them},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
30:36 r9y9 וַ⁠יָּ֗שֶׂם דֶּ֚רֶךְ שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֔ים בֵּינ֖⁠וֹ וּ⁠בֵ֣ין יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 “and he {and his sons} took {those animals} a three-day walking distance away from Jacob.”
30:36 ueil וְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֗ב רֹעֶ֛ה אֶת צֹ֥אן לָבָ֖ן הַ⁠נּוֹתָרֹֽת 1 “Meanwhile Jacob continued taking care of the rest of Labans flock{s}.” See how you translated “tending” in verse 31 and Gen 13:7.
30:37 pffz וַ⁠יִּֽקַּֽח ל֣⁠וֹ יַעֲקֹ֗ב מַקַּ֥ל לַ֖ח 1 “Then Jacob cut {some} branches”
30:37 h28b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknowns לִבְנֶ֛ה וְ⁠ל֣וּז וְ⁠עֶרְמ֑וֹן 1 “from poplar {trees}, almond/hazel {trees} and plane/chestnut {trees},” or “from three different kinds of trees,” If the three kinds of trees are not known in your language area, you could transliterate the names of the trees, or be more general and leave out the names (if they are too distracting). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknowns]])
30:37 b4o7 וַ⁠יְפַצֵּ֤ל בָּ⁠הֵן֙ פְּצָל֣וֹת לְבָנ֔וֹת 1 “and peeled/stripped off long strips/pieces of bark,” or “and made white stripes/streaks on them {by stripping/peeling off long strips/pieces of bark},”
30:37 l8bu מַחְשֹׂף֙ הַ⁠לָּבָ֔ן אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל הַ⁠מַּקְלֽוֹת 1 “which exposed/showed the white {wood} under the bark.” or “so that the white {wood} that was inside the branches was exposed/showing.”
30:38 nguj וַ⁠יַּצֵּ֗ג אֶת הַ⁠מַּקְלוֹת֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר פִּצֵּ֔ל בָּ⁠רֳהָטִ֖ים 1 “Then he put/set those {striped/streaked} branches in all the {stone} drinking/watering troughs/tubs/places”. See how you translated “trough” in Gen 24:20.
30:38 eo6s בְּ⁠שִֽׁקֲת֣וֹת הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם אֲשֶׁר֩ תָּבֹ֨אןָ הַ⁠צֹּ֤אן לִ⁠שְׁתּוֹת֙ 1 “where the flock{s} came to drink,” or “that the flock{s} would come to drink from,” The way you translate this should allow for the fact that the animals came to the watering troughs repeatedly or regularly throughout the day, not just one time.
30:38 v4og לְ⁠נֹ֣כַח הַ⁠צֹּ֔אן 1 “in front of them.” or “so that the flock{s} would see the branches {there}.”
30:38 owls וַ⁠יֵּחַ֖מְנָה בְּ⁠בֹאָ֥⁠ן לִ⁠שְׁתּֽוֹת 1 “The flocks {often} mated when they came {to the troughs/tubs} to drink,” or “{That way, whenever} the animals that were ready to mate/breed came {to the troughs/tubs} to drink,” The way you translate this clause will determine whether you begin the next verse with a conjunction (“and” or “so”) or without a conjunction. Do what is best in your language.
30:39 u4ep וַ⁠יֶּחֱמ֥וּ הַ⁠צֹּ֖אן אֶל הַ⁠מַּקְל֑וֹת 1 “and/so they would mate in front of the branches,” or “they would mate where they could see the branches,” or “they would see the branches as they were mating/breeding,” Make sure your translation of the verbs in this verse refers to a repeated or habitual activity, not a one-time event.
30:39 dcdv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠תֵּלַ֣דְןָ הַ⁠צֹּ֔אן עֲקֻדִּ֥ים נְקֻדִּ֖ים וּ⁠טְלֻאִֽים 1 “As a result, they would bear/have {young/offspring that were} streaked or speckled or spotted.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated “speckled” and “spotted” in verses 32-33 and 35. Also consider what is the most natural way in your language to refer to the flocks in verses 38 and 39. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
30:40 t0tb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠הַ⁠כְּשָׂבִים֮ הִפְרִ֣יד יַעֲקֹב֒ 1 “Then Jacob separated those young animals {from Labans flocks} {to form/make new flocks for himself},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
30:40 gkje rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ֠⁠יִּתֵּן פְּנֵ֨י הַ⁠צֹּ֧אן אֶל 1 “and he put {the rest of} the flock{s} with”. The Hebrew text uses an idiom here that means Jacob put the marked and unmarked animals together (so that they would mate). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
30:40 m70y עָקֹ֛ד וְ⁠כָל ח֖וּם 1 “all the streaked animals and dark-colored {animals}”. See how you translated “streaked” in verses 35 and 39, and how you translated “dark-colored” in verses 32-33 and 35.
30:40 ch5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּ⁠צֹ֣אן לָבָ֑ן 1 “{that were} in Labans flock{s} {so that they would mate and have young/offspring/babies that were streaked or dark-colored}.” You may need to make it explicit in your translation why Jacob put the unmarked sheep and goats with Labans streaked and spotted animals, so that people understand what Jacob was doing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
30:40 hpgv וַ⁠יָּֽשֶׁת ל֤⁠וֹ עֲדָרִים֙ לְ⁠בַדּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “In that way, {over time} he created/formed/made separate flocks {of sheep and goats} for himself”
30:40 okhx וְ⁠לֹ֥א שָׁתָ֖⁠ם עַל צֹ֥אן לָבָֽן 1 “that he did not put/mix with Labans flock{s}.” or “that he kept separate/away from Labans flock{s}.”
30:41 q7lz וְ⁠הָיָ֗ה בְּ⁠כָל 1 “So whenever” or “Whenever”. This verse includes more details about what Jacob was doing on a regular basis.
30:41 dqo7 הַ⁠צֹּ֣אן הַ⁠מְקֻשָּׁרוֹת֒ 1 “the stronger/best female animals” or “the strong/hardy/robust female sheep and goats”
30:41 feod יַחֵם֮ 1 “were ready to mate/breed,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 38.
30:41 ez3q וְ⁠שָׂ֨ם יַעֲקֹ֧ב אֶת הַ⁠מַּקְל֛וֹת בָּ⁠רֳהָטִ֑ים 1 “Jacob put/set the {striped/streaked} branches in the {drinking/watering} troughs/tubs”. See how you translated a similar clause in verse 38.
30:41 wc1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-purpose לְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י הַ⁠צֹּ֖אן לְ⁠יַחְמֵ֖⁠נָּה בַּ⁠מַּקְלֽוֹת 1 “in front of those animals so that they would see the branches as they were mating/breeding.” or “so that as they were mating, they would see the branches.” See how you translated “mate” and “the branches” in verse 39. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-purpose]])
30:42 cjoa rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וּ⁠בְ⁠הַעֲטִ֥יף הַ⁠צֹּ֖אן 1 “But whenever the weak/feeble female animals {were ready to mate/breed},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
30:42 fave rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹ֣א יָשִׂ֑ים 1 “Jacob did not put/set {the branches} {in the troughs/tubs}.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
30:42 k8tr rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result וְ⁠הָיָ֤ה 1 “In that way,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
30:42 cfdt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הָ⁠עֲטֻפִים֙ 1 “{the young/offspring from} the weaker/feeble {animals}” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
30:42 aztu לְ⁠לָבָ֔ן 1 “were Labans,” or “{had no streaks or spots and} remained in Labans flocks,”
30:42 e9iw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠הַ⁠קְּשֻׁרִ֖ים 1 “and/whereas {the young/offspring from} the stronger/hardy/robust {animals}”. See how you translated “strong” in verse 41. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
30:42 t112 לְ⁠יַעֲקֹֽב 1 “{went} to Jacob,” or “were Jacobs,” or “{had streaks and spots and} became part of Jacobs {flocks},”
30:43 pyxq וַ⁠יִּפְרֹ֥ץ הָ⁠אִ֖ישׁ 1 “So Jacob” or “As a result, Jacob”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
30:43 ifs0 וַ⁠יִּפְרֹ֥ץ מְאֹ֣ד מְאֹ֑ד 1 “became extremely wealthy”. See how you translated “prospered” in verse 30.
30:43 jzz1 וַֽ⁠יְהִי ל⁠וֹ֙ צֹ֣אן רַבּ֔וֹת 1 “and owned large flock{s} {of sheep and goats},” or “He owned many sheep and goats,” For some languages it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
30:43 osfb וּ⁠שְׁפָחוֹת֙ וַ⁠עֲבָדִ֔ים וּ⁠גְמַלִּ֖ים וַ⁠חֲמֹרִֽים 1 “and {many} male and female servants, and {many} camels and donkeys.” See how you translated “maidservants”, “menservants”, “camels”, and “donkeys” in Gen 12:16 and 24:35.
31:1 y7ho וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֗ע 1 “Then {one day} Jacob heard” or “Then {one day} someone told Jacob”
31:1 i1li אֶת דִּבְרֵ֤י בְנֵֽי לָבָן֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 “that Labans sons were {complaining and} saying,”
31:1 wgio לָקַ֣ח יַעֲקֹ֔ב אֵ֖ת כָּל אֲשֶׁ֣ר לְ⁠אָבִ֑י⁠נוּ 1 “Jacob has taken {for himself} everything/all that our father owned,”
31:1 v4h5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וּ⁠מֵ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר לְ⁠אָבִ֔י⁠נוּ עָשָׂ֕ה אֵ֥ת כָּל הַ⁠כָּבֹ֖ד הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 “Yes, he/Jacob has become wealthy/rich by taking our fathers wealth/possessions!” or “In fact, he/Jacob has acquired/gotten all his wealth/riches by taking {the animals} that were our fathers!” This clause forms a parallelism with the previous clause and emphasizes Labans sons complaint against Jacob. The phrase “all this wealth” especially refers to all the livestock that Jacob had gained during the years he worked for Laban. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
31:2 kjjj וַ⁠יַּ֥רְא יַעֲקֹ֖ב 1 “Jacob also saw/noticed”
31:2 iwy4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֶת פְּנֵ֣י לָבָ֑ן וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה אֵינֶ֛⁠נּוּ עִמּ֖⁠וֹ כִּ⁠תְמ֥וֹל 1 “that Laban no longer looked at him in a kind/friendly way as/like {he did}” or “that Laban was no longer pleased/happy with him as/like he was” or “that Laban no longer acted friendly toward him the way he did”. The clause “he was not with him” is an idiom that means Laban was no longer happy with Jacob, or that he no longer liked him. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom that fits well here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
31:2 ctaf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כִּ⁠תְמ֥וֹל שִׁלְשֽׁוֹם 1 “previously/before.” or “in the past.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
31:3 f1ff rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶֽל יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “Then Yahweh told/commanded Jacob,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
31:3 yzqd שׁ֛וּב 1 “Return”
31:3 txcg אֶל אֶ֥רֶץ אֲבוֹתֶ֖י⁠ךָ וּ⁠לְ⁠מוֹלַדְתֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 “to your ancestors homeland, where your relatives live,” or “to the land where your ancestors lived and where your {other} relatives {also} live,”
31:3 nssb וְ⁠אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה עִמָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 “and I will stay with you {and help/bless you}.” See how you translated this clause in Gen 26:3, and how you translated similar clauses in Gen 26:8, 24; 28:15.
31:4 uryr וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֣ח יַעֲקֹ֔ב וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֖א לְ⁠רָחֵ֣ל וּ⁠לְ⁠לֵאָ֑ה הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֖ה 1 “So Jacob sent for Rachel and Leah {to come} to the field/pasture” or “Then/So Jacob sent a message to Rachel and Leah that they should meet him at/in the field/pasture”. See how you translated “sent and called for” in Gen 27:42.
31:4 xk35 אֶל צֹאנֽ⁠וֹ 1 “where {he was with/tending} his flock{s} {of sheep and goats}.”
31:5 zcua rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לָ⁠הֶ֗ן 1 “{When they arrived,} he said to them,” or “{There} he told them,” Consider whether in your language it is necessary to make explicit that Rachel and Leah had come to Jacob before he spoke to them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
31:5 vjha רֹאֶ֤ה אָנֹכִי֙ 1 “I have noticed”
31:5 gsb5 אֶת פְּנֵ֣י אֲבִי⁠כֶ֔ן כִּֽי אֵינֶ֥⁠נּוּ אֵלַ֖⁠י כִּ⁠תְמֹ֣ל 1 “that your father no longer looks at me in a kind/friendly way as/like he did” or “that your father is no longer pleased/happy with me as/like he was” or “that your father no longer acts friendly toward me the way he used to”. See how you translated a similar clause in verse 2.
31:5 m2za rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כִּ⁠תְמֹ֣ל שִׁלְשֹׁ֑ם 1 “previously/before,” or “in the past,” See how you translated this idiom in verse 2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
31:5 hvoc וֵֽ⁠אלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ֔⁠י 1 “but my fathers God” or “but the God whom my father serves/worships” or “but the God {who takes care} of my father”. See how you translated “the God of...” in Gen 28:13.
31:5 ocbl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הָיָ֖ה עִמָּדִֽ⁠י 1 “has stayed with me {and has helped/blessed me}.” See how you translated the idiom “be with you” in verse 3. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
31:6 qxli rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual וְ⁠אַתֵּ֖נָה יְדַעְתֶּ֑ן 1 “You {both} know”. In the Hebrew text, “you” is an emphatic pronoun. Also, some languages have a special dual pronoun that fits here well. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
31:6 pvt6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּ֚י בְּ⁠כָל כֹּחִ֔⁠י עָבַ֖דְתִּי אֶת אֲבִי⁠כֶֽן 1 “that I have tried as hard as I can to serve your father well,” or “how I have worked for your father as hard/faithfully as I could,” Consider where it is best in your language to position the phrase “with all my might” in this clause. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
31:7 w4hj וַ⁠אֲבִי⁠כֶן֙ הֵ֣תֶל בִּ֔⁠י 1 “but {in spite of that,} he has deceived/cheated me” or “but {yet} he has treated me unfairly”
31:7 umvt וְ⁠הֶחֱלִ֥ף אֶת מַשְׂכֻּרְתִּ֖⁠י עֲשֶׂ֣רֶת מֹנִ֑ים 1 “by changing what he pays me ten times.” or “and ten times he has changed what he said that he would pay me.”
31:7 k1rd וְ⁠לֹֽא נְתָנ֣⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִ֔ים לְ⁠הָרַ֖ע עִמָּדִֽ⁠י 1 “However, God has not permitted him to harm/hurt me.” or “But God has prevented/kept him from harming/hurting me.” or “But God has protected me so that he/Laban did/could not hurt/harm me.” In this context, “harm” especially refers to financial harm, but it can also include physical harm.
31:8 q29t אִם כֹּ֣ה יֹאמַ֗ר 1 “{For example,} if/whenever he told {me}” or {For example,} every time that he told {me}”. The examples Jacob is describing in verse 8 took place repeatedly (as verse 7 indicates).
31:8 wbtt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations נְקֻדִּים֙ יִהְיֶ֣ה שְׂכָרֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 “that {only} the speckled {animals} would be my wages/pay,” or “that he would pay me by giving me {only} the animals with speckles on them,” Consider whether it is best in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. Also, see how you translated “speckled” in Gen 30:32, 33, 35, 39. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
31:8 m5nt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠יָלְד֥וּ כָל הַ⁠צֹּ֖אן 1 “then all {the female animals in} the flocks” or “then all the female sheep and goats” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
31:8 uci9 וְ⁠יָלְד֥וּ נְקֻדִּ֑ים 1 “gave birth to speckled {young/babies}.” or “gave birth to {young/babies that were} speckled.”
31:8 qdhx וְ⁠אִם כֹּ֣ה יֹאמַ֗ר 1 “But if/whenever he said {to me}” or “Then if/whenever he {changed his mind and} told {me}”
31:8 av4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations עֲקֻדִּים֙ יִהְיֶ֣ה שְׂכָרֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 “that {only} the streaked {animals} would be my wages/pay,” or “that he would pay me by giving me {only} the animals with streaks on them,” See how you translated “streaked” in Gen 30:35, 39, 40. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
31:8 bhhl וְ⁠יָלְד֥וּ כָל הַ⁠צֹּ֖אן 2 “then all {the females in} the flock{s}” or “then all the female sheep and goats” or “then they all”
31:8 lrxh וְ⁠יָלְד֥וּ עֲקֻדִּֽים 1 “had streaked {young/babies}.” or “gave birth to young/babies that had streaks/stripes on them.”
31:9 z6ij וַ⁠יַּצֵּ֧ל אֱלֹהִ֛ים 1 “In that way, God has taken” or “So thats how God took”
31:9 igfi אֶת מִקְנֵ֥ה אֲבִי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 “{many of} the animals that belonged to your father” or “{many of} the sheep and goats that were your fathers” or “{many of} your fathers animals {from him}”. The term “livestock” usually includes all kinds of domestic animals, but in this context it refers to the sheep and goats that Jacob was taking care of for Laban.
31:9 s89z וַ⁠יִּתֶּן לִֽ⁠י 1 “and gave {them} to me {instead}.” or “and has given {them} to me.”
31:10 lj7l וַ⁠יְהִ֗י 1 “One time/night”
31:10 oqna בְּ⁠עֵת֙ 1 “during the season/time” or “during the time of year”
31:10 nw40 יַחֵ֣ם הַ⁠צֹּ֔אן וָ⁠אֶשָּׂ֥א 1 “that/when the female sheep and goats were in heat,” or “that/when the flock{s} {of sheep and goats} were mating/breeding,”
31:10 dbn3 וָ⁠אֶשָּׂ֥א עֵינַ֛⁠י וָ⁠אֵ֖רֶא בַּ⁠חֲל֑וֹם וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה 1 “I had a dream and {in the dream} I looked around and saw/noticed that” or “I had a dream. {In the dream} I looked around and was surprised to see that”. The word “behold” emphasizes what Jacob saw and might also express that he was surprised at what he saw.
31:10 un5t הָֽ⁠עַתֻּדִים֙ הָ⁠עֹלִ֣ים עַל הַ⁠צֹּ֔אן 1 “the {only} male goats {and sheep} that were mating with the female goats {and sheep}”. Some languages have special terms for male and female goats or sheep. For example, billy goats and nanny goats (for male and female goats) and rams and ewes (for male and female sheep). Choose terms in your language that are natural and well-known.
31:10 gcp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure עֲקֻדִּ֥ים נְקֻדִּ֖ים וּ⁠בְרֻדִּֽים 1 “{were} streaked/striped, speckled, or blotched.” or “had a streaked/striped, speckled, or spotted/blotched pattern {in/on their fur/hair}.” It may be more natural to put this phrase earlier and say, “...saw that the male goats {and sheep} that were streaked, speckled, and spotted were the {only} ones that were mating with the female goats {and sheep}.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
31:11 ttd5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אֵלַ֜⁠י מַלְאַ֧ךְ הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֛ים בַּ⁠חֲל֖וֹם יַֽעֲקֹ֑ב 1 “Then/And an angel from God called to me in the dream {and said}, Jacob! ” or “Then in the dream, one of Gods angels said/called to me, Jacob! ” In some languages it is more natural to put “in the dream” earlier in this clause. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “an angel of God” in Gen 21:17. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
31:11 l29s rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וָ⁠אֹמַ֖ר 1 “and I answered/responded,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
31:11 my6h הִנֵּֽנִ⁠י 1 “Here I am!” or “Yes, {Lord/sir}?” or “Yes, I am listening.” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 22:1 and 27:11.
31:12 vn7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “Then the angel said {to me},” or “The angel said/replied,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
31:12 cck2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom שָׂא נָ֨א עֵינֶ֤י⁠ךָ 1 “Look around you” or “Look carefully”. See how you translated this idiom in Gen 22:13. Also see how you translated Gen 22:2, another passage where Yahweh uses “Please”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
31:12 vsue וּ⁠רְאֵה֙ 1 “and observe/notice {that}”
31:12 jhzz כָּל הָֽ⁠עַתֻּדִים֙ הָ⁠עֹלִ֣ים עַל הַ⁠צֹּ֔אן 1 “all the male goats {and sheep} that are mating with the female goats {and sheep}”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 10.
31:12 c8mt עֲקֻדִּ֥ים נְקֻדִּ֖ים וּ⁠בְרֻדִּ֑ים 1 “{are} streaked/striped, speckled, or blotched,” or “have a streaked/striped, speckled, or spotted/blotched pattern {in their fur/hair},” See how you translated this phrase in verses 8 and 10.
31:12 rsid rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּ֣י רָאִ֔יתִי 1 “{I, Yahweh, have caused that to happen,} because I have observed/noticed”. Sometimes an angel says “I” as Gods representative, but in this context, it seems to be Yahweh himself (in the form of an angel) who is speaking to Jacob (see verse 13). That information could be put in a footnote, and you could make “Yahweh” explicit in the text to make that clear. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
31:12 iy7e אֵ֛ת כָּל אֲשֶׁ֥ר לָבָ֖ן עֹ֥שֶׂה לָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 “all {the wrong things} that Laban has done to you.” or “all the ways that Laban has been treating you {badly/wrongfully}.”
31:13 iheg אָנֹכִ֤י הָ⁠אֵל֙ בֵּֽית אֵ֔ל 1 “I {am} the God {who appeared to you} at {the town of} Bethel,”
31:13 bfbx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction אֲשֶׁ֨ר מָשַׁ֤חְתָּ מַצֵּבָ֔ה 1 “where you poured {olive} oil on top of a {memorial} pillar/stone {to dedicate the place to me}”. See how you translated “poured oil on top of” in Gen 28:38 and “pillar” in Gen 28:18, 22. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
31:13 mbfn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-term אֲשֶׁ֨ר נָדַ֥רְתָּ לִּ֛⁠י נֶ֑דֶר 1 “{and} where you made a vow/pledge/promise to me.” See how you translated “vowed a vow” in Gen 28:20. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-term]])
31:13 tfiv עַתָּ֗ה ק֥וּם צֵא֙ מִן הָ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠זֹּ֔את 1 “{So} now/then, get up/ready and leave this land/region {immediately}” or “Now go/leave at once from this land/region”. The phrase “get up” means that Jacob should immediately get ready to go and then leave; see how you translated this phrase in Gen 27:43.
31:13 pbq6 וְ⁠שׁ֖וּב אֶל 1 “and go/travel back to”
31:13 l0op אֶ֥רֶץ מוֹלַדְתֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 “the land where you were born.” or “the land where your relatives live.” or “your native/home land.” The Hebrew word for “birth” in this phrase can also be translated as “relatives” here (as in verse 3). See how you translated this phrase in Gen 24:7.
31:14 rws1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תַּ֤עַן רָחֵל֙ וְ⁠לֵאָ֔ה וַ⁠תֹּאמַ֖רְנָה ל֑⁠וֹ 1 “Then Rachel and Leah responded to him/Jacob,” or “Rachel and Leah replied to him/Jacob,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
31:14 vutc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הַ⁠ע֥וֹד לָ֛⁠נוּ חֵ֥לֶק וְ⁠נַחֲלָ֖ה 1 “We no longer have any part/share in the inheritance” or “We will not/never inherit anything”. This rhetorical question expects the answer “no”. It also expresses Rachel and Leahs strong emotion and emphasizes that there is nothing for them to inherit from their father. Consider whether or not a rhetorical question fits well here in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
31:14 cwr2 בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית אָבִֽי⁠נוּ 1 “from our fathers house/estate {when he dies}!” or “from our father {when he dies}”
31:15 pz13 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֧וֹא נֶחְשַׁ֥בְנוּ ל֖⁠וֹ 1 “Doesnt he regard/treat us” or “It is obvious that he regards/treats us” or “He obviously is treating us”. This rhetorical question expects the answer “yes” and expresses Rachel and Leahs anger at how their father treats them. Consider whether or not it is natural in your language to use a rhetorical question here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
31:15 zdnp נָכְרִיּ֛וֹת 1 “like foreigners/strangers {not family}” or “as if we were foreigners/strangers {instead of family}”
31:15 xc1g כִּ֣י מְכָרָ֑⁠נוּ 1 “For example, he sold us {to you},” or “After all, he sold us {to you},” This sentence is an example of how Laban treated his daughters like foreigners.
31:15 eovg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יֹּ֥אכַל גַּם אָכ֖וֹל 1 “and then he spent all” or “and then he used up all”. The phrase “eaten up” is used here as an idiom that means Laban had spent or kept for himself all the wealth he had gained from Jacobs 14 years of working for him. Many languages have a similar idiom that could be used here. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
31:15 td0t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֶת כַּסְפֵּֽ⁠נוּ 1 “the money/wealth that should have been ours.” or “the money/wealth that belonged to us.” In that culture at that time, silver was a currency used to buy and sell things. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
31:16 cytc כִּ֣י כָל הָ⁠עֹ֗שֶׁר אֲשֶׁ֨ר הִצִּ֤יל אֱלֹהִים֙ מֵֽ⁠אָבִ֔י⁠נוּ 1 “In fact, all the wealth/abundance {of flocks} that God has taken from our father” or “In fact/reality, all {the flocks} that made our father wealthy and that God has taken from him”
31:16 kbdk לָ֥⁠נוּ וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 “{rightfully/actually} {belongs} to us and our children.” or “{should have been given} to us and our children {anyway}.”
31:16 t00q וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה עֲשֵֽׂה 1 “So then, {you should} do” or “So {go ahead and} do” or “So {we totally agree that you should} do”. The words “So now” introduce Rachel and Leahs conclusion that is based on what they just said. Do what is best in your language to communicate that.
31:16 ixfc כֹּל֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר אָמַ֧ר אֱלֹהִ֛ים אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “everything/whatever God has told/commanded you {to do}.” or “exactly what God told/instructed you {to do}.”
31:17 jyen וַ⁠יָּ֖קָם יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 “So/Then Jacob {immediately/quickly} got ready/packed {for the journey}”. See how you translated “get up” in verse 13.
31:17 zvsn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֛א אֶת בָּנָ֥י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶת נָשָׁ֖י⁠ו עַל הַ⁠גְּמַלִּֽים 1 “and helped his wives and his sons/children {get/mount up} onto the/some camels.” Jacob took all his children with him, not just his sons. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
31:18 wyn3 וַ⁠יִּנְהַ֣ג 1 “Then he led/herded” or “Then he {started} driving/leading/herding”
31:18 u8ps אֶת כָּל מִקְנֵ֗⁠הוּ וְ⁠אֶת כָּל רְכֻשׁ⁠וֹ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר רָכָ֔שׁ מִקְנֵה֙ קִנְיָנ֔⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר רָכַ֖שׁ 1 “{the camels and} all his {other} livestock/animals and {along with them,} {he also took} all the {other} possessions that he had acquired/accumulated”. The word “livestock” is general here and includes all of Jacobs animals.
31:18 ci2u בְּ⁠פַדַּ֣ן אֲרָ֑ם 1 “{while living} in {the land/region of} Paddan Aram,” Be consistent here with how you translated “{the land/region of} Paddan Aram” in Gen 25:20.
31:18 wde1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לָ⁠ב֛וֹא אֶל יִצְחָ֥ק אָבִ֖י⁠ו אַ֥רְצָ⁠ה כְּנָֽעַן 1 “to go/return to his father Isaacs house in the land/region of Canaan.” or “to go/return to Canaan, to {the home of} his father Isaac.” or “to the land/region of Canaan, where his father Isaac lived.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause earlier in this verse and say, “Then he {started} driving/herding {the camels} and all his {other} animals to/toward the land/region of Canaan where his father Isaac lived. {He took with him} all his possessions that he had accumulated, {including} all the livestock that he had acquired/accumulated {while living} in {the land/region of} Paddan Aram.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
31:19 ilof rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וְ⁠לָבָ֣ן 1 “Now {before that,} Laban {the Aramean}”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that the events in verse 19 happened before Jacob and his family had left. Also, for some languages it is more natural to first make “the Aramean” explicit here in verse 19, rather than wait until verse 20. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
31:19 akjd הָלַ֔ךְ לִ⁠גְזֹ֖ז אֶת צֹאנ֑⁠וֹ 1 “had gone away {for several days} to cut the wool off his sheep”. In that culture, sheep wool was very important since it was used to make clothing and blankets. The process of shearing many sheep would have taken several days. You could include some of this information in a footnote.
31:19 dq3b וַ⁠תִּגְנֹ֣ב רָחֵ֔ל 1 “so {while he was gone,} Rachel” or “{While he was gone,} Rachel”. Consider whether it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here.
31:19 zdy1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠תִּגְנֹ֣ב 1 “{went into her fathers tent and} stole/took” or “{entered his tent and} stole/took”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
31:19 vfcm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֶת הַ⁠תְּרָפִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר לְ⁠אָבִֽי⁠הָ 1 “his {household/family} idols/gods” or “the idols/gods that he had/worshiped”. These idols were statues made of wood or precious metals. They were small enough to be used in a private home. In this chapter these statues are referred to as “idols” (in verses 19, 34, 35 when the author refers to them) and “gods” (in quotes in verses 30 and 32 when Laban or Jacob talk about them). If it is confusing in your language to switch back and forth between these two terms, you could use “gods” throughout this chapter, since Laban would not have called them idols, nor would Jacob have used that term in his presence. However, if possible, it is best to translate the two terms the way the Hebrew text has them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
31:20 p6en rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּגְנֹ֣ב יַעֲקֹ֔ב אֶת לֵ֥ב 1 “and Jacob deceived/tricked” or “At the same time, Jacob deceived/tricked”. Consider whether it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
31:20 rlvs לָבָ֖ן הָ⁠אֲרַמִּ֑י 1 “Laban/him”. If you used “Aramean” earlier (verse 19), it may not be natural here. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated this phrase in Gen 25:20.
31:20 z6av rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure עַל בְּלִי֙ הִגִּ֣יד ל֔⁠וֹ כִּ֥י בֹרֵ֖חַ הֽוּא 1 “by not informing/telling him that he was fleeing/leaving.” or “by fleeing/leaving {secretly} without informing/telling him that he was leaving.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
31:21 k7p0 וַ⁠יִּבְרַ֥ח הוּא֙ 1 “So Jacob {and his family} ran away” or “So {in that way} Jacob ran away {with his family}”. This statement summarizes an event that already happened (see verses 18 and 20). Make sure your translation of this verse does not sound like Jacob left a second time. To make this clear you could say, “After Jacob {and his family} ran away with everything that they owned, they {quickly} crossed the {Euphrates} River and headed toward the hill country of Gilead.”
31:21 zuha וְ⁠כָל 1 “with all/everything” or “and {took/brought} all/everything”
31:21 els4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֲשֶׁר ל֔⁠וֹ 1 “that {belonged} to them.” or “that he/they had/owned.” Make sure that your choice of pronouns throughout this verse fits with how you translate the beginning of this sentence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
31:21 bsy0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יָּ֖קָם וַ⁠יַּעֲבֹ֣ר אֶת הַ⁠נָּהָ֑ר 1 “He/They quickly crossed the {Euphrates} River”. The Euphrates River was also called “the River” because it was large and well-known. It was about 50 miles (80 kilometers) from Haran where Laban lived. This information could be put in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
31:21 bgnu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יָּ֥שֶׂם אֶת פָּנָ֖י⁠ו הַ֥ר 1 “and headed toward” or “and went/traveled in the direction of” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
31:21 ancy הַ֥ר הַ⁠גִּלְעָֽד 1 “the mountain region of/called Gilead.” or “the hill country of/called Gilead.” The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can (1) refer to mountains or hill country (2) refer to a specific mountain (“Mount Gilead”).
31:22 q9c4 וַ⁠יֻּגַּ֥ד בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֑י 1 “Three days later” or “Three days after {Jacob/they had left},”
31:22 luj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יֻּגַּ֥ד לְ⁠לָבָ֖ן 1 “someone informed/told Laban” or “Laban found out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
31:22 pkx2 כִּ֥י בָרַ֖ח יַעֲקֹֽב 1 “that Jacob {and his family} had run away.” See how you translated “fleeing” and “fled” in verses 20-21.
31:23 xoz7 וַ⁠יִּקַּ֤ח אֶת אֶחָי⁠ו֙ עִמּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “So Laban took {some of} his relatives with him” or “So Laban gathered {some of} his relatives”
31:23 ffai וַ⁠יִּרְדֹּ֣ף אַחֲרָ֔י⁠ו דֶּ֖רֶךְ שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֑ים 1 “and chased/followed after Jacob {and his family/household} for seven days”
31:23 pvgt וַ⁠יַּדְבֵּ֥ק אֹת֖⁠וֹ 1 “until they overtook him/them” or “until they caught up with him/them”
31:23 sqte בְּ⁠הַ֥ר הַ⁠גִּלְעָֽד 1 “in the mountain region of/called Gilead.” or “in the hill country of/called Gilead.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 21.
31:24 t5xn וַ⁠יָּבֹ֧א אֱלֹהִ֛ים אֶל לָבָ֥ן הָ⁠אֲרַמִּ֖י בַּ⁠חֲלֹ֣ם הַ⁠לָּ֑יְלָה 1 “But/Then that {same} night God appeared to Laban in a dream” or “That night Laban had a dream and in it God appeared to him”. See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 20:3. Also see how you translated “Laban the Aramean” in verse 20.
31:24 rf59 וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר ל֗⁠וֹ 1 “and warned him,”
31:24 om7k הִשָּׁ֧מֶר לְ⁠ךָ֛ פֶּן 1 “Be careful/sure that”
31:24 gmya rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism פֶּן תְּדַבֵּ֥ר עִֽם יַעֲקֹ֖ב מִ⁠טּ֥וֹב עַד רָֽע 1 “you do not say {or do} anything to Jacob {to try to stop him from leaving}.” or “you do not threaten/harm Jacob in any way.” God is warning Laban not to say or do anything that would harm Jacob (see verse 29). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
31:25 vjma rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וַ⁠יַּשֵּׂ֥ג לָבָ֖ן אֶֽת יַעֲקֹ֑ב וְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֗ב 1 “So {when} Laban overtook Jacob,” or “{By the time that} Laban caught up with Jacob,” Make sure that the way you translate this clause does not sound like Laban overtook Jacob a second time. This is referring to what already happened in verse 23. See how you translated “overtook” there. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
31:25 zquw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֗ב תָּקַ֤ע אֶֽת אָהֳל⁠וֹ֙ 1 “Jacob {and his family} had {already} set/put up his/their tents” or “Jacob {and his family} had {already} set up camp”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Jacob had already pitched his tents before Laban arrived. Also see how you translated “pitched his tent” in Gen 12:8 and 26:25. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
31:25 inxf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בָּ⁠הָ֔ר 1 “in the mountain region {of Gilead},” or “in the hill country {of Gilead},” For some languages it is clearer and more natural to make “Gilead” explicit here (rather than later in this verse). Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “mountain{s} of Gilead” in verses 21 and 23. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
31:25 w9ff וְ⁠לָבָ֛ן אֶת אֶחָ֖י⁠ו 1 “so Laban and {all} his relatives {that were with him}”
31:25 mj7h תָּקַ֥ע 1 “{also} set/put up {their tents}” or “{also} set up camp” or “{also} camped”
31:25 rxr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בְּ⁠הַ֥ר הַ⁠גִּלְעָֽד 1 “in the hill country of Gilead.” or “there {at a place nearby}.” If you made “Gilead” explicit earlier in this verse in your translation, it may not be necessary to repeat it here. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
31:26 bn3h וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר לָבָן֙ 1 “Then {the next day} Laban {went/came to Jacob and}” or “{The next day} Laban {met with Jacob and}”
31:26 bzmi rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “complained to Jacob/him,” or “{rebuked/confronted Jacob/him and} said to him,” See how you translated a similar quote margin in 29:25, when the roles were reversed and Jacob confronted Laban. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
31:26 wmee rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מֶ֣ה עָשִׂ֔יתָ 1 “Why have you done this?” or “Look what you have done!” or “What you have done is wrong!” Laban uses a rhetorical question here to express his anger at Jacob. Do what is best in your language to communicate that. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
31:26 v8bo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠תִּגְנֹ֖ב אֶת לְבָבִ֑⁠י 1 “You have deceived/tricked me” or “You have acted deceitfully toward me”. See how you translated the idiom “stole the heart of” in verse 20. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
31:26 vx4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole וַ⁠תְּנַהֵג֙ אֶת בְּנֹתַ֔⁠י 1 “and dragged away my daughters {with you}” or “and forced my daughters to leave {with you}”. Laban uses exaggeration to show he is angry and to try to make Jacob feel guilty for what he did. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
31:26 jaxz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כִּ⁠שְׁבֻי֖וֹת חָֽרֶב 1 “like prisoners of war!” or “as if you had captured them in battle!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
31:27 j32g לָ֤⁠מָּה נַחְבֵּ֨אתָ֙ לִ⁠בְרֹ֔חַ וַ⁠תִּגְנֹ֖ב אֹתִ֑⁠י 1 “Why did you deceive/trick me and secretly run away” or “Why did you deceive me by secretly running away”
31:27 xjrc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ⁠לֹא הִגַּ֣דְתָּ לִּ֔⁠י 1 “without telling me {you were leaving}?” or “{Why} didnt you tell me {that you were leaving}?” or “You should have told me {you were leaving}!” Verse 27 is one long rhetorical question in the Hebrew text that expresses Labans anger at Jacob. For some languages it is better to break it up into two or more sentences. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
31:27 fe1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וָֽ⁠אֲשַׁלֵּחֲ⁠ךָ֛ בְּ⁠שִׂמְחָ֥ה וּ⁠בְ⁠שִׁרִ֖ים 1 “{If I had known,} I/we would/could have {held a feast and} sent you {on your way}, singing joyful songs {together},” or “{If I had known,} I/we could/would have sent you {on your way} by {having a feast and} singing joyful songs {together},” Make sure it is clear in your translation that the events in this clause are contrary-to-fact (hypothetical). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
31:27 b246 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בְּ⁠תֹ֥ף וּ⁠בְ⁠כִנּֽוֹר 1 “with tambourines and lyres/harps playing!” or “with/to the music/sound/playing of musical instruments!” For some languages it may be better to change the order of the phrases in this sentence and say, “{If I had known,} we could have {held a feast and} sung joyful songs {and danced} together, with tambourines and lyres playing, before sending you {on your way}.” Do what is best in your language. Also, see how you translated “lyres/harps” in Gen 4:21. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
31:28 evu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠לֹ֣א נְטַשְׁתַּ֔⁠נִי לְ⁠נַשֵּׁ֥ק לְ⁠בָנַ֖⁠י וְ⁠לִ⁠בְנֹתָ֑⁠י 1 “You did not {even} let me kiss my daughters and my grandchildren {goodbye} {before they left}!” or “{You left so secretly that} I wasnt even able to say goodbye to my daughters and grandchildren!” For some languages, it may be more natural to mention the daughters before the children. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “kiss” in Gen 27:26-27. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
31:28 xr6d עַתָּ֖ה הִסְכַּ֥לְתָּֽ עֲשֽׂוֹ 1 What you have done is {very} foolish/stupid!” or “You acted foolishly when you left {secretly} like that!”
31:29 qgvn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular יֶשׁ לְ⁠אֵ֣ל יָדִ֔⁠י לַ⁠עֲשׂ֥וֹת עִמָּ⁠כֶ֖ם רָ֑ע 1 “I {and my relatives/men} have the power/ability to harm {all of} you,” The pronoun “you” is plural here, so it probably refers to Jacob and everyone in his household. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
31:29 u6cl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וֵֽ⁠אלֹהֵ֨י אֶ֣מֶשׁ 1 “but last night {in a dream}”. For some languages it may be more natural to put this time phrase later and say “ … said to me {in a dream} last night”. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
31:29 d361 וֵֽ⁠אלֹהֵ֨י אֲבִי⁠כֶ֜ם 1 “the God whom your father serves”. See how you translated a similar phrase (“the God of my father”) in verse 5.
31:29 x6h6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אָמַ֧ר אֵלַ֣⁠י לֵ⁠אמֹ֗ר הִשָּׁ֧מֶר לְ⁠ךָ֛ מִ⁠דַּבֵּ֥ר עִֽם יַעֲקֹ֖ב מִ⁠טּ֥וֹב עַד רָֽע 1 “commanded/warned me, Do not say {or do} anything to Jacob {to try to stop him from leaving}. ” or “commanded/warned me to not threaten/harm you in any way.” For some languages it is necessary to make this embedded quote an indirect quote. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated a similar quote in verse 24. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
31:30 wnvu rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וְ⁠עַתָּה֙ הָלֹ֣ךְ הָלַ֔כְתָּ 1 “Now then, {I know/understand that} you left” or “Now, {I know/understand that} you went/ran away”. Begin this verse in a way which shows that Laban is introducing a new topic. Also notice that “you” shifts to singular here in verse 30. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
31:30 f603 כִּֽי נִכְסֹ֥ף נִכְסַ֖פְתָּה 1 “because you longed so much” or “because you were so/very homesick”
31:30 gol4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ⁠בֵ֣ית אָבִ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “to return to your fathers household/family,” or “to return home to your father {and other relatives},” This phrase refers to the people in Jacobs fathers household and other relatives living nearby. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
31:30 bjd9 לָ֥⁠מָּה גָנַ֖בְתָּ אֶת אֱלֹהָֽ⁠י 1 “{but} what is the reason that you stole my gods?” or “{but} why did you steal my gods?”
31:31 zthk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יַּ֥עַן יַעֲקֹ֖ב וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לְ⁠לָבָ֑ן 1 “Jacob answered Laban/him,” or “Then Jacob told Laban/him,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
31:31 ch72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּ֣י יָרֵ֔אתִי 1 “{We left secretly} because I was afraid.” Make sure it is clear here in your translation that Jacob is answering Labans question in verse 27, not his question in verse 30. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
31:31 ozrq כִּ֣י אָמַ֔רְתִּי פֶּן 1 “I told myself that {if you knew,}” or “I thought that {if I told you we were leaving,}” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here.
31:31 w1wz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo פֶּן תִּגְזֹ֥ל אֶת בְּנוֹתֶ֖י⁠ךָ מֵ⁠עִמִּֽ⁠י 1 “you might take your {two} daughters from me {by force}.” Make sure you translate this sentence in a way that shows it is hypothetical. Also see how you translated “seized” in Gen 21:25. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
31:32 mwqa עִ֠ם אֲשֶׁ֨ר תִּמְצָ֣א אֶת אֱלֹהֶי⁠ךָ֮ 1 “{As for} your gods, if you find them {here} in someones {tent},” or “{However we did not steal/take your gods. In fact,} if you find your gods with anyone {here},” See how you translated “gods” in verse 30.
31:32 ouiu לֹ֣א יִֽחְיֶה֒ 1 “that person will die {for stealing them}!” or “that person will be put to death {as punishment for stealing them}!”
31:32 m3er rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive נֶ֣גֶד אַחֵ֧י⁠נוּ 1 “{So} while our relatives are watching,” or “{So} with our relatives as witnesses,” Make sure your translation of this phrase refers to both Jacobs and Labans relatives. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
31:32 eyve הַֽכֶּר לְ⁠ךָ֛ מָ֥ה עִמָּדִ֖⁠י 1 “search for yourself what/everything I have with me here” or “{go ahead and} search {all} my belongings for yourself”
31:32 oajl וְ⁠קַֽח לָ֑⁠ךְ 1 “and take whatever you find that is yours.” or “{If you find} anything that is yours, take it.” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here.
31:32 ni0a rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וְ⁠לֹֽא יָדַ֣ע יַעֲקֹ֔ב כִּ֥י רָחֵ֖ל גְּנָבָֽתַ⁠ם 1 “{When Jacob said that,} he did not know that Rachel {was the one who} had stolen the idols.” Translate this background information in a way that is clear and natural in your language. Also see how you translated “stole” in verses 19 and 30. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
31:33 s81h וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨א לָבָ֜ן בְּ⁠אֹ֥הֶל יַעֲקֹ֣ב 1 “Then/So Laban went/started {searching} in/through Jacobs tent,” See how you translated “tent” in verse 25.
31:33 i6vt וּ⁠בְ⁠אֹ֣הֶל לֵאָ֗ה 1 “Then {he searched} through/in Leahs tent”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
31:33 hcfu וּ⁠בְ⁠אֹ֛הֶל שְׁתֵּ֥י הָ⁠אֲמָהֹ֖ת 1 “and through/in the two servant womens tent,” or “and through/in the tent where the two maidservants lived,”
31:33 z7id וְ⁠לֹ֣א מָצָ֑א 1 “but he did not find {anything} {that belonged to him}.” or “but he did not find {the/his idols/gods}.”
31:33 zphp וַ⁠יֵּצֵא֙ מֵ⁠אֹ֣הֶל לֵאָ֔ה וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖א בְּ⁠אֹ֥הֶל רָחֵֽל 1 “Then he came out of Leahs tent {and the servant womens tent} and went into Rachels tent {to search it}.” or “Then/Next after he left/searched those tents, he went into Rachels tent {to search it}.”
31:34 pn32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וְ⁠רָחֵ֞ל לָקְחָ֣ה אֶת הַ⁠תְּרָפִ֗ים וַ⁠תְּשִׂמֵ֛⁠ם בְּ⁠כַ֥ר הַ⁠גָּמָ֖ל 1 “Now/But Rachel had put the idols inside {her} camel saddlebag {to hide them}” or “Now/But Rachel had hidden the idols inside her camel saddlebag”. This kind of saddle was used as a seat and also had compartments or bags for carrying things. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Rachel had hidden the idols before Laban entered her tent. Also see how you translated “idols” in verse 19. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
31:34 o2ev וַ⁠תֵּ֣שֶׁב עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “and she was sitting on the idols/gods/saddlebag.”
31:34 rzfz וַ⁠יְמַשֵּׁ֥שׁ לָבָ֛ן אֶת כָּל הָ⁠אֹ֖הֶל וְ⁠לֹ֥א 1 “Laban searched/rummaged through everything {else} in the tent, but” or “So when/although Laban searched everywhere {else} in her tent,”
31:34 av6e וְ⁠לֹ֥א מָצָֽא 1 “he did/could not find {them/anything}.” or “he did/could not find {the/his idols/gods}.” For some languages, it may be better to change the order of the clauses in this sentence and say, “So Laban was not able to find {them}, even though he searched her tent thoroughly.”
31:35 ev0l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֣אמֶר אֶל אָבִ֗י⁠הָ 1 “Rather Rachel had said to him,” or “{As he was searching,} Rachel said to him,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
31:35 z6uu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics אַל יִ֨חַר֙ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י אֲדֹנִ֔⁠י 1 “{Please} do not be angry/upset {at me}, sir/Father,” or “Sir/Father, {please} do not be angry/upset {at me}”. Make sure you translate “my lord” in a way that is appropriate for a daughter to show respect to her father; it should not sound like she was Labans slave or servant. The word “burn” is used here as an idiom that means to be angry. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom that would work well here. Also see how you translated this idiom in Gen 30:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics]])
31:35 qqhs כִּ֣י ל֤וֹא אוּכַל֙ לָ⁠ק֣וּם מִ⁠פָּנֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “that I am not able to stand/get up to greet you,”
31:35 jr45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism כִּי דֶ֥רֶךְ נָשִׁ֖ים לִ֑⁠י 1 “because it is that time of the month {when I feel weak}.” or “because I am having my {monthly} period/cycle.” Translate this in a way that will not offend or embarrass people when this is read aloud in public. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
31:35 cd5n וַ⁠יְחַפֵּ֕שׂ וְ⁠לֹ֥א מָצָ֖א אֶת הַ⁠תְּרָפִֽים 1 “That is {also} why he did/could not find the/his idols/gods when he searched {her/Rachels tent}.” or “So {that is why} he did/could not find the/his idols/gods {in her/Rachels tent}.”
31:36 ruop rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּ֥חַר לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֖ב 1 “Then Jacob became {very} angry {at Laban}”. See how you translated the idiom “burn” in verse 35. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
31:36 ocyd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יָּ֣רֶב בְּ⁠לָבָ֑ן וַ⁠יַּ֤עַן יַעֲקֹב֙ וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לְ⁠לָבָ֔ן 1 “and contended with Laban/him and said,” or “and confronted/rebuked Laban/him by saying to him,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
31:36 tk5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַה פִּשְׁעִ⁠י֙ 1 “Tell me my crime!” or “Tell me what crime I have done/committed!” Jacobs rhetorical questions in this verse show that he was angry at Laban. Do what is best in your language to communicate the same thing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
31:36 cs49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַ֣ה חַטָּאתִ֔⁠י כִּ֥י דָלַ֖קְתָּ אַחֲרָֽ⁠י 1 “How have I sinned against you so that you have a reason to pursue me so intensely/fiercely?” or “Tell me what sin/offense I have done/committed {against you} that gives you the right to pursue/chase after me!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
31:37 ywk5 כִּֽי מִשַּׁ֣שְׁתָּ אֶת כָּל כֵּלַ֗⁠י 1 “Now that you have felt/rummaged/searched through all my things/possessions,” See how you translated “felt through” in verse 34.
31:37 x9qo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַה מָּצָ֨אתָ֙ מִ⁠כֹּ֣ל כְּלֵי בֵיתֶ֔⁠ךָ שִׂ֣ים כֹּ֔ה 1 “did you find anything {that anyone took} from your household? {If so,} put/bring {it} here” or “show us what you have found that belongs to you! {If you found anything,} put/bring {it} here”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
31:37 kayz נֶ֥גֶד אַחַ֖⁠י וְ⁠אַחֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “in front of our relatives,” or “where all our relatives can see it,”
31:37 kjcm וְ⁠יוֹכִ֖יחוּ 1 “so that they can” or “and they will/can”
31:37 di4e וְ⁠יוֹכִ֖יחוּ בֵּ֥ין שְׁנֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 “judge/decide which one of us is right!” or “judge/decide whether you or I am right!”
31:38 qvip זֶה֩ עֶשְׂרִ֨ים שָׁנָ֤ה אָנֹכִי֙ עִמָּ֔⁠ךְ 0 “For {the past/last} twenty years I {have worked} for you!”
31:38 k4xv רְחֵלֶ֥י⁠ךָ וְ⁠עִזֶּ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “{During those years} your female sheep and goats” or “{During all that time} your sheep and your goats”
31:38 ds9d לֹ֣א שִׁכֵּ֑לוּ 1 “bore their young without any problems,” or “had no trouble bearing young,”
31:38 fjxk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠אֵילֵ֥י צֹאנְ⁠ךָ֖ לֹ֥א אָכָֽלְתִּי 1 “and I have never {killed and} eaten {any} rams/animals from your flocks.” or “and I never took/killed {any} animals from your flocks to eat.” Make sure your translation does not sound here like Jacob is talking about eating animals while they are still alive; the animals would be killed and cooked first. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
31:39 izu2 טְרֵפָה֙ לֹא הֵבֵ֣אתִי אֵלֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “{And} whenever wild animals killed {any of} your animals, I never brought {the dead animal} to you {to show/prove I was innocent}.”
31:39 ccqy אָנֹכִ֣י אֲחַטֶּ֔⁠נָּה 1 “{Rather/Instead,} I paid for that loss myself.” or “{Rather/Instead,} I replaced them at my own expense.” Normally it was the owner of the flocks (not the shepherds) who took care of the expense when an animal was killed or stolen. You could put that information in a footnote.
31:39 r3p8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִ⁠יָּדִ֖⁠י תְּבַקְשֶׁ֑⁠נָּה 1 “{Besides that,} you required me to pay for” or “You {also} made me pay for”. Consider what is the best way to translate this idiom in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
31:39 m07f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive גְּנֻֽבְתִ֣י י֔וֹם וּ⁠גְנֻֽבְתִ֖י לָֽיְלָה 1 “{any} animals that got stolen {by thieves}, whether it happened in the day or at night.” or “{any} animals {that anyone ever} stole {at any time of} day or night.” Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
31:40 beew הָיִ֧יתִי 1 “That is how it was for me!” or “That was my life/situation!”
31:40 kw5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification בַ⁠יּ֛וֹם אֲכָלַ֥⁠נִי חֹ֖רֶב 1 “During the day the heat {of the sun} oppressed/pounded me,” or “During the days, I suffered from the hot sun,” Consider whether or not you can talk about heat and frost in your language as if they could harm Jacob the way a person could. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
31:40 w4mt וְ⁠קֶ֣רַח בַּ⁠לָּ֑יְלָה וַ⁠תִּדַּ֥ד 1 “and at night {I suffered from} the frost/cold, so that” or “and during the nights it was so cold that”
31:40 vp5i וַ⁠תִּדַּ֥ד שְׁנָתִ֖⁠י מֵֽ⁠עֵינָֽ⁠י 1 “I could not sleep.” or “I could hardly sleep.”
31:41 y13m זֶה לִּ֞⁠י 1 “That {is what it was like} for me” or “{It was like} that for me”
31:41 xgae עֶשְׂרִ֣ים שָׁנָה֮ בְּ⁠בֵיתֶ⁠ךָ֒ 1 “{for/during the} twenty years that I worked for you.” or “{during the entire} twenty years that I was with you.”
31:41 qcea עֲבַדְתִּ֜י⁠ךָ אַרְבַּֽע עֶשְׂרֵ֤ה שָׁנָה֙ בִּ⁠שְׁתֵּ֣י בְנֹתֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “I worked for you for fourteen years in order to marry your two daughters,” or “For fourteen years I worked for you {in exchange} for {marrying} your two daughters,”
31:41 rufm וְ⁠שֵׁ֥שׁ שָׁנִ֖ים בְּ⁠צֹאנֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 “and {I worked} {another} six years to earn flocks {of animals} from you,” or “and for six {more} years {I worked for you} to earn flocks {of sheep and goats} from you,”
31:41 ujyn וַ⁠תַּחֲלֵ֥ף אֶת מַשְׂכֻּרְתִּ֖⁠י עֲשֶׂ֥רֶת מֹנִֽים 1 “even though you changed my wages/pay ten times.” or “even though ten times you changed what you said you would pay me.” See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 7.
31:42 canx לוּלֵ֡י אֱלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ⁠י֩ אֱלֹהֵ֨י אַבְרָהָ֜ם וּ⁠פַ֤חַד יִצְחָק֙ 1 “If God, the Revered/Awesome One, whom my father Isaac and {grandfather} Abraham serve/worship,” or “If God, whom my ancestors Abraham and Isaac serve/worship and fear/revere,” The phrase “the Fear of Isaac” is a title for God that is ambiguous in Hebrew (and English). It could mean (1) “the One/God whom Isaac fears/reveres” (2) “Isaacs God whom {people/others} are afraid/terrified of”. The interpretation that is not used in your translation could be put in a footnote. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Jacob is only talking about one God in this verse, not two or three. Also notice that “my father” and “Isaac” both refer to Jacobs father Isaac, not two different people.
31:42 o6jb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo לוּלֵ֡י הָ֣יָה לִ֔⁠י 1 “had not been with me {to take care of me},” or “had not been with me {protecting me and guiding me},” Make sure it is clear in your translation that the events in this sentence are contrary-to-fact (hypothetical) and imply that God actually had been with Jacob, so that Laban did not send him away empty-handed. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
31:42 x6l8 כִּ֥י עַתָּ֖ה שִׁלַּחְתָּ֑⁠נִי 1 “you would certainly be sending me away now” or “there is no doubt/question that I would now be leaving {here}”
31:42 qxqc רֵיקָ֣ם 1 “with {absolutely} nothing.” or “without anything {at all}.”
31:42 gt2h אֶת עָנְיִ֞⁠י רָאָ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “{But} God knows how much I have suffered {under you}” or “{But} God knows how {much} you have afflicted/oppressed/mistreated me”
31:42 kibv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְ⁠אֶת יְגִ֧יעַ כַּפַּ֛⁠י 1 “and the hard work I did with my hands {for you},” or “and how hard I have worked {for you},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
31:42 wm13 וַ⁠יּ֥וֹכַח אָֽמֶשׁ 1 “so last night he judged {against you} {in my favor}.” or “so last night he rebuked {you}.” See how you translated “judge” in verse 37. It may be necessary to translate this word in different ways, depending on the context.
31:43 j6mw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יַּ֨עַן לָבָ֜ן וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֶֽל יַעֲקֹ֗ב 1 “Then Laban responded to Jacob,” or “Laban replied to Jacob,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
31:43 anon הַ⁠בָּנ֨וֹת בְּנֹתַ֜⁠י וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּנִ֤ים בָּנַ⁠י֙ 1 “These women {are} my daughters, and their children {are} my grandchildren,” or “These {are} my daughters and my grandchildren,”
31:43 c90y וְ⁠הַ⁠צֹּ֣אן צֹאנִ֔⁠י 1 “and these flock{s} {are} {also} mine.” or “and these flock{s}/animals {also} belong to me.”
31:43 l7ol rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole וְ⁠כֹ֛ל אֲשֶׁר אַתָּ֥ה רֹאֶ֖ה לִ⁠י 1 “In fact, everything/all that you see {here} is mine!” or “Yes, everything that is here with you is {actually} mine!” Laban is lying or exaggerating here to make it sound like he was wronged, when actually he is the one who was dishonest in his dealings with Jacob. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
31:43 p48f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ⁠לִ⁠בְנֹתַ֞⁠י מָֽה אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֤ה הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם 1 “But/Yet there is nothing I can do today/now” or “But I cant do anything now”. Laban uses this rhetorical question to express his emotions and emphasize that there is nothing that he can do. Consider whether or not a rhetorical question fits well here in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
31:43 xxsz וְ⁠לִ⁠בְנֹתַ֞⁠י לָ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ א֥וֹ לִ⁠בְנֵי⁠הֶ֖ן אֲשֶׁ֥ר יָלָֽדוּ 1 “to keep my daughters and their children near me {any longer}!” or “to keep my daughters and grandchildren from leaving!”
31:44 qc32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה לְכָ֛⁠ה נִכְרְתָ֥ה בְרִ֖ית אֲנִ֣י וָ⁠אָ֑תָּה 1 “So then, you and I should make a {peace} covenant/treaty {with each other},” or “So I invite you to make a covenant/treaty with me,” For some languages it may be more natural to put “I” and “you” earlier in the sentence. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “So now” in verse 16 and “cut a covenant” in Gen 26:28. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
31:44 e2ml וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה 1 “and let there be” or “and there should be”. The subject of the Hebrew verb in this phrase is masculine singular, so it cannot refer to “covenant”, which is feminine singular. It is probably best to translate this phrase in a more general way (see the alternate translations above).
31:44 hw1b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive לְ⁠עֵ֖ד בֵּינִ֥⁠י וּ⁠בֵינֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “a witness/memorial to remind us {of our covenant/treaty}.” or “something to remind us {to keep that covenant/treaty}.” If your language has a dual pronoun for “us”, you could use it in this verse. Also, if your language distinguishes exclusive and inclusive pronouns, you could use the inclusive form of “us” here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
31:45 o8yl וַ⁠יִּקַּ֥ח יַעֲקֹ֖ב אָ֑בֶן 1 “So Jacob picked out a {large} stone”. See how you translated “stone” in Gen 28:18.
31:45 szb8 וַ⁠יְרִימֶ֖⁠הָ מַצֵּבָֽה 1 “and set/stood it up {on its end} {as} a monument {to mark the place where they made their covenant/treaty}.” or “and set/stood it up {as} a memorial/reminder stone {to mark the place as special}.” See how you translated “pillar” in verse 13 and “set it up as a pillar” in Gen 28:18, 22.
31:46 d3ho וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יַעֲקֹ֤ב לְ⁠אֶחָי⁠ו֙ 1 “Then Jacob/he told his relatives,” These relatives would have included Jacobs sons, as well as Laban and his men who had come with him. See how you translated “relatives” in verses 23, 25, 32, 37.
31:46 mwu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-politeness לִקְט֣וּ אֲבָנִ֔ים 1 “Gather {some more} stones.” or “{Please} gather {some} stones.” Make sure that your translation of Jacobs request sounds polite here, not rude or demanding, but also not begging. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-politeness]])
31:46 a540 וַ⁠יִּקְח֥וּ אֲבָנִ֖ים וַ⁠יַּֽעֲשׂוּ גָ֑ל 1 “So they {all} gathered/brought/got stones and put them in a {large} pile/mound.”
31:46 wknz וַ⁠יֹּ֥אכְלוּ 1 “Then they {all}” or “Then everyone”. Make sure your translation does not sound like Jacob ate without Laban and his men.
31:46 eq4x וַ⁠יֹּ֥אכְלוּ שָׁ֖ם 1 “ate {a meal together} there”
31:46 jxvp עַל הַ⁠גָּֽל 1 “near the heap/pile {of stones}.” or “next to the pile/mound {of stones}.”
31:47 udxa וַ⁠יִּקְרָא ל֣⁠וֹ לָבָ֔ן 1 “Laban gave the heap/pile/place the {Aramaic} name”
31:47 by6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names יְגַ֖ר שָׂהֲדוּתָ֑א 1 “Jegar Sahadutha, {which means “witness heap/pile/mound,”}” or “Jegar Sahadutha, {which means “heap/pile that reminds,”}” If the meaning of “Jegar Sahadutha” and “Galeed” is included in your translation or in a footnote, be sure that it fits with how you translate “heap/pile/mound” in verses 46 and 48, and “witness” in verse 48. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
31:47 tl0x וְ⁠יַֽעֲקֹ֔ב קָ֥רָא ל֖⁠וֹ גַּלְעֵֽד 1 “but/whereas Jacob gave it the {Hebrew} name Galeed, {which has the same meaning}.”
31:48 frxp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לָבָ֔ן 1 “Then Laban said {to Jacob/him},” or “Laban said {to him/Jacob},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
31:48 flop הַ⁠גַּ֨ל הַ⁠זֶּ֥ה עֵ֛ד בֵּינִ֥⁠י וּ⁠בֵינְ⁠ךָ֖ הַ⁠יּ֑וֹם 1 “This heap/pile {of stones} is to remind us {to keep our peace covenant/treaty}.” or “{Starting} today, when we see this pile/mound {of stones}, we will remember {our peace covenant/treaty}.”
31:48 is6t עַל כֵּ֥ן 1 “That is the reason” or “That is why”
31:48 ii9r קָרָֽא שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ גַּלְעֵֽד 1 “they/people call it Galeed.” or “that place is called Galeed.” or “the name of that place is Galeed.” The phrase “he called its name” is used here in a general way that means “they/people call it”; it does not refer to Laban. Make sure that is clear in your language.
31:49 f54v וְ⁠הַ⁠מִּצְפָּה֙ 1 “{It is/was} also {called/named} Mizpah,” or “People also call {the place,} Mizpah,” or “{Another name for the place is} Mizpah, {which means “watchtower,”}”
31:49 nyx4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֲשֶׁ֣ר אָמַ֔ר 1 “because Laban said {to Jacob},” Make sure that your translation of “he” refers here to Laban. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
31:49 c2yk יִ֥צֶף יְהוָ֖ה בֵּינִ֣⁠י וּ⁠בֵינֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 “May Yahweh watch both/each of us” or “May Yahweh keep watch on/over us”
31:49 a4ls rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-dualpronoun כִּ֥י נִסָּתֵ֖ר אִ֥ישׁ מֵ⁠רֵעֵֽ⁠הוּ 1 “while we are out of each others sight {and hold both of us responsible for keeping our covenant/treaty with each other}.” or “{to make sure we keep our covenant/treaty} while we are apart/away from each other.” The pronoun “we” is inclusive here and includes both Laban and Jacob. Some languages have a dual pronoun that fits here well. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-dualpronoun]])
31:50 v7k5 אִם תְּעַנֶּ֣ה אֶת בְּנֹתַ֗⁠י 1 “If you treat my daughters badly,” or “If you mistreat/oppress my daughters,” See how you translated “afflict” in Gen 15:13 and 16:6, and how you translated a related word (“affliction”) in verse 42.
31:50 khim וְ⁠אִם תִּקַּ֤ח נָשִׁים֙ עַל בְּנֹתַ֔⁠י 1 “or if you marry {other} wives/women besides them,”
31:50 lk38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-dual אֵ֥ין אִ֖ישׁ עִמָּ֑⁠נוּ רְאֵ֕ה 1 “{even if} no one {else} is watching us, dont forget {that}” or “remember {that} {even if} no one {else} is watching us,” See how you translated the pronoun “we” in verse 49. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-dual]])
31:50 yyv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֱלֹהִ֥ים עֵ֖ד בֵּינִ֥⁠י וּ⁠בֵינֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “God is {always} watching both of us {to hold us accountable}.” or “God always sees/watches us {and will punish us if we break our covenant/treaty}.” In his role as witness, God would also punish anyone who broke the covenant. You could make this information explicit in your translation, or put it in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
31:51 s0w8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר לָבָ֖ן לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 “Then Laban {also} said to Jacob,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
31:51 kv6e הִנֵּ֣ה 1 “See” or “Here is” or “Look at”
31:51 ur69 הַ⁠גַּ֣ל הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה 1 “this heap/pile/mound {of stones},” See how you translated “heap” in verses 46 and 48.
31:51 ybdz וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙ 1 “and here is” or “and see” or “and look at”
31:51 nyh6 הַ⁠מַצֵּבָ֔ה 1 “this monument” or “this memorial/reminder stone”. See how you translated “pillar” in verse 45.
31:51 xaq8 אֲשֶׁ֥ר יָרִ֖יתִי בֵּינִ֥⁠י וּ⁠בֵינֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “which I {helped} set up between us {to remind us to keep our peace treaty}.” or “which we set/stood up between us {to remind us about our peace covenant/treaty}.” Jacob set up the stone as a pillar, but Laban and Jacob, along with their relatives, worked together to make the pile of stones.
31:52 wobp עֵ֚ד הַ⁠גַּ֣ל הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה וְ⁠עֵדָ֖ה הַ⁠מַּצֵּבָ֑ה 1 “This heap/pile {of stones} {is} a witness/reminder and this pillar {is} {also} a witness/reminder” or “This pile/mound {of stones} and this monument/memorial {both} remind us”. See how you translated “witness” in verses 44 and 48.
31:52 vhku אִם אָ֗נִי לֹֽא אֶֽעֱבֹ֤ר אֵלֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ אֶת הַ⁠גַּ֣ל הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 “that I will/must never go past this heap/pile/mound to {harm/attack} you,” Laban and Jacob could go to each others homes in peace, but not to harm each other.
31:52 v9lx וְ⁠אִם אַ֠תָּה לֹא תַעֲבֹ֨ר אֵלַ֜⁠י אֶת הַ⁠גַּ֥ל הַ⁠זֶּ֛ה וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠מַּצֵּבָ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את לְ⁠רָעָֽה 1 “and that you will/must never go past this heap/pile/mound and this monument/memorial to harm/attack me.”
31:53 cmza אֱלֹהֵ֨י אַבְרָהָ֜ם יִשְׁפְּט֣וּ 1 “May {your grandfather} Abrahams God” or “May the God whom your grandfather Abraham served/worshiped”. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 28:13.
31:53 kg7k וֵֽ⁠אלֹהֵ֤י נָחוֹר֙ אֱלֹהֵ֖י אֲבִי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “and {my grandfather} Nahors gods, {which were also} their/his father {Terah}s gods,” or “and the gods that {my grandfather} Nahor and his father {Terah} worshiped/served,” Abraham trusted in Yahweh, the one and only true God (Gen 15:6). Terah worshiped other gods (Joshua 24:2), and so did Laban (verses 19, 30), which suggests that Nahor served the same gods that his father Terah served, and then taught his son Laban to do the same thing. In spite of that, many translations still capitalize “God” all three times here in verse 53. Be consistent with how you spelled “Nahor” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 11:22-25, 29; 12:26-27; 22:20, 24, 28; 24:9, 15, 24, 47; 29:5; 31:53.
31:53 tqoy יִשְׁפְּט֣וּ בֵינֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 “judge between us {and punish us if we break this/our covenant/treaty}!”
31:53 d5h9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-term וַ⁠יִּשָּׁבַ֣ע יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “But Jacob swore” or “Then/But Jacob made/vowed a vow”. Jacob refused to swear by the gods of Nahor and Terah. See how you translated “swore” in Gen 26:31, and compare that to how you translated a related phrase (“vowed a vow”) in 31:13. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-term]])
31:53 jtf2 בְּ⁠פַ֖חַד אָבִ֥י⁠ו יִצְחָֽק 1 “by the God whom his father Isaac feared/revered, {that he would keep their treaty,}” or “with the Fear/God of his father Isaac as his witness/enforcer,” See how you translated “the Fear of Isaac” in verse 42.
31:54 j4i6 וַ⁠יִּזְבַּ֨ח יַעֲקֹ֥ב זֶ֨בַח֙ 1 “and Jacob/he offered an animal sacrifice {to God} {on an altar}” or “and Jacob/he burned {the body of} an animal {on an altar} as a sacrifice {to God}”. Make sure your translation does not sound like Jacob burned the animal while it was still alive. Also see how you translated “sacrificed” in Gen 22:13.
31:54 tbsj בָּ⁠הָ֔ר 1 “on the/a mountain/hill.”
31:54 xzn7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א לְ⁠אֶחָ֖י⁠ו לֶ⁠אֱכָל לָ֑חֶם 1 “Then he invited his relatives to eat a meal {together} {there}.” In the Bible, “bread” is often used as an idiom that refers to food in general. In this context, it was a meal that they shared together. Make sure that is clear in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
31:54 lc58 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יֹּ֣אכְלוּ לֶ֔חֶם וַ⁠יָּלִ֖ינוּ בָּ⁠הָֽר 1 “Then after they had eaten the meal, they spent the night {there} on the/that mountain/hill.” or “So they {all} ate the meal {together} and spent the night there.” As in Genesis 26:30, eating together was an important part of the covenant or treaty process, since it shows unity and close relationship as if they were part of the same family. Some of that information could be included in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
31:55 m83j וַ⁠יַּשְׁכֵּ֨ם לָבָ֜ן בַּ⁠בֹּ֗קֶר 1 “The next morning Laban got up early” or “Early the next morning Laban got up”. See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 28:18.
31:55 t8nb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יְנַשֵּׁ֧ק לְ⁠בָנָ֛י⁠ו וְ⁠לִ⁠בְנוֹתָ֖י⁠ו 1 “and kissed his grandchildren and his daughters {goodbye} {on the cheeks}” or “said goodbye to his daughters and grandchildren and kissed them {on the cheeks}”. It was a Hebrew custom for relatives and close friends to greet each other with a kiss on each cheek. Only make this information explicit here if it is necessary to prevent wrong meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
31:55 k8dd וַ⁠יְבָ֣רֶךְ אֶתְ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “and asked God to bless them.”
31:55 v5ei וַ⁠יֵּ֛לֶךְ וַ⁠יָּ֥שָׁב לָבָ֖ן לִ⁠מְקֹמֽ⁠וֹ 1 “Then Laban/he {and his men} left {from there} and returned home.” or “Then Laban/he left {from there} {with his men} and went back home.”
32:1 zb5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֖ב הָלַ֣ךְ לְ⁠דַרְכּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “Then/Meanwhile Jacob {also} {left from there and} went/continued on his way/journey {home} {with his family},” You can make implied information explicit in your translation if it is necessary to make the meaning accurate and clear. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
32:1 jfda וַ⁠יִּפְגְּעוּ ב֖⁠וֹ מַלְאֲכֵ֥י אֱלֹהִֽים 1 “and {some} angels from God met/encountered him.” Translate “met” in a way that allows for the fact that no conversation is recorded between the angels and Jacob, and that the angels were probably not hostile, but may have been sent by God to escort and protect him.
32:2 a5gq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יַעֲקֹב֙ כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר רָאָ֔⁠ם 1 “When Jacob saw the angels, he said/exclaimed {in surprise},” Make sure that you refer to Jacob and the angels here in a way that is accurate and natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
32:2 u5u0 מַחֲנֵ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים זֶ֑ה 1 “Gods camp/army must be here/nearby!” or “Gods army is {stationed/camping} here!”
32:2 gvw1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֛א שֵֽׁם הַ⁠מָּק֥וֹם הַ⁠ה֖וּא מַֽחֲנָֽיִם 1 “So he named that place Mahanaim, {which means “two camps/armies.”}” If you include the meaning of the name “Mahanaim” in your translation or in a footnote, be sure it matches the way you translated “Gods camp” earlier in the verse, so that it is clear why Jacob gave the place that name. Also see how you translated “he called the name of that place” in Gen 28:19. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
32:3 egca וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֨ח יַעֲקֹ֤ב מַלְאָכִים֙ לְ⁠פָנָ֔י⁠ו 1 “Then Jacob sent {some} messengers ahead of him” or “Then Jacob sent {some} of his servants ahead of him to give/deliver a message”
32:3 rk0u אֶל עֵשָׂ֖ו אָחִ֑י⁠ו 1 “to his brother Esau”
32:3 t1b9 אַ֥רְצָ⁠ה שֵׂעִ֖יר 1 “{who was living} in the land/region of Seir,”
32:3 bw1y שְׂדֵ֥ה אֱדֽוֹם 1 “{that is,} the country/land of Edom.” or “{which was also called} the country/land of Edom.”
32:4 lz0b rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יְצַ֤ו אֹתָ⁠ם֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 “{Before/As they left,} he ordered/instructed them,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
32:4 i7t8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics כֹּ֣ה תֹאמְר֔וּ⁠ן לַֽ⁠אדֹנִ֖⁠י לְ⁠עֵשָׂ֑ו 1 “This {is what} you must tell my master Esau:” or “I want you to tell Esau whom I highly respect:” Jacob uses “my lord” and “your servant” in verse 4 and 5 to show his brother Esau great respect. Do this in a way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics]])
32:4 iepc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes כֹּ֤ה אָמַר֙ עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֣ יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “I, your servant Jacob, want you to know that” or “This is a message from Jacob who wants to serve you:” Verses 4 and 5 have two levels of embedded quotes. Some languages need to use indirect quotes for one or both of those levels. Do what is best in your language. Alternate translation: “Your servant Jacob wants you to know that he has been sojourning/staying with {your uncle} Laban all this time.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
32:4 qibe עִם לָבָ֣ן גַּ֔רְתִּי וָ⁠אֵחַ֖ר עַד עָֽתָּה 1 “I have been staying with {our uncle} Laban all this time.” or “Since we last saw each other, I have been staying/living with {Uncle} Laban.”
32:5 noe8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וַֽ⁠יְהִי לִ⁠י֙ 1 “I {now} have/own” or “Also {tell him that} I have/own”. Consider whether it is more natural to use a direct or indirect quote here in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
32:5 n5iq שׁ֣וֹר וַ⁠חֲמ֔וֹר צֹ֖אן 1 “{many} cattle, donkeys, and flocks {of sheep and goats},” See how you translated “donkeys” and “flocks” in Gen 12:16.
32:5 axuo וְ⁠עֶ֣בֶד וְ⁠שִׁפְחָ֑ה 1 “as well as {many} male/men and female/women slaves/servants.” See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 12:16.
32:5 ilz0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics וָֽ⁠אֶשְׁלְחָ⁠ה֙ לְ⁠הַגִּ֣יד לַֽ⁠אדֹנִ֔⁠י 1 “I have sent this message to {you,} sir,” or “Sir, I sent these messengers to you,” If you use indirect quotes in this section, make sure each part fits with the other parts, especially in your choice of pronouns. It is helpful if you read your translation aloud to check for accuracy and naturalness. Alternate translation: “Also {tell him that} I have/own...., and that the reason I sent messengers to him is that I want to serve him and I hope I will find favor in his eyes.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics]])
32:5 fagg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לִ⁠מְצֹא חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 “hoping that you will be gracious/kind {to me} {when I arrive}.” or “so that {when we see/meet each other} you will be pleased with me {and welcome me}.” See how you translated the idiom “found favor in your eyes” in Gen 30:27. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
32:6 k922 וַ⁠יָּשֻׁ֨בוּ֙ הַ⁠מַּלְאָכִ֔ים אֶֽל יַעֲקֹ֖ב 1 “{After the messengers delivered the/Jacobs message,} they returned to Jacob/him” or “{Jacobs messengers delivered his message,} then they came back to him”
32:6 dzpa rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “and said/reported {to him},” or “and informed {him},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
32:6 d9jd בָּ֤אנוּ אֶל אָחִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ אֶל עֵשָׂ֔ו 1 “We went {and spoke} to your brother Esau” or “We went to your brother Esau {and gave/told him your message}” or “We delivered the/your message to your brother Esau”
32:6 makp וְ⁠גַם֙ הֹלֵ֣ךְ לִ⁠קְרָֽאתְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 “Now he is on his way {here} to meet you,” or “and he is already headed here to meet you,” Decide whether it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also notice that the word “meet” is neutral in this context and does not imply whether or not Esau had hostile intent against Jacob.
32:6 o1mv וְ⁠אַרְבַּע מֵא֥וֹת אִ֖ישׁ עִמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “and/but {there are} {also} 400 men {coming} with him!” or “and/but {he has} 400 men with him!”
32:7 dzyd וַ⁠יִּירָ֧א יַעֲקֹ֛ב מְאֹ֖ד 1 “{When Jacob heard that,} he was very frightened” or “{When Jacob heard the report,} he was terrified”
32:7 y3ez וַ⁠יֵּ֣צֶר ל֑⁠וֹ 1 “and {very/extremely} distressed/worried.”
32:7 qaj0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יַּ֜חַץ אֶת הָ⁠עָ֣ם אֲשֶׁר אִתּ֗⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠צֹּ֧אן וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠בָּקָ֛ר וְ⁠הַ⁠גְּמַלִּ֖ים לִ⁠שְׁנֵ֥י מַחֲנֽוֹת 1 “So he divided/organized/put {all} the people and animals that were with him into two {large} camps/groups, including {his family, his servants and} {all} his flocks {of sheep and goats}, herds {of cattle} and camels.” Consider what phrase order for this sentence is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
32:8 uh0t וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “{He did that} because he thought,” or “He was thinking,”
32:8 f2z6 אִם יָב֥וֹא עֵשָׂ֛ו אֶל הַ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֥ה הָ⁠אַחַ֖ת וְ⁠הִכָּ֑⁠הוּ 1 “If Esau {and his men} come and attack {the people in} one camp/group,”
32:8 sr41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וְ⁠הָיָ֛ה הַ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֥ה הַ⁠נִּשְׁאָ֖ר לִ⁠פְלֵיטָֽה 1 “then {the people in} the other camp/group can/could escape.” or “then the other camp/group might {be able to} escape.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
32:9 rrh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֮ יַעֲקֹב֒ 1 “Then Jacob/he prayed,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
32:9 nncu אֱלֹהֵי֙ אָבִ֣⁠י אַבְרָהָ֔ם וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֖י אָבִ֣⁠י יִצְחָ֑ק יְהוָ֞ה 1 “{Dear} Yahweh, the God whom my grandfather Abraham and my father Isaac serve,” Make sure that your translation of this address refers to only one God, not two or three different Gods. Also make sure it is clear that Jacob is talking directly to Yahweh, not talking about him.
32:9 nl3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes הָ⁠אֹמֵ֣ר אֵלַ֗⁠י שׁ֧וּב לְ⁠אַרְצְ⁠ךָ֛ וּ⁠לְ⁠מוֹלַדְתְּ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠אֵיטִ֥יבָה 1 “you told me to go back to my homeland/country where my relatives live, and that you would”. Consider whether it is more natural in your language to use a direct or indirect quote here. Also see how you translated “land” and “relatives” in Gen 31:3. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
32:9 lbag rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠אֵיטִ֥יבָה עִמָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 “cause you/me to prosper.” or “make things go well for you/me.” Make sure your choice of “you” or “me” here fits with the way you translated the previous part of this quote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
32:10 n5k4 קָטֹ֜נְתִּי מִ⁠כֹּ֤ל 1 “I am not worthy of” or “I do not deserve”
32:10 rboa מִ⁠כֹּ֤ל הַ⁠חֲסָדִים֙ וּ⁠מִ⁠כָּל הָ֣⁠אֱמֶ֔ת אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשִׂ֖יתָ אֶת עַבְדֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 “the way you have always treated me so kindly and faithfully as your servant.” or “how kind and faithful/loyal you have always been to {me,} as I have served you.”
32:10 kmdh כִּ֣י בְ⁠מַקְלִ֗⁠י עָבַ֨רְתִּי֙ אֶת הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֣ן הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 “I crossed this/the Jordan {River} with {only} my staff,” or “When I {first} {left home and} crossed this/the Jordan {River}, all that I owned/had was my walking stick,”
32:10 u2f9 וְ⁠עַתָּ֥ה הָיִ֖יתִי לִ⁠שְׁנֵ֥י מַחֲנֽוֹת 1 “but now I have {so many people in my household and so many belongings/possessions that there are} two {large} camps/groups.” or “but now my {family and belongings} are enough to form/make two {large} groups.”
32:11 gjy4 הַצִּילֵ֥⁠נִי נָ֛א 1 “Please rescue me {now}” or “{Im asking you now to} please save/rescue me”
32:11 xjcf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִ⁠יַּ֥ד אָחִ֖⁠י מִ⁠יַּ֣ד עֵשָׂ֑ו 1 “from the power of my brother Esau,” or “from my brother Esau,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
32:11 g3el כִּֽי יָרֵ֤א אָנֹכִי֙ אֹת֔⁠וֹ פֶּן 1 “because I am afraid that” or “I am very worried that”
32:11 le3k יָב֣וֹא וְ⁠הִכַּ֔⁠נִי אֵ֖ם 1 “he {and his men} will come and attack me {as well as}” or “he {and his men} will attack {and kill} us {all}, {including}”
32:11 je83 אֵ֖ם עַל בָּנִֽים 1 “{these} mothers with/and {their/my/our} children!”
32:12 w08q וְ⁠אַתָּ֣ה אָמַ֔רְתָּ 1 “But/For you told/promised {me},” or “But {remember that} you promised {me},”
32:12 ubq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes הֵיטֵ֥ב אֵיטִ֖יב עִמָּ֑⁠ךְ וְ⁠שַׂמְתִּ֤י אֶֽת זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֙ כְּ⁠ח֣וֹל הַ⁠יָּ֔ם 1 “that you would surely/greatly prosper me, and that you would make my descendants {as numerous} as {the grains of} sand on the seashore,” For some languages it is more natural to use an indirect quote here, especially since Jacob is quoting the one he is talking to. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “I will cause things to prosper with you” in verse 9, and how you translated “as the sand” in Gen 22:17. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
32:12 jpv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא יִסָּפֵ֖ר מֵ⁠רֹֽב 1 “which cannot be counted because there are so many.” or “which are so numerous/many that no one can count them all.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
32:13 x40h וַ⁠יָּ֥לֶן שָׁ֖ם בַּ⁠לַּ֣יְלָה הַ⁠ה֑וּא 1 “Then Jacob spent the night there,”
32:13 mu24 וַ⁠יִּקַּ֞ח מִן הַ⁠בָּ֧א בְ⁠יָד֛⁠וֹ מִנְחָ֖ה 1 “and {during that time} he selected {many} of his animals as gifts/presents” or “and {while he was there} he picked out {many} of the animals he had with him”
32:13 ldp8 לְ⁠עֵשָׂ֥ו אָחִֽי⁠ו 1 “to give to his brother Esau,”
32:14 iss7 עִזִּ֣ים מָאתַ֔יִם וּ⁠תְיָשִׁ֖ים עֶשְׂרִ֑ים רְחֵלִ֥ים מָאתַ֖יִם וְ⁠אֵילִ֥ים עֶשְׂרִֽים 1 “{including} 200 nanny/female goats and twenty billy/male goats, 200 female sheep and twenty male sheep,” or “{including} 200 nanny/female goats, twenty billy/male goats, 200 female sheep, twenty male sheep,” Consider what is the most natural way in your language to list these animals, here and in verse 15. See how you translated “she-goats”, “he-goats”, “ewes” and “rams” in Gen 31:10.
32:15 u35q גְּמַלִּ֧ים מֵינִיק֛וֹת וּ⁠בְנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם שְׁלֹשִׁ֑ים 1 “thirty mother camels with their young/colts,”
32:15 z6ix פָּר֤וֹת אַרְבָּעִים֙ וּ⁠פָרִ֣ים עֲשָׂרָ֔ה אֲתֹנֹ֣ת עֶשְׂרִ֔ים וַ⁠עְיָרִ֖ם עֲשָׂרָֽה 1 “forty cows and ten bulls, {and} twenty female donkeys and ten male donkeys.” or “forty cows, ten bulls, twenty female donkeys and ten male donkeys.” See how you translated “female donkeys” and “male donkeys” in Gen 12:16.
32:16 gw9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּתֵּן֙ בְּ⁠יַד עֲבָדָ֔י⁠ו 1 “He/Jacob put his servants in charge of the animals,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
32:16 t090 עֵ֥דֶר עֵ֖דֶר לְ⁠בַדּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “with each kind {of animal} in a separate herd/group.” or “and had them put/keep the different kinds {of animals} in different/separate groups.”
32:16 qnrm וַ֤⁠יֹּאמֶר אֶל עֲבָדָי⁠ו֙ 1 “Then he ordered/told his servants,”
32:16 buc6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations עִבְר֣וּ לְ⁠פָנַ֔⁠י וְ⁠רֶ֣וַח תָּשִׂ֔ימוּ 1 “Go ahead of me, {one herd/group at a time,} and keep {some} space/distance between each herd/group {of animals}.” or “to go ahead of him, {one herd/group at time,} keeping {some} distance between each herd/group.” Consider whether it is better in your language to use a direct or indirect quote here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
32:17 n87y וַ⁠יְצַ֥ו אֶת הָ⁠רִאשׁ֖וֹן לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “He {also} ordered/instructed the servant in charge of the first herd/group {of animals},”
32:17 seel כִּ֣י יִֽפְגָּשְׁ⁠ךָ֞ עֵשָׂ֣ו אָחִ֗⁠י וִ⁠שְׁאֵֽלְ⁠ךָ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 “When my brother Esau meets you and asks you”
32:17 glbd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes לְ⁠מִי אַ֨תָּה֙ וְ⁠אָ֣נָה תֵלֵ֔ךְ 1 “ Who is your master, and where are you headed?” or “who your master is and where you are going/headed,” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to use a direct or indirect quote in verses 17-20a. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
32:17 m07z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וּ⁠לְ⁠מִ֖י אֵ֥לֶּה לְ⁠פָנֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 “And whose animals are these {that you are driving/herding} ahead of you? ” or “Who owns these animals in front of you? ” or “and asks who owns the animals that you are herding,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
32:18 oh8m וְ⁠אָֽמַרְתָּ֙ 1 “then you must tell {him},” or “then you are to answer/tell {him},”
32:18 i1mc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics לְ⁠עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֣ לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֔ב מִנְחָ֥ה הִוא֙ שְׁלוּחָ֔ה לַֽ⁠אדֹנִ֖⁠י לְ⁠עֵשָׂ֑ו 1 “ Esau, sir, these {animals} belong to Jacob who {humbly} serves you. He has sent them to you as a gift.” Also see how you translated “your servant” and “my lord” in verse 4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics]])
32:18 j8h3 וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה גַם ה֖וּא אַחֲרֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 “And indeed/actually he is coming right behind us. ” or “In fact, he is following us {here}. ” Notice that the pronoun “us” is exclusive here.
32:19 t364 וַ⁠יְצַ֞ו גַּ֣ם 1 “In the same way, Jacob ordered/instructed” or “Jacob gave the same orders/instructions to”. See how you translated “commanded” in verse 17.
32:19 o5nc אֶת הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֗י גַּ֚ם אֶת הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י 1 “the servant in charge of the second herd/group and the servant in charge of the third herd/group,” or “the servants who were in charge of the second and third herds/groups {of animals},”
32:19 ig25 גַּ֚ם אֶת כָּל הַ⁠הֹ֣לְכִ֔ים אַחֲרֵ֥י הָ⁠עֲדָרִ֖ים לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “as well as all {the other servants} who were in charge of the {other} herds/groups,”
32:19 b352 כַּ⁠דָּבָ֤ר הַ⁠זֶּה֙ תְּדַבְּר֣וּ⁠ן אֶל עֵשָׂ֔ו בְּ⁠מֹצַאֲ⁠כֶ֖ם אֹתֽ⁠וֹ 1 “When you meet/reach Esau, {you are to} tell him the same thing {that I told the first servant}.”
32:20 ryl0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֕ם גַּ֗ם הִנֵּ֛ה עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֥ יַעֲקֹ֖ב אַחֲרֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 “Especially be sure to tell {him}, Your servant Jacob is following us {here}. ” or “Especially be sure to tell {him} that his servant Jacob is following you {there}.” See how you translated “is behind us” in verse 18. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
32:20 gglq כִּֽי אָמַ֞ר 1 “{Jacob did all that,} because he said/thought,”
32:20 s0ro rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֲכַפְּרָ֣ה פָנָ֗י⁠ו בַּ⁠מִּנְחָה֙ 1 “I will/can appease/pacify Esau by sending” or “Perhaps Esau will stop being angry at me if I send”. The idiom “cover his face” means to try to calm someones anger by doing something to please him. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom you could use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
32:20 ne75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בַּ⁠מִּנְחָה֙ הַ⁠הֹלֶ֣כֶת לְ⁠פָנָ֔⁠י 1 “him this gift/present {of animals} ahead of me” or “this gift {of animals} to him ahead of me”. For some languages it is more natural to use an indirect quote here and say, “because he thought that if he sent the gifts {of animals} ahead of himself {to Esau}, then Esau would stop being angry at him.” Notice that this alternate translation also changes the clause order. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
32:20 vaa1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וְ⁠אַחֲרֵי כֵן֙ אֶרְאֶ֣ה פָנָ֔י⁠ו אוּלַ֖י יִשָּׂ֥א פָנָֽ⁠י 1 “After that, perhaps he will {forgive me} and welcome/accept me when we see each other face-to-face.” or “He was hoping that when Esau saw the gifts, he would {forgive him and} welcome him when they met in person.” Make sure that the way you translate this clause fits with how you translated the previous clauses as either a direct or indirect quote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
32:21 r0gm וַ⁠תַּעֲבֹ֥ר הַ⁠מִּנְחָ֖ה עַל פָּנָ֑י⁠ו 1 “Then/So the {animal} gifts {for Esau} were taken ahead of Jacob {by his servants},” or “So Jacobs servants {went} ahead of Jacob with the {animal} gifts {for Esau},” See how you translated “gift” in verses 13, 18, 20.
32:21 bq6f וְ⁠ה֛וּא לָ֥ן בַּ⁠לַּֽיְלָה הַ⁠ה֖וּא בַּֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶֽה 1 “but/while Jacob {and his family} stayed {behind} in/at the camp that night.” or “but/while Jacob himself stayed/slept for {part of} the night in the camp.”
32:22 kfyv וַ⁠יָּ֣קָם בַּ⁠לַּ֣יְלָה ה֗וּא 1 “{Later} that {same} night” or “{Sometime} during that night”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that this is the same night that was referred to in verse 21.
32:22 txq6 וַ⁠יָּ֣קָם וַ⁠יִּקַּ֞ח 1 “Jacob got/woke up and took”. The phrase “got up” often refers to initiating an action, but here it may also imply that Jacob got up out of bed after sleeping for a while.
32:22 fc8d אֶת שְׁתֵּ֤י נָשָׁי⁠ו֙ וְ⁠אֶת שְׁתֵּ֣י שִׁפְחֹתָ֔י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶת אַחַ֥ד עָשָׂ֖ר יְלָדָ֑י⁠ו 1 “his two wives, his two servant wives and his eleven sons” or “his two wives, two concubines and eleven sons”. Consider what is the best way in your language to list these people. See what you did for a similar list of people in Gen 7:13.
32:22 b3kt וַֽ⁠יַּעֲבֹ֔ר 1 “and waded/walked across” or “across”
32:22 e2wn אֵ֖ת מַעֲבַ֥ר יַבֹּֽק 1 “a shallow place on/in the Jabbok {Stream/River}.” or “a place in the Jabbok {Stream/River} that was shallow.” A ford is a very shallow place in a stream that is fairly easy and safe for people and animals to walk across. The Jabbok Stream was a small river that flowed from east to west into the Jordan River about halfway between the Dead Sea and the Sea of Galilee. Jacob took his wives and children from the north side of the stream to the south side; his brother was coming towards them from further south. It might be helpful to include a map here in your translation that includes the places named in this chapter and shows where Jacob and Esau were coming from.
32:23 xi98 וַ⁠יִּקָּחֵ֔⁠ם וַ⁠יַּֽעֲבִרֵ֖⁠ם אֶת הַ⁠נָּ֑חַל וַֽ⁠יַּעֲבֵ֖ר 1 “{After} he had taken them across the stream/river,” or “After he did that,” Verse 23 refers back to what already happened in verse 22. Make sure your translation does not sound like Jacobs wives and children crossed the Jabbok Stream twice in verses 22-23.
32:23 raph rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַֽ⁠יַּעֲבֵ֖ר 1 “he {went back and} had his servants take”. At some point, Jacob went back to the north side of the Jabbok Stream, while his family waited for him on the south side. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
32:23 p97f אֶת אֲשֶׁר ל⁠וֹ 1 “{all} his {livestock/animals and other} belongings/possessions” or “{everything} that he owned”. These belongings included the animals that Jacob had not sent ahead to Esau, as well as all his other possessions.
32:23 lwg3 וַֽ⁠יַּעֲבֵ֖ר 1 “across {the stream/river} {too}.”
32:24 vh2l וַ⁠יִּוָּתֵ֥ר יַעֲקֹ֖ב לְ⁠בַדּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “Then Jacob was {there} by himself {for a while},” or “After that, Jacob was alone {there} {for a while},”
32:24 fwnb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics וַ⁠יֵּאָבֵ֥ק אִישׁ֙ עִמּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “and/but {then} a man {came and} wrestled/fought with him”. At some point, Jacob realized that this man was Yahweh in the form of a man (verse 30), so translation teams that capitalize references to God capitalize all the pronouns that refer to him in verses 24-29, and may or may not capitalize “Man” in these verses. See what you did for a similar case when Yahweh appeared as a man to Abraham in Gen 18. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics]])
32:24 hyuk עַ֖ד עֲל֥וֹת הַ⁠שָּֽׁחַר 1 “until dawn/daybreak.” or “until daylight started to appear.” The word “dawn” refers to the time before sunrise when the sky begins to get light.
32:25 ddzn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יַּ֗רְא כִּ֣י לֹ֤א יָכֹל֙ ל֔⁠וֹ וַ⁠יִּגַּ֖ע 1 “Then the man realized that he could not overpower/defeat him/Jacob, so” or “When the man saw/realized that he was not able to defeat him/Jacob,” Make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to in verses 25-29. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
32:25 dhow rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּגַּ֖ע בְּ⁠כַף יְרֵכ֑⁠וֹ 1 “he struck/hit {him/Jacob} on his hip,” or “he touched/struck his/Jacobs hip joint,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
32:25 m76h rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠תֵּ֨קַע֙ כַּף יֶ֣רֶךְ יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “so that it” or “and his hip joint”. Consider whether it is more natural in your language to use a noun phrase or a pronoun here to refer to Jacobs hip joint. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
32:25 ddyo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠תֵּ֨קַע֙ 1 “was wrenched/knocked/put out of place” or “went out of place”. Consider whether it is better in your language to use an active or passive clause here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
32:25 mc3x בְּ⁠הֵֽאָבְק֖⁠וֹ עִמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “as he/Jacob wrestled/fought with the man.” or “as they wrestled/fought with/against each other.”
32:26 ymh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר 1 “Then the man said {to him/Jacob},” or “Then the man demanded,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
32:26 c5o9 שַׁלְּחֵ֔⁠נִי 1 “Let go of me,” or “{You must} let me go {now},”
32:26 y2gk כִּ֥י עָלָ֖ה הַ⁠שָּׁ֑חַר 1 “because it is dawn/daybreak!” or “because daylight is beginning to come!” See how you translated “the dawn came up” in verse 24.
32:26 suau rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “But Jacob said/replied {to him},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
32:26 p1he rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions לֹ֣א אֲשַֽׁלֵּחֲ⁠ךָ֔ כִּ֖י אִם בֵּרַכְתָּֽ⁠נִי 1 “{No!} I will not let go of you until you {first} bless me!” or “{No!} {First} you must bless me, then I will let you go!” or “I will let you go only if/after you bless me!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
32:27 as79 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֵלָ֖י⁠ו 1 “So/Then the man asked him/Jacob” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
32:27 etk9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations מַה שְּׁמֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 “Tell me your name.” or “what his name was.” Consider whether it is better to use a direct or indirect quote here in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
32:27 xvcd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר יַעֲקֹֽב 1 “He/Jacob answered {him}, “{My name is} Jacob.” ” or “And he told him his name was Jacob.” or “And Jacob told him his name.” Make sure in your translation that Jacobs reply sounds respectful. Also consider whether it is better to use a direct or indirect quote here in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
32:28 twx4 וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “Then the man said {to Jacob},”
32:28 uf7y לֹ֤א יַעֲקֹב֙ יֵאָמֵ֥ר עוֹד֙ שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 “Your name will no longer be Jacob,” or “You will no longer be called/named Jacob,” The wording here is similar to what God said when he changed Abrams name to Abraham (Gen 17:5) and Sarais name to Sarah (17:15). After that, Abraham and Sarah were no longer called by their previous names. In the case of Jacob, he continues to be referred to by both of his names in this chapter (“Jacob” in verses 29-30, 32; “Israel” in verse 32) and throughout the rest of the Bible, including by God (Gen 46:2). It could be that although God was changing Jacobs primary name to “Israel”, he was still known by his previous name too. You could put some of that information in a footnote.
32:28 qbvn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names כִּ֖י אִם יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 “but {rather} {it will be} Israel, {which means “he who struggles/contends with God,”}” If you include the meaning of the name “Israel” in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it fits with how you translate “struggled” in the following clause. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
32:28 udk7 כִּֽי שָׂרִ֧יתָ עִם אֱלֹהִ֛ים וְ⁠עִם אֲנָשִׁ֖ים 1 “because you have struggled/contended with/against {both} God and men/people,” The Hebrew word for “struggled” here is more general than the word for “wrestled” in verses 24 and 25.
32:28 yhdd וַ⁠תּוּכָֽל 1 “and you have won/overcome.” See how you translated “prevailed” in verse 25 and Gen 30:8. It may be necessary to translate this term in slightly different ways, depending on the context.
32:29 bkfv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics וַ⁠יִּשְׁאַ֣ל יַעֲקֹ֗ב וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “Then Jacob asked him” or “Then Jacob asked the man”. Consider again whether or not you have capitalized references to the man in verses 24-29. See the note about this at verse 24. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics]])
32:29 cidm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations הַגִּֽידָ⁠ה נָּ֣א שְׁמֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 “What is your name?” or “what his name was.” or “to tell him his name.” Consider whether it is better to use a direct or indirect quote here in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
32:29 ct8s rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “But he replied,” or “But the man replied,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
32:29 otq0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֥⁠מָּה זֶּ֖ה תִּשְׁאַ֣ל 1 “There is no need for you to ask” or “You do not need to ask”. This rhetorical question probably means that there was no need for Jacob to ask the man what his name was; he should have known without asking. Consider whether or not it is best to use a rhetorical question here in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
32:29 gbbo לִ⁠שְׁמִ֑⁠י 1 “{me} to tell you my name!” or “{me} what my name is!”
32:29 cwiw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יְבָ֥רֶךְ אֹת֖⁠וֹ שָֽׁם 1 “Then the man blessed Jacob there.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
32:30 ebqh וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֧א יַעֲקֹ֛ב שֵׁ֥ם הַ⁠מָּק֖וֹם פְּנִיאֵ֑ל 1 “So/Then Jacob named the/that place Peniel, {which means “face of God,”}”
32:30 e0ft כִּֽי 1 “because {he exclaimed},”
32:30 fpdv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom רָאִ֤יתִי אֱלֹהִים֙ פָּנִ֣ים אֶל פָּנִ֔ים 1 “I saw Gods face {here},” or “I saw/met God in person {here},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
32:30 qdf5 וַ⁠תִּנָּצֵ֖ל נַפְשִֽׁ⁠י 1 “but/and {yet} my life was spared {by him}!” or “but/and {yet} he has allowed me to live!” Jacob was amazed that he was still alive, because although there were exceptions (Exodus 33:11; Judges 13:22), normally people could not see God face-to-face and live (Exodus 33:20). You could put that information in a footnote so that readers understand why Jacob was surprised.
32:31 s3cw וַ⁠יִּֽזְרַֽח ל֣⁠וֹ הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔מֶשׁ 1 “The sun shined on Jacob” or “The sun was rising/shining”
32:31 qtbh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָבַ֖ר אֶת פְּנוּאֵ֑ל 1 “as he/Jacob left Penuel {and returned to his family}.” Penuel is another name for the place that is called Peniel in verse 30. That information could be put in a footnote. Or you could use the same spelling in both verses to avoid confusion; “Penuel” is the spelling in the rest of the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
32:31 kp04 וְ⁠ה֥וּא צֹלֵ֖עַ 1 “He was limping {as he walked}” or “{As he walked,} he was limping”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
32:31 uumw עַל יְרֵכֽ⁠וֹ 1 “because of his hip {injury}.” or “because his hip {joint} was injured/painful.”
32:32 p4np עַל כֵּ֡ן 1 “That is why”
32:32 adyk עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 “even today/now” or “{even/still} to/in the present”
32:32 bw6k בְנֵֽי יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 1 “the descendants/people of Israel” or “the Israelites”
32:32 asw5 לֹֽא יֹאכְל֨וּ אֶת גִּ֣יד הַ⁠נָּשֶׁ֗ה 1 “do not eat the muscle/tendon” or “do not eat meat”
32:32 b9m6 אֲשֶׁר֙ עַל 1 “that is/was attached to” or “that comes from”
32:32 hbfm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כַּ֣ף הַ⁠יָּרֵ֔ךְ 1 “an {animals} hip socket/joint,” Make sure it is clear in your translation that this is talking about eating meat from an animal, not cannibalism. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
32:32 isj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כִּ֤י נָגַע֙ בְּ⁠כַף יֶ֣רֶךְ יַעֲקֹ֔ב בְּ⁠גִ֖יד הַ⁠נָּשֶֽׁה 1 “to commemorate/remember {the fact} that God struck/hit {and injured} the muscle/tendon attached to Jacobs hip socket/joint.” or “because that is the muscle/tendon/place on Jacobs hip that God struck/hit {and injured}.” See how you translated the idiom “touched” in verse 25. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
33:1 kz1u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֨א יַעֲקֹ֜ב עֵינָ֗י⁠ו וַ⁠יַּרְא֙ 1 “Then Jacob looked up and saw” or “Then Jacob looked {ahead of him} and saw”. Make sure your translation of this idiom does not mean that Jacob looked straight up, rather he probably looked carefully to the south (the direction that his brother was coming from). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
33:1 ilei וְ⁠הִנֵּ֣ה עֵשָׂ֣ו בָּ֔א 1 “{in the distance} that Esau was coming {toward him},” or “that Esau was {in the distance} coming/heading {his direction/way},” Esau was still a fair distance away, which gave Jacob time to do everything that he does in verses 1-3.
33:1 ozjn וְ⁠עִמּ֕⁠וֹ אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת אִ֑ישׁ 1 “and with him {were} 400 men!” or “with 400 men!” or “and that he had 400 men with him!”
33:1 eqom וַ⁠יַּ֣חַץ אֶת הַ⁠יְלָדִ֗ים עַל לֵאָה֙ וְ⁠עַל רָחֵ֔ל וְ⁠עַ֖ל שְׁתֵּ֥י הַ⁠שְּׁפָחֽוֹת 1 “Then/So he/Jacob {quickly} separated/put his children into groups with {their own mothers,} Leah, Rachel and {his} two servant wives.” or “Then/So he/Jacob had his children {quickly} gather/stand with their own mothers, so that Leah, Rachel and {his} two concubines were each with her own children.” Each of the women had her own children with her (verse 2). See how you translated “divided” in Gen 32:7 and “his two maidservants” in Gen 32:22.
33:2 iser וַ⁠יָּ֧שֶׂם אֶת הַ⁠שְּׁפָח֛וֹת וְ⁠אֶת יַלְדֵי⁠הֶ֖ן 1 “He put his {two} servant wives and/with their children” or “He put the group that had/included his {two} servant wives and their children”. See how you translated “his two maidservants” in Gen 32:22.
33:2 v7cd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure רִֽאשֹׁנָ֑ה 1 “first {in line},” or “in front {of all the others},” For some languages it is more natural to put phrases like “first” and “after them” at the beginning of their clauses and say, “First {in line} he put his {two} servant wives and/with their children. Behind them {he put} Leah and/with her children, and last {of all} {he put} Rachel and/with {her son} Joseph.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
33:2 uagu וְ⁠אֶת לֵאָ֤ה וִֽ⁠ילָדֶ֨י⁠הָ֙ 1 “then {he put} Leah and/with her children”
33:2 gp2r אַחֲרֹנִ֔ים 1 “behind them,” or “next,”
33:2 lcks וְ⁠אֶת רָחֵ֥ל וְ⁠אֶת יוֹסֵ֖ף 1 “and {he put} Rachel and/with {her son} Joseph”
33:2 i5sj אַחֲרֹנִ֔ים 1 “behind them {all}.” or “last.” or “in the rear.”
33:3 ges4 וְ⁠ה֖וּא עָבַ֣ר לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “Then Jacob himself went/walked ahead of them {all} {toward his brother},” or “Then he/Jacob started going/walking {toward his brother} ahead of them {all},”
33:3 d6w5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֤חוּ אַ֨רְצָ⁠ה֙ שֶׁ֣בַע פְּעָמִ֔ים עַד גִּשְׁתּ֖⁠וֹ עַד אָחִֽי⁠ו 1 “and he bowed {with his face} to the ground seven times {to show respect} as he went/got closer to him/Esau.” or “and as he approached him/Esau, he prostrated himself {with his face} to the ground seven times {to show respect}.” See how you translated “bow down” in Gen 27:29. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
33:4 unbx rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַ⁠יָּ֨רָץ עֵשָׂ֤ו לִ⁠קְרָאת⁠וֹ֙ וַֽ⁠יְחַבְּקֵ֔⁠הוּ 1 “But Esau ran to greet Jacob and hugged him”. This sentence shows a contrast between what Jacob was expecting and what actually happened. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
33:4 tp65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּפֹּ֥ל עַל צַוָּארָ֖⁠ו וַׄ⁠יִּׄשָּׁׄקֵ֑ׄ⁠הׄוּׄ 1 “and he threw/put his arms around his neck/shoulders and kissed him,” or “He held him/Jacob tightly and kissed him {on the cheeks},” See how you translated “hugged him...and kissed him {on the cheeks}” in Gen 29:13. Make sure that the way you translate “fell on his neck” does not imply that Esau accidentally fell. Rather, this is an idiom that means he embraced Jacob warmly, with much emotion. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
33:4 nnax rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual וַ⁠יִּבְכּֽוּ 1 “and/as they {both} cried {for joy}.” or “Both of them cried {because they were so happy to see each other again}.” Consider whether or not to begin a new sentence here in your language. Also, some languages have a dual pronoun for “they” that could be used here. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
33:5 xxbt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֣א אֶת עֵינָ֗י⁠ו 1 “Then Esau looked up/ahead”. See how you translated the idiom “lifted...eyes” in verse 1 and Gen 31:10. It may be necessary to translate this idiom in different ways, depending on the context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
33:5 bmzl וַ⁠יַּ֤רְא אֶת הַ⁠נָּשִׁים֙ וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠יְלָדִ֔ים 1 “and saw/noticed the women and children {who were there} {with/behind Jacob},”
33:5 oav9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “so he asked {him/Jacob},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
33:5 isdl מִי אֵ֣לֶּה לָּ֑⁠ךְ 1 “Who {are} these {people}? {Do they belong} to you?” or “How are these people related to you?” Esau wants to know if these people are Jacobs family members or his servants or someone else; he is not asking what their names are.
33:5 y4y7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֕ר 1 “He/Jacob answered {him/Esau},” Make sure it is clear in your translation who is speaking to whom here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
33:5 xgtu הַ⁠יְלָדִ֕ים 1 “{They are} the children {and the wives}” or “{They are} {the/my wives and} the/my children”
33:5 mix3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֲשֶׁר חָנַ֥ן אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶת עַבְדֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 “whom God has graciously/kindly given to {me,} your servant.” or “whom God has graciously/kindly given to me, sir.” Jacob uses the phrase “your servant” to be polite and show respect to Esau; he was not actually Esaus servant. For some languages it is more natural to put the honorific title first in this sentence and say, “Sir, {they are} the {wives and} children whom God has graciously given to me.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
33:6 c9es וַ⁠תִּגַּ֧שְׁןָ הַ⁠שְּׁפָח֛וֹת הֵ֥נָּה וְ⁠יַלְדֵי⁠הֶ֖ן 1 “Then the {two} maidservants came closer {to Esau} {along} with their children,” or “Then the/Jacobs {two} servant wives and their children came/went closer/forward,” See how you translated “maidservants” in verses 1-2.
33:6 lyhm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠תִּֽשְׁתַּחֲוֶֽיןָ 1 “and they {all} bowed {to the ground} {in front of Esau/him} {to show respect}.” See how you translated “bowed down” in verse 3. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
33:7 m927 וַ⁠תִּגַּ֧שׁ גַּם לֵאָ֛ה וִ⁠ילָדֶ֖י⁠הָ 1 “Then Leah also came closer {to Esau} {along} with her children” or “Next Leah and her children also came closer/forward”
33:7 i0ri rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּֽשְׁתַּחֲו֑וּ 1 “and bowed {to the ground}.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
33:7 ptnv וְ⁠אַחַ֗ר נִגַּ֥שׁ יוֹסֵ֛ף וְ⁠רָחֵ֖ל 1 “Then last {of all}, Joseph and {his mother} Rachel came closer/forward,”
33:7 dbwa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-theydual וַ⁠יִּֽשְׁתַּחֲו֑וּ 2 “and they {also} bowed {to the ground}.” Some languages have a dual pronoun for “they” that fits here well. See what you did in verse 4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-theydual]])
33:8 yk8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “Then Esau said {to Jacob},” or “Then Esau asked {Jacob},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
33:8 udu5 מִ֥י לְ⁠ךָ֛ כָּל 1 “What do you mean/intend by” or “Why did you send” or “What is the meaning/purpose of”
33:8 cte9 כָּל הַ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֥ה הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה 1 “all those groups/herds {of livestock/animals}”
33:8 td8k אֲשֶׁ֣ר פָּגָ֑שְׁתִּי 1 “that I encountered/saw {on my way here}?” or “that came to me {on my way here}?”
33:8 gyh6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “Jacob said {to him},” or “Jacob answered {him},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
33:8 ag25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לִ⁠מְצֹא חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י 1 “{I sent them} so that you would be gracious/kind to me, sir.” or “{They are gifts for you} so that you would be pleased with me, sir.” See how you translated “my lord” and the idiom “find favor in...eyes” in Gen 32:5. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
33:9 b7wn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר עֵשָׂ֖ו 1 “But Esau replied,” or “Esau said/replied {to him},” What Esau says is in contrast to what Jacob said, but it may not be necessary to use a conjunction here at all. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
33:9 mkk0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure יֶשׁ לִ֣⁠י רָ֑ב אָחִ֕⁠י 1 “My brother, I {already} have/own enough {livestock/animals}”. For some languages it is more natural to put the address “my brother” first in this quote. Some languages also have a special term for “younger brother” that fits well here. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
33:9 hmaj יְהִ֥י לְ⁠ךָ֖ אֲשֶׁר לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 “Keep what you have/own for yourself.” or “{so} keep your livestock/animals for yourself.” or “{so} keep them for yourself.”
33:10 vlw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יַעֲקֹ֗ב 1 “But Jacob responded/insisted {to him},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
33:10 tfke אַל נָא֙ 1 “No, I beg you.” or “Please dont refuse {my gift}.” In verses 10 and 11, Jacob speaks urgently to Esau, because in that culture if Esau accepts Jacobs gift, he is committing himself to treat Jacob as a friend.
33:10 z182 אִם נָ֨א מָצָ֤אתִי חֵן֙ בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֔י⁠ךָ וְ⁠לָקַחְתָּ֥ 1 “{Rather,} if you are pleased with me,” or “{Rather,} if you want to be gracious/kind to me, then”. See how you translated the idiom “find/gain favor in your eyes” in verse 8.
33:10 stzb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְ⁠לָקַחְתָּ֥ מִנְחָתִ֖⁠י מִ⁠יָּדִ֑⁠י 1 “{please} accept these gifts from me.” or “{please} accept from me what I have given {you}.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
33:10 dnvd כִּ֣י עַל כֵּ֞ן 1 “After all,” or “The fact is,”
33:10 ogvb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile רָאִ֣יתִי פָנֶ֗י⁠ךָ כִּ⁠רְאֹ֛ת פְּנֵ֥י אֱלֹהִ֖ים וַ⁠תִּרְצֵֽ⁠נִי 1 “for me to see your face is like seeing Gods face, especially since” or “{I thought you were still angry at me, so} I was afraid of seeing/meeting you again in person, just as I would be afraid of seeing/meeting God in person, but”. In Old Testament times it was terrifying for someone to see God in person, because normally people could not see Gods face and live (Exodus 33:20). However, God had been gracious to Jacob and allowed him to live (Genesis 32:30). In the same way, it was a terrifying thing for Jacob to see Esau who had 400 men with him, but Esau was gracious to him (33:4). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
33:10 voj4 וַ⁠תִּרְצֵֽ⁠נִי 1 “you have received/welcomed me {so kindly/warmly}.” or “you {forgave me and} welcomed me!” See how you translated a different Hebrew word that means “receive” or “welcome” in Gen 32:20.
33:11 zfgz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive קַח נָ֤א אֶת בִּרְכָתִ⁠י֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הֻבָ֣את לָ֔⁠ךְ 1 “{So} please accept my gift {of livestock/animals} that my servants brought to you,” or “{So} please accept the livestock/animals from me that I sent/gave to you,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
33:11 zhos כִּֽי חַנַּ֥⁠נִי אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “because God has been kind/generous to me” or “because God has blessed me”
33:11 toi0 וְ⁠כִ֣י יֶשׁ לִ⁠י כֹ֑ל 1 “and has given me everything {that I need}.” or “so that I have/own all/everything {that I need/want}.”
33:11 dx0h rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּפְצַר בּ֖⁠וֹ 1 “He/Jacob kept urging him/Esau {to accept his gift}” or “He/Jacob kept insisting {that he/Esau accept the gift/livestock/animals from him}”. Make sure it is clear in your translation who and what is being referred to at every point in this sentence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
33:11 fs6g וַ⁠יִּקָּֽח 1 “until {finally} he/Esau accepted {it/them}.”
33:12 j0up וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “Then Esau said/suggested {to Jacob},”
33:12 a1qn נִסְעָ֣ה וְ⁠נֵלֵ֑כָה 1 “Lets start traveling/heading {home},”
33:12 zjf4 וְ⁠אֵלְכָ֖ה לְ⁠נֶגְדֶּֽ⁠ךָ 1 “and I will lead/accompany/escort you.” Esau is suggesting that he would accompany or escort Jacob and his family, not that he would go far ahead of them.
33:13 hxkz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֵלָ֗י⁠ו 1 “But he/Jacob replied to him,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
33:13 ci2o אֲדֹנִ֤⁠י יֹדֵ֨עַ֙ כִּֽי 1 “Sir, you know that” or “Sir, as you know,” See how you translated “my lord” in verse 8.
33:13 r0zl הַ⁠יְלָדִ֣ים רַכִּ֔ים 1 “my children {are} fragile/frail/delicate/weak,”
33:13 xg08 וְ⁠הַ⁠צֹּ֥אן וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּקָ֖ר עָל֣וֹת עָלָ֑⁠י 1 “and some of my sheep and cattle are nursing {their young}.” or “and I need {to be careful with} {all} the sheep and cattle that are nursing {their young}.” See how you translated “flock{s} and herd{s}” in Gen 12:16.
33:13 gbse וּ⁠דְפָקוּ⁠ם֙ י֣וֹם אֶחָ֔ד 1 “If my servants/men drive the livestock/animals {too hard/far} in one day,” or “If I force the livestock/animals to go/travel too far/fast {for} {even} one day,”
33:13 c17q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole וָ⁠מֵ֖תוּ כָּל הַ⁠צֹּֽאן 1 “then all the flock{s} {and herds} will die.” or “then all of them will die.” This phrase especially refers to the sheep and cattle that were nursing, but Jacob is probably using hyperbole here (“all”) to emphasize that he does not want to travel too fast. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
33:14 g9ie rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics יַעֲבָר נָ֥א אֲדֹנִ֖⁠י לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י עַבְדּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “{So then,} sir, please go on {home} ahead of me, sir.” See how you translated Jacobs use of “my lord” (in verse 8) and “servant” (in verse 5) to show respect and deference to Esau. Here he uses both terms for emphasis. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics]])
33:14 qgdi וַ⁠אֲנִ֞י אֶֽתְנָהֲלָ֣ה לְ⁠אִטִּ֗⁠י לְ⁠רֶ֨גֶל הַ⁠מְּלָאכָ֤ה אֲשֶׁר לְ⁠פָנַ⁠י֙ וּ⁠לְ⁠רֶ֣גֶל הַ⁠יְלָדִ֔ים 1 “Then/Meanwhile I will travel along slowly at a pace/speed {that is safe/good} for the livestock/animals and children that are with me,”
33:14 lafk עַ֛ד אֲשֶׁר אָבֹ֥א אֶל אֲדֹנִ֖⁠י 1 “until we reach you, sir,” or “We will catch up to you later, sir,”
33:14 tb57 שֵׂעִֽירָ⁠ה 1 “in {the land/region of} Seir.” See how you translated “the land of Seir” in Gen 32:3. The land of Seir was a mountainous region southeast of the land of Canaan (and the Dead Sea) and was where Esau had settled. It was also called “Edom” (Gen 32:3), which was Esaus nickname (Gen 25:30). You could put some of that information in a footnote.
33:15 twql וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר עֵשָׂ֔ו 1 “So/Then Esau said/responded {to Jacob/him},”
33:15 ku53 אַצִּֽיגָה נָּ֣א עִמְּ⁠ךָ֔ מִן הָ⁠עָ֖ם אֲשֶׁ֣ר אִתִּ֑⁠י 1 “{Okay,} {then} please let me leave you some of my men {to escort/accompany you}.” or “{Okay,} {then} may I leave some of my men with you {to escort/accompany you}?”
33:15 phvo rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “But Jacob replied,” or “Jacob said/replied {to him},” or “Jacob answered {him},” Make sure the way you translate this quote margin fits with how you translate the previous and following sentences. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
33:15 a29j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֣⁠מָּה זֶּ֔ה 1 “Theres no need for that.” or “There is no need {for you} to do that.” Jacob uses a rhetorical question here to emphasize that there is no need for Esau to leave any of his men with him. For some languages it is clearer and more natural to use a statement here instead. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
33:15 evmh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics אֶמְצָא חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י 1 “{Just} please {continue to} be gracious/kind to me, sir.” or “Sir, please {just} {continue to} treat me kindly.” Consider again how you translated “my lord” in verses 8,13-15. For some languages it is more natural to put this address earlier in this quote. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated the idiom “find favor in the eyes of” in verse 8. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics]])
33:16 u8z1 וַ⁠יָּשָׁב֩ בַּ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠ה֥וּא 1 “So that {very/same} day”
33:16 r6yz וַ⁠יָּשָׁב֩ עֵשָׂ֛ו לְ⁠דַרְכּ֖⁠וֹ 1 “Esau {and his men} started on their way” or “Esau {and his men} left and headed”
33:16 c592 וַ⁠יָּשָׁב֩ שֵׂעִֽירָ⁠ה 1 “back {home} to {the land/region of} Seir.” See how you translated “Seir” in verse 14.
33:17 moff rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠יַעֲקֹב֙ נָסַ֣ע סֻכֹּ֔תָ⁠ה 1 “But Jacob traveled/went to {the town of} Succoth {instead},” or “Meanwhile, {instead of going to Seir,} Jacob {and his family} traveled/went to {the town of} Succoth,” Jacob went northwest to Succoth, instead of going south to the region of Seir as he had said he would do (verse 14). Also see how you translated “travel” in verse 12. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
33:17 moyc וַ⁠יִּ֥בֶן ל֖⁠וֹ בָּ֑יִת 1 “There he {and his men/servants} built a house for himself {and his family/household},” or “where he {and his men/servants} built a house for his family/household,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
33:17 kw1x וּ⁠לְ⁠מִקְנֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ עָשָׂ֣ה סֻכֹּ֔ת 1 “and they {also} built {some} shelters for his livestock/animals.” or “and shelters for his livestock/animals.” The term “livestock” is general here and includes all of Jacobs animals.
33:17 oyhe עַל כֵּ֛ן 1 “That is why” or “Because of that,” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 32:32.
33:17 tv48 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names קָרָ֥א שֵׁם הַ⁠מָּק֖וֹם סֻכּֽוֹת 1 “the name of that place/town is {called} Succoth, {which means “shelters.”}” or “they/people call that place/town Succoth, {which means “shelters.”}” The phrase “he/they called” could refer to Jacob, or it could refer to people in general (as it often does in Genesis). If you include the meaning of the name Succoth in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it matches the way you translate “shelters” earlier in this verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
33:18 uqlg וַ⁠יָּבֹא֩ יַעֲקֹ֨ב שָׁלֵ֜ם עִ֣יר שְׁכֶ֗ם אֲשֶׁר֙ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן בְּ⁠בֹא֖⁠וֹ מִ⁠פַּדַּ֣ן אֲרָ֑ם 1 “Later Jacob {and his family} arrived safely at the city of Shechem in the land/region of Canaan, as he/they continued traveling {home} from {the land/region of} Paddan Aram,” or “{After that,} Jacob {and his family} continued their journey {home} from {the land/region of} Paddan Aram, until {eventually} they arrived safely at the city of Shechem in the land/region of Canaan,” Jacob and his family had left Paddan Aram and had been traveling back to the land of his ancestors in Canaan (Gen 31:3, 13, 18). See how you translated “in peace” in Gen 28:21.
33:18 q3jx וַ⁠יִּ֖חַן 1 “and he/they set up camp {in a field}” or “Then he/they set up his/their tents {in a field}”. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated “camped” in Gen 26:17.
33:18 a1lz אֶת פְּנֵ֥י הָ⁠עִֽיר 1 “near/beside the/that city.” or “on the edge/outskirts of the/that city.”
33:19 dg43 וַ⁠יִּ֜קֶן אֶת חֶלְקַ֣ת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֗ה 1 “Then he bought the plot/piece of land” or “{While he was there,} he bought the land”
33:19 gedk אֲשֶׁ֤ר נָֽטָה אָהֳל֔⁠וֹ 1 “where they had set up their tents/camp” or “where he/they were camping/staying”
33:19 esul rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown מִ⁠יַּ֥ד בְּנֵֽי חֲמ֖וֹר אֲבִ֣י שְׁכֶ֑ם בְּ⁠מֵאָ֖ה קְשִׂיטָֽה 1 “from the sons of Hamor for one hundred pieces {of silver/money}. One of Hamors sons was named Shechem.” or “for/with one hundred pieces {of silver/money} from the sons of Hamor {who was} the father of Shechem.” The weight and value of a hundred kesitahs of silver is not known. Some ancient translations (including the LXX and Latin Vulgate) have “a hundred lambs” here, but most modern translations have “a hundred pieces of silver/money”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
33:20 lob7 וַ⁠יַּצֶּב שָׁ֖ם מִזְבֵּ֑חַ 1 “On that land he/Jacob {also} built a {stone} altar,” or “Jacob {also} built/made an altar {out of stones} on that land,” See how you translated “altar” in Gen 26:25.
33:20 e6k2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠יִּ֨קְרָא ל֔⁠וֹ אֵ֖ל אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 “and he named it El Elohe Israel, {which means “God is the God of Israel.”}” The name “El Elohe Israel” could also mean “Powerful/Mighty is the God of Israel” because the Hebrew word “el” can mean “God” or “powerful”. You could put that information in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
34:1 xwzi rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠תֵּצֵ֤א דִינָה֙ 1 “Then/Now {one day} Dinah,” or “{One day,} Dinah,” These events took place at an unspecified time after Jacob and his family set up their camp beside the city of Shechem (Gen 33:18). Consider what is the best way to introduce a new event in your language. Also be consistent here with how you spelled “Dinah” in Gen 30:21. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
34:1 kf4a בַּת לֵאָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר יָלְדָ֖ה לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 “{who was} the daughter whom Leah bore/had for Jacob,” or “{who was} the daughter of Jacob and Leah,”
34:1 da5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠תֵּצֵ֤א לִ⁠רְא֖וֹת 1 “went {to/into the city} to visit {with}”. The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. The verb “to see” (1) could be used here as an idiom that means “to visit”; many languages have a similar idiom. (2) could literally mean that Dinah went “to see/observe” the local women, for example, how they dressed and what jewelry they wore. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
34:1 xo8b בִּ⁠בְנ֥וֹת הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “{some of} the women who were native to that area/region.” or “{some of} the local/native women.” See how you translated “daughters of the land” in Gen 27:46, and how you translated a similar phrase (“people of the land”) in Gen 23:7, 12.
34:2 kd4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יַּ֨רְא שְׁכֶ֧ם בֶּן חֲמ֛וֹר הַֽ⁠חִוִּ֖י נְשִׂ֣יא הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “Then Shechem, who was the/a son of the Hivite named Hamor who ruled that region,” or “Now the ruler/chief of that region was a Hivite named Hamor. His son Shechem”. Consider which order of phrases is best here in your language. Also see how you translated “Hivites” in Gen 10:17 and “ruler” in Gen 25:16. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
34:2 ht9l וַ⁠יַּ֨רְא אֹתָ֜⁠הּ וַ⁠יִּקַּ֥ח אֹתָ֛⁠הּ 1 “saw Dinah, and he grabbed {hold of} her” or “saw {how beautiful} Dinah was, so he took/grabbed {hold of} her”
34:2 ptfl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠יִּשְׁכַּ֥ב אֹתָ֖⁠הּ וַ⁠יְעַנֶּֽ⁠הָ 1 “and forced her to go to bed with him.” or “and raped her.” This is a euphemistic way of saying that Shechem forced Dinah to have sex with him. Translate this in a way that will not offend or embarrass people, especially when hearing your translation read aloud. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
34:3 l9qg וַ⁠תִּדְבַּ֣ק נַפְשׁ֔⁠וֹ בְּ⁠דִינָ֖ה בַּֽת יַעֲקֹ֑ב וַ⁠יֶּֽאֱהַב֙ 1 “He/Shechem was strongly/deeply attracted to Jacobs daughter Dinah and” or “He/Shechem admired Jacobs daughter Dinah so much that” or “He/Shechem admired her so much that”
34:3 egbq וַ⁠יֶּֽאֱהַב֙ אֶת הַֽ⁠נַּעֲרָ֔ 1 “he loved her” or “he fell in love with her”
34:3 nd16 וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֖ר עַל לֵ֥ב הַֽ⁠נַּעֲרָֽ 1 “and spoke sweetly/tenderly to her {to try to woo/persuade/comfort her}.” or “and {tried to win her heart/affection} by speaking tenderly/kindly to her.” See how you translated “young woman” in Gen 24:14, and see the note about that there.
34:4 q2v0 וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר שְׁכֶ֔ם אֶל חֲמ֥וֹר אָבִ֖י⁠ו לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “Then Shechem said to his father Hamor,” or “Then Shechem {went to} his father Hamor and requested/demanded,”
34:4 u0r8 קַֽח לִ֛⁠י אֶת הַ⁠יַּלְדָּ֥ה הַ⁠זֹּ֖את לְ⁠אִשָּֽׁה 1 “Negotiate {things} for me so that I can marry this girl.” or “Ask this girls family to let me marry her.” At that time it was normal for parents to negotiate with another family to get a spouse for their child. The negotiations would include a bride-price and other details. You could put some of that information in a footnote. The term “girl” that Shechem uses here is less respectful than the term “young woman” that is used in verses 3 and 12.
34:5 ern7 וְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֣ב שָׁמַ֗ע כִּ֤י 1 “When Jacob found out that” or “When Jacob was told/informed {by someone} that”
34:5 iqjy טִמֵּא֙ אֶת דִּינָ֣ה בִתּ֔⁠וֹ וּ⁠בָנָ֛י⁠ו 1 “Shechem had dishonored/disgraced his daughter Dinah,” or “his daughter Dinah had been defiled/disgraced by Shechem,”
34:5 ikpl וּ⁠בָנָ֛י⁠ו הָי֥וּ אֶת מִקְנֵ֖⁠הוּ בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֑ה 1 “his sons were {still} tending his livestock/animals out in the fields,” or “his sons were {still} {out} in the fields taking care of his livestock/animals,”
34:5 b462 וְ⁠הֶחֱרִ֥שׁ יַעֲקֹ֖ב 1 “so he didnt say anything {about it}” or “so he didnt tell anyone {about it}”. Make sure your translation of this phrase does not mean that Jacob was totally silent. Rather, it means he did not speak about what Shechem had done to Dinah.
34:5 vahs עַד בֹּאָֽ⁠ם 1 “until they came {back} {home}.” or “until they returned {home}.”
34:6 huzm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֛א חֲמ֥וֹר אֲבִֽי שְׁכֶ֖ם 1 “Meanwhile, Shechems father Hamor went {with his son}” or “Meanwhile, {Shechem and} Shechems/his father Hamor went”. For some languages it is more natural to introduce Shechem here, rather than wait and have him appear too suddenly in verse 11. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
34:6 fxey אֶֽל יַעֲקֹ֑ב לְ⁠דַבֵּ֖ר אִתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “to talk to Jacob.” or “to Jacobs {camp/tent} to talk with/to him.”
34:7 celp וּ⁠בְנֵ֨י יַעֲקֹ֜ב בָּ֤אוּ מִן הַ⁠שָּׂדֶה֙ 1 “Then/Soon Jacobs sons returned {home} from the fields.”
34:7 ydmu כְּ⁠שָׁמְעָ֔⁠ם וַ⁠יִּֽתְעַצְּבוּ֙ 1 “When they heard {what had happened},” or “When they heard {that Shechem had raped their sister},” Many translations put “when they heard” with the previous sentence. However, unless someone else told Jacobs sons the news of what happened, that interpretation contradicts verse 5, which says that Jacob kept quiet about it until his sons got home.
34:7 cnrm וַ⁠יִּֽתְעַצְּבוּ֙ הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֔ים 1 “they were {very} distressed/shocked”. See how you translated “grieved” in Gen 6:6. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
34:7 m7g2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּ֥חַר לָ⁠הֶ֖ם מְאֹ֑ד 1 “and filled with anger,” or “and extremely angry,” See how you translated the idiom “it/anger burned within...” in Gen 32:36. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
34:7 csph כִּֽי נְבָלָ֞ה עָשָׂ֣ה בְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 “because Shechem had disgraced/dishonored {the people/family of} Israel” or “because Shechem had brought shame on Israels family”. Notice that the Hebrew text has both of Jacobs names in verse 7, “Jacob” and “Israel”, to emphasize that Shechem had sinned against Jacob and all of his descendants (the people of Israel). You could put that information in a footnote. Make sure that your translation of “Israel” does not refer here to a place, since Israel was not yet a country or a territory.
34:7 e6q9 לִ⁠שְׁכַּב֙ אֶת בַּֽת יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “by having sexual relations with Jacobs daughter.” or “by raping Jacobs daughter.”
34:7 wf5f וְ⁠כֵ֖ן לֹ֥א יֵעָשֶֽׂה 1 “Such a {wicked/terrible} thing should never be done {by anyone}!” or “No one should ever do such a {wicked/horrible} thing/crime!”
34:8 omfw וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֥ר חֲמ֖וֹר אִתָּ֣⁠ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “But Hamor pleaded with Jacob and his sons and said,” or “But Hamor urged/begged Jacob and his sons,”
34:8 w5nt שְׁכֶ֣ם בְּנִ֗⁠י חָֽשְׁקָ֤ה נַפְשׁ⁠וֹ֙ בְּ⁠בִתְּ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “My son Shechem really/deeply loves” or “My son Shechem has fallen {deeply/completely} in love with”
34:8 ma3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular בְּ⁠בִתְּ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “your {familys} daughter.” or “your daughter {and sister}.” The pronoun “your” is plural here which shows that Hamor is addressing not only Jacob but also his sons. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
34:8 sx6u תְּנ֨וּ נָ֥א אֹתָ֛⁠הּ ל֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠אִשָּֽׁה 1 “{So} please allow/permit him to marry her.” The way “give” and “take” are used in verses 8, 9, 12, 16 and 21 reflects the culture at that time, when parents or families arranged marriages for their daughters. Also see the note about this at verse 4.
34:9 elqs וְ⁠הִֽתְחַתְּנ֖וּ אֹתָ֑⁠נוּ 1 “{In fact,} lets allow marriage between our two people groups,” or “Lets agree to let members of our families marry one another,”
34:9 fum0 בְּנֹֽתֵי⁠כֶם֙ תִּתְּנוּ לָ֔⁠נוּ וְ⁠אֶת בְּנֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ תִּקְח֥וּ לָ⁠כֶֽם 1 “{so that} your daughters can/will marry our {young men} and your {young men} can/will marry our daughters.” or “{so that} you allow our {young men} to marry your daughters and we allow your {young men} to marry our daughters.”
34:10 rrpa וְ⁠אִתָּ֖⁠נוּ תֵּשֵׁ֑בוּ 1 “You can {also} settle/live among us.” or “{We also invite you to} settle/live with/among us.”
34:10 x3fi וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ תִּהְיֶ֣ה לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם שְׁבוּ֙ וּ⁠סְחָר֔וּ⁠הָ 1 “The land is available for you {to choose what you want}; settle/live {in it} {wherever you want}. You can {also} trade {freely} here,” or “You can settle/live {wherever you want} in the land. You can also do business buying and selling things {wherever you want},” Normally foreigners were not allowed to own land or to move around in the land to trade freely. So that is why Hamor is offering this in exchange for Jacob allowing his family to intermarry with the Hivites.
34:10 b00z וְ⁠הֵֽאָחֲז֖וּ בָּֽ⁠הּ 1 “and you can buy/own {your own} {property/land}.”
34:11 cmfm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר שְׁכֶם֙ אֶל אָבִ֣י⁠ה וְ⁠אֶל אַחֶ֔י⁠הָ 1 “Then Shechem said to Dinahs father and brothers,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
34:11 i9w3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אֶמְצָא חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “{Please} be gracious/kind to me {and let me marry her/Dinah},” See how you translated the idiom “Let me find favor in the eyes of...” in Gen 33:15. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
34:11 mqgb וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר תֹּאמְר֛וּ אֵלַ֖⁠י אֶתֵּֽן 1 “Then I will give/pay {you} whatever you request/require/ask from me {for her}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
34:12 l9mr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הַרְבּ֨וּ עָלַ֤⁠י מְאֹד֙ מֹ֣הַר וּ⁠מַתָּ֔ן 1 “Set the dowry/bride-price and {marriage/wedding} gifts {that I must pay} {to marry her} as high as you want,” The “dowry” was the payment that a groom (and his family) had to give to the brides family, which could include things like money, land and livestock. The term “gift” probably refers to additional gifts given to the bride and her family members (as in Gen 24:53). If the custom of paying a dowry is not known in your culture, you could include an explanation in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
34:12 zoy5 וְ⁠אֶ֨תְּנָ֔ה כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר תֹּאמְר֖וּ אֵלָ֑⁠י 1 “and I will give/pay {you} whatever you request/ask/require from me.” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 11.
34:12 hr5l וּ⁠תְנוּ לִ֥⁠י אֶת הַֽ⁠נַּעֲרָ֖ לְ⁠אִשָּֽׁה 1 “{Just please} give the young woman to me to marry.” or “{Just/Only please} let me marry the young woman.” See how you translated “young woman” in verse 3.
34:13 vxqs וַ⁠יַּעֲנ֨וּ בְנֵֽי יַעֲקֹ֜ב אֶת שְׁכֶ֨ם וְ⁠אֶת חֲמ֥וֹר אָבִ֛י⁠ו בְּ⁠מִרְמָ֖ה וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֑רוּ 1 “Then/But Jacobs sons responded/replied to Shechem and his father Hamor in a deceitful/deceptive way” or “Jacobs sons responded/replied to Shechem and his father Hamor but deceived/tricked them”
34:13 vyae rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֲשֶׁ֣ר טִמֵּ֔א אֵ֖ת דִּינָ֥ה אֲחֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 “because he/Shechem had dishonored/disgraced their sister Dinah.” or “because he/Shechem had done a shameful thing to their sister Dinah.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “But because/since Shechem had defiled/dishonored their sister Dinah, the sons of Jacob deceived/tricked Shechem and his father Hamor 14 by saying to them,” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
34:14 qc19 וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֗ם 1 “and said to them,” or “They said to them,” Consider whether it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here or to continue the sentence that started in verse 13.
34:14 fyu7 לֹ֤א נוּכַל֙ לַ⁠עֲשׂוֹת֙ הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה לָ⁠תֵת֙ 1 “We are not able to do such a thing as” or “It would be not be acceptable/right for us to”
34:14 va2y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism לָ⁠תֵת֙ אֶת אֲחֹתֵ֔⁠נוּ לְ⁠אִ֖ישׁ אֲשֶׁר ל֣⁠וֹ עָרְלָ֑ה 1 “let our sister marry a man {like you} who has not had his foreskin removed” or “allow a man {like you} who is not circumcised to marry our sister”. Translate “who has a foreskin” in a way that will not offend or embarrass people, especially when hearing your translation read aloud. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
34:14 guat כִּֽי חֶרְפָּ֥ה הִ֖וא לָֽ⁠נוּ 1 “because that would dishonor/humiliate our family!” or “That would cause {great} shame/humiliation to our family!”
34:15 xfgc אַךְ בְּ⁠זֹ֖את נֵא֣וֹת לָ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “The only way that we will/can agree with your proposal is” or “We will/can do what you want/ask only if you do this one thing:”
34:15 u2iz אִ֚ם תִּהְי֣וּ כָמֹ֔⁠נוּ 1 “if {first} you {and your people} become like us” or “You {and your people} must {first} become like us”
34:15 w4wh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms לְ⁠הִמֹּ֥ל לָ⁠כֶ֖ם כָּל זָכָֽר 1 “by circumcising all your males.” See how you translated “circumcised” in Gen 17:10. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
34:16 i0ty rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive וְ⁠נָתַ֤נּוּ אֶת בְּנֹתֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ לָ⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠אֶת בְּנֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם נִֽקַּֽח לָ֑⁠נוּ 1 “Then we will let our daughters marry your {young men}, and our {young men} will marry your daughters.” or “{If/After you do that,} then we will allow your {young men} to marry our daughters, and {we will allow} your daughters to marry our {young men}.” The pronouns “we”, “our” and “us” are exclusive in verses 14-17, except at the end of verse 16 below. Also see how you translated “give...daughters...take...daughters...” in verse 9. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
34:16 v17p וְ⁠יָשַׁ֣בְנוּ אִתְּ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “We will {also} settle/live among you {in this land},” See how you translated “settle with” in verse 10.
34:16 ijuu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive וְ⁠הָיִ֖ינוּ לְ⁠עַ֥ם אֶחָֽד 1 “so that we become one people group.” or “and as a result we will {all} be/become one people/ethnic group.” Here the “we” is inclusive because Jacobs sons are including Shechem and Hamors people. If you have an inclusive form of this pronoun in your language, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
34:17 p6xy וְ⁠אִם לֹ֧א תִשְׁמְע֛וּ אֵלֵ֖י⁠נוּ לְ⁠הִמּ֑וֹל 1 “But/However if you refuse to agree with our requirement that you circumcise {your people/males},” or “But if you will/do not circumcise {your males} as we require/say,”
34:17 o476 וְ⁠לָקַ֥חְנוּ אֶת בִּתֵּ֖⁠נוּ וְ⁠הָלָֽכְנוּ 1 “then we will take our {fathers/familys} daughter {from you} and go/move {somewhere else}.” or “then we will leave and take our sister with us.” The phrase “our daughter” reflects the fact that Jacobs sons are using their fathers perspective and authority here. If that is confusing, you could say “our sister” instead. See how you translated “our {familys} daughter” in verse 8.
34:18 jvuw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּֽיטְב֥וּ דִבְרֵי⁠הֶ֖ם בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י חֲמ֑וֹר וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵינֵ֖י שְׁכֶ֥ם בֶּן חֲמֽוֹר 1 “What Jacobs sons said/proposed seemed good to Hamor and his son Shechem.” or “Hamor and his son Shechem were pleased {and agreed to do} what Jacobs sons said/proposed.” See how you translated the idiom “good in...eyes” in Gen 19:8. It may need to be translated in different ways, depending on the context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
34:19 hx5y וְ⁠לֹֽא אֵחַ֤ר הַ⁠נַּ֨עַר֙ 1 “So Shechem immediately started” or “So right away Shechem took action”
34:19 xq4h לַ⁠עֲשׂ֣וֹת הַ⁠דָּבָ֔ר 1 “to do/fulfill what they required/proposed,” or “to do/fulfill their requirement,”
34:19 dw3y כִּ֥י חָפֵ֖ץ בְּ⁠בַֽת יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 “because he was thrilled with Jacobs daughter {Dinah}.” or “because he was deeply/completely in love with Jacobs daughter {Dinah}.”
34:19 p3wu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠ה֣וּא נִכְבָּ֔ד מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל בֵּ֥ית אָבִֽי⁠ו 1 “{He was able to get people/everyone to do what he wanted} because he was the most respected person in his fathers household/family.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause earlier in this sentence and say, “So right away Shechem, who was the most respected member in his fathers household/family, started to do what they required, because he was thrilled with Jacobs daughter.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
34:20 acum וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥א חֲמ֛וֹר וּ⁠שְׁכֶ֥ם בְּנ֖⁠וֹ 1 “In fact, he/Shechem and his father Hamor”
34:20 xidd וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥א אֶל שַׁ֣עַר עִירָ֑⁠ם 1 “went {straight/directly} to their citys gates/entrance {for a town meeting},”
34:20 cgfe וַֽ⁠יְדַבְּר֛וּ אֶל אַנְשֵׁ֥י עִירָ֖⁠ם לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 “and they spoke to the city elders/leaders {who had gathered there}. They said,” or “and they told the elders/leaders of their city {about Jacob and his sons},” In that culture the leaders of a city held their meetings at the main city gates (as in Gen 23:3). Cities were surrounded by walls (that had gates) for protection. You could put some of that information in a footnote so that people understand what was happening.
34:21 mxq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֨ים הָ⁠אֵ֜לֶּה שְֽׁלֵמִ֧ים אִתָּ֗⁠נוּ 1 “These people are friendly toward us,” or “Jacob and his family are at peace with us,” Here “us” includes Hamor, Shechem and the men they are talking to. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
34:21 abis וְ⁠יֵשְׁב֤וּ 1 “so {lets} allow them to” or “so we should let them”
34:21 qx3i וְ⁠יֵשְׁב֤וּ בָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ 1 “live/stay in the/our land”. See how you translated “settle” in verse 10.
34:21 r5i3 וְ⁠יִסְחֲר֣וּ אֹתָ֔⁠הּ 1 “and trade {freely} here.” or “and let them buy and sell things {wherever they want}.” See how you translated “trade in it” in verse 10.
34:21 eq9e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֛רֶץ הִנֵּ֥ה רַֽחֲבַת יָדַ֖יִם לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “Look, there is enough land to support them {and us}.” or “After all, there is more than enough space/room in the/this land for them {too}.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
34:21 p1ah אֶת בְּנֹתָ⁠ם֙ נִקַּֽח לָ֣⁠נוּ לְ⁠נָשִׁ֔ים וְ⁠אֶת בְּנֹתֵ֖י⁠נוּ נִתֵּ֥ן לָ⁠הֶֽם 1 “{That way too,} we can take/choose their daughters to be {our} wives, and we can let their {young} men marry our daughters.” or “{Besides that,} {then} our {young men} can marry their daughters, and their {young men} can marry our daughters.” See how you translated similar clauses in verses 9 and 16. It may be necessary to translate these in different ways, depending on the context.
34:22 hf95 אַךְ בְּ֠⁠זֹאת יֵאֹ֨תוּ לָ֤⁠נוּ הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁים֙ לָ⁠שֶׁ֣בֶת אִתָּ֔⁠נוּ 1 “There is just one thing/condition/requirement: They will only agree to settle/live among us”. or “But they will only consent/agree to settle/live among us”. See how you began verse 15, which is very similar to verse 22.
34:22 r3ez לִ⁠הְי֖וֹת לְ⁠עַ֣ם אֶחָ֑ד 1 “and become one people group {with us}”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 16.
34:22 yesq בְּ⁠הִמּ֥וֹל לָ֨⁠נוּ֙ כָּל זָכָ֔ר 1 “if all our males are circumcised” or “if we circumcise all our males”. See how you translated “every male among...circumcised” in verse 15.
34:22 kv8j כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר הֵ֥ם נִמֹּלִֽים 1 “as their males are.” or “so that we are like them.”
34:23 w2up מִקְנֵ⁠הֶ֤ם וְ⁠קִנְיָנָ⁠ם֙ וְ⁠כָל בְּהֶמְתָּ֔⁠ם 1 “{Then} all their livestock and animals, and {all} their {other} property/possessions” or “{But if we do that,} {all} their property/possessions, {including} their livestock and all their {other} animals”
34:23 bstj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֥וֹא לָ֖⁠נוּ הֵ֑ם 1 “will belong to us!” or “will be ours!” This rhetorical question emphasizes that all of Jacobs livestock and property will belong to the people of Shechem. If a rhetorical question does not fit here in your language, you could make this a statement. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
34:23 cpgv אַ֚ךְ נֵא֣וֹתָה לָ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 “{So} lets just agree to do what they require,” or “{So} we should just do what they propose/require”
34:23 bcto וְ⁠יֵשְׁב֖וּ אִתָּֽ⁠נוּ 1 “so that they will settle/live among us!” See how you translated “settle with us” in verses 10 and 22.
34:24 kgkn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּשְׁמְע֤וּ כָּל יֹצְאֵ֖י שַׁ֣עַר עִיר֑⁠וֹ 1 “All {the men} who were citizens/leaders/elders of the city” or “All the men/leaders/elders who were {there} at the city gate/entrance”. Make sure that your translation of this idiom refers here to the same men who had gathered at the city gates in verse 20. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
34:24 qqoa וַ⁠יִּשְׁמְע֤וּ אֶל חֲמוֹר֙ וְ⁠אֶל שְׁכֶ֣ם בְּנ֔⁠וֹ 1 “agreed with Hamor and his son Shechem,” or “agreed to do what Hamor and his son Shechem said,”
34:24 l5xq וַ⁠יִּמֹּ֨לוּ֙ כָּל זָכָ֔ר כָּל יֹצְאֵ֖י שַׁ֥עַר עִירֽ⁠וֹ 1 “so all of them and all the other males in the city were circumcised.” or “so they circumcised every male in the city, including themselves.”
34:25 xbss וַ⁠יְהִי֩ בַ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֜י 1 “On the third day {after that},” or “Three days later,”
34:25 x8wa בִּֽ⁠הְיוֹתָ֣⁠ם כֹּֽאֲבִ֗ים 1 “when the men of {the city of} Shechem were {all} {still} sore {from being circumcised},” or “when it was {still} painful for the men of the city {to move/walk},”
34:25 abi8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship וַ⁠יִּקְח֣וּ שְׁנֵֽי בְנֵי יַ֠עֲקֹב שִׁמְע֨וֹן וְ⁠לֵוִ֜י אֲחֵ֤י דִינָה֙ 1 “two of Jacobs sons, Simeon and Levi, {who were} Dinahs brothers,” These brothers had the same father and mother as Dinah. Some languages have a special term for this. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
34:25 nk02 וַ⁠יִּקְח֣וּ אִ֣ישׁ חַרְבּ֔⁠וֹ וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥אוּ עַל הָ⁠עִ֖יר בֶּ֑טַח 1 “took their swords and attacked the city, with no one opposing/resisting them.” See how you translated “sword” in Gen 27:40.
34:25 g5z3 וַ⁠יַּֽהַרְג֖וּ כָּל זָכָֽר 1 “They killed all the males/men {there}”. The children who were males were probably not killed, since later (verse 29) it says that all the children were captured. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here that continues into verse 26.
34:26 hiyf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual וְ⁠אֶת חֲמוֹר֙ וְ⁠אֶת שְׁכֶ֣ם בְּנ֔⁠וֹ הָרְג֖וּ לְ⁠פִי חָ֑רֶב 1 “with their swords, including Hamor and his son Shechem.” Some languages have dual pronouns for “they” and “you” that can be used in verses 25-26 and 30-31 to refer to Simeon and Levi. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
34:26 ext8 וַ⁠יִּקְח֧וּ אֶת דִּינָ֛ה מִ⁠בֵּ֥ית שְׁכֶ֖ם 1 “Then they took/got/rescued Dinah from Shechems house”
34:26 wgh0 וַ⁠יֵּצֵֽאוּ 1 “and left {the city}.” or “and returned {home}.”
34:27 cym6 בְּנֵ֣י יַעֲקֹ֗ב בָּ֚אוּ עַל הַ֣⁠חֲלָלִ֔ים וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖זּוּ הָ⁠עִ֑יר 1 “{Then/Next} {all} Jacobs sons went {into the city} and took everything valuable from/off the dead bodies and from {the rest of} the city”. All of Jacobs sons probably joined Simeon and Levi in plundering the city, after those two had killed all the men there (verse 25).
34:27 iggu אֲשֶׁ֥ר טִמְּא֖וּ אֲחוֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 “{They did that} because {that was where} Shechem had defiled/dishonored/disgraced their sister.” or “to get revenge for the shameful thing that had been done to their sister {there}.” See how you translated “defiled” in verses 5 and 13. Even though Shechem was the one who actually defiled Dinah (verses 2, 5, 7, 13), Jacobs sons held everyone in the city responsible for the crime that their rulers son had committed (verses 25-29). If that is not clear, you could put that information in a footnote. Make sure that your translation of “they” does not refer to Jacobs sons.
34:28 u9bb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֶת צֹאנָ֥⁠ם וְ⁠אֶת בְּקָרָ֖⁠ם וְ⁠אֶת חֲמֹרֵי⁠הֶּ֑ם וְ⁠אֵ֧ת אֲשֶׁר בָּ⁠עִ֛יר וְ⁠אֶת אֲשֶׁ֥ר בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֖ה לָקָֽחוּ 1 “They took away the peoples sheep and goats, their cattle, their donkeys, and everything else {they wanted} from inside the city and from out in the fields/countryside.” or “They plundered whatever was inside the city and out in the {surrounding} fields/area, including the peoples flocks {of sheep and goats}, their herds {of cattle} and their donkeys.” See how you translated “donkeys” in Gen 32:15. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
34:29 ulo0 וְ⁠אֶת כָּל חֵילָ֤⁠ם וְ⁠אֶת כָּל טַפָּ⁠ם֙ וְ⁠אֶת נְשֵׁי⁠הֶ֔ם שָׁב֖וּ וַ⁠יָּבֹ֑זּוּ וְ⁠אֵ֖ת כָּל אֲשֶׁ֥ר בַּ⁠בָּֽיִת 1 “They carried away all the valuable things the people of Shechem had owned, including everything that was in their houses. They also captured all their women and children.” or “They took away everything that was valuable, and also captured all the children and women. They seized and took away everything that was in the houses.” See how you translated “plundered” in verse 27.
34:30 orqa וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יַעֲקֹ֜ב 1 “Later/Afterwards {when they came home,} Jacob”
34:30 az4w וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אֶל שִׁמְע֣וֹן וְ⁠אֶל לֵוִי֮ 1 “scolded/rebuked Simeon and Levi {by saying},”
34:30 cqxl עֲכַרְתֶּ֣ם אֹתִ⁠י֒ 1 “You have brought/caused me {serious} trouble/problems” or “You have put me/us in great danger”
34:30 wstm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לְ⁠הַבְאִישֵׁ֨⁠נִי֙ בְּ⁠יֹשֵׁ֣ב הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ בַּֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֖י וּ⁠בַ⁠פְּרִזִּ֑י 1 “by causing the people who live in this land to despise/hate me/us, {including/especially} the Canaanites and Perizzites!” or “by causing the Canaanites and Perizzites who live in this land to despise/hate me/us!” The idiom “making me stink” means Jacobs sons had caused him to have a very bad reputation so that people would hate him and his family. Some languages have a similar idiom that fits well here. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “the Canaanites” and “the Perizzites” in Gen 13:7; 15:20-21. There were other people groups also living in the land, but these two groups are the ones being emphasized here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
34:30 sth0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וַ⁠אֲנִי֙ מְתֵ֣י מִסְפָּ֔ר 1 “I/We {only} have a few men {to defend us},” or “I/We dont have many people {in our family/household},” The words “I”, “me” and “my” refer in this verse to all of Jacobs family; he uses these pronouns because he is the leader of his family. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
34:30 wg65 וְ⁠נֶאֶסְפ֤וּ עָלַ⁠י֙ וְ⁠הִכּ֔וּ⁠נִי 1 “so if they {all} join {forces} against me/us and attack me/us,” Make sure your use of the pronouns “me” or “us” fits with the way you translate the rest of this sentence.
34:30 qov1 וְ⁠נִשְׁמַדְתִּ֖י אֲנִ֥י וּ⁠בֵיתִֽ⁠י 1 “then I/we and my/our family/household will be destroyed/killed!” or “they will destroy/annihilate/kill me/us and {the rest of} my/our family/household!”
34:31 unw5 וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֑וּ 1 “But Simeon and Levi responded/replied {angrily},”
34:31 rcxi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הַ⁠כְ⁠זוֹנָ֕ה יַעֲשֶׂ֖ה אֶת אֲחוֹתֵֽ⁠נוּ 1 “He/Shechem should not have treated our sister” or “We couldnt let him/Shechem {just} get away with treating our sister”. This rhetorical question shows Simeon and Levis anger and emphasizes that Shechem was wrong to do what he did and implies that he (and his city) deserved justice. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
34:31 qa7j הַ⁠כְ⁠זוֹנָ֕ה 1 “like/as a prostitute/whore!” or “like/as a {cheap,} immoral woman!”. Some languages have an idiom for this. Do what is best in your language.
35:1 b2k5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶֽל יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “Then God told/commanded Jacob,” Translate this quote margin in a way that is natural in your language and that fits with what God says. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
35:1 divn ק֛וּם 1 “Get ready/packed” or “Leave here”
35:1 j11q עֲלֵ֥ה בֵֽית אֵ֖ל וְ⁠שֶׁב שָׁ֑ם 1 “and travel to {the town of} Bethel and live there.” or “and move to {the town of} Bethel.” The verb “go up” reflects the fact that the town of Bethel is higher in elevation than the city of Shechem; it does not refer to the direction they were going, which was south. Many translations leave “up” implied (to prevent confusion). Do what is best in your language.
35:1 a8t3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠עֲשֵׂה שָׁ֣ם מִזְבֵּ֔חַ 1 “Build an altar there {and offer sacrifices on it}”. See how you translated “altar” in Gen 33:20. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
35:1 auxm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לָ⁠אֵל֙ 1 “to {me as} the God” or “to {me,} the God”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that God is referring to himself as he speaks here to Jacob. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
35:1 b1zx הַ⁠נִּרְאֶ֣ה אֵלֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “who appeared/came to you {there}” or “who introduced himself/myself to you {there}”. See how you translated “appeared” in Gen 26:2, 24.
35:1 valf בְּ⁠בָרְחֲ⁠ךָ֔ 1 “when you were running away”. See how you translated “flee” in Gen 31:20-21, 27.
35:1 w50x מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י עֵשָׂ֥ו אָחִֽי⁠ךָ 1 “from {the anger of} your brother Esau.” or “from your brother Esau.”
35:2 k4x7 וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יַעֲקֹב֙ אֶל בֵּית֔⁠וֹ 1 “So Jacob told {the members of} his household/family”
35:2 uugi וְ⁠אֶ֖ל כָּל אֲשֶׁ֣ר עִמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “and everyone {else} who {was} with him,” This included Jacobs servants and the people (women and children) whom his sons had just captured from the city of Shechem (Gen 34:29). You could put some of that information in a footnote.
35:2 ftw0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms הָסִ֜רוּ אֶת אֱלֹהֵ֤י הַ⁠נֵּכָר֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּ⁠תֹכְ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “Get rid of the idols you have that other/pagan people/ethnic groups worship.” or “Give up the idols that you got/have from foreigners”. See how you translated “idols” and “gods” in Gen 31:19, 30, 32. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
35:2 ajs7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וְ⁠הִֽטַּהֲר֔וּ 1 “and cleanse yourselves” or “Also wash and make yourselves clean”. They were to make themselves physically clean as a sign that they were preparing themselves mentally and spiritually to worship God (as their only God) at Bethel, which was a holy place where God had met with Jacob before. Some languages may have a special word for “purify” that communicates this. Do what is best in your language. Also consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
35:2 fg8j וְ⁠הַחֲלִ֖יפוּ שִׂמְלֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 “and put/get on clean clothes.”
35:3 nuyn וְ⁠נָק֥וּמָה 1 “Then we will/must pack up {our things/belongings}” or “Then we will/must leave here”. See how you translated “get up” in verse 1.
35:3 yauk וְ⁠נַעֲלֶ֖ה בֵּֽית אֵ֑ל 1 “and go/move to {the town of} Bethel”. See how you translated “go up” in verse 1.
35:3 jdob וְ⁠אֶֽעֱשֶׂה שָּׁ֣ם מִזְבֵּ֗חַ לָ⁠אֵ֞ל 1 “where I/we will build an altar to worship God,” or “There I/we will build an altar and worship God,” The Hebrew text has “I” here, but probably also implies that others in Jacobs household would help him build the altar. Consider whether or not it is best to begin a new sentence here in your language. Also see how you translated “make an altar” in verse 1.
35:3 kf5y הָ⁠עֹנֶ֤ה אֹתִ⁠י֙ 1 “because he answered/helped me” or “who answered/granted my prayers {for help}”
35:3 qw4q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom בְּ⁠י֣וֹם צָֽרָתִ֔⁠י 1 “during the days/time/times when I was in distress/trouble.” The phrase “In the day of” is used here as an idiom that could refer to the time when Jacob was fleeing from Esau, or it could be more general and also include other times when Jacob was suffering, such as the years he worked for Laban. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
35:3 mk28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יְהִי֙ עִמָּדִ֔⁠י 1 “He has {always} been/stayed with me/us {and taken care of me/us}”. See how you translated the idiom “with me” in Gen 31:5, where it also means that God is not only present with him but also helps him and takes care of him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
35:3 gaoi בַּ⁠דֶּ֖רֶךְ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָלָֽכְתִּי 1 “everywhere that I/we have gone/traveled.”
35:4 a2y2 וַ⁠יִּתְּנ֣וּ אֶֽל יַעֲקֹ֗ב 1 “So/Then they gave Jacob” or “So/Then they handed/turned over to Jacob”
35:4 trzi אֵ֣ת כָּל אֱלֹהֵ֤י הַ⁠נֵּכָר֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּ⁠יָדָ֔⁠ם 1 “all the foreign/pagan gods/idols that they had {with them}” or “all their idols”. See how you translated “foreign gods” in verse 2. You could translate this differently here since this is the second time they are mentioned in this paragraph.
35:4 emli וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠נְּזָמִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּ⁠אָזְנֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “and the earrings they wore on their ears.” or “and {all} their earrings.” These earrings seem to have been part of their idol worship and may have had images of their idols on them. You could include that information in a footnote.
35:4 mkvs וַ⁠יִּטְמֹ֤ן אֹתָ⁠ם֙ יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “Then Jacob hid/buried everything {in the ground}” or “Then Jacob hid/buried all those things {in the ground}”
35:4 ppcd תַּ֥חַת 1 “beside” or “at the foot/base of”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Jacob buried these things in the ground beside the tree, not directly under the trunk of the tree.
35:4 qkq2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown הָ⁠אֵלָ֖ה 1 “the/a terebinth/oak tree”. Although this phrase refers to a terebinth tree, many translations have “oak tree” instead, or some other type of large, strong tree that is well known. See how you translated a different Hebrew word that is also translated “terebinth tree” or “oak tree” in Gen 12:6; 13:18; 14:13; 18:1. Another Hebrew word in Gen 35:8 is also translated as “oak”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
35:4 pwdj אֲשֶׁ֥ר עִם שְׁכֶֽם 1 “that {was} near {the city of} Shechem.”
35:5 w4f2 וַ⁠יִּסָּ֑עוּ 1 “Then they {all} left there {and started traveling},” or “Then Jacob and everyone with him left that place,”
35:5 bc7c וַ⁠יְהִ֣י חִתַּ֣ת אֱלֹהִ֗ים עַל הֶֽ⁠עָרִים֙ אֲשֶׁר֙ סְבִיבֹ֣תֵי⁠הֶ֔ם וְ⁠לֹ֣א 1 “and God caused {the people in} the surrounding/nearby cities/towns to be terrified/afraid, so that” or “and God made {the people in} the nearby cities/towns so afraid that”. The Hebrew word “Elohim” probably means “God” in this phrase (as it usually does in the Bible); most English versions translate it that way here. Or it could be an adjective that modifies “dread/terror” and means “great/deep dread/terror” (similar to Gen 23:6, 30:8). See how you translated “dread” in Gen 9:2.
35:5 xxat וְ⁠לֹ֣א רָֽדְפ֔וּ אַחֲרֵ֖י 1 “they did not attack” or “no one attacked” or “none of them chased/came/went after”. Make sure your translation of “they” refers here to the people in the surrounding towns, not Jacobs sons.
35:5 g7og rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּנֵ֥י יַעֲקֹֽב 1 “Jacobs sons/family {to avenge the people of Shechem}.” or “them.” or “Jacob and his family.” Jacobs sons are mentioned here since they are in focus as the ones who just plundered the city of Shechem; Jacob and the rest of his family were there with his sons and were also in danger. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
35:6 r8n3 וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨א יַעֲקֹ֜ב ל֗וּזָ⁠ה 1 “Then/Soon Jacob/they arrived at {the town of} Luz,” Be consistent in this verse with how you spelled “Luz” and “Bethel” in Gen 28:19.
35:6 zpbn הִ֖וא בֵּֽית אֵ֑ל 1 “which {is also/now called/named} Bethel,” or “that {is}, Bethel,” or “which {also/now has the name} Bethel,” See how you translated “which is” in Gen 23:2, 19.
35:6 e1f7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֲשֶׁר֙ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן 1 “which is {also} in Canaan,” Since Shechem (verse 4) and Bethel were both in the land or region of Canaan, for some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this location phrase earlier in the verse and say, “Jacob/He and his family {continued traveling} in the land/region of Canaan and arrived at {the town of} Luz, which {also/now has the name} Bethel,” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
35:6 rsay rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ה֖וּא וְ⁠כָל הָ⁠עָ֥ם אֲשֶׁר עִמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “he/Jacob and his whole/entire household/family.” For some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this phrase near the beginning of this verse. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
35:7 iybt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וַ⁠יִּ֤בֶן שָׁם֙ מִזְבֵּ֔חַ 1 “There he/Jacob built an altar,” or “Then he/Jacob built an altar there,” Consider again how you translated “altar” throughout the book of Genesis. See Gen 8:20; 12:7-8; 13:4, 18; 22:9; 26:25; 33:20; 35:1, 3, 7. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
35:7 n4aj וַ⁠יִּקְרָא֙ לַ⁠מָּק֔וֹם 1 “and he named the/that place” or “and he called/named it”
35:7 wumu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֵ֖ל בֵּֽית אֵ֑ל 1 “El Bethel, {which means “the God of/at Bethel,”}” or “El Bethel, {which means “the God of/at Gods house,”}” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
35:7 acaa כִּ֣י שָׁ֗ם 1 “because that is where” or “because it was at Bethel that”
35:7 njqv נִגְל֤וּ אֵלָי⁠ו֙ הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 “God had {first} introduced himself to him/Jacob” or “God had {first} appeared to him/Jacob”. Compare how you translated a different Hebrew word that has a similar meaning (“appeared”) in verses 1 and 9.
35:7 l3rr בְּ⁠בָרְח֖⁠וֹ 1 “when/while he was running away”. See how you translated “fleeing” in verse 1.
35:7 ww7q מִ⁠פְּנֵ֥י אָחִֽי⁠ו 1 “from {the anger of} his brother.” or “from his brother.” See how you translated “from the presence of” in verse 1.
35:8 psgk וַ⁠תָּ֤מָת דְּבֹרָה֙ מֵינֶ֣קֶת רִבְקָ֔ה 1 “Then {while they were still in Bethel,} Rebekahs {former} nurse/nanny Deborah died” or “{While they were there,} Deborah died. She was the servant who had helped raise {Jacobs mother} Rebekah {when she was young}.” See how you translated “nurse” in Gen 24:59.
35:8 cnph וַ⁠תִּקָּבֵ֛ר 1 “and {her body} was buried {by Jacob} {in the ground}” or “They/Jacob buried her {body} {in the ground}”
35:8 gwdm מִ⁠תַּ֥חַת לְ⁠בֵֽית אֵ֖ל 1 “{in the valley} below/near {the town of} Bethel,” or “{at a place} south of {the town of} Bethel,” The town of Bethel was built on a hill, so the phrase “below Bethel” means that Deborah was buried near Bethel, in a valley or place that was lower in elevation than the town, and possibly to the south of it.
35:8 h6bn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure תַּ֣חַת הָֽ⁠אַלּ֑וֹן 1 “beside the/an oak tree” or “at the foot/base of an oak tree.” See how you translated a similar phrase (“under the terebinth/oak tree”) in verse 4. Many translations translate this phrase the same way in both places (“under an oak tree”), even though different Hebrew words are used for the type of tree. Also, for some languages it is more natural to put this phrase before the previous phrase and say, “at the base of an oak tree, below/near {the town of} Bethel.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
35:8 eqj9 וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ 1 “So he/they named the tree/place” or “That is why the/that place is known as”. The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can (1) mean that people in general call the tree or place Allon Bacuth. (2) literally refer to Jacob as the one who named the place. See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 31:38.
35:8 iar1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אַלּ֥וֹן בָּכֽוּת 1 “Allon Bacuth, {which means “oak tree of weeping/mourning.”}” or “Allon Bacuth, {which means “oak tree where people mourn.”}” If you include the meaning of this name in your translation text or in a footnote, make sure it fits with how you translated “oak tree” in the previous sentence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
35:9 tchm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יֵּרָ֨א אֱלֹהִ֤ים אֶֽל יַעֲקֹב֙ ע֔וֹד בְּ⁠בֹא֖⁠וֹ מִ⁠פַּדַּ֣ן אֲרָ֑ם 1 “Now that Jacob had returned from {the land/region of} Paddan Aram, God appeared to him {at Bethel} again” or “Now that Jacob had come/returned {to Bethel} from {the land/region of} Paddan Aram, God appeared to him {there} again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
35:9 w0t6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וַ⁠יְבָ֖רֶךְ אֹתֽ⁠וֹ 1 “and blessed him” or “and showed his goodness/kindness toward him” or “God blessed him”. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
35:10 q9rk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּֽאמֶר ל֥⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “and said to him,” or “by saying to him,” What God says to Jacob in verses 10-12 is the blessing. So make sure your translation of “blessed” (verse 9) and “said” (verse 10) refers to the same event, not two separate events. See how you translated “blessed...and said” in Gen 1:28. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
35:10 bpj9 שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֣ יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 “{Although} your name {has been} Jacob,” Make sure your translation of this clause does not sound like God was telling Jacob something he did not know.
35:10 qyzi לֹֽא יִקָּרֵא֩ שִׁמְ⁠ךָ֨ ע֜וֹד יַעֲקֹ֗ב 1 “that will no longer be your {only} name,” or “it will no longer be Jacob/that,” Notice that Jacob is referred to by both of his names in this chapter (“Jacob” in verses 11-20, 22-29; “Israel” in verses 10 and 21). You could put that information in a footnote. Also see how you translated this clause in Gen 32:28, and see the note about Jacobs names there.
35:10 nvm1 כִּ֤י אִם יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ יִהְיֶ֣ה שְׁמֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 “Rather, your name will {also} be Israel!” or “Rather, you will {also} have the name Israel!” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
35:10 kx9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 “So {once again} God gave Jacob the name Israel.” This was not the first time God had given Jacob the name Israel (see Gen 32:28). To make that clear, you could make “once again” explicit here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
35:11 ni4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֩ ל֨⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִ֜ים 1 “Then God {also} said to him/Jacob,” or “Then God {also} {blessed him/Jacob by} saying,” or “God continued {blessing him/Jacob by} saying to him,” In verse 11, God continues the blessing that he started in verse 10, perhaps after a pause. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
35:11 k8l5 אֲנִ֨י אֵ֤ל שַׁדַּי֙ 1 “I {am} Almighty God.” or “I {am} God {who is} all-powerful.” See how you translated the title “God Almighty” in Gen 17:1 and 28:3.
35:11 mdi4 פְּרֵ֣ה 1 “Have many children”. Consider again how you translated “Be fruitful and multiply” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 1:22, 28; 8:17; 9:1, 7; 35:11. It may be necessary to translate this phrase in different ways, depending on the context.
35:11 ko42 וּ⁠רְבֵ֔ה 1 “and increase {in number}.” or “so that you {and your descendants} become {very} numerous/many.”
35:11 uzb9 גּ֛וֹי וּ⁠קְהַ֥ל גּוֹיִ֖ם יִהְיֶ֣ה מִמֶּ֑⁠ךָּ 1 “{Your descendants will become} a {large} people/ethnic group, in fact, many people/ethnic groups will come/descend from you,” or “Your descendants will become many people/ethnic groups,” Compare how you translated a similar phrase (“a multitude of nations”) in Gen 17:4-5 and another similar phrase (“a community of peoples”) in Gen 28:3.
35:11 ztcs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וּ⁠מְלָכִ֖ים מֵ⁠חֲלָצֶ֥י⁠ךָ יֵצֵֽאוּ 1 “and kings will come/descend from you.” or “and some of your descendants will be kings.” The phrase “come from your loins” is an idiom that refers to having children, grandchildren and other descendants. Consider whether you have a similar idiom in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
35:12 wfzz וְ⁠אֶת הָ⁠אָ֗רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר נָתַ֛תִּי לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֥ם וּ⁠לְ⁠יִצְחָ֖ק לְ⁠ךָ֣ אֶתְּנֶ֑⁠נָּה וּֽ⁠לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֥ אַחֲרֶ֖י⁠ךָ אֶתֵּ֥ן אֶת הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “{Besides that,} the land that I gave to Abraham and Isaac, I {also} give to you and your descendants {who live} after you.” or “Also, I am giving to you the land that I gave to Abraham and Isaac, and I will {also} give it to your descendants {who live} after you.”
35:13 jeht rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יַּ֥עַל מֵ⁠עָלָ֖י⁠ו אֱלֹהִ֑ים בַּ⁠מָּק֖וֹם אֲשֶׁר דִּבֶּ֥ר אִתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “Then God left Jacob there where he had been speaking/talking to him.” or “After God finished talking to Jacob, he left him there and went up {to heaven}.” See how you translated “went up from” in Gen 17:22. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
35:14 apyn וַ⁠יַּצֵּ֨ב יַעֲקֹ֜ב מַצֵּבָ֗ה 1 “Then Jacob set/stood a {large} stone up {on its end}” or “Then Jacob took/chose a {large} stone {that was there} and set/stood it up {on its end}”. See how you translated a similar passage in Gen 28:18 about Jacob setting up a memorial stone pillar.
35:14 vufy בַּ⁠מָּק֛וֹם אֲשֶׁר דִּבֶּ֥ר אִתּ֖⁠וֹ מַצֶּ֣בֶת אָ֑בֶן 1 “at the place where God had spoken/talked to him, to mark the place {as special}.” or “as a memorial stone to remember the place where God had spoken/talked to him”.
35:14 bs34 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יַּסֵּ֤ךְ עָלֶ֨י⁠הָ֙ נֶ֔סֶךְ וַ⁠יִּצֹ֥ק עָלֶ֖י⁠הָ שָֽׁמֶן 1 “Then he poured some wine and some {olive} oil on the stone pillar/marker {to thank God and dedicate the place to him}.” A drink offering was probably wine that Jacob poured on the stone as a sacrifice to God, to worship and thank him. See how you translated “poured oil on...” in Gen 28:18. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
35:15 r8mu וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א יַעֲקֹ֜ב אֶת שֵׁ֣ם הַ⁠מָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁר֩ דִּבֶּ֨ר אִתּ֥⁠וֹ אֱלֹהִ֖ים בֵּֽית אֵֽל 1 “Then Jacob called/named that place Bethel, {which means “house of God,”} because God had spoken/talked to him there.” or “Since God had spoken/talked to Jacob at that place, Jacob named it Bethel, {which means “Gods house.”}” See how you translated “called the name of that place Bethel” in Gen 28:19.
35:16 zgdt וַ⁠יִּסְעוּ֙ מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית אֵ֔ל 1 “Then they left {the town of} Bethel” or “Later Jacob and his family moved on from {the town of} Bethel”. Be consistent here with how you spelled “Bethel” throughout the book of Genesis, and whether you refer to it as a town or a city. See Gen 12:8; 13:3; 28:19; 31:13; 35:1, 3, 7, 15, 16.
35:16 pluk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַֽ⁠יְהִי ע֥וֹד כִּבְרַת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ לָ⁠ב֣וֹא אֶפְרָ֑תָה 1 “and started {heading} toward {the town of} Ephrath. But while they were still a distance away from there,” or “and headed for {the town of} Ephrath. While they were still some distance from there,” The phrase “a distance of land” is very general, but your translation should not make it sound like the distance was too far, because Rachels grave is about two kilometers (one mile) from Ephrath (Bethlehem). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
35:16 xn8j וַ⁠תֵּ֥לֶד רָחֵ֖ל 1 “{Jacobs/his wife} Rachel, {who was pregnant,} began to have labor/childbirth pains,” or “Rachel went into labor,”
35:16 hid6 וַ⁠תְּקַ֥שׁ בְּ⁠לִדְתָּֽ⁠הּ 1 “but she was having a very difficult time delivering the baby.” or “but she was experiencing great difficulty.”
35:17 lkqs וַ⁠יְהִ֥י בְ⁠הַקְשֹׁתָ֖⁠הּ בְּ⁠לִדְתָּ֑⁠הּ 1 “Then when her labor pain was at its worst,” or “Then when she was at the most difficult/painful point/time in her labor,” or “Then when her labor/childbirth pains were the most severe,” The phrase “hard labor” refers to when childbirth contractions are close together and very painful, often right before a baby is born.
35:17 ojel וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר הַ⁠מְיַלֶּ֨דֶת֙ 1 “{the baby was born and} the midwife/woman who was helping her deliver”
35:17 fvl0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר לָ֤⁠הּ 1 “exclaimed to her,” or “told her,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
35:17 infx אַל תִּ֣ירְאִ֔י 1 “Do not worry/despair!”
35:17 uww0 כִּֽי גַם זֶ֥ה לָ֖⁠ךְ בֵּֽן 1 “You {now} have another son/boy!” or “You {just} gave birth to another son/boy!
35:18 ob0k NO OrigLQuote AVAILABLE!!! 1 “But Rachel was dying, and as her soul/spirit was leaving her body,” or “But {in fact/reality,} Rachel was about to die, and just/right before her soul/spirit left her,” Some translations use an idiom here, for example, “as she was taking her last breath” or “as her life was slipping/fading away”, but it is best to translate this in a way that preserves the Biblical teaching that at death the soul or spirit leaves the body.
35:18 lpc6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ בֶּן אוֹנִ֑י 1 “she named her baby {boy} Benoni, {which means “son of my sorrow/trouble.”}” The meaning of this name could imply that the child caused Rachels death. In the Hebrew text this name is two words connected with a dash (“Ben-oni”). Many translations write it that way, or as one word (“Benoni”), and a few translations write it as “Ben Oni”. Any of these spellings is fine. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
35:18 yl7o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠אָבִ֖י⁠ו 1 “But {later,} his father {Jacob}”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that this phrase refers to Jacob. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
35:18 qoiz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names קָֽרָא ל֥⁠וֹ בִנְיָמִֽין 1 “named him Benjamin {instead}.” or “changed his name to Benjamin, {which means “son of my right hand.”}” The phrase “son of my right hand” is an idiom that means “favored son” or “son of strength”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
35:19 z9dg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠תָּ֖מָת רָחֵ֑ל וַ⁠תִּקָּבֵר֙ 1 “After Rachel died, her body was buried {by Jacob}” or “After Rachel died, they/Jacob buried her {body}”. See how you translated “was buried” in verse 8. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
35:19 u8c3 בְּ⁠דֶ֣רֶךְ אֶפְרָ֔תָה 1 “beside/near the road {that goes} to {the town of} Ephrath,”
35:19 v561 הִ֖וא בֵּ֥ית לָֽחֶם 1 “which {is also called/named} Bethlehem.” or “which {also has the name} Bethlehem.” or “that {is}, Bethlehem.” See how you translated a similar phrase (“which is Bethel”) in verse 6.
35:20 zolc וַ⁠יַּצֵּ֧ב יַעֲקֹ֛ב מַצֵּבָ֖ה 1 “Jacob set/stood a {large} stone up {on its end}”. See how you translated this clause in verse 14. Also consider again how you translated “set up” and “pillar” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 28:18, 22; 31:13, 45, 51, 52; 35:14, 20.
35:20 tkgx עַל קְבֻרָתָ֑⁠הּ 1 “over/on her burial place {to mark/show where it was}.” or “to mark/show {where} her grave/tomb {was}.” or “to mark the place where they/he had buried her body.”
35:20 xjy1 הִ֛וא מַצֶּ֥בֶת קְבֻֽרַת רָחֵ֖ל 1 “{In fact,} that {same} pillar/stone still marks Rachels/her grave/tomb”
35:20 r7ta עַד הַ⁠יּֽוֹם 1 “to/in the present day.” or “today/now.” The phrase “to this day” refers to the time when the author (Moses) was living. Even in modern times, Rachels grave is still marked beside the road about eight kilometers (five miles) south of Jerusalem and two kilometers (one mile) north of Bethlehem.
35:21 e4g9 וַ⁠יִּסַּ֖ע יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 “Then Israel {that is, Jacob,} {and his family} moved on {from there}” or “Then Israel {and his family} started traveling again”. Make sure it is clear in your translation or in a footnote that “Israel” (verses 21-22) and “Jacob” (verses 20, 22) refer to the same person, not two different people.
35:21 sykf וַ⁠יֵּ֣ט אָֽהֳלֹ֔⁠ה 1 “and set/put up his/their tents”
35:21 fueh מֵ⁠הָ֖לְאָה 1 “on the other/south side of”. This phrase reflects the perspective of Jacob, who was traveling south.
35:21 txka rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names לְ⁠מִגְדַּל עֵֽדֶר 1 “the tower of Eder.” or “Eder Tower.” Many translations transliterate “Migdal Eder” (like most other names). Many others translate the meaning of “Migdal” as “the tower” and transliterate “Eder”. A few translate the meaning of the entire name as “the Tower of the Flock”. This was apparently a place near Bethlehem where sheep were raised (Micah 4:8); shepherds may have watched over their flocks from the tower. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
35:22 hx5p וַ⁠יְהִ֗י בִּ⁠שְׁכֹּ֤ן 1 “During the time that” or “While”
35:22 ls6b בִּ⁠שְׁכֹּ֤ן יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 “Israel {and his family} were {still} living/staying” or “they were living/staying”
35:22 ym5y בָּ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠הִ֔וא 1 “in that area/region,” or “there,”
35:22 vscs וַ⁠יֵּ֣לֶךְ רְאוּבֵ֔ן 1 “{his/Israels son} Reuben”
35:22 oswk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠יֵּ֣לֶךְ וַ⁠יִּשְׁכַּב֙ אֶת 1 “slept with” or “committed adultery with” or “had {physical/sexual} relations with”. Translate this idiom in a way that will not offend or embarrass people, especially when read aloud in public. See how you translated “lain with” in Gen 26:10. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
35:22 ivkl בִּלְהָה֙ פִּילֶ֣גֶשׁ אָבִ֔י⁠ו 1 “his fathers concubine Bilhah,” or “his fathers servant wife Bilhah,”
35:22 vn3i וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֖ע יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 “and/but Israel found out {about it}.” or “and Israel was told/informed {by someone} {about it}.” See how you translated “heard” in Gen 34:5, 7.
35:22 d6jc וַ⁠יִּֽהְי֥וּ בְנֵֽי יַעֲקֹ֖ב שְׁנֵ֥ים עָשָֽׂר 1 “{After Benjamin was born,} Jacobs sons were twelve {in number}.” or “{With/After the birth of Benjamin,} Jacob {now} had {a total of} twelve sons.”
35:23 fjpl בְּנֵ֣י לֵאָ֔ה בְּכ֥וֹר 1 “The sons {he had} with {his wife} Leah {were}” or “{These are} {the names of} the sons {he had} with {his wife} Leah:” Throughout verses 23-26, many translations have a colon (:) instead of “{were}”. Do what is best in your language. See what you did in chapter 10.
35:23 ahzd בְּכ֥וֹר יַעֲקֹ֖ב רְאוּבֵ֑ן 1 “Reuben, {who was} Jacobs/his firstborn/oldest {child},”
35:23 tbnr וְ⁠שִׁמְעוֹן֙ וְ⁠לֵוִ֣י וִֽ⁠יהוּדָ֔ה וְ⁠יִשָּׂשכָ֖ר וּ⁠זְבוּלֻֽן 1 “then Simeon, Levi, Judah, Issachar, and Zebulun.”
35:24 poyp בְּנֵ֣י רָחֵ֔ל יוֹסֵ֖ף וּ⁠בִנְיָמִֽן 1 “The sons {he/Jacob had} with Rachel {were} Joseph and Benjamin.” or “These are the names of the sons {that he/Jacob had} with {his wife} Rachel: Joseph and Benjamin.”
35:25 s8xb וּ⁠בְנֵ֤י בִלְהָה֙ שִׁפְחַ֣ת רָחֵ֔ל דָּ֖ן וְ⁠נַפְתָּלִֽי 1 “The sons {he/Jacob had} with Rachels servant Bilhah {were} Dan and Naphtali.” or “These are {the names of} the sons {that he/Jacob had} with Bilhah, Rachels servant: Dan and Naphtali.”
35:26 uv07 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms וּ⁠בְנֵ֥י זִלְפָּ֛ה שִׁפְחַ֥ת לֵאָ֖ה גָּ֣ד וְ⁠אָשֵׁ֑ר 1 “And the sons {he/Jacob had} with Leahs servant Zilpah {were} Gad and Asher.” or “These are {the names of} the sons {that he/Jacob had} with Leahs servant Zilpah: Gad and Asher.” Consider again how you translated “maidservant” throughout the book of Genesis. See Gen 12:16, 16:1-3, 5-6, 8; 20:14; 24:35; 25:12; 29:24, 29; 30:4, 7, 9-10, 12, 18, 43; 32:5, 22; 33:1-2, 6; 35:25-26. It may be necessary to translate this word in slightly different ways, depending on the context. Compare that to how you translated a different Hebrew word that has a similar meaning (“slave/servant woman”); see Gen 31:33 for a list of where this word occurs in Genesis. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
35:26 f1fu אֵ֚לֶּה בְּנֵ֣י יַעֲקֹ֔ב אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֻלַּד ל֖⁠וֹ 1 “{All} those {are/were} the sons Jacob had” or “Those {are/were} {all} Jacobs sons that he had”
35:26 cmuu בְּ⁠פַדַּ֥ן אֲרָֽם 1 “{starting from the time that he lived} in {the region of} Paddan Aram.” Jacob started having children during the time he was living with Laban in Paddan Aram, but his last son Benjamin was not born until after they had left there (verse 18). Translate this in a way that allows for that.
35:27 qidz וַ⁠יָּבֹ֤א יַעֲקֹב֙ אֶל יִצְחָ֣ק אָבִ֔י⁠ו 1 “Then Jacob came/went {home} to his father Isaac {who was living}” or “Then Jacob continued traveling and came to where his father Isaac was {living}”
35:27 dzkr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מַמְרֵ֖א 1 “in {the city of} Mamre,” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Mamre” in Gen 23:17, 19. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
35:27 b5zj קִרְיַ֣ת הָֽאַרְבַּ֑ע הִ֣וא חֶבְר֔וֹן 1 “{which is also/now called} Kiriath Arba, that {is}, Hebron” or “which {is also known as} Kiriath Arba or Hebron” or “which {also has the name} Kiriath Arba or Hebron”. See how you translated Genesis 23:2, which says that Kiriath Arba (where Sarah died) was also known as Hebron.
35:27 j8e6 אֲשֶׁר גָּֽר אַבְרָהָ֖ם וְ⁠יִצְחָֽק 1 “where Abraham and Isaac {and their families} had lived/stayed for a while {as foreigners/outsiders}.” or “That is where Isaac {and his family} had been living/staying for a while {as foreigners/outsiders} and where {his father} Abraham had also lived/stayed for a while.” Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
35:28 z6ol וַ⁠יִּֽהְי֖וּ יְמֵ֣י יִצְחָ֑ק 1 “Isaac lived to be 180 years old.” See how you translated “the days of” in Gen 5:4-31 and 11:32.
35:29 ei54 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠יִּגְוַ֨ע יִצְחָ֤ק וַ⁠יָּ֨מָת֙ 1 “Then Isaac/he breathed out {for the last time} and died,” or “Then he breathed/took his last/final breath and died,” See how you translated “exhaled” in Gen 25:8 and 17. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
35:29 e7q5 וַ⁠יֵּאָ֣סֶף אֶל 1 “and he was gathered/taken {by God} to be with” or “and {God} took his spirit to be with” or “and he joined”. See how you translated this phrase in Gen 25:8 and 17.
35:29 hm56 עַמָּ֔י⁠ו 1 “his ancestors/relatives {who had already died}.” or “his ancestors/relatives {who had gone/died before him}.” or “his {deceased} ancestors/relatives.”
35:29 csuc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure זָקֵ֖ן וּ⁠שְׂבַ֣ע יָמִ֑ים 1 “after living a long, full life.” or “{He was} very old and had lived a long, full life.” For some languages it is more natural to put this phrase earlier in this sentence and say, “Then, after living a long, full life, he breathed/took his {last} breath, died and joined his ancestors/relatives {who had died before him}.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
35:29 wmi4 וַ⁠יִּקְבְּר֣וּ אֹת֔⁠וֹ עֵשָׂ֥ו וְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֖ב בָּנָֽי⁠ו 1 “Then his sons Esau and Jacob buried his body.” See how you translated “his sons...buried him” in Gen 25:9.
36:1 mor4 וְ⁠אֵ֛לֶּה תֹּלְד֥וֹת עֵשָׂ֖ו 1 “Now this is the genealogy/family-line of Esau,” or “These/Here are the descendants of Esau,” or “Here {is} the/a record/history about the descendants/family of Esau,” See how you translated “the generations of” in 25:12, 19.
36:1 r16h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ה֥וּא אֱדֽוֹם 1 “who {was also called} Edom.” or “that is, Edom.” or “whose {name} was {also} Edom.” The name Edom means “red” and is the nickname that Esau got for trading his birthright to Jacob for some reddish-colored stew (Genesis~25:29-34). The region of Edom and the Edomites were named after Esau, which is probably why this chapter repeatedly mentions that Esau is Edom. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
36:2 guw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עֵשָׂ֛ו לָקַ֥ח אֶת נָשָׁ֖י⁠ו מִ⁠בְּנ֣וֹת כְּנָ֑עַן 1 “Esau had chosen {two of his} wives from {among} the Canaanite women:” or “Esau had married {two} Canaanite women” or “Esau had married {two} women who were descendants of Canaan”. Only the first two wives mentioned in this chapter were Canaanites; see the comment about Basemath at verse 3. The Canaanites were the descendants of Noahs grandson Canaan (Hams son) and included the Hittites and Hivites (verse 2; Genesis 10:15-18) and several other people groups. You could put some of that information in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
36:2 ox2j אֶת עָדָ֗ה 1 “{whose names were} Adah,” or “{Their names were} Adah,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
36:2 fkwx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בַּת אֵילוֹן֙ הַֽ⁠חִתִּ֔י 1 “{who was} the daughter of a Hittite {man} named Elon,” or “whose father was Elon, {who was} a descendant of Heth,” or “the daughter of {a man named} Elon, {who was} a member of the Heth/Hittite people {group},” Make sure your translation does not sound like Elon was the only Hittite. See how you translated “Hittites” in Gen 27:46. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
36:2 y896 וְ⁠אֶת אָהֳלִֽיבָמָה֙ 1 “and {also} Oholibamah,” or “as well as Oholibamah,” Notice that the names of Esaus two Canaanite wives here are different from the names of his wives mentioned in Gen 26:34. It could be that they each had two names, or these may be different wives that he married later.
36:2 eq37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בַּת עֲנָ֔ה בַּת 1 “{who was} Anahs daughter {and} the {grand}daughter of” or “whose father was Anah and whose grandfather was”. Notice that Elon, Anah, and Zibeon are the names of men here, not women. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
36:2 evi6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names צִבְע֖וֹן הַֽ⁠חִוִּֽי 1 “a Hivite named Zibeon.” or “Zibeon {who was} a descendant of Hivi.” or “Zibeon {who was} a {member of the} Hivi/Hivite people {group}.” Make sure that your translation of this phrase does not sound like Zibeon was the only Hivite. Consider again how you translated “Hivites” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 10:17; 34:2; 36:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
36:3 x22q וְ⁠אֶת בָּשְׂמַ֥ת 1 “{Esau also married} Basemath,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Since this Basemath was a daughter of Ishmael (who was a descendant of Noahs son Shem), she was not a Canaanite, in contrast to Esaus first two wives (verse 2). She was also known as Mahalath (Gen 28:9); you could include some of that information in a footnote. Be consistent here with how you spelled Basemath (a different woman with the same name) in Gen 26:34.
36:3 sd2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship בַּת יִשְׁמָעֵ֖אל אֲח֥וֹת נְבָיֽוֹת 1 “{who was} Ishmaels daughter {and} Nebaioths {younger} sister.” or “whose father was Ishmael and whose {older} brother was Nebaioth.” Since Nebaioth was Ishmaels oldest child (Gen 25:13), Basemath (Mahalath) was his younger sister, probably from the same mother. Use a kinship term here in your language that fits with those facts. See how you translated “the sister of Nebaioth” in Gen 28:9. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
36:4 iwl0 וַ⁠תֵּ֧לֶד עָדָ֛ה לְ⁠עֵשָׂ֖ו אֶת אֱלִיפָ֑ז 1 “{Esaus wife} Adah bore/had {a son} for/with him {named} Eliphaz,” or “Adah had {a son} for/with Esau {whom they named} Eliphaz,”
36:4 jp5s וּ⁠בָ֣שְׂמַ֔ת יָלְדָ֖ה אֶת רְעוּאֵֽל 1 “and/while {his wife} Basemath bore/had {a son named} Reuel,” or “{His/Esaus wife} Basemath had {a son they named} Reuel,” Consider whether or not it is best in your language to break this long sentence into two or more shorter sentences.
36:5 kldq וְ⁠אָהֳלִֽיבָמָה֙ יָֽלְדָ֔ה 1 “and {his/Esaus wife} Oholibamah bore/had” or “Oholibamah had”
36:5 j4b4 אֶת יעיש וְ⁠אֶת יַעְלָ֖ם וְ⁠אֶת קֹ֑רַח 1 “{sons named} Jeush, Jalam, and Korah.” or “{sons whom they named} Jeush, Jalam, and Korah.”
36:5 lglt אֵ֚לֶּה בְּנֵ֣י עֵשָׂ֔ו אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֻלְּדוּ ל֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ כְּנָֽעַן 1 “Those {were} Esaus sons that his wives bore/had for/with him {while he and his family were living} in the land/region of Canaan.” or “{All} those {were} Esaus sons whom he and his wives had {while they lived} in the land/region of Canaan.”
36:6 a0so וַ⁠יִּקַּ֣ח עֵשָׂ֡ו אֶת נָ֠שָׁי⁠ו וְ⁠אֶת בָּנָ֣י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶת בְּנֹתָי⁠ו֮ 1 “Later Esau took his wives, his sons, his daughters,”
36:6 dk3y וְ⁠אֶת כָּל נַפְשׁ֣וֹת בֵּית⁠וֹ֒ 1 “and all the {other} members of his household,” This phrase refers to other relatives (besides Esaus wife and children), as well as servants or slaves who lived with him.
36:6 r7h5 וְ⁠אֶת מִקְנֵ֣⁠הוּ וְ⁠אֶת כָּל בְּהֶמְתּ֗⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל קִנְיָנ֔⁠וֹ 1 “as well as his livestock and all {the rest of} his animals and all the {other} possessions/belongings”
36:6 agv2 אֲשֶׁ֥ר רָכַ֖שׁ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן 1 “that he had gotten/accumulated {while they lived} in the land/region of Canaan,” See how you translated “acquired” and “land of Canaan” in Gen 12:5 and 31:18.
36:6 efkm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יֵּ֣לֶךְ אֶל אֶ֔רֶץ מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י יַעֲקֹ֥ב אָחִֽי⁠ו 1 “and he moved to an area/region {that was} away from his brother Jacob.” or “and he moved/traveled to a {different} region {and settled there,} away from where his brother Jacob was living.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause at the beginning of this verse and say, “Then/Later Esau moved to a land {that was} away from his brother Jacob. He took {with him} his wives....” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
36:7 pq8b כִּֽי 1 “{He/Esau did that} because” or “The reason {he/Esau moved away} is that”
36:7 keey rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche הָיָ֧ה רְכוּשָׁ֛⁠ם רָ֖ב מִ⁠שֶּׁ֣בֶת 1 “he and Jacob {both} owned so many possessions/livestock that they could no longer” or “they {both} owned so many livestock/animals that they could not”. The phrase “their possessions” is general, but here it refers primarily to livestock. Make sure your translation of this phrase refers to both Esau and Jacobs livestock, not just Esaus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
36:7 w269 מִ⁠שֶּׁ֣בֶת יַחְדָּ֑ו 1 “live together {in the same area/region}.” or “live near each other.”
36:7 zea4 וְ⁠לֹ֨א אֶ֤רֶץ מְגֽוּרֵי⁠הֶם֙ 1 “The land where they were staying/living”. See how you translated Gen 13:6, which is similar in content to this verse.
36:7 ul7p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge וְ⁠לֹ֨א יָֽכְלָ֜ה לָ⁠שֵׂ֣את אֹתָ֔⁠ם מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י מִקְנֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 “was {just} not big enough to support/feed them {all} because they owned/had so many livestock/animals.” or “did not have enough grazing areas {or water} to support/feed all the livestock/animals that both families owned/had.” For some languages it is necessary to switch the order of verses 6 and 7, and say, “After a while, Esau and Jacob had so many animals and other possessions that the land was not able to support both their families. So Esau took his wives...” If you do this in your translation, you should label these verses as “6-7”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
36:8 lcin וַ⁠יֵּ֤שֶׁב עֵשָׂו֙ 1 “That is why/how Esau {and his family}” or “That is the reason Esau {took his family and}”
36:8 hjo1 וַ⁠יֵּ֤שֶׁב בְּ⁠הַ֣ר שֵׂעִ֔יר 1 “moved to the hill-country in {the land/region of} Seir.” or “went to live in the Seir Mountains.” or “ended up living in the Seir Mountains.” Esau had already been living in the region of Seir (Genesis 32:3, 33:16). Here he moves to the part of that region that had mountains. To make that clear, you could put that information in a footnote.
36:8 z9jc עֵשָׂו֙ 1 “{That is the record/history about} Esau,”
36:8 mu0g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ה֥וּא אֱדֽוֹם 1 “that {is}, Edom.” or “who {was also known as} Edom.” or “who {was also called} Edom.” Some translations put this phrase earlier in this verse and say, “So Esau, that {is}, Edom, moved {with his family} to the mountains of Seir {and settled there}.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
36:9 fw7b וְ⁠אֵ֛לֶּה תֹּלְד֥וֹת עֵשָׂ֖ו 1 “What follows {is} {more of} the history of Esau,” or “This/Here {is} a {more detailed} genealogy/record of/about the descendants of Esau,” Consider again how you translated “generations” in the book of Genesis when it is followed by a genealogy (list of names). See Gen 5:1, 10:1, 11:10, 25:12, 36:9. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
36:9 j31a אֲבִ֣י אֱד֑וֹם 1 “{who was} the ancestor of the Edomites,” or “{who was} the ancestor of the Edom people {group},”
36:9 lojs rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms בְּ⁠הַ֖ר שֵׂעִֽיר 1 “{who live} in the Seir Mountains/Hills.” or “{who live} in the hill-country/mountains of Seir.” Consider again how you translated “mountains” or “hill country” throughout the book of Genesis. See Gen 10:30; 12:8; 14:6, 10; 19:17, 19, 30; 22:2, 14; 31:21, 23, 25, 54; 36:8-9, and see the note about this at 10:30. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
36:10 g0nv אֵ֖לֶּה שְׁמ֣וֹת בְּנֵֽי עֵשָׂ֑ו 1 “These {were} the names of {two of} Esaus sons:” or “{Two of} Esaus sons {were}”. Only two of Esaus many sons are listed in verse 10.
36:10 ayjo אֱלִיפַ֗ז בֶּן עָדָה֙ אֵ֣שֶׁת עֵשָׂ֔ו 1 “Eliphaz, {who was} the son of his wife Adah,” or “Eliphaz, whom he/Esau had with his wife Adah,” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Eliphaz” and “Adah” in verse 4.
36:10 ki4y רְעוּאֵ֕ל בֶּן בָּשְׂמַ֖ת אֵ֥שֶׁת עֵשָֽׂו 1 “and Reuel, {who was} the son of his wife Basemath.” or “and Reuel, whom he/Esau had with his wife Basemath.” See how you spelled “Basemath” and “Reuel” in verse 4.
36:11 hfga וַ⁠יִּהְי֖וּ בְּנֵ֣י אֱלִיפָ֑ז 1 “The sons of Eliphaz {and his wife} were” or “Eliphaz {and his wife} had sons {they named}”
36:11 w1m8 תֵּימָ֣ן אוֹמָ֔ר צְפ֥וֹ וְ⁠גַעְתָּ֖ם וּ⁠קְנַֽז 1 “Teman, Omar, Zepho, Gatam, and Kenaz.”
36:12 h320 וְ⁠תִמְנַ֣ע הָיְתָ֣ה פִילֶ֗גֶשׁ לֶֽ⁠אֱלִיפַז֙ בֶּן עֵשָׂ֔ו וַ⁠תֵּ֥לֶד לֶ⁠אֱלִיפַ֖ז אֶת עֲמָלֵ֑ק 1 “Eliphaz {also} had a servant wife {named} Timna, and she had {a son} with him {named} Amalek.” or “Eliphaz and his servant wife Timna had {a son they named} Amalek.” See how you translated “concubine” in Gen 22:24, 25:6; 35:22.
36:12 e8n9 אֵ֕לֶּה בְּנֵ֥י 1 “{All} those {sons of Eliphaz} {were} grandsons” or “Eliphazs sons {were} {all} grandsons”
36:12 i5ld rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּנֵ֥י עָדָ֖ה אֵ֥שֶׁת עֵשָֽׂו 1 “of Esaus wife Adah.” or “of {Esau and} his wife Adah.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Adahs grandsons were also Esaus grandsons. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
36:13 kpue וְ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ בְּנֵ֣י רְעוּאֵ֔ל 1 “{The names of} Reuels sons {were}” or “The sons of Reuel were named” or “Reuel {and his wife} had these sons:”
36:13 ayo8 נַ֥חַת וָ⁠זֶ֖רַח שַׁמָּ֣ה וּ⁠מִזָּ֑ה 1 “Nahath, Zerah, Shammah, and Mizzah.”
36:13 v77t אֵ֣לֶּ֣ה הָי֔וּ בְּנֵ֥י 1 “They were the grandsons” or “Those {sons of Reuel} were grandsons”
36:13 u8u8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּנֵ֥י בָשְׂמַ֖ת אֵ֥שֶׁת עֵשָֽׂו 1 “of Esaus wife Basemath.” or “of {Esau and} his wife Basemath.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Basemaths grandsons were also Esaus grandsons. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 12. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
36:14 bjd3 וְ⁠אֵ֣לֶּה הָי֗וּ בְּנֵ֨י אָהֳלִיבָמָ֧ה אֵ֣שֶׁת עֵשָׂ֑ו 1 “These/Here are the sons that Esau had with his wife Oholibamah,”
36:14 v1bu בַת עֲנָ֛ה בַּת צִבְע֖וֹן 1 “{who was} Anahs daughter {and} Zibeons granddaughter:” or “whose father was Anah and whose grandfather was Zibeon:” See how you translated these phrases in verse 2.
36:14 wqql rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד לְ⁠עֵשָׂ֔ו אֶת יעיש וְ⁠אֶת יַעְלָ֖ם וְ⁠אֶת קֹֽרַח 1 “{Their sons names were} Jeush, Jalam, and Korah.” or “She/They had sons {whom they named} Jeush, Jalam, and Korah.” For some languages it is clearer or more natural to change the order of clauses in this sentence and say, “Esau and his wife Oholibamah had sons {whom they named} Jeush, Jalam, and Korah. {Oholibamah was} the daughter of Anah {and} the granddaughter of Zibeon.” or “The sons that Oholibamah had with Esau were Jesush, Jalam, and Korah. {She was} the daughter of...” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
36:15 lses אֵ֖לֶּה 1 “Here {is} {a record/list of}” or “The following {are/were}”
36:15 ii05 אַלּוּפֵ֣י בְנֵֽי עֵשָׂ֑ו 1 “Esaus descendants/grandsons who became chiefs:” or “{the names of} the clan/tribal leaders of/for Esaus descendants:”
36:15 bwdy בְּנֵ֤י אֱלִיפַז֙ בְּכ֣וֹר עֵשָׂ֔ו 1 “The sons of Esaus/his firstborn/oldest {son} Eliphaz”
36:15 vgf5 אַלּ֤וּף תֵּימָן֙ אַלּ֣וּף אוֹמָ֔ר אַלּ֥וּף צְפ֖וֹ אַלּ֥וּף קְנַֽז 1 “who became chiefs {were} Teman, Omar, Zepho, Kenaz,” or “who became clan/tribal leaders {were} Teman, Omar, Zepho, Kenaz,”
36:16 jfsv אַלּֽוּף קֹ֛רַח אַלּ֥וּף גַּעְתָּ֖ם אַלּ֣וּף עֲמָלֵ֑ק 1 “Korah, Gatam, and Amalek.” Make sure you are consistent in whether or not you use the title “Chief” in verses 15-16.
36:16 u5tu אֵ֣לֶּה אַלּוּפֵ֤י אֱלִיפַז֙ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ אֱד֔וֹם 1 “Those/They {were/are} the chiefs {who descended} from Eliphaz {and lived} in the land/region of/called Edom.” or “{All} those sons of Eliphaz were clan/tribal leaders {who lived} in the land/region of Edom.” Be consistent with how you spelled “Eliphaz” throughout this chapter; see verses 4, 10-12, 15-16.
36:16 ohhn אֵ֖לֶּה בְּנֵ֥י 1 “They {were} the grandsons” or “They {were} {all} grandsons”
36:16 h41g בְּנֵ֥י עָדָֽה 1 “of {Esaus wife} Adah.” or “Adah {and Esau}.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Adahs grandsons were also Esaus grandsons. Also, be consistent with how you spelled “Adah” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 4:19-20, 23; 36:2, 4, 10, 12, 16.
36:17 k0w5 וְ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה בְּנֵ֤י רְעוּאֵל֙ בֶּן עֵשָׂ֔ו אַלּ֥וּף נַ֨חַת֙ אַלּ֣וּף זֶ֔רַח אַלּ֥וּף שַׁמָּ֖ה אַלּ֣וּף מִזָּ֑ה 1 “{This/Here is a record/list of} the sons of Esaus son Reuel {who became} chiefs: Nahath, Zerah, Shammah, and Mizzah.” or “The sons of Esaus son Reuel {who became} clan/tribal leaders {were} Nahath, Zerah, Shammah, and Mizzah.”
36:17 w9uu אֵ֣לֶּה אַלּוּפֵ֤י רְעוּאֵל֙ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ אֱד֔וֹם 1 “They {were} the chiefs {who descended} from Reuel {and lived} in the land/region of/called Edom.” or “{All} those sons of Reuel {were} clan/tribal leaders {who lived} in the land/region of Edom.” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 16. Also be consistent with how you spelled “Reuel” throughout this chapter; see verses 4, 10, 13, 17.
36:17 yke6 אֵ֕לֶּה בְּנֵ֥י 1 “They {were} {all} grandsons” or “{All} those {sons of Reuel} {were} grandsons”. See how you translated this phrase in verses 12, 13 and 16.
36:17 rbdd בְּנֵ֥י בָשְׂמַ֖ת אֵ֥שֶׁת עֵשָֽׂו 1 “of Esaus wife Basemath.” or “of {Esau and} his wife Basemath.” See how translated this phrase in verse 13 and a similar phrase in verse 12. Also be consistent with how you spelled “Basemath” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 26:34-35; 36:3-4, 10, 13, 17.
36:18 m589 וְ⁠אֵ֗לֶּה בְּנֵ֤י אָהֳלִֽיבָמָה֙ אֵ֣שֶׁת עֵשָׂ֔ו אַלּ֥וּף יְע֛וּשׁ אַלּ֥וּף יַעְלָ֖ם אַלּ֣וּף קֹ֑רַח 1 “{This/Here is a record/list of} the sons of Esaus wife Oholibamah who became chiefs: Jeush, Jalam, and Korah.” or “The sons of Esaus wife Oholibamah who became clan/tribal leaders {were} Jeush, Jalam, and Korah.”
36:18 zhmz אֵ֣לֶּה אַלּוּפֵ֞י 1 “They {were} the chiefs” or “They {were} the clan/tribal leaders”
36:18 dt9z אַלּוּפֵ֞י אָֽהֳלִיבָמָ֛ה אֵ֥שֶׁת עֵשָֽׂו 1 “{who descended} from {Esau and} his wife Oholibamah,”
36:18 f3ek בַּת עֲנָ֖ה 1 “{who was} Anahs daughter.”
36:19 d05s אֵ֧לֶּה בְנֵי עֵשָׂ֛ו וְ⁠אֵ֥לֶּה אַלּוּפֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 “Those {were} Esaus descendants, and they {were} the chiefs of/over the Edomites.” or “{All} those {chiefs} {were} Esaus descendants, and they {were} the leaders of their own family groups.”
36:19 ahn8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ה֥וּא אֱדֽוֹם 1 “Esau {was also known as} Edom.” or “Esau {was also called} Edom.” or “That {is the record/history about} Edom.” Some translations put this phrase earlier in this verse and say, “{All} those {chiefs} were the descendants of Esau, that {is}, Edom, and each one led his own family group.” Do what is best in your language. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 8. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
36:20 zesq אֵ֤לֶּה בְנֵֽי שֵׂעִיר֙ הַ⁠חֹרִ֔י יֹשְׁבֵ֖י הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “Here is {a record/list of} the descendants of Seir the Horite who were {also} living in that land:” or “The sons/descendants of Seir the Horite {who} were {also} living in that land {were}”. The name “Horites” is an alternate name for the Hivites (verse 2). Also, this genealogy is mentioned here because Seir was the ancestor of Esaus Canaanite wife Oholibamah (verse 25) and the Seir mountains where Esau was living (verse 8) were probably named after Seir. You could put some of that information in a footnote. See how you translated “Horites” in Gen 14:6.
36:20 sbaf לוֹטָ֥ן וְ⁠שׁוֹבָ֖ל וְ⁠צִבְע֥וֹן וַ⁠עֲנָֽה 1 “Lotan, Shobal, Zibeon, Anah,”
36:21 y7mp וְ⁠דִשׁ֥וֹן וְ⁠אֵ֖צֶר וְ⁠דִישָׁ֑ן 1 “Dishon, Ezer, and Dishan.”
36:21 jmpu אֵ֣לֶּה אַלּוּפֵ֧י הַ⁠חֹרִ֛י בְּנֵ֥י שֵׂעִ֖יר 1 “Those descendants of Seir {were/became} the chiefs of/over the Horites” or “They were the descendants of Seir who became clan/tribal leaders for the Horites”. See how you translated the names of people groups in verses 2.
36:21 oacg בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ אֱדֽוֹם 1 “{who were living} in the land/region of Edom.”
36:22 mt6k וַ⁠יִּהְי֥וּ בְנֵי לוֹטָ֖ן חֹרִ֣י וְ⁠הֵימָ֑ם 1 “Lotans sons were Hori and Heman” or “{The names of} Lotans sons were Hori and Hemam”. Some translations spell the name “Hemam” as “Heman” or “Homam”. You could use any of these spellings in your translation.
36:22 exa7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship וַ⁠אֲח֥וֹת לוֹטָ֖ן תִּמְנָֽע 1 “and {the name of} his sister {was} Timna.” or “Lotans sister {was} Timna.” or “Lotan was also Timnas brother.” Timna became a concubine of Esaus son Eliphaz (verse 12). This genealogy (verses 20-22) also shows that she was the daughter of Chief Seir (since her brother Lotan was the son of Chief Seir). You could put some of that information in a footnote. Also, according to Jewish history outside the Bible, Timna was Lotans younger sister. If your language has a special term for “younger sister” or “older brother” you could use one of those here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
36:23 xxnd וְ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ בְּנֵ֣י שׁוֹבָ֔ל 1 “These {were} Shobals sons:” or “Shobals sons {were}” or “{The names of} Shobals sons {were}”
36:23 dq1q עַלְוָ֥ן וּ⁠מָנַ֖חַת וְ⁠עֵיבָ֑ל שְׁפ֖וֹ וְ⁠אוֹנָֽם 1 “Alvan, Manahath, Ebal, Shepho, and Onam.”
36:24 a7id וְ⁠אֵ֥לֶּה בְנֵֽי צִבְע֖וֹן וְ⁠אַיָּ֣ה וַ⁠עֲנָ֑ה 1 “{The names of} Zibeons sons {were} Aiah and Anah.”
36:24 n2x1 ה֣וּא עֲנָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר מָצָ֤א 1 “He/This {is} {the same} Anah who found/discovered” or “Anah {is} the one who found/discovered”
36:24 zp5r אֶת הַ⁠יֵּמִם֙ 1 “{some} hot springs” or “springs/water”. The term used here in the Hebrew text occurs only once in the Bible and its meaning is not certain. Most translations have either “hot springs” or “water”.
36:24 my7v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֔ר בִּ⁠רְעֹת֥⁠וֹ אֶת הַ⁠חֲמֹרִ֖ים לְ⁠צִבְע֥וֹן אָבִֽי⁠ו 1 “while/when he was {out} in the wilderness/desert grazing his fathers donkeys.” or “when/while he was pasturing/grazing his fathers donkeys out in the wilderness/desert.” See how you translated “pasture” in Gen 29:7. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
36:25 pxgy וְ⁠אֵ֥לֶּה בְנֵֽי עֲנָ֖ה דִּשֹׁ֑ן וְ⁠אָהֳלִיבָמָ֖ה בַּת עֲנָֽה 1 “Anahs children {were} {his son} Dishon and his daughter Oholibamah.”
36:26 tnsr וְ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה בְּנֵ֣י דִישָׁ֑ן 1 “These {were} Dishons sons:” or “Dishons sons {were}” or “{The names of} Dishons sons were”
36:26 bdm5 חֶמְדָּ֥ן וְ⁠אֶשְׁבָּ֖ן וְ⁠יִתְרָ֥ן וּ⁠כְרָֽן 1 “Hemdan, Eshban, Ithran, and Keran.” The Hebrew name “Keran” can also be spelled “Cheran”. Each of these spellings is found in many translations. Be consistent here with how you spelled “Dishon” in verse 21.
36:27 im1i אֵ֖לֶּה בְּנֵי אֵ֑צֶר בִּלְהָ֥ן וְ⁠זַעֲוָ֖ן וַ⁠עֲקָֽן 1 “{The names of} Ezers sons {were} Bilhan, Zaavan, and Akan.” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Ezer” in verses 20-21.
36:28 rvdm אֵ֥לֶּה בְנֵֽי דִישָׁ֖ן ע֥וּץ וַ⁠אֲרָֽן 1 “Dishans sons {were} Uz and Aran.”
36:29 afna אֵ֖לֶּה אַלּוּפֵ֣י הַ⁠חֹרִ֑י 1 “The chiefs/leaders of/over the Horite clans/tribes {were}” or “The Horites who became chiefs {were}”
36:29 rn9n אַלּ֤וּף לוֹטָן֙ אַלּ֣וּף שׁוֹבָ֔ל אַלּ֥וּף צִבְע֖וֹן אַלּ֥וּף עֲנָֽה 1 “Lotan, Shobal, Zibeon, Anah,” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Lotan” and “Shobal” in verse 20, how you spelled “Zibeon” in verses 2, 14, 20, 24, 29, and how you spelled “Anah” in verses 2, 14, 18, 20, 24-25, 29.
36:30 vkr8 אַלּ֥וּף דִּשֹׁ֛ן אַלּ֥וּף אֵ֖צֶר אַלּ֣וּף דִּישָׁ֑ן 1 “Dishon, Ezer, and Dishan.” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Dishon” in verses 21, 25-26, how you spelled “Ezer” in verses 21, 27, 30, and how you spelled “Dishan” in verses 21, 28, 30.
36:30 n6gm אֵ֣לֶּה אַלּוּפֵ֧י הַ⁠חֹרִ֛י לְ⁠אַלֻּפֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 “Those {were} the Horite chiefs. They had/led their own family groups” or “Those {were} the clan/tribal leaders of/for the Horites. They had/led their own clans/tribes”. Be consistent with how you translated “Horites” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 14:6; 36:20-21, 29-30.
36:30 pd9g בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ שֵׂעִֽיר 1 “{and lived} in the land/region of Seir.” or “{who/which were living} in the land/region of Seir.” Be consistent with how you spelled “Seir” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 14:6; 32:3; 33:14, 16; 36:8-9, 20-21, 30.
36:31 nihl וְ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ הַ⁠מְּלָכִ֔ים 1 “These {are} {the names of} the kings” or “This/Here {is} {a record/history about} the kings”. See how you translated “kings” in Gen 17:6 and 35:11. Be sure to distinguish “kings” (verses 31-39) from “chiefs” (verses 15-19, 21, 28, 40-43) in your translation of this chapter.
36:31 k12n אֲשֶׁ֥ר מָלְכ֖וּ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ אֱד֑וֹם 1 “who reigned/ruled over {the people of/in} the land/region of Edom”
36:31 htsi לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י מְלָךְ מֶ֖לֶךְ לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 “before there were any kings reigning/ruling over the descendants/people of Israel.” or “before the Israelites had their own king.” or “during the time {period} when the Israelites did not yet have their own king.” See how you translated “the sons of Israel” in Gen 32:3.
36:32 h5uy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יִּמְלֹ֣ךְ בֶּ⁠אֱד֔וֹם בֶּ֖לַע בֶּן בְּע֑וֹר 1 “Bela, {who was} the son of Beor, was the {first} king to rule over {the people of} {the land/region of} Edom.” or “The {first} king to rule/reign over {the people of} {the land/region of} Edom was Bela, the son of Beor.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
36:32 q7cf וְ⁠שֵׁ֥ם עִיר֖⁠וֹ דִּנְהָֽבָה 1 “The name of his hometown {that he ruled from} {was} Dinhabah.” or “His {capital} city {that he ruled from} {was} Dinhabah.” Dinhabah was probably King Belas hometown, which he ruled the land of Edom from as his capital city.
36:33 q9ln וַ⁠יָּ֖מָת בָּ֑לַע וַ⁠יִּמְלֹ֣ךְ 1 “When {King} Bela died,”
36:33 yfl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יִּמְלֹ֣ךְ תַּחְתָּ֔י⁠ו יוֹבָ֥ב בֶּן זֶ֖רַח מִ⁠בָּצְרָֽה 1 “Jobab, {who was} the son of Zerah from {the city of} Bozrah}, took his/Belas place as king.” or “Jobab, {who was} the son of Zerah, replaced/succeeded him/Bela as king {and ruled} from {his hometown of} Bozrah.” The phrase “from Bozrah” probably means this was Jobabs hometown which he ruled from, much like the meaning of “his city” in verses 32, 35 and 39. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
36:34 a7kc וַ⁠יָּ֖מָת יוֹבָ֑ב וַ⁠יִּמְלֹ֣ךְ 1 “When {King} Jobab died,”
36:34 e0l8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יִּמְלֹ֣ךְ תַּחְתָּ֔י⁠ו חֻשָׁ֖ם מֵ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ הַ⁠תֵּימָנִֽי 1 “Husham, {who was} from the land/region of the Teman/Temanite people {group}, took his/Jobabs place as king.” or “Husham replaced/succeeded him/Jobab as king {and reigned/ruled} from {his hometown which was in} the land/region where the Temanites lived.” King Husham may have been a descendant of Esaus grandson Teman (verse 11). You could put that information in a footnote. Also compare how you translated verse 33. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
36:35 dhzc וַ⁠יָּ֖מָת חֻשָׁ֑ם וַ⁠יִּמְלֹ֨ךְ 1 “When {King} Husham died,
36:35 kn7g הֲדַ֣ד בֶּן בְּדַ֗ד 1 “Hadad, {who was} the son of Bedad,”
36:35 obr8 וַ⁠יִּמְלֹ֨ךְ תַּחְתָּ֜י⁠ו 1 “took his/Hushams place as king.” or “replaced/succeeded him/Husham as king.”
36:35 l08f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הַ⁠מַּכֶּ֤ה אֶת מִדְיָן֙ 1 “{King Hadad is the one} who defeated the Midianites {in battle/war}”. See how you translated the idiom “struck” in Gen 14:5, 7. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
36:35 bdtf בִּ⁠שְׂדֵ֣ה מוֹאָ֔ב 1 “in a field {in the region/land} of Moab.” or “in the region/land/country of Moab.” Moab was a large region located to the east of the Dead Sea. This battle probably took place in the countryside or an unpopulated area (a “field”) within this region.
36:35 cp8l וְ⁠שֵׁ֥ם עִיר֖⁠וֹ עֲוִֽית 1 “The name of his/Hadads hometown {that he ruled from} {was} Avith.” or “His {capital} city {that he ruled from} {was} Avith.” See how you translated a similar sentence in verse 32.
36:36 lvbg וַ⁠יָּ֖מָת הֲדָ֑ד וַ⁠יִּמְלֹ֣ךְ 1 “When {King} Hadad died,
36:36 a8in rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יִּמְלֹ֣ךְ תַּחְתָּ֔י⁠ו שַׂמְלָ֖ה מִ⁠מַּשְׂרֵקָֽה 1 “Samlah, {who was} from {the city of} Masrekah, took his/Hadads place as king,” or “Samlah replaced/succeeded him/Hadad as king {and ruled} from {his hometown of} Masrekah.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
36:37 mcp5 וַ⁠יָּ֖מָת שַׂמְלָ֑ה וַ⁠יִּמְלֹ֣ךְ 1 “When {King} Samlah died,”
36:37 cre0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יִּמְלֹ֣ךְ תַּחְתָּ֔י⁠ו שָׁא֖וּל מֵ⁠רְחֹב֥וֹת הַ⁠נָּהָֽר 1 “Shaul {who was} from {the city of} Rehoboth {on/beside} the River {Euphrates} took his/Samlahs place as king.” or “Shaul replaced/succeeded him/Samlah as king {and ruled} from {his hometown of} Rehoboth, which was {beside} the {Euphrates} River.” See how you translated similar sentences in verses 33, 34 and 36. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
36:38 xocl וַ⁠יָּ֖מָת שָׁא֑וּל וַ⁠יִּמְלֹ֣ךְ בַּ֥עַל חָנָ֖ן בֶּן עַכְבּֽוֹר 1 “When {King} Shaul died, Baal-Hanan, {who was} the son of Acbor,”
36:38 f6jn וַ⁠יִּמְלֹ֣ךְ תַּחְתָּ֔י⁠ו 1 “took his place as king.” or “replaced/succeeded him as king.”
36:39 crdu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠יָּמָת֮ בַּ֣עַל חָנָ֣ן בֶּן עַכְבּוֹר֒ וַ⁠יִּמְלֹ֤ךְ הֲדַ֔ר 1 “When {King} Baal-Hanan died, Hadar”. Most translations follow the Hebrew text and have “Hadar” here. Some translations (and ancient versions such as SP, LXX, Syriac and Vulgate) have “Hadad” here instead, in order to spell this name the same way it is spelled in 1 Chronicles 1:50-51. However, that could cause confusion because “Hadad” is also the name of a different king in verses 35-36 above. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
36:39 aq30 וַ⁠יִּמְלֹ֤ךְ תַּחְתָּי⁠ו֙ 1 “took his place as king” or “replaced/succeeded him as king”. Consider again how you translated this phrase in verses 33-39.
36:39 c1u5 וְ⁠שֵׁ֥ם עִיר֖⁠וֹ פָּ֑עוּ 1 “and the name of his hometown {that he ruled from} {was} Pau.” or “His {capital} city {that he ruled from} {was} Pau.” Consider whether it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also see how you translated a similar clause in verses 32 and 35.
36:39 gf8w וְ⁠שֵׁ֨ם אִשְׁתּ֤⁠וֹ מְהֵֽיטַבְאֵל֙ 1 “His wifes name {was} Mehetabel,”
36:39 rpz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בַּת מַטְרֵ֔ד בַּ֖ת מֵ֥י זָהָֽב 1 “{who was} the daughter of Matred {and} the granddaughter of Me-Zahab.” or “whose father was Matred {and} whose grandfather was Me-Zahab.” Notice that “Matred” and “Me-Zahab” are the names of men. See how you translated similar phrases in verses 2 and 14. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
36:40 h2o5 וְ֠⁠אֵלֶּה שְׁמ֞וֹת 1 “Here {are} the names of “ or “The following list of names includes”
36:40 w1jt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַלּוּפֵ֤י עֵשָׂו֙ 1 “{more of} the chiefs {who descended} from Esau.” or “more of the descendants of Esau who were clan/tribal leaders.” The chiefs listed below are different from those listed in the verses above, except for Kenaz and Teman (verse 15). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
36:40 tq3b לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֔⁠ם לִ⁠מְקֹמֹתָ֖⁠ם בִּ⁠שְׁמֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 “The names of their clans/tribes and the regions where they lived were named after them:” or “{These chiefs led} their own family groups in their own regions/territories, which were named after them:” or “{Each chief led} his own family group and ruled his own region/territory that was named after him:” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
36:40 ynzj אַלּ֥וּף תִּמְנָ֛ע אַלּ֥וּף עַֽלְוָ֖ה אַלּ֥וּף יְתֵֽת 1 “Timna, Alvan, Jetheth,” The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. (1) Most translations treat all the names in verses 40-43 as the names of chiefs (as in the ULT and UST of these verses). (2) However, some scholars think that all the names in verses 40-43 are the names of regions or clans. Alternate translation of verses 40-43: “{These are/were} {the names of} the clans/tribes {that descended} from Esau. Each clan/tribe lived {in the land of Edom} in its own region that was named after that clan/tribe. {The names of the clans/tribes} were TImna, Alvan,...Iram. Those were {the names of} the clans/tribes of the Edomites. Each of the clans/tribes lived in their own part of the land {of Edom} that they owned...”
36:41 mpl5 אַלּ֧וּף אָהֳלִיבָמָ֛ה אַלּ֥וּף אֵלָ֖ה אַלּ֥וּף פִּינֹֽן 1 “Oholibamah, Elah, Pinon,” Make sure that the way you translate verses 41-43 fits with the interpretation you followed in verse 40.
36:42 vuqq אַלּ֥וּף קְנַ֛ז אַלּ֥וּף תֵּימָ֖ן אַלּ֥וּף מִבְצָֽר 1 “Kenaz, Teman, Mibzar,”
36:43 on4r אַלּ֥וּף מַגְדִּיאֵ֖ל אַלּ֣וּף עִירָ֑ם 1 “Magdiel, {and} Iram.” Make sure you are consistent in whether or not you use the title “Chief” in verses 40-43.
36:43 f7rs אֵ֣לֶּה אַלּוּפֵ֣י 1 “Those {were} {the names of} {more of} the chiefs” or “{All of} those {were} chiefs” or “Those {were} {more of} the clan/tribal leaders”. Consider again how you translated “chiefs” throughout this chapter; see verses 15-19, 21, 28, 40-43.
36:43 d0oc אַלּוּפֵ֣י אֱד֗וֹם 1 “over/for the Edomites;” or “for/over the Edom people {group};”
36:43 blbb לְ⁠מֹֽשְׁבֹתָ⁠ם֙ 1 “they {all} led their own settlements” or “each of them led/ruled {their own clans/tribes} in the places where they lived”
36:43 u7eq בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ אֲחֻזָּתָ֔⁠ם 1 “in the land/regions that they owned/controlled/inhabited.”
36:43 aa5c ה֥וּא עֵשָׂ֖ו 1 “That {was} {the record/history about} Esau,” or “This {concludes the record/history about} Esau,”
36:43 vois אֲבִ֥י אֱדֽוֹם 1 “{who was} the ancestor of {all} the Edomites.” or “{who was} the ancestor of the Edom people {group}.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 9. Also compare how you translated the names of other people groups in this chapter, including “Hittite” and “Hivite” in verse 2; “Edomites” in verse 9; “Horite/Horites” in verses 20, 21, 29, 30; “Temanites” in verse 34; and “Midianites” in verse 35.
37:1 r483 וַ⁠יֵּ֣שֶׁב יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “Now Jacob was {still} living” or “Jacob continued to live”. Chapter 37 continues the history about Jacob that left off at the end of chapter 35. Begin this chapter in a way that is natural in your language. Make sure the way you translate “lived” allows for the fact that Jacob was already living in Canaan and had settled near the city of Hebron, where his father and grandfather had lived previously (Gen 35:27).
37:1 u237 בְּ⁠אֶ֖רֶץ מְגוּרֵ֣י אָבִ֑י⁠ו בְּ⁠אֶ֖רֶץ כְּנָֽעַן 1 “in the land/region of Canaan where his father {Isaac} had lived for a while {as a foreigner/outsider}.” See how you translated “sojourned” in Gen 35:27 and “the land of Canaan” in Gen 35:6.
37:2 iyds אֵ֣לֶּה תֹּלְד֣וֹת יַעֲקֹ֗ב 1 “This/Here is {more of} the record/history about Jacob and his descendants/family:” or “What follows tells {more} about Jacob and his descendants/family:” Consider again how you translated “These are the generations of” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 2:4; 6:9; 11:27; 25:19; 36:1; 37:2, where what follows is a narrative or history of events. Compare that to Gen 5:1; 10:1; 11:10; 25:12; 36:9, where what follows is more of a genealogy (list of names). It may be necessary to translate this phrase in different ways, depending on the context.
37:2 hh9m יוֹסֵ֞ף בֶּן שְׁבַֽע עֶשְׂרֵ֤ה שָׁנָה֙ 1 “{One day} {his} seventeen-year-old son Joseph” or “{Jacobs/His son} Joseph, who was seventeen years old,” This verse may be referring to a single incident or it may be referring to what happened regularly.
37:2 wtc2 הָיָ֨ה רֹעֶ֤ה בַּ⁠צֹּ֔אן 1 “was taking care of the {familys} flock{s} {of sheep and goats}” or “had the work/job of pasturing/tending the {familys} flock{s} {of sheep and goats}”. See how you translated “flocks” in Gen 4:2.
37:2 xjuz אֶת אֶחָי⁠ו֙ וְ⁠ה֣וּא נַ֗עַר אֶת 1 “Joseph was helping his brothers {who were}” or “as an assistant/helper for his brothers {who were}”
37:2 ilb3 בְּנֵ֥י בִלְהָ֛ה וְ⁠אֶת בְּנֵ֥י זִלְפָּ֖ה נְשֵׁ֣י אָבִ֑י⁠ו 1 “the sons of his fathers {servant} wives Bilhah and Zilpah,” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Bilhah” in Gen 29:29 and “Zilpah” in 29:24.
37:2 i0ck rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יָּבֵ֥א יוֹסֵ֛ף אֶת דִּבָּתָ֥⁠ם רָעָ֖ה אֶל אֲבִי⁠הֶֽם 1 “and he told their/his father about the bad things they were doing.” or “and he gave bad/negative reports to their/his father about them.” The Hebrew text does not specify what Josephs brothers had done wrong, so neither should your translation. Also, make sure your translation of “their father” does not sound like the sons of Bilhah and Zilpah had a different father than Joseph had. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
37:3 tws4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 “Now {Jacob, whose other name was} Israel,” or “Israel, {that is, Jacob,}” This verse introduces background information for the events that happen next. Consider what is the best way to begin this sentence in your language. Make sure it is clear in your translation or in a footnote that Jacob (verse 1) and Israel (verse 3) refer to the same person, not two separate people. For a note about this, see Gen 35:10. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
37:3 tzuu אָהַ֤ב אֶת יוֹסֵף֙ מִ⁠כָּל בָּנָ֔י⁠ו 1 “loved Joseph more than any of his {other} sons”
37:3 e4ha rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּֽי בֶן זְקֻנִ֥ים ה֖וּא ל֑⁠וֹ 1 “because he/Joseph was born to him when he was old.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “Now Joseph was born to Israel when he was old, so he/Israel loved him more than all {the rest} of his sons.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
37:3 ruov rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וְ⁠עָ֥שָׂה ל֖⁠וֹ כְּתֹ֥נֶת פַּסִּֽים 1 “So he/Israel/Jacob made a {special/beautiful} tunic/robe for him/Joseph that had many colors.” or “So he/Israel/Jacob made a {special} colorful tunic/robe for him/Joseph.” The meaning of the Hebrew text is not certain here. Many translations (including the Greek Septuagint and Latin Vulgate) say that the tunic or robe was “multicolored” or “colorful”. This “tunic” was probably full-length to the ankles and had long sleeves that reached to the hands. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
37:4 j9s1 וַ⁠יִּרְא֣וּ אֶחָ֗י⁠ו כִּֽי אֹת֞⁠וֹ אָהַ֤ב אֲבִי⁠הֶם֙ מִ⁠כָּל אֶחָ֔י⁠ו וַֽ⁠יִּשְׂנְא֖וּ 1 “Josephs brothers saw/realized that their father loved him/Joseph more than any of {the rest of} his sons, so” or “When Josephs brothers saw/realized that their father loved him/Joseph more than the rest of them,”
37:4 gxph rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַֽ⁠יִּשְׂנְא֖וּ אֹת֑⁠וֹ וְ⁠לֹ֥א 1 “they hated/despised him/Joseph so much that they”. Make sure it is clear here in your translation that the brothers hated Joseph, not their father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
37:4 cb6d וְ⁠לֹ֥א יָכְל֖וּ דַּבְּר֥⁠וֹ לְ⁠שָׁלֹֽם 1 “could/would not speak/talk to him kindly/nicely.” or “refused to speak/talk to him in a friendly/kind manner/way.” or “and always spoke unkindly/disrespectfully to him.”
37:5 nqa3 וַ⁠יַּחֲלֹ֤ם יוֹסֵף֙ חֲל֔וֹם 1 “Then {one night} Joseph had a dream” or “{One night} Joseph had a dream”
37:5 fwbb וַ⁠יַּגֵּ֖ד לְ⁠אֶחָ֑י⁠ו 1 “and he told his brothers about it” or {The next day} he told his brothers what he dreamed”
37:5 np9k וַ⁠יּוֹסִ֥פוּ ע֖וֹד שְׂנֹ֥א אֹתֽ⁠וֹ 1 “and they became even more hateful toward him.” or “That made them hate/despise him even more {than before}.”
37:6 o9bp וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “He told them,” or “{This is what} he told them:”
37:6 tjgv שִׁמְעוּ נָ֕א הַ⁠חֲל֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָלָֽמְתִּי 1 “Please listen to {me tell about} this dream that I had:” or “I had a dream {that I want to tell you about}. Please listen to {me tell} it.”
37:7 ighe וְ֠⁠הִנֵּה 1 “{In it} I saw” or “{In my dream} I saw”
37:7 kj3d אֲנַ֜חְנוּ מְאַלְּמִ֤ים אֲלֻמִּים֙ בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֔ה 1 “that we {all} were out in the middle of a field {cutting stalks of grain/wheat and} tying the stalks into sheaves/bundles” or “us {working together} out in a field {cutting and} tying sheaves/bundles {of grain/wheat stalks},” A sheaf of grain is a bunch of grain stalks that have been cut and tied together in a bundle, with the heads of grain at the top. Wheat and barley were the grains that were common in this region at that time, not corn or oats.
37:7 hdur וְ⁠הִנֵּ֛ה 1 “Then suddenly”
37:7 i9yf אֲלֻמָּתִ֖⁠י 1 “my sheaf/bundle {of grain/wheat}” or “the sheaf/bundle that I had made”
37:7 t8q7 קָ֥מָה וְ⁠גַם נִצָּ֑בָה 1 “stood up straight” or “stood up on its end”
37:7 zuav וְ⁠הִנֵּ֛ה 2 “Then behold/amazingly,” or “Then I saw that”
37:7 vhvx אֲלֻמֹּ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “your sheaves/bundles {of grain/wheat}” or “the sheaves/bundles that you had made”
37:7 ugk0 תְסֻבֶּ֨ינָה֙ 1 “gathered around {my sheaf/bundle}” or “stood in a circle around {my sheaf/bundle}”
37:7 kbp0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠תִּֽשְׁתַּחֲוֶ֖יןָ לַ⁠אֲלֻמָּתִֽ⁠י 1 “and bowed down {to the ground} to/before my sheaf/bundle {to show respect/submission}.” or “and bowed {respectfully} to my sheaf/bundle.” or “and bowed down in front of it {in respect}.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
37:8 erk9 וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמְרוּ ל⁠וֹ֙ אֶחָ֔י⁠ו 1 “His brothers responded to him,” or “His brothers retorted {angrily},”
37:8 l93b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠מָלֹ֤ךְ תִּמְלֹךְ֙ 1 “Do you really expect to” or “Certainly you dont think you will” or “You will never”. The brothers use two rhetorical questions in this verse to express their disagreement with Joseph and to emphasize that they are not happy with him. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
37:8 r10j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive תִּמְלֹךְ֙ עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 “reign over us!” or “be our king!” For languages that mark inclusive and exclusive pronouns, “us” excludes Joseph in this sentence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
37:8 dtki rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion אִם מָשׁ֥וֹל תִּמְשֹׁ֖ל בָּ֑⁠נוּ 1 “You will never rule over us!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
37:8 xn5l וַ⁠יּוֹסִ֤פוּ שְׂנֹ֣א אֹת֔⁠וֹ 1 “So they hated/despised him”. Consider again how you translated “hate” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 24:60; 26:27; 29:31, 33; 37:4-5, 8. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
37:8 h0sc עוֹד֙ 1 “even more {strongly/intensely} {than they did before}”
37:8 hwgw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure עַל חֲלֹמֹתָ֖י⁠ו וְ⁠עַל דְּבָרָֽי⁠ו 1 “for his dreams and for what he told them about the/his dreams.” or “because of what he had said {to them} about his dreams.” For some languages, it is more natural to switch the order of clauses in this sentence and say, “So because of what he/Joseph had told them about his dreams, his brothers hated him even more {strongly/intensely} {than they did before}.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
37:9 rdj8 וַ⁠יַּחֲלֹ֥ם עוֹד֙ חֲל֣וֹם אַחֵ֔ר וַ⁠יְסַפֵּ֥ר אֹת֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠אֶחָ֑י⁠ו 1 “Then Joseph had another dream that he {also} told to his brothers.” or “Sometime after that, Joseph told his brothers about another dream that he had.”
37:9 cm0q וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “He said,” or “This/Here is what he said:”
37:9 h6x6 הִנֵּ֨ה חָלַ֤מְתִּֽי חֲלוֹם֙ ע֔וֹד 1 “Listen, I {just} had another dream,”
37:9 tpor וְ⁠הִנֵּ֧ה 1 “and there/amazingly {in this dream}” or “and {in it} I saw that”
37:9 pp8q הַ⁠שֶּׁ֣מֶשׁ וְ⁠הַ⁠יָּרֵ֗חַ וְ⁠אַחַ֤ד עָשָׂר֙ כּֽוֹכָבִ֔ים 1 “the sun, the moon, and eleven stars”
37:9 utc0 מִֽשְׁתַּחֲוִ֖ים 1 “were bowing down {to the ground}” or “bowed down {to the ground}”. See how you translated “bowed down” in verse 7.
37:9 qq77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction לִֽ⁠י 1 “to/before me {to show respect}.” or “in front of me {to honor me}.” Bowing down to someone was a way of showing respect and honor to that person. If that is not clear in your culture, you could make that information explicit in your translation or in a footnote. If it is understood, you can leave it implied (as the Hebrew text does). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
37:10 sa4l וַ⁠יְסַפֵּ֣ר אֶל אָבִי⁠ו֮ וְ⁠אֶל אֶחָי⁠ו֒ וַ⁠יִּגְעַר 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. Verse 10 could refer to: (1) a second time that Joseph told his dream. Alternate translation: “Then/Later Joseph told {the same dream} to {both} his father and his brothers, but”. (2) the same time that he told this dream to his brothers in verse 9. Alternate translation: “When Joseph related/told {the dream} to his father and his brothers,”
37:10 l2eq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יִּגְעַר בּ֣⁠וֹ אָבִ֔י⁠ו וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר ל֔⁠וֹ 1 “his father rebuked/scolded him by saying,” Your translation of this quote margin should not sound like two separate events; the verbs “rebuked” and “said” refer to the same event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
37:10 epfz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מָ֛ה הַ⁠חֲל֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר חָלָ֑מְתָּ 1 “That {is} a strange dream that you had!” or “Your dream {is} ridiculous/outrageous!” Jacob uses a rhetorical question here to show that he is not happy about Josephs dream. Decide the best way to translate this in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
37:10 mxwh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ב֣וֹא אֲנִי֙ וְ⁠אִמְּ⁠ךָ֣ וְ⁠אַחֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “Do you really expect your mother and me and your brothers to” or “Certainly you dont think that your mother and I or your brothers will”. See how you translated a similar rhetorical question in verse 8. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
37:10 octg נָב֗וֹא לְ⁠הִשְׁתַּחֲוֺ֥ת אָֽרְצָ⁠ה 1 “come {to you} and bow down to the ground” or “bow down”. See how you translated “bow down” in verse 7.
37:10 yp2m לְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “before you” or “in front of you”
37:11 qwst וַ⁠יְקַנְאוּ ב֖⁠וֹ אֶחָ֑י⁠ו 1 “So Josephs brothers were envious/jealous of him,” or “{Because of Josephs dreams} his brothers were envious/jealous of him,” See how you translated “envied” in Gen 26:14; 30:1.
37:11 b3wy וְ⁠אָבִ֖י⁠ו שָׁמַ֥ר אֶת הַ⁠דָּבָֽר 1 “but his father continued to think/wonder about what it all could mean.” or “but his father kept thinking about the dreams and wondered what they meant.”
37:12 vdtt וַ⁠יֵּלְכ֖וּ אֶחָ֑י⁠ו 1 “Sometime after that, his/Josephs brothers” or “One time/day, his/Josephs brothers”
37:12 wp1m וַ⁠יֵּלְכ֖וּ לִ⁠רְע֛וֹת אֶׄתׄ צֹ֥אן אֲבִי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 “took their fathers flock{s} {of sheep and goats} to graze {in the fields}”
37:12 vlrw בִּ⁠שְׁכֶֽם 1 “near {the city of} Shechem.” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Shechem” in Gen 35:4.
37:13 vl3c וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל אֶל יוֹסֵ֗ף 1 “Then/So {one day} Israel said to Joseph,”
37:13 upf3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֤וֹא אַחֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ רֹעִ֣ים 1 “As you know, your brothers are pasturing/tending {our flocks/animals}”. Jacob uses a rhetorical question to remind Joseph of something he already knows and to introduce what he wants Joseph to do. Decide the best way to communicate this in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
37:13 vka6 בִּ⁠שְׁכֶ֔ם 1 “near {the city of} Shechem.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 12.
37:13 eynd לְכָ֖⁠ה וְ⁠אֶשְׁלָחֲ⁠ךָ֣ אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “Get ready so that I can send you to them.”
37:13 o27h וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר ל֖⁠וֹ 1 “He/Joseph responded,” or “He/Joseph answered him,”
37:13 nrit הִנֵּֽ⁠נִי 1 “Im here {and ready to go}.” or “Im ready {to go}.” or “Yes, {sir}.”
37:14 qlxr וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר ל֗⁠וֹ 1 “Then Israel told him/Joseph,”
37:14 wbsm לֶךְ נָ֨א רְאֵ֜ה 1 “Please go and check on” or “Please go find out”
37:14 kwpr אֶת שְׁל֤וֹם אַחֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וְ⁠אֶת שְׁל֣וֹם הַ⁠צֹּ֔אן 1 “how your brothers and the flock{s} are doing” or “whether {or not} things are going well for your brothers and the flock{s}”
37:14 dz4q וַ⁠הֲשִׁבֵ֖⁠נִי דָּבָ֑ר 1 “Then come tell me {how they are doing}.” or “Then report back to me {what you find out}.”
37:14 b5jc וַ⁠יִּשְׁלָחֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ מֵ⁠עֵ֣מֶק 1 “So/Then Israel sent him/Joseph {on his way} from”
37:14 opy9 מֵ⁠עֵ֣מֶק חֶבְר֔וֹן 1 “{their home in} the valley near {the city of} Hebron,” Be consistent in how you spell “Hebron” throughout the book of Genesis. See Gen 13:18; 23:2, 19; 35:27; 37:14.
37:14 jkus וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖א שְׁכֶֽמָ⁠ה 1 “and he/Joseph went/traveled to {the city of} Shechem.” The trip from the city of Hebron to the city of Shechem was about 100 kilometers (60 miles).
37:15 oywm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יִּמְצָאֵ֣⁠הוּ אִ֔ישׁ וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה תֹעֶ֖ה 1 “There he met a man who had seen/noticed him” or “{When he arrived there,} a man saw him”. In this context “found” means the man happened to meet Joseph as Joseph was walking around looking for his brothers; the man was not intentionally looking for him. Also, for some languages it is clearer or more natural to change the order of the clauses in this sentence and say, “He started wandering around {searching} in the fields {near there}, where/and he met a man who asked...” or “As he was wandering around {searching} in the fields {near there}, he met a man who asked … ” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
37:15 syph תֹעֶ֖ה בַּ⁠שָּׂדֶ֑ה וַ⁠יִּשְׁאָלֵ֧⁠הוּ הָ⁠אִ֛ישׁ 1 “searching around in the {nearby} fields/countryside and”. The word “fields” refers here to large, open places with no fences and few trees, where sheep and goats could easily graze.
37:15 fnn5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וַ⁠יִּשְׁאָלֵ֧⁠הוּ לֵ⁠אמֹ֖ר מַה תְּבַקֵּֽשׁ 1 “asked him, “What/Who are you looking for?” or “asked him what/who he was looking for.” Consider whether it is better to use a direct or an indirect quote here in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
37:16 nm7k וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר אֶת אַחַ֖⁠י אָנֹכִ֣י מְבַקֵּ֑שׁ 1 “He/Joseph responded/replied, “I am looking/searching for my brothers.”
37:16 rdbq הַגִּֽידָ⁠ה נָּ֣א לִ֔⁠י 1 “Can you tell me” or “Do you know”
37:16 tg3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֵיפֹ֖ה הֵ֥ם רֹעִֽים 1 “where they are pasturing/tending {their flocks}?” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause earlier in the verse and say, “I am looking for my brothers who were somewhere around here shepherding/pasturing/tending {their flocks}. Do you know where they are {now}?” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
37:17 elkg rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר הָ⁠אִישׁ֙ 1 “The man answered {him},” or “The man replied,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
37:17 tgoq נָסְע֣וּ מִ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 “{I saw them, but then} they left from here” or “They were here and then left”
37:17 lggu כִּ֤י שָׁמַ֨עְתִּי֙ אֹֽמְרִ֔ים 1 “In fact, I heard/overheard them say {to each other}” or “but I overheard them say {to each other}”
37:17 va7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations נֵלְכָ֖ה דֹּתָ֑יְנָ⁠ה 1 “ Lets {move on and} go to {the town of} Dothan. ” or “that they were going to {the town of} Dothan.” Consider whether it is better to use a direct or indirect quote here in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
37:17 jp2k וַ⁠יֵּ֤לֶךְ יוֹסֵף֙ אַחַ֣ר אֶחָ֔י⁠ו וַ⁠יִּמְצָאֵ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠דֹתָֽן 1 “So Joseph followed his brothers and caught up with them near {the town of} Dothan.” or “So Joseph went to {the town of} Dothan and found his brothers {near} there.”
37:18 bcke וַ⁠יִּרְא֥וּ אֹת֖⁠וֹ מֵ⁠רָחֹ֑ק 1 “But they saw him while he was still some distance away,” or “While he was still some distance away {from them}, they saw him,”
37:18 mv7y וּ⁠בְ⁠טֶ֨רֶם֙ יִקְרַ֣ב אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 “and before he reached them,” or “and before he got close to where they were,”
37:18 c9yp וַ⁠יִּֽתְנַכְּל֥וּ אֹת֖⁠וֹ לַ⁠הֲמִיתֽ⁠וֹ 1 “they plotted to kill him.” or “they made plans to kill him.”
37:19 y0we וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ אִ֣ישׁ אֶל אָחִ֑י⁠ו 1 “They said to each other {about him},”
37:19 xisw הִנֵּ֗ה בַּ֛עַל הַ⁠חֲלֹמ֥וֹת הַלָּזֶ֖ה בָּֽא 1 “Look/See, here comes that master/expert dreamer!” or “Look whos coming! Its that master/expert of dreams!” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Josephs brothers are being sarcastic and disrespectful here as they make fun of Joseph.
37:20 gdar וְ⁠עַתָּ֣ה לְכ֣וּ וְ⁠נַֽהַרְגֵ֗⁠הוּ 1 “Come on, lets kill him”
37:20 qnas וְ⁠נַשְׁלִכֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ 1 “and throw his body”
37:20 q28u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown בְּ⁠אַחַ֣ד הַ⁠בֹּר֔וֹת 1 “into one of the {empty} pits/wells {here}.” A cistern was a large hole or pit that had been dug in the ground to catch rain water and store it there. It was wide at the bottom and had a small opening at the top. The sides of the hole were covered with plaster so that it would hold water. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
37:20 takb וְ⁠אָמַ֕רְנוּ חַיָּ֥ה רָעָ֖ה 1 “Then we will/can tell {people} that a fierce/vicious/ferocious {wild} animal”
37:20 pkdz אֲכָלָ֑תְ⁠הוּ 1 “has devoured/eaten him,” or “ate him up/down,”
37:20 d69r וְ⁠נִרְאֶ֕ה 1 “and we/everyone will see/watch”
37:20 jm0y מַה יִּהְי֖וּ חֲלֹמֹתָֽי⁠ו 1 “what will become of his dreams!” or “what happens to his {great} dreams!” or “if his {great} dreams come true!” Josephs brothers are speaking here in a disdainful way, continuing to mock him.
37:21 vz3w וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֣ע רְאוּבֵ֔ן וַ⁠יַּצִּלֵ֖⁠הוּ 1 “But Reuben heard {their plan}, so” or “When Reuben heard {what they were planning,}”
37:21 sgyv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יַּצִּלֵ֖⁠הוּ מִ⁠יָּדָ֑⁠ם 1 “he {tried to} rescue/save Joseph from them”. The phrase “their hands” refers to Josephs brothers and their power to harm him. Consider whether you have a similar figure of speech in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
37:21 pj3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “and said {to them},” or “by urging them,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
37:21 arpw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לֹ֥א נַכֶּ֖⁠נּוּ נָֽפֶשׁ 1 “We should/must not take his life.” or “We should/must not kill him.” Consider again how you translated the idiom “strike” in Gen 4:15; 34:30; 37:21. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
37:22 qril rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֣ם רְאוּבֵן֮ 1 “Then Reuben/he continued/added,” Some translations do not include this phrase, possibly because Reuben is still speaking to the same people. However, he may have paused between verses 21 and 22 to see the effect of what he said in verse 21. Also, the repeated quote margin helps emphasize what he says in verse 22. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
37:22 t1mz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אַל תִּשְׁפְּכוּ דָם֒ 1 “Do not kill him.” or “You must not take his life.” See how you translated the idiom “shed blood” in Gen 9:6. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
37:22 r99s הַשְׁלִ֣יכוּ אֹת֗⁠וֹ אֶל הַ⁠בּ֤וֹר הַ⁠זֶּה֙ 1 “{Instead} put him into this {dry/empty} pit/well”. See how you translated “cistern” in verse 20.
37:22 bqz5 אֲשֶׁ֣ר בַּ⁠מִּדְבָּ֔ר 1 “{here} in the wilderness/desert,” Consider again how you translated “wilderness” or “desert” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 14:6 (and note); 16:7; 21:14, 20-21; 36:24; 37:22. Also see when it occurs as implied information in Gen 12:9-10; 13:1, 3; 20:1; 24:62.
37:22 lhby וְ⁠יָ֖ד אַל תִּשְׁלְחוּ ב֑⁠וֹ 1 “but you must not harm him {in any way}.” The phrase “lay a hand on” is an idiom that emphasizes that they are not to harm him at all, not even in the smallest way. (See: figs- idiom)
37:22 bqvz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לְמַ֗עַן הַצִּ֤יל אֹת⁠וֹ֙ מִ⁠יָּדָ֔⁠ם 1 “Reuben was planning to rescue/save him/Joseph from them” or “{He/Reuben said that} in order to save him/Joseph from being killed by them”. See how you translated “rescued him from their hands” in verse 21. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
37:22 lqa5 לַ⁠הֲשִׁיב֖⁠וֹ אֶל אָבִֽי⁠ו 1 “so that he could return him {safely} to his/their father.” or “and take him back {home} to his/their father.” Make sure your translation of “his father” does not sound like Joseph had a different father than his brothers had.
37:23 k46f וַֽ⁠יְהִ֕י כַּֽ⁠אֲשֶׁר בָּ֥א יוֹסֵ֖ף אֶל אֶחָ֑י⁠ו 1 “When Joseph reached his brothers,” As usual, the phrase “Then it happened” introduces and emphasizes an important set of events. Many translations leave it implied. Do what is natural in your language.
37:23 nae9 וַ⁠יַּפְשִׁ֤יטוּ אֶת יוֹסֵף֙ אֶת כֻּתָּנְתּ֔⁠וֹ אֶת כְּתֹ֥נֶת הַ⁠פַּסִּ֖ים 1 “they {took hold of him and} stripped/ripped/tore off the/his colorful robe”. See how you translated “multicolored tunic” in verse 3.
37:23 ye3c אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 “he had on.” or “that he was wearing.”
37:24 h7mu וַ⁠יִּ֨קָּחֻ֔⁠הוּ 1 “Then they grabbed him”
37:24 nbwf וַ⁠יַּשְׁלִ֥כוּ אֹת֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠בֹּ֑רָ⁠ה 1 “and put him into the pit/well.” See how you translated “throw him” and “cistern” in verse 20.
37:24 za8r וְ⁠הַ⁠בּ֣וֹר רֵ֔ק אֵ֥ין בּ֖⁠וֹ מָֽיִם 1 “Now the pit/well {was} empty; it had no water in it.” or “The pit/well {was} empty and {completely} dry inside.”
37:25 h666 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּשְׁבוּ֮ לֶֽ⁠אֱכָל לֶחֶם֒ 1 “Then {some of} Josephs brothers sat down to eat a meal,” It is clear from verse 29 that Reuben was not there when his brothers made the plan to sell Joseph to the traders. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
37:25 gl5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּשְׂא֤וּ עֵֽינֵי⁠הֶם֙ וַ⁠יִּרְא֔וּ 1 “and {while they were eating,} they looked around”. See how you translated the idiom “lifted...eyes” in Gen 22:13. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
37:25 de55 וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙ 1 “and saw/noticed {that}” or “and they saw/noticed {that}”
37:25 yfo8 אֹרְחַ֣ת 1 “a {large} group/company of”. A “caravan” is a large group of people who are traveling together.
37:25 ztmn יִשְׁמְעֵאלִ֔ים 1 “Ishmaelite {traders/merchants}” or “{traders/merchants} from the Ishmael/Ishmaelite people group” or “{traders/merchants who were} descendants of Ishmael”. See how you translated the names of other people groups in Gen 15:19-21.
37:25 klhu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בָּאָ֖ה מִ⁠גִּלְעָ֑ד 1 “{who were} traveling from {the region of} Gilead {was headed their way}.” or “traveling from {the region of} Gilead {was coming toward them}.” For some languages it may be clearer to change the order of some of the implied information in this sentence and say, “...and saw/noticed {that headed their way was} a {large} group of Ishmaelite {traders/merchants} {who were} coming/traveling from {the region of} Gilead.” Do what is best in your language. Also, be consistent here with how you spelled “Gilead” in Gen 31:21, 23, 25. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
37:25 mpjz וּ⁠גְמַלֵּי⁠הֶ֣ם נֹֽשְׂאִ֗ים 1 “Their camels were loaded with”. Consider again how you translated “camel” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 12:16 (and note); 24:10-11, 14, 19-20, 22, 25, 30-32, 35, 44, 46, 61, 63-64; 30:43; 31:17, 18, 34; 32:7, 15; 37:25.
37:25 duc4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknowns נְכֹאת֙ וּ⁠צְרִ֣י וָ⁠לֹ֔ט 1 “{expensive} spices, healing resin/salve and incense”. Gilead was a mountainous region east of the Jordan River that was famous as a source of balm (or balsam), which was a rare tree resin that was used for perfume and for medicine. Myrrh was another type of tree resin that was used as incense and as medicine. You could put some of that information in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknowns]])
37:25 ogiz הוֹלְכִ֖ים לְ⁠הוֹרִ֥יד מִצְרָֽיְמָ⁠ה 1 “that they were taking/transporting down to {the country of} Egypt {to sell there}.” or “that they were taking {to sell} in {the country of} Egypt.”
37:26 kjnl וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר יְהוּדָ֖ה אֶל אֶחָ֑י⁠ו 1 “Then/So Judah asked/urged his brothers,”
37:26 ubh1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַה בֶּ֗צַע 1 “What will we gain” or “We will not gain anything”. Judah uses a rhetorical question here to emphasize his point. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
37:26 byyb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כִּ֤י נַהֲרֹג֙ אֶת אָחִ֔י⁠נוּ וְ⁠כִסִּ֖ינוּ אֶת דָּמֽ⁠וֹ 1 “if we kill our brother and try to keep people from finding out about it” or “by killing our brother and trying to hide it!” The phrase “cover up” is an idiom that means to prevent people from knowing about something evil that was done. Also, the phrase “his blood” is an idiom that refers to Josephs death. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
37:27 trsv לְכ֞וּ וְ⁠נִמְכְּרֶ֣⁠נּוּ 1 “{Instead,} come on,” See how you translated “come and” in verse 20.
37:27 dfwe וְ⁠נִמְכְּרֶ֣⁠נּוּ 1 “lets sell him” or “we should sell him”
37:27 d1rs לַ⁠יִּשְׁמְעֵאלִ֗ים 1 “to those Ishmaelites {over there}” or “to those Ishmaelite {traders/merchants} {over there}”. See how you translated “Ishmaelites” in verse 25.
37:27 ink7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠יָדֵ֨⁠נוּ֙ אַל תְּהִי ב֔⁠וֹ 1 “so that we will/do not harm him.” or “so that we will not be guilty of harming him.” Translate this idiom in a way that is natural and clear in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
37:27 llb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כִּֽי אָחִ֥י⁠נוּ בְשָׂרֵ֖⁠נוּ ה֑וּא 1 “After all, he {is} a member of our family, our own brother.” The phrase “our flesh” refers to the fact that they are closely related biologically. See how you translated a similar idiom (“my bone and my flesh”) in Gen 29:14. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
37:27 pxd0 וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁמְע֖וּ אֶחָֽי⁠ו 1 “Judahs brothers agreed {with him}.” or “Judahs brothers agreed {to do what Judah had proposed/suggested}.” See how you translated “listened” in Gen 34:24.
37:28 z0bz וַ⁠יַּֽעַבְרוּ֩ אֲנָשִׁ֨ים מִדְיָנִ֜ים סֹֽחֲרִ֗ים וַֽ⁠יִּמְשְׁכוּ֙ 1 “So when/as the Midianite {(that is, Ishmaelite)} traders/merchants came by/near {them},” or “So when the {Ishmaelite} traders who were {also/sometimes called} Midianites were passing/going by {them},” The Ishmaelites (verses 25, 27-28; 39:1) and Midianites (verses 28 and 36) were the descendants of Abrahams sons Ishmael and Midian (16:15; 25:1-2). However sometimes (as here) the names of those people groups are used interchangeably for the same people (also see Judges 8:22, 24, 26). Perhaps that was because the two people groups had intermarried. Or there may have been merchants from the two people groups in this caravan who bought and sold Joseph together. You could put some of that information in a footnote.
37:28 v0x8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַֽ⁠יִּמְשְׁכוּ֙ וַ⁠יַּֽעֲל֤וּ אֶת יוֹסֵף֙ מִן הַ⁠בּ֔וֹר 1 “{some of} Josephs brothers pulled Joseph/him up out of the pit/well”. Not all of Josephs brothers were there, because we know from the next verse that at least Reuben was somewhere else when they sold Joseph. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
37:28 ayg7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney וַ⁠יִּמְכְּר֧וּ אֶת יוֹסֵ֛ף לַ⁠יִּשְׁמְעֵאלִ֖ים בְּ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֣ים כָּ֑סֶף 1 “and sold him to the Ishmaelite {traders/merchants} for twenty {shekels/pieces of} silver.” See the note about shekels at Genesis 20:16. Twenty shekels of silver was equal to about one-fourth of a kilo (half a pound) and was the average price for a slave. You could put some of that information in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
37:28 el2q וַ⁠יָּבִ֥יאוּ אֶת יוֹסֵ֖ף מִצְרָֽיְמָ⁠ה 1 “Then the Ishmaelites took him to {the country of} Egypt.”
37:29 bif3 וַ⁠יָּ֤שָׁב רְאוּבֵן֙ 1 “Later Reuben {who had been gone for a while}”
37:29 zb09 וַ⁠יָּ֤שָׁב אֶל הַ⁠בּ֔וֹר 1 “returned to the pit/well,” or “came/went back to the pit/well {to get Joseph},” Consider again how you translated “cistern” in verses 20, 22, 24, 28-29.
37:29 jkit וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה אֵין יוֹסֵ֖ף בַּ⁠בּ֑וֹר 1 “and he was shocked to see that Joseph was not there!” or “but to his surprise/horror, Joseph was gone!”
37:29 l17h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּקְרַ֖ע אֶת בְּגָדָֽי⁠ו 1 “So/Then he tore his clothes {to show distress/grief}.” or “Then {he was so distressed/grieved that} he tore his clothes.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
37:30 cbe8 וַ⁠יָּ֥שָׁב אֶל אֶחָ֖י⁠ו 1 “Then he went back to where his brothers were” or “Then he went to his brothers”
37:30 hwt6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר 1 “and said/exclaimed {to them},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
37:30 hksj הַ⁠יֶּ֣לֶד 1 “The lad/youth” or “Joseph” or “Our {younger} brother”. Joseph was seventeen years old (verse 2), so this phrase should be translated in a way that is appropriate for his older brother to refer to him here. See how you translated a different word that has a similar meaning in Gen 21:12.
37:30 hm3x אֵינֶ֔⁠נּוּ 1 “is gone/missing!”
37:30 de6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וַ⁠אֲנִ֖י אָ֥נָה אֲנִי בָֽא 1 “Now what should/can I do?” or “Now I do not know what to do!” Reuben uses a rhetorical question here to express how distressed he is and to emphasize that he does not know what to do. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
37:31 vk4u וַ⁠יִּקְח֖וּ 1 “So they” or “Then/So Josephs brothers”
37:31 cjzw וַ⁠יִּקְח֖וּ אֶת כְּתֹ֣נֶת יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “took his tunic/robe,” or “picked up his tunic/robe,”
37:31 hybm וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁחֲטוּ֙ שְׂעִ֣יר עִזִּ֔ים 1 “killed a male/young goat”
37:31 h4kn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יִּטְבְּל֥וּ אֶת הַ⁠כֻּתֹּ֖נֶת בַּ⁠דָּֽם 1 “and dipped the robe in its blood.” For some languages it is more natural to switch the order of clauses in this verse and say, “Then/So Josephs brothers killed a young goat, took Josephs/his tunic/robe, and dipped it in the {goats} blood.” or “Then/So Josephs brothers killed a young goat and dipped Josephs/his tunic/robe in the {goats} blood.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
37:32 igsh וַֽ⁠יְשַׁלְּח֞וּ אֶת כְּתֹ֣נֶת הַ⁠פַּסִּ֗ים וַ⁠יָּבִ֨יאוּ֙ אֶל אֲבִי⁠הֶ֔ם וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ 1 “Then they had someone take/bring the colorful tunic/robe back to their father and say {to him} {for them},” Consider again how you translated “multicolored/colorful tunic/robe” in verses 3, 23, 32.
37:32 cghp זֹ֣את מָצָ֑אנוּ הַכֶּר נָ֗א 1 “We found this {tunic/robe}. Please look at it {to see/determine}”. See how you translated “examine” in Gen 31:32.
37:32 faw3 הַ⁠כְּתֹ֧נֶת בִּנְ⁠ךָ֛ הִ֖וא אִם לֹֽא 1 “whether/if it {is} your sons tunic/robe.” or “whether or not it {is} your sons.”
37:33 nule וַ⁠יַּכִּירָ֤⁠הּ וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “Jacob examined/recognized the robe and exclaimed,”
37:33 ifzw כְּתֹ֣נֶת בְּנִ֔⁠י 1 “{This is} my son {Joseph}s tunic/robe!” or “This tunic/robe belongs to my son {Joseph}!”
37:33 mjef חַיָּ֥ה רָעָ֖ה אֲכָלָ֑תְ⁠הוּ טָרֹ֥ף טֹרַ֖ף יוֹסֵֽף 1 “Surely/Clearly a fierce/vicious/ferocious {wild} animal has torn Joseph/him to pieces/bits and eaten him up/down!” See how you translated “an evil animal devoured him” in verse 20.
37:34 ix46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּקְרַ֤ע יַעֲקֹב֙ שִׂמְלֹתָ֔י⁠ו 1 “Then Jacob tore his clothes {in grief/sorrow},” or “Jacob {was so grieved that he} tore his clothes”. See how you translated “tore his clothes” in verse 29. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
37:34 d98k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וַ⁠יָּ֥שֶׂם שַׂ֖ק בְּ⁠מָתְנָ֑י⁠ו 1 “put on sackcloth,” or “put on mourning clothes,” It was a Hebrew custom to wear sackcloth, which was a rough/coarse garment made/woven from black goats hair, to show that the person was mourning for someones death. If this custom is not familiar in your culture, you could put that information in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
37:34 a63b וַ⁠יִּתְאַבֵּ֥ל עַל בְּנ֖⁠וֹ יָמִ֥ים רַבִּֽים 1 “and for many days he mourned/grieved that his son had died.” or “and for a {very} long time he mourned/grieved that/because his son was dead/gone.” See how you translated “mourn” in Gen 27:41.
37:35 p5yz וַ⁠יָּקֻמוּ֩ כָל בָּנָ֨י⁠ו וְ⁠כָל בְּנֹתָ֜י⁠ו 1 “All Jacobs sons and daughters”
37:35 gr7h וַ⁠יָּקֻמוּ֩ לְ⁠נַחֲמ֗⁠וֹ 1 “came {to him} {and tried} to comfort/console him,”
37:35 yjk7 וַ⁠יְמָאֵן֙ לְ⁠הִתְנַחֵ֔ם 1 “but he did not want to be comforted/consoled” or “but he did/would not let them comfort/console him”
37:35 re6d וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “Instead he said {to them},”
37:35 wdyn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown כִּֽי אֵרֵ֧ד אֶל בְּנִ֛⁠י אָבֵ֖ל שְׁאֹ֑לָ⁠ה 1 “{No,} I will continue to mourn until I {die and} join my son down in Sheol.” or “{No,} I will continue to mourn {for my son} until I {die and} go down to be with him in the afterworld.” Sheol is the Hebrew name for the world of the dead, that is, the place where the spirits of dead people lived. You could put that information in a footnote. Your translation of “Sheol” should not refer to hell or a place of punishment. Some translations have “the grave” here, but that leaves out the idea of an afterlife that this sentence implies. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
37:35 qt95 וַ⁠יֵּ֥בְךְּ אֹת֖⁠וֹ אָבִֽי⁠ו 1 “So/Then Josephs father continued to mourn/grieve {deeply} for him/Joseph.”
37:36 j9zi וְ⁠הַ֨⁠מְּדָנִ֔ים מָכְר֥וּ אֹת֖⁠וֹ אֶל מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 “Meanwhile, in {the country of} Egypt, the Midianite {traders} sold Joseph” or “Meanwhile, when the Midianite {traders} got to {the country of} Egypt, they sold Joseph”. Verse 36 picks up where verse 28 left off and occurred during the time that the events in verses 29-35 happened.
37:36 ng42 לְ⁠פֽוֹטִיפַר֙ סְרִ֣יס פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 “to Potiphar, {who was} an official/officer under Pharaoh {the king of/over Egypt};” See how you translated “Pharaoh” in Gen 12:15-20.
37:36 hd6f שַׂ֖ר הַ⁠טַּבָּחִֽים 1 “{he was} the captain over the {royal/palace} guards.” or “{he was} the leader of the soldiers who guarded the king.”
38:1 vktj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ בָּ⁠עֵ֣ת הַ⁠הִ֔וא וַ⁠יֵּ֥רֶד 1 “Meanwhile,” or “At/About that/this time,” The phrase “And it happened” introduces a new episode here. Some translations leave it implied. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
38:1 qqqe וַ⁠יֵּ֥רֶד יְהוּדָ֖ה מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת אֶחָ֑י⁠ו 1 “Judah left his brothers and went/traveled down”
38:1 ptef וַ⁠יֵּ֛ט עַד אִ֥ישׁ עֲדֻלָּמִ֖י 1 “and settled/stayed/lived in {the town of} Adullam near {the home of} a man from there” or “to {the town of} Adullam and settled/stayed/lived near {the home of} a man from there”. The word “Adullamite” refers to the fact that Hirah was from the town of Adullam; it is not the name of a people group. The town of Adullam was about 19 kilometers (12 miles) northwest of the city of Hebron (37:14), and was lower in elevation, which is why the text says that Judah “went down” to get there.
38:1 woam וּ⁠שְׁמ֥⁠וֹ חִירָֽה 1 “whose name {was} Hirah.”
38:2 auym וַ⁠יַּרְא שָׁ֧ם 1 “{While he was living} there,”
38:2 f34u וַ⁠יַּרְא יְהוּדָ֛ה בַּת אִ֥ישׁ כְּנַעֲנִ֖י וּ⁠שְׁמ֣⁠וֹ שׁ֑וּעַ 1 “Judah/he met the daughter of a Canaanite man named Shua” or “Judah/he met a Canaanite woman whose father {was} Shua,”
38:2 n4av rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּקָּחֶ֖⁠הָ 1 “and he took her {as his wife}.” or “and he married her.” See how you translated a similar idiom (“took a wife”) in Gen 25:1. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
38:2 c9qf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥א אֵלֶֽי⁠הָ 1 “Then he slept/lay with her,” or “Then he had {marital/sexual} relations with her,” See how you translated the idiom “went to” in Gen 6:4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
38:3 v73t וַ⁠תַּ֖הַר 1 “and she became pregnant”
38:3 i5xh וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד בֵּ֑ן 1 “and gave birth to a son” or “When she gave birth, she had a son,” Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language.
38:3 tjg5 וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ עֵֽר 1 “whom he/Judah named Er.” Throughout Genesis, sometimes the father, sometimes the mother, and sometimes both are said to give their child his name.
38:4 a0s1 וַ⁠תַּ֥הַר ע֖וֹד 1 “Then Judahs wife became pregnant again”. See how you translated verse 3, which is similar to verse 4.
38:4 eo25 וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד בֵּ֑ן 1 “and gave birth to {another} son,”
38:4 g66c וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ אוֹנָֽן 1 “and she named him Onan.”
38:5 rsf9 וַ⁠תֹּ֤סֶף עוֹד֙ 1 “Then she conceived again” or “Then she became pregnant yet again”
38:5 ospi וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶד בֵּ֔ן 1 “and gave birth to {another} son,”
38:5 vzkw וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֥א אֶת שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ שֵׁלָ֑ה 1 “and she named him Shelah.”
38:5 l4tz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה בִ⁠כְזִ֖יב בְּ⁠לִדְתָּ֥⁠הּ אֹתֽ⁠וֹ 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “He/Judah was in/at {the town of} Kezib when she gave birth to Shelah.” (2) “It was in {the town of} Kezib that she gave birth to him/Shelah.” or “She was in Kezib when she gave birth to him/Shelah.” For some languages it is more natural to change the order of the clauses in this sentence and say, “When she gave birth to Shelah, Judah/she was in {the town of} Kezib.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
38:6 pv6j וַ⁠יִּקַּ֧ח יְהוּדָ֛ה אִשָּׁ֖ה לְ⁠עֵ֣ר בְּכוֹר֑⁠וֹ וּ⁠שְׁמָ֖⁠הּ תָּמָֽר 1 “Years later, Judah got/chose a wife named Tamar for his firstborn/oldest son Er.” or “When Judahs firstborn/oldest son Er grew up, Judah arranged/negotiated for him to marry a woman whose name {was} Tamar.” See how you translated the phrase “took a wife for” in Gen 21:21.
38:7 roio וַ⁠יְהִ֗י עֵ֚ר בְּכ֣וֹר יְהוּדָ֔ה 1 “But Judahs firstborn/oldest son Er” or “But Er”. Some languages leave “the firstborn of Judah” implied here since Er was already called the firstborn in verse 6. The Hebrew text repeats that information here to emphasize Ers relationship to Judah in the following events. Do what is best in your language.
38:7 unv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יְהִ֗י רַ֖ע בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 “did things that were evil/wicked in Yahwehs sight/opinion,” or “did something/things that Yahweh considered/judged to be evil/wicked,” The Hebrew text does not specify what Er had done wrong, so neither should your translation. See how you translated the idiom “in the eyes of Yahweh” in Gen 6:8. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
38:7 gnk5 וַ⁠יְמִתֵ֖⁠הוּ יְהוָֽה 1 “so Yahweh took his life.” or “so Yahweh caused him to die.”
38:8 k9rm וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוּדָה֙ לְ⁠אוֹנָ֔ן 1 “After that, Judah told {his son} Onan,”
38:8 id8g בֹּ֛א אֶל אֵ֥שֶׁת אָחִ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “Marry your brothers wife/widow {Tamar} {according to our custom}”. The Israelites practiced the custom of Levirate marriage, which meant that if a man died without any children, it was his oldest brothers duty to marry his widow and have a son together who would carry on the deceased mans family line and inherit his estate (see Deuteronomy 25:5-6). You could put some of that information in a footnote.
38:8 oq0f וְ⁠יַבֵּ֣ם אֹתָ֑⁠הּ 1 “so that you fulfill your duty/obligation to her {as her brother-in-law}”
38:8 xpyj וְ⁠הָקֵ֥ם זֶ֖רַע 1 “and produce/have children {with her}”
38:8 xkri לְ⁠אָחִֽי⁠ךָ 1 for your {deceased} brother.” or “to carry on {the name of} your brother {Er}.”
38:9 ks40 וַ⁠יֵּ֣דַע אוֹנָ֔ן כִּ֛י לֹּ֥א ל֖⁠וֹ יִהְיֶ֣ה הַ⁠זָּ֑רַע 1 “But Onan knew that the children {they would have together} would not belong to him.”
38:9 h91i וְ⁠הָיָ֞ה אִם 1 “So whenever” or “So every time”
38:9 jx50 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism בָּ֨א אֶל 1 “he slept/lay with” or “he had {marital/physical} relations with” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
38:9 dsuf אֵ֤שֶׁת אָחִי⁠ו֙ 1 “his brothers wife/widow {Tamar},” or “Tamar,”
38:9 s7mu וְ⁠שִׁחֵ֣ת אַ֔רְצָ⁠ה 1 “he wasted {his semen} on the ground” or “he caused/let {his semen} to spill/go on the ground”. Translate this clause in a way that is polite and will not shame or embarrass people when this verse is read aloud in public. Make sure it is clear that Onan did something to keep Tamar from getting pregnant.
38:9 totl לְ⁠בִלְתִּ֥י נְתָן זֶ֖רַע לְ⁠אָחִֽי⁠ו 1 “so that he would not have offspring/children for his brother.” or “to keep her from {getting pregnant and} having {any} offspring/children for his brother.”
38:10 nhk4 וַ⁠יֵּ֛רַע בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשָׂ֑ה 1 “Yahweh considered/judged what he/Onan did to be evil/wicked,” or “But that was evil/wicked in Yahwehs sight/opinion,” See how you translated “evil in the eyes of Yahweh” in verse 7.
38:10 umq7 וַ⁠יָּ֖מֶת גַּם אֹתֽ⁠וֹ 1 “so he/Yahweh took his life too/also.” or “so he/Yahweh caused him to die too.”
38:11 d1qt וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוּדָה֩ לְ⁠תָמָ֨ר 1 “Then Judah told”
38:11 wpg2 לְ⁠תָמָ֨ר כַּלָּת֜⁠וֹ 1 “his daughter-in-law Tamar,” or “his sons widow Tamar,” or “Tamar,”
38:11 bfcq שְׁבִ֧י אַלְמָנָ֣ה בֵית אָבִ֗י⁠ךְ 1 “{Go back} to your fathers house and stay there as a widow” or “{Go and} live at your fathers house, and do not marry again”
38:11 vjtz עַד יִגְדַּל֙ שֵׁלָ֣ה בְנִ֔⁠י 1 “until my son Shelah is old enough {to marry you}.”
38:11 mds7 כִּ֣י אָמַ֔ר פֶּן יָמ֥וּת גַּם כְּ⁠אֶחָ֑י⁠ו 1 “{He said/did that} because he said/thought {to himself}, “I dont want Shelah to die like his brothers did!” “ or “{He did/said that} because he was afraid Shelah would die like his brothers had died.” or “{Actually Judah did not want Shelah to marry Tamar} because he was afraid/worried {that if he did,} he would also die like his brothers had died.”
38:11 ibi4 וַ⁠תֵּ֣לֶךְ תָּמָ֔ר וַ⁠תֵּ֖שֶׁב בֵּ֥ית אָבִֽי⁠הָ 1 “So Tamar went {home} to her fathers house and live/stayed there.”
38:12 uu5v וַ⁠יִּרְבּוּ֙ הַ⁠יָּמִ֔ים וַ⁠תָּ֖מָת 1 “Many years later,” or “After a long time,” or “Years went by and then”
38:12 fy0d וַ⁠תָּ֖מָת בַּת שׁ֣וּעַ אֵֽשֶׁת יְהוּדָ֑ה 1 “Judahs wife, the daughter of Shua, died.” or “Judahs wife, {who was} Shuas daughter, died.” Notice that Shua was the father of Judahs wife. Be consistent here with how you spelled his name in verse 2.
38:12 na0r וַ⁠יִּנָּ֣חֶם יְהוּדָ֗ה וַ⁠יַּ֜עַל 1 “After Judah finished mourning/grieving {for her}, {one day}” or “After Judah had completed the {customary} time of mourning/grieving {for her},” See how you translated “comforted” in Gen 37:35.
38:12 sdjz וַ⁠יַּ֜עַל תִּמְנָֽתָ⁠ה 1 “he {decided to} go to {the town of} Timnah”. Make sure your translation of this clause does not sound like Judah had already arrived at Timnah, because he does not actually reach there until verse 19. His trip from the town of Adullam (verse 1) to the town of Timnah was about 13 kilometers (8 miles).
38:12 fh0g עַל גֹּֽזֲזֵ֤י צֹאנ⁠וֹ֙ 1 “{to work} with {the men} who were shearing his sheep {there}.” or “where {his men} were shearing his sheep {for him}.” See how you translated “shear his sheep” in Gen 31:19 and see the note about that there.
38:12 en0e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ה֗וּא וְ⁠חִירָ֛ה רֵעֵ֥⁠הוּ הָ⁠עֲדֻלָּמִ֖י 1 “He and his friend Hirah, {who was} from {the town of} Adullam, {started traveling there together}.” or “His friend Hirah the Adullamite went/traveled with him.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this clause earlier in this verse and say, “...and he and his friend Hirah the Adullamite went up to {the town of} Timnah where men were shearing Judahs sheep {for him}.” Do what is best in your language. Also, be consistent here with how you spelled “Hirah” and how you translated “Adullamite” in verse 1. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
38:13 cja8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יֻּגַּ֥ד לְ⁠תָמָ֖ר לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “Then/Meanwhile someone told/informed Tamar,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
38:13 r1i3 הִנֵּ֥ה חָמִ֛י⁠ךְ 1 “Listen, your father-in-law {Judah}”
38:13 o1kb עֹלֶ֥ה תִמְנָ֖תָ⁠ה לָ⁠גֹ֥ז צֹאנֽ⁠וֹ 1 “is on his way to {the town of} Timnah to shear his sheep.” or “is on his way to shear his sheep in/at {the town of} Timnah.” See how you translated “shearing his sheep” in verse 12.
38:14 bmnn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠תָּסַר֩ בִּגְדֵ֨י אַלְמְנוּתָ֜⁠הּ מֵֽ⁠עָלֶ֗י⁠הָ 1 “So she changed from her clothes that showed she was a widow” or “So she changed {into different clothes} from the kind of clothes that widows wear”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Tamar did not just take off her widows clothes, but that she also put different clothes on. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
38:14 vpxr וַ⁠תְּכַ֤ס בַּ⁠צָּעִיף֙ 1 “and covered herself with a {large} veil/shawl” or “and covered her face with a {thin} veil/headscarf”. A veil was a large piece of thin cloth that was used to cover the face and/or the body. See how you translated “veil” in Gen 24:65.
38:14 d0cf וַ⁠תִּתְעַלָּ֔ף 1 “and dressed/disguised herself {as/like a prostitute}.” or “to disguise herself.”
38:14 fx7e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠תֵּ֨שֶׁב֙ בְּ⁠פֶ֣תַח עֵינַ֔יִם אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל דֶּ֣רֶךְ תִּמְנָ֑תָ⁠ה 1 “Then she sat near/by the entrance/gateway to {the town of} Enaim, which {was} on the road/way to/toward {the town of} Timnah” or “Then {she went/traveled} toward {the town of} Timnah and sat down at/near the entrance/gateway of {the town of} Enaim, which {was} along the way.” Some languages need to specify that Tamar traveled to Enaim before she sat down there. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
38:14 f4by כִּ֤י רָאֲתָה֙ כִּֽי גָדַ֣ל שֵׁלָ֔ה 1 “{She did that} because she had noticed that Shelah was now old enough {to marry},”
38:14 pc3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠הִ֕וא לֹֽא נִתְּנָ֥ה ל֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠אִשָּֽׁה 1 “but Judah had not given her to him/Shelah to marry {as he was supposed/required to do}.” For some languages it is more natural to change the order of clauses in this sentence and say, “Tamar had seen/noticed that Shelah was now grown up, but Judah had not given her to him to marry {as he was supposed/required to do}. So she changed from her widows clothes....” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
38:15 fzz0 וַ⁠יִּרְאֶ֣⁠הָ יְהוּדָ֔ה 1 “{As Judah was traveling to Timnah,} he saw Tamar {beside the road},”
38:15 bpro rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַֽ⁠יַּחְשְׁבֶ֖⁠הָ לְ⁠זוֹנָ֑ה כִּ֥י כִסְּתָ֖ה פָּנֶֽי⁠הָ 1 “but since she had covered/veiled her face {with a veil/shawl}, {he could not see who she was and} he thought/assumed that she was a prostitute.” See how you translated “prostitute” in Gen 34:31 and “covered her face” in verse 14. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
38:16 rkdo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּ֨ט אֵלֶ֜י⁠הָ אֶל הַ⁠דֶּ֗רֶךְ 1 “So he went over to where she was {sitting} beside/by the road” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
38:16 p4cl וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “and said {to her},” or “and propositioned {her} by saying,” or “and requested,”
38:16 m30g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism הָֽבָ⁠ה נָּא֙ אָב֣וֹא אֵלַ֔יִ⁠ךְ 1 “Let me sleep/lie with you.” or “Let me have relations/sex with you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
38:16 p7ts כִּ֚י לֹ֣א יָדַ֔ע כִּ֥י כַלָּת֖⁠וֹ הִ֑וא 1 “{He did/said that} because he did not recognize/realize that she {was} his daughter-in-law {Tamar}.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this sentence and say, “He did not realize that she was his daughter-in-law {Tamar}, so he went over to her beside the road and said,...”
38:16 neat rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “So she asked {him},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
38:16 q0h1 מַה תִּתֶּן לִּ֔⁠י 1 “What will you give me {in exchange}” or “What will you pay me”
38:16 e4ov כִּ֥י תָב֖וֹא 1 “if I allow you to” or “so that you can”
38:16 hg0t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom תָב֖וֹא אֵלָֽ⁠י 1 “sleep/lie with me?” or “have relations/sex with me?” or “do that?” See how you translated the idiom “come to” earlier in this verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
38:17 nshg rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “He answered {her},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
38:17 ex73 אָנֹכִ֛י אֲשַׁלַּ֥ח גְּדִֽי עִזִּ֖ים מִן הַ⁠צֹּ֑אן 1 “I will send {you} a young goat from my flock.” See how you translated “kid goat” in Gen 27:9, 16.
38:17 mtpk וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “She replied,”
38:17 g37n אִם תִּתֵּ֥ן עֵרָב֖וֹן 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “{Ok,} if you will give {me} a pledge/deposit...” or “{I will agree,} if you give {me} something {valuable} {of yours} to keep...” (2) “Will you give me a pledge/deposit...?”
38:17 o8kc עַ֥ד שָׁלְחֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “until you send/deliver {the goat to me}.”
38:18 zusm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “So Judah asked {her},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
38:18 op2q מָ֣ה הָֽ⁠עֵרָבוֹן֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶתֶּן לָּ⁠ךְ֒ 1 “What should I give to you as a pledge/deposit?” or “What do you want me to leave with you?”
38:18 jusw וַ⁠תֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “She answered {him},”
38:18 rr3x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown חֹתָֽמְ⁠ךָ֙ וּ⁠פְתִילֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 “{Leave/Give me} your {name/identification/signature} seal/thing with its cord/string {that you have/wear around your neck},” A “signet” or “identification seal” was a ring or small cylinder-shaped object that had the owners name engraved on it and was worn around his neck on a cord. It was used to prove his identity and to sign documents that were written on clay tablets, by rolling the cylinder over the soft clay. If people in your culture are not familiar with these things, you could put some of this information in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
38:18 n7cn וּ⁠מַטְּ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “and your cane” or “and your walking stick”
38:18 f96t אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּ⁠יָדֶ֑⁠ךָ 1 “that you are holding.” or “that you have.”
38:18 ml3p וַ⁠יִּתֶּן לָּ֛⁠הּ 1 “So he gave {those things} to her”
38:18 z9bt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥א אֵלֶ֖י⁠הָ 1 “Then he slept/lay with her,” or “Then he had {sexual} relations with her,” Consider again how you translated the idiom “went to” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 6:4 (see note); 16:2, 4; 19:31; 30:3-4; 38:2, 8-9, 16, 18. It may be necessary to translate this phrase in different ways, depending on the context; for example, the relationship in Gen 38:16, 18 was outside of marriage. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
38:18 gw3h וַ⁠תַּ֥הַר לֽ⁠וֹ 1 “and she became pregnant by/from him.” or “and he caused her to become pregnant.” Consider again how you translated “conceive” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 4:1, 17; 16:4-5; 19:36; 21:2; 25:21; 29:32-35; 30:5, 7, 17, 19, 23; 38:3-4, 18.
38:19 liio וַ⁠תָּ֣קָם וַ⁠תֵּ֔לֶךְ 1 “After that, Tamar left {Judah} and went/returned {home}” or “After Tamar left {Judah}, she went/returned {home}”
38:19 pbgh וַ⁠תָּ֥סַר צְעִיפָ֖⁠הּ מֵ⁠עָלֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 “took off her veil/shawl” or “Then she took her veil/scarf off”. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated “veil” in verse 14.
38:19 a54x וַ⁠תִּלְבַּ֖שׁ בִּגְדֵ֥י אַלְמְנוּתָֽ⁠הּ 1 “and put {back} on her clothes that showed she was a widow.” or “and put {back} on the kind of clothes that widows wear.” See how you translated “widows clothes” in verse 14.
38:20 camm וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֨ח יְהוּדָ֜ה 1 “Meanwhile Judah” or “After that, Judah”
38:20 sd35 וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֨ח אֶת גְּדִ֣י הָֽ⁠עִזִּ֗ים בְּ⁠יַד֙ רֵעֵ֣⁠הוּ הָֽ⁠עֲדֻלָּמִ֔י 1 “sent a young goat with his friend {Hirah}, {who was} from {the town of} Adullam,” or “sent his friend {Hirah} the Adullamite with a young goat”. See how you translated “his friend...the Adullamite” in verse 12 and “kid goat” in verse 17.
38:20 o4m5 לָ⁠קַ֥חַת הָ⁠עֵרָב֖וֹן מִ⁠יַּ֣ד הָ⁠אִשָּׁ֑ה 1 “to retrieve/reclaim his things from the woman/prostitute {whom he had given them to}.” or “to exchange it for the things he had left with the woman/prostitute.” or “to get back from the woman/prostitute the things he had left with her.”
38:20 i3ar וְ⁠לֹ֖א מְצָאָֽ⁠הּ 1 “but Hirah” or “But {when Hirah looked for her,} he”
38:20 wgbh וְ⁠לֹ֖א מְצָאָֽ⁠הּ 1 “was not able to find her.” or “could not find her.”
38:21 jp7z וַ⁠יִּשְׁאַ֞ל אֶת אַנְשֵׁ֤י מְקֹמָ⁠הּ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 “So he/Hirah asked {some} men {who lived} near the place where she had been,”
38:21 vr5k אַיֵּ֧ה הַ⁠קְּדֵשָׁ֛ה הִ֥וא בָ⁠עֵינַ֖יִם עַל הַ⁠דָּ֑רֶךְ 1 “Where {is} the temple/shrine prostitute who {was sitting} beside the road near {the town of} Enaim?” Pagan religions had fertility rites at their temples or shrines that included professional prostitutes. Make sure your translation of “temple prostitute” does not refer to any temple built by the Israelites. Also be consistent here with how you translated “Enaim” in verse 14.
38:21 smeq וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ 1 “But they answered {him},”
38:21 hfg6 לֹא הָיְתָ֥ה קְדֵשָֽׁה 1 “There has never been a temple/shrine prostitute” or “No temple/shrine prostitute has ever been”
38:21 dzj8 בָ⁠זֶ֖ה 1 “in/near this place/town.” or “around here.”
38:22 x8tr וַ⁠יָּ֨שָׁב֙ אֶל יְהוּדָ֔ה 1 “So/Then Hirah went/came back to Judah”
38:22 cfc0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “and said/reported {to him},” or “and told/informed {him},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
38:22 q9on לֹ֣א מְצָאתִ֑י⁠הָ 1 “I was not able to find the woman/prostitute.”
38:22 jxz6 וְ⁠גַ֨ם 1 “In fact,” or “And besides that,”
38:22 pr0d אַנְשֵׁ֤י הַ⁠מָּקוֹם֙ 1 “the men who live {around} there” or “the men who live in/near that town”
38:22 ehox rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations אָֽמְר֔וּ לֹא הָיְתָ֥ה בָ⁠זֶ֖ה קְדֵשָֽׁה 1 “claimed, There has never been a temple/shrine prostitute in/near this {place/town}. ” or “say/claim that there has never been a temple/shrine prostitute near/around there.” See how you translated this same quote in verse 21. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to translate this as an indirect quote here in verse 22. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
38:23 zc7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוּדָה֙ 1 “Then Judah said/replied {to him},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
38:23 wlxy תִּֽקַּֽח לָ֔⁠הּ 1 “{Stop looking for her and} let her keep {my things} for herself”
38:23 m5kc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive פֶּ֖ן נִהְיֶ֣ה לָ⁠ב֑וּז 1 “so that people do not laugh at us.” or “Otherwise everyone will make fun of us.” or “so that we are not publicly shamed.” The pronouns “we” and “us” are inclusive here because Judah is including Hirah; some languages might use a dual pronoun. Use the pronouns that work best in your language in this context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
38:23 jh42 הִנֵּ֤ה 1 “Besides that,” or “After all,”
38:23 zuhk שָׁלַ֨חְתִּי֙ הַ⁠גְּדִ֣י הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 “I {did try to} send/deliver this goat {to her},” or “I sent {you to deliver} this goat {to her},”
38:23 t312 וְ⁠אַתָּ֖ה לֹ֥א מְצָאתָֽ⁠הּ 1 “but you could not find her.” or “but you were not able to find her.”
38:24 u2di וַ⁠יְהִ֣י כְּ⁠מִ⁠שְׁלֹ֣שׁ חֳדָשִׁ֗ים וַ⁠יֻּגַּ֨ד 1 “About three months later,” The phrase “Then it happened” introduces an important part of the story and helps create suspense or anticipation, so that it leaves the audience wondering what will happen next. Some translations leave it implied. Do what is best in your language.
38:24 s76q rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֻּגַּ֨ד לִֽ⁠יהוּדָ֤ה לֵֽ⁠אמֹר֙ 1 “someone said/reported to Judah,” or “someone told/informed Judah,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
38:24 m7xn תָּמָ֣ר כַּלָּתֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 “Your daughter-in-law Tamar”. Consider again how you translated “daughter-in-law” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 11:31; 38:11, 16, 24.
38:24 bbh3 זָֽנְתָה֙ 1 “has acted/behaved like/as a prostitute.” Some languages have an idiom for this phrase. Do what is best in your language. See how you translated “prostitute” in Gen 34:31, 38:15 and “temple prostitute” in verses 21-22.
38:24 o1fu וְ⁠גַ֛ם הִנֵּ֥ה הָרָ֖ה לִ⁠זְנוּנִ֑ים 1 “In fact, look, {she is} {now} pregnant from doing that!” or “In fact, as a result of her immoral/indecent behavior {she has become} pregnant!” or “and even worse, {she is} {now} pregnant because of that!”
38:24 ysut rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוּדָ֔ה 1 “Judah said/responded {angrily},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
38:24 nens rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הוֹצִיא֖וּ⁠הָ 1 “Take her outside {the town},”. Executions were normally done outside of the city walls. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
38:24 yehf וְ⁠תִשָּׂרֵֽף 1 “and burn her {to death}!” or “and {punish her by} burning her {to death}!”
38:25 ep9v הִ֣וא מוּצֵ֗את וְ⁠הִ֨יא 1 “{So they went to get her/Tamar, but} as they were taking her out {of the town},”
38:25 zsbg וְ⁠הִ֨יא שָׁלְחָ֤ה אֶל חָמִ֨י⁠הָ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 “she sent {a messenger} to her father-in-law {along with his things} and {told the messenger to} say,” See how you translated “father-in-law” in verse 13.
38:25 i8al לְ⁠אִישׁ֙ אֲשֶׁר אֵ֣לֶּה לּ֔⁠וֹ אָנֹכִ֖י הָרָ֑ה 1 “The man who owns these things is the one who got me pregnant.”
38:25 mpys rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר֙ הַכֶּר נָ֔א לְ⁠מִ֞י הַ⁠חֹתֶ֧מֶת וְ⁠הַ⁠פְּתִילִ֛ים וְ⁠הַ⁠מַּטֶּ֖ה הָ⁠אֵֽלֶּה 1 “Please identify {the man} who owns this name/identification/signature seal/thing with its cord/string and this walking stick.” or “Please look at this name/identification/signature seal/thing with its cord/string and this walking stick. Do you know/recognize who they belong to?” For some languages it is more natural to omit the quote margin here, since what follows is a continuation of the message Tamar is sending to Judah. Do what is best in your language. See how you translated “signet” and “cord” and “staff” in verse 18. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
38:26 l5y7 וַ⁠יַּכֵּ֣ר יְהוּדָ֗ה 1 “Judah recognized {his things}” or “Judah saw/recognized {that the things she had were his}”
38:26 q7tg וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “and confessed/admitted,”
38:26 vv8s צָֽדְקָ֣ה מִמֶּ֔⁠נִּי 1 “She/Tamar is right, and I am wrong,”
38:26 htn6 לֹא נְתַתִּ֖י⁠הָ 1 “because I refused to”
38:26 zlor נְתַתִּ֖י⁠הָ לְ⁠שֵׁלָ֣ה בְנִ֑⁠י 1 “have my son Shelah marry her {as I was supposed/required to}!” or “let her marry my son Shelah {as I was supposed/required to}!” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Shelah” in verses 5, 11, 14.
38:26 c1uu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠לֹֽא יָסַ֥ף 1 “{So they released her/Tamar,} and {after that} he/Judah”. For some languages it is necessary to make it explicit that they let Tamar go. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
38:26 w29m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וְ⁠לֹֽא יָסַ֥ף ע֖וֹד לְ⁠דַעְתָּֽ⁠ה 1 “never again laid/slept with her/Tamar.” or “never had {sexual} relations with her/Tamar again.” Consider again how you translated the idiom “knew” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 4:1 (and note), 17, 25; 19:8; 24:16; 38:26. It may be necessary to translate 38:26 differently, since the relationship in this verse was outside of marriage. Compare how you translated a related idiom (“went to”) in verse 18. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
38:27 taw4 וַ⁠יְהִ֖י בְּ⁠עֵ֣ת לִדְתָּ֑⁠הּ 1 “Months later, when Tamar {was ready} to give birth,” See how you translated “Then it happened” in verse 24. The same phrase occurs three times in verses 27-29 to draw attention to the peak of this chapter, the birth of Perez, who was the ancestor of King David and the Messiah.
38:27 krwk וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה תְאוֹמִ֖ים בְּ⁠בִטְנָֽ⁠הּ 1 “surprisingly/amazingly {there were} twins inside her!” or “they saw/realized that {there were} twins inside her!” or “it turned out that she was going to have twins!”
38:28 qivh וַ⁠יְהִ֥י בְ⁠לִדְתָּ֖⁠הּ 1 “While she was in labor,” or “As she was starting to deliver her babies,” See how you translated “giving birth” in Gen 35:16. This may need to be translated differently here because of the different context.
38:28 olds וַ⁠יִּתֶּן יָ֑ד 1 “{one of them} stuck out {his} hand” or “{one of the twins/babies} put/stuck out {his} hand”
38:28 lm3k וַ⁠תִּקַּ֣ח הַ⁠מְיַלֶּ֗דֶת 1 “Then/So the midwife {who was there}” or “Then/So the midwife {who was helping her}”. See how you translated “midwife” in Gen 35:17.
38:28 h20p וַ⁠תִּקַּ֣ח וַ⁠תִּקְשֹׁ֨ר עַל יָד֤⁠וֹ שָׁנִי֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 “tied a {bright} red thread/string on/around his wrist and said,” The midwife did this because it was her responsibility to identify which baby was the firstborn.
38:28 hg4j זֶ֖ה יָצָ֥א רִאשֹׁנָֽה 1 “This {one/baby} was born first.”
38:29 t36m וַ⁠יְהִ֣י כְּ⁠מֵשִׁ֣יב יָד֗⁠וֹ וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙ 1 “But then the/that baby pulled his hand back inside, and suddenly/unexpectedly”
38:29 h16n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יָצָ֣א אָחִ֔י⁠ו 1 “his brother came out {first} {instead}.” or “his brother was born {first} {instead}.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
38:29 q6iz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “Then/So the midwife said/exclaimed {to the baby},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
38:29 bk1c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַה פָּרַ֖צְתָּ עָלֶ֣י⁠ךָ פָּ֑רֶץ 1 “How did you break/burst yourself out like that?” or “What a dramatic/powerful way for you to break/burst out!” or “Just look at how you have forced your way out!” The midwife uses a rhetorical question here to emphasize how surprised she is that Perez was born first. Decide the best way to communicate this in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
38:29 fwgm וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ 1 “So they named him” or “That is why he was named”. The Hebrew text has “he called his name” here, which may refer to Judah (Perezs father). However, most translations are more general and say “he was named” or “they named him”.
38:29 k9rb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names פָּֽרֶץ 1 “Perez, {which means “break/burst out.”}” If you include the meaning of Perez name in your translation or in a footnote, make sure it fits with how you translated the previous sentence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
38:30 bcqr וְ⁠אַחַר֙ אָחִ֔י⁠ו 1 “After that, his {twin} brother”
38:30 r266 יָצָ֣א 1 “was born/delivered”
38:30 vde7 אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל יָד֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠שָּׁנִ֑י 1 “who {had} the {bright} red thread/string on his wrist.” or “with the {bright} red thread/string on his wrist.” See how you translated “scarlet thread” in verse 28.
38:30 f1uo וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א שְׁמ֖⁠וֹ 1 “So he was named” or “So they named him”. See how you translated “he called his name” in verse 29.
38:30 obu4 זָֽרַח 1 “Zerah, {which means “brightness.”}”
39:1 nu80 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וְ⁠יוֹסֵ֖ף הוּרַ֣ד מִצְרָ֑יְמָ⁠ה 1 “Now {as you know,} {Ishmaelite traders/merchants} had taken/brought Joseph down to {the country of} Egypt,” or “Back/Returning {now} to Joseph: {Remember that} he had been taken/brought down to {the country of Egypt {by Ishmaelite traders/merchants},” Chapter 39 picks up where 37:36 left off and repeats some events (that happened in chapter 37) to remind readers of what happened before chapter 38 interrupted the narrative. Make sure your translation does not sound like Joseph was taken to Egypt twice or sold to Potiphar twice. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
39:1 p905 וַ⁠יִּקְנֵ֡⁠הוּ פּוֹטִיפַר֩ סְרִ֨יס פַּרְעֹ֜ה שַׂ֤ר הַ⁠טַּבָּחִים֙ אִ֣ישׁ מִצְרִ֔י 1 “and/where an Egyptian {named} Potiphar, who was the captain over {King} Pharaohs {personal} guards,” See how you translated “an official of Pharaoh, the chief of the guards” in Gen 37:36.
39:1 zeo9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יִּקְנֵ֡⁠הוּ מִ⁠יַּד֙ הַ⁠יִּשְׁמְעֵאלִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר הוֹרִדֻ֖⁠הוּ שָֽׁמָּ⁠ה 1 “had bought him {as a slave/servant} from the Ishmaelites who had taken/brought him there.” For some languages it is clearer and more natural to change the order of clauses in this verse and say, “Now {as you know,} {some} Ishmaelite traders had taken/brought Joseph down to {the country of} Egypt, and an Egyptian {named} Potiphar had bought him {as a slave/servant} from them. Potiphar {was} {one of} Pharaohs officials/officers, the captain over the kings {personal} guards.” Do what is best in your language. See how you translated “Ishmaelites” in Gen 37:25, 27-28. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
39:2 qfkq וַ⁠יְהִ֤י יְהוָה֙ אֶת יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “But Yahweh was with Joseph {and helped/blessed him},” See how you translated “was with” in Gen 21:20; 26:28.
39:2 yfoq וַ⁠יְהִ֖י אִ֣ישׁ מַצְלִ֑יחַ 1 “so that he succeeded in what/everything he did” or “so that he did everything very well”
39:2 au6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יְהִ֕י בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית אֲדֹנָ֖י⁠ו הַ⁠מִּצְרִֽי 1 “as he worked in his Egyptian masters/owners house.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “As Joseph worked in his Egyptian master/owners house, Yahweh was with him/Joseph {and helped/blessed him}, so that he succeeded in everything he did.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
39:3 eyfg וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא אֲדֹנָ֔י⁠ו כִּ֥י יְהוָ֖ה אִתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “His/Josephs master/owner realized that Yahweh {was} with/blessing him/Joseph”. In verses 2 through 20, Potiphar is referred to as Josephs master (verses 2-3, 7-8, 16, 19-20) and “the Egyptian” (verse 5); he is no longer mentioned by his name in the Hebrew text. Some translations continue to use Potiphars name occasionally in verses 2 through 20 to prevent confusion and make it clear that all of these references refer to the same person, not two or three different people. Do what is best in your language. See how you translated “master” or “owner” in Gen 24:9-10.
39:3 o1le וְ⁠כֹל֙ אֲשֶׁר ה֣וּא עֹשֶׂ֔ה יְהוָ֖ה מַצְלִ֥יחַ בְּ⁠יָדֽ⁠וֹ 1 “and was helping/enabling him/Joseph to succeed/prosper in everything that he did.” or “and was helping/enabling him/Joseph to do everything very well.” See how you translated “successful” in verse 2.
39:4 t5me rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּמְצָ֨א יוֹסֵ֥ף חֵ֛ן בְּ⁠עֵינָ֖י⁠ו וַ⁠יְשָׁ֣רֶת אֹת֑⁠וֹ 1 “So he/Potiphar was pleased with Joseph/him and made him his personal servant/attendant.” Make sure that your translation of “in his eyes” refers here to Josephs master, not Yahweh. Also, see how you translated the idiom “found favor in...eyes” in Gen 6:8. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
39:4 jhry rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יַּפְקִדֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ עַל בֵּית֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠כָל נָתַ֥ן בְּ⁠יָדֽ⁠וֹ 1 “He/Potiphar also put him/Joseph in charge of managing his household and taking care of” or “He/Potiphar also appointed him/Joseph as the manager/overseer of/over his {entire} household and entrusted into his care”. Make sure your translation of the pronouns (“he”, “him” and “his”) in verses 2 through 6 refers to the correct person at each point in the text. Also see how you translated the idiom “gave...into the hand of” in Gen 32:16. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
39:4 r06n וְ⁠כָל יֶשׁ ל֖⁠וֹ 1 “everything {else} {that} he owned.” or “everything {that} belonged to him.”
39:5 vi9e וַ⁠יְהִ֡י מֵ⁠אָז֩ 1 “Beginning from the time {that}” or “From the time {that}”
39:5 slwg הִפְקִ֨יד אֹת֜⁠וֹ בְּ⁠בֵית֗⁠וֹ וְ⁠עַל֙ כָּל אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֶשׁ ל֔⁠וֹ 1 “Josephs Egyptian master/owner put him in charge of/over his household and everything {else} that belonged to him,” or “he/Potiphar put him/Joseph in charge of managing everything that belonged to him,” or “Josephs Egyptian master/owner did that,” See how you translated “put him in charge...his house and...everything {that} was his” in verse 4. It is repeated in verse 5 in the Hebrew text to emphasize the authority that Joseph was given. Do what is natural in your language.
39:5 p5qi וַ⁠יְבָ֧רֶךְ יְהוָ֛ה אֶת בֵּ֥ית הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֖י 1 “Yahweh blessed the household of that Egyptian {man}” or “Yahweh caused that Egyptians household to prosper”. Make sure it is clear in your translation of this chapter that “Egyptian”, “master” and “Potiphar” all refer to the same person, not two or three different people.
39:5 djhx בִּ⁠גְלַ֣ל יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “for Josephs sake/benefit.” or “because Joseph was working for him.”
39:5 nobj וַ⁠יְהִ֞י בִּרְכַּ֤ת יְהוָה֙ בְּ⁠כָל אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֶשׁ ל֔⁠וֹ 1 “Yahweh/He blessed everything that belonged to him,” or “Yahweh/He caused everything that he owned to prosper,”
39:5 iqqn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בַּ⁠בַּ֖יִת וּ⁠בַ⁠שָּׂדֶֽה 1 “{including} {everything} in {his} household/home and in {his} fields.” or “{including} {his family and servants} in {his} household, as well as {the crops and livestock} in {his} fields.” In this context, “house” especially refers to the people in the house and “fields” refers to what is in the fields. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
39:6 l7xx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יַּעֲזֹ֣ב כָּל אֲשֶׁר ל⁠וֹ֮ בְּ⁠יַד יוֹסֵף֒ וְ⁠לֹא 1 “In fact, he/Potiphar gave Joseph the responsibility of managing everything that he owned/had, so that” or “In fact, after/since Josephs owner put him in charge of everything that he owned,” See how you translated a similar idiom (“gave...into his hand”) in verse 4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
39:6 ywhg rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions וְ⁠לֹא יָדַ֤ע אִתּ⁠וֹ֙ מְא֔וּמָה כִּ֥י אִם הַ⁠לֶּ֖חֶם אֲשֶׁר ה֣וּא אוֹכֵ֑ל 1 “he did not {need to} concern himself with anything {in his household} except for {personal things/matters like} {deciding} what {kind of} food {he wanted} to eat.” or “the only thing he {needed to} think/decide about {in his household} was {personal things/matters like} what food {he wanted} to eat.” For some languages, it is more natural to put the exception clause first in the sentence. Do what is best in your language. Also, Potiphar did more than decide what to eat; that was just one example of personal decisions which were all he had to concern himself with. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
39:6 zuu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וַ⁠יְהִ֣י יוֹסֵ֔ף יְפֵה תֹ֖אַר וִ⁠יפֵ֥ה מַרְאֶֽה 1 “Joseph was well-built/muscular and good-looking.” or “Now Joseph was a very handsome young man.” Some languages have a conjunction such as “Now” that introduces background information and a change of topic. For other languages a paragraph break is enough (without a conjunction). Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
39:7 ysar וַ⁠יְהִ֗י אַחַר֙ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה 1 “So after a while,” or “After {he had been/worked there for} a while,” The phrase “And it happened” introduces and emphasizes an important event. Many English translations do not include this phrase. Do what is natural in your language.
39:7 vb2h וַ⁠תִּשָּׂ֧א אֵֽשֶׁת אֲדֹנָ֛י⁠ו 1 “his masters/owners wife”
39:7 nv2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠תִּשָּׂ֧א אֶת עֵינֶ֖י⁠הָ אֶל יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “started looking at Joseph/him {with desire/lust}” or “started lusting for Joseph/him”. Many languages have a similar idiom that fits well here. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
39:7 x36f rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “and said {to him},” or “and told/demanded {him},” Translate this quote introduction in a way that fits well with what Potiphars wife says to Joseph. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
39:7 g6dw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism שִׁכְבָ֥⁠ה עִמִּֽ⁠י 1 “Sleep with me!” or “Come to bed with me!” See how you translated the idiom “lie with” in Gen 19:32. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
39:8 ep8r וַ⁠יְמָאֵ֓ן 1 “But Joseph refused” or “But he/Joseph rejected {her request/demand}”
39:8 g2v4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אֶל אֵ֣שֶׁת אֲדֹנָ֔י⁠ו 1 “and said to her,” or “and told her,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
39:8 owob הֵ֣ן 1 “Look/Listen,” or “Notice that”
39:8 evap אִתִּ֖⁠י 1 “with me {in charge},” or “because of me,” or “since I am {working/serving} here,”
39:8 rjl4 אֲדֹנִ֔⁠י לֹא יָדַ֥ע מַה 1 “my master/owner does not {need to} think/worry {about}” or “my owner does not {need/have to} concern himself with”
39:8 bede מַה בַּ⁠בָּ֑יִת 1 “anything that {is} in {his} house” or “{managing} anything in {his} household”
39:8 y97a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠כֹ֥ל אֲשֶׁר יֶשׁ ל֖⁠וֹ נָתַ֥ן בְּ⁠יָדִֽ⁠י 1 “In fact, everything that he owns he has given/entrusted into/to my care” or “In fact, he has put me in charge of everything that he owns/has”. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated the idiom “gave into...hand” in verse 4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
39:9 zepl אֵינֶ֨⁠נּוּ גָד֜וֹל בַּ⁠בַּ֣יִת הַ⁠זֶּה֮ מִמֶּ⁠נִּי֒ 1 “{so that} he has no one in his household who has more authority than I do” or “{As a result,} {even} he does not exercise more authority in/over this/his household than I do”. As Josephs master, Potiphar still had more authority than Joseph. But he had given Joseph authority to act in his place over everything in his household. Try to make that clear in your translation. Also consider whether it is more natural in your language to begin verse 9 with a new sentence, or to continue the sentence from verse 8.
39:9 vvmi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes וְ⁠לֹֽא חָשַׂ֤ךְ מִמֶּ֨⁠נִּי֙ מְא֔וּמָה כִּ֥י אִם אוֹתָ֖⁠ךְ בַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר אַתְּ אִשְׁתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “and he has given me freedom with everything {in his household}, except you, {of course,} because you {are} his wife.” or “He allows me to do anything {in his household}, except with you, his wife.” The phrase “has not withheld” is a litotes that emphasizes the freedom that Potiphar had given Joseph. Some languages must translate this in a way that does not use a negative word such as “not”. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
39:9 py3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ⁠אֵ֨יךְ אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֜ה הָ⁠רָעָ֤ה הַ⁠גְּדֹלָה֙ הַ⁠זֹּ֔את וְ⁠חָטָ֖אתִי לֵֽ⁠אלֹהִֽים 1 “So I refuse to do such an evil thing, which would be a terrible sin against God!” or “So there is no way I would {ever} sin against God by doing such an evil thing!” Joseph uses this rhetorical question to emphasize why he will not do what Potiphars wife wants. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
39:10 zye2 וַ⁠יְהִ֕י כְּ⁠דַבְּרָ֥⁠הּ אֶל יוֹסֵ֖ף י֣וֹם י֑וֹם וְ⁠לֹא 1 “Even though Potiphars wife kept propositioning/pressuring Joseph every day {to lie/sleep with her},” or “Day after day, Potiphars wife kept pressuring/asking Joseph {to go to bed with her}, but”. The phrase “Then/And it happened” is used several times in this chapter (verses 5, 7, 10, 11, 13, 15, 18, 19) to introduce and emphasize important events and to increase suspense so that the audience wonders what the outcome will be. Many English translations have omitted this phrase, possibly for reasons of naturalness. Consider whether you have an expression like this that is natural in your language.
39:10 lu95 וְ⁠לֹא שָׁמַ֥ע אֵלֶ֛י⁠הָ 1 “he did not do what she wanted, but refused” or “he rejected her requests/demands”
39:10 nept לִ⁠שְׁכַּ֥ב אֶצְלָ֖⁠הּ לִ⁠הְי֥וֹת עִמָּֽ⁠הּ 1 “to lie/sleep with her, and he stayed away from her.” or “to have sex with her and would not {even} go near her.”
39:11 mdad וַ⁠יְהִי֙ כְּ⁠הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥א 1 “{But} then on a day like that,” or “Then/But one such day” or “Then/But one day”
39:11 okgm וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥א הַ⁠בַּ֖יְתָ⁠ה לַ⁠עֲשׂ֣וֹת מְלַאכְתּ֑⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֵ֨ין 1 “Joseph went to {his masters/owners} house {as usual} to do his work, and/but” or “when Joseph went into the/Potiphars house to work,”
39:11 vnms וְ⁠אֵ֨ין אִ֜ישׁ מֵ⁠אַנְשֵׁ֥י הַ⁠בַּ֛יִת שָׁ֖ם בַּ⁠בָּֽיִת 1 “no other menservants from the household were there.” or “none of the other household menservants were there.”
39:12 jkr9 וַ⁠תִּתְפְּשֵׂ֧⁠הוּ בְּ⁠בִגְד֛⁠וֹ 1 “So/Then Potiphars wife caught/grabbed {hold of} him/Joseph by his robe/tunic,” The word “garment” is very general and probably refers to an outer article of clothing, such as a robe or tunic.
39:12 it2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹ֖ר 1 “{and} said {to him},” or “{and} said/demanded,” See how you translated this quote introduction in verse 7. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
39:12 zgtp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism שִׁכְבָ֣⁠ה עִמִּ֑⁠י 1 “Come to bed with me!” or “Sleep with me!” See how you translated this quote in verse 7. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
39:12 bhip וַ⁠יַּעֲזֹ֤ב בִּגְד⁠וֹ֙ בְּ⁠יָדָ֔⁠הּ וַ⁠יָּ֖נָס וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א הַ⁠חֽוּצָ⁠ה 1 “But {immediately} he fled and left his robe/tunic {behind} in her hands as he ran outside/outdoors.” or “But he {immediately} got away from her and fled/ran outside/outdoors, leaving his robe/tunic {behind} in her hands.” Make sure your translation does not sound here like Joseph put his garment in her hands. Rather, it came off in her hands as he was fleeing.
39:13 nwnq וַ⁠יְהִי֙ כִּ⁠רְאוֹתָ֔⁠הּ 1 “As soon as she saw” or “After/When she saw”
39:13 bsy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּֽי עָזַ֥ב בִּגְד֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠יָדָ֑⁠הּ וַ⁠יָּ֖נָס הַ⁠חֽוּצָ⁠ה 1 “that Joseph had left his robe/tunic {behind} in her hands as he ran outside,” or “that Joseph had fled/run outside/outdoors and left his robe/tunic {behind} in her hands,” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 12. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
39:14 tq92 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠תִּקְרָ֞א לְ⁠אַנְשֵׁ֣י בֵיתָ֗⁠הּ 1 “she called out for the {other} household menservants {to come to her}” or “she summoned the {other} menservants of/from her household {to come}”. See how you translated “men of the house” in verse 11. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
39:14 tibm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠תֹּ֤אמֶר לָ⁠הֶם֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 “Then {when they arrived/came,} she exclaimed to them,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
39:14 jd8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit רְא֗וּ 1 “Look {at this}!” or “Look/See {what happened}!” As Potiphars wife speaks, she is probably showing the servants Josephs garment in her hands. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
39:14 bl9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns הֵ֥בִיא לָ֛⁠נוּ אִ֥ישׁ עִבְרִ֖י 1 “My husband brought {this} Hebrew slave/servant {here} to/among us”. Make sure that your translation of “He brought” refers here to Potiphar (as verse 17 confirms), not Joseph. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
39:14 r8rm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive לְ⁠צַ֣חֶק בָּ֑⁠נוּ 1 “to mock/insult/humiliate us!” or “to make fools of us!” In this context, “us” is general and includes Potiphars wife and the people she is talking to. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
39:14 wqqd בָּ֤א אֵלַ⁠י֙ 1 “He came here” or “That man/slave came {here} to me”. Make sure your translation of “He came” refers here to Joseph, not Potiphar (who was the subject of the previous sentence in the Hebrew text).
39:14 tyjv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לִ⁠שְׁכַּ֣ב עִמִּ֔⁠י 1 “to rape me,” or “to force me to lie/sleep with him,” Consider again how you translated the idiom “lie with” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 19:32-35; 26:10; 30:15-16; 34:2, 7; 35:22; 39:7, 10, 12, 14. It may be necessary to translate this in different ways, depending on the context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
39:14 xzcf וָ⁠אֶקְרָ֖א בְּ⁠ק֥וֹל גָּדֽוֹל 1 “but I cried out {for help}!” or “but I screamed/shouted loudly {for help}!”
39:15 p2ka וַ⁠יְהִ֣י כְ⁠שָׁמְע֔⁠וֹ 1 “Then when” or “Then as soon as”
39:15 h3hc כְ⁠שָׁמְע֔⁠וֹ כִּֽי הֲרִימֹ֥תִי קוֹלִ֖⁠י וָ⁠אֶקְרָ֑א 1 “he heard me call/cry out loudly” or “he heard me scream/shout {like that},”
39:15 nxmk וַ⁠יַּעֲזֹ֤ב בִּגְד⁠וֹ֙ אֶצְלִ֔⁠י וַ⁠יָּ֖נָס וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א הַ⁠חֽוּצָ⁠ה 1 “he left his robe/tunic with me and fled/ran outside/outdoors!” or “he {immediately} fled/ran outside/outdoors and he left his robe/tunic behind!” See how you translated a similar clause in verses 12 and 13.
39:16 xlz9 וַ⁠תַּנַּ֥ח 1 “So she kept” or “Then/So Potiphars wife kept”
39:16 ha6q בִּגְד֖⁠וֹ אֶצְלָ֑⁠הּ 1 “Josephs robe/tunic with her”
39:16 cz5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַד אֲדֹנָ֖י⁠ו 1 “until {her husband,} Josephs master/owner,”. Make sure that your translation of this phrase does not sound like her husband and Josephs master were two different people. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
39:16 uclh בּ֥וֹא אֶל בֵּיתֽ⁠וֹ 1 “came {back} to his home.” or “came/returned home.”
39:17 b9yo וַ⁠תְּדַבֵּ֣ר אֵלָ֔י⁠ו 1 “Then {when he/Potiphar arrived,} she told him”
39:17 g1fk כַּ⁠דְּבָרִ֥ים הָ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה 1 “the same story.” or “the same thing she had told {the others}.”
39:17 pbw6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “She said,” or “This is what she said:” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
39:17 njvs הָ⁠עֶ֧בֶד הָֽ⁠עִבְרִ֛י אֲשֶׁר הֵבֵ֥אתָ 1 “The/That Hebrew slave/servant whom you brought”
39:17 cubv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive לָּ֖⁠נוּ 1 “among us” or “{to work} for us”. Here the pronoun “us” includes Potiphar, his wife and their household. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
39:17 jhz0 בָּֽא אֵלַ֞⁠י לְ⁠צַ֥חֶק בִּֽ⁠י 1 “{just now} came to me to mock/insult/humiliate me!” or “came here to make a fool of me!” See how you translated “laugh at” in verse 14.
39:18 z8jd וַ⁠יְהִ֕י כַּ⁠הֲרִימִ֥⁠י קוֹלִ֖⁠י וָ⁠אֶקְרָ֑א 1 “But as soon as I screamed/shouted loudly,” or “But when I screamed/shouted {for help},” See how you translated verse 15, which is similar to verse 18.
39:18 ev5k וַ⁠יַּעֲזֹ֥ב בִּגְד֛⁠וֹ אֶצְלִ֖⁠י וַ⁠יָּ֥נָס הַ⁠חֽוּצָ⁠ה 1 “he left his robe/tunic beside/with me and ran outside/outdoors!” Consider again how you translated “garment” in verses 12-13, 15-16, 18.
39:19 u48y וַ⁠יְהִי֩ כִ⁠שְׁמֹ֨עַ אֲדֹנָ֜י⁠ו 1 “When Josephs master/owner heard”
39:19 nkgh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations אֶת דִּבְרֵ֣י אִשְׁתּ֗⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֨ר דִּבְּרָ֤ה אֵלָי⁠ו֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר כַּ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה עָ֥שָׂהּ לִ֖⁠י עַבְדֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 “his wife say, “This is what your slave/servant did to me,” ” or “what his wife said his slave/servant {Joseph} had done to her,” Make sure that your translation of “his” refers to Josephs master here, not Joseph. Also, consider whether it is better in your language to use a direct or indirect quote here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
39:19 rnlk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּ֖חַר אַפּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “he burned with anger.” or “he became very angry.” Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom that would fit well here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
39:20 x4x6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּקַּח֩ אֲדֹנֵ֨י יוֹסֵ֜ף אֹת֗⁠וֹ וַֽ⁠יִּתְּנֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ אֶל בֵּ֣ית הַ⁠סֹּ֔הַר 1 “Then/So he had Joseph arrested and put in the prison/jail” or “And/Then he {had soldiers} arrest Joseph and put him in the prison/jail”. Potiphar probably had soldiers arrest Joseph for him, since he had the authority to do that as the captain of the guards. Consider again how you referred to Joseph and Josephs master Potiphar in verses 1-20. As usual, after you finish translating a section like this, it is a good practice to read the section aloud at a normal pace and listen carefully to make sure you refer to everyone accurately and naturally at each point in the text. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
39:20 y8ve מְק֕וֹם אֲשֶׁר אסורי הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ אֲסוּרִ֑ים 1 “where the kings prisoners were confined/imprisoned.” or “where they kept/imprisoned people who had committed crimes against the king.”
39:20 z4kd וַֽ⁠יְהִי שָׁ֖ם בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית הַ⁠סֹּֽהַר 1 “So Joseph was/stayed there in the prison,” or “Joseph remained there in prison,”
39:21 ijm4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יְהִ֤י יְהוָה֙ אֶת יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “but Yahweh was with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
39:21 yb0v וַ⁠יֵּ֥ט אֵלָ֖י⁠ו חָ֑סֶד 1 “and was kind/gracious to him”. See how you translated “show kindness” in Gen 24:12.
39:21 wgy9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֣ן חִנּ֔⁠וֹ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֖י שַׂ֥ר בֵּית הַ⁠סֹּֽהַר 1 “and caused the prison warden to be pleased with him, {so that he treated him favorably/well}.” See how you translated a similar phrase (“favor in...eyes”) in verse 4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
39:22 kz1x וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֞ן שַׂ֤ר בֵּית הַ⁠סֹּ֨הַר֙ 1 “{Soon} the warden of the prison” or “So {before long} the warden”
39:22 kpq1 וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֞ן בְּ⁠יַד יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “put Joseph in charge of” or “gave Joseph the responsibility for {taking care of}”
39:22 a9xb אֵ֚ת כָּל הָ֣⁠אֲסִירִ֔ם אֲשֶׁ֖ר בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית הַ⁠סֹּ֑הַר 1 “all the {other} prisoners who {were} in the/that prison,” or “all the {other} prisoners,”
39:22 uh31 וְ⁠אֵ֨ת כָּל אֲשֶׁ֤ר עֹשִׂים֙ שָׁ֔ם ה֖וּא הָיָ֥ה עֹשֶֽׂה 1 “so that he was in charge of everything that was done there.” or “so that he {was the one who} managed everything that they did there.”
39:23 zhrl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result שַׂ֣ר בֵּית הַ⁠סֹּ֗הַר 1 “{So} the warden” or “{As a result} the jail/prison warden”. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
39:23 tz9t אֵ֣ין רֹאֶ֤ה 1 “did not {need to} supervise/oversee anything” or “did not {need to} pay attention to anything at all”
39:23 z5fc בְּ⁠יָד֔⁠וֹ 1 “that Joseph was in charge of,” or “that Joseph was managing,”
39:23 lwk7 בַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אִתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “because Yahweh was with Joseph”. For some languages, it is more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “Because/Since Yahweh was with Joseph and helped him to succeed in whatever he did, the warden did not need to supervise/oversee anything that Joseph was in charge of.” Do what is best in your language. (See: figs-infostructure}
39:23 pxbg וַֽ⁠אֲשֶׁר ה֥וּא עֹשֶׂ֖ה יְהוָ֥ה מַצְלִֽיחַ 1 “and gave him success in whatever/everything he did.” or “and helped/enabled him to succeed at everything he did.” See how you translated a similar clause (“Yahweh made all that he was doing successful”) in verse 3.
40:1 z1xg וַ⁠יְהִ֗י אַחַר֙ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה חָֽטְא֛וּ 1 “Sometime after that,” or “After some time, {one day}”
40:1 q3qj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit מַשְׁקֵ֥ה מֶֽלֶךְ מִצְרַ֖יִם וְ⁠הָ⁠אֹפֶ֑ה 1 “the {chief/head} wine-server and the {chief/head} baker for the king of/over Egypt” or “the man {who was in charge of those} who served wine to the king of/over Egypt and the man {who was in charge of those} who made/baked bread/food {for the king}”. The chief cupbearer was one of Pharaohs most trusted servants. He was in charge of serving Pharaoh anything that he wanted to drink, especially wine. It was his job to test the drink before Pharaoh had some, to make sure it was high quality and not poisoned. Some of that information could be put in a footnote. Also, it may be more natural to include here in verse 1 the fact that these were the head officials in these jobs, rather than wait until verse 2 to introduce that. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
40:1 d5ug rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms חָֽטְא֛וּ לַ⁠אֲדֹנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 “disobeyed/displeased” or “offended”. The text does not say what the officials did wrong that angered Pharaoh. They may have done their jobs poorly in some way. Translate this phrase in a way that fits this context well in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
40:1 qmtw לַ⁠אֲדֹנֵי⁠הֶ֖ם לְ⁠מֶ֥לֶךְ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 “their master, {who was} {Pharaoh} the king of/over Egypt.” For some languages it is more natural to include here in verse 1 the fact that the king of Egypt was Pharaoh, rather than wait until verse 2 to introduce that. Do what is best in your language.
40:2 yt3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וַ⁠יִּקְצֹ֣ף פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 “So Pharaoh/he” or “As a result, {King} Pharaoh” or “So the king”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Pharaoh (verse 2) is the same person as the king of Egypt (verse 1). See how you translated “Pharaoh” in Gen 12:15, and see the important note about this there. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
40:2 npau rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּקְצֹ֣ף עַ֖ל 1 “was very angry at/with” or “was furious with”. Consider whether your language has an idiom similar to “broke out in anger” that fits well here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
40:2 scrt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge שְׁנֵ֣י סָרִיסָ֑י⁠ו עַ֚ל שַׂ֣ר הַ⁠מַּשְׁקִ֔ים וְ⁠עַ֖ל שַׂ֥ר הָ⁠אוֹפִֽים 1 “the official in charge of serving wine to him and the official in charge of baking bread for him” or “his chief/head wine-server and chief/head baker” or “those two officials/officers.” It may be more natural to combine verses 1 and 2 and say, “Sometime after that, Pharaoh, the king of Egypt, became very angry at two of his officials, his chief wine-server and chief baker, because they had displeased him.” In this case, you would also combine the verse numbers (1-2) to show it is a verse bridge combining two verses. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
40:3 sdsb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֨ן אֹתָ֜⁠ם 1 “So he had them {arrested and} put” or “So he {had his soldiers arrest them and} put them”. Often in the Bible (as here), when it says that a king (or someone else with authority) did something, it is implied that he had people who were under his authority actually do it. See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 39:20. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
40:3 dfne בְּ⁠מִשְׁמַ֗ר 1 “under guard” or “in prison”
40:3 e6e3 בֵּ֛ית שַׂ֥ר הַ⁠טַבָּחִ֖ים 1 “in/at the house of the captain of/over the guards,” Apparently the round-house prison was part of the house where the chief of the guards lived and worked, perhaps a lower part (see Josephs use of the word “pit” in verse 15 to refer to this prison). See how you translated “chief/captain of the guards” in Gen 37:36 and 39:1.
40:3 yw2r אֶל בֵּ֣ית הַ⁠סֹּ֑הַר מְק֕וֹם אֲשֶׁ֥ר יוֹסֵ֖ף אָס֥וּר 1 “{that is,} in the round-house {prison/jail}, the {same} place/prison where Joseph was imprisoned/confined.” or “in the same prison where Joseph was.” See how you translated “bound” in Gen 39:20.
40:4 vb12 וַ֠⁠יִּפְקֹד שַׂ֣ר הַ⁠טַּבָּחִ֧ים 1 “{There} the captain of/over the guards”
40:4 a7gm וַ֠⁠יִּפְקֹד אֶת יוֹסֵ֛ף אִתָּ֖⁠ם 1 “assigned/appointed Joseph {to take care of them},”
40:4 g6hd וַ⁠יְשָׁ֣רֶת אֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 “so he served them,” or “and so he waited on them,”
40:4 gdaa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יִּהְי֥וּ בְּ⁠מִשְׁמָֽר 1 “and they were {kept} in custody/prison” or “and they remained in custody/prison”. Some translations begin a new paragraph and sentence here that continues into verse 5 and say, “After they had been in prison {for} a while, 5 one night the kings head wine-server and head baker dreamed...” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
40:4 zjgp יָמִ֖ים 1 “{for} some days/time,” or “{for} a while,” The phrase “{for} days” is a general expression that refers to an unspecified length of time.
40:5 uu76 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יַּֽחַלְמוּ֩ חֲל֨וֹם שְׁנֵי⁠הֶ֜ם אִ֤ישׁ חֲלֹמ⁠וֹ֙ בְּ⁠לַ֣יְלָה אֶחָ֔ד 1 “Then one night the two of them each had a dream,” or “One night they both/each had a dream,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
40:5 g1sc אִ֖ישׁ כְּ⁠פִתְר֣וֹן חֲלֹמ֑⁠וֹ 1 “{and} each of the dreams had its own interpretation/meaning.” or “each with its own interpretation/meaning.” or “Each {ones} dream had its own meaning.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
40:5 enle rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure הַ⁠מַּשְׁקֶ֣ה וְ⁠הָ⁠אֹפֶ֗ה אֲשֶׁר֙ לְ⁠מֶ֣לֶךְ מִצְרַ֔יִם אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֲסוּרִ֖ים בְּ⁠בֵ֥ית הַ⁠סֹּֽהַר 1 “{This is talking about} the wine-server and the baker, who had served the king of Egypt and/but were in prison.” Many translations leave this sentence implied because it repeats information from the previous verses and may sound too repetitive. Or you could put this sentence earlier in this verse and say, “One night, the king of Egypts wine server and baker each had a dream while they were in prison, and each {mans/ones} dream had its own interpretation/meaning.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that the cupbearer and baker in verse 5 are the same officials as those in verses 2-4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
40:6 iztc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יָּבֹ֧א אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֛ם יוֹסֵ֖ף בַּ⁠בֹּ֑קֶר וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא 1 “In the morning, Joseph came to {serve} them and” or “The next morning, when Joseph came to {serve} them, he”. Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to have the time phrase “in the morning” first this verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
40:6 t8tw וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא אֹתָ֔⁠ם וְ⁠הִנָּ֖⁠ם 1 “saw/noticed that” or “was surprised to see that”
40:6 nu31 זֹעֲפִֽים 1 “they were troubled.” or “they looked distressed/sad.”
40:7 qzjb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּשְׁאַ֞ל אֶת סְרִיסֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר אִתּ֧⁠וֹ בְ⁠מִשְׁמַ֛ר בֵּ֥ית אֲדֹנָ֖י⁠ו לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “So/And he asked {King} Pharaohs officials/officers who {were} in prison with him in his masters house,” or “So/And he asked them,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
40:7 cnrb מַדּ֛וּעַ פְּנֵי⁠כֶ֥ם רָעִ֖ים הַ⁠יּֽוֹם 1 “Why do your faces look so sad/downcast today?” or “Why do you look {so} sad/unhappy today?” Some languages have an idiom that fits well here. Do what is natural in your language.
40:8 jhim rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵלָ֔י⁠ו 1 “They answered him,” or “They replied,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
40:8 zi62 חֲל֣וֹם חָלַ֔מְנוּ 1 “We {each} had a dream {last night},” or “{Last night} we {both/each} had a dream,”
40:8 whpq וּ⁠פֹתֵ֖ר אֵ֣ין אֹת֑⁠וֹ 1 “but there is no one {here} who can tell {us} what our dreams mean.” or “but we do not have anyone {here} to interpret/explain them {for us}.”
40:8 k75i rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֜ם יוֹסֵ֗ף 1 “Then/So Joseph replied,” or “Joseph replied,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
40:8 lmb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֤וֹא לֵֽ⁠אלֹהִים֙ פִּתְרֹנִ֔ים 1 “God is the {only} one who can explain the meaning {of dreams}.” or “God is the {only} one who gives someone/people the ability to interpret {the meaning of dreams}.” Joseph uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that God is the only one who interprets dreams. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
40:8 sy5s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit סַפְּרוּ נָ֖א לִֽ⁠י 1 “Please tell me {what you dreamed}.” or “Please tell/describe {your dreams} to me {and God will reveal to me what they mean}.” Make sure that your translation of the last two sentences in this verse does not sound like Joseph is claiming to be God. Rather, he is saying that if the two officials tell their dreams to him, God will enable him to interpret the dreams. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
40:9 qax1 וַ⁠יְסַפֵּ֧ר שַֽׂר הַ⁠מַּשְׁקִ֛ים 1 “Then/So the head wine-server” or “So the one/officer who was in charge of/over the wine-servers”. See how you translated “chief of the cupbearers” in verse 2.
40:9 q4x8 וַ⁠יְסַפֵּ֧ר אֶת חֲלֹמ֖⁠וֹ לְ⁠יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “told Joseph what was in his dream” or “related/described to Joseph what he had seen in his dream”
40:9 rkoh וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר ל֔⁠וֹ 1 “by saying,” or “He said,” or “This is what he said:”
40:9 clc3 בַּ⁠חֲלוֹמִ֕⁠י וְ⁠הִנֵּה גֶ֖פֶן לְ⁠פָנָֽ⁠י 1 “In my dream there was a grapevine/vine” or “While I was dreaming, I saw a grapevine/vine”. If grapevines and grapes are not known in your area, you could be more general in verses 9-11 and say “vine” and “fruit”. See how you translated “vineyard” in Gen 9:20.
40:9 hx0c לְ⁠פָנָֽ⁠י 1 “in front of me”
40:10 o07v וּ⁠בַ⁠גֶּ֖פֶן שְׁלֹשָׁ֣ה שָׂרִיגִ֑ם 1 “The grapevine/vine had three branches.” or “that had three branches.” Consider whether or not it is more natural to begin a new sentence here in your language.
40:10 yoiw וְ⁠הִ֤יא כְ⁠פֹרַ֨חַת֙ 1 “As soon as it started budding,” or “Soon buds started forming {on the vine/branches}. {Then}”
40:10 vyyj עָלְתָ֣ה נִצָּ֔⁠הּ 1 “{suddenly} there were blossoms/flowers,” or “{the buds} became blossoms/flowers,”
40:10 ckld הִבְשִׁ֥ילוּ אַשְׁכְּלֹתֶ֖י⁠הָ עֲנָבִֽים 1 “{and} its/the clusters {of flowers} became {clusters/bunches of} ripe grapes/fruit.” or “{and the blossoms/flowers} became clusters/bunches of ripe grapes/fruit.”
40:11 jtrl וְ⁠כ֥וֹס פַּרְעֹ֖ה בְּ⁠יָדִ֑⁠י 1 “Then/Next {I saw that} I was holding {King} Pharaohs cup,” or “...holding the kings cup,”
40:11 lo6m וָ⁠אֶקַּ֣ח אֶת הָֽ⁠עֲנָבִ֗ים 1 “and/so I picked {some} grapes/fruit {from the vine}”
40:11 vjbq וָֽ⁠אֶשְׂחַ֤ט אֹתָ⁠ם֙ 1 “and squeezed juice from them” or “and squeezed them {so that the juice went/flowed}”
40:11 bzyw אֶל כּ֣וֹס פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 “into Pharaohs cup.” or “into the cup.”
40:11 xxtf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וָ⁠אֶתֵּ֥ן אֶת הַ⁠כּ֖וֹס עַל כַּ֥ף פַּרְעֹֽה 1 “Then I put the cup into Pharaohs hand {to drink from}.” or “Then I gave/handed the cup to Pharaoh {and he drank from it}.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
40:12 qt8h וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר ל⁠וֹ֙ יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “Joseph said to him,” or “Then Joseph told him,”
40:12 kkp9 זֶ֖ה פִּתְרֹנ֑⁠וֹ 1 “This is the interpretation/meaning of your dream:” or “This/Here {is} what your dream means:”
40:12 pbdv שְׁלֹ֨שֶׁת֙ הַ⁠שָּׂ֣רִגִ֔ים שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת יָמִ֖ים 1 “The three branches {represent/symbolize} three days.”
40:13 z5ed בְּ⁠ע֣וֹד שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֗ים 1 “In three {more} days” or “Three days from now”
40:13 sjgu rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics פַרְעֹה֙ 1 “{King} Pharaoh” or “the king”. Consider what is the best way to refer to Pharaoh here in your language. Some languages need to include an honorific title with his name more often than other languages. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics]])
40:13 lyie rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יִשָּׂ֤א אֶת רֹאשֶׁ֔⁠ךָ 1 will summon you” or “will have you brought up {out of prison}”. The idiom “lift up your head” means that the wine-server will be summoned or brought out from the lowly or shameful place where he had been staying. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
40:13 m440 וַ⁠הֲשִֽׁיבְ⁠ךָ֖ עַל כַּנֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 “and reappoint/reinstate/return you to your {previous} position/work,” or “and give you back your job/status,”
40:13 wtm9 וְ⁠נָתַתָּ֤ 1 “so that you will {again}”
40:13 ucsm וְ⁠נָתַתָּ֤ כוֹס פַּרְעֹה֙ בְּ⁠יָד֔⁠וֹ 1 “serve wine to Pharaoh/him,” or “have the duty of serving Pharaoh/him his cup of wine,”
40:13 ty9j כַּ⁠מִּשְׁפָּט֙ הָֽ⁠רִאשׁ֔וֹן אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָיִ֖יתָ מַשְׁקֵֽ⁠הוּ 1 “as you used to do when you were his cupbearer/wine-server.” or “the way you did before as his cupbearer/wine-server.”
40:14 ykbt כִּ֧י אִם זְכַרְתַּ֣⁠נִי אִתְּ⁠ךָ֗ כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁר֙ יִ֣יטַב לָ֔⁠ךְ 1 “When {you are out of prison and} everything is going well for you, remember that I was {here} with you,” or “Also, when {you get out of prison and} your life is good, remember {how well} I served/treated you,”
40:14 o7we וְ⁠עָשִֽׂיתָ נָּ֥א עִמָּדִ֖⁠י חָ֑סֶד 1 “and please be kind/gracious to me,” or “and please do me a favor,” See how you translated “showed kindness to” in Gen 39:21. It may be necessary to translate this phrase in different ways, depending on the context.
40:14 dy24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics וְ⁠הִזְכַּרְתַּ֨⁠נִי֙ אֶל פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 “and mention my situation to {King} Pharaoh,” or “and tell {King} Pharaoh about me {and how I was falsely accused},” Make sure that the way Joseph refers to King Pharaoh sounds respectful in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics]])
40:14 pu81 וְ⁠הוֹצֵאתַ֖⁠נִי מִן הַ⁠בַּ֥יִת הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 “so that I can get out of this prison.” or “so that he releases/frees me from this prison.”
40:15 gdgr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כִּֽי גֻנֹּ֣ב גֻּנַּ֔בְתִּי 1 “Surely I was taken by force” or “People brought me {here} by force”. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language to emphasize Joseph. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
40:15 ks7h מֵ⁠אֶ֖רֶץ הָ⁠עִבְרִ֑ים 1 “from the land where the Hebrew people live.” or “from the land where {my people,} the Hebrews, live.” The Hebrew people were the descendants of Abraham (see note at Gen 14:13), and Josephs people were known as “Hebrews” in Egypt (Gen 39:14, 17). Their land, which God gave them, was the land of Canaan (Gen 13:12, 14-15; 17:8, 23:19; 37:1). Some of that information could be put in a footnote.
40:15 w9ex rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠גַם פֹּה֙ 1 “And {while I have been} here {in Egypt},” or “Even here {in Egypt}” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
40:15 jg01 לֹא עָשִׂ֣יתִֽי מְא֔וּמָה 1 “I have not done anything {wrong}” or “I have done nothing {wrong}”
40:15 qsdn כִּֽי שָׂמ֥וּ אֹתִ֖⁠י בַּ⁠בּֽוֹר 1 “to be put/thrown into this dungeon/prison.” or “to deserve being in a dungeon/prison.”
40:16 k4k0 וַ⁠יַּ֥רְא שַׂר הָ⁠אֹפִ֖ים כִּ֣י ט֣וֹב פָּתָ֑ר וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “When the head baker heard Joseph interpret/explain that dream in a favorable/positive way,” or “When the head baker heard the positive interpretation/meaning that Joseph gave {for the first dream},” See how you translated a related word (“interpreter”) in verse 8.
40:16 kcvz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אֶל יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “he said to him,” or “he told him,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
40:16 oaqk אַף אֲנִי֙ בַּ⁠חֲלוֹמִ֔⁠י וְ⁠הִנֵּ֗ה 1 “I also had a dream, and in it” or “I also {had a dream}, and while I was dreaming,”
40:16 sptc וְ⁠הִנֵּ֗ה שְׁלֹשָׁ֛ה 1 “I saw” or “there were”
40:16 a1qs שְׁלֹשָׁ֛ה סַלֵּ֥י חֹרִ֖י 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean (1) “three baskets {full} of white/fine bread/cakes” or “three bread baskets” (2) “three white/wicker baskets”. These baskets were open on top and were probably woven out of flexible strips of cane or willow branches.
40:16 olwu עַל רֹאשִֽׁ⁠י 1 “{stacked} {on top of each other} on my head.” These baskets would have been carried on the head, each one above the other.
40:17 lf58 וּ⁠בַ⁠סַּ֣ל הָֽ⁠עֶלְי֔וֹן מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל 1 “In the top basket {there were}” or “The top basket {was full of}”
40:17 v0e7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל מַאֲכַ֥ל פַּרְעֹ֖ה מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה אֹפֶ֑ה 1 “all/many {kinds} of baked goods for {King} Pharaoh to eat,” or “all/many {kinds} of {fine/special} bread and cakes {that had been made/baked} for {King} Pharaoh {to eat},” Make sure that the way the chief baker refers to King Pharaoh sounds respectful in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-honorifics]])
40:17 ijtu וְ⁠הָ⁠ע֗וֹף אֹכֵ֥ל אֹתָ֛⁠ם מִן הַ⁠סַּ֖ל מֵ⁠עַ֥ל רֹאשִֽׁ⁠י 1 “but {some} birds were eating/gobbling them/everything {up} from the basket.” or “but {instead,} {some} birds {came and} ate/devoured {all} the food/bread in the basket on my head.”
40:18 d2ov rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יַּ֤עַן יוֹסֵף֙ וַ⁠יֹּ֔אמֶר 1 “Joseph said {to him},” or “Joseph told {the baker},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
40:18 otya זֶ֖ה פִּתְרֹנ֑⁠וֹ 1 “This is the interpretation/meaning of your dream:” or “This/Here {is} what your dream means:” See how you translated this in verse 12.
40:18 otf3 שְׁלֹ֨שֶׁת֙ הַ⁠סַּלִּ֔ים שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת יָמִ֖ים 1 “The three baskets {represent/symbolize} three days.” See how you translated a similar sentence in verse 12.
40:19 c527 בְּ⁠ע֣וֹד שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֗ים 1 “In three days” or “Three days from now”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 13.
40:19 si3y פַרְעֹ֤ה 1 “{King} Pharaoh” or “the king”
40:19 yvta יִשָּׂ֨א אֶת רֹֽאשְׁ⁠ךָ֙ מֵֽ⁠עָלֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “will {have his soldiers} cut/chop off your head” or “will have you beheaded”. This phrase seems to have a literal meaning here (of having the baker beheaded) in contrast to the meaning of “lift up your head” in verse 13 (where it means to summon from a lowly or shameful place). Make sure your translation of this phrase is accurate and clear in both contexts.
40:19 sm0z וְ⁠תָלָ֥ה אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֖ עַל עֵ֑ץ 1 “and hang your body on a tree/stake,” or “and impale your body on a {sharp} pole,”
40:19 qtz2 וְ⁠אָכַ֥ל הָ⁠ע֛וֹף 1 “and/where birds/vultures”. These were birds such as vultures, buzzards or condors that eat carrion (dead animals); these were not birds that eat seeds or hunt live prey. You could use the name of a type of bird that is well-known in your language area.
40:19 t9af וְ⁠אָכַ֥ל אֶת בְּשָׂרְ⁠ךָ֖ מֵ⁠עָלֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 “will eat/devour {all} your flesh off your bones.” See how you translated “eating” in verse 17.
40:20 e75l וַ⁠יְהִ֣י בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֗י י֚וֹם הֻלֶּ֣דֶת אֶת פַּרְעֹ֔ה וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ 1 “Then sure enough, three days later {it was} {King} Pharaohs birthday, and” or “And it so happened that three days later, {it was} Pharaohs birthday, and”. The phrase “Then it happened” introduces and emphasizes a set of important events. Do what is natural in your language.
40:20 xdmx וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ מִשְׁתֶּ֖ה לְ⁠כָל עֲבָדָ֑י⁠ו 1 “he held a feast/banquet for all of his officials/officers {to attend}.” or “he invited all his officials/officers to attend a/his {birthday} feast/banquet.” See how you translated “feast” or “banquet” in Gen 21:8.
40:20 n9n0 וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֞א אֶת רֹ֣אשׁ שַׂ֣ר הַ⁠מַּשְׁקִ֗ים וְ⁠אֶת רֹ֛אשׁ שַׂ֥ר הָ⁠אֹפִ֖ים 1 “{During the feast/banquet,} he {had soldiers} bring {his} head/chief wine-server and head/chief baker {out of prison} {to the feast/banquet}”. See how you translated similar clauses in verses 3 (see note), 13, and 19, where Pharaoh had his soldiers do something. Also see how you translated “lifted up your head” in verse 13, where it has a similar meaning.
40:20 qchm בְּ⁠ת֥וֹךְ עֲבָדָֽי⁠ו 1 “in front of {all} his {other} officials/officers.” or “where all his {other} officials/officers were.”
40:21 ehc4 וַ⁠יָּ֛שֶׁב 1 “Then he reinstated/reappointed/returned”. See how you translated “restore...to...position” in verse 13.
40:21 iuza אֶת שַׂ֥ר הַ⁠מַּשְׁקִ֖ים עַל מַשְׁקֵ֑⁠הוּ 1 “the chief/head wine-server to his {former/previous} position/work,”
40:21 lrle וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֥ן הַ⁠כּ֖וֹס עַל כַּ֥ף פַּרְעֹֽה 1 “so that {once again} he served wine to him.” or “so that {once again} he had the duty of serving him his cup of wine.” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 13.
40:22 n0d9 וְ⁠אֵ֛ת שַׂ֥ר הָ⁠אֹפִ֖ים תָּלָ֑ה 1 “But {as for} the chief/head baker, he/Pharaoh had him {executed and} hanged {on a tree/pole}.” or “But he/Pharaoh {had his soldiers execute} the head baker {and} impale {his body on a pole/stake}.” Notice that “the chief of the bakers” is at the beginning of this clause in the Hebrew text to emphasize him and contrast him with what happened to the chief cupbearer. Do what is natural in your language. See how you translated “hang...on a tree” in verse 19.
40:22 s6xh כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר פָּתַ֛ר לָ⁠הֶ֖ם יוֹסֵֽף 1 “{Everything happened} exactly the way Joseph had interpreted/explained {their dreams} to them.” or “which was exactly what Joseph had said would happen.”
40:23 z4vm וְ⁠לֹֽא שַֽׂר הַ⁠מַּשְׁקִ֛ים 1 “But the chief/head cupbearer/wine-server”
40:23 romu וְ⁠לֹֽא זָכַ֧ר אֶת יוֹסֵ֖ף וַ⁠יִּשְׁכָּחֵֽ⁠הוּ 1 “did not remember {to tell Pharaoh about} Joseph, but {rather/instead,} he forgot {about} him.” or “{completely} forgot about Joseph and did not remember {to tell Pharaoh about} him.”
41:1 r8s5 וַ⁠יְהִ֕י מִ⁠קֵּ֖ץ שְׁנָתַ֣יִם יָמִ֑ים וּ⁠פַרְעֹ֣ה 1 “After two full years had passed,” or “Two whole/complete years later,”
41:1 ydjn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names וּ⁠פַרְעֹ֣ה חֹלֵ֔ם וְ⁠הִנֵּ֖ה עֹמֵ֥ד 1 “{King} Pharaoh had a dream. {In the dream} he saw himself standing” or “{King} Pharaoh dreamed that he was standing”. See how you translated “Pharaoh” in Gen 40:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
41:1 a5ep rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַל הַ⁠יְאֹֽר 1 “beside the {Nile} River.” This phrase usually refers to the Nile River, which was the most important river in Egypt and was so well known by everyone that it was referred to as “the River”. See how you translated a different Hebrew word for “river” in Gen 36:37. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
41:2 oe0t וְ⁠הִנֵּ֣ה 1 “Then suddenly,” or “Then he saw that” or “Suddenly,”
41:2 f6tt מִן הַ⁠יְאֹ֗ר עֹלֹת֙ שֶׁ֣בַע פָּר֔וֹת יְפ֥וֹת מַרְאֶ֖ה וּ⁠בְרִיאֹ֣ת בָּשָׂ֑ר 1 “seven cows {that were} healthy-looking and fat/well-fed came/walked up out of the river {onto the bank/land}” or “seven healthy-looking, fat/well-fed cows came/walked up out of the river {onto the bank/land}”. Make sure your translation does not sound like the cows rose up out of the water into the air. Also see how you translated “cows” in Gen 32:15.
41:2 s1lh וַ⁠תִּרְעֶ֖ינָה בָּ⁠אָֽחוּ 1 “and started grazing/eating” or “and started feeding on”
41:2 bcw8 בָּ⁠אָֽחוּ 1 “the grass {that was there}.” or “the tall/marsh grass {beside the river}.”
41:3 ud6q וְ⁠הִנֵּ֞ה 1 “Then suddenly,” or “Then/Next he saw that”
41:3 vh9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure שֶׁ֧בַע פָּר֣וֹת אֲחֵר֗וֹת עֹל֤וֹת אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶן֙ מִן הַ⁠יְאֹ֔ר רָע֥וֹת מַרְאֶ֖ה וְ⁠דַקּ֣וֹת בָּשָׂ֑ר 1 “seven cows {that were} sickly-looking and scrawny/skinny walked up out of the river” or “seven sickly-looking, scrawny/skinny cows came/walked up out of the river” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
41:3 ndip וַֽ⁠תַּעֲמֹ֛דְנָה אֵ֥צֶל הַ⁠פָּר֖וֹת 1 “and stood next to the {first/healthy} cows”
41:3 gq8x עַל שְׂפַ֥ת הַ⁠יְאֹֽר 1 “on the bank of the river.” or “on the river bank.” Consider again how you refer to “the River” in verses 1-3. If you refer to it as “the {Nile} River” in verse 1, it may be more natural to refer to it as “the river” after that. Do what is best in your language.
41:4 vd7n וַ⁠תֹּאכַ֣לְנָה הַ⁠פָּר֗וֹת רָע֤וֹת הַ⁠מַּרְאֶה֙ וְ⁠דַקֹּ֣ת הַ⁠בָּשָׂ֔ר 1 “Then the sickly-looking, scrawny/skinny cows” or “Then the cows {that were} sickly-looking and scrawny/skinny”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 3.
41:4 mand וַ⁠תֹּאכַ֣לְנָה 1 “ate/swallowed {up/down}” or “devoured”
41:4 efl8 אֵ֚ת שֶׁ֣בַע הַ⁠פָּר֔וֹת יְפֹ֥ת הַ⁠מַּרְאֶ֖ה וְ⁠הַ⁠בְּרִיאֹ֑ת 1 “the seven healthy-looking, fat/well-fed cows.” or “the seven cows {that were} healthy-looking and fat/well-fed.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 2.
41:4 i19t וְ⁠דַקֹּ֣ת הַ⁠בָּשָׂ֔ר 1 “{Just} then” or “After that,” or “At that point,”
41:4 gisj וַ⁠יִּיקַ֖ץ פַּרְעֹֽה 1 “{King} Pharaoh woke up.” or “the king woke up”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Pharaoh at each point/occurrence in this chapter.
41:5 saus וַ⁠יִּישָׁ֕ן 1 “Then Pharaoh” or “Then the king”
41:5 e3h1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּישָׁ֕ן 1 “went to sleep {again}” or “went {back} to sleep”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
41:5 jet9 וַֽ⁠יַּחֲלֹ֖ם שֵׁנִ֑ית 1 “and had a second {dream}.” or “and started dreaming again.”
41:5 fi6m וְ⁠הִנֵּ֣ה 1 “{This time} he saw” or “{In this dream} there were”
41:5 a6fl שֶׁ֣בַע שִׁבֳּלִ֗ים עֹל֛וֹת בְּ⁠קָנֶ֥ה אֶחָ֖ד בְּרִיא֥וֹת וְ⁠טֹבֽוֹת 1 “seven big/plump, beautiful/well-formed heads of grain growing on the same stem/plant.” The phrase “heads of grain” is one word in the Hebrew text. Consider whether it is better in your language to use a word or phrase to translate this.
41:6 bjff וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙ 1 “Then suddenly,” or “Suddenly,” or “Then/Next he saw {that}”
41:6 tev5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit שֶׁ֣בַע שִׁבֳּלִ֔ים דַּקּ֖וֹת וּ⁠שְׁדוּפֹ֣ת קָדִ֑ים 1 “seven small/shriveled heads of grain that were dried out {by} the {hot} east/desert wind” or “seven thin/shriveled heads of grain that the {hot} east/desert wind had dried out”. This wind was from the desert in the east, so it was hot and dry. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
41:6 ehdi צֹמְח֖וֹת 1 “grew/sprang up” or “started/were growing”
41:6 gzvd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶֽן 1 “next to them {on the same stalk/plant}.” or “{on the same stalk/plant} beside the first/well-formed heads.” Consider whether it is better in your language to refer to the first heads here with a pronoun (“them”) or a noun phrase. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
41:7 nztk וַ⁠תִּבְלַ֨עְנָה֙ הַ⁠שִּׁבֳּלִ֣ים הַ⁠דַּקּ֔וֹת 1 “Next, the small/shriveled heads of grain”. See how you translated “thin” in verse 6 and “heads of grain” in verses 5-6.
41:7 cjek וַ⁠תִּבְלַ֨עְנָה֙ 1 “swallowed down” or “ate/gobbled up/down” or “devoured”. See how you translated a different Hebrew word that has a similar meaning (“ate {up/down}”) in verse 4.
41:7 xx65 אֵ֚ת שֶׁ֣בַע הַֽ⁠שִּׁבֳּלִ֔ים הַ⁠בְּרִיא֖וֹת וְ⁠הַ⁠מְּלֵא֑וֹת 1 “the seven big/plump, well-formed heads.” The word “full” here describes heads of grain that have many seeds in them. See how you translated “fat” in verse 5.
41:7 tpgd וַ⁠יִּיקַ֥ץ פַּרְעֹ֖ה 1 “{Just} then Pharaoh woke up” or “After that, Pharaoh woke up” or “At that point, Pharaoh woke up”. See how you translated this in verse 4.
41:7 i9vq וְ⁠הִנֵּ֥ה חֲלֽוֹם 1 “and {suddenly} realized/knew that {he had been} dreaming.”
41:8 a4cy וַ⁠יְהִ֤י בַ⁠בֹּ֨קֶר֙ וַ⁠תִּפָּ֣עֶם 1 “In the morning” or “The next morning”. The phrase “Then it happened” introduces and emphasizes an important event. It also increases suspense so that the audience wonders what the outcome will be. Many English translations do not include this phrase, possibly for reasons of naturalness. Do what is natural in your language.
41:8 w9at וַ⁠תִּפָּ֣עֶם רוּח֔⁠וֹ 1 “his/Pharaohs spirit/mind was disturbed/troubled {about what the dreams might mean},” or “Pharaoh was/felt upset/distressed {about the/his dreams},”
41:8 f6a8 וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֗ח וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֛א 1 “so he sent {servants/messengers} to summon” or “so he had {servants/messengers} summon”
41:8 h004 אֶת כָּל חַרְטֻמֵּ֥י מִצְרַ֖יִם וְ⁠אֶת כָּל חֲכָמֶ֑י⁠הָ 1 “all the magicians/sorcerers and {other} wise men in {the country of} Egypt {to come to him}.” Magicians were some of the wise men whom Pharaoh regularly consulted for advice. They had power from demons to do miracles (Exodus 7:11, 22; 8:7) and to communicate with the spirits of people who had died. They may have also been astrologers, or Egyptian priests who were skilled in sacred writings. Some of that information could be put in a footnote.
41:8 c1g0 וַ⁠יְסַפֵּ֨ר פַּרְעֹ֤ה לָ⁠הֶם֙ אֶת חֲלֹמ֔⁠וֹ 1 “{When they arrived,} Pharaoh/he told them what he had dreamed,” or “Then Pharaoh/he related/described to them what {he had seen} in his dreams,”
41:8 bzb7 וְ⁠אֵין 1 “but none of them” or “but none of those men”
41:8 cdwb פּוֹתֵ֥ר אוֹתָ֖⁠ם לְ⁠פַרְעֹֽה 1 “was able to explain to him {what} the dreams {meant}.” or “could tell him what the dreams meant.”
41:9 sjxn וַ⁠יְדַבֵּר֙ שַׂ֣ר הַ⁠מַּשְׁקִ֔ים 1 “Then/But the head wine-server”. Consider again how you translated “chief of the cupbearers” and “cupbearer” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 40:1-2, 5, 9, 13, 20-21, 23; 41:9.
41:9 gu4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יְדַבֵּר֙ אֶת פַּרְעֹ֖ה לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “spoke {up} and said to Pharaoh,” or “said to Pharaoh,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
41:9 qree rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics אֲנִ֖י מַזְכִּ֥יר הַ⁠יּֽוֹם 1 “{Sir,} today I remember” or “{Your Majesty/Honor,} I now remember”. For many languages, it is necessary to use a respectful title to address a person of high status like Pharaoh. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics]])
41:9 lq2t אֶת חֲטָאַ֕⁠י 1 “my sins/failures.” The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean (1) “{the time} when I offended/displeased/wronged {you}.” (2) “something {important} I failed/forgot to do.” The second interpretation refers to the cupbearer forgetting to tell Pharaoh about Joseph.
41:10 lbfc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit פַּרְעֹ֖ה קָצַ֣ף עַל 1 “{Some time ago,} {King} Pharaoh, {you} were very angry at/with”. The events in verses 10-13 had happened two years earlier (verse 1); chapter 40 gives the details about those events. See how you translated the idiom “broke out in anger against” in Gen 40:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
41:10 ttw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person עֲבָדָ֑י⁠ו 1 “his/your officials/officers,” In verses 10 and 13, the cupbearer uses third person (“Pharaoh....his....he...”) to show respect for Pharaoh. For some languages, it is confusing to do that, so second person (“you...your...you...”) must be used instead. Some languages have an honorific such as “your Majesty/Honor” that could be used occasionally in these verses instead of third person. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
41:10 hhkv וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֨ן אֹתִ֜⁠י בְּ⁠מִשְׁמַ֗ר בֵּ֚ית שַׂ֣ר הַ⁠טַּבָּחִ֔ים אֹתִ֕⁠י וְ⁠אֵ֖ת שַׂ֥ר הָ⁠אֹפִֽים 1 “{including} me and the chief/head baker, and he/you put us in custody/prison at the captain of the guards house.” or “and he/you put the head baker and me in the prison that is in the house of the captain of the guards.” See how you translated “put...in custody in the house of the chief of the guards” in Gen 40:3. Also consider again how you translated “chief of the bakers” and “baker” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 40:1-2, 4-5, 16-17, 20, 22; 41:10, 13.
41:11 ntkz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive וַ⁠נַּֽחַלְמָ֥⁠ה חֲל֛וֹם בְּ⁠לַ֥יְלָה אֶחָ֖ד אֲנִ֣י וָ⁠ה֑וּא 1 “{One time while we were there,} we {each} dreamed/had a dream in/during the same night,” or “{While we were there,} one night we {each} had a dream,” See how you translated a similar sentence in Gen 40:5. In verses 11-13, the pronouns “we” and “us” exclude Pharaoh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
41:11 vxuz אִ֛ישׁ כְּ⁠פִתְר֥וֹן חֲלֹמ֖⁠וֹ חָלָֽמְנוּ 1 “{and} each of our dreams had a different meaning.” or “{and} each of our dreams had its own meaning.” Consider again how you translated “interpretation” in Gen 40:5, 8, 12, 18; 41:11 and the related verb “interpret” in Gen 40:16, 22.
41:12 sn9g וְ⁠שָׁ֨ם אִתָּ֜⁠נוּ נַ֣עַר עִבְרִ֗י 1 “There was a young Hebrew man with us”. Translate “young...man” in a way that fits with the fact that Joseph was 30 years old (verse 46) and was not yet married.
41:12 lpw0 עֶ֚בֶד לְ⁠שַׂ֣ר הַ⁠טַּבָּחִ֔ים 1 “{who was} a servant for the captain of/over the guards.” Consider again how you translated “chief of the guards” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 37:36; 39:1; 40:3-4; 41:10, 12.
41:12 ujnq וַ⁠נְּ֨סַפֶּר ל֔⁠וֹ וַ⁠יִּפְתָּר 1 “After we told him {our dreams},” or “After we related/described {our dreams} to him,” Consider again how you translated “told” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 24:66; 29:13; 37:9-10; 40:8-9; 41:8, 12.
41:12 s75n וַ⁠יִּפְתָּר לָ֖⁠נוּ אֶת חֲלֹמֹתֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 “he explained them to us.” or “he told us what they meant.”
41:12 aybf אִ֥ישׁ כַּ⁠חֲלֹמ֖⁠וֹ פָּתָֽר 1 “He interpreted each mans dream.” or “He told each of us the meaning of our dreams.” or “He told us what each of our dreams meant.”
41:13 r08j וַ⁠יְהִ֛י כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר פָּֽתַר לָ֖⁠נוּ כֵּ֣ן הָיָ֑ה 1 “And sure enough, everything happened exactly the way he had interpreted/explained {the dreams} to us:”
41:13 y07m אֹתִ֛⁠י הֵשִׁ֥יב עַל כַּנִּ֖⁠י 1 “you reinstated/reappointed/returned me to my {former/previous} position/work {as your cupbearer/wine-server},” See how you translated “restored to...position” in Gen 40:21.
41:13 nv90 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person וְ⁠אֹת֥⁠וֹ תָלָֽה 1 “and/but you {had your soldiers execute} the baker {and} hang/impale his body {on a pole/stake}.” or “but you {had your soldiers} execute the baker.” Consider again whether you referred to Pharaoh in third person (“he”) or second person (“you”) in verses 10 and 13. Also see how you translated “hanged/impaled {on a tree/pole}” in Gen 40:22. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
41:14 m870 וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֤ח פַּרְעֹה֙ 1 “{Immediately} Pharaoh” or “{When Pharaoh heard that,} {immediately} he”
41:14 qrw6 וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַ֤ח וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֣א אֶת יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “sent {servants/messengers} to summon/get Joseph.” or “had {servants/messengers} summon Joseph.” See how you translated “sent and called for” in verse 8.
41:14 g8o0 וַ⁠יְרִיצֻ֖⁠הוּ 1 “So they hurriedly” or “So they went right away and”
41:14 uvcn וַ⁠יְרִיצֻ֖⁠הוּ מִן הַ⁠בּ֑וֹר 1 “brought/got him/Joseph out of the dungeon/prison.” See how you translated “pit” in Gen 40:15.
41:14 t4lb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יְגַלַּח֙ וַ⁠יְחַלֵּ֣ף שִׂמְלֹתָ֔י⁠ו וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖א 1 “Then he shaved {his head and face}, changed into suitable/better clothes and” or “Then after he shaved {his head and face} and changed into appropriate/clean clothing, he”. Since Joseph lived in Egypt and Egyptian men kept their heads and faces clean-shaven, Joseph probably also shaved his head and his face. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to make this implied information explicit in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
41:14 x9jg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖א אֶל פַּרְעֹֽה 1 “came/went before Pharaoh.” or “came/went into Pharaohs presence.” Your choice of “came” versus “went” in this context depends on whose perspective you take: “came” reflects things from Pharaohs point of view, and “went” reflects things from Josephs point of view. Do what is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
41:15 b79o rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר פַּרְעֹה֙ אֶל יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “Then Pharaoh said to him,” or “Then Pharaoh told Joseph/him,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
41:15 gkzk חֲל֣וֹם חָלַ֔מְתִּי 1 “I had a dream,”
41:15 kxy4 וּ⁠פֹתֵ֖ר אֵ֣ין אֹת֑⁠וֹ 1 “but no one has been able to explain {to me} what it means.” or “but there isnt anyone who can interpret/explain it {for/to me}.” See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 40:8.
41:15 ancl וַ⁠אֲנִ֗י שָׁמַ֤עְתִּי עָלֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר תִּשְׁמַ֥ע 1 “But someone told me about you, that” or “But I was told that”
41:15 nm1a תִּשְׁמַ֥ע חֲל֖וֹם לִ⁠פְתֹּ֥ר אֹתֽ⁠וֹ 1 “when you hear a dream, {you are able} to interpret/explain what it means.” or “when someone tells you a dream, {you are able} to interpret/explain its meaning.” Consider again how you translated “interpret” and “interpreter” throughout the book of Genesis. See Gen 40:8, 16, 22; 41:8, 12, 13, 15, 16.
41:16 umpk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יַּ֨עַן יוֹסֵ֧ף אֶת פַּרְעֹ֛ה לֵ⁠אמֹ֖ר 1 “Joseph replied to Pharaoh/him,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
41:16 k2co rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics בִּלְעָדָ֑⁠י 1 “{Sir,} I do not have that ability {on my own},” or “{Your Majesty,} I cannot do that {by myself},” Make sure your translation of Josephs response sounds polite. See what you did in verse 9. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics]])
41:16 z0tv אֱלֹהִ֕ים יַעֲנֶ֖ה 1 “{but/rather} God will explain/interpret {your dream}”
41:16 d4bb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אֶת שְׁל֥וֹם פַּרְעֹֽה 1 “for your well-being/good, {King} Pharaoh.” or “so that {you,} {King} Pharaoh, will have peace {in your heart/spirit}.” Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to use Pharaohs name at the beginning of this quote (instead of here) and say, “{King} Pharaoh, I do not have that ability...” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
41:17 c1wb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֥ר פַּרְעֹ֖ה אֶל יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “So Pharaoh told Joseph/him,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
41:17 ud49 בַּ⁠חֲלֹמִ֕⁠י הִנְ⁠נִ֥י עֹמֵ֖ד 1 “As I was dreaming, I saw myself standing” or “I dreamed that I was standing”
41:17 g4ui rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit עַל שְׂפַ֥ת הַ⁠יְאֹֽר 1 “on the bank of the {Nile} River.” or “beside the {Nile} River.” See how you translated “the {Nile} River” in verse 1. Since this is the first time that Pharaoh mentions “the River” to Joseph, consider whether this is a good place in your translation to make it explicit again that this is the Nile River. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
41:18 teht וְ⁠הִנֵּ֣ה 1 “Then suddenly,” or “Then I saw that”. Compare how you translated verse 2, which is similar, but not identical, to verse 18.
41:18 kz9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure מִן הַ⁠יְאֹ֗ר עֹלֹת֙ שֶׁ֣בַע פָּר֔וֹת בְּרִיא֥וֹת בָּשָׂ֖ר וִ⁠יפֹ֣ת תֹּ֑אַר 1 “seven cows {that were} fat and healthy-looking came/walked up out of the river {onto the bank/land}” or “seven fat/well-fed, healthy-looking cows came/walked up out of the river {onto the bank/land}” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
41:18 savx וַ⁠תִּרְעֶ֖ינָה בָּ⁠אָֽחוּ 1 “and started grazing/eating” or “and started feeding on”
41:18 tnu9 בָּ⁠אָֽחוּ 1 “the reeds/plants {that were there}.” or “the tall/marsh grass {beside the river}.”
41:19 fhut וְ⁠הִנֵּ֞ה 1 “Then suddenly,” or “Then/Next I saw that”. See how you translated verse 3, which is similar to the first half of verse 19.
41:19 i42l שֶֽׁבַע פָּר֤וֹת אֲחֵרוֹת֙ עֹל֣וֹת אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶ֔ן 1 “seven other cows came/walked up {out of the river} behind the first cows;”
41:19 rdqs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure דַּלּ֨וֹת וְ⁠רָע֥וֹת תֹּ֛אַר מְאֹ֖ד וְ⁠רַקּ֣וֹת בָּשָׂ֑ר 1 “they were in terrible/horrible condition, very sickly-looking and scrawny/skinny.” For some languages it is more natural to put this information earlier in this sentence and say, “Then behold, seven poor/weak, very sickly-looking, scrawny cows came up {out of the river} behind the first cows/ones.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
41:19 aheq לֹֽא רָאִ֧יתִי 1 “{In fact,} I have not/never seen”
41:19 r1l2 כָ⁠הֵ֛נָּה לָ⁠רֹֽעַ 1 “such awful-looking {cows}” or “{cows} in such poor/terrible/bad condition”
41:19 uiug בְּ⁠כָל אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרַ֖יִם 1 “in the whole/entire country of Egypt!” or “anywhere in the country of Egypt!”
41:20 lyd5 וַ⁠תֹּאכַ֨לְנָה֙ הַ⁠פָּר֔וֹת הָ⁠רַקּ֖וֹת וְ⁠הָ⁠רָע֑וֹת 1 “Then the scrawny/skinny, sickly/unhealthy cows” or “Then the cows {that were} scrawny/skinny and sickly/unhealthy”
41:20 p2li וַ⁠תֹּאכַ֨לְנָה֙ 1 “ate/swallowed {up/down}” or “devoured”. See how you translated “ate” in verse 4.
41:20 jldm אֵ֣ת שֶׁ֧בַע הַ⁠פָּר֛וֹת הָ⁠רִאשֹׁנ֖וֹת הַ⁠בְּרִיאֹֽת 1 “the seven fat/well-fed cows.” See how you translated “fat” or “fat-fleshed” in verses 2, 4, 18 and 20.
41:21 c485 וַ⁠תָּבֹ֣אנָה אֶל קִרְבֶּ֗⁠נָה וְ⁠לֹ֤א 1 “But {even} after they had eaten/devoured them,” or “But although the scrawny/skinny cows had eaten/swallowed the fat/well-fed cows/ones,”
41:21 y0xw וְ⁠לֹ֤א נוֹדַע֙ 1 “it could not be seen” or “no one would {ever} know”
41:21 dvnf כִּי בָ֣אוּ אֶל קִרְבֶּ֔⁠נָה 1 “that they had eaten/devoured them,”
41:21 ybtr וּ⁠מַרְאֵי⁠הֶ֣ן רַ֔ע כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר בַּ⁠תְּחִלָּ֑ה 1 “because they {still} looked just as ugly/terrible/scrawny as {they had} before.”
41:21 slc5 וָ⁠אִיקָֽץ 1 “Thats when I woke up.” or “At that point, I woke up.”
41:22 g8dw וָ⁠אֵ֖רֶא בַּ⁠חֲלֹמִ֑⁠י וְ⁠הִנֵּ֣ה 0 “Then I {fell asleep again and} continued dreaming. {This time}” or “Then I {went back to sleep and} had {another} dream. {In this dream}”
41:22 xpjx וְ⁠הִנֵּ֣ה 1 “there were” or “I saw”
41:22 atel rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure שֶׁ֣בַע שִׁבֳּלִ֗ים עֹלֹ֛ת בְּ⁠קָנֶ֥ה אֶחָ֖ד מְלֵאֹ֥ת וְ⁠טֹבֽוֹת 1 “seven heads of grain growing on a single stalk/plant. They were full of ripe grain kernels.” or “seven full/big, beautiful/well-formed heads of grain growing on the same stalk/plant.” See how you translated verse 5, which is similar to verse 22. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
41:23 govd וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙ 1 “Then suddenly,” or “Then/Next I saw {that}”. See how you translated verse 6, which is similar to verse 23.
41:23 i1u0 שֶׁ֣בַע שִׁבֳּלִ֔ים צְנֻמ֥וֹת דַּקּ֖וֹת שְׁדֻפ֣וֹת קָדִ֑ים 1 “seven heads of grain {that were} small and withered/wilted because they were dried out by the {hot} east/desert wind” or “seven small, withered/wilted heads of grain that the {hot} east/desert wind had dried out”
41:23 ksuc צֹמְח֖וֹת 1 “grew/sprang up” or “started/were growing”
41:23 nr7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 “next to them {on the same stalk/plant}.” or “{on the same stalk/plant} beside the first/well-formed heads/ones.” For some languages it is more natural to change the order of phrases in this verse and say, “Then seven small heads of grain sprouted {on the same plant} next to the first heads/ones. {These had} withered/wilted because the {hot} east/desert wind had dried them out.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
41:24 vdiv וַ⁠תִּבְלַ֨עְןָ֙ הָ⁠שִׁבֳּלִ֣ים הַ⁠דַּקֹּ֔ת 1 “Then the small/shriveled heads of grain”. See how you translated the first half of verse 7, which is similar to the first half of verse 24.
41:24 uffa וַ⁠תִּבְלַ֨עְןָ֙ 1 “swallowed down” or “ate/gobbled up/down” or “devoured”. See how you translated this phrase in verse 7.
41:24 ae4y אֵ֛ת שֶׁ֥בַע הַֽ⁠שִׁבֳּלִ֖ים הַ⁠טֹּב֑וֹת 1 “the seven beautiful/well-formed heads/ones.” See how you translated “good” in verses 5 and 22.
41:24 f5d7 וָֽ⁠אֹמַר֙ אֶל הַֽ⁠חַרְטֻמִּ֔ים 1 “I told {my dreams} to {my} magicians/sorcerers,” See how you translated “magicians” in verse 8.
41:24 jbyt וְ⁠אֵ֥ין מַגִּ֖יד לִֽ⁠י 1 “but none of them could explain to me {what the dreams meant}.” or “but they could not explain/interpret {them} for me.” See how you translated a different Hebrew word that means “explain” or “interpret” in verse 8.
41:25 l70m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יוֹסֵף֙ אֶל פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 “Then Joseph told {King} Pharaoh,” or “Then Joseph responded to Pharaoh,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
41:25 g0g2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person חֲל֥וֹם פַּרְעֹ֖ה אֶחָ֣ד 1 “{Both} Pharaohs/your dreams have the same meaning.” or “Your Majesty/Honor, {both of} your dreams mean the same thing.” In verses 25, 28, 32-35, Joseph uses third person (“Pharaoh....his....he...”) to show respect for Pharaoh. For some languages, it is confusing to do that, so second person (“you...your...you...”) must be used instead. Some languages have an honorific such as “your Majesty/Honor” that could be used occasionally in these verses instead of third person. Do what is best in your language. Also see what you did in verses 10 and 13. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
41:25 lvoo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ה֑וּא אֵ֣ת אֲשֶׁ֧ר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֛ים עֹשֶׂ֖ה הִגִּ֥יד לְ⁠פַרְעֹֽה 1 “{Through them,} God is revealing/showing to you what he will do.” or “God has revealed to {you,} {King} Pharaoh, what he is planning/about to do.” The Hebrew text emphasizes “what God is doing” by putting that phrase first in the sentence. Consider what is the most natural phrase order for this sentence in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
41:26 e65z שֶׁ֧בַע פָּרֹ֣ת הַ⁠טֹּבֹ֗ת שֶׁ֤בַע שָׁנִים֙ 1 “The seven healthy cows {in your dream} {represent/symbolize} seven years,”
41:26 ypp7 וְ⁠שֶׁ֤בַע הַֽ⁠שִּׁבֳּלִים֙ הַ⁠טֹּבֹ֔ת שֶׁ֥בַע שָׁנִ֖ים 1 “and the seven beautiful/well-formed heads of grain {represent/symbolize} {the same} seven years.”
41:26 igdu חֲל֖וֹם אֶחָ֥ד 1 “{Both} dreams mean the same thing.” or “{Both} dreams have the same meaning.” See how you translated “dreams {are} one” in verse 25.
41:27 hlx6 וְ⁠שֶׁ֣בַע הַ֠⁠פָּרוֹת הָֽ⁠רַקּ֨וֹת וְ⁠הָ⁠רָעֹ֜ת 1 “The seven scrawny/skinny and sickly/unhealthy cows”. See how you translated “thin and ugly cows” in verse 20, and how you translated “thin” in verse 19.
41:27 htpa הָ⁠עֹלֹ֣ת אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶ֗ן 1 “that came/walked up {out of the river} behind the first cows/ones”
41:27 j5ba שֶׁ֤בַע שָׁנִים֙ וְ⁠שֶׁ֤בַע 1 “{represent/symbolize} {a different} seven years, and {so do}”
41:27 r05h וְ⁠שֶׁ֤בַע הַֽ⁠שִׁבֳּלִים֙ הָ⁠רֵק֔וֹת 1 “the seven small heads of grain”. See how you translated “thin” in verses 6 and 23, and consider again how you translated “heads of grain” in verses 5-7, 22-24, 26-27.
41:27 m5pk שְׁדֻפ֖וֹת הַ⁠קָּדִ֑ים 1 “that the {hot/dry} east/desert wind had dried out/up.” or “that the {desert} wind from the east had dried out/up.” See how you translated this phrase in verses 6 and 23. Also consider again how you translated “east” in the book of Genesis; see Gen 2:8; 3:24; 10:30; 11:2; 12:8; 13:11; 14; 25:6; 28:14; 29:1, 41:6, 23, 27. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
41:27 r6nf יִהְי֕וּ שֶׁ֖בַע שְׁנֵ֥י רָעָֽב 1 “{They both mean that} there will be a famine that lasts seven years.” or “{Both dreams mean that} there will be seven years when food will be very/extremely scarce.” A “famine” is a prolonged period of time when people are starving because crops are failing, often due to a lack of rain or other severe weather conditions. See how you translated this term in Gen 12:10 and 26:1.
41:28 bg5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ה֣וּא הַ⁠דָּבָ֔ר אֲשֶׁ֥ר דִּבַּ֖רְתִּי אֶל פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 “{King} Pharaoh, that {is} what I was talking about when I told you {that}” or “Your Majesty/Honor, as I told you previously/before,” Consider what is the best way to refer to Pharaoh here in your language. See what you did in verse 25. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
41:28 blxs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֲשֶׁ֧ר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֛ים עֹשֶׂ֖ה הֶרְאָ֥ה אֶת פַּרְעֹֽה 1 “God is showing/revealing to you what he will do.” or “God has shown/revealed to you what he is going/about to do.” See how you translated this clause in verse 25. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
41:29 uyij הִנֵּ֛ה שֶׁ֥בַע שָׁנִ֖ים בָּא֑וֹת 1 “Listen, {first} there will be seven years”
41:29 vb43 שָׂבָ֥ע גָּד֖וֹל 1 “when crops/harvests are abundant” or “when people will have more than enough food {to eat}” or “when everyone will have plenty of food {to eat}”
41:29 pa2o בְּ⁠כָל אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 “throughout the entire/whole land/country of Egypt.”
41:30 ehv4 וְ֠⁠קָמוּ שֶׁ֜בַע שְׁנֵ֤י רָעָב֙ אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶ֔ן 1 “But after them/that, there will be a famine that lasts seven years,” or “But after those {prosperous} years, there will be seven years when food is very/extremely scarce,” See how you translated “famine” in verse 27.
41:30 wx5u וְ⁠נִשְׁכַּ֥ח כָּל הַ⁠שָּׂבָ֖ע בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 “So people/everyone in the country of Egypt will forget how good it was during the time/years when they had plenty of food,” or “As a result, the people in Egypt will forget what it was like in their country during all the years when they had more than enough {food} {to eat},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
41:30 v9bf וְ⁠כִלָּ֥ה הָ⁠רָעָ֖ב 1 “because the famine” or “because the severe food shortage”
41:30 lvdu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠כִלָּ֥ה אֶת הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 will devastate/destroy the land/country {and the people}.” or “will devastate/ravage the land/country {so that many people will starve}.” The phrase “the land” here probably also includes the people who lived in that country. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
41:31 xglq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases וְ⁠לֹֽא 1 “Thats right,” or “Yes/Indeed,” Verse 31 restates much of the content of verse 30, so keep that it mind as you translate the beginning of this verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
41:31 wnd9 וְ⁠לֹֽא יִוָּדַ֤ע הַ⁠שָּׂבָע֙ בָּ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “people will completely forget about the time/years when food was plentiful,” or “there will be no evidence/trace left that there were years when there was more than enough food”
41:31 sqe9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure מִ⁠פְּנֵ֛י הָ⁠רָעָ֥ב הַ⁠ה֖וּא אַחֲרֵי כֵ֑ן כִּֽי כָבֵ֥ד ה֖וּא מְאֹֽד 1 “because the famine {that comes/happens} after that {will be} very/so severe/oppressive.” or “because the following years when food is scarce {will be} so severe/terrible.” For some languages, it clearer and more natural to put this clause near the beginning of this verse and say, “Yes, the famine that is coming will be so severe/terrible that people will completely forget about the time/years when food was abundant/plentiful in the land.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
41:32 ohs3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person וְ⁠עַ֨ל הִשָּׁנ֧וֹת הַ⁠חֲל֛וֹם אֶל פַּרְעֹ֖ה פַּעֲמָ֑יִם כִּֽי 1 “The reason you dreamed/had the same dream in two different ways/forms is that” or “The fact that you, {King} Pharaoh, had two {different} dreams that mean the same thing shows that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
41:32 btn0 נָכ֤וֹן הַ⁠דָּבָר֙ מֵ⁠עִ֣ם הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 “God has {firmly} decided/determined what he is going to do,” or “God wants you to know that this will {definitely} happen,”
41:32 p6nh וּ⁠מְמַהֵ֥ר הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים לַ⁠עֲשֹׂתֽ⁠וֹ 1 “and he will make it happen soon.” or “and he will cause it to happen {very} soon.”
41:33 ava1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person וְ⁠עַתָּה֙ יֵרֶ֣א פַרְעֹ֔ה 0 “So {King} Pharaoh, you should now” or “So now, {your Majesty/Highness,} I recommend that you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
41:33 pym3 יֵרֶ֣א אִ֖ישׁ 1 “look for a man” or “choose a man”
41:33 j1ph נָב֣וֹן וְ⁠חָכָ֑ם 1 “{who is} intelligent/insightful and knows what to do,” or “who is wise and can make good decisions,”
41:33 wtra וִ⁠ישִׁיתֵ֖⁠הוּ עַל 1 “and put him in charge of/over” or “and give him authority over”
41:33 dg3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 “the country of Egypt {and its people}.” See how you translated “the land” in verse 30. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
41:34 zhau rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs123-person יַעֲשֶׂ֣ה פַרְעֹ֔ה וְ⁠יַפְקֵ֥ד 1 “Sir, you should {also}” or “{King} Pharaoh, I also recommend that you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs123-person]])
41:34 dgmk וְ⁠יַפְקֵ֥ד פְּקִדִ֖ים 1 “appoint/assign {regional} administrators/overseers”
41:34 pdqm עַל הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “to be in charge of/over {different regions/parts of} the country,” or “to supervise/manage {different regions/parts of} the country,”
41:34 p2kn וְ⁠חִמֵּשׁ֙ 1 “and {have them}” or “Then {command/order them to}”. Consider whether or not it is more natural to begin a new sentence here in your language.
41:34 bv98 וְ⁠חִמֵּשׁ֙ 1 “collect/gather {from the people} one-fifth”
41:34 lx6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠חִמֵּשׁ֙ אֶת אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 “of {all} {the crops/grain/food that they harvest in/throughout} the country of Egypt” or “of {everything} the land/country of Egypt produces”. In this context, “the land/country” refers to the crops that were growing in Egypt. Make sure that is clear in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
41:34 xfxu בְּ⁠שֶׁ֖בַע שְׁנֵ֥י הַ⁠שָּׂבָֽע 1 “during the seven years when harvests/crops are abundant/plentiful.” or “during the seven years when there will be more than enough crops/food.” See how you translated “abundance” in verses 29-31.
41:35 wuzc וְ⁠יִקְבְּצ֗וּ 1 “Have them gather/collect”
41:35 lh1w אֶת כָּל אֹ֨כֶל֙ 1 “all the/that {surplus/extra} food/grain”
41:35 i7oy אֹ֨כֶל֙ הַ⁠שָּׁנִ֣ים הַ⁠טֹּבֹ֔ת הַ⁠בָּאֹ֖ת הָ⁠אֵ֑לֶּה 1 “from/during the prosperous years that will come.” or “during the good/prosperous years ahead {when there will be plenty of food}.”
41:35 v7cn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person וְ⁠יִצְבְּרוּ תַּ֧חַת יַד פַּרְעֹ֛ה 1 “Under Pharaohs/your direction,” or “Under/Using your authority, {King} Pharaoh,” Consider again how you translated the use of the third person to address Pharaoh respectfully in verses 10, 13, 25, 32-35. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
41:35 d1cl וְ⁠יִקְבְּצ֗וּ 1 “have them” or “command/order them to”
41:35 pghx וְ⁠יִצְבְּרוּ בָ֞ר 1 “stockpile {that} grain” or “store up {that} grain”
41:35 olfb אֹ֥כֶל בֶּ⁠עָרִ֖ים וְ⁠שָׁמָֽרוּ 1 “in the cities {for/as} food and {have soldiers} keep {it} safe.” or “{in storehouses} in the cities and {have soldiers} guard it, so that there will be food {for the people}.”
41:36 a822 וְ⁠הָיָ֨ה הָ⁠אֹ֤כֶל לְ⁠פִקָּדוֹן֙ 1 “That {surplus/extra} food/grain should be kept/held in storage” or “That food/grain should stay in storage” or “They must/should continue to store that {surplus/extra} food/grain”
41:36 sfjy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “for {the people of} the land/country {to eat}” or “so that {the people of} the land/country have it {to eat}”. The phrase “the land” refers here to the people who live in the land of Egypt. Make sure that is clear in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
41:36 cxiu לְ⁠שֶׁ֨בַע֙ שְׁנֵ֣י הָ⁠רָעָ֔ב אֲשֶׁ֥ר תִּהְיֶ֖יןָ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ 1 “during the famine that will last seven years in” or “during the seven years when food is very scarce in”
41:36 i6wb בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 “the country of Egypt,” or “Egypt,” Consider whether or not it is natural in your language to repeat “the land/country” in this sentence.
41:36 yzst rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠לֹֽא הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 “so that {the people of/in} the land/country” or “so that the people” or “so that they”. Make sure the way you translated “{the people of /in} the land/country” at the beginning of this verse fits with how you translate it here. It is helpful to read your translation aloud to make sure it is clear and natural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
41:36 javn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠לֹֽא תִכָּרֵ֥ת בָּ⁠רָעָֽב 1 “will not be devastated/destroyed by” or “will not starve to death because of”. See how you translated the idiom “cut off” in Gen 9:11. It may be necessary to translate it differently here because of the different context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
41:36 tiu5 בָּ⁠רָעָֽב 1 “the severe food scarcity/shortage.” or “the severe lack of food.”
41:37 yzkw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּיטַ֥ב הַ⁠דָּבָ֖ר בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵינֵ֖י כָּל עֲבָדָֽי⁠ו 1 “What Joseph said/proposed seemed like a good plan to {King} Pharaoh and all his servants/officials.” or “{King} Pharaoh and all his servants/officials agreed that what Joseph had said/proposed was good.” See how you translated the idiom “in the eyes of” in Gen 34:18. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
41:38 ewpf וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר פַּרְעֹ֖ה אֶל עֲבָדָ֑י⁠ו 1 “So Pharaoh said to his officials,” or “So Pharaoh exclaimed to them,”
41:38 ov2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠נִמְצָ֣א כָ⁠זֶ֔ה אִ֕ישׁ 1 “{Certainly} we cannot find anyone else more qualified than this man,” or “{It is obvious that} we will never find a man as qualified as this/Joseph,” Pharaoh uses a rhetorical question here to emphasize that no one is more qualified than Joseph. Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this quote using a question or a statement. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
41:38 n386 אֲשֶׁ֛ר ר֥וּחַ אֱלֹהִ֖ים בּֽ⁠וֹ 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean (1) “who has Gods Spirit in him” or “whom Gods Spirit guides” (2) “who has a divine spirit in him” or “who has a spirit of {the} gods in him”. Most translations follow the first interpretation, since Joseph had just talked to Pharaoh about God (verses 16, 28, 32) and Pharaoh acknowledges God in verse 39.
41:39 brta וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר פַּרְעֹה֙ אֶל יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “Then he said to Joseph,” or “Then Pharaoh/he {turned} to Joseph and said,”
41:39 xxco אַחֲרֵ֨י הוֹדִ֧יעַ אֱלֹהִ֛ים אוֹתְ⁠ךָ֖ אֶת כָּל זֹ֑את 1 “Since God has made all this known to you,” or “God has revealed to you what he is going to do, so”
41:39 ktfd אֵין נָב֥וֹן 1 “no one {else} is {as} intelligent/insightful as you {are}”. See how you translated “discerning and wise” in verse 33.
41:39 rjfo וְ⁠חָכָ֖ם כָּמֽוֹ⁠ךָ 1 “or knows what to do {in this situation}.” or “or can decide wisely about how to manage {this situation}.”
41:40 fq25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy אַתָּה֙ תִּהְיֶ֣ה עַל בֵּיתִ֔⁠י 1 “{So} I am putting you in charge of my household {and my kingdom/country},” or “{So} I am giving you authority over {the people in} my palace {and the rest of my kingdom/country},” The phrase “my house” refers here to Pharaohs household and all the other people he rules as king. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
41:40 fa3o וְ⁠עַל כָּל עַמִּ֑⁠י 1 “so that all the people in my country/kingdom” or “so that all the people I reign over”
41:40 sv7b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠עַל פִּ֖י⁠ךָ יִשַּׁ֣ק 1 “must obey/do whatever you say/command.” or “will/must respect and obey whatever you tell them to do.” Consider whether you have a similar idiom in your language, or if you need to say this without an idiom. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
41:40 qqnv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy רַ֥ק הַ⁠כִּסֵּ֖א אֶגְדַּ֥ל 1 “Only I {who sit} {on} the throne {as king}” or “Only I who am king”. In this context, “the throne” refers to Pharaohs position as the king. Make sure that is clear in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
41:40 mwq5 אֶגְדַּ֥ל מִמֶּֽ⁠ךָּ 1 “will have higher/more authority than you.”
41:41 fcjq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר פַּרְעֹ֖ה אֶל יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “Then Pharaoh said,” or “Pharaoh continued/added,” Some languages leave “Joseph” or even this entire quote margin implied here, since Pharaoh is still talking to the same person. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
41:41 b20a רְאֵה֙ נָתַ֣תִּי אֹֽתְ⁠ךָ֔ עַ֖ל 1 “Look/Listen, I hereby/now put you in charge of” or “I am now appointing/installing you to be {the manager/supervisor} over”. The word “See” emphasizes what Pharaoh says next.
41:41 fuhl כָּל אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 “the whole/entire land/country of Egypt.”
41:42 wuz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וַ⁠יָּ֨סַר פַּרְעֹ֤ה אֶת טַבַּעְתּ⁠וֹ֙ מֵ⁠עַ֣ל יָד֔⁠וֹ 1 “Then Pharaoh/he took off his {official/royal} identification ring” or “Then Pharaoh took from his finger the ring that he used to mark/seal {documents/letters}”. The signet ring was the identification ring that the king used to seal official documents. See how you translated “signet” in Gen 38:18. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
41:42 bnj5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֥ן אֹתָ֖⁠הּ עַל יַ֣ד יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “and put it on Josephs finger {to show that he had appointed him}.” or “and placed it on Josephs finger {showing he now had Pharaohs authority}”. The signet ring showed that Joseph represented Pharaoh and had his complete authority. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
41:42 m7et rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown וַ⁠יַּלְבֵּ֤שׁ אֹת⁠וֹ֙ בִּגְדֵי שֵׁ֔שׁ 1 “He also had Joseph put on fine/expensive linen clothes/robes” or “He {also} gave Joseph high-quality/expensive clothes/robes to wear”. The Hebrew word for “fine linen” refers to a special kind of white cloth that was woven out of flax and had a fine texture. Clothes made from linen were expensive and were worn by the king and high officials. If linen is not known in your language area, you could be more general and refer to expensive, high-quality clothes. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
41:42 tb6j וַ⁠יָּ֛שֶׂם רְבִ֥ד הַ⁠זָּהָ֖ב עַל צַוָּארֽ⁠וֹ 1 “and put a chain/collar {made} of gold around his neck.” or “and put around his neck a chain/necklace {made} of gold.”
41:43 etvw וַ⁠יַּרְכֵּ֣ב אֹת֗⁠וֹ 1 “Then Pharaoh had Joseph ride {around}”
41:43 htid rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction בְּ⁠מִרְכֶּ֤בֶת הַ⁠מִּשְׁנֶה֙ אֲשֶׁר ל֔⁠וֹ 1 “in a royal {horse-drawn} chariot/cart as his second-in-command” or “in the {horse-drawn} chariot/cart that showed he was the second highest ruler in the country.” A chariot is a cart with two or four wheels that was pulled by one or more horses. It was used as transportation and was especially used in battles. Translate this in a way that fits with this description. It may be helpful to include a picture of a chariot in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
41:43 g33q וַ⁠יִּקְרְא֥וּ לְ⁠פָנָ֖י⁠ו 1 “{As he rode,} heralds/messengers {walked} {in the road/streets} ahead of him calling out {to everyone},” Make sure the way you translate “shouted” does not sound angry. Rather they were calling out loudly enough for people to hear them.
41:43 m84b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction אַבְרֵ֑ךְ 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. (1) It could be a transliteration of an Egyptian word that means “Bow down {in reverence/respect}!” or “Make way {for the kings appointed one}!” or “Welcome/Honor {your new leader}!” which is what people would be told to do to honor an important person. (2) It could be a combination of Hebrew words that means, “{This is} {the} father of {the} king!” which is similar to what Joseph says in Gen 45:8. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
41:43 ry99 וְ⁠נָת֣וֹן אֹת֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל 1 “So Pharaoh put Joseph in charge of” or “In that way, Pharaoh {officially} appointed/installed Joseph to be {the manager/supervisor} over/of”. See how you translated a similar sentence in verse 41.
41:43 a2y8 כָּל אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 “the whole/entire land/country of Egypt.”
41:44 yszd וַ⁠יֹּ֧אמֶר פַּרְעֹ֛ה אֶל יוֹסֵ֖ף 1 “Pharaoh {also} told Joseph,”
41:44 nziz אֲנִ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה וּ⁠בִלְעָדֶ֗י⁠ךָ 1 “I, Pharaoh, {hereby command/decree} that”
41:44 h6j0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole וּ⁠בִלְעָדֶ֗י⁠ךָ לֹֽא יָרִ֨ים אִ֧ישׁ אֶת יָד֛⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת רַגְל֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠כָל אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 “no one throughout the whole/entire country of Egypt may do anything unless you tell them to do it!” or “throughout the whole/entire country of Egypt, everyone must only do what you tell them to do!” The phrase “will not lift his hand or foot” is hyperbole (exaggeration) that is used to emphasize josephs authority. Consider whether or not it is clear and natural to do that here in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
41:45 nudt וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֨א פַרְעֹ֣ה שֵׁם יוֹסֵף֮ 1 “Then Pharaoh called Joseph by the {Egyptian} name” or “Then Pharaoh gave Joseph the {Egyptian} name”
41:45 w29d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names צָֽפְנַ֣ת פַּעְנֵחַ֒ 1 “Zaphenath-Paneah, {which means “explainer/revealer of secrets,”}” or “Zaphenath-Paneah, {which means “the one who explains/reveals secrets,”}” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
41:45 c09b וַ⁠יִּתֶּן ל֣⁠וֹ אֶת אָֽסְנַ֗ת בַּת פּ֥וֹטִי פֶ֛רַע כֹּהֵ֥ן אֹ֖ן לְ⁠אִשָּׁ֑ה 1 “and he gave him {a woman named} Asenath to be {his} wife. {She was} the daughter of Potiphera, {who was} a priest {at the temple} in/at {the city of} On.” Potiphera was a pagan priest, who led people in worshiping the Egyptians gods, not Yahweh. See how you translated “priest” in Gen 14:18.
41:45 qrou וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֥א יוֹסֵ֖ף עַל אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 “Then Joseph started going/traveling around all over the land/country of Egypt.” or “Then Joseph {started his duties/work and} traveled throughout the land/country of Egypt.”
41:46 l8de וְ⁠יוֹסֵף֙ בֶּן שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה 1 “Joseph {was} thirty years old”. Consider what is the best way to begin this new paragraph in your language.
41:46 tinh בְּ⁠עָמְד֕⁠וֹ לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י 1 “when he had that meeting/audience with” or “when he started serving”. This phrase refers to when Joseph stood before Pharaoh and was commissioned to serve as the second-highest ruler in Egypt.
41:46 iu0r פַּרְעֹ֣ה מֶֽלֶךְ מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 “Pharaoh, the king over Egypt.”
41:46 klkm וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֤א יוֹסֵף֙ מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 “Then Joseph left Pharaohs presence” or “{After Pharaoh appointed him,} Joseph left him”
41:46 izc5 וַֽ⁠יַּעְבֹ֖ר בְּ⁠כָל 1 “and traveled throughout” or “and began traveling from place to place throughout”
41:46 hcpn בְּ⁠כָל אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 the whole/entire country of Egypt {doing his work}.
41:47 k025 וַ⁠תַּ֣עַשׂ בְּ⁠שֶׁ֖בַע שְׁנֵ֣י הַ⁠שָּׂבָ֑ע 1 “During the seven years when food was abundant/plentiful,” or “For seven years the crops/harvests were abundant/plentiful and”. Compare how you translated “seven years of abundance” in verse 34.
41:47 nel4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠תַּ֣עַשׂ הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ לִ⁠קְמָצִֽים 1 “the land produced huge/large amounts of grain.” or “the people harvested huge/large amounts of grain from the land.” The idiom “by the handfuls” refers here to large amounts of grain. Consider whether your language has a similar idiom you could use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
41:48 iib5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּקְבֹּ֞ץ 1 “So Joseph {told the supervisors/administrators under him} to gather/collect” or “So Joseph {had his helpers} gather/collect”. When the Bible says that a leader such as Joseph did something, it often means that he had it done by people under his authority. Decide whether you want to include this information in your translation or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
41:48 ekmx אֶת כָּל אֹ֣כֶל שֶׁ֣בַע שָׁנִ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֤ר הָיוּ֙ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 “all the {extra/surplus} food/grain that was produced/harvested in the land/country of Egypt during {those} seven years,” or “all the {extra/surplus} grain {that people harvested/produced} during {those} seven years in the land/country of Egypt,” See how you translated “all the food” in verse 35.
41:48 rw03 וַ⁠יִּתֶּן אֹ֖כֶל בֶּ⁠עָרִ֑ים 1 “and he {had them} store/stockpile {that} grain in the cities.”
41:48 llbq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֹ֧כֶל שְׂדֵה הָ⁠עִ֛יר אֲשֶׁ֥ר סְבִיבֹתֶ֖י⁠הָ נָתַ֥ן בְּ⁠תוֹכָֽ⁠הּ 1 “The food/grain {that people had harvested} from the fields, he {had his supervisors/helpers} store/stockpile in the nearby cities.” or “In each city he {had them} store/stockpile the food/grain {that people had harvested} from the surrounding/nearby fields.” Consider what phrase order is best for this sentence in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
41:49 e4mq וַ⁠יִּצְבֹּ֨ר יוֹסֵ֥ף 1 “In that way, Joseph stockpiled” or “Joseph {had his helpers} store up”. See how you translated “store/stockpile” in verse 35.
41:49 dbjb בָּ֛ר כְּ⁠ח֥וֹל 1 “so much grain that it was/seemed/looked as {plentiful as}”
41:49 gdv0 כְּ⁠ח֥וֹל הַ⁠יָּ֖ם 1 “{grains of} sand beside the sea/ocean.” or “the {grains of} sand on the seashore.” See how you translated “as the sand of the sea” in Gen 32:12 and a similar phrase in Gen 22:17.
41:49 jotk הַרְבֵּ֣ה מְאֹ֑ד עַ֛ד כִּי 1 “{In fact,} there was so much that” or “{In fact,} it was so plentiful that {after a while}”
41:49 rt8w חָדַ֥ל לִ⁠סְפֹּ֖ר 1 “he {had them} stop keeping records/track {of it}” or “he/they had to stop writing down how much there was,” It was probably Josephs helpers who measured the grain and kept records of it. See how you handled this at the beginning of this verse.
41:49 t7vr כִּי אֵ֥ין מִסְפָּֽר 1 “because {there was so much that} he could no longer measure/record it.” or “because it was too much to keep track of.”
41:50 ulea rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וּ⁠לְ⁠יוֹסֵ֤ף בְּ⁠טֶ֥רֶם תָּב֖וֹא שְׁנַ֣ת הָ⁠רָעָ֑ב 1 “Before the {seven} famine years started,” or “Now {it so happened that} before the {seven} years of famine came/started,” Consider what is the best way to change topics and begin this new paragraph in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
41:50 w7ad וּ⁠לְ⁠יוֹסֵ֤ף יֻלַּד֙ שְׁנֵ֣י בָנִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֤ר יָֽלְדָה לּ⁠וֹ֙ אָֽסְנַ֔ת בַּת פּ֥וֹטִי פֶ֖רַע כֹּהֵ֥ן אֽוֹן 1 “Joseph had two sons with {his wife} Asenath, a daughter of Potiphera, {who was} a priest in {the city of} On.” or “Joseph and {his wife} Asenath had two sons. {Remember that} Asenath was a daughter of Potiphera, a priest {in the city} of On.” See how you translated “Asenath, the daughter of Potiphera, the priest of On” in verse 45.
41:51 wsos וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א יוֹסֵ֛ף אֶת שֵׁ֥ם 1 “Joseph named”. See how you translated the idiom “called the name of” in Gen 21:3.
41:51 rcrs הַ⁠בְּכ֖וֹר 1 “{his} first/oldest {son}”
41:51 emzc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה 1 “Manasseh, {which means “forget,”}” or “Manasseh, {which means “stop/not thinking about,”}” If you include the meaning of the name “Manasseh” in your translation or in a footnote, it should fit with the way you translate “forget” in the following clause. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
41:51 chyd כִּֽי נַשַּׁ֤⁠נִי אֱלֹהִים֙ 1 “{and he said/explained,} “{It is} because God has enabled/helped me to”
41:51 lcpw נַשַּׁ֤⁠נִי 1 “forget about” or “stop thinking about”. Your translation should not sound like Joseph had lost his memory of these things, rather God had blessed him so much that it helped him stop thinking about those things.
41:51 j0ue אֶת כָּל עֲמָלִ֔⁠י וְ⁠אֵ֖ת 1 “all my troubles/hardships and {about}”
41:51 nllc כָּל בֵּ֥ית אָבִֽ⁠י 1 “{how much I have missed} all of my family {back home}.” or “{how much I have missed} my father and the rest of my family {back home}.”
41:52 axyh וְ⁠אֵ֛ת שֵׁ֥ם הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֖י קָרָ֣א 1 “And he/Joseph named {his} second son”
41:52 w4ny rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֶפְרָ֑יִם 1 “Ephraim, {which means “twice fruitful/prosperous,”}” If you include the meaning of Ephraims name in your translation or in a footnote, it should fit with the way you translate “fruitful” in the following clause. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
41:52 loq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כִּֽי הִפְרַ֥⁠נִי אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “{and he said/explained,} “{It is} because God has enabled/helped me to prosper”. Consider again how you translated the idiom “fruitful” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 17:6; 26:22; 41:52. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
41:52 lcf9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ עָנְיִֽ⁠י 1 “in the country where I have suffered {so much}.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
41:53 b2gj וַ⁠תִּכְלֶ֕ינָה שֶׁ֖בַע שְׁנֵ֣י הַ⁠שָּׂבָ֑ע אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָיָ֖ה 1 “Finally the seven years when food was abundant/plentiful”. See how you translated “the seven years of abundance” in verses 34 and 47, and a similar phrase in verse 29.
41:53 qsta בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 “in the country of Egypt.”
41:53 ulfq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠תִּכְלֶ֕ינָה 1 “came to an end” or “were over”. You could put this earlier in the sentence and say, “Finally the seven years were over when food was plentiful in the country of Egypt. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
41:54 kc3p וַ⁠תְּחִלֶּ֜ינָה שֶׁ֣בַע שְׁנֵ֤י הָ⁠רָעָב֙ לָ⁠ב֔וֹא 1 “Then the seven years of famine began,” or “Then the seven years began when there was a severe lack of food,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
41:54 wnph כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר אָמַ֣ר יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “just as Joseph had predicted {would happen}.” or “which is exactly what Joseph had said/predicted {would happen}.”
41:54 gct9 וַ⁠יְהִ֤י רָעָב֙ בְּ⁠כָל הָ֣⁠אֲרָצ֔וֹת 1 “The famine spread to every country,” or “The severe food shortage began to affect all countries,”
41:54 b0ci וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרַ֖יִם 1 “but everywhere in the land/country of Egypt” or “but throughout the whole/entire land/country of Egypt”
41:54 xlgt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche הָ֥יָה לָֽחֶם 1 “there was {still} food {in the storehouses}.” or “there was {still} {plenty of} food {stored up}.” In this context, “bread” refers to all food in general. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
41:55 z65i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠תִּרְעַב֙ כָּל אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם וַ⁠יִּצְעַ֥ק 1 “Then all {the people in} the land/country of Egypt began to suffer from the famine, so” or “When everyone in Egypt became very hungry {because of the famine,}” The phrase “all the land” refers here to the people living in Egypt. Consider whether or not you need to make that explicit in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
41:55 u12u וַ⁠יִּצְעַ֥ק הָ⁠עָ֛ם אֶל פַּרְעֹ֖ה לַ⁠לָּ֑חֶם 1 “they begged Pharaoh for food.” or “they pleaded with Pharaoh to give them food.”
41:55 bgdc וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר פַּרְעֹ֤ה 1 “So/Then {King} Pharaoh” or “So/Then he”
41:55 pgzq וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר לְ⁠כָל מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ 1 “commanded/told them,”
41:55 o6ix לְכ֣וּ אֶל יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “Go ask Joseph {for help/food},” or “You must go to Joseph {and ask him for help},”
41:55 vkgw אֲשֶׁר יֹאמַ֥ר לָ⁠כֶ֖ם תַּעֲשֽׂוּ 1 “{and} do whatever he commands/tells you {to do}.” Consider whether or not it is best to begin a new sentence here in your language.
41:56 o5ta וְ⁠הָ⁠רָעָ֣ב הָיָ֔ה עַ֖ל כָּל פְּנֵ֣י הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ וַ⁠יִּפְתַּ֨ח 1 “Since the famine had spread throughout the whole country,” or “Since the severe food shortage was affecting the entire/whole country,”
41:56 yaxe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּפְתַּ֨ח יוֹסֵ֜ף 1 “Joseph {had his helpers} open up” or “Joseph {ordered the supervisors/administrators under him to} open up”. See how you translated verses 48 and 49, where Joseph is said to do something that he had his helpers do. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
41:56 gp9f אֶֽת כָּל אֲשֶׁ֤ר בָּ⁠הֶם֙ 1 “all {the storage buildings/barns} where {grain} was being stored,” or “all the storehouses {full of grain},”
41:56 ps0i וַ⁠יִּשְׁבֹּ֣ר לְ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 “and he/they started selling {the grain} to the people of Egypt.”
41:56 yjo3 וַ⁠יֶּחֱזַ֥ק הָֽ⁠רָעָ֖ב 1 “Then the famine became worse {and worse}” or “Then the famine kept getting more and more severe”
41:56 gbf2 בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 “throughout the land/country of Egypt.” or “throughout the/their country.”
41:57 hocx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠כָל הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ 1 “In fact, {people from} all over the earth/world”. This phrase refers to the people living on the earth. Consider whether or not you need to make that explicit in your language. See how you translated a similar metonymy (“all the land”) in verse 55. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
41:57 s755 בָּ֣אוּ מִצְרַ֔יְמָ⁠ה לִ⁠שְׁבֹּ֖ר אֶל יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “started coming/traveling to Egypt to buy {grain/food} from Joseph,”
41:57 rlm3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּֽי חָזַ֥ק הָ⁠רָעָ֖ב בְּ⁠כָל הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “because the food shortage was {so} severe/terrible throughout the entire/whole world.” For some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this clause near the beginning of verse 57 and say, “In fact, the famine was/became so severe/terrible in/throughout the entire/whole world that {people} started coming/traveling to Egypt from all over the world to buy {grain} from Joseph.” Do what is best in your language. See how you translated “severe/terrible” in verse 56. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
42:1 rkqc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא 1 “Meanwhile {in the land/region of Canaan},” This verse begins a new episode which overlaps in time with some of what was happening in chapter 41. Consider what is the best way to begin this episode in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
42:1 w9rj וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא יַעֲקֹ֔ב כִּ֥י יֶשׁ שֶׁ֖בֶר בְּ⁠מִצְרָ֑יִם וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר 1 “when Jacob heard/learned that there was grain {for sale} in {the country of} Egypt,” or “when Jacob found out that {he/they could buy} grain in Egypt,”
42:1 jj1t וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יַעֲקֹב֙ לְ⁠בָנָ֔י⁠ו 1 “he asked/told his sons,”
42:1 ok2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֖⁠מָּה תִּתְרָאֽוּ 1 “What are you waiting for?” or “Do not {just stand/sit here} looking/staring at each other!” or “Do not just {stand around/there} doing nothing!” Jacob uses this rhetorical question to get his sons to take action and do what he says next. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
42:2 etgs rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “Then he continued/added,” For some languages it is more natural to omit the quote margin here, because the same person (Jacob) is still talking to the same people (his sons). Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
42:2 f9cs הִנֵּ֣ה 1 “Listen {to this}!” or “Look,”
42:2 xjv4 שָׁמַ֔עְתִּי 1 “I heard/learned” or “Someone told me”
42:2 revh כִּ֥י יֶשׁ שֶׁ֖בֶר בְּ⁠מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 “that there is {much} grain {for sale} in {the country of} Egypt.” or “that {the country of} Egypt has {a lot of} grain {that people can buy}.”
42:2 ukyl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-politeness רְדוּ שָׁ֨מָּ⁠ה֙ 1 “{So} {I want/need you to} go/travel there” or “{So} {please} go/travel down there”. Make sure that the way you translate Jacobs command to his sons does not sound rude or harsh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-politeness]])
42:2 qouh וְ⁠שִׁבְרוּ לָ֣⁠נוּ מִ⁠שָּׁ֔ם 1 “and buy {some} {grain} for us {all}” or “and buy {some} for us {and our families} {to eat}”
42:2 mb2y וְ⁠נִחְיֶ֖ה 1 “so that we will/can survive” or “so that we will/can stay alive”
42:2 br4i וְ⁠לֹ֥א נָמֽוּת 1 “and not die {from hunger}.” or “and not starve to death.”
42:3 hmv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship וַ⁠יֵּרְד֥וּ אֲחֵֽי יוֹסֵ֖ף עֲשָׂרָ֑ה 1 “Then/So Josephs ten {older} brothers”. These ten brothers were older than Joseph and had different mothers than he did. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
42:3 mopm וַ⁠יֵּרְד֥וּ לִ⁠שְׁבֹּ֥ר בָּ֖ר מִ⁠מִּצְרָֽיִם 1 “{left home/Canaan and} went/traveled down to Egypt to buy {some} grain {there}.” The verb “went down” refers to the fact that Egypt was lower in elevation than the land of Canaan. It is also located southwest of Canaan. See how you translated “go down” in verse 2 and “went down” in Gen 12:10.
42:4 azl2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship וְ⁠אֶת בִּנְיָמִין֙ אֲחִ֣י יוֹסֵ֔ף לֹא שָׁלַ֥ח יַעֲקֹ֖ב 1 “But Jacob did not send Josephs {younger} brother Benjamin {to Egypt}” or “But Jacob did not allow/permit Josephs {younger} brother to go {to Egypt}”. Benjamin was younger than Joseph and had the same mother (Rachel) and father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
42:4 u64p אֶת אֶחָ֑י⁠ו 1 “with his {other} brothers,” or “with {the rest of} his brothers,”
42:4 x6pq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations כִּ֣י אָמַ֔ר פֶּן יִקְרָאֶ֖⁠נּוּ אָסֽוֹן 1 “because he/Jacob thought that he/Benjamin might be harmed.” or “because he/Jacob was afraid/concerned that something bad/terrible might happen to him.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “But Jacob was concerned that harm might come to Josephs {younger} brother Benjamin, so he did not send him with {the rest of} his brothers {to Egypt}.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
42:5 mphn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨אוּ֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 “So Israels sons” or “The sons of Israel {that is, Jacob}” or “So the sons of {Jacob who was also called} Israel”. If it is not clear that “Israel” (verse 5) and “Jacob” (verse 4) refer to the same person, you could include the name Jacob here in your translation or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
42:5 hpxf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨אוּ֙ 1 “came/went {to Egypt}” or “arrived {in Egypt}” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
42:5 ccyh בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ הַ⁠בָּאִ֑ים 1 “along with {many} other people who were coming/going {there}” or “along with {many} other travelers”
42:5 e2fz לִ⁠שְׁבֹּ֖ר 1 “to buy {food},”
42:5 tdv7 כִּֽי הָ⁠רָעָ֖ב 1 “because the severe/extreme food shortage” or “because the extreme lack/scarcity of food”. See how you translated “because the famine” in Gen 41:57.
42:5 krd7 הָיָ֥ה בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ כְּנָֽעַן 1 “was {also} {affecting everyone} in the land/region of Canaan.” or “was {also} affecting/devastating the {entire} land/region of Canaan.”
42:6 fpi7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וְ⁠יוֹסֵ֗ף הַ⁠שַּׁלִּ֣יט עַל הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 “{Since} Joseph {was} the administrator over the land/country {of Egypt},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
42:6 grm0 ה֥וּא הַ⁠מַּשְׁבִּ֖יר 1 “he {was} the one selling {grain}”
42:6 ee6z לְ⁠כָל עַ֣ם 1 “to people {who came to him} from all over”
42:6 sus5 הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean {1) “the country {of Egypt}” as it does earlier in verse 6; or it can mean (2) “the earth/world.”
42:6 r1hu וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨אוּ֙ אֲחֵ֣י יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “So/Then Josephs brothers”
42:6 mdhu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨אוּ֙ וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּֽחֲווּ ל֥⁠וֹ אַפַּ֖יִם אָֽרְצָ⁠ה 1 “{also} came/went before him {like everyone else} and bowed down {with} {their} faces/foreheads to/toward the ground {to show him respect}.” or “{also} came/went {to him} and prostrated themselves before him {to show respect}.” See how you translated “bow down” in Gen 37:7, 9-10. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
42:7 bbex וַ⁠יַּ֥רְא יוֹסֵ֛ף אֶת אֶחָ֖י⁠ו וַ⁠יַּכִּרֵ֑⁠ם 1 “When Joseph saw his brothers, he recognized them” or “Joseph immediately recognized his brothers”
42:7 poyo וַ⁠יִּתְנַכֵּ֨ר אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֜ם 1 “but he treated them like strangers” or “But he pretended that he did not {know} {them}”. For some languages it is better to divide the first sentence in this verse into shorter sentences. Do what is best in your language.
42:7 mzd9 וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֧ר אִתָּ֣⁠ם קָשׁ֗וֹת 1 “and spoke to them in a harsh/stern way/manner” or “In fact, he spoke to them sternly/roughly”. Consider whether or not it is more natural to begin a new sentence here in your language.
42:7 rze3 וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶם֙ 1 “and asked/questioned them,” or “and demanded,”
42:7 zwjj מֵ⁠אַ֣יִן בָּאתֶ֔ם 1 “Where are you from?” or “What country are you from?”
42:7 j2e8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ 1 “They answered {him},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
42:7 jyke rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics מֵ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ כְּנַ֖עַן לִ⁠שְׁבָּר אֹֽכֶל 1 “{Sir,} {we came} from the land/region of Canaan to buy {some} grain.” or “{Sir,} {we are} from the land/region of Canaan {and we came} to buy {some} grain.” For some languages it is necessary to begin with a respectful title or form of address when someone talks to a person of high status like Joseph. See how Josephs brothers address him in verse 10. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics]])
42:8 gapq וַ⁠יַּכֵּ֥ר יוֹסֵ֖ף אֶת אֶחָ֑י⁠ו וְ⁠הֵ֖ם 1 “Although Joseph recognized his brothers,”
42:8 uuxa וְ⁠הֵ֖ם לֹ֥א הִכִּרֻֽ⁠הוּ 1 “they did not realize/know who he was.”
42:9 jb4t וַ⁠יִּזְכֹּ֣ר יוֹסֵ֔ף אֵ֚ת הַ⁠חֲלֹמ֔וֹת אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָלַ֖ם 1 “Then Joseph remembered what he had dreamed”
42:9 byaf לָ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “about them {long ago},” or “about his brothers {long ago},”
42:9 o1nl וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶם֙ 1 “so he told/accused them,”
42:9 fk1q מְרַגְּלִ֣ים אַתֶּ֔ם 1 “You are spying {on our country}!” or “You are secretly gathering information {about our country}!”
42:9 kxig בָּאתֶֽם 1 “You came {here}” or “{The reason} you came {here} {is}”
42:9 i6tg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לִ⁠רְא֛וֹת אֶת עֶרְוַ֥ת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 “to see/learn our countrys weaknesses!” or “to find out where {our} country is weak/vulnerable!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
42:10 ltap וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֥וּ אֵלָ֖י⁠ו 1 “But his brothers replied to him,”
42:10 ue8q rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness לֹ֣א אֲדֹנִ֑⁠י 1 “No, sir,” or “Sir, we are not {spies},” Make sure your translation of this phrase sounds polite. In some cultures it is rude to say “No” too directly. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 23:11. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness]])
42:10 xa6t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person וַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֥י⁠ךָ בָּ֖אוּ 1 “but rather {we} come {before you} respectfully/humbly” or “Rather, {we are} {just} humble men {who} have come {here}”. The brothers referred to themselves as “your servants” to show respect to Joseph and to acknowledge his high position. Translate this phrase in a polite way that shows respect toward Joseph. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
42:10 xv5f לִ⁠שְׁבָּר אֹֽכֶל 1 “{only} to buy {some} food/grain.”
42:11 t3kh כֻּלָּ֕⁠נוּ בְּנֵ֥י 1 “We {are} all”
42:11 gxjv בְּנֵ֥י אִישׁ אֶחָ֖ד 1 “{the} sons of the same man/father.” or “brothers who have the same father.”
42:11 t2o1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person נָ֑חְנוּ כֵּנִ֣ים לֹא הָי֥וּ עֲבָדֶ֖י⁠ךָ מְרַגְּלִֽים 1 “We {are} honest/trustworthy men/people who {highly} respect you. We are not spies.” or “We {are} humble, honest/trustworthy men/people, not spies.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
42:12 ewus rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “But/Then Joseph replied,” or “But he/Joseph accused them,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
42:12 p2xr לֹ֕א כִּֽי בָּאתֶ֥ם 1 “No/Yes, {you are spies!} {Im sure} you must have come {here}” or “{That is} not {true}! You have definitely come {here}”. Different languages use “yes” and “no” in different ways, depending on the context. Do what is accurate and natural in this context in your language. Also see how you translated “No” in Gen 18:15.
42:12 qzyw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עֶרְוַ֥ת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ לִ⁠רְאֽוֹת 1 “to see/learn our countrys weaknesses!” or “to find out where {our} country is weak/vulnerable!” See how you translated this phrase in verse 9. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
42:13 sd4k rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֗וּ 1 “But/Then they responded,” or “But they replied {to him},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
42:13 fuv1 שְׁנֵ֣ים עָשָׂר֩ עֲבָדֶ֨י⁠ךָ אַחִ֧ים 1 “Sir, {there are/were} twelve of us brothers.”
42:13 zu8a אֲנַ֛חְנוּ בְּנֵ֥י אִישׁ אֶחָ֖ד 1 “We {are} {all} sons of the same man/father” or “We {all} have the same father”
42:13 g91t בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן 1 “{who lives} in the land/region of Canaan.” or “{and we live} in the land/region of Canaan.”
42:13 c4qf וְ⁠הִנֵּ֨ה הַ⁠קָּטֹ֤ן 1 “In fact, {our} youngest {brother}” or “{Our} youngest {brother}”. The word “behold” calls attention to what the brothers say next. Some translations leave it implied. Do what is best in your language.
42:13 sekb אֶת אָבִ֨י⁠נוּ֙ הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם 1 “{is} presently {back at home} with our father,” or “{is} {there} with our father right now,”
42:13 efwm וְ⁠הָ⁠אֶחָ֖ד 1 “but the {other} one” or “but {our other} brother”
42:13 tyki rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism אֵינֶֽ⁠נּוּ 1 “is no more.” or “is no longer {with us}.” or “has died.” In this context, “is not” is an idiom that means “has died.” Consider whether or not your language has a similar idiom that would fit well here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
42:14 kcn9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֖ם יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “Then/But Joseph accused them,” or “Then/But Joseph responded,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
42:14 iyrk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ה֗וּא אֲשֶׁ֨ר דִּבַּ֧רְתִּי אֲלֵ⁠כֶ֛ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֖ר מְרַגְּלִ֥ים אַתֶּֽם 1 “What I told you is right/true! You are spying {on our country}!” or “I was right when I said that you are secretly gathering information {about our country}!” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to translate the embedded quote “You {are} spies” as a direct or indirect quote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
42:15 zsxd בְּ⁠זֹ֖את 1 “{So now,} this is how” or “In this way”
42:15 njgh תִּבָּחֵ֑נוּ 1 I will test/verify whether you {told me the truth}:” or “I am going to test you to find out if your claims are true:”
42:15 xvi8 חֵ֤י פַרְעֹה֙ 1 “{I swear/vow} by Pharaohs life/authority {that}” or “As certain as {King} Pharaoh lives, {I swear/vow that}”. Joseph uses King Pharaohs name here to make an oath that emphasizes the certainty of what he says next. Make sure that the way he refers to Pharaoh sounds respectful in your translation. See how you translated other vows in Gen 14:22 and 21:23-24.
42:15 wd40 אִם תֵּצְא֣וּ 1 “you will {definitely} not/never leave” or “I will not/never let you leave”
42:15 ubqh מִ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 “from here” or “Egypt”
42:15 vxks rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions כִּ֧י אִם בְּ⁠ב֛וֹא אֲחִי⁠כֶ֥ם הַ⁠קָּטֹ֖ן הֵֽנָּה 1 “until your youngest brother comes/is here.” or “unless/until {I see that} your youngest brother is here.” For some languages it may be better to change the wording of this sentence and say, “{By} the life of Pharaoh, the only way you will ever leave Egypt is if your youngest brother comes here.” or “{By} the life of Pharaoh, your youngest brother must come here, or else you will {definitely} not/never leave Egypt!” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
42:16 jpi1 שִׁלְח֨וּ מִ⁠כֶּ֣ם אֶחָד֮ 1 “{So} one of you must go {back home}” or “Choose one of you to go {home}”
42:16 c4sx וְ⁠יִקַּ֣ח אֶת אֲחִי⁠כֶם֒ 1 “and bring your {youngest} brother back {here}.” or “to get your {youngest} brother {and bring him here}.”
42:16 fp5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular וְ⁠אַתֶּם֙ 1 “You {who are left}” or “{The rest of} you”. In this verse, the pronouns “you” and “your” are plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
42:16 zy6p הֵאָ֣סְר֔וּ 1 “will be put/kept in prison.” or “must stay here in prison.” See how you translated “bound” in Gen 39:20; 40:3, 5. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
42:16 ea8u וְ⁠יִבָּֽחֲנוּ֙ דִּבְרֵי⁠כֶ֔ם הַֽ⁠אֱמֶ֖ת אִתְּ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “That way I can verify {whether or not} you told me the truth.” or “If you do that, I will know that what you told me is true.”
42:16 zf4g וְ⁠אִם לֹ֕א 1 “But if {you are} not {telling the truth},” or “But if you are lying,”
42:16 auvz חֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 “{I swear/vow} by Pharaohs life/authority,” or “as certain as {King} Pharaoh lives,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 15.
42:16 wsgs כִּ֥י מְרַגְּלִ֖ים אַתֶּֽם 1 “{that means} you {are} definitely spies!” or “{that means} you really are spying {on our country}!”
42:17 msl8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֶּאֱסֹ֥ף 1 “Then Joseph” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
42:17 kbit וַ⁠יֶּאֱסֹ֥ף אֹתָ֛⁠ם אֶל מִשְׁמָ֖ר שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת יָמִֽים 1 “{had his soldiers} put them in custody/prison {for} three days.” or “{had his soldiers} lock up his brothers in prison {for} three days.” See how you translated “in custody” in Gen 40:3-4, 7.
42:18 in6m וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֤ם יוֹסֵף֙ בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י 1 “Three days later, Joseph said to them,” or “After three days, Joseph said to them,” See how you translated “on the third day” in Gen 22:4, 31:22, 40:20. It may be necessary to translate this phrase in different ways, depending on the context.
42:18 hq4p זֹ֥את עֲשׂ֖וּ וִֽ⁠חְי֑וּ 1 “Do what I say and” or “If you do this,”
42:18 g6gn וִֽ⁠חְי֑וּ 1 “{you will} live,” or “{I will let you} live,” or “I will spare your lives,”
42:18 scf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֶת הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֲנִ֥י יָרֵֽא 1 “{because/since} I revere/respect and obey God:” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “I {am a man who} reveres/respects God. So if you do what I say, {I will let you} live.” Do what is best in your language. See how you translated “fear God” in Gen 22:12. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
42:19 kfk1 אִם כֵּנִ֣ים אַתֶּ֔ם 1 “If you {truly/really} {are} honest/trustworthy {men} {as you say/claim},” or “Since you {claim to be} honest/trustworthy {men},” See how you translated “honest” in verse 11.
42:19 gpmb אֲחִי⁠כֶ֣ם אֶחָ֔ד יֵאָסֵ֖ר 1 “{just} one of you brothers must” or “I will make {just} one of you brothers”
42:19 tdlb יֵאָסֵ֖ר בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית מִשְׁמַרְ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “stay/remain where you have been, in prison,” or “remain confined/imprisoned where you have been,” See how you translated “be bound” in verse 16.
42:19 dydl וְ⁠אַתֶּם֙ לְכ֣וּ הָבִ֔יאוּ שֶׁ֖בֶר 1 “while {the rest of} you go back {home} {now} with/taking grain/food” or “{The rest of} you {may} go {and} take/carry grain/food back {home}”. Consider whether it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here.
42:19 zbmz רַעֲב֥וֹן בָּתֵּי⁠כֶֽם 1 “for your hungry/starving households/families {to eat}.” or “to feed your hungry/starving households/families.”
42:20 wrfx וְ⁠אֶת אֲחִי⁠כֶ֤ם הַ⁠קָּטֹן֙ תָּבִ֣יאוּ אֵלַ֔⁠י 1 “But you must bring your youngest brother {back} {here} to me” or “After that, you must come back {here} to me with your youngest brother”
42:20 sgd0 וְ⁠יֵאָמְנ֥וּ דִבְרֵי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 “so that what you have told me will be proven/confirmed to be true,” or “That way I will know that you are telling the truth,” See how you translated a similar clause in verse 16.
42:20 dqp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes וְ⁠לֹ֣א תָמ֑וּתוּ 1 “and I will {spare your lives and} not execute you {for being spies}.” or “and I will let you live.” In this context, the word “die” refers to execution, not death by natural causes. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
42:20 ansi וַ⁠יַּעֲשׂוּ 1 “So/Then Josephs brothers”
42:20 y20f וַ⁠יַּעֲשׂוּ כֵֽן 1 {agreed to} do that.” or “{agreed to} do what he said/proposed.” or “accepted his proposal.”
42:21 tzgd וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ אֶל אָחִ֗י⁠ו 1 “Then the/Josephs brothers said to each other,” or “{While they were still standing there,} they said to each other,”
42:21 l20t אֲבָל֮ אֲשֵׁמִ֣ים אֲנַחְנוּ֮ עַל אָחִי⁠נוּ֒ 1 “{This is happening because} we sinned badly against our brother {Joseph} {long ago}.” or “Surely what we did to our brother {Joseph} {long ago} was {very} wrong.”
42:21 wifa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche אֲשֶׁ֨ר רָאִ֜ינוּ צָרַ֥ת נַפְשׁ֛⁠וֹ 1 “We saw how distressed he was” or “We saw how {terribly} he was suffering”. The phrase “his soul” refers here to Joseph. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
42:21 r4jp בְּ⁠הִתְחַֽנְנ֥⁠וֹ אֵלֵ֖י⁠נוּ 1 “when he urgently asked us {to free him},” or “when he begged us {not to harm him},”
42:21 lv8u וְ⁠לֹ֣א שָׁמָ֑עְנוּ 1 “but we refused to listen {to him}.” or “but we refused {to let him go}.”
42:21 reos עַל כֵּן֙ 1 “That is the reason {that}” or “That is why”
42:21 hjww בָּ֣אָה אֵלֵ֔י⁠נוּ הַ⁠צָּרָ֖ה הַ⁠זֹּֽאת 1 “we are now experiencing so much distress/trouble.” or “we are suffering like this now.”
42:22 u5wp וַ⁠יַּעַן֩ רְאוּבֵ֨ן אֹתָ֜⁠ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֗ר 1 “Reuben scolded/reproached them by saying,”
42:22 meeb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לוֹא֩ אָמַ֨רְתִּי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֧ם לֵ⁠אמֹ֛ר 1 “Remember that I told you” or “I told you”. Reuben uses this rhetorical question to scold his brothers. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
42:22 oi3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אַל תֶּחֶטְא֥וּ בַ⁠יֶּ֖לֶד 1 “{that} you should/must not harm the boy!” or “{that} you should not do anything bad to him!” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. Also, see how you translated “lad” in Gen 37:30, and keep in mind that Joseph was seventeen years old when his brothers sold him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
42:22 d8u5 וְ⁠לֹ֣א שְׁמַעְתֶּ֑ם 1 “But you refused to listen {to me},” or “But you did/would not obey me,”
42:22 stcs וְ⁠גַם הִנֵּ֥ה 1 “so now, see {what is happening}:” or “so/and now look,”
42:22 jv5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy דָּמ֖⁠וֹ נִדְרָֽשׁ 1 “we are being held accountable/responsible {by God} for his blood/death!” or “God is holding us responsible for causing him to die!” or “We are getting what we deserve for causing his death!” The phrase “his blood” refers to Josephs death; if you do not translate that phrase literally, you could put the literal text in a footnote, since “blood” is such an important term throughout the Bible. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
42:23 zl1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠הֵם֙ לֹ֣א יָֽדְע֔וּ 1 “Josephs brothers did not know/realize” or “Josephs brothers were not aware”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
42:23 fhq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כִּ֥י שֹׁמֵ֖עַ יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “that Joseph/he {could} understand {what they were saying to each other},” or “that Joseph/he was listening {to what they were saying},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
42:23 ys6c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּ֥י הַ⁠מֵּלִ֖יץ בֵּינֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 “because he had been speaking to them using a translator {as if he did not know their language}.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “Now Joseph had been using an interpreter to speak to his brothers, so they did not realize that Joseph could understand them.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
42:24 zev4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּסֹּ֥ב 1 “Then/So he/Joseph” or “{When Joseph heard what they were saying,} he”. Throughout this section make sure it is clear at each point who is being referred to, using nouns (including names) and pronouns naturally in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
42:24 pz7r וַ⁠יִּסֹּ֥ב מֵֽ⁠עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean: (1) “turned his back to them” (2) “went/stepped away from them”. Either way, Joseph was hiding his face from his brothers so they could not see that he was crying.
42:24 bc3z וַ⁠יֵּ֑בְךְּ 1 “and wept.” or “to hide his tears.”
42:24 qfdz וַ⁠יָּ֤שָׁב 1 “Then {after he recovered,} he/Joseph” or “{When he had composed himself,} he/Joseph”
42:24 y4s9 וַ⁠יָּ֤שָׁב אֲלֵ⁠הֶם֙ 1 “turned back around to face them” or “came back toward/to them”. Make sure that the way you translate this phrase fits with the way you translated the last sentence in verse 23.
42:24 pjs5 וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֣ר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 “and spoke to them {again} {through/using his interpreter/translator}.” or “and continued speaking to them.”
42:24 iqjv וַ⁠יִּקַּ֤ח מֵֽ⁠אִתָּ⁠ם֙ אֶת שִׁמְע֔וֹן 1 “Then/Next he chose Simeon from {among} them” or “Then he separated Simeon from {the rest of} the/his brothers”.
42:24 c5q4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֶּאֱסֹ֥ר אֹת֖⁠וֹ 1 “and had him bound/imprisoned” or “and {had his soldiers} bind/confine him {with chains/ropes}”. Joseph probably had soldiers bind Simeon. See how you translated a similar case in Gen 40:3. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
42:24 gqgk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לְ⁠עֵינֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 “while/as they watched.” or “in front of them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
42:25 j6a1 וַ⁠יְצַ֣ו יוֹסֵ֗ף וַ⁠יְמַלְא֣וּ 1 “Then Joseph commanded/told his servants to fill” or “Then Joseph had his servants fill”
42:25 juwt אֶת כְּלֵי⁠הֶם֮ בָּר֒ 1 “his brothers bags/sacks {with} grain.” Two different words, “bag” and “sack”, are used in this verse to refer to the bags of grain that the brothers had. Some languages use just one of these terms in order to prevent confusion. Do what is best in your language.
42:25 wwr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וּ⁠לְ⁠הָשִׁ֤יב כַּסְפֵּי⁠הֶם֙ אִ֣ישׁ אֶל שַׂקּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “{He} also {ordered/told them} to {secretly} put in each brothers sack/bag the money {they had paid for the grain}” or “{He} also {ordered/told them} to {secretly} put the/his brothers {grain/food} money in their sacks/bags”. Joseph had his servants to do this without his brothers knowing about it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
42:25 jz00 וְ⁠לָ⁠תֵ֥ת לָ⁠הֶ֛ם צֵדָ֖ה לַ⁠דָּ֑רֶךְ 1 “and to provide/supply them {with} food to eat on the/their trip/journey {home}.” or “and to give them food to eat as they traveled {home}.”
42:25 r98q וַ⁠יַּ֥עַשׂ לָ⁠הֶ֖ם כֵּֽן 1 “So, that is what was done for them.” or “That is what Joseph did for them.” or “After Joseph did that for his brothers,” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to end this sentence here (and begin verse 26 with a new sentence), or to continue this sentence into verse 26.
42:26 g86q וַ⁠יִּשְׂא֥וּ 1 “Then his brothers” or “they” or “his brothers”. Make sure your choice here fits with the way you translated the end of verse 25.
42:26 c1e7 וַ⁠יִּשְׂא֥וּ אֶת שִׁבְרָ֖⁠ם עַל חֲמֹרֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “loaded/put their {sacks of} grain on their donkeys {backs}”
42:26 xzck וַ⁠יֵּלְכ֖וּ מִ⁠שָּֽׁם 1 “and left there {to go home}.” or “and started traveling {home}.” The way you translate this phrase should reflect the fact that Josephs brothers were just starting their journey back home; they did not reach their home until several days later (verse 29).
42:27 ob4a וַ⁠יִּפְתַּ֨ח הָ⁠אֶחָ֜ד אֶת שַׂקּ֗⁠וֹ לָ⁠תֵ֥ת מִסְפּ֛וֹא לַ⁠חֲמֹר֖⁠וֹ בַּ⁠מָּל֑וֹן 1 “Later, {when they stopped} at a place to lodge/stay for the night, one {of them} opened his sack to get {some} feed/grain to feed his donkey.” See how you translated “fodder” in Gen 24:25, 32.
42:27 w95n וַ⁠יַּרְא֙ אֶת כַּסְפּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠הִנֵּה ה֖וּא בְּ⁠פִ֥י אַמְתַּחְתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “Suddenly he saw that the silver/money he had paid {for the grain} was right there in the opening/top of his sack!” or “There in the top of his sack he saw the money that he had paid/used {to buy grain}!”
42:28 zn9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֶל אֶחָי⁠ו֙ 1 “So/Then he exclaimed to his brothers,” or “So/Then he exclaimed to the others,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
42:28 hkml הוּשַׁ֣ב כַּסְפִּ֔⁠י 1 “Somebody has returned my {grain} money {to me}!” or “Someone gave my {grain} money back {to me}!”
42:28 dxy1 וְ⁠גַ֖ם הִנֵּ֣ה בְ⁠אַמְתַּחְתִּ֑⁠י 1 “Here it is in my {grain} sack!” or “It is right here in my {grain} sack!”
42:28 q65m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֣א לִבָּ֗⁠ם 1 “{They looked, and} their hearts sank,” or “{When they saw it,} they were {completely} shocked,” Consider what is the best way to translate this idiom in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
42:28 blx1 וַ⁠יֶּֽחֶרְד֞וּ אִ֤ישׁ אֶל אָחִי⁠ו֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 “and they all started trembling/shaking {with fear} and said/exclaimed to each other,” or “and they trembled/shook {with fear}. They asked each other,”
42:28 m4d8 מַה זֹּ֛את עָשָׂ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים לָֽ⁠נוּ 1 “What is God doing to us?” or “Why is God doing this to us?” or “Why is God making this happen to us?”
42:29 g299 וַ⁠יָּבֹ֛אוּ אֶל יַעֲקֹ֥ב אֲבִי⁠הֶ֖ם אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה כְּנָ֑עַן וַ⁠יַּגִּ֣ידוּ 1 “{When} they came/got back {home} to their father Jacob in the land/region of Canaan,” or “{When} they reached {their home in} the land/region of Canaan where their father Jacob was,”
42:29 zl0z וַ⁠יַּגִּ֣ידוּ ל֔⁠וֹ אֵ֛ת כָּל 1 “they related/explained to him all/everything” or “they told him everything”. See how you translated “reported to” in Gen 38:13.
42:29 cdtq הַ⁠קֹּרֹ֥ת אֹתָ֖⁠ם לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 “they had experienced. They said,”
42:30 ua84 הָ⁠אִ֨ישׁ אֲדֹנֵ֥י הָ⁠אָ֛רֶץ 1 “The man {who is} the ruler/governor over the land/country {of Egypt}” or “The man who governs/controls the land/country {of Egypt}”
42:30 z0fy דִּ֠בֶּר אִתָּ֖⁠נוּ קָשׁ֑וֹת 1 “spoke to us sternly/roughly” or “was very harsh/stern when he spoke to us”. See how you translated “harshly” in verse 7.
42:30 tq1x וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֣ן אֹתָ֔⁠נוּ כִּֽ⁠מְרַגְּלִ֖ים 1 “and accused us of” or “He even accused us of”
42:30 ymf3 כִּֽ⁠מְרַגְּלִ֖ים אֶת הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “spying {on} {their} country!” or “being spies!”
42:31 h6vy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וַ⁠נֹּ֥אמֶר אֵלָ֖י⁠ו כֵּנִ֣ים אֲנָ֑חְנוּ לֹ֥א הָיִ֖ינוּ מְרַגְּלִֽים 1 “But we told him, We {are} trustworthy {men}; not spies.” or “We told him that we are not spies, but rather honest/trustworthy {men}.” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. Also, see how you translated “...honest...not spies” in verse 11. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
42:32 t2n7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes שְׁנֵים עָשָׂ֥ר אֲנַ֛חְנוּ אַחִ֖ים 1 “There {were} twelve of us brothers,” or “{We told him that} we {are} twelve brothers,” Make sure that the way you translate verse 32 fits with whether you used a direct or indirect quote in verse 31. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
42:32 tbtd בְּנֵ֣י אָבִ֑י⁠נוּ 1 “sons of one father.” or “{and} {we are} the sons of the same father.”
42:32 lfin הָ⁠אֶחָ֣ד 1 “One {of our brothers}”
42:32 mxfu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism אֵינֶ֔⁠נּוּ 1 “is no more,” or “is no longer {with us},” or “has died,” See how you translated this idiom in verse 13. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
42:32 zaw0 וְ⁠הַ⁠קָּטֹ֥ן 1 “and the/our youngest {brother/one}”
42:32 yoiy הַ⁠יּ֛וֹם אֶת אָבִ֖י⁠נוּ 1 “{is} {at home} with our father right now” or “{is} right now with our father {at home}”
42:32 dxvj בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ כְּנָֽעַן 1 “in the region of Canaan.”
42:33 tax5 וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֵלֵ֗י⁠נוּ הָ⁠אִישׁ֙ אֲדֹנֵ֣י הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 0 “Then the ruler/governor of the land/country said/replied to us,” or “But the man who governs/rules the land/country told us,” See how you translated “the man, the lord of the land” in verse 30.
42:33 vfrp בְּ⁠זֹ֣את 1 “This is how” or “In this way”. See how you translated “By this” in verse 15.
42:33 bcni אֵדַ֔ע כִּ֥י כֵנִ֖ים אַתֶּ֑ם 1 “I will know that/if you {are} trustworthy {men/people}:”
42:33 y94z אֲחִי⁠כֶ֤ם הָֽ⁠אֶחָד֙ הַנִּ֣יחוּ אִתִּ֔⁠י 1 “You must leave one of you here with me,” or “One of you brothers will/must stay {here} with me,”
42:33 a2cp וְ⁠אֶת רַעֲב֥וֹן בָּתֵּי⁠כֶ֖ם קְח֥וּ וָ⁠לֵֽכוּ 1 “while {the rest of} you take/buy {grain} {to relieve} the hunger of your families and go {home}.” or “and/while {the rest of} you go {home} with {grain/food for} your hungry/starving households/families.”
42:34 yt3a וְ֠⁠הָבִיאוּ אֶת אֲחִי⁠כֶ֣ם הַ⁠קָּטֹן֮ אֵלַ⁠י֒ 1 “Then/But bring your youngest brother {back} {here} to me” or “After that, you must come back {here} to me with your youngest brother.” See how you translated a similar clause at the beginning of verse 20.
42:34 u5dz וְ⁠אֵֽדְעָ֗ה כִּ֣י לֹ֤א מְרַגְּלִים֙ אַתֶּ֔ם 1 “Then I will know that you {are} not spies,” Consider again how you translated “spies” in Gen 42:9-11, 14, 16, 30, 31, 34.
42:34 k4m8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּ֥י כֵנִ֖ים אַתֶּ֑ם 1 “{but} {are} honest/trustworthy {men/people}.” For some languages it is more natural to change the order of clauses in this sentence and say, “Then I will know that you are honest/trustworthy {men/people} and not spies.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
42:34 vd53 אֶת אֲחִי⁠כֶם֙ אֶתֵּ֣ן לָ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “{Then} I will return your brother to you {from prison},” or “{Then} I will release to you your brother {who is in prison},”
42:34 df4k וְ⁠אֶת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ תִּסְחָֽרוּ 1 “and I will allow {all of} you to travel {and trade} throughout my country. ” or “and you can travel around my country {and trade} {freely}.
42:35 a8js וַ⁠יְהִ֗י הֵ֚ם מְרִיקִ֣ים שַׂקֵּי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 “Then Josephs brothers started/began to empty their {grain} sacks,” or “Sometime after that, the brothers began to empty {the grain} from their sacks,”
42:35 p3w3 וְ⁠הִנֵּה אִ֥ישׁ צְרוֹר כַּסְפּ֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠שַׂקּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “and there inside each mans sack was his pouch/bag of money {that he had paid for the grain}!” or “and they were surprised to find/see their pouches/bags of silver/money inside their sacks!”
42:35 e1ff וַ⁠יִּרְא֞וּ אֶת צְרֹר֧וֹת כַּסְפֵּי⁠הֶ֛ם הֵ֥מָּה וַ⁠אֲבִי⁠הֶ֖ם וַ⁠יִּירָֽאוּ 1 “When they and their father {Jacob} saw the pouches/bags of silver/money,”
42:35 kbn8 וַ⁠יִּירָֽאוּ 1 “they were terrified.”
42:36 zzid וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶם֙ יַעֲקֹ֣ב אֲבִי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 “Then their father said/exclaimed to them,” If you make “Jacob” explicit in verse 35, you could leave it implied here in verse 36.
42:36 h76g אֹתִ֖⁠י שִׁכַּלְתֶּ֑ם 1 “You have bereaved/deprived me {of my sons}!” or “You have caused me {terrible} loss!”
42:36 rptq יוֹסֵ֤ף אֵינֶ֨⁠נּוּ֙ וְ⁠שִׁמְע֣וֹן אֵינֶ֔⁠נּוּ 1 “Joseph is gone! Simeon is gone!” or “Joseph and Simeon are no longer {with us}!”
42:36 s0my וְ⁠אֶת בִּנְיָמִ֣ן תִּקָּ֔חוּ 1 “And {now} you {want to} take Benjamin {away} {from me} {too}!”
42:36 thfj עָלַ֖⁠י הָי֥וּ כֻלָּֽ⁠נָה 1 “Everything is against me!” or “Everything is going terribly/badly for me!”
42:37 oqs5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר רְאוּבֵן֙ אֶל אָבִ֣י⁠ו לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 “Then Reuben said/responded to his father,” or “Reuben replied,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
42:37 qpmv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֶת שְׁנֵ֤י בָנַ⁠י֙ תָּמִ֔ית אִם לֹ֥א אֲבִיאֶ֖⁠נּוּ אֵלֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “You may punish me by killing my sons if I do not bring Benjamin back to you.” or “If I fail to bring Benjamin/him {back} to you {safely}, you can {punish me by} killing my two sons.” For some languages, it is necessary to change the order of clauses in this sentence (so that the condition comes first), as in the second alternate above. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
42:37 cqwt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom תְּנָ֤⁠ה אֹת⁠וֹ֙ עַל יָדִ֔⁠י 1 “Entrust him/Benjamin to my care {as we travel to Egypt},” or “Let me be responsible for {taking care of} him/Benjamin {on our trip to Egypt},” The phrase “in my hand” is used here as an idiom that means that Reuben was going to be responsible for Benjamins welfare. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
42:37 wz8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠אֲנִ֖י אֲשִׁיבֶ֥⁠נּוּ אֵלֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 “and {I promise that} I will bring him back to you {safely}.” For some languages it is more natural to change the order of clauses in this quote and say, “{Father,} let me be responsible for {taking} Benjamin {down to Egypt}. If I fail to bring him {back} to you {safely}, you can {punish me by} killing my two sons.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
42:38 vyte rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “But his father replied/insisted,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
42:38 lta2 לֹֽא יֵרֵ֥ד בְּנִ֖⁠י עִמָּ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “My son {Benjamin} will/may not go with you {to Egypt}” or “{No,} I will not let my son {Benjamin} go down {to Egypt} with you”. Notice that the pronoun “you” is plural in this verse. Also, see how you translated “go down” in verse 2.
42:38 lyr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship כִּֽי אָחִ֨י⁠ו מֵ֜ת 1 “His brother is dead,” Joseph was Benjamins older brother from the same father and mother. Consider whether your language has a special kinship term for that. Also consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
42:38 gth5 וְ⁠ה֧וּא לְ⁠בַדּ֣⁠וֹ נִשְׁאָ֗ר 1 “so he is the only one {of his mothers sons} {who is} still alive.” or “and/so he is the only one/son {I have} left {from his mother}.” You could include a footnote here that explains that Joseph and Benjamin were the only two sons of Rachel, Jacobs favorite wife who died after giving birth to Benjamin (Gen 35:16-20).
42:38 q1la rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וּ⁠קְרָאָ֤⁠הוּ אָסוֹן֙ בַּ⁠דֶּ֨רֶךְ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר תֵּֽלְכוּ בָ֔⁠הּ 1 “And/So if he were to be harmed/killed during your journey,” or “So if anything bad happened to him while you are traveling,” Jacob is saying what would happen if he lost Benjamin too. Consider how to best translate this hypothetical statement in your language. Also, see how you translated “harm...meet him” in verse 4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
42:38 bz42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְ⁠הוֹרַדְתֶּ֧ם אֶת שֵׂיבָתִ֛⁠י בְּ⁠יָג֖וֹן 1 “you would cause me, your gray-haired/elderly father, to grieve so deeply/badly that I would {die and} go down” or “you would cause me, your gray-haired/elderly father, so much sorrow/grief that I would {die and} go down”. The phrase “my gray head” is a synecdoche which Jacob uses to refer to himself as their aged father. Consider whether your language has a similar phrase that is natural and works well here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
42:38 whbu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown שְׁאֽוֹלָ⁠ה 1 “to the afterworld!” The Hebrew term “Sheol” is the name of the place where the spirits of people went after they died. If you transliterate the name “Sheol” in your translation, you could put its meaning in a footnote. See how you translated this term in Gen 37:35, and see the note about that there. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
43:1 ddpw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וְ⁠הָ⁠רָעָ֖ב 1 “The famine” or “The food shortage”. The setting changes here to focus on what is happening in Canaan. Some languages use a special conjunction (like “Now”) to indicate that, while others do not use a conjunction here. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
43:1 k8tt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom כָּבֵ֥ד 1 “{was} oppressive/severe” or “{continued to be} severe”. The word “heavy” is used here as an idiom that means the famine caused everyone much suffering. See how you translated the same idiom in Gen 12:10 and Gen 41:31. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
43:1 pon5 בָּ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “in the land/region {of Canaan}.”
43:2 ymu3 וַ⁠יְהִ֗י 1 “So it happened {that}” or “So”. This phrase introduces an important event and helps create suspense so that readers will wonder what the outcome will be. Many translations omit “it happened” because it is not natural in their language. Do what is best in your language.
43:2 wchl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר כִּלּוּ֙ 1 “when Jacob and his family”. Consider whether it is clearer in your language to use a pronoun or a noun phrase here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
43:2 tskm כִּלּוּ֙ לֶ⁠אֱכֹ֣ל 1 “{had} finished eating” or “had used/eaten up”
43:2 akxh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns אֶת הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔בֶר אֲשֶׁ֥ר הֵבִ֖יאוּ 1 “{all} the grain that his sons had {bought and} brought {home}”. The pronoun “they” refers here to Jacobs sons, not Jacobs family (as it did earlier in this sentence). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
43:2 du9c מִ⁠מִּצְרָ֑יִם 1 “from {the country of} Egypt,”
43:2 h8vf וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֲבִי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 “their father {Jacob}” or “he/Jacob”
43:2 wlgv וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֲלֵי⁠הֶם֙ 1 “told/commanded them,”
43:2 ug66 שֻׁ֖בוּ 1 “Go back {to Egypt}”
43:2 upb8 שִׁבְרוּ מְעַט אֹֽכֶל 1 “{and} buy some {more} food/grain”
43:2 ldtz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive לָ֥⁠נוּ 1 “for us {and our families}.” or “for the/our family.” The pronoun “us” includes Jacob and his sons and their families here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
43:3 c19j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֧אמֶר אֵלָ֛י⁠ו יְהוּדָ֖ה לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “But {his son} Judah replied to his father,” or “{His son} Judah replied,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
43:3 a6uc הָ⁠אִ֤ישׁ 1 “The man {who governs/controls the country there}” or “The governor {there}”. The brothers did not realize yet that Joseph was the governor they had spoken to in Egypt, so Judah referred to him generally here as “the man”. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 42:30.
43:3 pib6 הָעֵ֣ד הֵעִד֩ בָּ֨⁠נוּ לֵ⁠אמֹר֙ 1 “sternly warned/told us” or “was serious when he warned us”
43:3 klhy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes לֹֽא תִרְא֣וּ פָנַ֔⁠י 1 “that we cannot see him {again}” or “that we cannot go to him {again} {to buy grain}”. Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
43:3 qdmg rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions בִּלְתִּ֖י אֲחִי⁠כֶ֥ם אִתְּ⁠כֶֽם 1 “unless our {youngest} brother is with us!” or “if our {youngest} brother {is} not with us!” Make sure that the way you translate this clause fits with how you translated the previous part of this sentence. For some languages it is necessary to put this clause before the previous clause and say, “...that our {youngest} brother must be with us or else we will not {be permitted to} see him {again}!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
43:4 w58d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive אִם יֶשְׁ⁠ךָ֛ מְשַׁלֵּ֥חַ אֶת אָחִ֖י⁠נוּ אִתָּ֑⁠נוּ 1 “{So} if you will allow/permit our {youngest} brother to go with us,” or “{So} if you will let our {youngest} brother go with us,” In verses 3-5, the pronouns “us” and “we” are exclusive since they do not include Jacob (whom Judah is talking to). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
43:4 drtr נֵרְדָ֕ה 1 “{then} we will/can go/travel {to Egypt}”
43:4 hc8i וְ⁠נִשְׁבְּרָ֥ה לְ⁠ךָ֖ אֹֽכֶל 1 “and buy {more} food/grain for you {and the rest of the family}.”
43:5 bila וְ⁠אִם אֵינְ⁠ךָ֥ 1 “However if you refuse to”
43:5 mcx4 מְשַׁלֵּ֖חַ 1 “allow/permit him to go {with us},” or “let him go {with us},” See how you translated “send” in verse 4.
43:5 yja1 לֹ֣א נֵרֵ֑ד 1 “we cannot go down {there},” or “we must not go {there} {to buy grain},” See how you translated “go down” and “went down” in Gen 42:2-3.
43:5 t87d כִּֽי הָ⁠אִ֞ישׁ אָמַ֤ר אֵלֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ 1 “because the man/governor told/warned us”
43:5 ta44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes לֹֽא תִרְא֣וּ פָנַ֔⁠י 1 “that we cannot see him {again}” or “that we cannot go to him {again} {to buy grain}”. See how you translated this quote in verse 3. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
43:5 zutf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions בִּלְתִּ֖י אֲחִי⁠כֶ֥ם אִתְּ⁠כֶֽם 1 “unless our {youngest} brother {is} with us!” or “if our {youngest} brother {is} not with us!” See how you translated this clause in verse 3. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
43:6 qmq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 “Then {their father} Israel”. If it is not clear that “Israel” (verse 6) and “their father” (verse 2) refer to the same person, you could include “their father” here in your translation or in a footnote. See what you did for a similar case in Gen 42:5. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
43:6 wn79 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “asked {them},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
43:6 xkfv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ⁠מָ֥ה הֲרֵעֹתֶ֖ם לִ֑⁠י לְ⁠הַגִּ֣יד 1 “Why did you cause trouble/distress for me by telling” or “You caused me a lot of trouble/distress because you told”. Jacob uses a rhetorical question here to scold his sons and to show how upset he is. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
43:6 embi לָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ 1 “that man” or “the/that governor”. See how you translated “the man” in verses 3 and 5.
43:6 h0lc הַ⁠ע֥וֹד לָ⁠כֶ֖ם אָֽח 1 “that you have another brother!” or “that you have a younger brother?” If you translate this rhetorical question as a statement, make sure that you end it with a period or exclamation mark.
43:7 tpfx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֡וּ 1 “They answered {him},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
43:7 uc4l שָׁא֣וֹל שָֽׁאַל הָ֠⁠אִישׁ 1 “The man/governor questioned {us} intensely/thoroughly” or “The man asked {us} many questions”
43:7 ebcv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive לָ֣⁠נוּ וּ⁠לְ⁠מֽוֹלַדְתֵּ֜⁠נוּ לֵ⁠אמֹ֗ר 1 “about ourselves and about {the rest of} our family.” In verses 7-8, the pronouns “us”, “our” and “we” are exclusive since they do not include Jacob (whom the sons are talking to). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
43:7 ozlb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes הַ⁠ע֨וֹד אֲבִי⁠כֶ֥ם חַי֙ הֲ⁠יֵ֣שׁ לָ⁠כֶ֣ם אָ֔ח 1 “He {specifically} asked {us} if/whether our father was still alive and if/whether we had {another} brother.” Consider whether it is more natural in your language to translate this embedded quote with a direct or indirect quote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
43:7 blcg וַ⁠נַ֨גֶּד ל֔⁠וֹ עַל פִּ֖י הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֑לֶּה 1 “So we {just/simply} answered his questions {honestly/truthfully}.” or “All we did was answer his questions.”
43:7 z7wb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠יָד֣וֹעַ נֵדַ֔ע 1 “We could not possibly have known” or “There is no way we could have known”. Jacobs sons use a rhetorical question here to emphasize their innocence and express strong emotion. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
43:7 ltpm כִּ֣י יֹאמַ֔ר הוֹרִ֖ידוּ אֶת אֲחִי⁠כֶֽם 1 “that he would tell/require us to take our brother down {there} {to him}!” If you translate this rhetorical question as a statement, make sure that you end it with a period or exclamation mark.
43:8 bflr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוּדָ֜ה אֶל יִשְׂרָאֵ֣ל אָבִ֗י⁠ו 1 “Then Judah urged his father Israel {about Benjamin},” For some languages it is necessary to make “Benjamin” explicit here in the quote margin so that it is clear that “young man” refers to him in the following quote. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
43:8 daxf שִׁלְחָ֥⁠ה הַ⁠נַּ֛עַר אִתִּ֖⁠י 1 “Allow/Permit the young man to come with me/us {and I will watch over him}” or “Entrust the young man to me {to take care of}”. See how you translated “young man” in Gen 37:2; 41:12. Use a term here in your language that fits with the fact that Benjamin was probably in his 30s.
43:8 imi8 וְ⁠נָק֣וּמָה וְ⁠נֵלֵ֑כָה 1 “and/so we can leave right away {to buy grain in Egypt}” or “so that we can go immediately {to Egypt} {to buy grain}.”
43:8 lenm וְ⁠נִֽחְיֶה֙ גַּם אֲנַ֥חְנוּ גַם אַתָּ֖ה גַּם טַפֵּֽ⁠נוּ 1 “Then all of us, including our children,” Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language.
43:8 obsu וְ⁠נִֽחְיֶה֙ 1 “will survive” or “will/can stay alive”. See how you translated “will live and not die” in Gen 42:2.
43:8 yhi0 וְ⁠לֹ֣א נָמ֔וּת 1 “and not die {from hunger}.” or “and not starve to death.”
43:9 jkoj אָֽנֹכִי֙ אֶֽעֶרְבֶ֔⁠נּוּ 1 “I personally guarantee/promise to keep him safe.” or “I personally guarantee his safety.”
43:9 ft8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִ⁠יָּדִ֖⁠י תְּבַקְשֶׁ֑⁠נּוּ 1 “You can hold/make me responsible/liable for him,” See how you translated a similar idiom in Gen 31:39. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
43:9 mk47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo אִם לֹ֨א הֲבִיאֹתִ֤י⁠ו אֵלֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ וְ⁠הִצַּגְתִּ֣י⁠ו לְ⁠פָנֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “{so that} if I do not bring him {back} {home} to you alive/safely,” Consider what is the best way to translate this hypothetical sentence in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
43:9 dy9m וְ⁠חָטָ֥אתִֽי לְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “I will be guilty of this sin against you” or “you can blame me for this sin”
43:9 oyu9 כָּל הַ⁠יָּמִֽים 1 “all the days {of my life}.” or “for the rest of my life.” or “forever.”
43:10 aodh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo כִּ֖י לוּלֵ֣א הִתְמַהְמָ֑הְנוּ 1 “As it is, If we had not delayed/waited {such a long time},” or “In any case, if we had not delayed/waited {this long},” This sentence refers to something that could have happened, but did not actually happen. Consider what is the best way to translate this contrary-to-fact statement in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
43:10 vc35 כִּֽי עַתָּ֥ה שַׁ֖בְנוּ זֶ֥ה פַעֲמָֽיִם 1 “certainly we could have made two {round} trips {there and back} by now.” or “we certainly would have had enough time to go down there and back two times already.”
43:11 rugr וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֜ם יִשְׂרָאֵ֣ל אֲבִי⁠הֶ֗ם 1 “Then their father Israel said to them,” See how you translated “Israel their father” in verse 8.
43:11 z17t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אִם כֵּ֣ן 1 “If/Since that is how it must be,” or “{Okay,} if that is the only way {we can get more grain},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
43:11 e0uk אֵפוֹא֮ זֹ֣את עֲשׂוּ֒ 1 “then this is what you must/should do:”
43:11 w192 קְח֞וּ מִ⁠זִּמְרַ֤ת הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ בִּ⁠כְלֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “Put {some} of the best things/goods from {our} land in your sacks,” or “Put in your sacks some of the most valuable things that {our} land produces,”
43:11 xe36 וְ⁠הוֹרִ֥ידוּ לָ⁠אִ֖ישׁ 1 “and take {them} to the man/governor {in Egypt}”
43:11 x3ux מִנְחָ֑ה 1 “{as} gifts,” or “{as} gifts.” Consider what punctuation is best to use here in your language.
43:11 zelc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknowns מְעַ֤ט צֳרִי֙ וּ⁠מְעַ֣ט דְּבַ֔שׁ 1 “{including} some sweet-smelling tree resin/sap, some honey,” or “{Include} some healing salve, honey,” Consider what is the best way to make a list of things like this in your language. Also see how you translated “balm” in Gen 37:25. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknowns]])
43:11 j3jb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknowns נְכֹ֣את וָ⁠לֹ֔ט 1 “{some} {food} spices/seasonings and incense,” See how you translated “spices” and “myrrh” in Gen 37:25. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknowns]])
43:11 nm7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknowns בָּטְנִ֖ים וּ⁠שְׁקֵדִֽים 1 “{and} {some} pistachio nuts and almonds.” or “{and} {some} sweet-tasting tree nuts.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknowns]])
43:12 n427 וְ⁠כֶ֥סֶף מִשְׁנֶ֖ה קְח֣וּ בְ⁠יֶדְ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “{Also} take with you twice {as much} silver/money {as you took the first time},”
43:12 belf וְ⁠אֶת הַ⁠כֶּ֜סֶף תָּשִׁ֣יבוּ בְ⁠יֶדְ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “because you must take/give back the silver/money” or “You must give back the silver/money”. Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language.
43:12 vphu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הַ⁠מּוּשָׁ֨ב 1 “that was given back {to you} {by someone}” or “that someone gave back {to you}”. Consider whether it is better in your language to use a passive or active clause here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
43:12 z9xu בְּ⁠פִ֤י אַמְתְּחֹֽתֵי⁠כֶם֙ 1 “in the opening/top of your sacks.” or “in your sacks.” See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 42:27.
43:12 my0a אוּלַ֥י מִשְׁגֶּ֖ה הֽוּא 1 “That might have happened by mistake.” or “Maybe they/someone did that by mistake.”
43:13 g5d0 וְ⁠אֶת אֲחִי⁠כֶ֖ם קָ֑חוּ 1 “So {then/now,} take your {youngest} brother”
43:13 rb0s וְ⁠ק֖וּמוּ שׁ֥וּבוּ אֶל הָ⁠אִֽישׁ 1 “and return right away to the man/governor.” or “and immediately go back to the man/governor.” See how you translated “get up and...” in verse 8.
43:14 ldsn וְ⁠אֵ֣ל שַׁדַּ֗י יִתֵּ֨ן 1 “May Almighty God” or “I pray that God {who is} all-powerful will”. Consider again how you translated “God Almighty” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 17:1; 28:3; 35:11; 43:14.
43:14 p538 יִתֵּ֨ן לָ⁠כֶ֤ם רַחֲמִים֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ 1 “be merciful/kind to you {as you go} before the man,” or “cause the man/governor to be merciful/kind to you,” or “cause him to treat you mercifully/kindly,”
43:14 bcey וְ⁠שִׁלַּ֥ח 1 The Hebrew text us ambiguous here. It can mean (1) “so that he will” or “and I pray that the man/governor will” (2) “and may he/God” or “and I pray that God will”
43:14 t3kf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship וְ⁠שִׁלַּ֥ח אֶת אֲחִי⁠כֶ֥ם אַחֵ֖ר וְ⁠אֶת בִּנְיָמִ֑ין 1 “allow/permit your other brother and Benjamin to come/go” or “let your brothers Simeon and Benjamin come/go”. Notice that “other brother” refers to Simeon, who is older or younger (and has the same or different mother) than his brothers that Israel is talking to here. Also see how you translated “send” in verses 4-5. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
43:14 jnv5 לָ⁠כֶ֛ם 1 “{back} {home} with you.”
43:14 nlep וַ⁠אֲנִ֕י כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר שָׁכֹ֖לְתִּי 1 “{As for} me, if I” or “But {if not, and} if I”. The pronoun “me” is emphatic here in the Hebrew text. If possible, keep that emphasis in your translation.
43:14 djjf שָׁכֹ֖לְתִּי שָׁכָֽלְתִּי 1 “{must} be bereaved/deprived {of them}, {then} I {will} be bereaved/deprived.” or “{must} lose them and grieve {for them}, {then} I {will} grieve.” or “{must} suffer loss, then I {will} suffer loss.” See how you translated “bereaved” in Gen 42:36.
43:15 l6s7 וַ⁠יִּקְח֤וּ הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁים֙ אֶת הַ⁠מִּנְחָ֣ה הַ⁠זֹּ֔את 1 “Then/So the brothers packed those gifts {in their sacks}” or “So the brothers gathered/got {all} those gifts {and packed them}”. See how you translated “gift” in verse 11 and in Gen 33:10-11.
43:15 pxv2 וּ⁠מִשְׁנֶה לָקְח֥וּ 1 “along with” or “and they also packed”
43:15 omg5 וּ⁠מִשְׁנֶה כֶּ֛סֶף בְ⁠יָדָ֖⁠ם 1 “twice as much silver/money {as the grain would cost}.” or “double/twice the amount of silver/money {that they needed to pay for the grain}.” See how you translated this phrase in verse 12.
43:15 z4lc וְ⁠אֶת בִּנְיָמִ֑ן וַ⁠יָּקֻ֨מוּ֙ 1 “They also {took/got} Benjamin and {together} they” or “Then they {took} Benjamin {with them} and”
43:15 qhe4 וַ⁠יָּקֻ֨מוּ֙ וַ⁠יֵּרְד֣וּ מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 “immediately/quickly traveled down to {the country of} Egypt”. See how you translated “get up and go” in verse 8.
43:15 kkg6 וַ⁠יַּֽעַמְד֖וּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יוֹסֵֽף 1 “and presented themselves before/to Joseph.” or “and went/came directly to Joseph.”
43:16 c5xl וַ⁠יַּ֨רְא יוֹסֵ֣ף אִתָּ⁠ם֮ אֶת בִּנְיָמִין֒ וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ לַֽ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר 1 “Joseph saw Benjamin with {the rest of} his brothers. So he told/ordered” or “When Joseph saw Benjamin with his {other} brothers, he told/commanded”
43:16 dsy9 לַֽ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל בֵּית֔⁠וֹ 1 “{the servant} who managed/supervised his household,” or “his head house-servant,”
43:16 txuy הָבֵ֥א אֶת הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֖ים הַ⁠בָּ֑יְתָ⁠ה 1 “Bring/Lead the/these men to {my} house” or “Escort these men to {my} house.”
43:16 kqg9 וּ⁠טְבֹ֤חַ טֶ֨בַח֙ 1 “then slaughter/kill one of {the/my} livestock” or “Then slaughter/butcher an animal/calf/goat”. The Hebrew word for “animal” here is general and refers to an animal that was raised to be killed and eaten, such as a calf or goat. Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language.
43:16 lwck וְ⁠הָכֵ֔ן 1 “and {use/roast/cook the meat to} prepare {a meal/feast},” or “and prepare {a feast} {with its meat},”
43:16 yt78 כִּ֥י אִתִּ֛⁠י יֹאכְל֥וּ הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֖ים בַּֽ⁠צָּהֳרָֽיִם 1 “because {I want} them to eat with me {today} at noon.” or “because {I have planned/decided that} the men will eat the noon meal with me {at my house}.”
43:17 r6ug וַ⁠יַּ֣עַשׂ הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ כַּֽ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר אָמַ֣ר יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “The servant did exactly what Joseph {had} told/commanded {him to do}”
43:17 hzqo וַ⁠יָּבֵ֥א הָ⁠אִ֛ישׁ 1 “and took/led” or “and escorted”
43:17 cer2 אֶת הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֖ים בֵּ֥יתָ⁠ה יוֹסֵֽף 1 “the brothers to Josephs house.” Make sure that the way you translate this phrase does not sound like Josephs brothers went inside the house yet. They did not actually go inside until later (verse 24).
43:18 vtq7 וַ⁠יִּֽירְא֣וּ הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֗ים כִּ֣י הֽוּבְאוּ֮ בֵּ֣ית יוֹסֵף֒ 1 “The brothers became afraid when/because they saw that the servant had brought/led them {to} Josephs house,” or “But when the brothers saw that he had taken them to Josephs house, they were afraid,”
43:18 skvj וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֗וּ 1 “and they said {to each other},” or “Then they said {to each other},” Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here.
43:18 a2z1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure עַל דְּבַ֤ר הַ⁠כֶּ֨סֶף֙ הַ⁠שָּׁ֤ב בְּ⁠אַמְתְּחֹתֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ בַּ⁠תְּחִלָּ֔ה אֲנַ֖חְנוּ מֽוּבָאִ֑ים 1 “We have been brought {here} because of the silver/money that was returned {to us} in our sacks the first time {we came here}.” or “He has brought/taken us here because of {our} silver/money that someone gave back to us in our sacks {on} {our} first trip {here}.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
43:18 hjh2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לְ⁠הִתְגֹּלֵ֤ל עָלֵ֨י⁠נוּ֙ וּ⁠לְ⁠הִתְנַפֵּ֣ל עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 “{He is planning} to take/seize us by force” or “{He intends} to {have his soldiers} attack us and overpower us”. Consider what is the best way to translate these idioms in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
43:18 bwz0 וְ⁠לָ⁠קַ֧חַת אֹתָ֛⁠נוּ לַ⁠עֲבָדִ֖ים 1 “and keep us as slaves/servants” or “and make us {his} slaves/servants”
43:18 po0k וְ⁠אֶת חֲמֹרֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 “along with our donkeys!” or “{He will} also {take/capture} our donkeys!”
43:19 xsms וַֽ⁠יִּגְּשׁוּ֙ אֶל 1 “Then/So they went up to” or “Then/So they approached”
43:19 dmuv הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל בֵּ֣ית יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “the servant who managed/supervised Josephs household” or “Josephs head house-servant”. See how you translated a similar phrase in verse 16.
43:19 s3sc וַ⁠יְדַבְּר֥וּ אֵלָ֖י⁠ו פֶּ֥תַח הַ⁠בָּֽיִת 1 “to speak to him {at/outside} the entrance/door to {his} house.” or “{at/outside} the entrance/door to the house in order to speak to him.”
43:20 ml95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ 1 “They said {to him},” or “{One of} them said {to him} {on behalf of them all},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
43:20 lue5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics בִּ֣י אֲדֹנִ֑⁠י 1 “Excuse me/us, sir,” or “Master/Sir, please {allow me/us to speak to you}.” The brothers are asking the servant for permission to speak. Translate this in a way that is respectful in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics]])
43:20 z7s9 יָרֹ֥ד יָרַ֛דְנוּ בַּ⁠תְּחִלָּ֖ה לִ⁠שְׁבָּר אֹֽכֶל 1 “the first/previous time we came/traveled down {here} {to Egypt}, we came to buy {some} food/grain.” or “One time before this, we traveled all the way down {here} {to Egypt} and bought {some} food/grain.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
43:21 ordx וַֽ⁠יְהִ֞י 1 “But it {so} happened {that}” or “But {on our way home},” This phrase introduces an important event and helps create suspense so that readers will wonder what the outcome will be. Many translations omit “it happened” because it is not natural in their language. Do what is best in your language.
43:21 in48 כִּי בָ֣אנוּ אֶל הַ⁠מָּל֗וֹן וַֽ⁠נִּפְתְּחָ⁠ה֙ אֶת אַמְתְּחֹתֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 “when we arrived at the place where we lodged/stayed for the night, we opened our sacks”. See how you translated “the lodging place” in Gen 42:27.
43:21 ch69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה כֶֽסֶף אִישׁ֙ בְּ⁠פִ֣י אַמְתַּחְתּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “and we were surprised to see that our bags/pouches of silver/money were in the opening/top of each of our sacks!” or “There in the opening/top of each of our sacks {was} the silver/money {we had paid/given to you} {for the grain}!” See how you translated “in the mouth of...sacks” in verse 12. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
43:21 penc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney כַּסְפֵּ֖⁠נוּ בְּ⁠מִשְׁקָל֑⁠וֹ 1 “The full/exact weight/amount of silver/money was there!” or “The silver/money was all there!” The silver was weighed in shekels (Gen 20:16; 23:15-16; 37:28) to determine how much to pay for something. See how you translated “silver” in Gen 42:25, 27, 35. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
43:21 n9o8 וַ⁠נָּ֥שֶׁב אֹת֖⁠וֹ 1 “So/But we brought it {all} back” or “So/But we brought {all} that silver/money back”
43:21 lz5d בְּ⁠יָדֵֽ⁠נוּ 1 “with us {to return/give to you}.”
43:22 fyvo וְ⁠כֶ֧סֶף אַחֵ֛ר הוֹרַ֥דְנוּ 1 “We also brought enough extra/additional silver/money” or “We have {also} brought more/additional silver/money”
43:22 zist בְ⁠יָדֵ֖⁠נוּ 1 “with us”
43:22 hnax לִ⁠שְׁבָּר אֹ֑כֶל 1 “so that we can buy {some more} food/grain {now/today}.”
43:22 qw4u לֹ֣א יָדַ֔עְנוּ 1 “We have no idea”
43:22 uztm מִי שָׂ֥ם כַּסְפֵּ֖⁠נוּ בְּ⁠אַמְתְּחֹתֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 “who put the money in our sacks.” or “who gave that silver/money back to us in our sacks.” or “how our silver/money got into our sacks {like that}.”
43:23 g964 וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֩ 1 “But Josephs servant said/replied {to them},”
43:23 yad2 שָׁל֨וֹם לָ⁠כֶ֜ם 1 “Be at peace, {and}” or “All is well for you, {so}” or “It/Everything is all right, {so}” The phrase “Peace to you” is a blessing that wishes someone to be well and at peace. Consider whether your language has a similar blessing or possibly an idiom that would work well here.
43:23 ohpb אַל תִּירָ֗אוּ 1 “do not be anxious.” or “do not worry {about it}.”
43:23 iuqp אֱלֹ֨הֵי⁠כֶ֜ם וֵֽ⁠אלֹהֵ֤י אֲבִי⁠כֶם֙ 1 “Your God, {who is} also your fathers God” or “The God whom you and your father serve/worship”. Make sure that your translation of these phrases refers to the same God, not two different Gods.
43:23 axqr נָתַ֨ן לָ⁠כֶ֤ם מַטְמוֹן֙ בְּ⁠אַמְתְּחֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “must have hidden/put the silver/money in your sacks,”
43:23 zwsy כַּסְפְּ⁠כֶ֖ם בָּ֣א אֵלָ֑⁠י 1 “{because} I {definitely} received your/the silver/money {that you paid for the grain}.” or “{because} {I know that} you gave/paid me silver/money {to pay for the grain}.”
43:23 nnn5 וַ⁠יּוֹצֵ֥א אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֖ם אֶת שִׁמְעֽוֹן 1 “Then the/Josephs head-servant brought Simeon out {of prison} to his brothers.” or “Then the/Josephs servant {got} Simeon out {of prison} {and} brought/took {him} to his brothers.”
43:24 jf8c וַ⁠יָּבֵ֥א הָ⁠אִ֛ישׁ 1 “Then Josephs servant” or “Soon the man/servant”
43:24 d6ca וַ⁠יָּבֵ֥א אֶת הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֖ים בֵּ֣יתָ⁠ה יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “took/brought them {all} into Josephs/the house” or “brought/led the brothers inside Josephs/the house”
43:24 hz7n וַ⁠יִּתֶּן מַ֨יִם֙ 1 “and provided {them} with water”
43:24 f3c2 וַ⁠יִּרְחֲצ֣וּ רַגְלֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 “and they washed {the dust/dirt off} their feet,” or “to wash {the road dust off} their feet,” Consider again how you translated “wash....feet” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 18:4; 19:2; 24:32; 43:24.
43:24 xfcm וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֥ן מִסְפּ֖וֹא לַ⁠חֲמֹֽרֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 “and he provided fodder/feed for their donkeys.” or “He also fed their donkeys.” Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language. See how you translated “fodder” in Gen 42:27.
43:25 j27m וַ⁠יָּכִ֨ינוּ֙ אֶת הַ⁠מִּנְחָ֔ה 1 “Then/Meanwhile Josephs brothers got {their} gift/gifts ready”
43:25 fyrt עַד בּ֥וֹא יוֹסֵ֖ף בַּֽ⁠צָּהֳרָ֑יִם 1 “to give to Joseph when he came/got home at noon,”
43:25 n1x1 כִּ֣י שָֽׁמְע֔וּ 1 “because they had been told/informed” or “because someone had told them”
43:25 q583 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּי שָׁ֖ם יֹ֥אכְלוּ לָֽחֶם 1 “that they were going to eat a meal {with him} there {at his house}.” For some languages it is more natural to put the last half of this verse at the beginning of the verse and say, “When Josephs brothers heard that they were going to eat the noon meal with Joseph {at his house}, they got their gifts ready to give him when he came/got home.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
43:26 gxzc וַ⁠יָּבֹ֤א יוֹסֵף֙ הַ⁠בַּ֔יְתָ⁠ה וַ⁠יָּבִ֥יאּוּ 1 “When Joseph came to his house,” or “When Joseph came/got home,”
43:26 ida9 וַ⁠יָּבִ֥יאּוּ ל֛⁠וֹ אֶת הַ⁠מִּנְחָ֥ה אֲשֶׁר בְּ⁠יָדָ֖⁠ם הַ⁠בָּ֑יְתָ⁠ה 1 “his brothers {gave/presented} to him the gift/gifts that they had brought with them into the house.”
43:26 vrkt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּחֲווּ ל֖⁠וֹ אָֽרְצָ⁠ה 1 “Then they bowed {themselves} down before him {with their faces} to the ground {to show him respect/honor}.” or “Then they prostrated themselves on the ground {to respect/honor him}.” See how you translated “bowed down...ground” in Gen 42:6. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
43:27 bvqp וַ⁠יִּשְׁאַ֤ל לָ⁠הֶם֙ לְ⁠שָׁל֔וֹם 1 “Then Joseph asked them how they were doing,” or “Then he/Joseph greeted them”
43:27 e2sa וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “and he asked {them},” or “He also asked {them},” Consider whether or not it is more natural in your language to begin a new sentence here.
43:27 f3lh הֲ⁠שָׁל֛וֹם אֲבִי⁠כֶ֥ם הַ⁠זָּקֵ֖ן 1 “Is your aged/elderly father {doing} well” or “Is your aged/elderly father in good health,”
43:27 fjka אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֲמַרְתֶּ֑ם 1 “whom you spoke about {to me} {before}?” or “whom you mentioned {to me}?”
43:27 d9kw הַ⁠עוֹדֶ֖⁠נּוּ חָֽי 1 “Is he still living?”
43:28 a91j וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֗וּ 1 “They answered {him},”
43:28 siak rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics שָׁל֛וֹם לְ⁠עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֥ לְ⁠אָבִ֖י⁠נוּ עוֹדֶ֣⁠נּוּ חָ֑י 1 “{Yes sir,} our father, who highly respects you, is still alive and well/blessed.” The brothers refer to their father as “your servant” here to show respect to Joseph and to acknowledge his high position. Translate this phrase in a polite way that shows respect toward Joseph. Also, the pronoun “our” is exclusive here because Josephs brothers did not yet know that they were talking to Joseph. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics]])
43:28 pv3h וַֽ⁠יִּקְּד֖וּ 1 “Then they bowed {their heads}” or “Then they knelt”. In this verse, the terms “bowed” and “bowed down” translate two different Hebrew words that together describe and emphasize the process of bowing down to the ground.
43:28 iql9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַיִּֽשְׁתַּחֲוּֽוּ 1 “and bowed down {to the ground} {again}.” or “and prostrated themselves {in front of him} {again}.” See how you translated “bowed down” in verse 26. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
43:29 sk3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֣א עֵינָ֗י⁠ו וַ⁠יַּ֞רְא 1 “Then Joseph looked up/around and” or “When Joseph looked around {at them all}, he”. Consider again how you translated the idiom “lifted...eyes” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 13:10, 14; 18:2; 22:4, 13; 24:63-64; 31:10; 33:1, 5; 37:25; 39:7; 43:29. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
43:29 xzxq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship וַ⁠יַּ֞רְא אֶת בִּנְיָמִ֣ין אָחִי⁠ו֮ 1 “saw his brother Benjamin,” Benjamin was younger than Joseph. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
43:29 rxoe בֶּן אִמּ⁠וֹ֒ 1 “{who was} the {only other} son of his {own} mother,” or “who had the same mother that he had,”
43:29 tfn4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “and he said {to them},” or “and he asked {them},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
43:29 kw42 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠זֶה֙ אֲחִי⁠כֶ֣ם הַ⁠קָּטֹ֔ן 1 “So this {young man} must be your youngest brother” or “I suppose this {young man} is your youngest brother”. This question could be an actual question or a rhetorical question. The fact that Joseph does not wait for an answer suggests that this is a rhetorical question, especially since he already realized that the new brother in the group was Benjamin (verse 16). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
43:29 kj9r אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֲמַרְתֶּ֖ם אֵלָ֑⁠י 1 “whom you told me about.” Make sure that your punctuation here fits with the way you translated this sentence, either as a question or a statement.
43:29 fgdx וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֕ר 1 “Then he said {to Benjamin},”
43:29 x673 אֱלֹהִ֥ים יָחְנְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “I pray that God will be gracious/kind to you,” See how you translated “God has been gracious to...” in Gen 33:11. Also see how you translated “grace” in 24:12, 14 ,27, 49; 39:21.
43:29 etkj בְּנִֽ⁠י 1 “young man.” The phrase “my son” is a kind way to address a man who is younger or of lower status; it does not mean that Benjamin was Josephs actual son. Also, for some languages it is necessary to put this address first in this quote. Do what is natural in your language.
43:30 hmes וַ⁠יְמַהֵ֣ר יוֹסֵ֗ף 1 “Then Joseph quickly/hurriedly left {the room} or “Then/Suddenly Joseph rushed out {of the room}”
43:30 mlcg כִּֽי נִכְמְר֤וּ רַחֲמָי⁠ו֙ אֶל אָחִ֔י⁠ו 1 “because he was feeling deeply emotional about his brother,” or “because he felt overwhelmed with emotions for/about his brother”
43:30 lthk וַ⁠יְבַקֵּ֖שׁ לִ⁠בְכּ֑וֹת 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean (1) “and desired/wanted to cry,” or “and felt like crying,” or “and was about to cry,” (2) “and was looking for {a place} to cry” or “and went to find {a place} to cry,”
43:30 a4rn וַ⁠יָּבֹ֥א הַ⁠חַ֖דְרָ⁠ה 1 “so he went to his private room” or “So he went to his bedroom,”
43:30 kzi6 וַ⁠יֵּ֥בְךְּ שָֽׁמָּ⁠ה 1 “so that he could cry there.” or “where he cried {privately}.”
43:31 vi1v וַ⁠יִּרְחַ֥ץ פָּנָ֖י⁠ו וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֑א וַ⁠יִּ֨תְאַפַּ֔ק 1 “After a while, he stopped crying, washed {the tears off} his face and came out {of his room}” or “After he had gotten control of his emotions {and stopped crying}, he washed {the tears off} his face and came back out {of his room}”
43:31 djhb וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “and told/commanded {his servants},” or “Then he told/commanded {his servants},” For some languages it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
43:31 fj19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche שִׂ֥ימוּ לָֽחֶם 1 “Serve/Bring the food/meal {to us}.” or “{It is time to} serve/distribute the food/meal {to us}.” The word “bread” refers to all the food they ate at this meal, not just bread. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
43:32 k33k וַ⁠יָּשִׂ֥ימוּ ל֛⁠וֹ לְ⁠בַדּ֖⁠וֹ 1 “So/Then they served/brought {food} to him/Joseph at his own table,”
43:32 j3ct וְ⁠לָ⁠הֶ֣ם לְ⁠בַדָּ֑⁠ם 1 “and his brothers at their own table,”
43:32 aecw וְ⁠לַ⁠מִּצְרִ֞ים הָ⁠אֹכְלִ֤ים אִתּ⁠וֹ֙ לְ⁠בַדָּ֔⁠ם 1 “and the Egyptians who were eating as his guests at their own table.” or “They also served/brought {food} to some Egyptian guests at a separate table.” For some languages it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
43:32 n9pf כִּי֩ לֹ֨א יוּכְל֜וּ⁠ן הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֗ים לֶ⁠אֱכֹ֤ל אֶת הָֽ⁠עִבְרִים֙ לֶ֔חֶם כִּי תוֹעֵבָ֥ה הִ֖וא לְ⁠מִצְרָֽיִם 1 “Egyptians do not eat at the same table as Hebrew people, because Egyptians/they consider it detestable/unacceptable {to do that}.” or “{The servants did that,} because Egyptians consider it detestable/unacceptable to eat with Hebrew people at the same table.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also consider again how you translated “Hebrews” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 14:13, 39:14, 17; 40:15, 41:12; 43:32.
43:33 iw9a וַ⁠יֵּשְׁב֣וּ 1 “And/Now Josephs brothers” or “Josephs brothers”
43:33 p1g8 וַ⁠יֵּשְׁב֣וּ 1 “were sitting {at a table}” or “had been seated {at a table}”
43:33 kg7b לְ⁠פָנָ֔י⁠ו 1 “in front of him/Joseph” or “facing his/Josephs table”
43:33 owgp הַ⁠בְּכֹר֙ כִּ⁠בְכֹ֣רָת֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠הַ⁠צָּעִ֖יר כִּ⁠צְעִרָת֑⁠וֹ 1 “according to their age order, from oldest to youngest,” or “in the order of their ages, from the firstborn/oldest to the youngest,”
43:33 liwf וַ⁠יִּתְמְה֥וּ הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֖ים אִ֥ישׁ אֶל רֵעֵֽ⁠הוּ 1 “so they looked/stared at each other in astonishment/amazement.” or “{When they saw/noticed that,} they were astonished/amazed {and stared} at one another.”
43:34 rsws rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֨א מַשְׂאֹ֜ת מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת פָּנָי⁠ו֮ אֲלֵ⁠הֶם֒ 1 “Then Joseph served his brothers food from his table,” or “Then Joseph {had his servants} serve food to his brothers from his table,” As a person of high position and status, Joseph probably had his servants serve the food rather doing it himself. Decide whether you want to make that information explicit in your translation or include it in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
43:34 elb9 וַ⁠תֵּ֜רֶב מַשְׂאַ֧ת בִּנְיָמִ֛ן חָמֵ֣שׁ יָד֑וֹת 1 “but the amount of food that was served to Benjamin was five times more” or “but he {had them} serve Benjamin five times more {food}”
43:34 slsw מִ⁠מַּשְׂאֹ֥ת כֻּלָּ֖⁠ם 1 “than {the amount of food that} was served to any of {the rest of} them.” or “than {they} served to any of {the rest of} his brothers.”
43:34 gdx2 וַ⁠יִּשְׁתּ֥וּ וַֽ⁠יִּשְׁכְּר֖וּ עִמּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “Then they {ate food,} drank {wine} and celebrated/feasted with him.” or “Then his brothers feasted and drank {wine} freely with him.” or “Then they feasted and drank {wine} freely with him {until they were very merry}.” The Hebrew verb for “became drunk” is the same word that is used in Gen 9:21 to describe Noah when he had drunk so much wine that he had fallen asleep. Here, it probably means that they had drunk enough wine that they were feeling happy and sociable.
44:1 he1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יְצַ֞ו 1 “Later Joseph ordered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
44:1 co1e אֶת אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל בֵּית⁠וֹ֮ 1 “{the servant} who managed/supervised his household,” or “his head house-servant,” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 43:16.
44:1 t9xr לֵ⁠אמֹר֒ מַלֵּ֞א אֶת אַמְתְּחֹ֤ת הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁים֙ אֹ֔כֶל כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר 1 “Fill the mens {grain} sacks/bags with as much grain as”. These grain sacks were carried by the brothers donkeys and were probably fairly large since donkeys are able to carry around 50 kilos (about 110 pounds).
44:1 ikn0 יוּכְל֖וּ⁠ן שְׂאֵ֑ת 1 “they can take {with them},” or “their/the sacks/bags can hold,”
44:1 uzxa וְ⁠שִׂ֥ים כֶּֽסֶף אִ֖ישׁ בְּ⁠פִ֥י אַמְתַּחְתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “and put their {grain} money in the top/opening of their {grain} sacks/bags.” or “and in the top/opening of their sacks/bags, put the silver/money that each {of them} paid {for the grain}.” See how you translated “silver/money” in Gen 42:25, 27-28.
44:2 pli8 וְ⁠אֶת גְּבִיעִ֞⁠י גְּבִ֣יעַ הַ⁠כֶּ֗סֶף תָּשִׂים֙ 1 “And put my cup, the one that is {made of} silver,” or “Also put my silver cup”. Notice that this cup was made out of silver; it was not just silver in color.
44:2 tqum בְּ⁠פִי֙ אַמְתַּ֣חַת הַ⁠קָּטֹ֔ן 1 “in the top/opening of the youngest {one/man}s sack/bag,”
44:2 pdhi וְ⁠אֵ֖ת כֶּ֣סֶף שִׁבְר֑⁠וֹ 1 “and/with his grain money/payment.” or “along with the silver/money that he paid for the grain.”
44:2 r9gb וַ⁠יַּ֕עַשׂ כִּ⁠דְבַ֥ר יוֹסֵ֖ף אֲשֶׁ֥ר דִּבֵּֽר 1 “So the servant did exactly as/what Joseph/he had told/ordered {him to do}.” See how you translated “according to...words” in Gen 43:7.
44:3 qedu הַ⁠בֹּ֖קֶר א֑וֹר וְ⁠הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֣ים 1 “The {next} morning {as it} was becoming light,” or “The {next} morning at dawn,” or “Early the next morning,”
44:3 l62s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֣ים שֻׁלְּח֔וּ הֵ֖מָּה וַ⁠חֲמֹרֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 “the men/brothers were sent {on their way} with their donkeys {by Joseph}.” or “{Joseph} sent the men/brothers {on their way}, along with their donkeys.” Consider whether it is better in your language to use a passive or active construction here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
44:4 c0b7 הֵ֠ם יָֽצְא֣וּ אֶת הָ⁠עִיר֮ לֹ֣א הִרְחִיקוּ֒ וְ⁠יוֹסֵ֤ף 1 “{But} after they left the city, before they had gone very far,” or “{But} they had not gone very far out of the city when”
44:4 a5rr וְ⁠יוֹסֵ֤ף אָמַר֙ לַֽ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר 1 “Joseph/he told” or “Joseph/he ordered”
44:4 gp6b לַֽ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל בֵּית֔⁠וֹ 1 “{the servant} who managed/supervised his household,” or “his head-servant,” See how you translated this phrase in verse 1.
44:4 o859 ק֥וּם 1 “Hurry and” or “Immediately”
44:4 ve86 רְדֹ֖ף אַחֲרֵ֣י הָֽ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֑ים 1 “go/chase after the/those men” or “pursue those men”
44:4 bo39 וְ⁠הִשַּׂגְתָּ⁠ם֙ 1 “When you catch up with them,” or “When you reach them,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
44:4 slkq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 “say to them,” or “tell/ask them,” Make sure that the way you translate this quote margin fits with the way you translate the following rhetorical question. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
44:4 bfwe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֛⁠מָּה שִׁלַּמְתֶּ֥ם רָעָ֖ה תַּ֥חַת טוֹבָֽה 1 “Why have you treated {my master} so badly after/when {he was} so good {to you}?” or “My master was very good to you. Why have you treated him so badly?” or “My master treated you so/very well, but in return you have treated him very badly!” Josephs servant uses this rhetorical question to scold the brothers and express his outrage. Consider what is the best way to communicate those things in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
44:5 rzp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֣וֹא זֶ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִשְׁתֶּ֤ה אֲדֹנִ⁠י֙ בּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “Why {do you have} the cup that my master drinks from” or “The cup {you stole} is {the cup} that my master drinks from”. The servant uses this rhetorical question to further express his outrage about the missing cup. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
44:5 kroa וְ⁠ה֕וּא נַחֵ֥שׁ יְנַחֵ֖שׁ בּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “{It is} the one he regularly uses for divination!” or “He {also} uses it to find out secret things!” The word “divines” refers to the practice of interpreting omens (signs) or using supernatural means to find out things. See how you translated a similar term (“divination”) in Gen 30:27. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
44:5 frff הֲרֵעֹתֶ֖ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר עֲשִׂיתֶֽם 1 “What you have done is very evil/wrong!” The phrase “you have done” is repeated in this sentence for emphasis. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language.
44:6 n84h וַֽ⁠יַּשִּׂגֵ֑⁠ם וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֣ר 1 “Then/So the/Josephs servant {left, and when he} caught up with the men/brothers,” Consider again how you translated “overtake” or “overtook” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 19:19; 31:25; 44:4, 6.
44:6 ll3k וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֣ר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ם אֶת הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֖ים הָ⁠אֵֽלֶּה 1 “he repeated/said to them what Joseph had told him {to say}.” or “gave/told them that/Josephs message.”
44:7 pakd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵלָ֔י⁠ו 1 “But they replied/exclaimed,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
44:7 iwsy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֚⁠מָּה יְדַבֵּ֣ר אֲדֹנִ֔⁠י כַּ⁠דְּבָרִ֖ים הָ⁠אֵ֑לֶּה 1 “Sir, why do you say such things?” or “Master/Sir, we do not know why you are saying that!” The brothers use this rhetorical question to express their shock at being accused of something they had not done. They also address the servant as “my lord” to show him respect. Decide the best way to communicate those things in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
44:7 ieuc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics חָלִ֨ילָ⁠ה֙ לַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֔י⁠ךָ מֵ⁠עֲשׂ֖וֹת 1 “{We assure you,} sir, {that} we would never do” or “{We swear as} your {humble} servants {that we} would never {even} think of doing” or “We would never {even} consider doing”. The brothers refer to themselves as “your servants” in order to show respect to Josephs head-servant. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics]])
44:7 z1d4 כַּ⁠דָּבָ֥ר הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 “anything like that!” or “such a thing!”
44:8 jlc8 הֵ֣ן 1 “Remember that” or “After all,”
44:8 t6uh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כֶּ֗סֶף אֲשֶׁ֤ר מָצָ֨אנוּ֙ בְּ⁠פִ֣י אַמְתְּחֹתֵ֔י⁠נוּ הֱשִׁיבֹ֥נוּ אֵלֶ֖י⁠ךָ מֵ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן 1 “we returned to you the money that we found/discovered in our {grain} sacks/bags {last time}. {We brought it} {all the way} from {our home in} the land/region of Canaan!” or “as soon as we came {back here} from the land/region of Canaan, we returned to you the money we had found/discovered inside our {grain} sacks/bags.” Consider what is the best way in your language to order the clauses in this sentence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
44:8 r9b7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ⁠אֵ֗יךְ נִגְנֹב֙ 1 “So why would we {ever}” or “So we would never” or “So there is no reason that we would {ever}”. The brothers use this rhetorical question to strongly emphasize that they would never steal from the servants master. Some languages must use a statement or exclamation here instead. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
44:8 h9a8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche נִגְנֹב֙ כֶּ֖סֶף א֥וֹ זָהָֽב 1 “steal/take silver {things} or gold {things} {or anything else}”. The brothers are emphasizing that they would never steal anything from Joseph, especially not valuable things made out of gold or silver. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
44:8 mwlj מִ⁠בֵּ֣ית אֲדֹנֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “from your masters house!” or “from your master!”
44:9 q39v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִמָּצֵ֥א אִתּ֛⁠וֹ מֵ⁠עֲבָדֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “{In fact,} sir, if you find/discover that one/any of us does have the cup,” or “If any one of us does have the cup, sir,” The brothers refer to themselves as “your servants” in order to show respect to Josephs head-servant. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics]])
44:9 ewku וָ⁠מֵ֑ת 1 “then he must/should die,” or “then he should be executed/killed,” or “then {you may} execute/kill that person/man,”
44:9 wzg4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics וְ⁠גַם אֲנַ֕חְנוּ נִֽהְיֶ֥ה לַֽ⁠אדֹנִ֖⁠י לַ⁠עֲבָדִֽים 1 “and besides that, {the rest of} us will become slaves/servants for you, sir.” or “and {the rest of} us, sir, will become your slaves/servants.” See how you translated “my lord” in verse 7. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics]])
44:10 o3gv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “The/Josephs servant replied {to them},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
44:10 dbf7 גַּם עַתָּ֥ה 1 “So/Okay then,” or “Very well then,”
44:10 uj13 כְ⁠דִבְרֵי⁠כֶ֖ם כֶּן ה֑וּא 1 “based on what you have said I will do this:” or “I will do as you suggest, {but/except only}”
44:10 v6rg אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִמָּצֵ֤א אִתּ⁠וֹ֙ 1 “the one whom I find with my masters cup” or “if I find one of you with my masters cup, that person”
44:10 soyh יִהְיֶה לִּ֣⁠י עָ֔בֶד 1 “will be/become my slave/servant.”
44:10 dww7 וְ⁠אַתֶּ֖ם תִּהְי֥וּ נְקִיִּֽם 1 “{The rest of} you will be innocent {and free to go}.” or “but {the rest of} you will be free to go/leave.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
44:11 b3pb וַֽ⁠יְמַהֲר֗וּ אִ֥ישׁ 1 “Then/So each of the men/brothers” or “So each of them”
44:11 hime וַֽ⁠יְמַהֲר֗וּ וַ⁠יּוֹרִ֛דוּ אֶת אַמְתַּחְתּ֖⁠וֹ אָ֑רְצָ⁠ה 1 “quickly/immediately lowered his sack/bag {of grain} {from his donkey} to the ground,” or “quickly/immediately took his {grain} sack/bag {off his donkey} and put it on the ground,”
44:11 puw2 וַֽ⁠יִּפְתְּח֖וּ אִ֥ישׁ אַמְתַּחְתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “and each of them opened his {own} sack/bag.” or “and opened it.”
44:12 gwvt rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יְחַפֵּ֕שׂ 1 “Then the/Josephs servant searched {their sacks/bags}.” Consider what is the best way to refer to Josephs servant in verses 6, 10 and 12. Also see how you translated “searched” in Gen 31:35. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
44:12 z3eh בַּ⁠גָּד֣וֹל הֵחֵ֔ל וּ⁠בַ⁠קָּטֹ֖ן כִּלָּ֑ה 1 “beginning/starting with the oldest {brother} and ending/finishing with the youngest {brother/one},” or “He started with the oldest {brother} and continued until he came to the youngest {brother/one},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
44:12 ax9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּמָּצֵא֙ הַ⁠גָּבִ֔יעַ בְּ⁠אַמְתַּ֖חַת בִּנְיָמִֽן 1 “and the cup was found {by him} in Benjamins sack/bag!” or “and {there} he found the cup in Benjamins sack/bag!” or “and {it was there} in Benjamins sack/bag that he found the cup!” Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
44:13 fj96 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַֽ⁠יִּקְרְע֖וּ שִׂמְלֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 “In response {to that}, the brothers tore their clothes {in distress/grief}.” See how you translated “tore...clothes {in distress}” in Gen 37:29, 34. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
44:13 yxdl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַֽ⁠יַּעֲמֹס֙ אִ֣ישׁ 1 “Then each {of them}” or “Then each {of the men/brothers}”. Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to the brothers in each context throughout this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
44:13 c3q2 וַֽ⁠יַּעֲמֹס֙ עַל חֲמֹר֔⁠וֹ 1 “loaded up his {own} donkey {again},” or “put his sack/bag {back} on his {own} donkey,”
44:13 tupx וַ⁠יָּשֻׁ֖בוּ הָ⁠עִֽירָ⁠ה 1 “and they {all} returned to the city.” or “and/then they {all} {turned around and} went back to the city.”
44:14 onj0 וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨א יְהוּדָ֤ה וְ⁠אֶחָי⁠ו֙ בֵּ֣יתָ⁠ה יוֹסֵ֔ף וְ⁠ה֖וּא 1 “When Judah and his brothers arrived at Josephs house,”
44:14 ynh4 וְ⁠ה֖וּא עוֹדֶ֣⁠נּוּ שָׁ֑ם 1 “Joseph was still there,” or “Joseph was there {waiting for them},”
44:14 fx2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּפְּל֥וּ לְ⁠פָנָ֖י⁠ו אָֽרְצָ⁠ה 1 “Then/So they prostrated themselves on the ground before him {to show respect}.” or “Then/So they bowed all the way to the ground in front of him {to honor him}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
44:15 qsr0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר לָ⁠הֶם֙ יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “Then Joseph told/asked them,” or “Then Joseph exclaimed to them,” Make sure the way you translate this quote margin fits with the way you translate the following rhetorical question. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
44:15 beu3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מָֽה הַ⁠מַּעֲשֶׂ֥ה הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר עֲשִׂיתֶ֑ם 1 “Why did you do such a terrible thing?” or “What you have done is terrible!” or “You should never have done such a thing!” Joseph uses this rhetorical question to express anger and scold his brothers. Some languages must use a strong statement or exclamation here instead. Do what is best in your language. See what you did for a similar case in Gen 20:9. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
44:15 bld8 הֲ⁠ל֣וֹא יְדַעְתֶּ֔ם 1 “You should have known”
44:15 d0er כִּֽי אִ֖ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר כָּמֹֽ⁠נִי 1 “that a ruler like me” or “that someone in my position”
44:15 kl9z נַחֵ֧שׁ יְנַחֵ֛שׁ 1 “regularly practices divination!” or “knows how to discover the secret things {that people do}!” or “could use divination to find out {what you did}!” See how you translated “divines” in verse 5.
44:16 rht7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוּדָ֗ה 1 “Judah answered,” or “Judah replied {to him},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
44:16 vuo6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַה נֹּאמַר֙ לַֽ⁠אדֹנִ֔⁠י 1 “Sir, there is nothing {convincing} that we can say {to you}.” Judah uses a series of rhetorical questions in this verse to express how upset he is about what has happened and to emphasize that there is nothing that they can say to convince Joseph that they are innocent. Consider what is the best way to communicate those things in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
44:16 pt2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion מַה נְּדַבֵּ֖ר 1 “There is no way that we can explain {this}!” or “We cannot explain {this}!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
44:16 jwxq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וּ⁠מַה נִּצְטַדָּ֑ק 1 “We do not know how to show/prove {to you} that we did not do this!” or “There is no way we can prove/show {to you} that we are innocent!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
44:16 t81j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֗ים מָצָא֙ אֶת עֲוֺ֣ן עֲבָדֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “God has uncovered/exposed our guilt {for our past sin}.” or “God is punishing {us} your {humble} servants for our {past} sin/sins.” or “God is using this occasion to punish us for our {past} sin.” Judah refers to himself and his brothers as “your servants” to show humility and to honor Joseph. Also, Judah is probably referring here to the sin of selling their brother Joseph into slavery years ago. You could include that information in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
44:16 llw2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics הִנֶּ⁠נּ֤וּ עֲבָדִים֙ לַֽ⁠אדֹנִ֔⁠י 1 “Here we {all} are, {ready to be} slaves/servants for you, sir,” or “{So now,} sir, we are {all} here to be your slaves/servants,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics]])
44:16 u0e1 גַּם אֲנַ֕חְנוּ גַּ֛ם אֲשֶׁר 1 “including {the one/man}”
44:16 fi8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁר נִמְצָ֥א הַ⁠גָּבִ֖יעַ בְּ⁠יָדֽ⁠וֹ 1 “who was found with your cup {in his grain sack/bag}.” or “in whose {grain} sack/bag {your house-servant} found the cup.” or “whom {your house-servant} found with your cup {in his sack/bag}.” Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
44:17 ezgz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “But Joseph told {them},” or “But Joseph exclaimed,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
44:17 ambx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom חָלִ֣ילָ⁠ה לִּ֔⁠י מֵ⁠עֲשׂ֖וֹת זֹ֑את 1 “{No,} I would never {even} consider doing such a thing!” See how you translated “Far be it from...” in verse 7. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
44:17 xlig rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הָ⁠אִ֡ישׁ אֲשֶׁר֩ נִמְצָ֨א הַ⁠גָּבִ֜יעַ בְּ⁠יָד֗⁠וֹ ה֚וּא 1 “{Only} the one who was found with my cup {in his sack/bag}” or “{Only} the man in whose sack/bag {my servant} found the/my cup” or “{Rather} {only} the one/man whom {my servant} found with my cup {in his sack/bag}”. See how you translated “in whose hand the cup was found” in verse 16. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
44:17 sa6p יִהְיֶה לִּ֣⁠י עָ֔בֶד 1 “will be/become my slave.” or “will {stay and} serve me as a slave.”
44:17 n9xw וְ⁠אַתֶּ֕ם עֲל֥וּ לְ⁠שָׁל֖וֹם אֶל אֲבִי⁠כֶֽם 1 “But you {others} may return to your father in peace.” or “As for {the rest of} you, you may go {back} home to your father without any trouble.” or “{The rest of} you are free to go {back} home to your father.” The phrase “go up” refers to the fact that the land of Canaan was higher in elevation than the country of Egypt. Some translations leave “up” implied. Do what is best in your language.
44:18 shso וַ⁠יִּגַּ֨שׁ אֵלָ֜י⁠ו יְהוּדָ֗ה וַ⁠יֹּאמֶר֮ 1 “Then Judah went/came up/closer to Joseph and said,” or “Then Judah approached Joseph and said {to him},” See how you translated “went near” in Gen 43:19.
44:18 j6zs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics בִּ֣י אֲדֹנִ⁠י֒ 1 “Please, sir/master,” or “Excuse me, sir/master,” Compare how you translated this phrase in Gen 43:20. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics]])
44:18 rqfg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics יְדַבֶּר נָ֨א עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֤ 1 “I humbly ask you to let me” or “will you please allow {me} your {humble} servant to”. Make sure your translation of “your servant” refers here to Judah, not to someone else. Throughout verses 18-34, Judah uses phrases such as “my lord”, “your servant” and “your servants” to be polite and show respect to Joseph. At each point in these verses, make sure it is clear in your translation whom he is referring to. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics]])
44:18 t645 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche יְדַבֶּר דָבָר֙ בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֣י אֲדֹנִ֔⁠י 1 “say something to you.” or “speak freely/plainly to you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
44:18 hoo2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠אַל יִ֥חַר אַפְּ⁠ךָ֖ בְּ⁠עַבְדֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 “Please do not be angry with/at me,” Compare how you translated the idiom “his anger burned” in Gen 39:19. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
44:18 g9dp כִּ֥י כָמ֖וֹ⁠ךָ 1 “{especially} since you {are}” or “even though you {are}”
44:18 t3zm כָמ֖וֹ⁠ךָ 1 “as {powerful as}” or “equal {in rank/authority} to”
44:18 s1ai כְּ⁠פַרְעֹֽה 1 “{King} Pharaoh {himself}.” or “the king {himself}.”
44:19 vv9q אֲדֹנִ֣⁠י שָׁאַ֔ל 1 “Sir, {previously} you asked” or “Sir, {the last/previous time we were here,} you asked”
44:19 xcqr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אֶת עֲבָדָ֖י⁠ו 1 “{us} your {humble} servants” or “us”. Make sure it is clear in your translation of “his servants” that Judah is referring to himself and his brothers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
44:19 vxb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר הֲ⁠יֵשׁ לָ⁠כֶ֥ם אָ֖ב אוֹ אָֽח 1 “Is your father still alive? Do you have {another} brother?” or “if/whether our father was {still} alive and if/whether we had {any other} brothers.” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate the embedded quotes in verses 19-23 as direct or indirect quotes. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
44:20 y8ns rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠נֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אֶל אֲדֹנִ֔⁠י 1 “And we told you, sir, that” or “We answered you, sir, that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
44:20 iohe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes יֶשׁ לָ֨⁠נוּ֙ אָ֣ב זָקֵ֔ן וְ⁠יֶ֥לֶד קָטָ֑ן 1 “our aged/elderly father is {still} alive and {with him is} his youngest son” or “we have an elderly father and also a younger brother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
44:20 e3jx וְ⁠יֶ֥לֶד זְקֻנִ֖ים 1 “who was born when our father was {already} old.” or “whom our father had when he was {already} old.”
44:20 grn8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship וְ⁠אָחִ֨י⁠ו מֵ֜ת וַ⁠יִּוָּתֵ֨ר ה֧וּא לְ⁠בַדּ֛⁠וֹ לְ⁠אִמּ֖⁠וֹ 1 “That son is the only one left {alive} from his mother, since his brother died.” or “And since that sons brother is dead, he is his mothers only living son/child.” In this sentence, “brother” refers to an older brother from the same father and mother. Some languages have a special kinship term for that. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
44:20 f6ig וְ⁠אָבִ֥י⁠ו אֲהֵבֽ⁠וֹ 1 “So his/our father loves him {very much}.” or “So his/our father {especially} loves our youngest brother.”
44:21 seoq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אֶל עֲבָדֶ֔י⁠ךָ 0 “Then you told {us, who are} your {humble} servants” or “Then you told us, sir,” Judah uses the humble term “your servants” to show respect and honor to someone of higher status and authority. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics]])
44:21 qfp7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes הוֹרִדֻ֖⁠הוּ אֵלָ֑⁠י וְ⁠אָשִׂ֥ימָה עֵינִ֖⁠י עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 “Bring your youngest brother to me so that I can see/meet him.” or “to bring our youngest brother {here} to you so that you could/can see him for yourself.” The verb “bring...down” refers to the fact that Egypt was lower in elevation than the region of Canaan. Some translations leave “down” implied. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
44:22 g162 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וַ⁠נֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אֶל אֲדֹנִ֔⁠י לֹא יוּכַ֥ל הַ⁠נַּ֖עַר לַ⁠עֲזֹ֣ב אֶת אָבִ֑י⁠ו 1 “But we told you, sir, that the young man should/must not leave his father {and come here},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
44:22 xhm8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠עָזַ֥ב אֶת אָבִ֖י⁠ו וָ⁠מֵֽת 1 “because if he did/does, his father would/will die {from anxiety}.” Make sure the way you translate this clause fits with how you translated the previous clause, as either a direct or indirect quote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
44:23 kpr1 וַ⁠תֹּ֨אמֶר֙ אֶל עֲבָדֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “But then, sir, you told us that” or “But you told us that”
44:23 x0ri rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אִם לֹ֥א יֵרֵ֛ד אֲחִי⁠כֶ֥ם הַ⁠קָּטֹ֖ן אִתְּ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “if our youngest brother did not come back here with us,” or “unless our youngest brother came with us,” Consider again whether to translate the embedded quotes in verses 19-23 as direct or indirect quotes. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
44:23 ud9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes לֹ֥א תֹסִפ֖וּ⁠ן לִ⁠רְא֥וֹת פָּנָֽ⁠י 1 “you would not permit/allow us to see you again.” or “we could never see you again.” Make sure that the way you translate this clause fits with how you translated the beginning of this verse, either as a direct or indirect quote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
44:24 pdcq וַ⁠יְהִי֙ כִּ֣י עָלִ֔ינוּ 0 “When we returned {home}” or “So after we got/came back {home again}”. The phrase, “Then it happened” introduces an important event and helps create suspense so that readers will wonder what the outcome will be. Many translations omit “it happened” because it is not natural in their language. Do what is best in your language.
44:24 b8yd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics אֶֽל עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֖ אָבִ֑⁠י 1 “to my/our father, {who is} your {humble} servant,” or “to my/our father, who highly respects you,” See how you translated “your servant...father” in Gen 43:28. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics]])
44:24 u4dl וַ⁠נַּ֨גֶּד ל֔⁠וֹ 1 “we reported to him” or “we told him”
44:24 lexn אֵ֖ת דִּבְרֵ֥י אֲדֹנִֽ⁠י 1 “my/our lords/masters words.” or “what you told {us}.” or “what you had said {to us}.”
44:25 kcr2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר אָבִ֑י⁠נוּ 1 “{Months} later our father told {us},” The pronouns “our” and “{us}” are exclusive here because they do not include Joseph. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
44:25 zkw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive שֻׁ֖בוּ שִׁבְרוּ לָ֥⁠נוּ מְעַט אֹֽכֶל 1 “Go back {to Egypt} {and} buy some {more} grain for {all of} us.” The pronoun “us” is inclusive here because what Judahs father (Jacob) had said included the brothers whom he was talking to. See how you translated this same quote in Gen 43:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
44:26 sq2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠נֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “But we replied {to him},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
44:26 o2aw לֹ֥א נוּכַ֖ל לָ⁠רֶ֑דֶת אִם יֵשׁ֩ אָחִ֨י⁠נוּ הַ⁠קָּטֹ֤ן אִתָּ֨⁠נוּ֙ וְ⁠יָרַ֔דְנוּ 1 “We cannot go {there} unless our youngest brother is with us. Then we can go.” or “We can only go down {there} if our youngest brother is with us.” See how you translated “...down” in verses 21 and 23.
44:26 g0yh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche כִּי לֹ֣א נוּכַ֗ל לִ⁠רְאוֹת֙ פְּנֵ֣י הָ⁠אִ֔ישׁ 1 “We will not be allowed/permitted to go before/to the man/governor {who sells grain there}” or “The man/governor {who sells grain there} will not allow/permit us to see him {again}”. The phrase “the mans face” refers to the governor (Joseph) himself. Translate this in a way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
44:26 ozil וְ⁠אָחִ֥י⁠נוּ הַ⁠קָּטֹ֖ן אֵינֶ֥⁠נּוּ אִתָּֽ⁠נוּ 1 “if our youngest brother is not with us.” or “unless our youngest brother is with us.”
44:27 eii5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive וַ⁠יֹּ֛אמֶר עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֥ אָבִ֖⁠י אֵלֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 “Then my/our father {who is} your {humble} servant said to us,” or “Then my/our father said to us,” See how you translated “your servant my father” in verse 24. Also notice that the pronoun “us” does not include Joseph here. Some languages use an exclusive pronoun for this. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
44:27 i4rw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular אַתֶּ֣ם יְדַעְתֶּ֔ם כִּ֥י 1 “As you {all} know,” The pronoun “you” is plural here, referring to all the brothers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
44:27 ngtg שְׁנַ֖יִם יָֽלְדָה לִּ֥⁠י אִשְׁתִּֽ⁠י 1 “my wife {Rachel} bore/had {only} two {sons} for me.” or “my wife {Rachel} and I {only} had two {sons} together.”
44:28 nu9b וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֤א הָֽ⁠אֶחָד֙ 1 “One {of those/her sons}” or “One {of them}”
44:28 s7zn וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֤א מֵֽ⁠אִתִּ֔⁠י 1 “left here {one day},” or “has disappeared,”
44:28 pk3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וָ⁠אֹמַ֕ר אַ֖ךְ טָרֹ֣ף טֹרָ֑ף וְ⁠לֹ֥א רְאִיתִ֖י⁠ו עַד הֵֽנָּה 1 “I have thought that he must have been {killed and} torn to pieces {by a wild/fierce animal}. I have never seen him again.” or “and I have not seen him since then. I am sure that {a wild/fierce animal} must have {killed him and} torn him apart.” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this doubly embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. Also see how you translated “torn...to pieces” in Gen 37:33. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
44:29 ks4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וּ⁠לְקַחְתֶּ֧ם גַּם אֶת זֶ֛ה מֵ⁠עִ֥ם פָּנַ֖⁠י 1 “So if you were to also take this {son} away from me,” or “So if you also take her other son {away} from me,” Consider what is the best way to translate the hypothetical sentence in this verse. Make sure all the parts of the sentence fit together well. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
44:29 k2l1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠קָרָ֣⁠הוּ אָס֑וֹן 1 “and something terrible happened/happens to him,” or “and if anything bad/terrible happened/happens to him,” or “and anything harmed/harms him,” See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 42:38. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
44:29 r1l7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְ⁠הֽוֹרַדְתֶּ֧ם אֶת שֵׂיבָתִ֛⁠י בְּ⁠רָעָ֖ה 1 “you would/will cause me, your gray-haired/elderly father, to grieve so deeply/badly that I would {die and} go down” or “you will/would cause me, your gray-haired/elderly father, so much sorrow/grief that I would {die and} go down”. See how you translated “bring my gray head down” in Gen 42:38. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
44:29 ozbf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown שְׁאֹֽלָ⁠ה 1 “to the afterworld.” Sheol is the Hebrew name for the world of the dead, that is, the place where the spirits of all people go after they die. You could put that information in a footnote. Your translation of “Sheol” should not refer to hell or a place of punishment. Some translations have “the grave” here, but that leaves out the idea of an afterlife that this sentence implies. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
44:30 wiey וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה 0 “So now/then,” This phrase introduces the conclusion to what Judah said in verses 24-29. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language.
44:30 nbx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics כְּ⁠בֹאִ⁠י֙ אֶל עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֣ אָבִ֔⁠י 1 “when I/we return {home} to my/our father, who highly respects you,” or “if I/we go {home} to my/our father, sir,” See how you translated “your servant my father” in verses 24 and 27. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics]])
44:30 jm4j וְ⁠הַ⁠נַּ֖עַר אֵינֶ֣⁠נּוּ אִתָּ֑⁠נוּ 1 “but I/we dont have his youngest son with me/us,” or “without his youngest son,”
44:30 mryj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠נַפְשׁ֖⁠וֹ קְשׁוּרָ֥ה בְ⁠נַפְשֽׁ⁠וֹ 1 “since our fathers life depends on his sons life,” or “since our father is deeply attached to his son,” This idiom reflects how close the relationship was between Judahs father and youngest brother. Consider what is the best way to say this in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
44:31 liw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וְ⁠הָיָ֗ה כִּ⁠רְאוֹת֛⁠וֹ כִּי אֵ֥ין הַ⁠נַּ֖עַר וָ⁠מֵ֑ת 1 “if he sees that his son is gone/missing, he will die!” or “then he will die when he sees that his youngest son is not with us!” The phrase “then it will happen” introduces an important hypothetical event here and helps create suspense so that readers will wonder what the outcome will be. Many translations omit the phrase because it is not natural in their language. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
44:31 biq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וְ⁠הוֹרִ֨ידוּ עֲבָדֶ֜י⁠ךָ 1 “{Yes,} we will/would bring/cause” or “{In that way,} we will/would be responsible for bringing/causing”. Consider what is the best way to translate this hypothetical situation in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
44:31 e94r וְ⁠הוֹרִ֨ידוּ אֶת שֵׂיבַ֨ת עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֥ אָבִ֛י⁠נוּ בְּ⁠יָג֖וֹן 1 “our gray-haired/elderly father so much sorrow/grief that he will/would {die and} go”. See how you translated “bring...gray head down in sorrow to Sheol” in Gen 42:38, and a similar phrase in 44:29.
44:31 p2vj שְׁאֹֽלָ⁠ה 1 “to the afterworld!” Consider again how you translated “Sheol” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 37:35; 42:38; 44:29, 31.
44:32 jzbk כִּ֤י עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֙ עָרַ֣ב אֶת הַ⁠נַּ֔עַר מֵ⁠עִ֥ם אָבִ֖⁠י לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “{I myself} your {humble} servant guaranteed the young mans safety to my father. I told/assured {him} that” or “Besides that, sir, I guaranteed/promised my father that I would return his son to him safely. I told him that”. See how you translated the verb “guarantee” in Gen 43:9.
44:32 pir9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אִם לֹ֤א אֲבִיאֶ֨⁠נּוּ֙ אֵלֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “if I did not bring his son {back} to him,” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
44:32 r37a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וְ⁠חָטָ֥אתִי לְ⁠אָבִ֖⁠י 1 “then this would be a terrible sin against him” or “I would be guilty of sinning against him”. See how you translated a similar clause in Gen 43:9. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
44:32 gtwb כָּל הַ⁠יָּמִֽים 1 “all the days {of my life}.” or “for the rest of my life.” or “forever.” Be consistent here with your choice in Gen 43:9.
44:33 glec וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה 0 “So now/then,” This phrase introduces the conclusion to what Judah said in verses 30-32. See how you translated this phrase in verse 30.
44:33 p6r0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics יֵֽשֶׁב נָ֤א עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֙ 1 “I beg/urge you to allow {me} your servant to” or “sir, I beg/urge you to let me”. Consider again how you translated “your servant” and “your servants” throughout this chapter. See verses 7, 9, 18, 24, 27, 30-32. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics]])
44:33 k8ct יֵֽשֶׁב 1 “stay {here}” or “{be the one to} stay/remain {here}”
44:33 wrus עֶ֖בֶד לַֽ⁠אדֹנִ֑⁠י 1 {as} a slave/servant for you” or “and be your slave/servant”. Throughout this chapter, the same Hebrew word is translated as “slave” when the context has negative connotations (verses 9-10, 16-17, 33), but is translated as “servant” when the context has more positive connotations (verses 7, 9, 16, 18-19, 21, 23-24, 27, 30-32). Do what is best in your language in each context.
44:33 joxy תַּ֣חַת 1 “in place of” or “to take the place of”
44:33 t5wy הַ⁠נַּ֔עַר 1 “our youngest {brother},”
44:33 biml וְ⁠הַ⁠נַּ֖עַר יַ֥עַל עִם אֶחָֽי⁠ו 1 “and let him go back {home} with his {other} brothers.”
44:34 gvqq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion כִּי אֵיךְ֙ אֶֽעֱלֶ֣ה 1 “There is no way I can” or “I could never”. Judah uses this rhetorical question to emphasize how difficult it would be for him to return to his father without his brother. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
44:34 y2n4 אֶֽעֱלֶ֣ה אֶל אָבִ֔⁠י 1 “go back to my father” or “return {home} to my father”. Consider again how you translated “...up” in verses 17, 24, 33-34. Contrast that to how you translated “...down” in verses 21, 23 and 26. Some translations leave “up” or “down” implied. Do what is best in your language.
44:34 jjj3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo וְ⁠הַ⁠נַּ֖עַר אֵינֶ֣⁠נּוּ אִתִּ֑⁠י 1 “if his youngest {son} is not with me!” or “if our youngest {brother} is not with me!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
44:34 cq7p פֶּ֚ן אֶרְאֶ֣ה 1 “I could not bear to see” or “I do not want to see”
44:34 qheo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo בָ⁠רָ֔ע אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִמְצָ֖א אֶת אָבִֽ⁠י 1 “the terrible distress/grief that it would cause my father!” or “how much/terribly my father would suffer/grieve!” See how you translated “misery” in verse 29. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
45:1 vlvn וְ⁠לֹֽא יוֹסֵ֜ף 1 “When Joseph {heard that, he}” or “When Joseph {heard what Judah said, he}”
45:1 rtl6 וְ⁠לֹֽא יָכֹ֨ל לְ⁠הִתְאַפֵּ֗ק 1 “was no {longer} able to” or “could no {longer}”
45:1 qtrd לְ⁠הִתְאַפֵּ֗ק 1 “control/hide his emotions/feelings” or “keep himself from crying”
45:1 nnml לְ⁠כֹ֤ל הַ⁠נִּצָּבִים֙ עָלָ֔י⁠ו 1 “in front of all his servants who were with/attending him,” or “in front of all his attendants/servants,” Make sure that your translation of this phrase refers to Josephs servants, not his brothers.
45:1 zlcr וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֕א 1 “and/so he shouted {to them},” or “and/so he said loudly {to them},”
45:1 ok6o הוֹצִ֥יאוּ כָל אִ֖ישׁ 1 “All of you, leave”
45:1 by1g מֵ⁠עָלָ֑⁠י 1 “my presence!” or “the room!”
45:1 ws8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠לֹא עָ֤מַד אִישׁ֙ אִתּ֔⁠וֹ בְּ⁠הִתְוַדַּ֥ע יוֹסֵ֖ף אֶל אֶחָֽי⁠ו 1 “So Joseph was alone with his brothers when he made himself known to them.” or “{Immediately the/his servants/attendants left the room,} so that no one else was with him when he told his brothers who he was.” Make sure your use of nouns or pronouns to refer to Joseph and his brothers here is clear and natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
45:2 hb44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֥ן אֶת קֹל֖⁠וֹ בִּ⁠בְכִ֑י וַ⁠יִּשְׁמְע֣וּ 1 “Then he raised his voice and cried loudly/uncontrollably, so that” or “But he started crying so loudly that”. Consider whether your language has an idiom such as “gave his voice in crying”. Also see how you translated “cried” in Gen 42:24; 43:30. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
45:2 vv5j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּשְׁמְע֣וּ מִצְרַ֔יִם וַ⁠יִּשְׁמַ֖ע בֵּ֥ית פַּרְעֹֽה 1 “{many} Egyptians heard {him/it}, including {the members of} Pharaohs household/family.” or “the Egyptian {servants} heard {him/it}, and so did Pharaohs household/family.” The word “house” refers here to Pharaohs family members and servants, not a literal building. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
45:3 qpbn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יוֹסֵ֤ף אֶל אֶחָי⁠ו֙ 1 “Then Joseph/he exclaimed to his brothers {in their language},” In this chapter, “brothers” refers to Josephs older brothers (from different mothers) and his younger brother (from the same mother). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
45:3 tp5e אֲנִ֣י יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “I {am} {your brother} Joseph!” or “I {am} Joseph, {your brother}!”
45:3 mh3c הַ⁠ע֥וֹד אָבִ֖⁠י חָ֑י 1 “Is our father still alive?” Joseph uses “my father” to emphasize his relationship with his father. Make sure your translation does not sound like he had a different father than his brothers.
45:3 gbg2 וְ⁠לֹֽא יָכְל֤וּ אֶחָי⁠ו֙ לַ⁠עֲנ֣וֹת אֹת֔⁠וֹ 1 “But his/Josephs brothers could not reply/respond to him,” or “His brothers could not say a word,”
45:3 vwfh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּ֥י נִבְהֲל֖וּ מִ⁠פָּנָֽי⁠ו 1 “because they were terrified/shocked {to realize} that they were in his presence.” or “because they felt very afraid to be standing in front of him.” For some languages it is necessary to put this clause earlier in this sentence and say, “But his brothers were so terrified to see him that they could not answer him.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
45:4 yjpu וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יוֹסֵ֧ף אֶל אֶחָ֛י⁠ו 1 “So Joseph said to them,”
45:4 tno2 גְּשׁוּ נָ֥א אֵלַ֖⁠י 1 “Please come near/closer to me.” or “Please come here next to me.”
45:4 pbua וַ⁠יִּגָּ֑שׁוּ וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “After/When they went closer {to him}, he said {to them},” or “After they did that, he said {to them},”
45:4 lbty אֲנִי֙ יוֹסֵ֣ף אֲחִי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “I {really/truly am} your brother Joseph,”
45:4 dij9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֲשֶׁר מְכַרְתֶּ֥ם מִצְרָֽיְמָ⁠ה 1 “whom you sold {to be a slave} in {the country of} Egypt.” or “whom you sold {as a slave that was brought/taken here} to Egypt.” Josephs brothers sold him to slave traders who were going to Egypt. If necessary, you could make some of that information explicit in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
45:5 cc6c וְ⁠עַתָּ֣ה 1 “But now,” or “But”
45:5 o6ua אַל תֵּעָ֣צְב֗וּ 1 “do not be upset/distressed”
45:5 y42s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠אַל יִ֨חַר֙ בְּ⁠עֵ֣ינֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “or/and angry with/at yourselves”. Consider again how you translated various idioms for “anger” or “be angry” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 4:5-6; 30:2; 31:35-36; 34:7; 44:18; 45:5. It may be necessary to translate these idioms in different ways, depending on the context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
45:5 gocs כִּֽי מְכַרְתֶּ֥ם אֹתִ֖⁠י הֵ֑נָּה 1 “that you sold me {and caused me to be a slave} here,” or “for selling me {as a slave},”
45:5 e8pt כִּ֣י שְׁלָחַ֥⁠נִי אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “because God sent me {here}” or “because {it was actually} God {who} sent me {here}”
45:5 j661 לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 “before you came,” or “before you got here,”
45:5 junj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns לְ⁠מִֽחְיָ֔ה 1 “to save {many peoples} lives.” or “to keep many people from dying.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
45:6 xeca כִּי זֶ֛ה שְׁנָתַ֥יִם 1 “For two years {now}” or “The past two years”
45:6 o2qw הָ⁠רָעָ֖ב בְּ⁠קֶ֣רֶב הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 “{there has been} a famine throughout this country/region,” or “a famine {has been affecting/devastating} this whole region,” See how you translated “famine” in Gen 12:10.
45:6 fiio וְ⁠עוֹד֙ חָמֵ֣שׁ שָׁנִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר 1 “and for another five years {it will be so severe/bad that}” or “and during the next five years {it will be even worse, so that}” or “and there will be five more years when”
45:6 szwk אֵין חָרִ֖ישׁ וְ⁠קָצִּֽיר 1 “{there will} be no plowing {of fields} or harvesting {of crops}.” or “no one will {be able to} plant {seeds} or harvest {crops}.”
45:7 d4nu וַ⁠יִּשְׁלָחֵ֤⁠נִי אֱלֹהִים֙ 1 “That is why God sent me {here}” or “God sent me {here}” or “God caused me to come {here}”
45:7 f5ep לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “before you came,” or “before you got here,”
45:7 oicd לָ⁠שׂ֥וּם לָ⁠כֶ֛ם שְׁאֵרִ֖ית 1 “so that you will have descendants survive/living” or “to help you survive and have descendants”
45:7 kgqc בָּ⁠אָ֑רֶץ 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean (1) “on the earth” (2) “in the/this land”
45:7 hip5 וּ⁠לְ⁠הַחֲי֣וֹת לָ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “by helping you stay live” or “by saving your lives”
45:7 vs2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לִ⁠פְלֵיטָ֖ה גְּדֹלָֽה 1 “through this/his amazing/extraordinary rescue.” or “in this amazing/powerful way.” For some languages it is better to put the last two phrases earlier in this sentence and say, “But God sent me ahead of you to save your lives in this amazing way so that you will survive and have descendants on the earth.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
45:8 x77e וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה 1 “So then,” or “So”
45:8 tkpc לֹֽא אַתֶּ֞ם 1 “you are/were not {the ones}”
45:8 bzgs שְׁלַחְתֶּ֤ם אֹתִ⁠י֙ הֵ֔נָּה 1 “{who} caused me to come here,”
45:8 l7xp כִּ֖י הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 “but {rather} {it was} God {who sent/brought me}.” or “but {rather} God {is/was the one} {who did it/that}.”
45:8 up9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְשִׂימֵ֨⁠נִֽי לְ⁠אָ֜ב לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֗ה 1 “He has {also/even} made me {like a} father to {King} Pharaoh,” Joseph was like a father to Pharaoh in that Pharaoh highly honored him and Joseph took care of Pharaohs household and all their needs. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
45:8 l5k7 וּ⁠לְ⁠אָדוֹן֙ לְ⁠כָל 1 “so that I am the master/supervisor of” or “so that I am the one in charge of”. See how you translated “lord” in Gen 42:30, 33.
45:8 v1vi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ⁠כָל בֵּית֔⁠וֹ 1 “his entire household”. See how you translated “house” in Gen 41:40. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
45:8 cxyy וּ⁠מֹשֵׁ֖ל 1 “and {also} the governor” or “and {also} the highest official”
45:8 hpg8 בְּ⁠כָל אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 “in/over the entire/whole country of Egypt.”
45:9 j5m0 מַהֲרוּ֮ וַ⁠עֲל֣וּ 0 “Hurry up/back” or “Leave quickly and go back” or “Return quickly”. In this verse, the words “up” and “down” reflect the fact that Canaan was higher in elevation than Egypt. Many languages leave those words implied. Do what is best in your language.
45:9 v12d אֶל אָבִ⁠י֒ 1 “to our father”. See how you translated “my father” in verse 3.
45:9 q5o8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֣ם אֵלָ֗י⁠ו כֹּ֤ה אָמַר֙ בִּנְ⁠ךָ֣ יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “and tell him that his son Joseph has sent him this message:” Consider whether it is best in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
45:9 jjgl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes שָׂמַ֧⁠נִי אֱלֹהִ֛ים לְ⁠אָד֖וֹן לְ⁠כָל מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 “God has made/appointed me ruler/governor over the entire {country of} Egypt.” Consider whether it is best in your language to translate this doubly embedded quote (which continues through verse 11) as a direct or indirect quote. An example of an indirect quote would be: “God has made him the ruler over all Egypt. He urges you to come down there to live near him, without delay. He also says that you and your family may live in Goshen Province and that way you will live near him....He will provide for you there...” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
45:9 sku6 רְדָ֥⁠ה אֵלַ֖⁠י 1 “{So} {please} come down {here} {to live} near me,”
45:9 vcd6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אַֽל תַּעֲמֹֽד 1 “{and} do not delay/wait.” or “{and} do not take very long to come.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this sentence and say, “{So} {please} do not take very long, but rather come down/here quickly {to live} near me.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
45:10 am1x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠יָשַׁבְתָּ֣ 1 “You {and your family} can/may live”. The pronouns “you” and “your” in this verse are singular, but Josephs message to his father includes the whole family. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
45:10 vj43 בְ⁠אֶֽרֶץ גֹּ֗שֶׁן 1 “in the region/territory of Goshen” or “in Goshen Province/County”. Goshen was a region or territory that was part of the country of Egypt. Make sure your translation of “land” does not sound like Goshen was its own country.
45:10 xbs2 וְ⁠הָיִ֤יתָ 1 “and that way” or “That way”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
45:10 db7h וְ⁠הָיִ֤יתָ קָרוֹב֙ אֵלַ֔⁠י 1 “you can be/live near me” or “you will/can live close to me”
45:10 abct NO OrigLQuote AVAILABLE!!! 1 “with your children”
45:10 wz43 וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י בָנֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “and your grandchildren”
45:10 imwz וְ⁠צֹאנְ⁠ךָ֥ וּ⁠בְקָרְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “along with your flocks {of sheep and goats}, your herds {of cattle}” or “as well as all your {domestic} animals”
45:10 ey3b וְ⁠כָל אֲשֶׁר לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 “and all your {other} belongings.” or “and everything {else} that you own.”
45:11 ntlo וְ⁠כִלְכַּלְתִּ֤י אֹֽתְ⁠ךָ֙ שָׁ֔ם 1 “I will take care of you there,” or “I will support you there,”
45:11 xl31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּי ע֛וֹד חָמֵ֥שׁ שָׁנִ֖ים רָעָ֑ב 1 “since {there are} still five {more} years of famine {ahead/coming}.” or “because the famine will last five {more} years.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “There are still five more years of famine ahead/coming, so I will provide for you there {in Goshen}.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
45:11 d4w9 פֶּן 1 “{Please come} so that” or “That way”
45:11 m9m8 פֶּן תִּוָּרֵ֛שׁ אַתָּ֥ה וּ⁠בֵֽיתְ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠כָל אֲשֶׁר לָֽ⁠ךְ 1 “you and your {extended} family will not become impoverished/destitute/poor {and die}.” or “{the famine} will/does not cause you and your family to lose everything you own {and die}.” The verb “become impoverished” can include losing livestock, other belongings, and the lives of their servants and family members.
45:12 ss7a וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה 0 “And/Now look/listen!” or “{Then Joseph said to his brothers,} Look!” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Josephs message to his father was completed in verse 11, and that here in verse 12 he is talking directly to his brothers again.
45:12 savf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche עֵֽינֵי⁠כֶם֙ 1 “{I can tell that} {all of} you,” or “{All of} you,” The word “eyes” is used figuratively here (and in the next phrase) to refer to the persons themselves; it also emphasizes the fact that they were seeing Joseph in person. Consider what is the best way to translate this phrase in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
45:12 vwt0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship וְ⁠עֵינֵ֖י אָחִ֣⁠י בִנְיָמִ֑ין 1 “including my brother Benjamin,” See how you translated “brother” in Gen 43:29. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
45:12 d4ru rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche רֹא֔וֹת כִּי פִ֖⁠י 1 “{can} see that {it really is} me, {Joseph,}” or “{can} see that I {Joseph} {am the one}”. Here the phrase “my mouth” refers to Joseph himself; it also emphasizes the fact that it was Joseph himself who was talking to them. Consider what is the best way to translate this figure of speech in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
45:12 gcvk הַֽ⁠מְדַבֵּ֥ר אֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 “who is talking to you.”
45:13 cya3 וְ⁠הִגַּדְתֶּ֣ם לְ⁠אָבִ֗⁠י 1 “So {go and} tell my/our father”
45:13 ul6y אֶת כָּל כְּבוֹדִ⁠י֙ בְּ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 “{about} my powerful/high position in Egypt” or “{about} how powerful/honored I am in Egypt”
45:13 lidn וְ⁠אֵ֖ת כָּל אֲשֶׁ֣ר רְאִיתֶ֑ם 1 “and {about} everything {else} that you have seen {here}.”
45:13 bqv7 וּ⁠מִֽהַרְתֶּ֛ם וְ⁠הוֹרַדְתֶּ֥ם אֶת אָבִ֖⁠י הֵֽנָּה 1 “Then hurry and bring him down here {to me}.” or “Then quickly bring him here {to me}.” See how you translated “down” in verse 9.
45:14 r6ln rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּפֹּ֛ל עַל צַוְּארֵ֥י בִנְיָמִֽן אָחִ֖י⁠ו 1 “Then Joseph threw/put his arms around his brother Benjamins neck/shoulders” or “Then Joseph hugged his brother Benjamin {tightly/strongly}”. See how you translated the idiom “fell on his neck” in Gen 33:4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
45:14 ea8j וַ⁠יֵּ֑בְךְּ 1 “and cried {for joy},” or “and started crying {because he was so happy}.”
45:14 ony8 וּ⁠בִנְיָמִ֔ן בָּכָ֖ה עַל צַוָּארָֽי⁠ו 1 “and Benjamin {also} cried on his/Josephs neck/shoulder.” or “Benjamin {also} cried as he hugged him/Joseph {back}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
45:15 ggne וַ⁠יְנַשֵּׁ֥ק לְ⁠כָל אֶחָ֖י⁠ו 1 “Then/Next Joseph kissed all his brothers {on their cheeks}” or “Then/Next Joseph greeted all his brothers with a kiss {on their cheeks}”. See how you translated “kissed...{on the cheeks}” in Gen 33:4.
45:15 t2gm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יֵּ֣בְךְּ עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֑ם 1 “as he continued to cry {for joy}.” or “with tears {of joy}.” For some languages it is more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “Then as Joseph continued to cry, he kissed all his brothers {on the/their cheeks}.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
45:15 wxc9 וְ⁠אַ֣חֲרֵי כֵ֔ן דִּבְּר֥וּ אֶחָ֖י⁠ו אִתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “After {he did} that, his brothers started talking with him.” Previously Josephs brothers had been too afraid to speak (verse 3). Now they felt free to start talking to him.
45:16 a6pi וְ⁠הַ⁠קֹּ֣ל נִשְׁמַ֗ע בֵּ֤ית פַּרְעֹה֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר 1 “When the news reached Pharaohs palace/household” or “When Pharaohs household heard the news”
45:16 qihz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations בָּ֖אוּ אֲחֵ֣י יוֹסֵ֑ף וַ⁠יִּיטַב֙ 1 “that Josephs brothers had come/arrived {there},” Consider whether it is better to use a direct or indirect quote here in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
45:16 yonq וַ⁠יִּיטַב֙ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵינֵ֖י עֲבָדָֽי⁠ו 1 “it was pleasing to Pharaoh and {all} his servants/officials.” or “Pharaoh and {all} his servants/officials were pleased/happy.”
45:17 f0rb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר פַּרְעֹה֙ אֶל יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “Then/So Pharaoh told/instructed Joseph,” or “Then/So Pharaoh gave these instructions to Joseph:” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
45:17 nwm7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אֱמֹ֥ר אֶל אַחֶ֖י⁠ךָ זֹ֣את עֲשׂ֑וּ טַֽעֲנוּ֙ אֶת בְּעִ֣ירְ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “Give your brothers this message {from me}: Load your donkeys {with grain}” or “Tell your brothers to load their {pack} animals {with grain}”. These animals were donkeys (Gen 43:18, 44:3), not any other kind of animal. Also, consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote with a direct or indirect quote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
45:17 no0d וּ⁠לְכוּ בֹ֖אוּ אַ֥רְצָ⁠ה 1 “and go quickly {back} to” or “and quickly return to”. The two verbs “leave” and “go” emphasize that Josephs brothers should go back immediately to their father in Canaan.
45:17 ekjb אַ֥רְצָ⁠ה כְּנָֽעַן 1 “the region of Canaan.” or “Canaan.”
45:18 r5zh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וּ⁠קְח֧וּ אֶת אֲבִי⁠כֶ֛ם וְ⁠אֶת בָּתֵּי⁠כֶ֖ם וּ⁠בֹ֣אוּ אֵלָ֑⁠י 1 “Then bring your father and your families back {here} to me,” or “Then {tell them to} bring their father and their families back {here} to me.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that verse 18 is still part of Pharaohs message to Josephs brothers. Also make sure the pronouns that you use throughout verses 17 and 18 fit with whether you translate this embedded quote with a direct or indirect quote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
45:18 b98l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠אֶתְּנָ֣ה לָ⁠כֶ֗ם 1 “I will give you” or “I will give them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
45:18 soil אֶת טוּב֙ אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 “the best {region/area/land} in the country of Egypt {to live in},”
45:18 xl30 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠אִכְל֖וּ 1 “so that you” or “so that they” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
45:18 j0oy וְ⁠אִכְל֖וּ אֶת חֵ֥לֶב הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “will live well/comfortably with the best/abundance of everything in the country. “ This idiom means that they would live comfortably with the best of everything; it does not just refer to food. Consider whether you have a similar idiom in your language. {See: figs-idiom)
45:19 rznz וְ⁠אַתָּ֥ה צֻוֵּ֖יתָה 0 “You are also directed/instructed {to tell them}” or “{Then Pharaoh said to Joseph,} “I also command/want you {to tell them}”. The pronoun “you” is singular here and refers to Joseph. This clause is not part of Pharaohs message to Josephs brothers (verses 17-20). Make sure that is clear in your translation.
45:19 r7b1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes זֹ֣את עֲשׂ֑וּ קְחוּ לָ⁠כֶם֩ עֲגָל֗וֹת 1 “Take {some of} {my} carts/wagons with you” or “to take {some of} {my} carts/wagons with them”. These carts or wagons had two or four wheels and were pulled by animals such as oxen or donkeys. Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote with a direct or indirect quote. See what you did for a similar case in verses 17-18. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
45:19 wxsr מֵ⁠אֶ֨רֶץ מִצְרַ֜יִם 1 “from the country of Egypt”
45:19 ehow rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לְ⁠טַפְּ⁠כֶם֙ וְ⁠לִ⁠נְשֵׁי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “for your/their {young} children and wives {to travel/ride in},” or “for your/their wives and {young} children {to travel/ride in},” For some languages it is more natural (and respectful) to put “wives” before “little ones” in this phrase. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “little ones” in Gen 43:8. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
45:19 zy6m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וּ⁠נְשָׂאתֶ֥ם אֶת אֲבִי⁠כֶ֖ם וּ⁠בָאתֶֽם 1 “then bring {them and} your father {back} {here to live}.” or “Then {tell them} to bring their father {and their families} {back} {here to live}.” Make sure the pronouns you use throughout verses 19 and 20 fit with whether you translate the embedded quote with a direct or indirect quote. Also see how you translated “get your father” in verse 18. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
45:20 rsjc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠עֵ֣ינְ⁠כֶ֔ם אַל תָּחֹ֖ס 1 “And do not be concerned” or “You/They should not worry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
45:20 n3nt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes עַל כְּלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “about {leaving some of} your/their belongings {behind},” or “if you/they have to leave behind {some of} your/their belongings/possessions,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
45:20 bf1n כִּי ט֛וּב כָּל אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרַ֖יִם 1 “because the best of everything in the land/country of Egypt” or “because the most valuable {things} in all the land/country of Egypt”. This phrase refers generally to the wealth of Egypt which will be available to Jacobs family, including fertile land and anything else that they need.
45:20 ans7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes לָ⁠כֶ֥ם 1 “{will be} yours. ” or “{will be} theirs.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
45:21 kcbs וַ⁠יַּֽעֲשׂוּ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 “Then/So Israels sons”. Jacob is referred to by his other name Israel here (also in verse 28). If that is not clear in your translation, you could put that information in a footnote. If possible in your translation, it is best to keep the name that the author chose to use in each case so that you do not change what is being emphasized.
45:21 tiy7 וַ⁠יַּֽעֲשׂוּ כֵן֙ 1 “{agreed to} do that.” or “{agreed to} do what Pharaoh said/commanded.”
45:21 dnbb וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֨ן לָ⁠הֶ֥ם יוֹסֵ֛ף עֲגָל֖וֹת 1 “Then Joseph gave them carts/wagons {to use}”
45:21 zkju rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַל פִּ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה 1 “according to Pharaohs words/command,” or “as {King} Pharaoh had commanded/directed {him},” This phrase refers to what Pharaoh said. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
45:21 f8wt וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֥ן לָ⁠הֶ֛ם צֵדָ֖ה 1 “and he provided/supplied them with food” or “and he gave them food”
45:21 kx1n לַ⁠דָּֽרֶךְ 1 “to eat on their trip/journey {home}.” or “to eat as they traveled {home}.”
45:22 lj72 לְ⁠כֻלָּ֥⁠ם נָתַ֛ן לָ⁠אִ֖ישׁ חֲלִפ֣וֹת שְׂמָלֹ֑ת 1 “To each of them he gave a {new} change/set of clothes,” or “He {also} gave a {new} change/set of clothes to each one of his brothers,”
45:22 ku7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וּ⁠לְ⁠בִנְיָמִ֤ן נָתַן֙ שְׁלֹ֣שׁ מֵא֣וֹת כֶּ֔סֶף וְ⁠חָמֵ֖שׁ חֲלִפֹ֥ת שְׂמָלֹֽת 1 “but to Benjamin he gave 300 {pieces} of silver {money} and five {new} changes/sets of clothes.” or “but to Benjamin he gave five {new} changes/sets of clothes and/plus 300 {pieces} of silver {money}.” For some languages it is better to mention the gift of clothes to Benjamin before the gift of silver, to more clearly contrast how many clothes he received with how many his brothers received. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “{shekels} of silver” at Genesis 20:16 (and see the note there). Three hundred shekels of silver was equal to about 3.5 kilos (7.5 pounds). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
45:23 fr3h וּ⁠לְ⁠אָבִ֞י⁠ו שָׁלַ֤ח כְּ⁠זֹאת֙ 1 “Besides that, he sent {with them} the following gifts for his father:” or “He also gave {them} the following gifts/things to give to his father:”
45:23 cksy עֲשָׂרָ֣ה חֲמֹרִ֔ים נֹשְׂאִ֖ים מִ⁠טּ֣וּב 1 “ten male donkeys that were carrying”
45:23 xcsr מִ⁠טּ֣וּב מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 “{some of} the best/finest {things/products} from Egypt,” or “{some of} the most valuable {things} produced in {the land/country of} Egypt,”
45:23 i00l וְ⁠עֶ֣שֶׂר אֲתֹנֹ֡ת נֹֽ֠שְׂאֹת בָּ֣ר 1 “and ten female donkeys that were carrying”
45:23 qi3o בָּ֣ר וָ⁠לֶ֧חֶם וּ⁠מָז֛וֹן 1 “{bags of} grain, bread and {other} provisions/food” or “{food} provisions, including grain and bread,”
45:23 ml1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לְ⁠אָבִ֖י⁠ו 1 “for his father {and family}” or “for him {and his family}” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
45:23 kd75 לַ⁠דָּֽרֶךְ 1 “to eat on his/their trip/journey {to Egypt}.” or “to eat as he/they traveled {to Egypt}.” See how you translated “provisions...for the road” in verse 21 and Gen 42:25.
45:24 nqcs rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יְשַׁלַּ֥ח 1 “Then Joseph” or “After that, he/Joseph” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
45:24 d6tt וַ⁠יְשַׁלַּ֥ח אֶת אֶחָ֖י⁠ו 1 “sent/saw his brothers off {on their way/journey home}.” or “got his brothers started {on their journey home}.”
45:24 qezv וַ⁠יֵּלֵ֑כוּ 1 “As they were leaving,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
45:24 rty0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ם אַֽל תִּרְגְּז֖וּ 1 “he told/urged them, “Do not argue {with each other}” or “he told/urged them not to argue {with one another}”. Consider whether it is better in your language to use a direct or indirect quote here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
45:24 dh6n בַּ⁠דָּֽרֶךְ 1 “on the way/journey.” or “as you travel.”
45:25 z1e1 וַֽ⁠יַּעֲל֖וּ מִ⁠מִּצְרָ֑יִם 1 “Then Josephs brothers left Egypt”. See how you translated “up” in verse 9.
45:25 mbuw וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨אוּ֙ אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן אֶֽל יַעֲקֹ֖ב אֲבִי⁠הֶֽם 1 “and went/traveled {back} {home} to their father Jacob in the land/region of Canaan.”
45:26 ektk וַ⁠יַּגִּ֨דוּ ל֜⁠וֹ לֵ⁠אמֹ֗ר 1 “They {immediately} announced to him,” or “{When they arrived,} they exclaimed/announced to him,”
45:26 l7wg ע֚וֹד יוֹסֵ֣ף חַ֔י וְ⁠כִֽי ה֥וּא מֹשֵׁ֖ל בְּ⁠כָל אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 “Joseph {is} still alive! In fact, he {is} the governor over/of the entire country of Egypt!” See how you translated “ruler” in verse 8.
45:26 tsjm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יָּ֣פָג לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “{When their father heard that news,} he was stunned {and silent},” or “{When Jacob heard that,} he was completely shocked,” This idiom means that Jacob was so shocked that he did not know which way to go with his emotions or what to think, say or do; it does not mean that he died. Some languages have a similar idiom. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
45:26 iaug כִּ֥י לֹא הֶאֱמִ֖ין לָ⁠הֶֽם 1 “because he could not believe them.” or “because he thought it could not be true.”
45:27 gadd וַ⁠יְדַבְּר֣וּ אֵלָ֗י⁠ו 1 “But then they reported to him” or “But {after} they told him”
45:27 lw6i אֵ֣ת כָּל דִּבְרֵ֤י יוֹסֵף֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר דִּבֶּ֣ר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 “everything that Joseph had said to them,”
45:27 y1r9 וַ⁠יַּרְא֙ אֶת הָ֣⁠עֲגָל֔וֹת 1 “and {when/after} he saw the carts/wagons”. See how you translated “carts” in verses 19 and 21.
45:27 dim2 אֲשֶׁר שָׁלַ֥ח יוֹסֵ֖ף לָ⁠שֵׂ֣את אֹת֑⁠וֹ וַ⁠תְּחִ֕י 1 “that Joseph had sent to carry him {and his family} {to Egypt},”
45:27 os2g וַ⁠תְּחִ֕י ר֖וּחַ יַעֲקֹ֥ב אֲבִי⁠הֶֽם 1 “their father Jacob felt much better.” or “he recovered {from the shock}.”
45:28 byhk וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 “Then Israel/he exclaimed {to them},” Consider again whether to include in this chapter a footnote which explains that “Israel” (verses 21 and 28) and “Jacob” (verses 25 and 27) refer to the same person, not two different people.
45:28 nw1o רַ֛ב 1 “{Thats} enough! {It must be true!}” or “{I have heard} enough! {Im convinced!}”
45:28 un3t עוֹד יוֹסֵ֥ף בְּנִ֖⁠י חָ֑י 1 “My son Joseph must still be alive!” or “My son Joseph really is alive!”
45:28 iyqo אֵֽלְכָ֥ה וְ⁠אֶרְאֶ֖⁠נּוּ בְּ⁠טֶ֥רֶם אָמֽוּת 1 “I must go {now} and see him {again} before I die.”
46:1 riri וַ⁠יִּסַּ֤ע יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ וְ⁠כָל אֲשֶׁר ל֔⁠וֹ 1 “So Israel started the journey {to Egypt} with all his {family members and} belongings/possessions.” or “So Israel {and his family} started traveling {toward Egypt} with all his/their belongings.”
46:1 duwh וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖א בְּאֵ֣רָ⁠ה שָּׁ֑בַע וַ⁠יִּזְבַּ֣ח 1 “When they reached {the city of} Beersheba,”
46:1 hkee וַ⁠יִּזְבַּ֣ח זְבָחִ֔ים 1 “he offered sacrifices/offerings” or “offered/burned some of his animals {on an altar} {there} as sacrifices”. See how you translated “sacrificed” in Gen 31:54.
46:1 tvbs לֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֖י אָבִ֥י⁠ו יִצְחָֽק 1 “to God, whom his father Isaac had worshiped/served.”
46:2 r68j וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר אֱלֹהִ֤ים לְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ בְּ⁠מַרְאֹ֣ת הַ⁠לַּ֔יְלָה וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר יַעֲקֹ֣ב יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 “During the night God spoke/called to Israel in a vision, “Jacob! Jacob!” “ or “That night, God {appeared/came to} Israel in a vision and said to him, “Jacob, Jacob.” “ God repeats Jacobs name to communicate that he has something urgent or important to tell him. Make sure your translation of this phrase does not sound angry or critical. Also see how you translated “vision” in Gen 15:1.
46:2 zw7m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “Israel/Jacob replied {to him},” For some languages, it is more natural to put this quotation margin (“he said”) after the quote. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
46:2 xvb8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הִנֵּֽ⁠נִי 1 “Here I am, {Lord/Master}.” or “Yes, {Lord/Master}?” or “I am listening, {Lord}.” Consider again how you translated the idiom “Behold me” throughout the book of Genesis. See Gen 22:1, 7, 11; 27:1, 18; 31:11; 37:13 ; 46:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
46:3 kdx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר 1 “Then God said {to him},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
46:3 j0y9 אָנֹכִ֥י הָ⁠אֵ֖ל אֱלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “I {am} God, the God whom your father served/worshiped.” See how you translated “the God of” in verse 1.
46:3 l2gh אַל תִּירָא֙ 1 “Dont be afraid” or “You must not be afraid”
46:3 ss0c מֵ⁠רְדָ֣ה מִצְרַ֔יְמָ⁠ה 1 “to move down to {the country of} Egypt,” or “to go/travel to {the country of} Egypt {and settle there},”
46:3 tlg5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כִּֽי לְ⁠ג֥וֹי אֲשִֽׂימְ⁠ךָ֥ 1 “because I will make you {and your family/descendants} become” or “because I will make your family/descendants {multiply and} become” or “because I will give you {many} descendants, who will become”. See how you translated “I will make you into a great nation” (and similar phrases) in Gen 12:2; 17:20; 18:18; 21:13, 18. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
46:3 qaja לְ⁠ג֥וֹי גָּד֖וֹל שָֽׁם 1 “an important/large ethnic/people group {while they live} there.”
46:4 yhnq אָנֹכִ֗י אֵרֵ֤ד עִמְּ⁠ךָ֙ מִצְרַ֔יְמָ⁠ה 1 “I myself/personally will go with you to Egypt,” or “I will personally go with you down to Egypt {and take care of you there}.” Consider what is the best way to translate the emphatic pronoun “I” here and in the next clause. Also see how you translated “down” and “up” in Gen 45:9.
46:4 bj4x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠אָנֹכִ֖י אַֽעַלְ⁠ךָ֣ גַם עָלֹ֑ה 1 “Later I will definitely bring your descendants {back} {here} {to Canaan}.” The pronoun “you” refers here to Jacobs descendants. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
46:4 kc9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וְ⁠יוֹסֵ֕ף יָשִׁ֥ית יָד֖⁠וֹ עַל עֵינֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 “And {when you die}, Joseph will {be right there to} close your eyes.” or “When you die, Joseph will be with you.” This clause refers to the custom of closing a persons eyes after he died and means that Joseph would be with Jacob when he died. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
46:5 o6ve וַ⁠יָּ֥קָם יַעֲקֹ֖ב מִ⁠בְּאֵ֣ר שָׁ֑בַע 1 “Then/So Jacob left {the city of} Beersheba,” or “After that, Jacob {whose other name was Israel} left {the city of} Beersheba,” Be consistent with how you spell “Beersheba” throughout the book of Genesis. See Gen 21:14, 31-33; 22:19; 26:23, 33; 28:10; 46:1, 5.
46:5 d9sz וַ⁠יִּשְׂא֨וּ בְנֵֽי יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל אֶת יַעֲקֹ֣ב אֲבִי⁠הֶ֗ם 1 “and his sons, the sons of Israel, took/transported {him} their father” or “and his sons, {that is} the sons of Israel, took/transported him” or “and his sons took/transported him”. “Israel” is the name that God gave to Jacob (Gen 32:28, 35:10). In chapters 45 and 46, the text repeatedly switches back and forth between both of Jacobs names. Make sure it is clear in your translation that these two names refer to the same person. You could include a footnote that helps readers understand what is happening.
46:5 dh0t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠אֶת טַפָּ⁠ם֙ וְ⁠אֶת נְשֵׁי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 “as well as their children and wives” or “and their wives and children”. See how you translated “little ones and...wives” in Gen 45:19. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
46:5 ijbh בָּ⁠עֲגָל֕וֹת 1 “in the wagons”. See how you translated “carts” in Gen 45:19, 21, 27.
46:5 swur rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֲשֶׁר פַּרְעֹ֖ה 1 “that {King} Pharaoh” or “that Pharaoh {the king of Egypt}” or “that the king {of/over Egypt}”. For a note about how “Pharaoh” is used like a name in the Bible, see Gen 12:15. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
46:5 a341 שָׁלַ֥ח 1 “had sent {to Canaan}” or “had provided”
46:5 a0lg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לָ⁠שֵׂ֥את אֹתֽ⁠וֹ 1 “to transport him/them {to Egypt}.” or “for them to ride in/on {to Egypt}.” The pronoun “him” refers to Jacob, the head of his family, and includes Jacobs wives and children. It may be necessary to use the plural pronoun “them” to make that clear. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
46:6 bpn0 וַ⁠יִּקְח֣וּ אֶת מִקְנֵי⁠הֶ֗ם 1 “They {also} took/brought {with them} their livestock/animals”
46:6 mwtw וְ⁠אֶת רְכוּשָׁ⁠ם֙ 1 “and their {other} belongings”. Consider again how you translated “possessions” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 12:5 (and note); 13:6; 14:11-12, 16, 21; 15:14; 31:18; 36:7; 46:6. It may be necessary to translate this term in slightly different ways, depending on the context.
46:6 rgy2 אֲשֶׁ֤ר רָֽכְשׁוּ֙ 1 “that they had accumulated/gotten”. Consider again how you translated “acquired” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 12:5; 31:18; 36:6; 46:6.
46:6 ll6u בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן 1 “in the region of Canaan.” or “in Canaan.”
46:6 kx4e וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖אוּ מִצְרָ֑יְמָ⁠ה יַעֲקֹ֖ב וְ⁠כָל זַרְע֥⁠וֹ אִתּֽ⁠וֹ 1 “Then Jacob and all of his descendants arrived in Egypt,”
46:7 fpfy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship בָּנָ֞י⁠ו וּ⁠בְנֵ֤י בָנָי⁠ו֙ אִתּ֔⁠וֹ בְּנֹתָ֛י⁠ו וּ⁠בְנ֥וֹת בָּנָ֖י⁠ו 1 “{including} his sons and grandsons, {and} his daughters and granddaughters.” or “{including} his sons, daughters, grandsons, and granddaughters.” or “{including} his sons and daughters, {and} his grandsons and granddaughters.” Consider what is the best way in your language to list these descendants. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
46:7 f9ba rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠כָל זַרְע֑⁠וֹ הֵבִ֥יא אִתּ֖⁠וֹ מִצְרָֽיְמָ⁠ה 1 “{Yes,} he/Jacob brought his entire family with him to Egypt.” or “He/Jacob had all his offspring/descendants with him when he arrived in Egypt.” For some languages, it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of the clauses in this verse and say, “He/Jacob brought his entire {extended} family with him to Egypt, {including} his sons...” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
46:8 hwco וְ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה שְׁמ֧וֹת בְּנֵֽי יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל הַ⁠בָּאִ֥ים מִצְרַ֖יְמָ⁠ה יַעֲקֹ֣ב וּ⁠בָנָ֑י⁠ו 1 “Here is a list of the names of Israels descendants who went/came {with him} to Egypt, {that is,} Jacobs descendants:” or “The following list gives the names of Israels descendants, {that is,} Jacobs descendants, who went/came {with him} to Egypt:”
46:8 r81g בְּכֹ֥ר יַעֲקֹ֖ב רְאוּבֵֽן 1 “Reuben, {who was} his/Jacobs firstborn/oldest {son},” Some translations put verses 8-14, 16-17, and 19-24 in list format, beginning a new paragraph with each of Jacobs sons.
46:9 pg60 וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י רְאוּבֵ֑ן חֲנ֥וֹךְ 1 “and Reubens sons, {who were}” or “and Reubens sons:” Throughout this section (verses 9-27), some translations use a colon before each list of names instead of “{were}”. Do what is best in your language.
46:9 vobo חֲנ֥וֹךְ וּ⁠פַלּ֖וּא וְ⁠חֶצְר֥וֹן וְ⁠כַרְמִֽי 1 “Hanoch, Pallu, Hezron, and Carmi.” For some languages it is more natural to include “and” between every name in a list like this. For other languages it is more natural to use commas between names and leave “and” implied, except before the last name in the list. See how you translated similar lists of names in Genesis 10.
46:10 ml5y וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י שִׁמְע֗וֹן יְמוּאֵ֧ל 1 “{Simeon and} Simeons/his sons, {who were}”
46:10 wit7 יְמוּאֵ֧ל וְ⁠יָמִ֛ין וְ⁠אֹ֖הַד וְ⁠יָכִ֣ין וְ⁠צֹ֑חַר 1 “Jemuel, Jamin, Ohad, Jakin, Zohar,”
46:10 p9tr וְ⁠שָׁא֖וּל בֶּן הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִֽית 1 “and Shaul, who had a Canaanite mother.” or “and Shaul, whose mother was a Canaanite.” or “and Shaul. (Shaul had a Canaanite mother.)” In this list, only Shaul had a Canaanite mother. See how you translated “Canaanite” in Gen 38:2.
46:11 nty9 וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י לֵוִ֑י גֵּרְשׁ֕וֹן קְהָ֖ת וּ⁠מְרָרִֽי 1 “{Levi and} Levis sons, {who were} Gershon, Kohath, and Merari.”
46:12 jj9x וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֗ה עֵ֧ר 1 “{Judah and} Judahs sons, {who were}”
46:12 hxru עֵ֧ר וְ⁠אוֹנָ֛ן וְ⁠שֵׁלָ֖ה וָ⁠פֶ֣רֶץ וָ⁠זָ֑רַח 1 “Er, Onan, Shelah, Perez, and Zerah;” Be consistent here with how you spelled these names in Gen 38:3-11, 26, 29-30.
46:12 kmfp וַ⁠יָּ֨מָת עֵ֤ר וְ⁠אוֹנָן֙ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן 1 “actually, Er and Onan had {already} died in the land/region of Canaan.”
46:12 btiw וַ⁠יִּהְי֥וּ בְנֵי פֶ֖רֶץ חֶצְר֥וֹן וְ⁠חָמֽוּל 1 “Perezs sons were Hezron and Hamul.” or “Perez had sons {named} Hezron and Hamul.”
46:13 ynn3 וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י יִשָׂשכָ֑ר תּוֹלָ֥ע 1 “{Issachar and} Issachars sons, {who were}”
46:13 gd3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names תּוֹלָ֥ע וּ⁠פֻוָּ֖ה וְ⁠י֥וֹב וְ⁠שִׁמְרֽוֹן 1 “Tola, Puvah/Puah, Job/Jashub, and Shimron.” Numbers 26:24 and 1 Chronicles 7:1 have the same list of Issachars sons as here, but instead of “Puvah” and “Job”, they have “Puah” and “Jashub”. Some translations keep the spelling for these names the same in all three locations to avoid confusion. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
46:14 ed1v וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י זְבוּלֻ֑ן סֶ֥רֶד 1 “{Zebulun and} Zebuluns sons, {who were}”
46:14 o73v סֶ֥רֶד וְ⁠אֵל֖וֹן וְ⁠יַחְלְאֵֽל 1 “Sered, Elon, and Jahleel.”
46:15 s5do אֵ֣לֶּה בְּנֵ֣י 1 “Those {were} the sons {and grandsons}” or “{All} those {were} the descendants”
46:15 nmfo בְּנֵ֣י לֵאָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר יָֽלְדָ֤ה לְ⁠יַעֲקֹב֙ 1 “of Leah and Jacob who were born” or “that Jacobs wife Leah had” or “that Jacob and {his wife} Leah had together”
46:15 qbsu בְּ⁠פַדַּ֣ן אֲרָ֔ם 1 “in {the land/region of} Paddan Aram,”
46:15 bl0r וְ⁠אֵ֖ת דִּינָ֣ה בִתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “as well as Dinah their daughter.” or “in addition to their daughter Dinah.” or “They also had a daughter {named} Dinah.” Be consistent with how you spell the name “Dinah” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 30:21; 34:1-5, 11, 13, 25-26; 46:15.
46:15 avnp כָּל נֶ֧פֶשׁ בָּנָ֛י⁠ו וּ⁠בְנוֹתָ֖י⁠ו שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים וְ⁠שָׁלֹֽשׁ 1 “All {together} those sons, daughters {and grandchildren} {totaled} thirty-three persons/people.” or “The {total} number of those descendants {was} thirty-three.”
46:16 l2wr וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י גָ֔ד צִפְי֥וֹן 1 “{Jacobs other descendants who came with him included} {his/Jacobs son Gad and} Gads sons, {who were}” or “{Other descendants were/included} {Jacobs son Gad and} Gads sons:” This verse begins a new section in the list of Jacobs descendants. Decide what is the best way to begin this new section in your language.
46:16 zv7o צִפְי֥וֹן וְ⁠חַגִּ֖י שׁוּנִ֣י וְ⁠אֶצְבֹּ֑ן עֵרִ֥י וַֽ⁠אֲרוֹדִ֖י וְ⁠אַרְאֵלִֽי 1 “Ziphion, Haggi, Shuni, Ezbon, Eri, Arodi, and Areli.”
46:17 cii0 וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י אָשֵׁ֗ר יִמְנָ֧ה 1 “{He/Jacob also took} {his son Asher and} Ashers sons, {who were}”
46:17 uqg5 יִמְנָ֧ה וְ⁠יִשְׁוָ֛ה וְ⁠יִשְׁוִ֥י וּ⁠בְרִיעָ֖ה 1 “Imnah, Ishvah, Ishvi, and Beriah,”
46:17 ccrj וְ⁠שֶׂ֣רַח אֲחֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 “and their sister, {who was} Serah.” or “and their sister, {whose name was} Serah.” or “Their sister {was} Serah.”
46:17 rvtp וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י בְרִיעָ֔ה חֶ֖בֶר וּ⁠מַלְכִּיאֵֽל 1 “Beriahs sons {were} Heber and Malkiel.” or “Beriah had sons {named} Heber and Malkiel.”
46:18 ooav אֵ֚לֶּה בְּנֵ֣י זִלְפָּ֔ה 1 “Those {were} the descendants of {Jacob and} Zilpah,” or “Those {were} the children {and grandchildren} {that Jacob had} with Zilpah,” Be consistent with how you spell the name “Zilpah” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 29:24; 30:9-10,12; 35:26; 37:2; 46:18.
46:18 a33d אֲשֶׁר נָתַ֥ן לָבָ֖ן לְ⁠לֵאָ֣ה בִתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “{who was the servant woman} that Laban had given to his daughter Leah.”
46:18 q2fo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠תֵּ֤לֶד אֶת אֵ֨לֶּה֙ לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֔ב שֵׁ֥שׁ עֶשְׂרֵ֖ה נָֽפֶשׁ 1 “Zilpah and Jacob had those sixteen descendants.” or “{The total number of} those descendants that Zilpah and Jacob had together was sixteen.” Consider whether it is better in your language to change the order of clauses in this verse and say, “Those {were} sixteen descendants that Jacob had with {his concubine} Zilpah, whom Laban had given to his daughter Leah {as a maidservant/servant}.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
46:19 dl75 בְּנֵ֤י רָחֵל֙ אֵ֣שֶׁת יַֽעֲקֹ֔ב יוֹסֵ֖ף וּ⁠בִנְיָמִֽן 1 “{Then} there were the sons of Jacobs wife Rachel, {who were} Joseph and Benjamin.” or “The sons that Jacob had with his wife Rachel {were} Joseph and Benjamin.” This verse begins a new section in the list of Jacobs descendants. Decide what is the best way to begin this new section in your language.
46:20 wv2h וַ⁠יִּוָּלֵ֣ד לְ⁠יוֹסֵף֮ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַיִם֒ אֶת מְנַשֶּׁ֖ה וְ⁠אֶת אֶפְרָֽיִם 1 “Josephs {sons} who were born in the land/country of Egypt {were} Manasseh and Ephraim.” or “Josephs sons were Manasseh and Ephraim, and they were born in the land/country of Egypt.”
46:20 h1mo אֲשֶׁ֤ר יָֽלְדָה לּ⁠וֹ֙ אָֽסְנַ֔ת בַּת פּ֥וֹטִי פֶ֖רַע כֹּהֵ֣ן אֹ֑ן 1 “{Josephs/His wife} Asenath bore/had those sons for him; she was the daughter of Potiphera, the priest in/at {the city of} On.” or “Their mother was {Josephs wife} Asenath, the daughter of Potiphera, {who was} the priest in/at {the city of} On.” See how you translated “Asenath...daughter of Potiphera the priest of On” in Gen 41:45.
46:21 eani וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י בִנְיָמִ֗ן בֶּ֤לַע 1 “{Benjamin and} Benjamins sons, {who were}” or “Benjamins sons {were}”
46:21 d32r בֶּ֤לַע וָ⁠בֶ֨כֶר֙ וְ⁠אַשְׁבֵּ֔ל גֵּרָ֥א וְ⁠נַעֲמָ֖ן 1 “Bela, Beker, Ashbel, Gera, Naaman,”
46:21 qthw אֵחִ֣י וָ⁠רֹ֑אשׁ מֻפִּ֥ים וְ⁠חֻפִּ֖ים וָ⁠אָֽרְדְּ 1 “Ehi, Rosh, Muppim, Huppim, and Ard.” Remember to use (or not use) “and” between the names in this list in a way that is natural in your language.
46:22 khj5 אֵ֚לֶּה בְּנֵ֣י 1 “Those {were} the sons {and grandsons}” or “{All} those {were} the descendants”
46:22 awf7 בְּנֵ֣י רָחֵ֔ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֻלַּ֖ד לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 “that Jacobs wife Rachel had,” or “that Jacob and {his wife} Rachel had together,” or “who descended/came from Rachel and Jacob.” Your punctuation here will depend on how you translate the rest of this verse.
46:22 ycq8 כָּל נֶ֖פֶשׁ אַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָֽׂר 1 “a total of fourteen descendants.” or “The total {number} of those descendants {was} fourteen.”
46:23 f9g0 וּ⁠בְנֵי דָ֖ן חֻשִֽׁים 1 “{Other descendants who came with Jacob included:} {his son Dan and} Dans son Hushim.” This verse begins a new section in the list of Jacobs descendants. See how you started verse 16, which is similar.
46:24 ydx0 וּ⁠בְנֵ֖י נַפְתָּלִ֑י יַחְצְאֵ֥ל 1 “{Naphtali and} Naphtalis sons, {who were}”
46:24 jdr0 יַחְצְאֵ֥ל וְ⁠גוּנִ֖י וְ⁠יֵ֥צֶר וְ⁠שִׁלֵּֽם 1 “Jahziel, Guni, Jezer, and Shillem.” Consider again how you translated these lists of names in this chapter (verses 9-24).
46:25 tn9l אֵ֚לֶּה בְּנֵ֣י בִלְהָ֔ה 1 “Those {were} the descendants of {Jacob and} Bilhah,” or “Those {were all} the sons {and grandsons} that Jacob had with Bilhah,” Be consistent in how you spell “Bilhah” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 29:29; 30:3-5, 7; 35:22, 25; 37:2; 46:25. Also see how you translated verse 18, which is similar in structure to verse 25.
46:25 k5xe אֲשֶׁר נָתַ֥ן לָבָ֖ן לְ⁠רָחֵ֣ל בִּתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “{who was} {the servant woman} whom Laban had given to his daughter Rachel.”
46:25 uwps rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠תֵּ֧לֶד אֶת אֵ֛לֶּה לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֖ב כָּל נֶ֥פֶשׁ שִׁבְעָֽה 1 “The total {number} of those descendants that Bilhah and Jacob had together {was} seven.” or “Those descendants that Bilhah had with Jacob totaled seven {persons/people}.” For some languages it is better to change the order of clauses in this verse and say, “All those {were} seven descendants that Jacob had with {his concubine} Bilhah, whom Laban had given to his daughter Rachel {as a maidservant/servant}.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
46:26 r4sj כָּל הַ֠⁠נֶּפֶשׁ הַ⁠בָּאָ֨ה לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֤ב מִצְרַ֨יְמָ⁠ה֙ 1 “The total number of persons/people who traveled with Jacob to Egypt,”
46:26 vq0n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism יֹצְאֵ֣י יְרֵכ֔⁠וֹ 1 “who came/descended from him,” or “who were his blood relatives,” or “who were his biological descendants,” Make sure that your translation of this idiom can be read in public without offending or embarrassing listeners. See how you translated a similar idiom in Gen 35:11. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
46:26 ymh7 מִ⁠לְּ⁠בַ֖ד נְשֵׁ֣י בְנֵי יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 “not counting/including {his wives or} the wives of his sons,”
46:26 rfvm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כָּל נֶ֖פֶשׁ שִׁשִּׁ֥ים וָ⁠שֵֽׁשׁ 1 “was sixty-six people in all.” For some languages it is clearer and more natural to change the order of the clauses in this sentence and say, “Altogether Jacob had sixty-six blood relatives who went with him to Egypt. That {number} does not include {his wives or} his sons wives.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
46:27 w7ik וּ⁠בְנֵ֥י יוֹסֵ֛ף אֲשֶׁר יֻלַּד ל֥⁠וֹ בְ⁠מִצְרַ֖יִם נֶ֣פֶשׁ שְׁנָ֑יִם 1 “{If you include/count} {Jacob, Joseph, and} Josephs two sons, who were born in Egypt, {then}” or “Joseph {and his} two sons were already in Egypt, {so, including Jacob,}”
46:27 bkox כָּל הַ⁠נֶּ֧פֶשׁ לְ⁠בֵֽית יַעֲקֹ֛ב הַ⁠בָּ֥אָה מִצְרַ֖יְמָ⁠ה שִׁבְעִֽים 1 “all the people in Jacobs family who were in Egypt {totaled} seventy.” or “there was a total of seventy members of Jacobs family in Egypt.”
46:28 b4ff וְ⁠אֶת יְהוּדָ֞ה שָׁלַ֤ח 1 “Then he/Jacob told Judah to go” or “{When they reached Egypt,} he/Jacob had Judah go”
46:28 u61x לְ⁠פָנָי⁠ו֙ אֶל יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “ahead of them to Joseph” or “to Joseph ahead of them”
46:28 nz96 לְ⁠הוֹרֹ֥ת לְ⁠פָנָ֖י⁠ו 1 “to find out {which way} to go” or “to ask him how to get” or “to get directions”
46:28 lr93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit גֹּ֑שְׁנָ⁠ה 1 “to {the region/territory of} Goshen.” or “to Goshen {Province/County}.” Goshen was a region or territory that was part of the country of Egypt. For some languages it is better to make that explicit here, rather than wait until the end of the verse. Do what is best in your language. Also be consistent here with how you spelled “Goshen” in Gen 45:10. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
46:28 ywkc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖אוּ 1 “Then Jacob and his family” or “After that, Jacobs family”. Make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
46:28 z9zd וַ⁠יָּבֹ֖אוּ אַ֥רְצָ⁠ה 1 “traveled to” or “arrived in”
46:28 cib9 אַ֥רְצָ⁠ה גֹּֽשֶׁן 1 “the region/territory of Goshen.” or “Goshen Province/County.” or “Goshen.” If you use “the land of Goshen” earlier in this verse, it may be better to just say “Goshen” here. Do what is best in your language.
46:29 ytwf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֶּאְסֹ֤ר יוֹסֵף֙ מֶרְכַּבְתּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “Then Joseph got his chariot/cart ready” or “Then Joseph {had his servants} get his chariot/cart ready”. Joseph may have harnessed his horses to his chariot himself, or he may have had his servants do that for him (which was usual for a powerful person like him). Consider how you translated similar situations in Gen 41:48. Also see how you translated “chariot” in Gen 41:43. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
46:29 ddl6 וַ⁠יַּ֛עַל לִ⁠קְרַֽאת יִשְׂרָאֵ֥ל אָבִ֖י⁠ו גֹּ֑שְׁנָ⁠ה 1 “and went to Goshen to meet his father Israel.” See how you translated “went up” in Gen 13:1 and “go up” in Gen 45:9.
46:29 vrp6 וַ⁠יֵּרָ֣א אֵלָ֗י⁠ו 1 “{When he got there,} Joseph went/came up to his father” or “{There} Joseph greeted his father”
46:29 zdd2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּפֹּל֙ עַל צַוָּארָ֔י⁠ו 1 “and threw/put his arms around his neck/shoulders” or “and hugged him {tightly/strongly}”. See how you translated “fell on...neck” in Gen 45:14. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
46:29 vp4d וַ⁠יֵּ֥בְךְּ עַל צַוָּארָ֖י⁠ו עֽוֹד 1 “and cried {for joy} on his shoulder {for} a long time.”
46:30 ddlj וַ⁠יֹּ֧אמֶר יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל אֶל יוֹסֵ֖ף 1 “Then Israel exclaimed to Joseph/him,”
46:30 cub6 אָמ֣וּתָה הַ⁠פָּ֑עַם 1 ”Now I can/will die {happy},” or “Now when I die {I will be at peace},” Jacob did not die until 17 years later (Genesis 47:28). Make sure your translation of this clause does not mean or imply that Jacob wanted to die soon or that he thought he would die soon.
46:30 rb7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche אַחֲרֵי֙ רְאוֹתִ֣⁠י אֶת פָּנֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “since/because I have seen you face-to-face” or “since/because I have seen you in person”. In this context, “your face” refers to Joseph, not just his face. Decide what is the best way to communicate that in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
46:30 nhsm כִּ֥י עוֹדְ⁠ךָ֖ חָֽי 1 “{and know} that you {are} still alive!”
46:31 z0ih וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר יוֹסֵ֤ף אֶל אֶחָי⁠ו֙ 1 “Then Joseph announced to his brothers” or “Then Joseph told his brothers”
46:31 vudr וְ⁠אֶל בֵּ֣ית אָבִ֔י⁠ו 1 “and {the rest of} his fathers household/family,”
46:31 iu3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics אֶעֱלֶ֖ה וְ⁠אַגִּ֣ידָה לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֑ה וְ⁠אֹֽמְרָ֣ה אֵלָ֔י⁠ו 1 “I will go to {King} Pharaoh and tell/inform him,” Make sure that the way Joseph refers to Pharaoh here sounds respectful in your translation. See what you did in Gen 41:35. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-honorifics]])
46:31 xkdd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes אַחַ֧⁠י וּ⁠בֵית אָבִ֛⁠י 1 “My brothers and {the rest of} my fathers family” or “that my brothers and {the rest of} my fathers household/family”. Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote (in verses 31-32) with a direct or indirect quote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
46:31 nizd אֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּ⁠אֶֽרֶץ כְּנַ֖עַן בָּ֥אוּ אֵלָֽ⁠י 1 “have come/traveled {here} from the land/region of Canaan to live near me.”
46:32 x44w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes וְ⁠הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁים֙ רֹ֣עֵי צֹ֔אן 1 “The men {of my family} raise/tend sheep {and goats}.” or “{I will} also {tell him that} the/you men {in my family} raise sheep {and goats}.” Be consistent here with whether you are translating this embedded quote (that began in verse 31) as an direct or indirect quote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
46:32 igox כִּֽי אַנְשֵׁ֥י מִקְנֶ֖ה הָי֑וּ 1 “for/because they are livestock raisers/herders,” or “In fact, they raise {all kinds of} livestock {for a living},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
46:32 v6jw וְ⁠צֹאנָ֧⁠ם וּ⁠בְקָרָ֛⁠ם הֵבִֽיאוּ 1 “and they have brought {with them} {all} their sheep {and goats} and cattle”
46:32 l2a6 וְ⁠כָל 1 “and everything {else}” or “as well as everything {else}”
46:32 vast אֲשֶׁ֥ר לָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 “that they own/have.” or “that is theirs.”
46:33 ai1b וְ⁠הָיָ֕ה 1 “Then” or “So then,” This phrase introduces and emphasizes what Joseph says next. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language.
46:33 h0uq כִּֽי פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 “when {King} Pharaoh” or “when the king”
46:33 r2yq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes יִקְרָ֥א לָ⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠אָמַ֖ר מַה מַּעֲשֵׂי⁠כֶֽם 1 “summons you and asks {you} what your work/occupation is,” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this embedded quotation with a direct or indirect quote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
46:34 w1v4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֗ם 1 “you should/must tell {him},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
46:34 ia61 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אַנְשֵׁ֨י מִקְנֶ֜ה הָי֤וּ עֲבָדֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ מִ⁠נְּעוּרֵ֣י⁠נוּ וְ⁠עַד עַ֔תָּה 1 “Your Majesty/Highness, we have raised livestock since the time we were youths/young,” or “Sir, ever since the time we were young until now, we have been raising livestock,” The phrase “your servants” shows respect to Pharaoh and acknowledges his high position; it does not mean that Pharaoh actually owns Josephs brothers as servants. Translate this in a polite way that shows respect toward Pharaoh. Also, see how you translated “livestock men” in verse 32. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
46:34 r4o3 גַּם אֲנַ֖חְנוּ גַּם אֲבֹתֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 “{which is} the same occupation that our forefathers/ancestors had.” See how you translated “fathers” in Gen 15:15.
46:34 wtti בַּ⁠עֲב֗וּר 1 “That way” or “If {you say} that, {then}”
46:34 k7fk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תֵּשְׁבוּ֙ 1 “you will be permitted/allowed to live {separately/privately}” or “{he/Pharaoh} will permit/allow} you to live {separately/privately}”. The idea here is that Jacobs family would be permitted to live in rural areas to raise their livestock away from most Egyptians, who despised sheep herders. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
46:34 e403 בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ גֹּ֔שֶׁן 1 “in the region/territory of Goshen,” or “in Goshen Province/County,”
46:34 d82w כִּֽי 1 “{especially} because/since”
46:34 prnu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure תוֹעֲבַ֥ת מִצְרַ֖יִם כָּל רֹ֥עֵה צֹֽאן 1 “sheep herders are detestable {to} Egyptians.” or “the people of Egypt have disdain/contempt for sheep herders.” or “Egyptians despise/detest everyone who raises sheep.” For some languages it is clearer and more natural to change the order of phrases in this clause. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “abomination” in Gen 43:32. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
47:1 mkye וַ⁠יָּבֹ֣א יוֹסֵף֮ וַ⁠יַּגֵּ֣ד לְ⁠פַרְעֹה֒ וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “Then/So Joseph went to {King} Pharaoh and informed/told {him},” See how you translated “report to Pharaoh” in Gen 46:31.
47:1 sa29 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אָבִ֨⁠י וְ⁠אַחַ֜⁠י 1 “My father, my brothers {and their families},” It is implied that the brothers brought their families with them. Consider whether or not to make that explicit in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
47:1 i8mx וְ⁠צֹאנָ֤⁠ם וּ⁠בְקָרָ⁠ם֙ 1 “and/with their flock{s} {of sheep and goats} and their herd{s} {of cattle}” or “{along} with their sheep, {goats,} cattle,”
47:1 kr2r וְ⁠כָל אֲשֶׁ֣ר לָ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 “and everything {else} that they own,“ or “and all {the rest of} their belongings/possessions,”
47:1 kw8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בָּ֖אוּ מֵ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן 1 “have come {here} from the land/region of Canaan.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this clause and the rest of this verse earlier in this sentence. For example: “My father and my brothers {and their families} have come {to Egypt} from the region of Canaan and {are} now in Goshen Province. {They brought with them} their sheep...” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
47:1 fp70 וְ⁠הִנָּ֖⁠ם 1 “They {are staying} now” or “and they have {already} arrived”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
47:1 ckpp בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ גֹּֽשֶׁן 1 “in the region/territory of Goshen.” or “in Goshen Province/County.”
47:2 zp5f וּ⁠מִ⁠קְצֵ֣ה אֶחָ֔י⁠ו לָקַ֖ח חֲמִשָּׁ֣ה אֲנָשִׁ֑ים וַ⁠יַּצִּגֵ֖⁠ם לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י פַרְעֹֽה 1 “Then he/Joseph took/brought five of his brothers before/to Pharaoh and presented/introduced them {to him}.” or “Joseph had brought five of his brothers {with him} {from Goshen}, so he took/brought them before Pharaoh and presented/introduced them {to him}.” Joseph probably brought his father and brothers with him from Goshen (46:31) to Pharaohs palace. It is not clear whether or not they were in the room yet when Joseph spoke to Pharaoh about them (47:1).
47:3 dma6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֧אמֶר פַּרְעֹ֛ה אֶל אֶחָ֖י⁠ו 1 “Then Pharaoh asked Josephs brothers,” or “Then Pharaoh asked them,” Make sure that your translation of “his brothers” refers to Josephs brothers, not Pharaohs. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
47:3 n3cx מַה מַּעֲשֵׂי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “What {is} your occupation?” or “What {kind of} work do you do?” or “What do you do for a living?”
47:3 h073 וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֶל פַּרְעֹ֗ה 1 “They answered Pharaoh/him,” or “{One of} them said/replied,”
47:3 pwof rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person עֲבָדֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “{We} your {humble} servants” or “Your Majesty/Highness, we” or “Sir, we”. See how you translated “your servants” in Gen 46:34. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
47:3 i6ya רֹעֵ֥ה צֹאן֙ עֲבָדֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “{are} shepherds/herdsmen,” or “raise sheep {for a living},”
47:3 o3np גַּם אֲנַ֖חְנוּ גַּם אֲבוֹתֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 “just like/as our forefathers/ancestors were/did.” or “{which is} the same {kind of} work/occupation that our forefathers/ancestors did/had.”
47:4 bami rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֣וּ אֶל פַּרְעֹ֗ה 1 “They {also} said to him,” or “Then they added,” For some languages it is more natural here to omit this quote margin, because the same people (Josephs brothers) are still talking to the same person (Pharaoh). However, the words emphasize what Josephs five brothers say next and may indicate that there was a pause between what they said in verse 3 and verse 4. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
47:4 wsfq לָ⁠ג֣וּר בָּאנוּ֒ 1 “We have come {here} to live/stay for a while” or “We came {here} to live/stay temporarily”
47:4 xk7o בָּ⁠אָרֶץ֮ 1 “in this country” or “in {your} land/country”
47:4 u08w כִּי אֵ֣ין מִרְעֶ֗ה לַ⁠צֹּאן֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר לַ⁠עֲבָדֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “because there was not enough pasture/grass for our flock{s} {of sheep and goats}” or “Our flocks, sir, did not have enough grass to eat”. Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language.
47:4 hq4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּֽי כָבֵ֥ד הָ⁠רָעָ֖ב בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן 1 “in the region of Canaan {where we are/come from}, because the famine {is} very/so severe/terrible {there}.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this clause earlier in this sentence. For example: “The famine is so severe/terrible in the region of Canaan {where we are/come from} that there is not enough grass {in the fields} for our flocks.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
47:4 fcpf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person וְ⁠עַתָּ֛ה יֵֽשְׁבוּ נָ֥א עֲבָדֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “So now/then, please let {us} your {humble} servants settle/live” or “So then, sir, please let us settle/live”. See how you translated “your servants” in verse 3 to show respect. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
47:4 e9jw בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ גֹּֽשֶׁן 1 “in the region/territory of Goshen.” or in Goshen Province.”
47:5 r9kk וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר פַּרְעֹ֔ה אֶל יוֹסֵ֖ף לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “Then Pharaoh {turned} to Joseph and said,” or “{When he heard that,} Pharaoh said to Joseph,”
47:5 eiqg אָבִ֥י⁠ךָ וְ⁠אַחֶ֖י⁠ךָ בָּ֥אוּ אֵלֶֽי⁠ךָ 1 “{Now that} your father and brothers have come {to live} near you,” Make sure your translation of this clause does not sound like Pharaoh was telling Joseph something he did not already know. Rather, he is stating shared knowledge as the basis for what he says next.
47:6 z411 אֶ֤רֶץ מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ לְ⁠פָנֶ֣י⁠ךָ 1 “the {entire} land of Egypt {is} available to you {to choose from}.” or “you may choose any part of the land of Egypt {for them to live in}.” Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here or to continue the sentence from verse 5.
47:6 eb2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns הוֹשֵׁ֥ב אֶת אָבִ֖י⁠ךָ וְ⁠אֶת אַחֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “{So} have your father and your brothers settle” or “{In fact,} they may settle/live” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
47:6 tb5b בְּ⁠מֵיטַ֣ב הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ יֵשְׁבוּ֙ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ גֹּ֔שֶׁן 1 “in the best/finest land {in the country}, in Goshen Province.” or “in the region/territory of Goshen, {which is} the best/finest land {in the country}.”
47:6 g3uh וְ⁠אִם יָדַ֗עְתָּ וְ⁠יֶשׁ בָּ⁠ם֙ אַנְשֵׁי חַ֔יִל 1 “And if you know that some of them are especially/very talented/skilled {at/in raising livestock},”
47:6 xtku וְ⁠שַׂמְתָּ֛⁠ם שָׂרֵ֥י מִקְנֶ֖ה עַל אֲשֶׁר לִֽ⁠י 1 “then make them herdsmen over my livestock {also}.” or “then put them in charge of raising my livestock {also}.”
47:7 qsu0 וַ⁠יָּבֵ֤א יוֹסֵף֙ אֶת יַֽעֲקֹ֣ב אָבִ֔י⁠ו 1 “Then Joseph brought/took his father Jacob”
47:7 su85 וַ⁠יַּֽעֲמִדֵ֖⁠הוּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה 1 “and presented/introduced him to {King} Pharaoh,” or “to {King} Pharaoh and introduced them to each other,” See how you translated “presented” in verse 2.
47:7 e47i וַ⁠יְבָ֥רֶךְ יַעֲקֹ֖ב אֶת פַּרְעֹֽה 1 “and Jacob {greeted and} blessed Pharaoh.” or “and Jacob {asked God to} bless/prosper Pharaoh.” or “and Jacob greeted Pharaoh with a blessing.” In Hebrew, there is a common greeting which means “peace be to you,” so it is possible that Jacob used this blessing of peace here to greet Pharaoh.
47:8 f29q וַ⁠יֹּ֥אמֶר פַּרְעֹ֖ה אֶֽל יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 “Then Pharaoh asked Jacob,”
47:8 rcjy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-politeness כַּ⁠מָּ֕ה יְמֵ֖י שְׁנֵ֥י חַיֶּֽי⁠ךָ 1 “{Sir,} how old are you now?” Make sure your translation of Pharaohs question about Jacobs age sounds polite. Also, for some languages, a title of respect (such as “Sir”) is necessary whenever someone addresses a distinguished old man such as Jacob. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-politeness]])
47:9 iixc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יַעֲקֹב֙ אֶל פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 “Jacob answered him,” or “Jacob replied,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
47:9 n2qw יְמֵי֙ שְׁנֵ֣י מְגוּרַ֔⁠י שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים וּ⁠מְאַ֖ת שָׁנָ֑ה 1 “I have been living {in this world} for 130 years.” or “The length of my life {so far} has been 130 years.” Consider again how you translated “sojournings”, “sojourn” and “sojourner” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 12:10; 15:13; 17:8; 19:9; 20:1; 21:23, 34; 23:4; 26:3; 28:4; 32:4; 35:27; 37:1; 47:4, 9. It may be necessary to translate these terms in different ways, depending on the context.
47:9 wijz מְעַ֣ט וְ⁠רָעִ֗ים הָיוּ֙ יְמֵי֙ שְׁנֵ֣י חַיַּ֔⁠י 1 “I have not lived very long, and I have faced/had many difficulties/hardships.” or “My life has been short, with many difficulties/hardships.”
47:9 j6hg וְ⁠לֹ֣א הִשִּׂ֗יגוּ אֶת יְמֵי֙ שְׁנֵי֙ חַיֵּ֣י אֲבֹתַ֔⁠י 1 “In fact, I have lived less years than my forefathers/ancestors did” or “In fact, I have not lived {nearly} as long as my forefathers/ancestors did”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
47:9 cvtb בִּ⁠ימֵ֖י מְגוּרֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 “during the days/years/time that they lived {on earth}.” or “during their years/time {on earth}.”
47:10 m5px וַ⁠יְבָ֥רֶךְ יַעֲקֹ֖ב אֶת פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 “Then Jacob {again} {asked God to} bless Pharaoh” or “Then Jacob {said goodbye} to Pharaoh with a blessing”. It was customary in Hebrew to use the blessing “peace be to you” both when greeting and when leaving someone. See how you translated “blessed” in verse 7.
47:10 kjg1 וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֖א מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֥י פַרְעֹֽה 1 “and left his presence.” or “and left him.” or “and left Pharaohs {throne} room.”
47:11 iqh3 וַ⁠יּוֹשֵׁ֣ב 1 “So” or “After that,”
47:11 h306 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יּוֹשֵׁ֣ב יוֹסֵף֮ אֶת אָבִ֣י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶת אֶחָי⁠ו֒ וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֨ן לָ⁠הֶ֤ם אֲחֻזָּה֙ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם בְּ⁠מֵיטַ֥ב הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ רַעְמְסֵ֑ס 1 “Joseph gave his father and his brothers the best/choicest property/land in the country of Egypt, and they {and their families} settled there. {The property was} in Rameses Province/Count, {that is, Goshen Province/County},” or “Joseph helped his father and brothers settle in the country of Egypt. He gave them the choicest property {in Egypt}, which was in {Goshen Province, also known as} Rameses Province.” It is implied that Rameses (verse 11) was another name for Goshen (verses 1, 4, 6). If necessary, you could make that information explicit in your translation or put it in a footnote. Later in Egypts history, some of the Pharaohs were named Rameses and a city was named after one of them (Exodus 1:11). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
47:11 qnn5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֖ר צִוָּ֥ה פַרְעֹֽה 1 “just as Pharaoh had commanded/told him {to do}.” or “{He/Joseph did} {exactly} as Pharaoh had commanded/told him {to do}.” It may be more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “After that, Joseph did what Pharaoh had commanded/told him {to do}: He helped his father and brothers settle in the country of Egypt. He gave them property in Rameses Province/County, {that is, Goshen Province/County,} {which was} the choicest land {in Egypt}.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
47:12 dxx1 וַ⁠יְכַלְכֵּ֤ל יוֹסֵף֙ אֶת אָבִ֣י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶת אֶחָ֔י⁠ו וְ⁠אֵ֖ת כָּל בֵּ֣ית אָבִ֑י⁠ו לֶ֖חֶם 1 “Joseph {also} provided/supported his father and brothers and all {the rest of} his fathers household/family {with}”
47:12 fz8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לֶ֖חֶם לְ⁠פִ֥י הַ⁠טָּֽף 1 “food, based on how many children/people were in each family.” or “as much food as {each family} needed to feed {all} the children/people in their family.“ The children are mentioned to emphasize that all the members of the families were well-provided for, including the youngest ones. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Joseph was providing food for everyone in each family, not just the children. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
47:13 de0i וְ⁠לֶ֤חֶם 1 “Now {meanwhile,}” or “{Meanwhile,}” or “{After a while,}” Consider what is the best way in your language to begin this new section that returns to the famine and how it was progressing.
47:13 e2kb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole וְ⁠לֶ֤חֶם אֵין֙ 1 “there was no {more} food” or “there was {almost} no food” or “there was very little food {available}”. This clause is probably an exaggeration to emphasize that there was so little food that the people were starving. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
47:13 wyew בְּ⁠כָל הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 This phrase is ambiguous in the Hebrew text. It could mean (1) “in all the earth,” or “in the entire {known} world,” or “anywhere,” which might be an exaggeration (like the previous phrase); (2) “in all the land,” or “in the/that entire area/region {of the earth/world},” which includes Egypt and Canaan (mentioned later in the verse) and other nearby regions and countries. See how you translated “all the earth” in Gen 41:57.
47:13 k3zk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּֽי כָבֵ֥ד הָ⁠רָעָ֖ב מְאֹ֑ד 1 “because the famine {was} very/so severe/oppressive/terrible.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this clause first in this sentence and say, for example: “Now {after a while,} the famine was/became so severe/terrible in the entire world that there was very little food {available} {anywhere}.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
47:13 njjj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠תֵּ֜לַהּ אֶ֤רֶץ מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ וְ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן 1 “As a result, {the people of/in} the country of Egypt and the region of Canaan” or “In fact, {the people living in} the lands of Egypt and Canaan”. Make sure your translation of this phrase refers to the people who live in Egypt and Canaan, not just the lands. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
47:13 jo5e וַ⁠תֵּ֜לַהּ 1 “were fainting/weak” or “were suffering badly/terribly” or “were wasting away”. The verb “languishing” refers in general to the suffering that the famine was causing, including things such as weakness, fainting and other distress. Some languages have an idiom (like “were wasting away”) that fits well here. Do what is best in your language.
47:13 n055 מִ⁠פְּנֵ֖י הָ⁠רָעָֽב 1 “because of the severe lack of food.” or “because they did not have enough to eat.” or “from hunger.”
47:14 mx85 וַ⁠יְלַקֵּ֣ט יוֹסֵ֗ף אֶת כָּל הַ⁠כֶּ֨סֶף֙ הַ⁠נִּמְצָ֤א בְ⁠אֶֽרֶץ מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ וּ⁠בְ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן בַּ⁠שֶּׁ֖בֶר אֲשֶׁר הֵ֣ם שֹׁבְרִ֑ים 1 “So the people spent their money buying grain from Joseph until he had collected/received all their money.” or “So they bought grain from Joseph until there was no more silver/money left in the country of Egypt or the land/region of Canaan.”
47:14 wuq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠יָּבֵ֥א יוֹסֵ֛ף אֶת הַ⁠כֶּ֖סֶף בֵּ֥יתָ⁠ה פַרְעֹֽה 1 “Then Joseph/He {had his servants} take the silver/money to Pharaohs palace.” or “Joseph/He stored that silver/money in Pharaohs palace.” Joseph probably had servants do this for him. See what you did for a similar case in Gen 41:48. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
47:15 nkll rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּתֹּ֣ם הַ⁠כֶּ֗סֶף מֵ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַיִם֮ וּ⁠מֵ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַעַן֒ וַ⁠יָּבֹאוּ֩ 1 “So {when} {all} the silver/money in the land/country of Egypt and the land/region of Canaan had been used up,” or “When/After {the people in} Egypt and Canaan had spent all their silver/money,” Consider whether it is better in your language to use a passive or active clause here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
47:15 j7jc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole כָל מִצְרַ֨יִם 1 “all {the people} in Egypt” or “the Egyptians all” or “{people from} all over Egypt”. The word “all” is an exaggeration (hyperbole) which emphasizes that a large number of Egyptians went to Joseph. Consider whether or not it is best to use hyperbole here in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
47:15 n6v7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֹאוּ֩ אֶל יוֹסֵ֤ף 1 “went to Joseph”. Consider whether “came” or “went” is more natural here in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
47:15 ezwm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמֹר֙ 1 “and pleaded {with him},” or “and begged {him},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
47:15 u1c8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche הָֽבָ⁠ה לָּ֣⁠נוּ לֶ֔חֶם 1 “{Sir,} {please} give us food”. Make sure your translation of the peoples request sounds polite, not rude or disrespectful. Also see how you translated “bread” in verses 12-13. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
47:15 io0e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וְ⁠לָ֥⁠מָּה נָמ֖וּת נֶגְדֶּ֑⁠ךָ 1 “so that we do not die {right here} in front of you!” or “and do not watch/let us starve to death!” or “so that we do not starve to death!“ The people use a rhetorical question here to emphasize how desperate they feel. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
47:15 rqhs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּ֥י אָפֵ֖ס כָּֽסֶף 1 “There is no more money {to buy food/grain}!” or “We have no more money {to buy food/grain}!” It may be more natural to put this clause first in this quote and say, “{Sir,} we have no more money {to buy grain/food}! Please give us food so that we do not starve to death!“ Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
47:16 do9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יוֹסֵף֙ 1 “Joseph said/responded {to them},” or “Joseph replied,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
47:16 i6ek הָב֣וּ מִקְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “Bring/Give {me} your livestock/animals”. The word “livestock” is general here and includes all the different kinds of animals that are specified in verse 17.
47:16 upog וְ⁠אֶתְּנָ֥ה לָ⁠כֶ֖ם בְּ⁠מִקְנֵי⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “and I will give/sell you {grain/food} if/when you give me your livestock/animals {to pay for it},” or ”and in exchange for them I will give you {grain/food},”
47:16 ie1c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אִם אָפֵ֖ס כָּֽסֶף 1 “since {all} your money is gone.” or “since you have spent {all} your silver/money.” For some languages it may be more natural to put this clause first in this quote and say, “Since your silver/money is gone, bring/give {me} your livestock to pay for the grain/food that I will give you.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
47:17 cxp1 וַ⁠יָּבִ֣יאוּ אֶת מִקְנֵי⁠הֶם֮ אֶל יוֹסֵף֒ 1 “So the people brought/took their livestock/animals to Joseph.”
47:17 tgeh וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֣ן לָ⁠הֶם֩ יוֹסֵ֨ף לֶ֜חֶם בַּ⁠סּוּסִ֗ים וּ⁠בְ⁠מִקְנֵ֥ה הַ⁠צֹּ֛אן וּ⁠בְ⁠מִקְנֵ֥ה הַ⁠בָּקָ֖ר וּ⁠בַ⁠חֲמֹרִ֑ים 1 “They gave Joseph/him {their} horses, sheep, goats, cattle, and donkeys to pay for the grain/food that he gave them.”
47:17 a6oo וַ⁠יְנַהֲלֵ֤⁠ם בַּ⁠לֶּ֨חֶם֙ בַּ⁠שָּׁנָ֖ה הַ⁠הִֽוא 1 “In that way Joseph supplied the people with grain/food that year,”
47:17 ii9v בְּ⁠כָל מִקְנֵ⁠הֶ֔ם 1 “{and they gave him} all their livestock/animals {to pay} for it.”
47:18 fx5v וַ⁠תִּתֹּם֮ הַ⁠שָּׁנָ֣ה הַ⁠הִוא֒ 1 “When/After that year was over,”
47:18 kmt5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go וַ⁠יָּבֹ֨אוּ אֵלָ֜י⁠ו בַּ⁠שָּׁנָ֣ה הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֗ית 1 “the people came/went to Joseph {again} in the next/following year” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
47:18 srid rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמְרוּ ל⁠וֹ֙ 1 “and told him,” or “and pleaded with him,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
47:18 ec0q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics לֹֽא נְכַחֵ֣ד מֵֽ⁠אֲדֹנִ֔⁠י כִּ֚י אִם 1 “Our lord/master, we cannot hide from you {the fact} that” or “Sir, as you know,” For some languages, it may be more natural to put the address “my/our lord” or “sir” first in this quote. Also notice that this address is used three times in this verse to show extra respect to Joseph. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-honorifics]])
47:18 ejez תַּ֣ם הַ⁠כֶּ֔סֶף וּ⁠מִקְנֵ֥ה הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֖ה 1 “{our} silver/money is gone and our livestock/animals” or “not only is {our} silver/money {all} gone, but {all} {our} livestock/animals {also}”. Consider again how you translated “silver” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 13:2; 20:16 (and note) ; 23:15,16; 24:35, 53; 31:15; 37:28; 42:25, 27-28, 35; 43:12, 15, 18, 21-23; 44:1, 2, 8 ; 45:22; 47:14, 15, 16, 18. It may be necessary to translate this word in different ways, depending on the context.
47:18 qh1k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אֶל אֲדֹנִ֑⁠י 1 “{belong} to {you,} our lord/master.” or “are yours, sir.” or “{belong} to you.” In this verse, the people use the third person (“my/our lord”) to address Joseph in a respectful manner. Consider what is the best way to do that in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
47:18 hips לֹ֤א נִשְׁאַר֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י אֲדֹנִ֔⁠י בִּלְתִּ֥י אִם גְּוִיָּתֵ֖⁠נוּ וְ⁠אַדְמָתֵֽ⁠נוּ 1 “We have nothing left to pay/give you, sir, {for grain/food}, except ourselves and our land/fields.” or “The only way we can pay you {for grain/food} is to give you our land/farmland and work for you, sir.” Consider what is the best way to translate the Hebrew word for “land” here (and In verses 19-26), which refers to cultivated land (such as farmland or fields), not to the planet earth or to a country. It is different from the word for “land” in the rest of this chapter (in verses 1, 4, 6, 11, 13-15, 27-28).
47:19 fbay rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ֧⁠מָּה נָמ֣וּת לְ⁠עֵינֶ֗י⁠ךָ גַּם אֲנַ֨חְנוּ֙ גַּ֣ם אַדְמָתֵ֔⁠נוּ 1 “What good would it do for us to die and our farmland/fields {to become ruined/empty}?” or “Please do not {just} watch us die or let our land/fields {become wasteland/desolate/empty}.” For many languages, the verb “die” does not fit with both people and land, so a different verb must be used for each one. The end of verse 19 specifies how the land would “die”. See how you translated a similar rhetorical question in verse 15. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
47:19 i3r0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche קְנֵֽה אֹתָ֥⁠נוּ וְ⁠אֶת אַדְמָתֵ֖⁠נוּ בַּ⁠לָּ֑חֶם 1 “{Instead,} {please} take us and our farmland/fields {in exchange} for food.” or “{Instead} {please} give us food and we will give you our farmland/fields and ourselves {to pay} for it.” Consider again how you translated the synecdoche “bread” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 3:19 (and note); 14:18; 21:14; 28:20; 37:25; 38:6; 41:54-55; 43:31; 47:12, 15, 17, 19. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
47:19 b1i6 וְ⁠נִֽהְיֶ֞ה אֲנַ֤חְנוּ וְ⁠אַדְמָתֵ֨⁠נוּ֙ עֲבָדִ֣ים לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 “Then we will be {King} Pharaohs slaves/servants, and our land/fields {will also be his}.” or “Then our land/fields will belong to {King} Pharaoh and we will work for him as his slaves/servants.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
47:19 f7nf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠תֶן זֶ֗רַע 1 “{Please} give {us} seeds {to sow/plant}” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
47:19 rpgo וְ⁠נִֽחְיֶה֙ 1 “so that we will/can survive” or “so that we will/can stay alive”
47:19 bhn3 וְ⁠לֹ֣א נָמ֔וּת 1 “and not die {from hunger},” or “and not {starve} to death,” See how you translated “so that we will live and not die” in Gen 42:2.
47:19 cto3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠הָ⁠אֲדָמָ֖ה לֹ֥א תֵשָֽׁם 1 “and {so that} the land will not become a desert!” or “and {so that} the land will produce/grow plants/crops {again}!” For some languages it may be clearer and more natural to put this clause earlier in this sentence and say, “{Please} {just} give {us} seeds {to plant} so that the land will produce/grow {food} crops {again} and then we will survive and not die {from hunger}!” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
47:20 fxi5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יִּ֨קֶן יוֹסֵ֜ף 1 “So Joseph {agreed and}” or “Joseph {did what they asked and}”. For some languages it may be necessary to make explicit that Joseph agreed to do what the people suggested. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
47:20 aon4 וַ⁠יִּ֨קֶן אֶת כָּל אַדְמַ֤ת מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 “acquired/obtained all the land/farmland in {the country of} Egypt for Pharaoh.”
47:20 b8rh כִּֽי מָכְר֤וּ מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ אִ֣ישׁ שָׂדֵ֔⁠הוּ 1 “All the Egyptians sold/gave their fields {to him} {in exchange for grain/food},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
47:20 s34v כִּֽי הָ⁠רָעָ֑ב 1 “because the food shortage/scarcity”. Consider again how you translated “famine” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 12:10; 26:1; 41:27, 30-31, 36, 50, 54-57; 42:5; 43:1; 45:6, 11; 47:4, 13, 20. It may be necessary to translate it in different ways, depending on the context.
47:20 ddcp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure חָזַ֥ק עֲלֵ⁠הֶ֖ם הָ⁠רָעָ֑ב 1 “was {so/very} severe/oppressive.” or “was so severe/terrible that they did not have enough to eat.” See how you translated “heavy” in verses 4 and 13. For some languages, it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of clauses in this verse and say, “The famine was {very} severe for all the Egyptian people, so Joseph {agreed with their request/suggestion and} let them sell their fields {to him} {in exchange for grain/food}. In that way, Joseph/he bought/acquired all the land/farmland in {the country of} Egypt for {King} Pharaoh, so that {all} the land became Pharaohs {property}.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
47:20 n85t וַ⁠תְּהִ֥י 1 “In that way,” or “That is how”
47:20 dnbd וַ⁠תְּהִ֥י הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ לְ⁠פַרְעֹֽה 1 “{all} the farmland became Pharaohs {property}.” or “{all} the farmland {eventually} belonged to {King} Pharaoh.”
47:21 ioj0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants וְ⁠אֶ֨ת הָ⁠עָ֔ם הֶעֱבִ֥יר אֹת֖⁠וֹ לֶ⁠עָרִ֑ים 1 “Joseph {also} moved {all} the people {from their farmlands} to the {nearby} cities”. The Masoretic Hebrew text has “moved them to the cities” here, which Joseph may have done in order to make the grain more readily accessible to them. The Samaritan Pentateuch (a different Hebrew version) and the Septuagint (Greek translation of the Hebrew text) have “made the people slaves” instead, which may refer to the fact that all the people would now be working for Pharaoh since all the fields belonged to him. The textual variant that is not used in your translation could be put in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
47:21 obja מִ⁠קְצֵ֥ה גְבוּל מִצְרַ֖יִם וְ⁠עַד קָצֵֽ⁠הוּ 1 “in every part of {the country of} Egypt.” or “throughout {the country of} Egypt.”
47:22 uurs רַ֛ק אַדְמַ֥ת הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֖ים לֹ֣א קָנָ֑ה 1 “The only land/farmland that he/Joseph did not buy was the priests {land},” or “The priests land/farmland was the only land he/Joseph did not buy,”
47:22 i61e כִּי֩ חֹ֨ק לַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֜ים מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת פַּרְעֹ֗ה 1 “because they regularly received a certain amount {of food} from Pharaoh,” or “because Pharaoh gave them a regular {food} allotment/allowance,”
47:22 a98a וְ⁠אָֽכְל֤וּ אֶת חֻקָּ⁠ם֙ אֲשֶׁ֨ר נָתַ֤ן לָ⁠הֶם֙ פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 ”and they had enough to eat from what he gave to them.” or “so that they had plenty to eat.”
47:22 v50v עַל כֵּ֕ן לֹ֥א מָכְר֖וּ אֶת אַדְמָתָֽ⁠ם 1 “That is why they did not {need to} sell their land/farmland {to buy food}.”
47:23 v3r6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יוֹסֵף֙ אֶל הָ⁠עָ֔ם 1 “Then/Next Joseph announced/declared to the {Egyptian} people,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
47:23 r1dz הֵן֩ 1 “Look/Listen,
47:23 og7l קָנִ֨יתִי אֶתְ⁠כֶ֥ם הַ⁠יּ֛וֹם וְ⁠אֶת אַדְמַתְ⁠כֶ֖ם לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֑ה 1 “now that I have bought/acquired you and your land/farmland/fields for {King} Pharaoh,” or “now that you and your land/farmland/fields belong to {King} Pharaoh,”
47:23 xsga הֵֽא לָ⁠כֶ֣ם זֶ֔רַע 1 “here {are} {some} seeds for you” or “I am giving you {some} seeds”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
47:23 b8nh וּ⁠זְרַעְתֶּ֖ם אֶת הָ⁠אֲדָמָֽה 1 “so that you can plant {them in} the fields.” or “to plant {in} the fields.” See how you translated “sowed” in Gen 26:12.
47:24 zlha וְ⁠הָיָה֙ בַּ⁠תְּבוּאֹ֔ת וּ⁠נְתַתֶּ֥ם 1 “Then whenever you harvest/gather {the crops},” or “Then every harvest season/time,”
47:24 terr וּ⁠נְתַתֶּ֥ם חֲמִישִׁ֖ית לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֑ה 1 “you are required to give one-fifth {of the harvest/crops} to Pharaoh/him,” or “you must give Pharaoh/him one-fifth {of the crops you harvest/gather}.”
47:24 jk07 וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֣ע הַ⁠יָּדֹ֡ת 1 “but the {remaining/other} four-fifths” or “The {remaining/other} four-fifths {of your harvest}” or “The rest {of what you harvest/gather}”. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to begin a new sentence here.
47:24 tems יִהְיֶ֣ה לָ⁠כֶם֩ 1 “will be yours” or “you may keep for yourselves”
47:24 kqnb לְ⁠זֶ֨רַע הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֧ה 1 “as seed/seeds to plant the fields” or “to plant seeds {in} the fields”
47:24 h238 וּֽ⁠לְ⁠אָכְלְ⁠כֶ֛ם וְ⁠לַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּ⁠בָתֵּי⁠כֶ֖ם 1 “and as food for you and your households/families,” or “and for you and your households/families to eat,”
47:24 ddfy וְ⁠לֶ⁠אֱכֹ֥ל לְ⁠טַפְּ⁠כֶֽם 1 “including your children.”
47:25 bc24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמְר֖וּ 1 “Then they responded,” or “The people said/replied {to him},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
47:25 jbf4 הֶחֱיִתָ֑⁠נוּ 1 “You have saved our lives!” or “You have made it so we can live!”
47:25 rixe נִמְצָא חֵן֙ בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֣י אֲדֹנִ֔⁠י 1 “May we {continue to} find favor in your eyes/sight, master/sir,” or “Please {continue to} be kind to us, master/sir,”
47:25 qvqr וְ⁠הָיִ֥ינוּ עֲבָדִ֖ים לְ⁠פַרְעֹֽה 1 “and we will {agree to} be/become {King} Pharaohs slaves/servants.” or “and we will serve {King} Pharaoh as his slaves/servants.”
47:26 ob31 וַ⁠יָּ֣שֶׂם אֹתָ֣⁠הּ יוֹסֵ֡ף לְ⁠חֹק֩ 1 “So Joseph established/made a law”
47:26 vlkk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure עַד הַ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֜ה 1 “{that is} still {in effect/force} today/now”. This phrase refers to the time that Moses was writing the book of Genesis. You could put that information in a footnote. For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this phrase at the end of the sentence and say, “{That law} is still {in effect/force} today/now.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
47:26 a8xu עַל אַדְמַ֥ת מִצְרַ֛יִם לְ⁠פַרְעֹ֖ה לַ⁠חֹ֑מֶשׁ 1 “concerning/about the farmland/fields in {the country of} Egypt: one-fifth {of the harvest/crops} {belongs} to Pharaoh.” or “{that required} {people to give} to Pharaoh one-fifth {of all the crops they harvested} from the farmland/fields in Egypt.” See how you translated “a fifth” in verse 24.
47:26 tj5c רַ֞ק אַדְמַ֤ת הַ⁠כֹּֽהֲנִים֙ לְ⁠בַדָּ֔⁠ם לֹ֥א הָיְתָ֖ה לְ⁠פַרְעֹֽה 1 “The priests land was the only land {in Egypt} that did not belong to Pharaoh.” or “The only land that Pharaoh did not own was the land that belonged to the priests.” See how you translated “only the land of the priests” in verse 22. Also, consider again how you translated “land/farmland” in verses 18-26.
47:27 kj0a rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background וַ⁠יֵּ֧שֶׁב 1 “So/Now” or “Meanwhile”. It was already mentioned in verse 11 that Israel (Jacob) had settled in the country of Egypt. Your translation of verse 27 should not imply that he settled there again. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
47:27 qzr7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל 1 “{Jacob, whose other name was} Israel,” or “Israel {that is, Jacob,}” The name “Israel” and the name “Jacob” refer to the same person. To make that clear, you could make “Jacob” explicit here in your translation or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
47:27 yzqo וַ⁠יֵּ֧שֶׁב 1 “had settled {with his family}” or “was living/dwelling {with his family}”
47:27 cmv4 בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרַ֖יִם בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ גֹּ֑שֶׁן 1 “in the region/territory of Goshen in the land/country of Egypt,” or “in Goshen Province/County in the country of Egypt,” See how you translated “in the land of Goshen” in Gen 45:10.
47:27 y7n2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּאָחֲז֣וּ 1 “and they acquired/gained {many possessions}” or “and owned/possessed {much property/land}”. This phrase is general here and refers to acquiring land and other possessions. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
47:27 xdih בָ֔⁠הּ 1 “in that {region/territory}.” or “there.”
47:27 q5af rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּפְר֥וּ 1 “They were fruitful” or “They had many children”. See how you translated a similar phrase (“be fruitful and multiply”) in Gen 35:11. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
47:27 cf8p וַ⁠יִּרְבּ֖וּ מְאֹֽד 1 “and their numbers increased greatly.” or “and became very numerous/many.”
47:28 nucd וַ⁠יְחִ֤י יַעֲקֹב֙ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם שְׁבַ֥ע עֶשְׂרֵ֖ה שָׁנָ֑ה וַ⁠יְהִ֤י 1 “{When/After} Jacob had lived in the country of Egypt {for} seventeen years,”
47:28 irs2 וַ⁠יְהִ֤י יְמֵֽי יַעֲקֹב֙ שְׁנֵ֣י חַיָּ֔י⁠ו 1 “he reached the age of 147 years.” or “he was 147 years old.”
47:29 l2gy וַ⁠יִּקְרְב֣וּ יְמֵֽי יִשְׂרָאֵ֘ל לָ⁠מוּת֒ וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֣א 1 “{When} it was almost time for Israel/him to die,” or “Israel/He {knew that} it was almost time for him to die, so”
47:29 w0v7 וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֣א לִ⁠בְנ֣⁠וֹ לְ⁠יוֹסֵ֗ף 1 “he summoned his son Joseph” or “he asked for his son Joseph {to come to him}”
47:29 l4i4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר ל⁠וֹ֙ 1 “and urged him,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
47:29 dd9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom אִם נָ֨א מָצָ֤אתִי חֵן֙ בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֔י⁠ךָ 1 “Please show your favor/kindness toward me {and}“ or “Please do this favor for me:” or “Please, if you {truly} love me,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
47:29 akbq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction שִֽׂים נָ֥א יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ תַּ֣חַת יְרֵכִ֑⁠י 1 “put your hand under my thigh/leg {to show/vow that you will do what I ask},” or “{make a vow by} putting your hand under my thigh/leg,” See how you translated this clause in Gen 24:2, and see the note about this custom there. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
47:29 vq56 וְ⁠עָשִׂ֤יתָ עִמָּדִ⁠י֙ חֶ֣סֶד וֶ⁠אֱמֶ֔ת 1 “and {promise me that} {after I die,} you will be kind and faithful to me.” Consider again how you translated “kindness” in Gen 19:19; 20:13; 21:23; 24:12, 14, 27, 49; 32:10; 39:21; 40:14; 47:29, and how you translated “faithfulness” in Gen 24:27, 48, 49; 32:10; 42:16; 47:29.
47:29 mvns אַל נָ֥א תִקְבְּרֵ֖⁠נִי 1 “Please {promise that you will} not bury my body/bones”. Make sure your translation of “bury me” does not sound like Israel would still be alive when he was buried.
47:29 cokm בְּ⁠מִצְרָֽיִם 1 “{here} in {the land/country of} Egypt.”
47:30 lyax rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וְ⁠שָֽׁכַבְתִּי֙ עִם אֲבֹתַ֔⁠י 1 “{When/After} I die and rest/sleep with my ancestors,” or “Rather, after I die and join my ancestors {who have died/gone before me},” The phrase “lie down with my fathers” is a idiom that refers to Jacobs death. See how you translated an idiom with a similar meaning in Gen 15:15. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
47:30 u4cf וּ⁠נְשָׂאתַ֨⁠נִי֙ מִ⁠מִּצְרַ֔יִם 1 “carry/take my body out of Egypt {to the region of Canaan}”. See how you translated “me” in verse 29.
47:30 t1jw וּ⁠קְבַרְתַּ֖⁠נִי בִּ⁠קְבֻרָתָ֑⁠ם 1 “and bury me/it in the same burial place where their bodies are.” Jacob is referring here to the cave near the city of Hebron that Abraham had bought as a family burial place, to bury Sarah there. Abraham, Isaac and Rebekah were also buried there (Gen 23:19-20; 25:9-10; 49:31). You could put some of that information in a footnote. Also see how you translated “grave” in Gen 35:20 and a different word with a similar meaning (“burial place”) in Gen 23:4, 6, 9, 20.
47:30 qkdh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֕ר 1 “Then Joseph” or “Joseph”. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Joseph is the one speaking here. It may be helpful to read this paragraph aloud to make sure it is clear who is talking at each point in the conversation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
47:30 cvxl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֕ר 1 “replied {to him},” or “promised {him},” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
47:30 mrsq אָנֹכִ֖י אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֥ה כִ⁠דְבָרֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “I will do as/what you requested {of me}.” or “I will do exactly what you asked {me to do}.”
47:31 q5cz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “But he” or “But his/Josephs father”. Consider what is the best way to refer to Josephs father Israel here in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
47:31 cfyr rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “urged {him},” or “insisted,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
47:31 lxyf הִשָּֽׁבְעָ⁠ה֙ לִ֔⁠י 1 “Swear/Vow to me {by/before God/Yahweh} {that you will do it/that}.” or “{With God/Yahweh as your witness,} make an oath/vow to me {that you will do it/that}.” See how you translated “swear to me” in Gen 21:23.
47:31 bih5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּשָּׁבַ֖ע ל֑⁠וֹ 1 “So Joseph swore/vowed {that he would do it/that}.” or “So Joseph promised his father with an oath/vow {to do what he had requested}.” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Joseph is the one speaking here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
47:31 wr44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֥חוּ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 “Then Israel bowed {down} {to worship/thank God}” or “Then {his father} Israel bowed {his head} {and worshiped/thanked God}”. If it is not clear in your culture why Israel bowed, you could make that explicit. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
47:31 y3zf עַל רֹ֥אשׁ הַ⁠מִּטָּֽה 1 “{as he sat} at the head/top of {his} bed.” or “{as he was sitting/lying} on {his} bed.” The Hebrew text has “at the head of the bed” here, while the Septuagint (Greek translation of the Old Testament) has “on the top of his staff” instead, which is quoted in Hebrews 11:21. You could include some of that information in a footnote. The difference between versions may be due to the fact that the Hebrew words for “bed” and “staff” are very similar in spelling. Or it could be that Jacob did both; for example, he may have been sitting at the head of his bed and leaning on his staff when he bowed his head and worshiped God.
48:1 krun rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֗י אַחֲרֵי֙ הַ⁠דְּבָרִ֣ים הָ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר 1 “{Some time} after those things happened,” Consider again how you translated these two phrases in the book of Genesis. See Gen 22:1, 20; 39:7; 40:1; 48:1. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
48:1 hqwr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר לְ⁠יוֹסֵ֔ף הִנֵּ֥ה אָבִ֖י⁠ךָ חֹלֶ֑ה 1 “{someone} told Joseph, “Look/Listen, your father is sick.” or “Joseph was told/informed {by someone} that his father was sick.” For some languages it may be more natural to use an indirect quote here. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
48:1 qteq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּקַּ֞ח 1 “So/Then he/Joseph”. Consider what is the best way to refer to Joseph here in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
48:1 s4n2 וַ⁠יִּקַּ֞ח אֶת שְׁנֵ֤י בָנָי⁠ו֙ עִמּ֔⁠וֹ אֶת מְנַשֶּׁ֖ה וְ⁠אֶת אֶפְרָֽיִם 1 “took his two sons Manasseh and Ephraim with him {to visit his father}.” or “{went to visit his father and} took his two sons Manasseh and Ephraim with him.”
48:2 ppae rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וַ⁠יַּגֵּ֣ד לְ⁠יַעֲקֹ֔ב וַ⁠יֹּ֕אמֶר הִנֵּ֛ה בִּנְ⁠ךָ֥ יוֹסֵ֖ף בָּ֣א אֵלֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “{When they got there,} {someone/they} informed/told Jacob, “Look, your son Joseph has come to see/visit you.” ” or “{When they arrived,} Jacob was informed/told {by someone} that his son Joseph had come to see/visit him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
48:2 m5pi וַ⁠יִּתְחַזֵּק֙ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 “Then Israel” or “{Immediately} Israel{, who was lying down,}” Make sure it is clear in your translation or in a footnote that “Israel” (verses 2, 8, 11, 13-14, 21) and “Jacob” (verses 2-3) refer to the same person, not two different people.
48:2 k2py rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּתְחַזֵּק֙ 1 “rallied/mustered his strength” or “used all his strength” or “exerted himself”. Consider whether you language has a similar idiom that fits well here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
48:2 d201 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠יֵּ֖שֶׁב עַל הַ⁠מִּטָּֽה 1 “and sat up on/at {the edge/head of} {his} bed {and they greeted each other}.” The context (verse 12) shows that Jacob sat on the edge of his bed with his feet resting on the floor and his knees facing Josephs sons. Also, for some languages it may be necessary (for politeness) to make it explicit that they greeted each other first before continuing their conversation. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
48:3 owhk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יַעֲקֹב֙ אֶל יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “Then Jacob recounted/related to Joseph {the following}:” or “Then Jacob told Joseph,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
48:3 yrw7 אֵ֥ל שַׁדַּ֛י 1 “Almighty/All-powerful God” or “God {who is} all-powerful”. See how you translated this title in Gen 43:14.
48:3 t30j נִרְאָֽה אֵלַ֥⁠י 1 “appeared to me {long ago}” or “came to me in a vision {long ago}”. Consider again how you translated “appear” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 8:5; 12:7; 17:1; 18:1; 26:2, 24; 35:1, 9; 46:29; 48:3. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
48:3 epp0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בְּ⁠ל֖וּז בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן 1 “{when I was} at {the town of} Luz in the land/region of Canaan,” or “in the land/region of Canaan at {the town of} Luz,” For some languages it is more natural to put the larger place (Canaan) first before the smaller place (Luz) that is located inside it. It may also be more natural to put the time and place phrases first in this verse and say, “{Long ago} {when I was} at {the town of} Luz in the land/region of Canaan, God Almighty....” Do what is best in your language. Also see how you spelled the name “Luz” in Gen 28:19 and 35:6. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
48:3 ya75 וַ⁠יְבָ֖רֶךְ אֹתִֽ⁠י 1 “He blessed me {there}” or “He pronounced a blessing over me {there}”. For some languages it is more natural to begin a new sentence here. Do what is best in your language.
48:4 byu6 וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֵלַ֗⁠י 1 “by saying to me,” or “He said,” Make sure your translation of “blessed...and said” (verses 3-4) refers to the same event, not two separate events.
48:4 m1hy הִנְ⁠נִ֤י מַפְרְ⁠ךָ֙ וְ⁠הִרְבִּיתִ֔⁠ךָ וּ⁠נְתַתִּ֖י⁠ךָ לִ⁠קְהַ֣ל 1 “Look/Listen, I will give you many descendants who will increase {in number} and become” or “Look/Listen, I will give you {and your descendants} many children so that your descendants will become”. See how you translated “make you fruitful and multiply you” in Gen 28:3 and “make him fruitful and...multiply him” in Gen 17:20.
48:4 n300 לִ⁠קְהַ֣ל עַמִּ֑ים 1 “many people/ethnic groups.” See how you translated this phrase in Gen 28:3, and a similar phrase (“a community of nations”) in 35:11.
48:4 o9zi וְ⁠נָ֨תַתִּ֜י אֶת הָ⁠אָ֧רֶץ הַ⁠זֹּ֛את לְ⁠זַרְעֲ⁠ךָ֥ אַחֲרֶ֖י⁠ךָ 1 “I will {also} give this land to your descendants”
48:4 l4rw אֲחֻזַּ֥ת עוֹלָֽם 1 “{as/for} an eternal/permanent possession.” or “to own forever.” or “and it will always belong to them.”
48:5 gagv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וְ⁠עַתָּ֡ה שְׁנֵֽי בָנֶי⁠ךָ֩ 0 “{Then Jacob said to Joseph,} “Now then, your two sons”. The phrase “And now” shows that there is a change of topic. Make sure it is clear in your translation that Jacob is no longer quoting Gods words in verse 5. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
48:5 axte הַ⁠נּוֹלָדִ֨ים לְ⁠ךָ֜ 1 “who were born to you” or “who were born”
48:5 jujn בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֗יִם 1 “{here} in the land/country of Egypt”
48:5 idfh עַד בֹּאִ֥⁠י אֵלֶ֛י⁠ךָ מִצְרַ֖יְמָ⁠ה 1 “before I joined you here,” or “before I arrived,”
48:5 qt3g לִ⁠י הֵ֑ם אֶפְרַ֨יִם֙ וּ⁠מְנַשֶּׁ֔ה 1 “Ephraim and Manasseh, they {now} belong to me,” or “Ephraim and Manasseh, {will be} my sons,”
48:5 khph rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure כִּ⁠רְאוּבֵ֥ן וְ⁠שִׁמְע֖וֹן יִֽהְיוּ לִֽ⁠י 1 “just as/like Reuben and Simeon are my sons.” or “just as/like my sons Reuben and Simeon.” For some languages it may be clearer and more natural to put the names of these sons earlier in the verse and say, “Now then, your two sons, Ephraim and Manasseh, who were born to you here in the country of Egypt before I joined you here, {I will treat as} my sons, just as/like...” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
48:6 vme7 וּ⁠מוֹלַדְתְּ⁠ךָ֛ אֲשֶׁר הוֹלַ֥דְתָּ אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 “But any {other} children that you father/have later on” or “If you father/have any more/other children, they”
48:6 n62g לְ⁠ךָ֣ יִהְי֑וּ 1 “will belong to you.”
48:6 rqc8 עַ֣ל שֵׁ֧ם אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֛ם יִקָּרְא֖וּ בְּ⁠נַחֲלָתָֽ⁠ם 1 “So they will share in some of what their brothers inherit {from me}.” or “{so that} what they inherit {from me} will be some of what their brothers {Ephraim and Manasseh} inherit {from me}.” Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here or to continue the previous sentence.
48:7 jw7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וַ⁠אֲנִ֣י 1 “I {want it this way because}” or “I {am doing this because}”. Jacob is probably explaining in verse 7 that since his favorite wife Rachel died with only two sons, that is why he is treating her son Josephs two sons as his sons (verses 5-6). You could make some of that information explicit in your translation or include it in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
48:7 awjb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit בְּ⁠בֹאִ֣⁠י 1 “as I {and our family} were coming/returning {home}” or “as our family was coming/returning {home}”. Jacob is in focus here, but he was traveling with his family, not alone. Decide whether or not it is necessary to make that explicit in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
48:7 gfi4 מִ⁠פַּדָּ֗ן 1 “from {the land/region of} Paddan {Aram},” Consider again how you translated “{the land/region of} Paddan Aram” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 25:20 (and note); 28:2, 5-7; 31:18; 33:18; 35:9, 26; 46:15; 48:7. Also, be consistent with how you spelled “Aram” in those verses and in Gen 10:22-23; 22:21; 24:10.
48:7 hucm רָחֵ֜ל 1 “{your mother} Rachel” or “{my beloved wife} Rachel”
48:7 ykrl מֵ֩תָה֩ עָלַ֨⁠י 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here because the preposition can have different meanings. It can mean (1) “died beside me” or “died by my side” (2) “died, {bringing sorrow/grief} on/to me”
48:7 xolh בְּ⁠אֶ֤רֶץ כְּנַ֨עַן֙ 1 “in the region of Canaan”
48:7 oocn בַּ⁠דֶּ֔רֶךְ בְּ⁠ע֥וֹד כִּבְרַת אֶ֖רֶץ לָ⁠בֹ֣א אֶפְרָ֑תָה 1 “while we were still traveling and some distance away from {the town of} Ephrath.” Be consistent here with how you spelled “Ephrath” in Gen 35:16, 19, and how you spelled “Bethlehem” in 35:19.
48:7 tp7m וָ⁠אֶקְבְּרֶ֤⁠הָ שָּׁם֙ בְּ⁠דֶ֣רֶךְ אֶפְרָ֔ת 1 “{As you know,} I buried her body there by the road that goes to Ephrath,”
48:7 p9yz הִ֖וא בֵּ֥ית לָֽחֶם 1 “which {now has the name} Bethlehem.” The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. This phrase might be (1) Jacobs words (2) the authors words. If you follow the second interpretation, you could put this phrase within parentheses, outside of the quote marks.
48:8 bal2 וַ⁠יַּ֥רְא יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל אֶת בְּנֵ֣י יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “Then Israel saw/noticed Josephs {two} sons”
48:8 yv08 וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “and asked {him/Joseph},”
48:8 wri5 מִי אֵֽלֶּה 1 “Who {are} these {young men}?” or “Whose {sons} {are} these?” Josephs two sons were in their 20s at this time, so refer to them here with a term that fits with that fact. They were born before the famine started (Gen 41:50-52), and Jacob had now been in Egypt for 17 years (47:28).
48:9 pmfc וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יוֹסֵף֙ אֶל אָבִ֔י⁠ו 1 “Joseph said/replied to him,” or “Joseph replied/answered,”
48:9 ycj4 בָּנַ֣⁠י הֵ֔ם אֲשֶׁר נָֽתַן לִ֥⁠י אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 “They/These {are} my sons whom God gave to me”
48:9 pmfa בָּ⁠זֶ֑ה 1 “here {in Egypt}.”
48:9 a8xs rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֕ר 1 “Then Israel said {to Joseph/him},” Make sure it is clear in your translation who is speaking here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
48:9 tbew rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual קָֽחֶ⁠ם נָ֥א אֵלַ֖⁠י 1 “Please bring them {closer} to me”. Some languages have a dual pronoun that works well to refer to Josephs two sons here (and throughout chapter 48). Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
48:9 gf8v וַ⁠אֲבָרֲכֵֽ⁠ם 1 “so that I can”
48:9 tqwb וַ⁠אֲבָרֲכֵֽ⁠ם 1 “{ask God to} bless/prosper them.”
48:10 w5i2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וְ⁠עֵינֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ כָּבְד֣וּ 1 “Now Israels eyes were weak/failing” or “Israel was almost blind” or “Israel had very poor/bad eyesight”. Consider whether or not it is natural in your language to use a conjunction (“Now”) to begin this clause that gives background information about Israel. Also, the word “heavy” is used here as an idiom that means Israels eyesight was getting bad, but he could still see some (as indicated in verses 8 and 11). Many languages have a similar idiom. A translation of verse 10 should not imply that Israel was completely blind. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
48:10 nhh8 מִ⁠זֹּ֔קֶן 1 “because of old age,” or “because he was {very} old,”
48:10 igr4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure לֹ֥א יוּכַ֖ל לִ⁠רְא֑וֹת 1 “{so that} he could not see {very clearly/well}.” For some languages it is more natural to switch the order of the clauses in this sentence and say, “Now Israel was {very} old, so his eyesight was failing and he was not able to see {very well}.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
48:10 m3l9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יַּגֵּ֤שׁ אֹתָ⁠ם֙ אֵלָ֔י⁠ו 1 “So Joseph brought/took his sons near/closer to his father,” or “So he/Joseph had his sons stand near/close to his father,” Make sure it is clear in your translation whom is being referred to at each point in this sentence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
48:10 xi1y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יִּשַּׁ֥ק 1 “and Israel” or “and his father”. It may be helpful to read this sentence aloud in your translation to make sure the use of nouns and pronouns is natural and accurate in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
48:10 tdns וַ⁠יִּשַּׁ֥ק לָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 “kissed them {on the cheeks/cheek}”
48:10 yxhu וַ⁠יְחַבֵּ֥ק לָ⁠הֶֽם 1 “and hugged them.” Consider again how you translated the word “embraced” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 29:13; 33:4; 48:10. Also compare that to how you translated an idiom (“fell on...neck”) that has a similar meaning in Gen 33:4; 45:14, 46:29. It may be necessary to translate these terms in different ways, depending on the context.
48:11 caor rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ אֶל יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “Then Israel exclaimed to Joseph,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
48:11 joqe רְאֹ֥ה פָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ לֹ֣א פִלָּ֑לְתִּי 1 “I did not think I would ever see you {again},” or “I never thought I would see you {again},”
48:11 cko4 וְ⁠הִנֵּ֨ה 1 “but surprisingly/amazingly,” or “but {now} look,”
48:11 w75i הֶרְאָ֥ה אֹתִ֛⁠י אֱלֹהִ֖ים גַּ֥ם אֶת זַרְעֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “God has allowed me to see/meet also/even your offspring/children!” or “God has also/even allowed me to see/meet your offspring/children!”
48:12 wvkp וַ⁠יּוֹצֵ֥א יוֹסֵ֛ף אֹתָ֖⁠ם 1 “Then Joseph moved/took his sons away” or “Then Joseph had his sons move/step away/back”
48:12 agib rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns מֵ⁠עִ֣ם בִּרְכָּ֑י⁠ו 1 “from beside his fathers knees” or “from beside/near his father”. Josephs sons (who were in their 20s) were near Jacobs knees, so that he could hug them; they were not sitting on his knees or lap. Also make sure it is clear that your translation of “his” refers to Jacob, not Joseph. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
48:12 kz74 וַ⁠יִּשְׁתַּ֥חוּ 1 “and he bowed {before him}” or “and he prostrated himself {before him}”
48:12 jfto rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction לְ⁠אַפָּ֖י⁠ו אָֽרְצָ⁠ה 1 “with his nose/face toward the ground {in thankfulness and respect}.” or “and touched the ground with his forehead {to show respect}.” Joseph bowed to the ground to show thankfulness and respect to his father and possibly also to God. If necessary, you could make that information explicit in your translation or put it in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
48:13 ixv8 וַ⁠יִּקַּ֣ח יוֹסֵף֮ 1 “Then Joseph/he took/positioned
48:13 wvf8 אֶת שְׁנֵי⁠הֶם֒ 1 “both of his sons,”
48:13 nzul אֶת אֶפְרַ֤יִם בִּֽ⁠ימִינ⁠וֹ֙ 1 “{with} Ephraim on/at his right {hand/side}”
48:13 ohdm מִ⁠שְּׂמֹ֣אל 1 “facing” or “in front of”
48:13 owt2 מִ⁠שְּׂמֹ֣אל יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 “Israels left {hand/side}”
48:13 utvp וְ⁠אֶת מְנַשֶּׁ֥ה בִ⁠שְׂמֹאל֖⁠וֹ 1 “and {with} Manasseh on/at his left {hand/side}”
48:13 k4dv מִ⁠שְּׂמֹ֣אל 2 “facing” or “in front of”
48:13 n3um מִ⁠ימִ֣ין יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 “Israels right {hand/side},”
48:13 o7vq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יַּגֵּ֖שׁ אֵלָֽי⁠ו 1 “and he brought/took {them} close to his father {again}.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to put this clause first in this verse and say, “Then he took/brought his sons close to his father {again}. He had Ephraim stand in front of Israels left {hand/side}, and he had Manasseh stand in front of Israels right {hand/side}.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
48:14 xwp9 וַ⁠יִּשְׁלַח֩ יִשְׂרָאֵ֨ל אֶת יְמִינ֜⁠וֹ 1 “But Israel {intentionally} reached out his right hand”
48:14 sni8 וַ⁠יָּ֨שֶׁת עַל רֹ֤אשׁ אֶפְרַ֨יִם֙ 1 “and put/rested/laid {it} on Ephraims head,”
48:14 v46e וְ⁠ה֣וּא הַ⁠צָּעִ֔יר 1 “even though Ephraim {was} the/{Josephs} younger {son}.”
48:14 vklj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וְ⁠אֶת שְׂמֹאל֖⁠וֹ עַל רֹ֣אשׁ מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה שִׂכֵּל֙ אֶת יָדָ֔י⁠ו 1 “Then he {intentionally} {put/rested} his left hand on Manassehs head. He crossed his arms {to do that}” or “Then he crossed his arms and {put} his left hand on Manassehs head,” In the Hebrew culture, the right side was the place of highest honor and using the right hand to bless someone was symbolic of giving greater honor to that person. The oldest son was also the one who normally received the greater blessing. Israel reverses that here and gives Josephs younger son the greater blessing. It may be important to include a footnote in your translation that gives this information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
48:14 jxo4 כִּ֥י 1 “{even} though” or “in spite of the fact that”. Make sure that the way you translate “because” fits with the fact that Israel wanted to place his right hand on Ephraim (to give him the greater blessing), even though Manasseh was the firstborn (who would normally receive the greater blessing in that culture).
48:14 u8qz מְנַשֶּׁ֖ה הַ⁠בְּכֽוֹר 1 “Manasseh {was} the/{Josephs} firstborn/oldest {son}.”
48:15 llyx וַ⁠יְבָ֥רֶךְ אֶת יוֹסֵ֖ף וַ⁠יֹּאמַ֑ר 1 “Then Israel blessed Joseph {and his sons} by saying,” or “Then Israel blessed Joseph by {blessing his sons and} saying,” Israel blessed Joseph by blessing Josephs sons (verses 15-16, 19-20).
48:15 gsdn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֡ים 1 “May {God bless your sons,} the God” or “I pray that {God will bless your sons,} the God” or “I ask God {to bless your sons}. He is the God”. For some languages it is better to break up the long sentence in verses 15-16 and to also make it explicit here that Israel is asking God to bless Josephs sons, rather than wait until verse 16. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
48:15 iwxf אֲשֶׁר֩ אֲבֹתַ֤⁠י אַבְרָהָ֣ם וְ⁠יִצְחָ֔ק 1 “whom my forefathers/ancestors Abraham and Isaac”
48:15 r8jy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom הִתְהַלְּכ֨וּ לְ⁠פָנָי⁠ו֙ 1 “walked/lived before/with {according to his will},” or “walked/lived {obediently} in the presence of,” or “served/obeyed,” See how you translated the idiom “walk/live before” in Gen 17:1 and 24:40. You may need to translate it differently in different contexts. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
48:15 bi81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙ הָ⁠רֹעֶ֣ה אֹתִ֔⁠י 1 “the {same} God who has watched over me” or “He is the {same} God who has taken care of me”. The word “shepherded” includes guiding, protecting, and providing food and water, such as a shepherd would do for his sheep. Here it is used as a metaphor that refers to Gods complete care of Israel throughout his life. Consider whether or not it is best in your language to use a similar metaphor here. For example, you could say, “He is the {same} God who, for my entire life, has taken care of all my needs, just as a {good} shepherd takes care of his sheep.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
48:15 dt5m מֵ⁠עוֹדִ֖⁠י עַד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 “from {the beginning of} my {life} until the present day/time,” or “my entire life,”
48:16 wzng rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms הַ⁠מַּלְאָךְ֩ הַ⁠גֹּאֵ֨ל אֹתִ֜⁠י מִ⁠כָּל רָ֗ע 1 “{He is also} the Angel who saved/rescued me {continually} from all/every harm/trouble.” Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also consider again how you translated “angel” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 16:7, 9-11; 19:1, 15; 21:17; 22:11, 15; 24:7, 40; 28:12; 31:11; 32:3, 6; 48:16. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-key-terms]])
48:16 mz5g יְבָרֵךְ֮ 1 “I pray/ask that he will”. Consider whether it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
48:16 hkqg יְבָרֵךְ֮ אֶת הַ⁠נְּעָרִים֒ 1 “cause {these} young men to prosper {greatly},” Since Josephs sons were probably in their 20s, make sure your translation of this phrase does not sound like they were little boys. The Hebrew word for “boy” here can also be translated as “lad, servant,” or “young man,” depending on the context and who is speaking to whom. With that in mind, consider again how you translated this word in the book of Genesis. See Gen 14:24; 18:7; 19:4; 21:12, 17-20; 22:3, 5, 12, 19; 25:27; 34:19; 37:2; 41:12; 43:8; 44:22, 30-34; 48:16.
48:16 b0ar וְ⁠יִקָּרֵ֤א בָ⁠הֶם֙ שְׁמִ֔⁠י וְ⁠שֵׁ֥ם אֲבֹתַ֖⁠י אַבְרָהָ֣ם וְ⁠יִצְחָ֑ק וְ⁠יִדְגּ֥וּ לָ⁠רֹ֖ב בְּ⁠קֶ֥רֶב הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 “so that my family name/line and the family name/line of my ancestors Abraham and Isaac will continue through them and so that they will have many descendants on the earth.” or “I pray that they will have many descendants on the earth who will carry on the family name/line for me and for my forefathers/ancestors Abraham and Isaac.”
48:17 guyi וַ⁠יַּ֣רְא יוֹסֵ֗ף כִּי יָשִׁ֨ית אָבִ֧י⁠ו יַד יְמִינ֛⁠וֹ עַל רֹ֥אשׁ אֶפְרַ֖יִם וַ⁠יֵּ֣רַע 1 “{When} Joseph saw/noticed that his father had put/rested/laid his right hand on Ephraims head,” See how you translated “placed” in verse 14.
48:17 krcr וַ⁠יֵּ֣רַע בְּ⁠עֵינָ֑י⁠ו 1 “it displeased him” or “he was displeased/unhappy {about it},” or “he thought it was a mistake,”
48:17 fa1f וַ⁠יִּתְמֹ֣ךְ יַד אָבִ֗י⁠ו 1 “So he took hold of his fathers hand”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
48:17 scqc לְ⁠הָסִ֥יר אֹתָ֛⁠הּ מֵ⁠עַ֥ל רֹאשׁ אֶפְרַ֖יִם 1 “{in order} to move/take it from Ephraims head” or “{and started} to move/take it from Ephraims head”
48:17 knoe עַל רֹ֥אשׁ מְנַשֶּֽׁה 1 “and {place/put it on} Manassehs head.”
48:18 s3ev וַ⁠יֹּ֧אמֶר יוֹסֵ֛ף אֶל אָבִ֖י⁠ו 1 “Then he said to his father,”
48:18 yr6r לֹא כֵ֣ן אָבִ֑⁠י כִּי זֶ֣ה הַ⁠בְּכֹ֔ר 1 “Not like that, Father. {It is} the other son {who is} the/my firstborn/oldest.“ or “That is the wrong one/son, Father. The other {one} {is} {my} firstborn/oldest son.”
48:18 fe3w שִׂ֥ים יְמִינְ⁠ךָ֖ עַל רֹאשֽׁ⁠וֹ 1 “{So} {you need to} put/have your right hand on his head.”
48:19 fnt6 וַ⁠יְמָאֵ֣ן אָבִ֗י⁠ו 1 “But his father refused {to move his hands}” or “But his father would not {move his hands}”
48:19 ilz7 וַ⁠יֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “and replied,”
48:19 ad6m יָדַ֤עְתִּֽי בְנִ⁠י֙ יָדַ֔עְתִּי 1 “I know {it/that}, my son, I know {what I am doing}.” or “I know {what I am doing}, my son.”
48:19 onl9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns גַּם ה֥וּא יִֽהְיֶה לְּ⁠עָ֖ם וְ⁠גַם ה֣וּא יִגְדָּ֑ל 1 “{In fact,} {the descendants of} your firstborn/oldest son will also become a people/ethnic group, and he will be/become a great/important man.” or “{In fact,} your firstborn/oldest son will also be/become a great/important man, and he will be/become {the ancestor of} a people/ethnic group.” Consider what is the best way in your language to refer to Josephs firstborn in these two clauses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
48:19 d8w8 וְ⁠אוּלָ֗ם אָחִ֤י⁠ו הַ⁠קָּטֹן֙ יִגְדַּ֣ל מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ 1 “However, his younger brother {Ephraim} will be {even} greater than he {will be},”
48:19 w3o5 וְ⁠זַרְע֖⁠וֹ 1 “and his/Ephraims offspring/descendants” or “with {many} descendants, who”. Make sure your translation of this phrase is understood to refer to Ephraims descendants, not Manassehs.
48:19 ncm9 יִהְיֶ֥ה מְלֹֽא הַ⁠גּוֹיִֽם 1 “will become many people/ethnic groups.” Compare how you translated a similar phrase (“a community of peoples”) in verse 4.
48:20 mzc0 וַ⁠יְבָ֨רֲכֵ֜⁠ם בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠הוּא֮ 1 “So Israel blessed Ephraim and Manasseh that day” or “That {same} day, Israel blessed {both of} them”
48:20 j6nq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations לֵ⁠אמוֹר֒ 1 “by saying {to them},” or “and said,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
48:20 zb3n בְּ⁠ךָ֗ יְבָרֵ֤ךְ יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 “{The people of} Israel will use your names when they bless {someone/people}” or “When {the people of} Israel say/pronounce a blessing over {someone}, they will use your names”
48:20 q3me לֵ⁠אמוֹר֒ 2 “and say,”
48:20 fkzh יְשִֽׂמְ⁠ךָ֣ אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 “We ask God to”
48:20 eg1e יְשִֽׂמְ⁠ךָ֣ 1 “make you {great/prosperous}” or “bless/prosper you”
48:20 pdwp כְּ⁠אֶפְרַ֖יִם וְ⁠כִ⁠מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה 1 “like {he blessed/prospered} Ephraim and Manasseh.”
48:20 zdik וַ⁠יָּ֥שֶׂם 1 “In that way,” or “When he/Israel said that,”
48:20 uje7 וַ⁠יָּ֥שֶׂם אֶת אֶפְרַ֖יִם לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י מְנַשֶּֽׁה 1 “he/Israel put/ranked Ephraim ahead of Manasseh.“ or “he/Israel made Ephraim greater than Manasseh.”
48:21 z8ii וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר 1 “Next” or “After that,”
48:21 d5t4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ אֶל יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “Israel {turned} to Joseph {and} said {to him},” or “Israel spoke to Joseph. {He said,}” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
48:21 d8t7 הִנֵּ֥ה 1 “Look/Listen,” or “As you can see,”
48:21 fjrl אָנֹכִ֖י מֵ֑ת 1 “I am about to die,” or “I will die soon,”
48:21 yses rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular וְ⁠הָיָ֤ה אֱלֹהִים֙ עִמָּ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “but God will {always} be/stay with {all of} you {and help you},” or “but God will {always} be/stay with you and your brothers {and all your descendants} {and help you}.” The pronouns “you” and “your” are plural throughout this verse and probably refer to all Israels family, including Joseph, his brothers, and their descendants. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
48:21 ydkc וְ⁠הֵשִׁ֣יב אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “He will also bring/take you back”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
48:21 orx3 אֶל אֶ֖רֶץ אֲבֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 “to the land that {he gave} to your forefathers/ancestors.”
48:22 xrzo וַ⁠אֲנִ֞י נָתַ֧תִּֽי לְ⁠ךָ֛ 1 “And I give/bequeath to you {as part of your inheritance}” or “Besides that, {as part of your inheritance from me,} I {hereby} give you”. The pronouns “you” and “your” shift to singular in verse 22.
48:22 cazk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor שְׁכֶ֥ם 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could refer to (1) “{the city of} Shechem,” (2) “a mountain slope/ridge,” This second interpretation comes from the meaning of the Hebrew word “shekem” (“shoulder”), which can be used as a metaphor to refer to a mountain slope or ridge. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
48:22 peu5 אַחַ֖ד עַל אַחֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “which is more {land} than I am giving to your brothers and”
48:22 bfda אֲשֶׁ֤ר לָקַ֨חְתִּי֙ מִ⁠יַּ֣ד 1 “which I took control of from” or “which I took/captured from” or “I took/captured that land from”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
48:22 q9pc הָֽ⁠אֱמֹרִ֔י בְּ⁠חַרְבִּ֖⁠י וּ⁠בְ⁠קַשְׁתִּֽ⁠י 1 “the Amorite{s} {in battle} using my sword and my bow.” or “the Amorite{s} when I defeated them in battle.” For some languages it may be clearer to change the order of clauses in this verse and say, “Besides that, I {hereby} give you {the city of} Shechem, {which} I took/captured from the Amorite{s} when I defeated them in battle. This is more {land} than I am giving to your brothers.” Do what is best in your language. Also consider again how you translated “Amorite{s}” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 10:16; 14:7, 13; 15:16, 21; 48:22. (See: figs-infostructure}
49:1 i8ic וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א יַעֲקֹ֖ב אֶל בָּנָ֑י⁠ו 1 “Then Jacob summoned {all} his sons”. The events in chapter 49 may have occurred on the same day as the events in chapter 48, or not very long after that. Consider again how you translated “called for” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 12:18; 14:14; 20:2, 8-9; 24:57-58; 26:9; 27:1, 42; 28:1; 31:4; 39:14; 41:8, 14; 46:33; 47:29; 49:1.
49:1 g7x3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 “He said {to them},” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
49:1 l6m5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry הֵאָֽסְפוּ֙ 1 “Gather {yourselves} together {before me},” or “Come together {here},” Much of what Jacob says to his sons in verses 1-27 is Hebrew poetry, which is characterized by the use of parallelisms and metaphors to emphasize important points. Many translations put these verses in poetry format (starting here); many others use regular paragraph formatting. Do what is best in your language. For a complete list of verses that some translations treat as poetry in the book of Genesis, see the introduction to the book. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]])
49:1 upew וְ⁠אַגִּ֣ידָה לָ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “and I will declare to you” or “so that I can tell/inform you”
49:1 gmu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֵ֛ת אֲשֶׁר יִקְרָ֥א אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם 1 “what will happen to you {and your descendants}”. Much of what Jacob prophesies in this chapter about his sons also applies to their descendants. Some translation teams may prefer to put that information in a footnote rather than make it explicit in the text. Do what is best in your language. Also see how you translated “meet” in Gen 42:4, 38. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
49:1 xg3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche בְּ⁠אַחֲרִ֥ית הַ⁠יָּמִֽים 1 “in the days/years ahead.” or “in future days/years.” In this context, the word “days” refers to a period of years. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
49:2 j5co rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person הִקָּבְצ֥וּ וְ⁠שִׁמְע֖וּ בְּנֵ֣י יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 “{Yes/Indeed,} Jacobs/my sons, come/gather {here} and hear {what I have to say},” or “My sons, gather around {me,} {your father} Jacob, and listen {to me}.” Make sure it is clear in your translation of this verse that Jacob is talking to his own sons and is referring to himself as Jacob and Israel. Also, for some languages it is more natural to put the address “sons of Jacob” first in verse 2, or even first in the quote (which begins in verse 1). Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
49:2 xh8b וְ⁠שִׁמְע֖וּ אֶל יִשְׂרָאֵ֥ל אֲבִי⁠כֶֽם 1 “Pay attention to {me} your father Israel.” or “{I} your father Israel have something {important} to tell you.” This clause forms a parallelism with the previous clause to emphasize that Jacob wants his sons to listen to him carefully. Try to keep both halves of this parallelism in your translation, since each half has a slightly different focus. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
49:3 tmwk רְאוּבֵן֙ בְּכֹ֣רִ⁠י אַ֔תָּה 0 “Reuben, you {are} my oldest {son},” Consider again how you translated “firstborn” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 4:4; 10:15; 19:31, 33-34, 37; 22:21; 25:13, 27; 27:19, 32; 29:26; 35:23; 36:15; 38:6-7; 41:51; 43:33; 46:8, 14; 48:18; 49:3. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
49:3 wp60 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism כֹּחִ֖⁠י וְ⁠רֵאשִׁ֣ית אוֹנִ֑⁠י 1 “{evidence of} my strength/fertility, and the first child I had as a young man.” or “{You are} the first {evidence/sign} of my manhood and strength/virility.” This phrase is used here as a euphemistic idiom that refers to Jacobs ability to have children. Other languages may have a similar idiom. Translate this in a way that will not embarrass or offend listeners. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
49:3 zu3n יֶ֥תֶר שְׂאֵ֖ת וְ⁠יֶ֥תֶר עָֽז 0 “{You had} higher/more honor and authority {than all your brothers}.” or “{You had} high status and great authority {in our family}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
49:4 ngg3 פַּ֤חַז 1 “{However,} {you are} uncontrollable” or “{However,} {you are} unstable/reckless”
49:4 m3c3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כַּ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙ 1 “like a flood of water,” or “like {rushing} water,” Here Jacob compares Reubens reckless, uncontrolled sexual behavior to turbulent water that is out of control and destructive. Consider whether or not you have a similar simile in your language that would fit well here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
49:4 ht6q אַל תּוֹתַ֔ר 1 “{so} you will no longer have your high/important status/position {in our family},” or “{so} you will no longer be first {among your brothers},”
49:4 s4lx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism כִּ֥י עָלִ֖יתָ מִשְׁכְּבֵ֣י אָבִ֑י⁠ךָ אָ֥ז חִלַּ֖לְתָּ 1 “because you climbed/got {into} my bed, and you defiled/dishonored {it} {by sleeping with my concubine/wife}!” or “because you dishonored me by getting into my bed and committing adultery {with my concubine/wife}!” This clause, along with the rest of the verse, is a euphemistic way of referring to Reuben committing adultery by sleeping with his fathers concubine (secondary wife) Bilhah (Genesis 35:22). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
49:4 u62z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person יְצוּעִ֥⁠י עָלָֽה 1 “{Then Jacob exclaimed,} “He went up {onto} my couch!” ” or “He/You {actually} climbed/got up {onto} my couch/bed {and dishonored me}!” or “{You dishonored me when} you slept with my concubine/wife!” Here Jacob repeats part of what he said in the previous clause, in order to emphasize Reubens sin against him and to communicate how upset he is about it. He may have still been talking to Reuben (switching from second to third person), or he may have been exclaiming about Reuben to himself and the rest of his sons. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
49:5 jadm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person שִׁמְע֥וֹן וְ⁠לֵוִ֖י 0 “{As for} Simeon and Levi, {they}” or “Simeon and Levi, {you}”. In verses 3-27, Jacob sometimes refers to his sons using second person (“you”), and sometimes (as here) he uses third person (“they” or “he”). Consider whether or not it is better in your language to use second person throughout these verses, especially since Jacob is talking to his sons who are right there with him. Also, some languages have dual pronouns that fit well in verses 5-7. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
49:5 lnz6 אַחִ֑ים 1 “{are} {true/close} brothers.” or “{are} partners {in crime}.” or “do {evil} things together.” This phrase is used here as an idiom that emphasizes the fact that Simeon and Levi thought alike and acted together to do evil things.
49:5 hpdj כְּלֵ֥י חָמָ֖ס מְכֵרֹתֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 “They/You use their/your swords/weapons to do violent things {together}.” Make sure in your translation that the pronouns you use here (and in verses 6-7) fit with the way you translated the beginning of this verse.
49:6 sbst rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche אַל תָּבֹ֣א נַפְשִׁ֔⁠י 1 “Do not ever let me” or “May I never” or “I will never”. Here Jacob uses the phrase “my soul” to refer to himself and to emphasize how strongly he feels about what he is saying. Consider what is the best way to communicate that in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
49:6 h9hm בְּ⁠סֹדָ⁠ם֙ תָּבֹ֣א 1 “take part in their/your {evil} plans/schemes!” or “participate with them/you when they/you plan {evil} things!” In verses 5-7, Jacob is probably referring to the time when Simeon and Levi killed all the males in the city of Shechem out of revenge (Genesis 34:25-26, 30). Jacob was very upset that they did that.
49:6 z996 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism בִּ⁠קְהָלָ֖⁠ם אַל תֵּחַ֣ד כְּבֹדִ֑⁠י 1 “Do not let my honor/presence be connected/associated with their/your {evil} plans,” or “I never want to be linked/associated with their/your {evil} plans,” or “I refuse to make {evil} plans with them/you,” This clause forms a parallelism with the previous clause and emphasizes that Jacob is upset and does not want to participate with these two sons in their evil behavior. Consider what is the best way to translate that in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
49:6 ckzx כִּ֤י בְ⁠אַפָּ⁠ם֙ הָ֣רְגוּ אִ֔ישׁ 1 “because they/you became angry and murdered {many} men/people,” The phrase “a man” probably refers collectively here to all the men whom these two sons killed in the city of Shechem (Gen 34:25-26, 30).
49:6 z1y0 וּ⁠בִ⁠רְצֹנָ֖⁠ם עִקְּרוּ שֽׁוֹר 1 “and {just} to please/entertain themselves/yourselves, they/you crippled/maimed {some} oxen/cattle {so they could not walk}.” or “and they/you cut the leg tendons of {some} oxen/cattle, {just} for the fun of it.” This may have happened during the time that Simeon and Levi took revenge on the people of Shechem.
49:7 cb28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אָר֤וּר אַפָּ⁠ם֙ כִּ֣י עָ֔ז וְ⁠עֶבְרָתָ֖⁠ם כִּ֣י קָשָׁ֑תָה 1 “{May God} curse {them/you for} their/your intense/terrible anger and {their/your} cruel/malicious fury!” or “{I ask God to} curse/punish them/you for being so intensely/fiercely angry and cruel/malicious!” Consider what is the best way to translate this parallelism in your language. Also, consider again how you translated “cursed” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 3:14 (and note), 17; 4:11; 5:29; 8:21; 9:25; 12:3; 27:12-13, 29; 49:7. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
49:7 e44q אֲחַלְּקֵ֣⁠ם 1 “I {ask God to}”. The last half of verse 7 specifies how Jacob is asking God to curse Simeon and Levi.
49:7 ykq9 אֲחַלְּקֵ֣⁠ם 1 “scatter/disperse them/you {and their/your descendants}” or “cause them/you {and their/your descendants} to be spread out”
49:7 f5mw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “among {the family/descendants of} Jacob.” In this context, the name “Jacob” refers to his family and especially his descendants. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
49:7 b95x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וַ⁠אֲפִיצֵ֖⁠ם 1 “Yes, I will” or “Thats right, I {ask him/God to}”. The clauses “I will divide...” and “I will scatter...” form a parallelism that emphasizes the way Jacob is asking God to curse Simeon and Levi. If possible it is best to keep both parts of a parallelism in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
49:7 e9qw וַ⁠אֲפִיצֵ֖⁠ם 1 “scatter/disperse them/you” or “cause them/you to be spread out”. Consider again how you translated “scatter” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 10:18, 32; 11:4, 8-9; 49:7. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. If the pronoun “you” is used here in your translation, it should be plural.
49:7 ih68 בְּ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 “throughout {the descendants/land of} Israel.” Jacobs prophecy in verse 7 came true many years later: the tribe of Simeon was absorbed by the tribe of Judah (Joshua 19:1), and the tribe of Levi never had its own territory, but rather lived in cities scattered throughout the other tribes of Israel (Joshua 21:1-42). You could put this information in a footnote.
49:8 mfza יְהוּדָ֗ה אַתָּה֙ יוֹד֣וּ⁠ךָ אַחֶ֔י⁠ךָ 0 “Judah, you {are the one whom} your brothers will praise.” or “Judah, you {and your descendants} will be {highly} praised by your brothers {and their descendants}.” or “Judah, your brothers {and their descendants} will {highly} praise you {and your descendants}.” In the Hebrew text, the pronoun “you” is emphatic, and it has an emphatic position in the sentence. Consider what is the best way to communicate that emphasis in your language.
49:8 lhkv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יָדְ⁠ךָ֖ בְּ⁠עֹ֣רֶף 1 “You will be victorious over” or “You will conquer/defeat”. Consider what is the best way to translate this Hebrew idiom in your language. Also, if your translation includes Judahs descendants in the previous sentence, make sure that the pronouns “your” and “you” are plural in this sentence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
49:8 sr42 אֹיְבֶ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “those who are against you.” or “your enemies/adversaries.”
49:8 m4n8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person בְּנֵ֥י אָבִֽי⁠ךָ 1 “Your fathers {other} sons” or “{Then} my {other} sons” or “Your brothers”. Make sure that your translation of “your father” refers to Jacob. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
49:8 o2b6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction יִשְׁתַּחֲוּ֥וּ לְ⁠ךָ֖ 1 “{and their descendants} will bow/prostrate themselves before you {and your descendants} {in respect/submission}.” Consider again how you translated “bow down” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 18:2; 19:1; 22:5; 23:7, 12; 24:26, 48, 52; 27:29; 33:3, 6-7; 37:7, 9-10; 42:6; 43:26, 28; 47:31; 48:12; 49:8. Also see how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 17:3, 17. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
49:9 kcdh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor גּ֤וּר אַרְיֵה֙ יְהוּדָ֔ה מִ⁠טֶּ֖רֶף בְּנִ֣⁠י עָלִ֑יתָ 1 “Judah, my son, {you are} {powerful} {like} a young lion that has returned {to its den} after {killing} {its} prey.” or “Judah, {you,} my son, {are} {like} a {powerful} young lion that {kills its} prey and returns {to its den}.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
49:9 zrcx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כָּרַ֨ע רָבַ֧ץ כְּ⁠אַרְיֵ֛ה 1 “You {are} like a lion that stretches out {and} lies down {to sleep/rest} {after eating}.” or “It stretches out {and} lies down {to sleep}.” Here in verse 9 Jacob switches to using third person references (“he, his, him”) for Judah. For some languages it is better to use second person references (“you, your”) throughout verses 8-12. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
49:9 tf30 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וּ⁠כְ⁠לָבִ֖יא מִ֥י יְקִימֶֽ⁠נּוּ 1 “Yes, {you are} like a lioness/lion that no one dares to awaken/disturb.” or “No one dares to disturb/disrespect that lion.” This sentence forms a parallelism with the previous sentence to emphasize Judahs authority. Also, Jacob uses a rhetorical question here to emphasize the respect that people will have for Judah. Some languages must use a statement here instead. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
49:10 lg21 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לֹֽא יָס֥וּר שֵׁ֨בֶט֙ מִֽ⁠יהוּדָ֔ה 1 “Judah, the authority to rule will always belong to you {and your descendants}.” or “Judah, there will always be one of your descendants ruling as king.” A scepter, or a kings staff, is a special, decorated rod that a king holds to symbolize his authority to rule the people who are under him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
49:10 yr2o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וּ⁠מְחֹקֵ֖ק מִ⁠בֵּ֣ין רַגְלָ֑י⁠ו 1 “The {kings/rulers} staff will never leave his/your descendants/family” or “In fact, your descendants will rule”. This phrase forms a parallelism with the previous clause and emphasizes the authority that Judah and his descendants will have. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
49:10 f9a1 עַ֚ד כִּֽי יָבֹ֣א שִׁיל֔וֹ 1 “until the {highest} king comes/arrives” or “until the One whom the scepter/kingdom belongs to comes/arrives”. Jacob is probably prophesying here about the coming of the Messiah/Christ. This fits with the fact that Jesus was a descendant of the tribe of Judah and is now ruling as the true King over heaven and earth. You could put some of that information in a footnote.
49:10 jg91 וְ⁠ל֖⁠וֹ יִקְּהַ֥ת עַמִּֽים 1 “and the peoples/nations {of the earth} obey him.” or “and all people obey him.” or “All people/nations will obey him.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
49:11 tpc6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֹסְרִ֤י 1 “Judah {and his descendants}” or “You {and your descendants}”. In verse 11, the pronouns “he” and “his” refer to Judah and his descendants. To make that clear, you could make that explicit here and then use plural pronouns “they” and “their” throughout the verse. Or if you are using the second person throughout this section, you could say, “You {and your descendants}...” and use plural pronouns “you” and “your” after that. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
49:11 nav1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown אֹסְרִ֤י לַ⁠גֶּ֨פֶן֙ עִיר֔וֹ 1 “will {be so wealthy that they/you will/could} tether/tie their/your donkey{s} to {their/your} {grape}vine{s} {to eat the valuable fruit}.” or “let your donkey{s} eat your choice/valuable {grape}vine{s}.” In Jacobs culture grapevines were valuable plants, so unless a person was very rich, he would never tether a donkey to his grapevines because it would eat the fruit and the vines. If necessary, you could make some of that information explicit in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
49:11 gjb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְ⁠לַ⁠שֹּׂרֵקָ֖ה בְּנִ֣י אֲתֹנ֑⁠וֹ 1 “Their/Your donkeys colts will/could eat” or “{It will not matter if} their/your donkeys colts eat”. This clause forms a parallelism with the previous one to emphasize how wealthy Judah and his descendants will be. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
49:11 dusu וְ⁠לַ⁠שֹּׂרֵקָ֖ה 1 “{their/your} best/finest {grapevine} branch{es}.” or “the best/finest grapevines.”
49:11 s2nz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism כִּבֵּ֤ס בַּ⁠יַּ֨יִן֙ לְבֻשׁ֔⁠וֹ וּ⁠בְ⁠דַם עֲנָבִ֖ים סוּתֽוֹ 1 “{They/You will still have so much wine from other vines/grapevines that} they/you could {even} use the wine like water to wash their/your robes and {other} clothes.” This sentence is another parallelism that emphasizes how wealthy Judah and his descendants will be. The phrase “blood of grapes” is an idiom that refers to red wine made from the juice of grapes. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
49:12 s3uy עֵינַ֖יִם 1 “{Their/Your} eyes” or “{They/You will be so blessed/wealthy that} {their/your} eyes”
49:12 cm3s חַכְלִילִ֥י מִ⁠יָּ֑יִן 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean (1) “{will be} bright from {drinking} {abundant} wine,” (2) “{will be} darker than wine,” In both interpretations the emphasis is that Judahs descendants will be blessed with an abundance of the best foods, including wine and milk, which are examples of the most valuable foods that were produced in the land.
49:12 adpm וּ⁠לְבֶן שִׁנַּ֖יִם 1 “and {their/your} teeth“
49:12 rmn2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וּ⁠לְבֶן מֵ⁠חָלָֽב 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean (1) “{will be} white from {drinking} {abundant} milk.” (2) “{will be} whiter than milk.” Make sure that the way you translate this phrase fits with the interpretation you used for the first part of this verse. For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of some of these phrases and say, “{They/You will be so blessed/wealthy that} they/you will have plenty of the best foods, including {abundant} wine and milk.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
49:13 xffh זְבוּלֻ֕ן 0 “{As for} Zebulun, {he} {and his descendants}” or “Zebulun, {you} {and your descendants}”. Throughout this chapter, decide whether it is best in your language to use third person or second person when Jacob refers to each of his sons (and their descendants).
49:13 wtx1 לְ⁠ח֥וֹף יַמִּ֖ים יִשְׁכֹּ֑ן 1 “will settle/live at/near the seashore/coast,”
49:13 vumy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וְ⁠הוּא֙ לְ⁠ח֣וֹף אֳנִיּ֔וֹת 1 “yes, they/you {will settle/live} at/near a harbor for ships,” or “where there will be a {safe} harbor/place for ships {to load and unload their cargo},” This clause forms a parallelism with the previous clause to emphasize where Zebulun and his descendants will live. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
49:13 r8u3 וְ⁠יַרְכָת֖⁠וֹ עַל 1 “Their/Your territory {will extend}”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
49:13 cqfv עַל צִידֹֽן 1 “{all the way north/up} to {the city of} Sidon.” or “as far {north} as {the city of} Sidon.”
49:14 jcdq יִשָּׂשכָ֖ר 1 “{As for} Issachar, {he} {and his descendants}” or “Issachar, {you} {and your descendants}”
49:14 x4v8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor חֲמֹ֣ר גָּ֑רֶם 1 “{will be} {like} a strong/sturdy donkey”. Consider again how you translated “donkey” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 12:16; 16:12; 22:3, 5, 6; 24:35; 30:43; 32:5, 15; 34:28; 36:24; 42:26-27; 43:18, 24; 44:3, 13; 45:23; 47:17; 49:14. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
49:14 h1kf רֹבֵ֖ץ 1 “crouching/lying down {resting}” or “{that is} resting {on the ground}”
49:14 e90c בֵּ֥ין הַֽ⁠מִּשְׁפְּתָֽיִם 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean (1) “between two saddlebags/loads.” (2) “between the two parts of a sheep pen.” Both interpretations imply that the donkey is lying down to rest after it worked hard.
49:15 tdds rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וַ⁠יַּ֤רְא מְנֻחָה֙ כִּ֣י ט֔וֹב וְ⁠אֶת הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ כִּ֣י נָעֵ֑מָה 1 “They/You will have a good place to rest/live, in a pleasant/enjoyable land.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
49:15 zdv6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יֵּ֤ט שִׁכְמ⁠וֹ֙ 1 “However, they/you will {also} have to exert themselves/yourselves“ or “But they/you will labor/work hard”. Consider what is the best way to translate this Hebrew idiom in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
49:15 qtbd לִ⁠סְבֹּ֔ל 1 “to/and carry {heavy loads},”
49:15 mqe3 וַ⁠יְהִ֖י לְ⁠מַס עֹבֵֽד 1 “In fact, they/you will be forced to be slaves.” or “They/You will have to work {very} hard {for others} as slaves.” or “People will force you to be their slaves.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
49:16 i8wo דָּ֖ן 1 “{As for} Dan, he {and his descendants}” or “Dan, you {and your descendants}”
49:16 x1kh יָדִ֣ין עַמּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “will govern/rule their/your {own} people group”
49:16 lc8c כְּ⁠אַחַ֖ד שִׁבְטֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 “just as the other tribes of Israel {judge/govern/rule their own people}.” or “and have equal status with {the rest of} the tribes of Israel.”
49:17 olso rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns דָן֙ 1 “They/You”. Be consistent with your choice of third person or second person (singular or plural) references to Dan (and his descendants) throughout verses 16 and 17. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
49:17 xrz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor יְהִי נָחָ֣שׁ עֲלֵי דֶ֔רֶךְ שְׁפִיפֹ֖ן עֲלֵי אֹ֑רַח 1 “will be {clever/cunning} {like} a poisonous snake {lying} beside a road” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
49:17 zk4a הַ⁠נֹּשֵׁךְ֙ עִקְּבֵי ס֔וּס 1 “that strikes the feet of {its enemys} horse,”
49:17 hviy וַ⁠יִּפֹּ֥ל רֹכְב֖⁠וֹ 1 “so that {it rears up and} the rider/enemy”
49:17 b9kg וַ⁠יִּפֹּ֥ל אָחֽוֹר 1 “falls off backward {to the ground}.” or “is thrown off the horse {and defeated}.”
49:18 f699 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לִֽ⁠ישׁוּעָתְ⁠ךָ֖ קִוִּ֥יתִי יְהוָֽה 0 “{Then Jacob paused and exclaimed to God,} “Yahweh, I am looking expectantly to you to save {me}!” Make sure it is clear in your translation that Jacob is talking to God in verse 18, not Dan any more. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
49:19 h8g7 גָּ֖ד 0 “{Then Jacob/he continued,} “{As for you,} Gad,”
49:19 mepm גְּד֣וּד יְגוּדֶ֑⁠נּוּ 1 “a group of robbers will attack him/you {and his/your descendants},” or “you {and your descendants} will be attacked by raiders/enemies,”
49:19 ovqw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וְ⁠ה֖וּא יָגֻ֥ד עָקֵֽב 1 “but they/you will chase/hunt them {down} {and defeat them}.” Make sure it is clear in your translation who is being referred to at each point in this sentence. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
49:20 aksc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche מֵ⁠אָשֵׁ֖ר שְׁמֵנָ֣ה לַחְמ֑⁠וֹ 0 “Asher {and his descendants} will produce rich/fine food,” or “Asher, you {and your descendants} will {be wealthy and} produce/eat the best/finest food.” Here the word “bread” refers to food in general and “fat” refers to the best kinds of food. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
49:20 a3y6 וְ⁠ה֥וּא יִתֵּ֖ן מַֽעֲדַנֵּי מֶֽלֶךְ 1 “He/They/You will {even} supply/produce food that is rich/fancy enough for a king.” or “In fact, he/they/you will supply/produce delicious/fine foods {that are fit} for kings {to eat}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, the word “delicacies” refers to special, delicious foods that only rich people can afford to eat.
49:21 fnt8 נַפְתָּלִ֖י 0 “{As for} Naphtali, {he} {and his descendants}” or “Naphtali, {you} {and your descendants}”
49:21 je8b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor אַיָּלָ֣ה 1 “{will be} {swift} {like} a doe/deer” or “{will be warriors who are} {swift} {like} a deer”. This metaphor pictures a deer that swiftly runs away after being released from captivity. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
49:21 aqep שְׁלֻחָ֑ה 1 “that is set free.” or “that has been released {to run freely}.” or “that is free to run/go wherever it wants.”
49:21 z2pe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person הַ⁠נֹּתֵ֖ן אִמְרֵי שָֽׁפֶר 1 There are different interpretations for the Hebrew text here. (1) “He/They/You will {also} speak eloquently.” or “They/You will {also} be gifted/excellent speakers/negotiators.” (2) “and that bears/has beautiful/healthy fawns.” or “He/They/You will have beautiful children.” If you made Naphtalis descendants explicit at the beginning of this verse, make sure you use a plural pronoun (“they” or “you”) here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
49:22 vpxp יוֹסֵ֔ף 0 “{As for} Joseph, {he} {and his descendants}” or “Joseph, {you} {and your descendants}”
49:22 x6q9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor בֵּ֤ן פֹּרָת֙ בֵּ֥ן פֹּרָ֖ת 1 “{will be} {like} the branch of a fruitful {vine/tree}, {yes,} {like} a fruitful/productive {vine/tree}” or “{will be} very successful/prosperous and flourish {like} a fruitful/productive branch {of a vine/tree}” or “{will be/become} very fruitful/numerous {like} {the fruit on} a fruitful/productive {vine/tree}”. The same phrase is repeated here to emphasize how prosperous and productive Joseph (and his descendants) will be. Instead of saying the same phrase twice, many translations combine the two phrases and form one clause that communicates the emphasis in a different way. Do what is accurate and natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
49:22 g42v עֲלֵי עָ֑יִן 1 “{that is growing/planted} next to a spring/stream {of water},”
49:22 x6dv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor בָּנ֕וֹת צָעֲדָ֖ה 1 “{with} branches extending/hanging” or “{with} branches {full of fruit} that extend/hang”. This phrase probably continues the metaphor of the fruitful vine that symbolizes how prosperous and numerous Joseph and his descendants will be. Consider what is the best way to translate this metaphor in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
49:22 x7gu עֲלֵי שֽׁוּר 1 “over a/the {surrounding} wall.” or “over a {nearby} wall.”
49:23 a10r וַֽ⁠יְמָרֲרֻ֖⁠הוּ בַּעֲלֵ֥י חִצִּֽים 1 “Expert/Skillful bowmen/archers” or “Enemy warriors/soldiers” or “His/Their/Your enemies”
49:23 dn95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַֽ⁠יְמָרֲרֻ֖⁠הוּ 1 “will {fiercely} attack them/you {and their/your descendants}”. Be consistent with your choice of third person or second person (singular or plural) references to Joseph (and his descendants) throughout verses 22-26. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
49:23 pxtz וָ⁠רֹ֑בּוּ 1 “and shoot {arrows} {at them/you}”
49:23 i8j6 וַֽ⁠יִּשְׂטְמֻ֖⁠הוּ 1 “and treat them/you hatefully.” or “and try to destroy them/you.”
49:24 msyw וַ⁠תֵּ֤שֶׁב 1 “But {as they/you fight back,}”
49:24 x6y3 וַ⁠תֵּ֤שֶׁב בְּ⁠אֵיתָן֙ קַשְׁתּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “they/you will hold/keep their/your bows/weapons steady” or “they/you will use their/your bows/weapons well/effectively”. Make sure that the way you translate “his” in this verse fits with whether you use second or third person (singular or plural) to refer to Joseph (and his descendants) in verses 22-26.
49:24 lyay וַ⁠יָּפֹ֖זּוּ זְרֹעֵ֣י יָדָ֑י⁠ו 1 “and their/your strong/powerful arms”
49:24 mwtr וַ⁠יָּפֹ֖זּוּ 1 “will remain/stay agile/nimble”
49:24 uyx0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מִ⁠ידֵי֙ 1 “because of the power/strength”. Consider what is the best way in your language to translate this idiom. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
49:24 ecz5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure מִ⁠ידֵי֙ אֲבִ֣יר יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 “of the Mighty/Powerful {One/God} whom I worship/serve,” or “that the Mighty/Powerful {God} of Jacob gives them/you,” For some languages, it is clearer or more natural to change the order of the phrases in this verse and say, “But the Mighty/Powerful {God} whom I worship/serve will keep you strong and help you use your bows/weapons well/effectively {as you fight back}.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
49:24 tb3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor מִ⁠שָּׁ֥ם רֹעֶ֖ה 1 “{thats right,} by the name/power of the/our Shepherd.” or “He takes care of {his people} the way that a shepherd takes care of his sheep.” A shepherd takes care of his sheep and provides for all of their needs. In the same way God takes care of his people and provides for all of their needs. See Psalm 23 which also talks about God as our Shepherd. You could put some of that information in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
49:24 bwhf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person אֶ֥בֶן יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 “{He is} Israels/my Rock/Fortress.” or “{He is} {like} a rock {fortress} who protects Israel {and his descendants}.” In verses 24 and 25, several different titles are used to refer to Yahweh, the only true God. Make sure that your translation of these verses does not sound like there is more than one God. Also make sure it is clear in your translation or in a footnote that Jacob is referring to himself in this verse as Jacob and Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
49:25 auy4 מֵ⁠אֵ֨ל 1 “{That strength/power is/comes} from”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
49:25 hwrl מֵ⁠אֵ֨ל אָבִ֜י⁠ךָ וְ⁠יַעְזְרֶ֗⁠ךָּ 1 “your fathers God, who will help you {and your descendants}.” or “the God {who has always taken care} of {me,} your father. He will {also} help you {and your descendants}.”
49:25 tq2p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠אֵ֤ת שַׁדַּי֙ וִ⁠יבָ֣רְכֶ֔⁠ךָּ 1 “He is the all-powerful God, who will bless you {all}”. For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to change the order of some of the clauses in the first half of this verse and say, “{That strength/power comes} from the God {who has always taken care} of {me,} your father. He is the all-powerful God who will help you {and your descendants} and bless you {all}”. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]).
49:25 u2xi בִּרְכֹ֤ת שָׁמַ֨יִם֙ מֵ⁠עָ֔ל 1 “{with} rain from above” or “{He will} bless/provide {you} with rain from the heavens/sky”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
49:25 a4di בִּרְכֹ֥ת תְּה֖וֹם רֹבֶ֣צֶת תָּ֑חַת 1 “and water from deep in the ground.” or “and bless/provide {you} with water from under the ground.” This phrase refers to water that comes from under the ground and supplies springs, wells, and rivers.
49:25 fxtf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy בִּרְכֹ֥ת שָׁדַ֖יִם וָ⁠רָֽחַם 1 “He will {also} bless {you} with many children {and much livestock}.” or “May your women/wives bear/have many children {and your animals bear/have many offspring/young}.” Consider what is the best way to translate this metonymy in your language. Also consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
49:26 lpt8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants בִּרְכֹ֣ת אָבִ֗י⁠ךָ גָּֽבְרוּ֙ עַל בִּרְכֹ֣ת הוֹרַ֔⁠י 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It can mean (1) “{God} has blessed {me} your father more than he blessed my ancestors,” (2) “The blessings your father is blessing {you} {with} are greater than the blessings my ancestors blessed me with,“ (3) “The blessings of your father have surpassed the blessings/riches of the ancient mountains,” The third interpretation is based on the Greek Septuagint which interprets the Hebrew word for “ancestors” as “mountains” (which has a similar spelling in Hebrew). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
49:26 n6h1 עַֽד תַּאֲוַ֖ת 1 The meaning of the Hebrew text is uncertain here. It can mean (1) “{He has blessed me with bounties/riches that are} greater than the bounties/riches {that come} from” (2) “{My blessings are} {so great that they extend} to the utmost/farthest boundaries/limits of”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
49:26 fzcy גִּבְעֹ֣ת עוֹלָ֑ם 1 “the everlasting/ancient mountains.”
49:26 pz62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche תִּֽהְיֶ֨ין֙ לְ⁠רֹ֣אשׁ יוֹסֵ֔ף וּ⁠לְ⁠קָדְקֹ֖ד 1 “May {God} {also} give those/abundant blessings to {you} Joseph,” or “I pray that {God} will abundantly bless {you too,} Joseph,” The words “head” and “top of the head” refer to Joseph and are connected with the custom of laying hands on the head of the person being blessed. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
49:26 ckgl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive נְזִ֥יר 1 “who has been set apart {by God} {as ruler/leader}” or “who is distinguished/honored {by God}” or “whom he/God chose to set apart {and honor}”. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive phrase in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
49:26 ujeh נְזִ֥יר אֶחָֽי⁠ו 1 “above/over his/your brothers.”
49:27 ox1g בִּנְיָמִין֙ 0 “{As for} Benjamin, {he} {and his descendants}” or “Benjamin, {you} {and your descendants}”. Consider again whether you make “and...descendants” explicit for each of Jacobs sons in this chapter, or whether you leave it implied and possibly put that information in a footnote. See verses 1, 7-8, 11, 13-14, 16, 19-23, 27.
49:27 hwab rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor זְאֵ֣ב יִטְרָ֔ף 1 “{is/are} {like} a fierce wolf.” or “{will be} {fierce warriors} {like} ravenous/hungry wolves.” Wolves are a type of large, fierce, wild dog that live and hunt together in groups. If wolves are unknown in your language area, you could say “wild dog” or “a pack of wild dogs.” Consider again how you translated the metaphors and similes that Jacob uses in verses 4, 9-11, 14, 17, 21-22, 24, 27. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
49:27 tyqs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person בַּ⁠בֹּ֖קֶר יֹ֣אכַל עַ֑ד וְ⁠לָ⁠עֶ֖רֶב יְחַלֵּ֥ק שָׁלָֽל 1 “They/You defeat their/your enemies in the morning and share the plunder/spoils of battle {with their/your family/warriors} in the evening.” or “You will always defeat your enemies and take their possessions and wealth.” Consider again whether to use second person or third person (singular or plural) in verses 3-27, and make sure your translation of the pronouns is clear and natural. To do that, it is helpful to read your translation of this section aloud. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
49:28 zkfe כָּל אֵ֛לֶּה שִׁבְטֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל שְׁנֵ֣ים עָשָׂ֑ר 1 “Those {twelve sons} {are} {the forefathers/ancestors of} the twelve tribes that descended/came from Israel,” This clause refers back to Jacobs sons who are mentioned in verses 1-27.
49:28 der9 וְ֠⁠זֹאת אֲשֶׁר דִּבֶּ֨ר לָ⁠הֶ֤ם אֲבִי⁠הֶם֙ 1 ”and those {were} the words/blessings that their father spoke to them.”
49:28 hn97 וַ⁠יְבָ֣רֶךְ 1 “when he blessed” or “He blessed”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
49:28 l9sl אוֹתָ֔⁠ם אִ֛ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר 1 “each one of them” or “each of them” or “each one/son”
49:28 lbiq כְּ⁠בִרְכָת֖⁠וֹ בֵּרַ֥ךְ אֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 “with blessings that were right/appropriate for them {and their descendants}.” or “in a way that was fitting/appropriate for them {and their descendants}.”
49:29 ksv4 וַ⁠יְצַ֣ו 1 “After that,”
49:29 f0uw וַ⁠יְצַ֣ו אוֹתָ֗⁠ם 1 “he/Jacob instructed his sons”
49:29 xadv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶם֙ 1 “by saying to them,” Make sure that your translation of “commanded...and said...” refers to a single action, not two different actions. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
49:29 a79m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive אֲנִי֙ נֶאֱסָ֣ף אֶל 0 “I will soon {die and} be gathered/taken {by God} to be with” or “{God} will soon take my spirit to be with” or “I am about to {die and} join”. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
49:29 xzx1 עַמִּ֔⁠י 1 “my ancestors/relatives {who have already died}.” or “my ancestors/relatives {who have gone/died before me}.” or “my {deceased} ancestors/relatives.”
49:29 w22x קִבְר֥וּ אֹתִ֖⁠י 1 “{Please} bury my body” or “{When that happens,} {please} bury me”. Make sure that your translation of this phrase does not mean or imply that Jacob was asking to be buried while he was still physically alive.
49:29 qb7q אֶל אֲבֹתָ֑⁠י 1 “with/beside {the bodies of} my forefathers/ancestors” or “next to their {bodies}” or “next to them”
49:29 u8z6 אֶל הַ֨⁠מְּעָרָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּ⁠שְׂדֵ֖ה 1 “inside the cave that {is located} in the field”
49:29 g7wp בִּ⁠שְׂדֵ֖ה עֶפְר֥וֹן הַֽ⁠חִתִּֽי 1 “that Ephron the Hittite used to own.” or “that used to belong to Ephron the Hittite.” Make sure your translation of this phrase does not sound like Ephron still owned that property.
49:30 ypaj בַּ⁠מְּעָרָ֞ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר בִּ⁠שְׂדֵ֧ה הַ⁠מַּכְפֵּלָ֛ה 1 “That cave and field are in the Machpelah {area}”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. See how you translated “Machpelah” in Gen 23:9.
49:30 opic אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל פְּנֵי מַמְרֵ֖א 1 “that is near {the city of} Mamre” or “that is east of {the city of } Mamre”
49:30 s53x בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן 1 “in the region of Canaan.”
49:30 sjun אֲשֶׁר֩ קָנָ֨ה אַבְרָהָ֜ם אֶת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֗ה מֵ⁠אֵ֛ת עֶפְרֹ֥ן הַ⁠חִתִּ֖י 1 “{That is the cave} that {my grandfather} Abraham bought, along with the field from Ephron the Hittite,”
49:30 e2wi לַ⁠אֲחֻזַּת קָֽבֶר 1 “to possess/use for a {family} burial place/site.” or “in order to possess/have a place to bury {his dead relatives}.”
49:31 t64r שָׁ֣מָּ⁠ה קָֽבְר֞וּ אֶת אַבְרָהָ֗ם וְ⁠אֵת֙ שָׂרָ֣ה אִשְׁתּ֔⁠וֹ 1 “That is where {the bodies of} Abraham and his wife Sarah are buried,” The pronoun “they” is general in this verse and does not specify who buried these people. Many languages have a similar general word. Other languages make this a passive clause without specifying the subject. Do what is best in your language.
49:31 y1hf שָׁ֚מָּ⁠ה קָבְר֣וּ אֶת יִצְחָ֔ק וְ⁠אֵ֖ת רִבְקָ֣ה אִשְׁתּ֑⁠וֹ 1 “{and} where {the bodies of} Isaac and his wife Rebekah are buried,”
49:31 un30 וְ⁠שָׁ֥מָּ⁠ה 1 “and that is where” or “That is also where”
49:31 lvhs קָבַ֖רְתִּי אֶת לֵאָֽה 1 “I buried {the body of} {my wife} Leah.”
49:32 o710 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive מִקְנֵ֧ה הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֛ה וְ⁠הַ⁠מְּעָרָ֥ה אֲשֶׁר בּ֖⁠וֹ 1 “That field and cave were bought {by Abraham}” or “{Abraham} bought that field and cave”. In verse 32, Jacob repeats some of what he said in verses 29-30. Make sure your translation does not sound like it was the first time he said this. Also consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
49:32 e6fb מֵ⁠אֵ֥ת בְּנֵי חֵֽת 1 “from the descendants of Heth.” or “from the Hittites.” or “from the Hittite people.” Compare how you translated “Hittite” in verse 29, which refers to the same people group as here.
49:33 luzp וַ⁠יְכַ֤ל יַעֲקֹב֙ לְ⁠צַוֺּ֣ת אֶת בָּנָ֔י⁠ו וַ⁠יֶּאֱסֹ֥ף 1 “When Jacob had finished giving those instructions to his sons,
49:33 vgbm וַ⁠יֶּאֱסֹ֥ף רַגְלָ֖י⁠ו אֶל הַ⁠מִּטָּ֑ה 1 “he {lay down and} pulled/lifted his feet {up} into {his} bed.” This clause means that Jacob lay back down after being in a sitting position on the side of his bed (Gen 48:2).
49:33 jo0e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism וַ⁠יִּגְוַ֖ע 1 “and breathed out {his last/final breath}” or “Then he took his last/final breath {and died}”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also consider again how you translated the idiom “exhaled” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 6:17; 7:21; 25:8, 17; 35:29; 49:33. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
49:33 e6b7 וַ⁠יֵּאָ֥סֶף אֶל עַמָּֽי⁠ו 1 “and was gathered/taken {by God} to be with his {deceased} relatives/ancestors.” or “and joined his ancestors {who had died before him}.” Consider again how you translated this phrase in the book of Genesis. See Gen 25:8 (and note), 17; 35:29; 49:29, 33.
50:1 i1uf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּפֹּ֥ל יוֹסֵ֖ף עַל 1 “Then Joseph threw/flung himself on” or “Then/Immediately Joseph embraced/hugged”. Make sure that your translation of this phrase does not imply that Joseph fell down accidently. Rather he intentionally threw himself on his father to embrace him and express his love and grief for him. See how you translated a similar phrase in Gen 46:29. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
50:1 b96l פְּנֵ֣י אָבִ֑י⁠ו 1 “his fathers face/body,” or “his father {in sorrow/grief},”
50:1 zcjf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יֵּ֥בְךְּ עָלָ֖י⁠ו 1 “and he cried over him” For some languages it may be better to put this clause earlier and say, “Then Joseph cried {in his sorrow/grief}, and he hugged his father {tightly} and kissed him.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
50:1 hggr וַ⁠יִּשַּׁק לֽ⁠וֹ 1 “and kissed him {goodbye} {on the cheek/forehead}.” Consider again how you translated “kissed” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 27:26-27; 29:11, 13; 31:28, 55; 33:4; 45:15; 48:10; 50:1.
50:2 qka7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations וַ⁠יְצַ֨ו יוֹסֵ֤ף 1 “Then Joseph/he ordered/told” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
50:2 b68j אֶת עֲבָדָי⁠ו֙ אֶת הָ⁠רֹ֣פְאִ֔ים 1 “his servants {who were} physicians/doctors/morticians” or “his physicians/doctors who served him”
50:2 kjoa rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown לַ⁠חֲנֹ֖ט אֶת אָבִ֑י⁠ו 1 “to prepare/preserve his father{s body} for burial.” The word “embalm” refers here to the special process that the Egyptians did to slow down the decaying process of a dead body in order to preserve it for burial. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
50:2 u25m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יַּחַנְט֥וּ הָ⁠רֹפְאִ֖ים 1 “So his doctors/morticians” or “So they” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
50:2 n1zp וַ⁠יַּחַנְט֥וּ אֶת יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 “embalmed/preserved/prepared {his father} Israel{s body} for burial,” or “did that,”
50:3 e0xm וַ⁠יִּמְלְאוּ ל⁠וֹ֙ אַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֔וֹם 1 “which took them forty days,” or “The process/work required/took forty days,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
50:3 uuny כִּ֛י כֵּ֥ן יִמְלְא֖וּ יְמֵ֣י הַ⁠חֲנֻטִ֑ים 1 “because that is the {usual/normal} amount of days/time {required/needed} to embalm/prepare/preserve a body.” or “which is how long it {normally/usually} takes to embalm/prepare/preserve a body.”
50:3 pmly וַ⁠יִּבְכּ֥וּ אֹת֛⁠וֹ מִצְרַ֖יִם שִׁבְעִ֥ים יֽוֹם 1 “The people in Egypt wept/mourned for him/Israel {for} seventy days.” or “For seventy days the people in/of Egypt mourned for him/Israel.” The seventy days of mourning included the forty days of embalming, so do not begin your translation of this sentence with a word like “Then”.
50:4 rgwc וַ⁠יַּֽעַבְרוּ֙ יְמֵ֣י בְכִית֔⁠וֹ 1 “When those {seventy} days of mourning for him/Israel were over/finished,” or “After that time of mourning his/Israels death,”
50:4 ujhv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֣ר יוֹסֵ֔ף אֶל בֵּ֥ית פַּרְעֹ֖ה לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “Joseph spoke to the people/officials in Pharaohs household/court and said,” or “Joseph said to Pharaohs officials,” The phrase “the house of Pharaoh” refers to members of the royal court. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
50:4 njhj אִם נָ֨א מָצָ֤אתִי חֵן֙ בְּ⁠עֵ֣ינֵי⁠כֶ֔ם 1 “Please do this favor/kindness for me:” or “Please show me kindness and do this:”
50:4 n5za דַּבְּרוּ נָ֕א בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֥י פַרְעֹ֖ה לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 “please speak to {King} Pharaoh {for me} and say {to him},” or “please take a message to {King} Pharaoh {for me} and tell {him},”
50:5 zmtr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations אָבִ֞⁠י הִשְׁבִּיעַ֣⁠נִי לֵ⁠אמֹ֗ר הִנֵּ֣ה אָנֹכִי֮ מֵת֒ בְּ⁠קִבְרִ֗⁠י אֲשֶׁ֨ר כָּרִ֤יתִי לִ⁠י֙ בְּ⁠אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן שָׁ֖מָּ⁠ה תִּקְבְּרֵ֑⁠נִי 1 “ {Just before he died,} my father had me make a vow/oath to him. He said, “Look/Listen, I am about to die. {Swear/Promise to me} {with an oath} {that} you will bury my body in the tomb that I dug/made for myself in the region of Canaan.” ” For some languages it may be better to translate this embedded quote as an indirect quote and say, “that when my father was about to die, he had me swear/vow/promise to him that I would bury his body in the region of Canaan, in a grave/tomb that he had prepared for himself there.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
50:5 g5n5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וְ⁠עַתָּ֗ה אֶֽעֱלֶה נָּ֛א וְ⁠אֶקְבְּרָ֥ה אֶת אָבִ֖⁠י 1 “{Joseph continued,} “So now, please allow/permit me to go and bury my father {there},” or “So {ask the king to} please let me go {to Canaan} and bury my father{s body} {there}.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as an indirect quote. Also see how you translated “go up” in Gen 45:9. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
50:5 rjtq וְ⁠אָשֽׁוּבָה 1 “After that,” or “After I/we have done that,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
50:5 f1xz וְ⁠אָשֽׁוּבָה 1 “I will return {to Egypt}.” or “I will come back {here}.”
50:6 ysg3 וַ⁠יֹּ֖אמֶר פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 “{When Pharaoh heard Josephs message,} he replied,” or “Pharaoh {sent back} this reply {to him/Joseph}:”
50:6 x99p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations עֲלֵ֛ה וּ⁠קְבֹ֥ר אֶת אָבִ֖י⁠ךָ כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר הִשְׁבִּיעֶֽ⁠ךָ 1 “{You may} go {to Canaan} to bury your father{s body}, just as he made you swear/vow/promise {to do}.” or “{Tell Joseph that} he may go {to Canaan} and bury his father{s body} just as he swore/vowed/promised {that he would do}.” Consider whether it is better in your language to translate this sentence as a direct or indirect quote. Also see how you translated “go up” in verse 5. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
50:7 xq3o וַ⁠יַּ֥עַל יוֹסֵ֖ף 1 “So Joseph started traveling {to/toward Canaan}” or “So Joseph started the trip/journey {to Canaan}” or “So Joseph left {Egypt/Goshen}”. Joseph did not arrive in Canaan until later (verse 10).
50:7 x7j2 לִ⁠קְבֹּ֣ר אֶת אָבִ֑י⁠ו 1 “to bury his father{s body},”
50:7 yx8e וַ⁠יַּֽעֲל֨וּ אִתּ֜⁠וֹ כָּל עַבְדֵ֤י פַרְעֹה֙ 1 “All the officials of Pharaoh went with him {to escort him},” or “and all Pharaohs officials escorted him,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here. Also, consider again how you translated “Pharaoh” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 12:15 (and note), 16-18, 20; 37:36; 39:1; 40:2, 11, 13, 14, 17, 19; 41:1, 4,7-10, 14-17, 25, 28, 32-35, 37-39, 41-46, 55; 42:15-16; 44:18; 45:2, 8, 16-17, 21; 46:5, 31, 33-34; 47:1-5, 7-11, 14, 19-26; 50:4, 6-7. Also consider again how you translated “servants” and “officials” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 20:8; 40:2, 4, 7, 20 ; 41:10, 37-38; 45:16; 50:7.
50:7 d3od זִקְנֵ֣י בֵית֔⁠וֹ 1 “{including} the senior/important men/leaders in/from his/Pharaohs household/court”. The “elders” were probably older men who had served Pharaoh for a long time and held important positions in his court.
50:7 gxer וְ⁠כֹ֖ל זִקְנֵ֥י אֶֽרֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 “and all the {other} senior/important men/leaders in/from the country of Egypt.”
50:8 lbw9 וְ⁠כֹל֙ בֵּ֣ית יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “All of Josephs family also {went with him,}” The word “house” refers here to Josephs whole extended family, not just to the people in his own household. Also, consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
50:8 ickv וְ⁠אֶחָ֖י⁠ו 1 “including his brothers”
50:8 abh0 וּ⁠בֵ֣ית אָבִ֑י⁠ו 1 “and {the rest of} his fathers family.”
50:8 o1en רַ֗ק טַפָּ⁠ם֙ 1 “Only their children”
50:8 orn9 וְ⁠צֹאנָ֣⁠ם וּ⁠בְקָרָ֔⁠ם 1 “and their sheep and cattle” or “and their livestock”. Consider again how you translated “flock(s) and herd(s)” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 12:16; 13:5; 20:14; 21:27; 24:35; 26:14; 32:8; 33:13; 34:28; 45:10; 46:32; 47:1, 17; 50:8. Also see how you translated “herd” in Gen 18:7-8, and how you translated “flock” in Gen 4:2 (and note), 4; 21:28; 27:9; 29:2-3, 6-10; 30:31, 32, 36, 38-43; 31:4, 8, 10, 12, 19, 38, 41, 43; 32:6; 37:2, 12, 14; 38:12, 13, 17; 46:34; 47:1, 17. It may be necessary to translate these terms in different ways, depending on the context.
50:8 redu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure עָזְב֖וּ 1 “they left {behind}” or “were left {behind} {with servants/caretakers}”. The children and animals were probably left with servants who took care of them during the funeral. For some languages it may be better to change the order of the phrases in this sentence and say, “They left {behind} only their children and their livestock in Goshen Province.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
50:8 o9qv בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ גֹּֽשֶׁן 1 “in the region of Goshen.” or “in Goshen Province.” Consider again how you translated “the land/region of Goshen” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 45:10; 46:28-29, 34; 47:1, 4, 6, 27; 50:8.
50:9 xhdh וַ⁠יַּ֣עַל עִמּ֔⁠וֹ גַּם רֶ֖כֶב גַּם פָּרָשִׁ֑ים 1 “There were men/soldiers riding chariots and men/soldiers riding horses who also went with him/Joseph,” or “{Many} soldiers also escorted him/Joseph, {including} those {who were} riding chariots and those {who were} riding horses,” Consider again how you translated “chariot” in Gen 41:43; 46:29; 50:9.
50:9 spia גַּם 1 “so that”
50:9 lflf וַ⁠יְהִ֥י הַֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֖ה כָּבֵ֥ד מְאֹֽד 1 “the {entire} procession/group {of people} was very large.” or “there was a very large group {of people} {traveling together}.”
50:10 r2tv וַ⁠יָּבֹ֜אוּ עַד 1 “Then {when} they came to” or “When they arrived at”
50:10 nwg3 גֹּ֣רֶן הָאָטָ֗ד 1 The Hebrew text is ambiguous here. It could mean (1) “Atads threshing floor/place,” or “a place owned by {a man named} Atad where people separated grain {from chaff},” (2) “the threshing floor/place near {the city/town of} Atad,” or “Goren Ha-Atad” (3) the {grain/wheat} threshing place that was surrounded by thornbushes,” The Hebrew word “atad” means “thorns,” but most Bible scholars think it refers to the name of a person or city.
50:10 ipjy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֲשֶׁר֙ בְּ⁠עֵ֣בֶר הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֔ן וַ⁠יִּ֨סְפְּדוּ 1 “which {was} located beyond/across the Jordan {River},” For some languages it may be better to put this clause earlier in this verse and say, “They traveled to the other side of the Jordan {River} and stopped at a {grain} threshing place owned by {a man named} Atad.” The location of Atads threshing floor is not certain. It was most likely on the west side of the Jordan River, since that is where the cave was located and that is where the Canaanites would have been most likely to observe Josephs family and the Egyptians mourning (verse 11). However, since its location is not certain, it is best to translate “beyond the Jordan” in a general way (like the Hebrew text is). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
50:10 iieq וַ⁠יִּ֨סְפְּדוּ שָׁ֔ם 1 “they mourned/grieved there for Josephs father” or “they began to mourn/grieve”
50:10 waky מִסְפֵּ֛ד גָּד֥וֹל וְ⁠כָבֵ֖ד מְאֹ֑ד 1 “{with} a very loud and sorrowful lamentation/mourning.” or “very loudly and sorrowfully.”
50:10 mly9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וַ⁠יַּ֧עַשׂ לְ⁠אָבִ֛י⁠ו אֵ֖בֶל שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִֽים 1 “For seven days Joseph {and the others} mourned/grieved/lamented the death of his father.” or “and for seven days, he/Joseph led everyone in mourning/lamenting the death of his father.” For some languages it may be clearer or more natural to combine the last two sentences in this verse and say, “There Joseph {and the others} mourned for his father very loudly and sorrowfully for seven days.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
50:11 zais וַ⁠יַּ֡רְא יוֹשֵׁב֩ הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ הַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֜י אֶת הָ⁠אֵ֗בֶל בְּ⁠גֹ֨רֶן֙ הָֽאָטָ֔ד וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ 1 “When the Canaanites who lived in the area saw them mourning {like that} at Atads threshing floor/place,” See how you translated “threshing floor of Atad” in verse 10.
50:11 dxf9 וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ 1 “they exclaimed {to each other},”
50:11 l36r אֵֽבֶל כָּבֵ֥ד זֶ֖ה לְ⁠מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 “{Wow!} Those people of/from Egypt are mourning {very} sorrowfully {for someone who died}!” Consider again how you translated “Egyptian” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 12:14; 16:1, 3; 21:9; 25:12; 39:1, 2, 5; 41:55-56; 43:32; 45:2; 46:34; 47:15, 20; 50:3, 11. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
50:11 e3y7 עַל כֵּ֞ן 1 “That is the reason that” or “That is why”
50:11 g814 קָרָ֤א שְׁמָ⁠הּ֙ 1 “people call that place” or “the name of that place is” or “that place is called/named”. Consider again how you translated “For that (reason) he/they called/call...” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 11:9; 16:14; 19:22; 21:31; 25:26, 30; 31:48; 33:17; 35:8; 38:29-30; 50:11.
50:11 df53 אָבֵ֣ל מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 “Abel Mizraim, {which means “Egyptians mourning place,”}”
50:11 b1sc אֲשֶׁ֖ר בְּ⁠עֵ֥בֶר 1 “which {is located}” or “The/That place {is}”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
50:11 i2vy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure בְּ⁠עֵ֥בֶר הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּֽן 1 “on the other side of the Jordan {River}.” For some language it may be clearer or more natural to put this phrase earlier in this sentence and say, “That is why the name of that place on the other side of the Jordan {River} is Abel Mizraim, {which means “Egyptians mourning place.}” Do what is best in your language. Also, be consistent here with how you translate this phrase in verse 10. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
50:12 elcm וַ⁠יַּעֲשׂ֥וּ בָנָ֖י⁠ו ל֑⁠וֹ כֵּ֖ן כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר 1 “So his/Jacobs sons did for him exactly what” or “Jacobs sons did {everything} for him just as”
50:12 je5d צִוָּֽ⁠ם 1 “he had instructed/told them {to do}:”
50:13 k8jz וַ⁠יִּשְׂא֨וּ בָנָי⁠ו֙ 1 “They”
50:13 kyl5 וַ⁠יִּשְׂא֨וּ אֹת֤⁠וֹ 1 “took/brought his body”
50:13 gtwk אַ֣רְצָ⁠ה כְּנַ֔עַן 1 “to the region of Canaan”. Consider again how you translated “the land/region of Canaan” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 11:31; 12:5; 13:12, 14; 16:3; 17:8; 23:2, 19; 31:18; 33:18; 35:6; 36:5-6; 37:1; 42:5, 7, 13, 29, 32; 44:8; 45:17, 25; 46:6, 12, 31; 47:1, 4, 13, 15, 27; 48:3, 7; 49:30; 50:5, 13. Also be consistent with how you spelled the name of the man named Canaan in 9:18, 22, 25-27; 10:6, 15, and compare that to how you translated “the Canaanites” in 10:18-19; 12:6; 13:7; 15:21; 24:3, 37; 28:1, 6, 8; 34:30; 36:2; 38:2; 46:10; 50:11.
50:13 xe0g וַ⁠יִּקְבְּר֣וּ אֹת֔⁠וֹ בִּ⁠מְעָרַ֖ת שְׂדֵ֣ה הַ⁠מַּכְפֵּלָ֑ה 1 “and buried him/it in the cave {that is} in the field in the Machpelah {area},” Consider again how you translated “cave” and “the cave of the field of Machpelah” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 19:30; 23:9 (and note), 11, 17, 19-20; 25:9; 49:29-30, 32; 50:13.
50:13 n02f אֲשֶׁ֣ר קָנָה֩ אַבְרָהָ֨ם אֶת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֜ה לַ⁠אֲחֻזַּת קֶ֗בֶר מֵ⁠אֵ֛ת עֶפְרֹ֥ן הַ⁠חִתִּ֖י 1 “{It was} the field {and cave} that Abraham had bought from Ephron the Hittite as a property/place to bury his dead {relatives}”. Consider again how you translated “property for a burial place” in Gen 23:4, 9, 20, and how you translated “Hittite” or “Ephron the Hittite” in Gen 10:15; 15:20; 23:3, 5, 7, 10, 16,18; 25:9-10; 26:34; 27:46; 36:2; 49:29-30; 50:13. Be consistent with how you spelled “Ephron” in those verses and in Gen 23:8, 13-14, 16-17.
50:13 imrd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure עַל פְּנֵ֥י מַמְרֵֽא 1 “near {the city of} Mamre.” For some languages it is clearer or more natural to put this phrase earlier in this sentence (after “Machpelah”) and say, “...the field of Machpelah near {the city of} Mamre. {It was} the field {and cave} which/that Abraham...” Do what is best in your language. Also, consider again how you translated “in front of Mamre” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 23:17, 19; 25:9; 49:30; 50:13. Be consistent with how you spelled “Mamre” in those verses and in Gen 13:18; 14:13, 24; 18:1. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
50:14 m61w וַ⁠יָּ֨שָׁב אַחֲרֵ֖י קָבְר֥⁠וֹ אֶת אָבִֽי⁠ו 1 “After Joseph buried his father{s body},”
50:14 u0lx וַ⁠יָּ֨שָׁב יוֹסֵ֤ף מִצְרַ֨יְמָ⁠ה֙ 1 “Joseph/he returned to {the country of} Egypt,”
50:14 yhun ה֣וּא וְ⁠אֶחָ֔י⁠ו 1 “along with his brothers”
50:14 g1r3 וְ⁠כָל 1 “and everyone {else}”
50:14 wbst הָ⁠עֹלִ֥ים אִתּ֖⁠וֹ 1 “who had gone {to Canaan} with him” or “who had accompanied him”
50:14 w96e לִ⁠קְבֹּ֣ר אֶת אָבִ֑י⁠ו 1 “to bury/entomb his father{s body}.” or “to/for his fathers burial/funeral.” Consider again how you translated “bury” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 15:15; 23:4, 6, 8, 11, 13, 15, 19; 25:9-10; 35:8, 19, 29; 47:29-30; 48:7; 49:29, 31; 50:5-7, 13-14. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
50:15 vgqa וַ⁠יִּרְא֤וּ אֲחֵֽי יוֹסֵף֙ כִּי מֵ֣ת אֲבִי⁠הֶ֔ם וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ 1 “Josephs brothers thought about the fact that their father was dead, and they {were worried and} said {to each other},” or “Now that their father was no longer alive, Josephs brothers {were worried and} said {to each other},”
50:15 mb3v ל֥וּ יִשְׂטְמֵ֖⁠נוּ יוֹסֵ֑ף 1 “What if Joseph is holding a grudge against us?” or “If Joseph is angry at us,”
50:15 j0gm וְ⁠הָשֵׁ֤ב יָשִׁיב֙ לָ֔⁠נוּ 1 “Then certainly he will pay us back” or “then he will certainly take revenge on us {and punish us severely}”. Consider whether or not it is better to begin a new sentence here in your language.
50:15 bvd4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure אֵ֚ת כָּל הָ֣⁠רָעָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר גָּמַ֖לְנוּ אֹתֽ⁠וֹ 1 “for all the ways that we harmed him!” or “for the completely evil/terrible way that we treated him!” or “because we treated him so badly.” It may be clearer or more natural to put this clause before the previous clause and say, ”If Joseph is angry at us for the terrible way that we treated him, he might punish us severely for what we did.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
50:16 lmar וַ⁠יְצַוּ֕וּ אֶל יוֹסֵ֖ף לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “So they sent {a messenger} to Joseph to tell {him},” or “So they sent {a message} to Joseph that/which said,”
50:16 p4xq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive אָבִ֣י⁠ךָ צִוָּ֔ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י מוֹת֖⁠וֹ לֵ⁠אמֹֽר 1 “Your/Our father commanded {us} before he died,” or “Before your/our father died, he commanded/told {us}”. Consider again how you translated “commanded” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 2:16; 3:11, 17; 6:22; 7:5, 9, 16; 12:20; 18:19; 21:4; 26:5, 11; 27:8; 28:1,6; 32:4, 17, 19; 42:25, 44:1; 45:19; 47:11; 49:29, 33; 50:2, 12, 16. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context. Also, the pronoun “us” is exclusive here since it does not include Joseph. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
50:17 td0v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations כֹּֽה תֹאמְר֣וּ לְ⁠יוֹסֵ֗ף אָ֣נָּ֡א 1 “Please say this to Joseph {for me}: I beg/urge you to” or “to tell you that he asks/begs you to” or “to ask/urge you on his behalf”. Consider whether or not it is better in your language to translate this embedded quote as a direct or indirect quote. See what you did for doubly-embedded quotes in Gen 32:4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
50:17 km99 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations שָׂ֣א נָ֠א פֶּ֣שַׁע אַחֶ֤י⁠ךָ וְ⁠חַטָּאתָ⁠ם֙ כִּי רָעָ֣ה גְמָל֔וּ⁠ךָ 1 ”please forgive your brothers for all the evil/harm they did {to you} and for their offenses {against you}, even though what they did was very evil/wrong.” or “please forgive {us}, your brothers, for sinning {against you }and treating you so badly.” Consider again how you translated “sin” in Gen 4:7; 18:20; 31:36; 50:17, and consider again how you translated the synonym “crime” in Gen 31:36; 50:17. It may be necessary to translate these terms in different ways, depending on the context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
50:17 djc3 וְ⁠עַתָּה֙ שָׂ֣א נָ֔א לְ⁠פֶ֥שַׁע עַבְדֵ֖י אֱלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ֑י⁠ךָ 1 “So we beg you to forgive {us}, the servants of your/our fathers God, for our crimes {against you}.” or “So then, as servants of God whom our father worshiped/served, we beg you to forgive us for sinning {against you}.” Consider again how you translated “the God of” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 9:26; 24:12, 27, 42, 48; 26:24; 28:13; 31:5, 29, 42, 53; 32:9; 43:23; 46:1, 3; 49:24-25; 50:17.
50:17 elr0 וַ⁠יֵּ֥בְךְּ יוֹסֵ֖ף בְּ⁠דַבְּרָ֥⁠ם אֵלָֽי⁠ו 1 “Joseph cried when he heard that/their message.” or “When Joseph received/heard his brothers message to him, he {was very sad and} cried.”
50:18 vtzz וַ⁠יֵּלְכוּ֙ גַּם אֶחָ֔י⁠ו 1 “After that, his/Josephs brothers themselves came {to him},”
50:18 u7sf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וַֽ⁠יִּפְּל֖וּ לְ⁠פָנָ֑י⁠ו וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ 1 “and threw/bowed themselves {on the ground} in front of him and said,” or “prostrated themselves before him {to show respect}, and said {to him},” See how you translated “fell...before him” in Gen 44:14. Compare that to how you translated “bowed down to/before...” (see 49:8). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
50:18 hvlx הִנֶּ֥⁠נּֽוּ 1 “Here we are,” See how you translated a similar phrase (“Behold me”) in 22:1 , 7. It may be necessary to translate this phrase in different ways, depending on the context.
50:18 m3yn לְ⁠ךָ֖ לַ⁠עֲבָדִֽים 1 “we {will be} your slaves/servants!” or “we {will serve you} as slaves/servants!” If you use an exclamation mark here in your translation, make sure it does mean that Josephs brothers were angry, rather they are worried and desperate.
50:19 o5mq וַ⁠יֹּ֧אמֶר אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֛ם יוֹסֵ֖ף 1 “But Joseph replied to them,”
50:19 dsla אַל תִּירָ֑אוּ 1 “You do not need to be afraid.” or “You have nothing to fear.”
50:19 qvm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion כִּ֛י הֲ⁠תַ֥חַת אֱלֹהִ֖ים אָֽנִי 1 “I would never take Gods place {and judge/punish you}!” or “After all, I am not God! {So I have no right to judge/punish you.}” Joseph uses a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he will not take Gods place and punish his brothers. Some languages must use a statement or exclamation here instead. Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
50:20 tbtf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְ⁠אַתֶּ֕ם חֲשַׁבְתֶּ֥ם עָלַ֖⁠י רָעָ֑ה אֱלֹהִים֙ 1 “{It is true that} you planned to harm me, {but}” or “Although you intentionally treated me {very} badly,” In the Hebrew text, the pronoun “you” is emphatic in form and position to emphasize Josephs brothers and contrast them with God. Consider what is the best way to translate that contrast in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
50:20 euhw אֱלֹהִים֙ חֲשָׁבָ֣⁠הּ לְ⁠טֹבָ֔ה 1 “God is using that {evil} to benefit {us all}” or “God planned that what you did would turn out to be good/beneficial {for me and everyone else}”
50:20 buk0 לְמַ֗עַן עֲשֹׂ֛ה כַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה 1 ”to accomplish what he is doing these days,” or “Right now he is doing what he planned,” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
50:20 ibeo לְ⁠הַחֲיֹ֥ת עַם רָֽב 1 “to save {the lives of} many people.” or “to keep many people alive.” or “keeping many people from dying.” Consider again how you translated “save (lives)” or “keep alive” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 7:3; 12:12; 19:19; 45:7; 47:25; 50:20.
50:21 l5ls וְ⁠עַתָּה֙ 1 “So then,” or “So again {I tell you},”
50:21 mffx אַל תִּירָ֔אוּ 1 “you do not need to be afraid.” or “you have nothing to fear.” Consider again how you translated “do not be afraid” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 15:1; 21:17; 26:24; 35:17; 43:23; 46:3; 50:19, 21.
50:21 piq9 אָנֹכִ֛י אֲכַלְכֵּ֥ל 1 “I {myself} will”. In the Hebrew text here, “I” is an emphatic pronoun. Consider what is the best way to translate that in your language.
50:21 qnh9 אֲכַלְכֵּ֥ל אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם וְ⁠אֶֽת טַפְּ⁠כֶ֑ם 1 “take care of you and your children.” or “provide {everything} that you and your children need.” Consider again how you translated “little ones” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 34:29; 43:8; 45:19; 46:5; 47:12, 24; 50:8, 21. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
50:21 m9g7 וַ⁠יְנַחֵ֣ם אוֹתָ֔⁠ם 1 “In that way, Joseph consoled/assured them {that he had forgiven them},” Consider again how you translated “comforted” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 24:67; 27:42; 37:35; 38:12; 50:21. It may be necessary to translate this term in different ways, depending on the context.
50:21 b5r9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֖ר עַל לִבָּֽ⁠ם 1 “and he {also} said {other} things to comfort/encourage them.” The phrase “spoke to their hearts” is an idiom that means Joseph said things to comfort and encourage his brothers. Consider whether or not your language has an idiom with the same meaning that would work well here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
50:22 m7hi וַ⁠יֵּ֤שֶׁב יוֹסֵף֙ 1 “Joseph remained/lived” or “Joseph continued to stay/live”
50:22 aydm בְּ⁠מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 “in {the land/country of} Egypt,”
50:22 q6uc ה֖וּא וּ⁠בֵ֣ית אָבִ֑י⁠ו 1 “along with {the rest of} his father {Jacob}s household/family,”
50:22 vkjk וַ⁠יְחִ֣י יוֹסֵ֔ף מֵאָ֥ה וָ⁠עֶ֖שֶׂר שָׁנִֽים 1 “until he was 110 years old.” or “Joseph/He lived to be 110 years old.” Consider whether or not it is better in your language to begin a new sentence here.
50:23 t5v8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns וַ⁠יַּ֤רְא יוֹסֵף֙ 1 “So he {was able/alive to} see/know” or “He lived {long enough} to see/know” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
50:23 jr01 לְ⁠אֶפְרַ֔יִם בְּנֵ֖י שִׁלֵּשִׁ֑ים 1 “Ephraims descendants, {down to} the third {generation}.” or “{his son} Ephraims children, grandchildren, and great-grandchildren.”
50:23 m4e6 גַּ֗ם בְּנֵ֤י מָכִיר֙ 1 “The children of {his grandson} Machir,”
50:23 kqu1 בֶּן מְנַשֶּׁ֔ה 1 {who was} Manassehs son,”
50:23 eo93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom יֻלְּד֖וּ עַל בִּרְכֵּ֥י יוֹסֵֽף 1 “also grew up during his lifetime.” For some languages it is better to change the order of the phrases in this sentence and say, “He also lived to see {his son} Manassehs son Machir grow up, {as well as Machirs} children.” or “He also lived to see the children of {his grandson} Machir grow up, who was Manassehs son.” Do what is best in your language. Also, the phrase “born on Josephs knees” is an idiom that means Joseph recognized Makirs children as his descendants and that they grew up during his lifetime and spent time with him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
50:24 kgey וַ⁠יֹּ֤אמֶר יוֹסֵף֙ אֶל אֶחָ֔י⁠ו 1 “Then {one day} Joseph said to his brothers,”
50:24 xusj אָנֹכִ֖י מֵ֑ת 1 “I am about to die,” Consider again how you translated “I am dying” in Gen 35:18; 48:21; 50:5, 24.
50:24 crgu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וֵֽ⁠אלֹהִ֞ים פָּקֹ֧ד יִפְקֹ֣ד אֶתְ⁠כֶ֗ם 1 “but God will certainly/definitely help you”. The word “visit” is used here as an idiom that refers to God helping his people in a powerful way. See how you translated this idiom in Gen 21:1, where it has a slightly different meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
50:24 y42d וְ⁠הֶעֱלָ֤ה אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ מִן הָ⁠אָ֣רֶץ הַ⁠זֹּ֔את 1 “and take/lead you {and your descendants} from this land/country”
50:24 fsoh אֶל הָ⁠אָ֕רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר נִשְׁבַּ֛ע 1 “to the land that he swore/vowed/promised {with an oath/vow}”
50:24 z428 לְ⁠אַבְרָהָ֥ם לְ⁠יִצְחָ֖ק וּֽ⁠לְ⁠יַעֲקֹֽב 1 “{to give} to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.”
50:25 gptw וַ⁠יַּשְׁבַּ֣ע יוֹסֵ֔ף אֶת בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר 1 “Then Joseph told {his brothers and} {the rest of} the descendants of Israel to swear/promise {with an oath} {that they would do something for him}. He said,” Consider again how you translated “swear” in the book of Genesis. See Gen 21:23 (and note), 24, 31; 22:16; 24:3, 7, 9, 37; 25:33; 26:3, 31; 31:53; 47:31; 50:5-6, 24-25.
50:25 xz3m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom פָּקֹ֨ד יִפְקֹ֤ד אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠הַעֲלִתֶ֥ם 1 “{Yes,} God will certainly/definitely visit/help you, and {when he does,}” or “When God visits/helps you {that way},” or “When God does that,” See how you translated “visit you” in verse 24. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
50:25 s9bh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure וְ⁠הַעֲלִתֶ֥ם אֶת עַצְמֹתַ֖⁠י מִ⁠זֶּֽה 1 “you must take my bones/body back {to Canaan} {with you} {and bury them/it there}.” It may be clearer or more natural to change the order of clauses in this verse and say, “When God does that, you must take my body back {to Canaan} {with you} {and bury it there}. Then Joseph made/had {his brothers and} {the rest of} the descendants of Israel swear/promise {with an oath}{that they would do that}.” Do what is best in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
50:26 uuep וַ⁠יָּ֣מָת יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 “So Joseph”
50:26 maum וַ⁠יָּ֣מָת בֶּן מֵאָ֥ה וָ⁠עֶ֖שֶׂר שָׁנִ֑ים 1 “died at the age of 110 years.” or “died when he was 110 years old.”
50:26 q45p וַ⁠יַּחַנְט֣וּ אֹת֔⁠וֹ 1 “Then/And his physicians/doctors/morticians prepared/preserved his body for burial,” See how you translated “embalmed” in verses 2-3, and how you translated “physicians/doctors” in verse 2.
50:26 l7kb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּ֥ישֶׂם 1 “and they put/placed him/it” or “and put/placed his body”. Consider what is the best way to translate this passive clause in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
50:26 vht8 בָּ⁠אָר֖וֹן 1 “in a burial chest/box”
50:26 hcwb בְּ⁠מִצְרָֽיִם 1 “in {the land/country of} Egypt.”